| blob | 0cb2eb4c31b9d4c827803daf62beab2332c057d6 |
1 ;;; loaddefs.el --- automatically extracted autoloads
2 ;;
3 ;;; Code:
5 \f
6 ;;;### (autoloads nil "5x5" "play/5x5.el" (0 0 0 0))
7 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/5x5.el
10 Play 5x5.
12 The object of 5x5 is very simple, by moving around the grid and flipping
13 squares you must fill the grid.
15 5x5 keyboard bindings are:
36 Attempt to crack 5x5 using random solutions.
41 Attempt to crack 5x5 by mutating the current solution.
46 Attempt to crack 5x5 by mutating the best solution.
51 Attempt to crack 5x5 by xoring the current and best solution.
52 Mutate the result.
57 Attempt to find a solution for 5x5.
59 5x5-crack takes the argument BREEDER which should be a function that takes
60 two parameters, the first will be a grid vector array that is the current
61 solution and the second will be the best solution so far. The function
62 should return a grid vector array that is the new solution.
68 ;;;***
69 \f
70 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ada-mode" "progmodes/ada-mode.el" (0 0 0 0))
71 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-mode.el
74 Define SPEC and BODY as being valid extensions for Ada files.
75 Going from body to spec with `ff-find-other-file' used these
76 extensions.
77 SPEC and BODY are two regular expressions that must match against
78 the file name.
83 Ada mode is the major mode for editing Ada code.
89 ;;;***
90 \f
91 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ada-prj" "progmodes/ada-prj.el" (0 0 0 0))
92 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-prj.el
96 ;;;***
97 \f
98 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ada-stmt" "progmodes/ada-stmt.el" (0 0 0 0))
99 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-stmt.el
102 Insert a descriptive header at the top of the file.
106 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ada-stmt" '("ada-")))
108 ;;;***
109 \f
110 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ada-xref" "progmodes/ada-xref.el" (0 0 0 0))
111 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-xref.el
114 Open FILENAME, from anywhere in the source path.
115 Completion is available.
119 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ada-xref" '("ada-")))
121 ;;;***
122 \f
123 ;;;### (autoloads nil "add-log" "vc/add-log.el" (0 0 0 0))
124 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/add-log.el
129 If non-nil, function to guess name of surrounding function.
130 It is called by `add-log-current-defun' with no argument, and
131 should return the function's name as a string, or nil if point is
137 Full name of user, for inclusion in ChangeLog daily headers.
143 Email addresses of user, for inclusion in ChangeLog headers.
144 This defaults to the value of `user-mail-address'. In addition to
145 being a simple string, this value can also be a list. All elements
146 will be recognized as referring to the same user; when creating a new
152 Prompt for a change log name.
159 Optional arg FILE-NAME specifies the file to use.
160 If FILE-NAME is nil, use the value of `change-log-default-name'.
162 \(or whatever we use on this operating system).
164 If `change-log-default-name' contains a leading directory component, then
165 simply find it in the current directory. Otherwise, search in the current
166 directory and its successive parents for a file so named. Stop at the first
167 such file that exists (or has a buffer visiting it), or the first directory
168 that contains any of `change-log-directory-files'. If no match is found,
169 use the current directory. To override the choice of this function,
170 simply create an empty ChangeLog file first by hand in the desired place.
172 Once a file is found, `change-log-default-name' is set locally in the
173 current buffer to the complete file name.
174 Optional arg BUFFER-FILE overrides `buffer-file-name'.
179 Find change log file, and add an entry for today and an item for this file.
180 Optional arg WHOAMI (interactive prefix) non-nil means prompt for user
181 name and email (stored in `add-log-full-name' and `add-log-mailing-address').
183 Second arg FILE-NAME is file name of the change log.
184 If nil, use the value of `change-log-default-name'.
186 Third arg OTHER-WINDOW non-nil means visit in other window.
188 Fourth arg NEW-ENTRY non-nil means always create a new entry at the front;
189 never append to an existing entry. Option `add-log-keep-changes-together'
190 otherwise affects whether a new entry is created.
192 Fifth arg PUT-NEW-ENTRY-ON-NEW-LINE non-nil means that if a new
193 entry is created, put it on a new line by itself, do not put it
194 after a comma on an existing line.
196 Option `add-log-always-start-new-record' non-nil means always create a
197 new record, even when the last record was made on the same date and by
198 the same person.
200 The change log file can start with a copyright notice and a copying
201 permission notice. The first blank line indicates the end of these
202 notices.
204 Today's date is calculated according to `add-log-time-zone-rule' if
205 non-nil, otherwise in local time.
210 Find change log file in other window and add entry and item.
211 This is just like `add-change-log-entry' except that it displays
212 the change log file in another window.
217 Major mode for editing change logs; like Indented Text mode.
218 Prevents numeric backups and sets `left-margin' to 8 and `fill-column' to 74.
219 New log entries are usually made with \\[add-change-log-entry] or \\[add-change-log-entry-other-window].
220 Each entry behaves as a paragraph, and the entries for one day as a page.
221 Runs `change-log-mode-hook'.
228 Return name of function definition point is in, or nil.
231 Texinfo (@node titles) and Perl.
233 Other modes are handled by a heuristic that looks in the 10K before
234 point for uppercase headings starting in the first column or
235 identifiers followed by `:' or `='. See variables
236 `add-log-current-defun-header-regexp' and
237 `add-log-current-defun-function'.
239 Has a preference of looking backwards.
244 Merge the contents of change log file OTHER-LOG with this buffer.
245 Both must be found in Change Log mode (since the merging depends on
246 the appropriate motion commands). OTHER-LOG can be either a file name
247 or a buffer.
249 Entries are inserted in chronological order. Both the current and
250 old-style time formats for entries are supported.
254 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "add-log" '("change-log-" "add-log-")))
256 ;;;***
257 \f
258 ;;;### (autoloads nil "advice" "emacs-lisp/advice.el" (0 0 0 0))
259 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/advice.el
262 Defines what to do with redefinitions during Advice de/activation.
263 Redefinition occurs if a previously activated function that already has an
264 original definition associated with it gets redefined and then de/activated.
265 In such a case we can either accept the current definition as the new
266 original definition, discard the current definition and replace it with the
267 old original, or keep it and raise an error. The values `accept', `discard',
268 `error' or `warn' govern what will be done. `warn' is just like `accept' but
269 it additionally prints a warning message. All other values will be
275 Defines whether to compile advised definitions during activation.
276 A value of `always' will result in unconditional compilation, `never' will
277 always avoid compilation, `maybe' will compile if the byte-compiler is already
278 loaded, and `like-original' will compile if the original definition of the
279 advised function is compiled or a built-in function. Every other value will
280 be interpreted as `maybe'. This variable will only be considered if the
286 Enables the advice of FUNCTION with CLASS and NAME.
291 Disable the advice of FUNCTION with CLASS and NAME.
296 Add a piece of ADVICE to FUNCTION's list of advices in CLASS.
298 ADVICE has the form (NAME PROTECTED ENABLED DEFINITION), where
299 NAME is the advice name; PROTECTED is a flag specifying whether
300 to protect against non-local exits; ENABLED is a flag specifying
301 whether to initially enable the advice; and DEFINITION has the
302 form (advice . LAMBDA), where LAMBDA is a lambda expression.
304 If FUNCTION already has a piece of advice with the same name,
305 then POSITION is ignored, and the old advice is overwritten with
306 the new one.
308 If FUNCTION already has one or more pieces of advice of the
309 specified CLASS, then POSITION determines where the new piece
310 goes. POSITION can either be `first', `last' or a number (where
311 0 corresponds to `first', and numbers outside the valid range are
312 mapped to the closest extremal position).
314 If FUNCTION was not advised already, its advice info will be
315 initialized. Redefining a piece of advice whose name is part of
316 the cache-id will clear the cache.
321 Activate all the advice information of an advised FUNCTION.
322 If FUNCTION has a proper original definition then an advised
323 definition will be generated from FUNCTION's advice info and the
324 definition of FUNCTION will be replaced with it. If a previously
325 cached advised definition was available, it will be used.
326 The optional COMPILE argument determines whether the resulting function
327 or a compilable cached definition will be compiled. If it is negative
328 no compilation will be performed, if it is positive or otherwise non-nil
329 the resulting function will be compiled, if it is nil the behavior depends
330 on the value of `ad-default-compilation-action' (which see).
331 Activation of an advised function that has an advice info but no actual
332 pieces of advice is equivalent to a call to `ad-unadvise'. Activation of
333 an advised function that has actual pieces of advice but none of them are
334 enabled is equivalent to a call to `ad-deactivate'. The current advised
335 definition will always be cached for later usage.
340 Define a piece of advice for FUNCTION (a symbol).
341 The syntax of `defadvice' is as follows:
343 (defadvice FUNCTION (CLASS NAME [POSITION] [ARGLIST] FLAG...)
344 [DOCSTRING] [INTERACTIVE-FORM]
345 BODY...)
347 FUNCTION ::= Name of the function to be advised.
348 CLASS ::= `before' | `around' | `after' | `activation' | `deactivation'.
349 NAME ::= Non-nil symbol that names this piece of advice.
350 POSITION ::= `first' | `last' | NUMBER. Optional, defaults to `first',
351 see also `ad-add-advice'.
352 ARGLIST ::= An optional argument list to be used for the advised function
353 instead of the argument list of the original. The first one found in
354 before/around/after-advices will be used.
355 FLAG ::= `protect'|`disable'|`activate'|`compile'|`preactivate'.
356 All flags can be specified with unambiguous initial substrings.
357 DOCSTRING ::= Optional documentation for this piece of advice.
358 INTERACTIVE-FORM ::= Optional interactive form to be used for the advised
359 function. The first one found in before/around/after-advices will be used.
360 BODY ::= Any s-expression.
362 Semantics of the various flags:
363 `protect': The piece of advice will be protected against non-local exits in
364 any code that precedes it. If any around-advice of a function is protected
365 then automatically all around-advices will be protected (the complete onion).
367 `activate': All advice of FUNCTION will be activated immediately if
368 FUNCTION has been properly defined prior to this application of `defadvice'.
370 `compile': In conjunction with `activate' specifies that the resulting
371 advised function should be compiled.
373 `disable': The defined advice will be disabled, hence, it will not be used
374 during activation until somebody enables it.
376 `preactivate': Preactivates the advised FUNCTION at macro-expansion/compile
377 time. This generates a compiled advised definition according to the current
378 advice state that will be used during activation if appropriate. Only use
379 this if the `defadvice' gets actually compiled.
381 usage: (defadvice FUNCTION (CLASS NAME [POSITION] [ARGLIST] FLAG...)
382 [DOCSTRING] [INTERACTIVE-FORM]
383 BODY...)
393 ;;;***
394 \f
395 ;;;### (autoloads nil "align" "align.el" (0 0 0 0))
396 ;;; Generated autoloads from align.el
399 Attempt to align a region based on a set of alignment rules.
400 BEG and END mark the region. If BEG and END are specifically set to
401 nil (this can only be done programmatically), the beginning and end of
402 the current alignment section will be calculated based on the location
403 of point, and the value of `align-region-separate' (or possibly each
404 rule's `separate' attribute).
406 If SEPARATE is non-nil, it overrides the value of
407 `align-region-separate' for all rules, except those that have their
408 `separate' attribute set.
410 RULES and EXCLUDE-RULES, if either is non-nil, will replace the
411 default rule lists defined in `align-rules-list' and
412 `align-exclude-rules-list'. See `align-rules-list' for more details
413 on the format of these lists.
418 Align the current region using an ad-hoc rule read from the minibuffer.
419 BEG and END mark the limits of the region. Interactively, this function
420 prompts for the regular expression REGEXP to align with.
422 For example, let's say you had a list of phone numbers, and wanted to
423 align them so that the opening parentheses would line up:
425 Fred (123) 456-7890
426 Alice (123) 456-7890
427 Mary-Anne (123) 456-7890
428 Joe (123) 456-7890
430 There is no predefined rule to handle this, but you could easily do it
432 to mark the region, call `align-regexp' and enter that regular expression.
434 REGEXP must contain at least one parenthesized subexpression, typically
436 this is automatically added to the start of your regular expression after
437 you enter it. You only need to supply the characters to be lined up, and
438 any preceding whitespace is replaced.
440 If you specify a prefix argument (or use this function non-interactively),
441 you must enter the full regular expression, including the subexpression.
442 The function also then prompts for which subexpression parenthesis GROUP
443 \(default 1) within REGEXP to modify, the amount of SPACING (default
444 `align-default-spacing') to use, and whether or not to REPEAT the rule
445 throughout the line.
447 See `align-rules-list' for more information about these options.
449 The non-interactive form of the previous example would look something like:
452 This function is a nothing more than a small wrapper that helps you
453 construct a rule to pass to `align-region', which does the real work.
458 Align the selected region as if it were one alignment section.
459 BEG and END mark the extent of the region. If RULES or EXCLUDE-RULES
460 is set to a list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it can be used to
461 override the default alignment rules that would have been used to
462 align that section.
467 Call `align' on the current alignment section.
468 This function assumes you want to align only the current section, and
469 so saves you from having to specify the region. If RULES or
470 EXCLUDE-RULES is set to a list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it
471 can be used to override the default alignment rules that would have
472 been used to align that section.
477 Highlight the whitespace which a given rule would have modified.
478 BEG and END mark the extent of the region. TITLE identifies the rule
479 that should be highlighted. If RULES or EXCLUDE-RULES is set to a
480 list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it can be used to override the
481 default alignment rules that would have been used to identify the text
482 to be colored.
487 Remove any highlighting that was added by `align-highlight-rule'.
492 A replacement function for `newline-and-indent', aligning as it goes.
493 The alignment is done by calling `align' on the region that was
494 indented.
500 ;;;***
501 \f
502 ;;;### (autoloads nil "allout" "allout.el" (0 0 0 0))
503 ;;; Generated autoloads from allout.el
507 Institute `allout-auto-activation'.
509 Intended to be used as the `allout-auto-activation' :set function.
514 Do fundamental Emacs session for allout auto-activation.
516 Establishes allout processing as part of visiting a file if
517 `allout-auto-activation' is non-nil, or removes it otherwise.
519 The proper way to use this is through customizing the setting of
520 `allout-auto-activation'.
525 Configure allout outline mode auto-activation.
527 Control whether and how allout outline mode is automatically
528 activated when files are visited with non-nil buffer-specific
529 file variable `allout-layout'.
532 activated in buffers with non-nil `allout-layout', and the
533 specified layout is applied.
536 performing auto-layout is asked of the user each time.
539 Auto-layout is not.
545 (put 'allout-use-hanging-indents 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'booleanp) 'booleanp (lambda (x) (member x '(t nil)))))
549 (put 'allout-show-bodies 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'booleanp) 'booleanp (lambda (x) (member x '(t nil)))))
559 (put 'allout-use-mode-specific-leader 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (or (memq x '(t nil allout-mode-leaders comment-start)) (stringp x))))
561 (put 'allout-old-style-prefixes 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'booleanp) 'booleanp (lambda (x) (member x '(t nil)))))
563 (put 'allout-stylish-prefixes 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'booleanp) 'booleanp (lambda (x) (member x '(t nil)))))
565 (put 'allout-numbered-bullet 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'string-or-null-p) 'string-or-null-p (lambda (x) (or (stringp x) (null x)))))
567 (put 'allout-file-xref-bullet 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'string-or-null-p) 'string-or-null-p (lambda (x) (or (stringp x) (null x)))))
571 (put 'allout-layout 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (or (numberp x) (listp x) (memq x '(: * + -)))))
578 Return t if `allout-mode' is active in current buffer.
583 Toggle Allout outline mode.
584 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Allout outline mode if ARG is
585 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
586 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
589 Allout outline mode is a minor mode that provides extensive
590 outline oriented formatting and manipulation. It enables
591 structural editing of outlines, as well as navigation and
592 exposure. It also is specifically aimed at accommodating
593 syntax-sensitive text like programming languages. (For example,
594 see the allout code itself, which is organized as an allout
595 outline.)
597 In addition to typical outline navigation and exposure, allout includes:
599 - topic-oriented authoring, including keystroke-based topic creation,
600 repositioning, promotion/demotion, cut, and paste
601 - incremental search with dynamic exposure and reconcealment of hidden text
602 - adjustable format, so programming code can be developed in outline-structure
603 - easy topic encryption and decryption, symmetric or key-pair
605 - integral outline layout, for automatic initial exposure when visiting a file
606 - independent extensibility, using comprehensive exposure and authoring hooks
608 and many other features.
610 Below is a description of the key bindings, and then description
611 of special `allout-mode' features and terminology. See also the
612 outline menubar additions for quick reference to many of the
613 features. Customize `allout-auto-activation' to prepare your
614 Emacs session for automatic activation of `allout-mode'.
616 The bindings are those listed in `allout-prefixed-keybindings'
617 and `allout-unprefixed-keybindings'. We recommend customizing
619 prefix, if the allout bindings don't conflict with any personal
621 navigation and authoring is simplified by positioning the cursor
623 invoke allout commands with just the un-prefixed,
624 un-control-shifted command letters. This is described further in
625 the HOT-SPOT Operation section.
627 Exposure Control:
628 ----------------
635 Navigation:
636 ----------
643 \\[allout-beginning-of-current-entry] `allout-beginning-of-current-entry' (alternately, goes to hot-spot)
645 if immediately repeated cycles to the beginning of the current item
646 and then to the hot-spot (if `allout-beginning-of-line-cycles' is set).
649 Topic Header Production:
650 -----------------------
653 \\[allout-open-supertopic] `allout-open-supertopic' ... a sibling of the current topic's parent.
655 Topic Level and Prefix Adjustment:
656 ---------------------------------
659 \\[allout-rebullet-current-heading] `allout-rebullet-current-heading' Prompt for alternate bullet for
660 current topic
662 its offspring -- distinctive bullets are not changed, others
663 are alternated according to nesting depth.
665 the offspring are not affected.
666 With repeat count, revoke numbering.
668 Topic-oriented Killing and Yanking:
669 ----------------------------------
671 \\[allout-copy-topic-as-kill] `allout-copy-topic-as-kill' Copy current topic, including offspring.
675 depth of heading if yanking into bare topic
676 heading (ie, prefix sans text).
679 Topic-oriented Encryption:
680 -------------------------
682 Encrypt/Decrypt topic content
684 Misc commands:
685 -------------
686 M-x outlineify-sticky Activate outline mode for current buffer,
687 and establish a default file-var setting
688 for `allout-layout'.
691 Duplicate outline, sans concealed text, to
692 buffer with name derived from derived from that
695 Like above `copy-exposed', but convert topic
696 prefixes to section.subsection... numeric
697 format.
699 Prepare Emacs session for allout outline mode
700 auto-activation.
702 Topic Encryption
704 Outline mode supports gpg encryption of topics, with support for
705 symmetric and key-pair modes, and auto-encryption of topics
706 pending encryption on save.
708 Topics pending encryption are, by default, automatically
709 encrypted during file saves, including checkpoint saves, to avoid
710 exposing the plain text of encrypted topics in the file system.
711 If the content of the topic containing the cursor was encrypted
712 for a save, it is automatically decrypted for continued editing.
714 NOTE: A few GnuPG v2 versions improperly preserve incorrect
715 symmetric decryption keys, preventing entry of the correct key on
716 subsequent decryption attempts until the cache times-out. That
717 can take several minutes. (Decryption of other entries is not
718 affected.) Upgrade your EasyPG version, if you can, and you can
719 deliberately clear your gpg-agent's cache by sending it a `-HUP'
720 signal.
722 See `allout-toggle-current-subtree-encryption' function docstring
723 and `allout-encrypt-unencrypted-on-saves' customization variable
724 for details.
726 HOT-SPOT Operation
728 Hot-spot operation provides a means for easy, single-keystroke outline
729 navigation and exposure control.
731 When the text cursor is positioned directly on the bullet character of
732 a topic, regular characters (a to z) invoke the commands of the
737 Thus, by positioning the cursor on a topic bullet, you can
738 execute the outline navigation and manipulation commands with a
740 this special translation, so you can use them to get out of the
741 hot-spot and back to normal editing operation.
744 replaced with one that makes it easy to get to the hot-spot. If you
745 repeat it immediately it cycles (if `allout-beginning-of-line-cycles'
746 is set) to the beginning of the item and then, if you hit it again
747 immediately, to the hot-spot. Similarly, `allout-beginning-of-current-entry'
748 \(\\[allout-beginning-of-current-entry]) moves to the hot-spot when the cursor is already located
749 at the beginning of the current entry.
751 Extending Allout
753 Allout exposure and authoring activities all have associated
754 hooks, by which independent code can cooperate with allout
755 without changes to the allout core. Here are key ones:
757 `allout-mode-hook'
758 `allout-mode-deactivate-hook' (deprecated)
759 `allout-mode-off-hook'
760 `allout-exposure-change-functions'
761 `allout-structure-added-functions'
762 `allout-structure-deleted-functions'
763 `allout-structure-shifted-functions'
764 `allout-after-copy-or-kill-hook'
765 `allout-post-undo-hook'
767 Terminology
769 Topic hierarchy constituents -- TOPICS and SUBTOPICS:
771 ITEM: A unitary outline element, including the HEADER and ENTRY text.
772 TOPIC: An ITEM and any ITEMs contained within it, ie having greater DEPTH
773 and with no intervening items of lower DEPTH than the container.
774 CURRENT ITEM:
775 The visible ITEM most immediately containing the cursor.
776 DEPTH: The degree of nesting of an ITEM; it increases with containment.
777 The DEPTH is determined by the HEADER PREFIX. The DEPTH is also
778 called the:
779 LEVEL: The same as DEPTH.
781 ANCESTORS:
782 Those ITEMs whose TOPICs contain an ITEM.
783 PARENT: An ITEM's immediate ANCESTOR. It has a DEPTH one less than that
784 of the ITEM.
785 OFFSPRING:
786 The ITEMs contained within an ITEM's TOPIC.
787 SUBTOPIC:
788 An OFFSPRING of its ANCESTOR TOPICs.
789 CHILD:
790 An immediate SUBTOPIC of its PARENT.
791 SIBLINGS:
792 TOPICs having the same PARENT and DEPTH.
794 Topic text constituents:
796 HEADER: The first line of an ITEM, include the ITEM PREFIX and HEADER
797 text.
798 ENTRY: The text content of an ITEM, before any OFFSPRING, but including
799 the HEADER text and distinct from the ITEM PREFIX.
800 BODY: Same as ENTRY.
801 PREFIX: The leading text of an ITEM which distinguishes it from normal
802 ENTRY text. Allout recognizes the outline structure according
803 to the strict PREFIX format. It consists of a PREFIX-LEAD string,
804 PREFIX-PADDING, and a BULLET. The BULLET might be followed by a
805 number, indicating the ordinal number of the topic among its
806 siblings, or an asterisk indicating encryption, plus an optional
807 space. After that is the ITEM HEADER text, which is not part of
808 the PREFIX.
810 The relative length of the PREFIX determines the nesting DEPTH
811 of the ITEM.
812 PREFIX-LEAD:
813 The string at the beginning of a HEADER PREFIX, by default a `.'.
814 It can be customized by changing the setting of
815 `allout-header-prefix' and then reinitializing `allout-mode'.
817 When the PREFIX-LEAD is set to the comment-string of a
818 programming language, outline structuring can be embedded in
819 program code without interfering with processing of the text
820 (by Emacs or the language processor) as program code. This
821 setting happens automatically when allout mode is used in
822 programming-mode buffers. See `allout-use-mode-specific-leader'
823 docstring for more detail.
824 PREFIX-PADDING:
825 Spaces or asterisks which separate the PREFIX-LEAD and the
826 bullet, determining the ITEM's DEPTH.
827 BULLET: A character at the end of the ITEM PREFIX, it must be one of
828 the characters listed on `allout-plain-bullets-string' or
829 `allout-distinctive-bullets-string'. When creating a TOPIC,
830 plain BULLETs are by default used, according to the DEPTH of the
831 TOPIC. Choice among the distinctive BULLETs is offered when you
833 TOPIC creation command, or when explicitly rebulleting a TOPIC. The
834 significance of the various distinctive bullets is purely by
835 convention. See the documentation for the above bullet strings for
836 more details.
837 EXPOSURE:
838 The state of a TOPIC which determines the on-screen visibility
839 of its OFFSPRING and contained ENTRY text.
840 CONCEALED:
841 TOPICs and ENTRY text whose EXPOSURE is inhibited. Concealed
844 CONCEALED TOPICs are effectively collapsed within an ANCESTOR.
845 CLOSED: A TOPIC whose immediate OFFSPRING and body-text is CONCEALED.
846 OPEN: A TOPIC that is not CLOSED, though its OFFSPRING or BODY may be.
853 Activate outline mode and establish file var so it is started subsequently.
855 See `allout-layout' and customization of `allout-auto-activation'
856 for details on preparing Emacs for automatic allout activation.
860 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "allout" '("allout-")))
862 ;;;***
863 \f
864 ;;;### (autoloads nil "allout-widgets" "allout-widgets.el" (0 0 0
865 ;;;;;; 0))
866 ;;; Generated autoloads from allout-widgets.el
870 Commission or decommission allout-widgets-mode along with allout-mode.
872 Meant to be used by customization of `allout-widgets-auto-activation'.
877 Activate to enable allout icon graphics wherever allout mode is active.
879 Also enable `allout-auto-activation' for this to take effect upon
880 visiting an outline.
882 When this is set you can disable allout widgets in select files
883 by setting `allout-widgets-mode-inhibit'
885 Instead of setting `allout-widgets-auto-activation' you can
886 explicitly invoke `allout-widgets-mode' in allout buffers where
887 you want allout widgets operation.
893 (put 'allout-widgets-mode-inhibit 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'booleanp) 'booleanp (lambda (x) (member x '(t nil)))))
896 Toggle Allout Widgets mode.
897 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Allout Widgets mode if ARG is
898 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
899 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
901 Allout Widgets mode is an extension of Allout mode that provides
902 graphical decoration of outline structure. It is meant to
903 operate along with `allout-mode', via `allout-mode-hook'.
905 The graphics include:
907 - guide lines connecting item bullet-icons with those of their subitems.
909 - icons for item bullets, varying to indicate whether or not the item
910 has subitems, and if so, whether or not the item is expanded.
912 - cue area between the bullet-icon and the start of the body headline,
913 for item numbering, encryption indicator, and distinctive bullets.
915 The bullet-icon and guide line graphics provide keybindings and mouse
916 bindings for easy outline navigation and exposure control, extending
917 outline hot-spot navigation (see `allout-mode').
921 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "allout-widgets" '("allout-")))
923 ;;;***
924 \f
925 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ange-ftp" "net/ange-ftp.el" (0 0 0 0))
926 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/ange-ftp.el
931 Reread remote directory DIR to update the directory cache.
932 The implementation of remote FTP file names caches directory contents
933 for speed. Therefore, when new remote files are created, Emacs
934 may not know they exist. You can use this command to reread a specific
935 directory, so that Emacs will know its current contents.
944 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ange-ftp" '("ange-ftp-" "internal-ange-ftp-mode" "ftp-error")))
946 ;;;***
947 \f
948 ;;;### (autoloads nil "animate" "play/animate.el" (0 0 0 0))
949 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/animate.el
952 Display STRING animations starting at position VPOS, HPOS.
953 The characters start at randomly chosen places,
954 and all slide in parallel to their final positions,
955 passing through `animate-n-steps' positions before the final ones.
956 If HPOS is nil (or omitted), center the string horizontally
957 in the current window.
962 Display animation strings from LIST-OF-STRING with buffer *Animation*.
963 Strings will be separated from each other by SPACE lines.
964 When the variable `animation-buffer-name' is non-nil display
965 animation in the buffer named by variable's value, creating the
966 buffer if one does not exist.
971 Return a birthday present in the buffer *Birthday-Present*.
972 When optional arg NAME is non-nil or called-interactively, prompt for
973 NAME of birthday present receiver and return a birthday present in
974 the buffer *Birthday-Present-for-Name*.
978 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "animate" '("animat")))
980 ;;;***
981 \f
982 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ansi-color" "ansi-color.el" (0 0 0 0))
983 ;;; Generated autoloads from ansi-color.el
987 Set `ansi-color-for-comint-mode' to t.
992 Maybe translate SGR control sequences of comint output into text properties.
994 Depending on variable `ansi-color-for-comint-mode' the comint output is
995 either not processed, SGR control sequences are filtered using
996 `ansi-color-filter-region', or SGR control sequences are translated into
997 text properties using `ansi-color-apply-on-region'.
999 The comint output is assumed to lie between the marker
1000 `comint-last-output-start' and the process-mark.
1002 This is a good function to put in `comint-output-filter-functions'.
1006 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ansi-color" '("ansi-color-")))
1008 ;;;***
1009 \f
1010 ;;;### (autoloads nil "antlr-mode" "progmodes/antlr-mode.el" (0 0
1011 ;;;;;; 0 0))
1012 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/antlr-mode.el
1016 Show Makefile rules for all grammar files in the current directory.
1017 If the `major-mode' of the current buffer has the value `makefile-mode',
1018 the rules are directory inserted at point. Otherwise, a *Help* buffer
1019 is shown with the rules which are also put into the `kill-ring' for
1022 This command considers import/export vocabularies and grammar
1024 Customize variable `antlr-makefile-specification' for the appearance of
1025 the rules.
1027 If the file for a super-grammar cannot be determined, special file names
1028 are used according to variable `antlr-unknown-file-formats' and a
1029 commentary with value `antlr-help-unknown-file-text' is added. The
1030 *Help* buffer always starts with the text in `antlr-help-rules-intro'.
1035 Major mode for editing ANTLR grammar files.
1040 Use ANTLR's convention for TABs according to `antlr-tab-offset-alist'.
1041 Used in `antlr-mode'. Also a useful function in `java-mode-hook'.
1045 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "antlr-mode" '("antlr-")))
1047 ;;;***
1048 \f
1049 ;;;### (autoloads nil "appt" "calendar/appt.el" (0 0 0 0))
1050 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/appt.el
1053 Add an appointment for today at TIME with message MSG.
1054 The time should be in either 24 hour format or am/pm format.
1055 Optional argument WARNTIME is an integer (or string) giving the number
1056 of minutes before the appointment at which to start warning.
1057 The default is `appt-message-warning-time'.
1062 Toggle checking of appointments.
1063 With optional numeric argument ARG, turn appointment checking on if
1064 ARG is positive, otherwise off.
1070 ;;;***
1071 \f
1072 ;;;### (autoloads nil "apropos" "apropos.el" (0 0 0 0))
1073 ;;; Generated autoloads from apropos.el
1076 Read an apropos pattern, either a word list or a regexp.
1077 Returns the user pattern, either a list of words which are matched
1078 literally, or a string which is used as a regexp to search for.
1080 SUBJECT is a string that is included in the prompt to identify what
1081 kind of objects to search.
1086 Show user options that match PATTERN.
1087 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1088 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1089 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1090 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1093 variables, not just user options.
1098 Show variables that match PATTERN.
1099 With the optional argument DO-NOT-ALL non-nil (or when called
1101 options only, i.e. behave like `apropos-user-option'.
1106 Show buffer-local variables that match PATTERN.
1107 Optional arg BUFFER (default: current buffer) is the buffer to check.
1109 The output includes variables that are not yet set in BUFFER, but that
1110 will be buffer-local when set.
1117 Show commands (interactively callable functions) that match PATTERN.
1118 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1119 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1120 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1121 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1124 noninteractive functions.
1126 If VAR-PREDICATE is non-nil, show only variables, and only those that
1127 satisfy the predicate VAR-PREDICATE.
1129 When called from a Lisp program, a string PATTERN is used as a regexp,
1130 while a list of strings is used as a word list.
1135 Like (documentation-property SYMBOL PROPERTY RAW) but handle errors.
1140 Show all meaningful Lisp symbols whose names match PATTERN.
1141 Symbols are shown if they are defined as functions, variables, or
1142 faces, or if they have nonempty property lists.
1144 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1145 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1146 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1147 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1150 consider all symbols (if they match PATTERN).
1152 Returns list of symbols and documentation found.
1157 List the variables and functions defined by library FILE.
1158 FILE should be one of the libraries currently loaded and should
1159 thus be found in `load-history'. If `apropos-do-all' is non-nil,
1160 the output includes key-bindings of commands.
1165 Show all symbols whose value's printed representation matches PATTERN.
1166 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1167 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1168 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1169 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1172 at function definitions (arguments, documentation and body) and at the
1173 names and values of properties.
1175 Returns list of symbols and values found.
1180 Show buffer-local variables whose values match PATTERN.
1181 This is like `apropos-value', but only for buffer-local variables.
1182 Optional arg BUFFER (default: current buffer) is the buffer to check.
1187 Show symbols whose documentation contains matches for PATTERN.
1188 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1189 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1190 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1191 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1193 Note that by default this command only searches in the file specified by
1195 or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, it searches all currently defined
1196 documentation strings.
1198 Returns list of symbols and documentation found.
1202 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "apropos" '("apropos-")))
1204 ;;;***
1205 \f
1206 ;;;### (autoloads nil "arc-mode" "arc-mode.el" (0 0 0 0))
1207 ;;; Generated autoloads from arc-mode.el
1210 Major mode for viewing an archive file in a dired-like way.
1211 You can move around using the usual cursor motion commands.
1212 Letters no longer insert themselves.
1213 Type `e' to pull a file out of the archive and into its own buffer;
1214 or click mouse-2 on the file's line in the archive mode buffer.
1216 If you edit a sub-file of this archive (as with the `e' command) and
1217 save it, the contents of that buffer will be saved back into the
1218 archive.
1224 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "arc-mode" '("archive-")))
1226 ;;;***
1227 \f
1228 ;;;### (autoloads nil "array" "array.el" (0 0 0 0))
1229 ;;; Generated autoloads from array.el
1232 Major mode for editing arrays.
1234 Array mode is a specialized mode for editing arrays. An array is
1235 considered to be a two-dimensional set of strings. The strings are
1236 NOT recognized as integers or real numbers.
1238 The array MUST reside at the top of the buffer.
1240 TABs are not respected, and may be converted into spaces at any time.
1241 Setting the variable `array-respect-tabs' to non-nil will prevent TAB conversion,
1242 but will cause many functions to give errors if they encounter one.
1244 Upon entering array mode, you will be prompted for the values of
1245 several variables. Others will be calculated based on the values you
1246 supply. These variables are all local to the buffer. Other buffer
1247 in array mode may have different values assigned to the variables.
1248 The variables are:
1250 Variables you assign:
1251 array-max-row: The number of rows in the array.
1252 array-max-column: The number of columns in the array.
1253 array-columns-per-line: The number of columns in the array per line of buffer.
1254 array-field-width: The width of each field, in characters.
1255 array-rows-numbered: A logical variable describing whether to ignore
1256 row numbers in the buffer.
1258 Variables which are calculated:
1259 array-line-length: The number of characters in a buffer line.
1260 array-lines-per-row: The number of buffer lines used to display each row.
1262 The following commands are available (an asterisk indicates it may
1263 take a numeric prefix argument):
1281 between that of point and mark.
1289 newlines inside rows)
1293 Entering array mode calls the function `array-mode-hook'.
1297 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "array" '("array-" "untabify-backward" "move-to-column-untabify" "current-line" "xor" "limit-index")))
1299 ;;;***
1300 \f
1301 ;;;### (autoloads nil "artist" "textmodes/artist.el" (0 0 0 0))
1302 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/artist.el
1306 Toggle Artist mode.
1307 With argument ARG, turn Artist mode on if ARG is positive.
1308 Artist lets you draw lines, squares, rectangles and poly-lines,
1309 ellipses and circles with your mouse and/or keyboard.
1311 How to quit Artist mode
1316 How to submit a bug report
1321 Drawing with the mouse:
1323 mouse-2
1324 shift mouse-2 Pops up a menu where you can select what to draw with
1325 mouse-1, and where you can do some settings (described
1326 below).
1328 mouse-1
1329 shift mouse-1 Draws lines, rectangles or poly-lines, erases, cuts, copies
1330 or pastes:
1332 Operation Not shifted Shifted
1333 --------------------------------------------------------------
1334 Pen fill-char at point line from last point
1335 to new point
1336 --------------------------------------------------------------
1337 Line Line in any direction Straight line
1338 --------------------------------------------------------------
1339 Rectangle Rectangle Square
1340 --------------------------------------------------------------
1341 Poly-line Poly-line in any dir Straight poly-lines
1342 --------------------------------------------------------------
1343 Ellipses Ellipses Circles
1344 --------------------------------------------------------------
1345 Text Text (see thru) Text (overwrite)
1346 --------------------------------------------------------------
1347 Spray-can Spray-can Set size for spray
1348 --------------------------------------------------------------
1349 Erase Erase character Erase rectangle
1350 --------------------------------------------------------------
1351 Vaporize Erase single line Erase connected
1352 lines
1353 --------------------------------------------------------------
1354 Cut Cut rectangle Cut square
1355 --------------------------------------------------------------
1356 Copy Copy rectangle Copy square
1357 --------------------------------------------------------------
1358 Paste Paste Paste
1359 --------------------------------------------------------------
1360 Flood-fill Flood-fill Flood-fill
1361 --------------------------------------------------------------
1363 * Straight lines can only go horizontally, vertically
1364 or diagonally.
1366 * Poly-lines are drawn while holding mouse-1 down. When you
1367 release the button, the point is set. If you want a segment
1368 to be straight, hold down shift before pressing the
1369 mouse-1 button. Click mouse-2 or mouse-3 to stop drawing
1370 poly-lines.
1372 * See thru for text means that text already in the buffer
1373 will be visible through blanks in the text rendered, while
1374 overwrite means the opposite.
1376 * Vaporizing connected lines only vaporizes lines whose
1377 _endpoints_ are connected. See also the variable
1378 `artist-vaporize-fuzziness'.
1380 * Cut copies, then clears the rectangle/square.
1382 * When drawing lines or poly-lines, you can set arrows.
1385 * The mode line shows the currently selected drawing operation.
1386 In addition, if it has an asterisk (*) at the end, you
1387 are currently drawing something.
1389 * Be patient when flood-filling -- large areas take quite
1390 some time to fill.
1393 mouse-3 Erases character under pointer
1394 shift mouse-3 Erases rectangle
1397 Settings
1399 Set fill Sets the character used when filling rectangles/squares
1401 Set line Sets the character used when drawing lines
1403 Erase char Sets the character used when erasing
1405 Rubber-banding Toggles rubber-banding
1407 Trimming Toggles trimming of line-endings (that is: when the shape
1408 is drawn, extraneous white-space at end of lines is removed)
1410 Borders Toggles the drawing of line borders around filled shapes
1413 Drawing with keys
1416 For lines/rectangles/squares: sets the first/second endpoint
1418 When erase characters: toggles erasing
1419 When cutting/copying: Sets first/last endpoint of rect/square
1420 When pasting: Pastes
1424 Move around with \\[artist-next-line], \\[artist-previous-line], \\[artist-forward-char] and \\[artist-backward-char].
1434 Arrows
1437 of the line/poly-line
1440 of the line/poly-line
1443 Selecting operation
1445 There are some keys for quickly selecting drawing operations:
1469 Variables
1471 This is a brief overview of the different variables. For more info,
1474 artist-rubber-banding Interactively do rubber-banding or not
1475 artist-first-char What to set at first/second point...
1476 artist-second-char ...when not rubber-banding
1477 artist-interface-with-rect If cut/copy/paste should interface with rect
1478 artist-arrows The arrows to use when drawing arrows
1479 artist-aspect-ratio Character height-to-width for squares
1480 artist-trim-line-endings Trimming of line endings
1481 artist-flood-fill-right-border Right border when flood-filling
1482 artist-flood-fill-show-incrementally Update display while filling
1483 artist-pointer-shape Pointer shape to use while drawing
1484 artist-ellipse-left-char Character to use for narrow ellipses
1485 artist-ellipse-right-char Character to use for narrow ellipses
1486 artist-borderless-shapes If shapes should have borders
1487 artist-picture-compatibility Whether or not to be picture mode compatible
1488 artist-vaporize-fuzziness Tolerance when recognizing lines
1489 artist-spray-interval Seconds between repeated sprayings
1490 artist-spray-radius Size of the spray-area
1494 Hooks
1496 Turning the mode on or off runs `artist-mode-hook'.
1499 Keymap summary
1505 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "artist" '("artist-")))
1507 ;;;***
1508 \f
1509 ;;;### (autoloads nil "asm-mode" "progmodes/asm-mode.el" (0 0 0 0))
1510 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/asm-mode.el
1513 Major mode for editing typical assembler code.
1514 Features a private abbrev table and the following bindings:
1521 The character used for making comments is set by the variable
1524 Alternatively, you may set this variable in `asm-mode-set-comment-hook',
1525 which is called near the beginning of mode initialization.
1527 Turning on Asm mode runs the hook `asm-mode-hook' at the end of initialization.
1529 Special commands:
1534 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "asm-mode" '("asm-")))
1536 ;;;***
1537 \f
1538 ;;;### (autoloads nil "auth-source" "auth-source.el" (0 0 0 0))
1539 ;;; Generated autoloads from auth-source.el
1542 How many seconds passwords are cached, or nil to disable
1543 expiring. Overrides `password-cache-expiry' through a
1548 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "auth-source" '("auth-source")))
1550 ;;;***
1551 \f
1552 ;;;### (autoloads nil "auth-source-pass" "auth-source-pass.el" (0
1553 ;;;;;; 0 0 0))
1554 ;;; Generated autoloads from auth-source-pass.el
1558 Enable auth-source-password-store.
1562 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "auth-source-pass" '("auth-source-pass-")))
1564 ;;;***
1565 \f
1566 ;;;### (autoloads nil "autoarg" "autoarg.el" (0 0 0 0))
1567 ;;; Generated autoloads from autoarg.el
1570 Non-nil if Autoarg mode is enabled.
1571 See the `autoarg-mode' command
1577 Toggle Autoarg mode, a global minor mode.
1578 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Autoarg mode if ARG is
1579 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
1580 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
1583 In Autoarg mode, digits are bound to `digit-argument', i.e. they
1584 supply prefix arguments as C-DIGIT and M-DIGIT normally do.
1585 Furthermore, C-DIGIT inserts DIGIT.
1587 the digits of the autoarg sequence into the buffer.
1589 is invoked, i.e. what it would be with Autoarg mode off.
1591 For example:
1593 `6 9 a' inserts 69 `a's into the buffer.
1603 Non-nil if Autoarg-Kp mode is enabled.
1604 See the `autoarg-kp-mode' command
1605 for a description of this minor mode.
1606 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1607 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
1613 Toggle Autoarg-KP mode, a global minor mode.
1614 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Autoarg-KP mode if ARG is
1615 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
1616 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
1619 This is similar to `autoarg-mode' but rebinds the keypad keys
1620 `kp-1' etc. to supply digit arguments.
1626 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "autoarg" '("autoarg-")))
1628 ;;;***
1629 \f
1630 ;;;### (autoloads nil "autoconf" "progmodes/autoconf.el" (0 0 0 0))
1631 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/autoconf.el
1634 Major mode for editing Autoconf configure.ac files.
1638 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "autoconf" '("autoconf-")))
1640 ;;;***
1641 \f
1642 ;;;### (autoloads nil "autoinsert" "autoinsert.el" (0 0 0 0))
1643 ;;; Generated autoloads from autoinsert.el
1646 Insert default contents into new files if variable `auto-insert' is non-nil.
1647 Matches the visited file name against the elements of `auto-insert-alist'.
1652 Associate CONDITION with (additional) ACTION in `auto-insert-alist'.
1653 Optional AFTER means to insert action after all existing actions for CONDITION,
1654 or if CONDITION had no actions, after all other CONDITIONs.
1659 Non-nil if Auto-Insert mode is enabled.
1660 See the `auto-insert-mode' command
1661 for a description of this minor mode.
1662 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1663 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
1669 Toggle Auto-insert mode, a global minor mode.
1670 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Auto-insert mode if ARG is
1671 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
1672 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
1674 When Auto-insert mode is enabled, when new files are created you can
1675 insert a template for the file depending on the mode of the buffer.
1679 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "autoinsert" '("auto-insert")))
1681 ;;;***
1682 \f
1683 ;;;### (autoloads nil "autoload" "emacs-lisp/autoload.el" (0 0 0
1684 ;;;;;; 0))
1685 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/autoload.el
1694 Update the autoloads for FILE.
1695 If prefix arg SAVE-AFTER is non-nil, save the buffer too.
1697 If FILE binds `generated-autoload-file' as a file-local variable,
1698 autoloads are written into that file. Otherwise, the autoloads
1699 file is determined by OUTFILE. If called interactively, prompt
1700 for OUTFILE; if called from Lisp with OUTFILE nil, use the
1701 existing value of `generated-autoload-file'.
1703 Return FILE if there was no autoload cookie in it, else nil.
1708 Update autoload definitions for Lisp files in the directories DIRS.
1709 In an interactive call, you must give one argument, the name of a
1710 single directory. In a call from Lisp, you can supply multiple
1711 directories as separate arguments, but this usage is discouraged.
1713 The function does NOT recursively descend into subdirectories of the
1714 directory or directories specified.
1716 In an interactive call, prompt for a default output file for the
1717 autoload definitions, and temporarily bind the variable
1718 `generated-autoload-file' to this value. When called from Lisp,
1719 use the existing value of `generated-autoload-file'. If any Lisp
1720 file binds `generated-autoload-file' as a file-local variable,
1721 write its autoloads into the specified file instead.
1726 Update loaddefs.el autoloads in batch mode.
1727 Calls `update-directory-autoloads' on the command line arguments.
1728 Definitions are written to `generated-autoload-file' (which
1729 should be non-nil).
1733 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "autoload" '("autoload-" "generate" "no-update-autoloads" "make-autoload")))
1735 ;;;***
1736 \f
1737 ;;;### (autoloads nil "autorevert" "autorevert.el" (0 0 0 0))
1738 ;;; Generated autoloads from autorevert.el
1741 Toggle reverting buffer when the file changes (Auto-Revert Mode).
1742 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Auto-Revert Mode if ARG is
1743 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
1744 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
1746 Auto-Revert Mode is a minor mode that affects only the current
1747 buffer. When enabled, it reverts the buffer when the file on
1748 disk changes.
1750 When a buffer is reverted, a message is generated. This can be
1751 suppressed by setting `auto-revert-verbose' to nil.
1753 Use `global-auto-revert-mode' to automatically revert all buffers.
1754 Use `auto-revert-tail-mode' if you know that the file will only grow
1755 without being changed in the part that is already in the buffer.
1760 Turn on Auto-Revert Mode.
1762 This function is designed to be added to hooks, for example:
1768 Toggle reverting tail of buffer when the file grows.
1769 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Auto-Revert Tail Mode if ARG
1770 is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
1771 enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
1773 When Auto-Revert Tail Mode is enabled, the tail of the file is
1774 constantly followed, as with the shell command `tail -f'. This
1775 means that whenever the file grows on disk (presumably because
1776 some background process is appending to it from time to time),
1777 this is reflected in the current buffer.
1779 You can edit the buffer and turn this mode off and on again as
1780 you please. But make sure the background process has stopped
1781 writing before you save the file!
1783 When a buffer is reverted, a message is generated. This can be
1784 suppressed by setting `auto-revert-verbose' to nil.
1786 Use `auto-revert-mode' for changes other than appends!
1791 Turn on Auto-Revert Tail Mode.
1793 This function is designed to be added to hooks, for example:
1799 Non-nil if Global Auto-Revert mode is enabled.
1800 See the `global-auto-revert-mode' command
1801 for a description of this minor mode.
1802 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1803 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
1809 Toggle Global Auto-Revert Mode.
1810 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Global Auto-Revert Mode if ARG
1811 is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
1812 enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
1814 Global Auto-Revert Mode is a global minor mode that reverts any
1815 buffer associated with a file when the file changes on disk. Use
1816 `auto-revert-mode' to revert a particular buffer.
1818 If `global-auto-revert-non-file-buffers' is non-nil, this mode
1819 may also revert some non-file buffers, as described in the
1820 documentation of that variable. It ignores buffers with modes
1821 matching `global-auto-revert-ignore-modes', and buffers with a
1822 non-nil vale of `global-auto-revert-ignore-buffer'.
1824 When a buffer is reverted, a message is generated. This can be
1825 suppressed by setting `auto-revert-verbose' to nil.
1827 This function calls the hook `global-auto-revert-mode-hook'.
1828 It displays the text that `global-auto-revert-mode-text'
1829 specifies in the mode line.
1833 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "autorevert" '("auto-revert-" "global-auto-revert-")))
1835 ;;;***
1836 \f
1837 ;;;### (autoloads nil "avl-tree" "emacs-lisp/avl-tree.el" (0 0 0
1838 ;;;;;; 0))
1839 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/avl-tree.el
1841 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "avl-tree" '("avl-tree-")))
1843 ;;;***
1844 \f
1845 ;;;### (autoloads nil "avoid" "avoid.el" (0 0 0 0))
1846 ;;; Generated autoloads from avoid.el
1849 Activate Mouse Avoidance mode.
1850 See function `mouse-avoidance-mode' for possible values.
1851 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1857 Set Mouse Avoidance mode to MODE.
1858 MODE should be one of the symbols `banish', `exile', `jump', `animate',
1859 `cat-and-mouse', `proteus', or `none'.
1861 If MODE is nil, toggle mouse avoidance between `none' and `banish'
1862 modes. Positive numbers and symbols other than the above are treated
1863 as equivalent to `banish'; negative numbers and `-' are equivalent to `none'.
1865 Effects of the different modes:
1866 * banish: Move the mouse to the upper-right corner on any keypress.
1867 * exile: Move the mouse to the corner only if the cursor gets too close,
1868 and allow it to return once the cursor is out of the way.
1869 * jump: If the cursor gets too close to the mouse, displace the mouse
1870 a random distance & direction.
1871 * animate: As `jump', but shows steps along the way for illusion of motion.
1872 * cat-and-mouse: Same as `animate'.
1873 * proteus: As `animate', but changes the shape of the mouse pointer too.
1876 and `mouse-avoidance-nudge-dist' and `mouse-avoidance-nudge-var' for
1881 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "avoid" '("mouse-avoidance-")))
1883 ;;;***
1884 \f
1885 ;;;### (autoloads nil "bat-mode" "progmodes/bat-mode.el" (0 0 0 0))
1886 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/bat-mode.el
1891 Major mode for editing DOS/Windows batch files.
1893 Start a new script from `bat-template'. Read help pages for DOS commands
1894 with `bat-cmd-help'. Navigate between sections using `imenu'.
1895 Run script using `bat-run' and `bat-run-args'.
1901 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "bat-mode" '("bat-")))
1903 ;;;***
1904 \f
1905 ;;;### (autoloads nil "battery" "battery.el" (0 0 0 0))
1906 ;;; Generated autoloads from battery.el
1910 Display battery status information in the echo area.
1911 The text being displayed in the echo area is controlled by the variables
1912 `battery-echo-area-format' and `battery-status-function'.
1917 Non-nil if Display-Battery mode is enabled.
1918 See the `display-battery-mode' command
1919 for a description of this minor mode.
1920 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1921 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
1927 Toggle battery status display in mode line (Display Battery mode).
1928 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Display Battery mode if ARG is
1929 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
1930 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
1932 The text displayed in the mode line is controlled by
1933 `battery-mode-line-format' and `battery-status-function'.
1934 The mode line is be updated every `battery-update-interval'
1935 seconds.
1939 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "battery" '("battery-")))
1941 ;;;***
1942 \f
1943 ;;;### (autoloads nil "benchmark" "emacs-lisp/benchmark.el" (0 0
1944 ;;;;;; 0 0))
1945 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/benchmark.el
1948 Time execution of FORMS.
1949 If REPETITIONS is supplied as a number, run forms that many times,
1950 accounting for the overhead of the resulting loop. Otherwise run
1951 FORMS once.
1952 Return a list of the total elapsed time for execution, the number of
1953 garbage collections that ran, and the time taken by garbage collection.
1954 See also `benchmark-run-compiled'.
1961 Time execution of compiled version of FORMS.
1962 This is like `benchmark-run', but what is timed is a funcall of the
1963 byte code obtained by wrapping FORMS in a `lambda' and compiling the
1964 result. The overhead of the `lambda's is accounted for.
1971 Print the time taken for REPETITIONS executions of FORM.
1972 Interactively, REPETITIONS is taken from the prefix arg.
1973 For non-interactive use see also `benchmark-run' and
1974 `benchmark-run-compiled'.
1978 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "benchmark" '("benchmark-elapse")))
1980 ;;;***
1981 \f
1982 ;;;### (autoloads nil "bib-mode" "textmodes/bib-mode.el" (0 0 0 0))
1983 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/bib-mode.el
1985 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "bib-mode" '("bib-" "unread-bib" "mark-bib" "return-key-bib" "addbib")))
1987 ;;;***
1988 \f
1989 ;;;### (autoloads nil "bibtex" "textmodes/bibtex.el" (0 0 0 0))
1990 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/bibtex.el
1993 (Re)Initialize BibTeX buffers.
1994 Visit the BibTeX files defined by `bibtex-files' and return a list
1995 of corresponding buffers.
1996 Initialize in these buffers `bibtex-reference-keys' if not yet set.
1997 List of BibTeX buffers includes current buffer if CURRENT is non-nil
1998 and the current buffer visits a file using `bibtex-mode'.
1999 If FORCE is non-nil, (re)initialize `bibtex-reference-keys' even if
2000 already set. If SELECT is non-nil interactively select a BibTeX buffer.
2002 When called interactively, FORCE is t, CURRENT is t if current buffer
2003 visits a file using `bibtex-mode', and SELECT is t if current buffer
2004 does not use `bibtex-mode',
2009 Major mode for editing BibTeX files.
2011 General information on working with BibTeX mode:
2013 Use commands such as \\<bibtex-mode-map>\\[bibtex-Book] to get a template for a specific entry.
2015 to field. After having filled in all desired fields in the entry, clean the
2018 Some features of BibTeX mode are available only by setting the variable
2019 `bibtex-maintain-sorted-entries' to non-nil. However, then BibTeX mode
2020 works only with buffers containing valid (syntactically correct) and sorted
2021 entries. This is usually the case, if you have created a buffer completely
2025 to fully take advantage of all features of BibTeX mode.
2028 Special information:
2032 The names of optional fields start with the string OPT, and are thus ignored
2033 by BibTeX. The names of alternative fields from which only one is required
2034 start with the string ALT. The OPT or ALT string may be removed from
2039 \\[bibtex-remove-delimiters] removes the double-quotes or braces around the text of the current field.
2045 from the names of all non-empty optional or alternative fields, checks that
2046 no required fields are empty, and does some formatting dependent on the value
2047 of `bibtex-entry-format'. Furthermore, it can automatically generate a key
2048 for the BibTeX entry, see `bibtex-generate-autokey'.
2049 Note: some functions in BibTeX mode depend on entries being in a special
2050 format (all fields beginning on separate lines), so it is usually a bad
2051 idea to remove `realign' from `bibtex-entry-format'.
2053 BibTeX mode supports Imenu and hideshow minor mode (`hs-minor-mode').
2055 ----------------------------------------------------------
2056 Entry to BibTeX mode calls the value of `bibtex-mode-hook'
2057 if that value is non-nil.
2064 Move point to the beginning of BibTeX entry named KEY.
2065 Return position of entry if KEY is found or nil if not found.
2066 With GLOBAL non-nil, search KEY in `bibtex-files'. Otherwise the search
2067 is limited to the current buffer. Optional arg START is buffer position
2068 where the search starts. If it is nil, start search at beginning of buffer.
2069 If DISPLAY is non-nil, display the buffer containing KEY.
2070 Otherwise, use `set-buffer'.
2071 When called interactively, START is nil, DISPLAY is t.
2072 Also, GLOBAL is t if the current mode is not `bibtex-mode'
2073 or `bibtex-search-entry-globally' is non-nil.
2074 A prefix arg negates the value of `bibtex-search-entry-globally'.
2078 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "bibtex" '("bibtex-")))
2080 ;;;***
2081 \f
2082 ;;;### (autoloads nil "bibtex-style" "textmodes/bibtex-style.el"
2083 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
2084 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/bibtex-style.el
2087 Major mode for editing BibTeX style files.
2091 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "bibtex-style" '("bibtex-style-")))
2093 ;;;***
2094 \f
2095 ;;;### (autoloads nil "bindat" "emacs-lisp/bindat.el" (0 0 0 0))
2096 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/bindat.el
2098 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "bindat" '("bindat-")))
2100 ;;;***
2101 \f
2102 ;;;### (autoloads nil "binhex" "mail/binhex.el" (0 0 0 0))
2103 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/binhex.el
2105 (defconst binhex-begin-line "^:...............................................................$" "\
2109 Binhex decode region between START and END without using an external program.
2110 If HEADER-ONLY is non-nil only decode header and return filename.
2115 Binhex decode region between START and END using external decoder.
2120 Binhex decode region between START and END.
2124 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "binhex" '("binhex-")))
2126 ;;;***
2127 \f
2128 ;;;### (autoloads nil "blackbox" "play/blackbox.el" (0 0 0 0))
2129 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/blackbox.el
2132 Play blackbox.
2133 Optional prefix argument is the number of balls; the default is 4.
2135 What is blackbox?
2137 Blackbox is a game of hide and seek played on an 8 by 8 grid (the
2138 Blackbox). Your opponent (Emacs, in this case) has hidden several
2139 balls (usually 4) within this box. By shooting rays into the box and
2140 observing where they emerge it is possible to deduce the positions of
2141 the hidden balls. The fewer rays you use to find the balls, the lower
2142 your score.
2144 Overview of play:
2147 specifies the number of balls to be hidden in the box; the default is
2148 four.
2150 The cursor can be moved around the box with the standard cursor
2151 movement keys.
2153 To shoot a ray, move the cursor to the edge of the box and press SPC.
2154 The result will be determined and the playfield updated.
2156 You may place or remove balls in the box by moving the cursor into the
2159 When you think the configuration of balls you have placed is correct,
2161 not, and be given your score. Your score is the number of letters and
2162 numbers around the outside of the box plus five for each incorrectly
2163 placed ball. If you placed any balls incorrectly, they will be
2164 indicated with `x', and their actual positions indicated with `o'.
2166 Details:
2168 There are three possible outcomes for each ray you send into the box:
2170 Detour: the ray is deflected and emerges somewhere other than
2171 where you sent it in. On the playfield, detours are
2172 denoted by matching pairs of numbers -- one where the
2173 ray went in, and the other where it came out.
2175 Reflection: the ray is reflected and emerges in the same place
2176 it was sent in. On the playfield, reflections are
2177 denoted by the letter `R'.
2179 Hit: the ray strikes a ball directly and is absorbed. It does
2180 not emerge from the box. On the playfield, hits are
2181 denoted by the letter `H'.
2183 The rules for how balls deflect rays are simple and are best shown by
2184 example.
2186 As a ray approaches a ball it is deflected ninety degrees. Rays can
2187 be deflected multiple times. In the diagrams below, the dashes
2188 represent empty box locations and the letter `O' represents a ball.
2189 The entrance and exit points of each ray are marked with numbers as
2191 points are always interchangeable. `*' denotes the path taken by the
2192 ray.
2194 Note carefully the relative positions of the ball and the ninety
2195 degree deflection it causes.
2197 1
2198 - * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2199 - * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2200 1 * * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - O -
2201 - - O - - - - - - - O - - - - - - - * * * * - -
2202 - - - - - - - - - - - * * * * * 2 3 * * * - - * - -
2203 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - O - * - -
2204 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - * * - -
2205 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - * - O -
2206 2 3
2208 As mentioned above, a reflection occurs when a ray emerges from the same point
2209 it was sent in. This can happen in several ways:
2212 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2213 - - - - O - - - - - O - O - - - - - - - - - - -
2214 R * * * * - - - - - - - * - - - - O - - - - - - -
2215 - - - - O - - - - - - * - - - - R - - - - - - - -
2216 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - - - - -
2217 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - - - - -
2218 - - - - - - - - R * * * * - - - - - - - - - - - -
2219 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - - - - - - - -
2221 In the first example, the ray is deflected downwards by the upper
2222 ball, then left by the lower ball, and finally retraces its path to
2223 its point of origin. The second example is similar. The third
2224 example is a bit anomalous but can be rationalized by realizing the
2225 ray never gets a chance to get into the box. Alternatively, the ray
2226 can be thought of as being deflected downwards and immediately
2227 emerging from the box.
2229 A hit occurs when a ray runs straight into a ball:
2231 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2232 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - -
2233 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - H * * * * - - - -
2234 - - - - - - - - H * * * * O - - - - - - * - - - -
2235 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - - - O - - - -
2236 H * * * O - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2237 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2238 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2240 Be sure to compare the second example of a hit with the first example of
2241 a reflection.
2245 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "blackbox" '("blackbox-" "bb-")))
2247 ;;;***
2248 \f
2249 ;;;### (autoloads nil "bookmark" "bookmark.el" (0 0 0 0))
2250 ;;; Generated autoloads from bookmark.el
2256 (defvar bookmark-map (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap))) (define-key map "x" 'bookmark-set) (define-key map "m" 'bookmark-set) (define-key map "M" 'bookmark-set-no-overwrite) (define-key map "j" 'bookmark-jump) (define-key map "g" 'bookmark-jump) (define-key map "o" 'bookmark-jump-other-window) (define-key map "i" 'bookmark-insert) (define-key map "e" 'edit-bookmarks) (define-key map "f" 'bookmark-insert-location) (define-key map "r" 'bookmark-rename) (define-key map "d" 'bookmark-delete) (define-key map "l" 'bookmark-load) (define-key map "w" 'bookmark-write) (define-key map "s" 'bookmark-save) map) "\
2257 Keymap containing bindings to bookmark functions.
2258 It is not bound to any key by default: to bind it
2259 so that you have a bookmark prefix, just use `global-set-key' and bind a
2260 key of your choice to `bookmark-map'. All interactive bookmark
2265 Set a bookmark named NAME at the current location.
2266 If NAME is nil, then prompt the user.
2268 With a prefix arg (non-nil NO-OVERWRITE), do not overwrite any
2269 existing bookmark that has the same name as NAME, but instead push the
2270 new bookmark onto the bookmark alist. The most recently set bookmark
2271 with name NAME is thus the one in effect at any given time, but the
2272 others are still there, should the user decide to delete the most
2273 recent one.
2275 To yank words from the text of the buffer and use them as part of the
2276 bookmark name, type C-w while setting a bookmark. Successive C-w's
2277 yank successive words.
2279 Typing C-u inserts (at the bookmark name prompt) the name of the last
2280 bookmark used in the document where the new bookmark is being set;
2281 this helps you use a single bookmark name to track progress through a
2282 large document. If there is no prior bookmark for this document, then
2283 C-u inserts an appropriate name based on the buffer or file.
2286 it removes only the first instance of a bookmark with that name from
2287 the list of bookmarks.)
2292 Set a bookmark named NAME at the current location.
2293 If NAME is nil, then prompt the user.
2295 If a bookmark named NAME already exists and prefix argument
2296 PUSH-BOOKMARK is non-nil, then push the new bookmark onto the
2297 bookmark alist. Pushing it means that among bookmarks named
2298 NAME, this one becomes the one in effect, but the others are
2299 still there, in order, and become effective again if the user
2300 ever deletes the most recent one.
2302 Otherwise, if a bookmark named NAME already exists but PUSH-BOOKMARK
2303 is nil, raise an error.
2305 To yank words from the text of the buffer and use them as part of the
2306 bookmark name, type C-w while setting a bookmark. Successive C-w's
2307 yank successive words.
2309 Typing C-u inserts (at the bookmark name prompt) the name of the last
2310 bookmark used in the document where the new bookmark is being set;
2311 this helps you use a single bookmark name to track progress through a
2312 large document. If there is no prior bookmark for this document, then
2313 C-u inserts an appropriate name based on the buffer or file.
2316 it removes only the first instance of a bookmark with that name from
2317 the list of bookmarks.)
2322 Jump to bookmark BOOKMARK (a point in some file).
2323 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable
2324 `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some
2325 bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about
2326 this.
2328 If the file pointed to by BOOKMARK no longer exists, you will be asked
2329 if you wish to give the bookmark a new location, and `bookmark-jump'
2330 will then jump to the new location, as well as recording it in place
2331 of the old one in the permanent bookmark record.
2333 BOOKMARK is usually a bookmark name (a string). It can also be a
2334 bookmark record, but this is usually only done by programmatic callers.
2336 If DISPLAY-FUNC is non-nil, it is a function to invoke to display the
2337 bookmark. It defaults to `switch-to-buffer'. A typical value for
2338 DISPLAY-FUNC would be `switch-to-buffer-other-window'.
2343 Jump to BOOKMARK in another window. See `bookmark-jump' for more.
2348 Relocate BOOKMARK-NAME to another file, reading file name with minibuffer.
2350 This makes an already existing bookmark point to that file, instead of
2351 the one it used to point at. Useful when a file has been renamed
2352 after a bookmark was set in it.
2357 Insert the name of the file associated with BOOKMARK-NAME.
2359 Optional second arg NO-HISTORY means don't record this in the
2360 minibuffer history list `bookmark-history'.
2367 Change the name of OLD-NAME bookmark to NEW-NAME name.
2368 If called from keyboard, prompt for OLD-NAME and NEW-NAME.
2369 If called from menubar, select OLD-NAME from a menu and prompt for NEW-NAME.
2371 If called from Lisp, prompt for NEW-NAME if only OLD-NAME was passed
2372 as an argument. If called with two strings, then no prompting is done.
2373 You must pass at least OLD-NAME when calling from Lisp.
2375 While you are entering the new name, consecutive C-w's insert
2376 consecutive words from the text of the buffer into the new bookmark
2377 name.
2382 Insert the text of the file pointed to by bookmark BOOKMARK-NAME.
2383 BOOKMARK-NAME is a bookmark name (a string), not a bookmark record.
2385 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable
2386 `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some
2387 bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about
2388 this.
2393 Delete BOOKMARK-NAME from the bookmark list.
2395 Removes only the first instance of a bookmark with that name. If
2396 there are one or more other bookmarks with the same name, they will
2398 one most recently used in this file, if any).
2399 Optional second arg BATCH means don't update the bookmark list buffer,
2400 probably because we were called from there.
2405 Write bookmarks to a file (reading the file name with the minibuffer).
2412 Save currently defined bookmarks.
2413 Saves by default in the file defined by the variable
2414 `bookmark-default-file'. With a prefix arg, save it in file FILE
2415 \(second argument).
2417 If you are calling this from Lisp, the two arguments are PARG and
2418 FILE, and if you just want it to write to the default file, then
2419 pass no arguments. Or pass in nil and FILE, and it will save in FILE
2420 instead. If you pass in one argument, and it is non-nil, then the
2421 user will be interactively queried for a file to save in.
2423 When you want to load in the bookmarks from a file, use
2425 for a file, defaulting to the file defined by variable
2426 `bookmark-default-file'.
2431 Load bookmarks from FILE (which must be in bookmark format).
2432 Appends loaded bookmarks to the front of the list of bookmarks. If
2433 optional second argument OVERWRITE is non-nil, existing bookmarks are
2434 destroyed. Optional third arg NO-MSG means don't display any messages
2435 while loading.
2437 If you load a file that doesn't contain a proper bookmark alist, you
2438 will corrupt Emacs's bookmark list. Generally, you should only load
2439 in files that were created with the bookmark functions in the first
2440 place. Your own personal bookmark file, specified by the variable
2441 `bookmark-default-file', is maintained automatically by Emacs; you
2442 shouldn't need to load it explicitly.
2444 If you load a file containing bookmarks with the same names as
2445 bookmarks already present in your Emacs, the new bookmarks will get
2451 Display a list of existing bookmarks.
2452 The list is displayed in a buffer named `*Bookmark List*'.
2453 The leftmost column displays a D if the bookmark is flagged for
2454 deletion, or > if it is flagged for displaying.
2463 Incremental search of bookmarks, hiding the non-matches as we go.
2467 (defvar menu-bar-bookmark-map (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Bookmark functions"))) (bindings--define-key map [load] '(menu-item "Load a Bookmark File..." bookmark-load :help "Load bookmarks from a bookmark file)")) (bindings--define-key map [write] '(menu-item "Save Bookmarks As..." bookmark-write :help "Write bookmarks to a file (reading the file name with the minibuffer)")) (bindings--define-key map [save] '(menu-item "Save Bookmarks" bookmark-save :help "Save currently defined bookmarks")) (bindings--define-key map [edit] '(menu-item "Edit Bookmark List" bookmark-bmenu-list :help "Display a list of existing bookmarks")) (bindings--define-key map [delete] '(menu-item "Delete Bookmark..." bookmark-delete :help "Delete a bookmark from the bookmark list")) (bindings--define-key map [rename] '(menu-item "Rename Bookmark..." bookmark-rename :help "Change the name of a bookmark")) (bindings--define-key map [locate] '(menu-item "Insert Location..." bookmark-locate :help "Insert the name of the file associated with a bookmark")) (bindings--define-key map [insert] '(menu-item "Insert Contents..." bookmark-insert :help "Insert the text of the file pointed to by a bookmark")) (bindings--define-key map [set] '(menu-item "Set Bookmark..." bookmark-set :help "Set a bookmark named inside a file.")) (bindings--define-key map [jump] '(menu-item "Jump to Bookmark..." bookmark-jump :help "Jump to a bookmark (a point in some file)")) map))
2469 (defalias 'menu-bar-bookmark-map menu-bar-bookmark-map)
2471 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "bookmark" '("bookmark" "with-buffer-modified-unmodified")))
2473 ;;;***
2474 \f
2475 ;;;### (autoloads nil "browse-url" "net/browse-url.el" (0 0 0 0))
2476 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/browse-url.el
2478 (defvar browse-url-browser-function 'browse-url-default-browser "\
2479 Function to display the current buffer in a WWW browser.
2480 This is used by the `browse-url-at-point', `browse-url-at-mouse', and
2481 `browse-url-of-file' commands.
2483 If the value is not a function it should be a list of pairs
2484 \(REGEXP . FUNCTION). In this case the function called will be the one
2485 associated with the first REGEXP which matches the current URL. The
2486 function is passed the URL and any other args of `browse-url'. The last
2489 (custom-autoload 'browse-url-browser-function "browse-url" t)
2491 (autoload 'browse-url-of-file "browse-url" "\
2492 Ask a WWW browser to display FILE.
2493 Display the current buffer's file if FILE is nil or if called
2494 interactively. Turn the filename into a URL with function
2495 `browse-url-file-url'. Pass the URL to a browser using the
2496 `browse-url' function then run `browse-url-of-file-hook'.
2498 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
2500 (autoload 'browse-url-of-buffer "browse-url" "\
2501 Ask a WWW browser to display BUFFER.
2502 Display the current buffer if BUFFER is nil. Display only the
2503 currently visible part of BUFFER (from a temporary file) if buffer is
2504 narrowed.
2506 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
2508 (autoload 'browse-url-of-dired-file "browse-url" "\
2509 In Dired, ask a WWW browser to display the file named on this line.
2511 \(fn)" t nil)
2513 (autoload 'browse-url-of-region "browse-url" "\
2514 Ask a WWW browser to display the current region.
2516 \(fn MIN MAX)" t nil)
2518 (autoload 'browse-url "browse-url" "\
2519 Ask a WWW browser to load URL.
2520 Prompt for a URL, defaulting to the URL at or before point.
2521 Invokes a suitable browser function which does the actual job.
2522 The variable `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser function to
2523 use. If the URL is a mailto: URL, consult `browse-url-mailto-function'
2524 first, if that exists.
2526 The additional ARGS are passed to the browser function. See the doc
2527 strings of the actual functions, starting with `browse-url-browser-function',
2528 for information about the significance of ARGS (most of the functions
2529 ignore it).
2530 If ARGS are omitted, the default is to pass `browse-url-new-window-flag'
2531 as ARGS.
2533 \(fn URL &rest ARGS)" t nil)
2535 (autoload 'browse-url-at-point "browse-url" "\
2536 Ask a WWW browser to load the URL at or before point.
2537 Variable `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser to use.
2538 Optional prefix argument ARG non-nil inverts the value of the option
2539 `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2541 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2543 (autoload 'browse-url-at-mouse "browse-url" "\
2544 Ask a WWW browser to load a URL clicked with the mouse.
2545 The URL is the one around or before the position of the mouse click
2546 but point is not changed. Variable `browse-url-browser-function'
2547 says which browser to use.
2549 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
2551 (autoload 'browse-url-xdg-open "browse-url" "\
2553 xdg-open is a desktop utility that calls your preferred web browser.
2554 The optional argument IGNORED is not used.
2556 \(fn URL &optional IGNORED)" t nil)
2558 (autoload 'browse-url-netscape "browse-url" "\
2559 Ask the Netscape WWW browser to load URL.
2560 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2561 `browse-url-netscape-arguments' are also passed to Netscape.
2563 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2564 non-nil, load the document in a new Netscape window, otherwise use a
2565 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2566 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2568 If `browse-url-netscape-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then
2569 whenever a document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it
2570 is loaded in a new tab in an existing window instead.
2572 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2573 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2575 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2577 (make-obsolete 'browse-url-netscape 'nil '"25.1")
2579 (autoload 'browse-url-mozilla "browse-url" "\
2580 Ask the Mozilla WWW browser to load URL.
2581 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2582 `browse-url-mozilla-arguments' are also passed to Mozilla.
2584 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2585 non-nil, load the document in a new Mozilla window, otherwise use a
2586 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2587 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2589 If `browse-url-mozilla-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then whenever a
2590 document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it is loaded in a
2591 new tab in an existing window instead.
2593 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2594 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2596 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2598 (autoload 'browse-url-firefox "browse-url" "\
2599 Ask the Firefox WWW browser to load URL.
2600 Defaults to the URL around or before point. Passes the strings
2601 in the variable `browse-url-firefox-arguments' to Firefox.
2603 Interactively, if the variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is non-nil,
2604 loads the document in a new Firefox window. A non-nil prefix argument
2605 reverses the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2607 If `browse-url-firefox-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then
2608 whenever a document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it
2609 is loaded in a new tab in an existing window instead.
2611 Non-interactively, this uses the optional second argument NEW-WINDOW
2612 instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2614 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2616 (autoload 'browse-url-chromium "browse-url" "\
2617 Ask the Chromium WWW browser to load URL.
2618 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in
2619 variable `browse-url-chromium-arguments' are also passed to
2620 Chromium.
2621 The optional argument NEW-WINDOW is not used.
2623 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2625 (autoload 'browse-url-galeon "browse-url" "\
2626 Ask the Galeon WWW browser to load URL.
2627 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2628 `browse-url-galeon-arguments' are also passed to Galeon.
2630 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2631 non-nil, load the document in a new Galeon window, otherwise use a
2632 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2633 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2635 If `browse-url-galeon-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then whenever a
2636 document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it is loaded in a
2637 new tab in an existing window instead.
2639 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2640 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2642 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2644 (make-obsolete 'browse-url-galeon 'nil '"25.1")
2646 (autoload 'browse-url-emacs "browse-url" "\
2647 Ask Emacs to load URL into a buffer and show it in another window.
2649 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2651 (autoload 'browse-url-gnome-moz "browse-url" "\
2652 Ask Mozilla/Netscape to load URL via the GNOME program `gnome-moz-remote'.
2653 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2654 `browse-url-gnome-moz-arguments' are also passed.
2656 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2657 non-nil, load the document in a new browser window, otherwise use an
2658 existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the
2659 effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2661 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2662 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2664 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2666 (make-obsolete 'browse-url-gnome-moz 'nil '"25.1")
2668 (autoload 'browse-url-mosaic "browse-url" "\
2669 Ask the XMosaic WWW browser to load URL.
2671 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2672 `browse-url-mosaic-arguments' are also passed to Mosaic and the
2673 program is invoked according to the variable
2674 `browse-url-mosaic-program'.
2676 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2677 non-nil, load the document in a new Mosaic window, otherwise use a
2678 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2679 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2681 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2682 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2684 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2686 (make-obsolete 'browse-url-mosaic 'nil '"25.1")
2688 (autoload 'browse-url-cci "browse-url" "\
2689 Ask the XMosaic WWW browser to load URL.
2690 Default to the URL around or before point.
2692 This function only works for XMosaic version 2.5 or later. You must
2693 select `CCI' from XMosaic's File menu, set the CCI Port Address to the
2694 value of variable `browse-url-CCI-port', and enable `Accept requests'.
2696 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2697 non-nil, load the document in a new browser window, otherwise use a
2698 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2699 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2701 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2702 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2704 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2706 (make-obsolete 'browse-url-cci 'nil '"25.1")
2708 (autoload 'browse-url-conkeror "browse-url" "\
2709 Ask the Conkeror WWW browser to load URL.
2710 Default to the URL around or before point. Also pass the strings
2711 in the variable `browse-url-conkeror-arguments' to Conkeror.
2713 When called interactively, if variable
2714 `browse-url-new-window-flag' is non-nil, load the document in a
2715 new Conkeror window, otherwise use a random existing one. A
2716 non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the effect of
2717 `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2719 If variable `browse-url-conkeror-new-window-is-buffer' is
2720 non-nil, then whenever a document would otherwise be loaded in a
2721 new window, load it in a new buffer in an existing window instead.
2723 When called non-interactively, use optional second argument
2724 NEW-WINDOW instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2726 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2728 (autoload 'browse-url-w3 "browse-url" "\
2729 Ask the w3 WWW browser to load URL.
2730 Default to the URL around or before point.
2732 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2733 non-nil, load the document in a new window. A non-nil interactive
2734 prefix argument reverses the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2736 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2737 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2739 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2741 (autoload 'browse-url-w3-gnudoit "browse-url" "\
2742 Ask another Emacs running gnuserv to load the URL using the W3 browser.
2743 The `browse-url-gnudoit-program' program is used with options given by
2744 `browse-url-gnudoit-args'. Default to the URL around or before point.
2746 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2748 (make-obsolete 'browse-url-w3-gnudoit 'nil '"25.1")
2750 (autoload 'browse-url-text-xterm "browse-url" "\
2751 Ask a text browser to load URL.
2752 URL defaults to the URL around or before point.
2753 This runs the text browser specified by `browse-url-text-browser'.
2754 in an Xterm window using the Xterm program named by `browse-url-xterm-program'
2755 with possible additional arguments `browse-url-xterm-args'.
2756 The optional argument NEW-WINDOW is not used.
2758 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2760 (autoload 'browse-url-text-emacs "browse-url" "\
2761 Ask a text browser to load URL.
2762 URL defaults to the URL around or before point.
2763 This runs the text browser specified by `browse-url-text-browser'.
2764 With a prefix argument, it runs a new browser process in a new buffer.
2766 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2767 non-nil, load the document in a new browser process in a new term window,
2768 otherwise use any existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument
2769 reverses the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2771 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2772 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2774 \(fn URL &optional NEW-BUFFER)" t nil)
2776 (autoload 'browse-url-mail "browse-url" "\
2777 Open a new mail message buffer within Emacs for the RFC 2368 URL.
2778 Default to using the mailto: URL around or before point as the
2779 recipient's address. Supplying a non-nil interactive prefix argument
2780 will cause the mail to be composed in another window rather than the
2781 current one.
2783 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2784 non-nil use `compose-mail-other-window', otherwise `compose-mail'. A
2785 non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the effect of
2786 `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2788 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2789 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2791 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2793 (autoload 'browse-url-generic "browse-url" "\
2794 Ask the WWW browser defined by `browse-url-generic-program' to load URL.
2795 Default to the URL around or before point. A fresh copy of the
2796 browser is started up in a new process with possible additional arguments
2797 `browse-url-generic-args'. This is appropriate for browsers which
2798 don't offer a form of remote control.
2800 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2802 (autoload 'browse-url-kde "browse-url" "\
2803 Ask the KDE WWW browser to load URL.
2804 Default to the URL around or before point.
2805 The optional argument NEW-WINDOW is not used.
2807 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2809 (autoload 'browse-url-elinks "browse-url" "\
2810 Ask the Elinks WWW browser to load URL.
2811 Default to the URL around the point.
2813 The document is loaded in a new tab of a running Elinks or, if
2814 none yet running, a newly started instance.
2816 The Elinks command will be prepended by the program+arguments
2817 from `browse-url-elinks-wrapper'.
2819 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2821 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "browse-url" '("browse-url-")))
2823 ;;;***
2824 \f
2825 ;;;### (autoloads nil "bs" "bs.el" (0 0 0 0))
2826 ;;; Generated autoloads from bs.el
2827 (push (purecopy '(bs 1 17)) package--builtin-versions)
2829 (autoload 'bs-cycle-next "bs" "\
2830 Select next buffer defined by buffer cycling.
2831 The buffers taking part in buffer cycling are defined
2832 by buffer configuration `bs-cycle-configuration-name'.
2834 \(fn)" t nil)
2836 (autoload 'bs-cycle-previous "bs" "\
2837 Select previous buffer defined by buffer cycling.
2838 The buffers taking part in buffer cycling are defined
2839 by buffer configuration `bs-cycle-configuration-name'.
2841 \(fn)" t nil)
2843 (autoload 'bs-customize "bs" "\
2844 Customization of group bs for Buffer Selection Menu.
2846 \(fn)" t nil)
2848 (autoload 'bs-show "bs" "\
2849 Make a menu of buffers so you can manipulate buffers or the buffer list.
2851 There are many key commands similar to `Buffer-menu-mode' for
2852 manipulating the buffer list and the buffers themselves.
2853 User can move with [up] or [down], select a buffer
2858 With prefix argument ARG show a different buffer list. Function
2859 `bs--configuration-name-for-prefix-arg' determine accordingly
2860 name of buffer configuration.
2862 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
2864 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "bs" '("bs-")))
2866 ;;;***
2867 \f
2868 ;;;### (autoloads nil "bubbles" "play/bubbles.el" (0 0 0 0))
2869 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/bubbles.el
2871 (autoload 'bubbles "bubbles" "\
2872 Play Bubbles game.
2874 The goal is to remove all bubbles with as few moves as possible.
2876 connected bubbles of the same color. Unsupported bubbles fall
2877 down, and columns that do not contain any bubbles suck the
2878 columns on its right towards the left.
2885 \(fn)" t nil)
2887 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "bubbles" '("bubbles-")))
2889 ;;;***
2890 \f
2891 ;;;### (autoloads nil "bug-reference" "progmodes/bug-reference.el"
2892 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
2893 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/bug-reference.el
2895 (put 'bug-reference-url-format 'safe-local-variable (lambda (s) (or (stringp s) (and (symbolp s) (get s 'bug-reference-url-format)))))
2897 (put 'bug-reference-bug-regexp 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
2899 (autoload 'bug-reference-mode "bug-reference" "\
2900 Toggle hyperlinking bug references in the buffer (Bug Reference mode).
2901 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Bug Reference mode if ARG is
2902 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
2903 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
2905 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2907 (autoload 'bug-reference-prog-mode "bug-reference" "\
2908 Like `bug-reference-mode', but only buttonize in comments and strings.
2910 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2912 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "bug-reference" '("bug-reference-")))
2914 ;;;***
2915 \f
2916 ;;;### (autoloads nil "byte-opt" "emacs-lisp/byte-opt.el" (0 0 0
2917 ;;;;;; 0))
2918 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/byte-opt.el
2920 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "byte-opt" '("byte-" "disassemble-offset")))
2922 ;;;***
2923 \f
2924 ;;;### (autoloads nil "bytecomp" "emacs-lisp/bytecomp.el" (0 0 0
2925 ;;;;;; 0))
2926 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/bytecomp.el
2927 (put 'byte-compile-dynamic 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
2928 (put 'byte-compile-disable-print-circle 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
2929 (put 'byte-compile-dynamic-docstrings 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
2931 (put 'byte-compile-warnings 'safe-local-variable (lambda (v) (or (symbolp v) (null (delq nil (mapcar (lambda (x) (not (symbolp x))) v))))))
2933 (autoload 'byte-compile-disable-warning "bytecomp" "\
2934 Change `byte-compile-warnings' to disable WARNING.
2935 If `byte-compile-warnings' is t, set it to `(not WARNING)'.
2936 Otherwise, if the first element is `not', add WARNING, else remove it.
2937 Normally you should let-bind `byte-compile-warnings' before calling this,
2938 else the global value will be modified.
2940 \(fn WARNING)" nil nil)
2942 (autoload 'byte-compile-enable-warning "bytecomp" "\
2943 Change `byte-compile-warnings' to enable WARNING.
2944 If `byte-compile-warnings' is t, do nothing. Otherwise, if the
2945 first element is `not', remove WARNING, else add it.
2946 Normally you should let-bind `byte-compile-warnings' before calling this,
2947 else the global value will be modified.
2949 \(fn WARNING)" nil nil)
2951 (autoload 'byte-force-recompile "bytecomp" "\
2952 Recompile every `.el' file in DIRECTORY that already has a `.elc' file.
2953 Files in subdirectories of DIRECTORY are processed also.
2955 \(fn DIRECTORY)" t nil)
2957 (autoload 'byte-recompile-directory "bytecomp" "\
2958 Recompile every `.el' file in DIRECTORY that needs recompilation.
2959 This happens when a `.elc' file exists but is older than the `.el' file.
2960 Files in subdirectories of DIRECTORY are processed also.
2962 If the `.elc' file does not exist, normally this function *does not*
2963 compile the corresponding `.el' file. However, if the prefix argument
2964 ARG is 0, that means do compile all those files. A nonzero
2965 ARG means ask the user, for each such `.el' file, whether to
2966 compile it. A nonzero ARG also means ask about each subdirectory
2967 before scanning it.
2969 If the third argument FORCE is non-nil, recompile every `.el' file
2970 that already has a `.elc' file.
2972 \(fn DIRECTORY &optional ARG FORCE)" t nil)
2973 (put 'no-byte-compile 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
2975 (autoload 'byte-compile-file "bytecomp" "\
2976 Compile a file of Lisp code named FILENAME into a file of byte code.
2977 The output file's name is generated by passing FILENAME to the
2978 function `byte-compile-dest-file' (which see).
2979 With prefix arg (noninteractively: 2nd arg), LOAD the file after compiling.
2980 The value is non-nil if there were no errors, nil if errors.
2982 \(fn FILENAME &optional LOAD)" t nil)
2984 (autoload 'compile-defun "bytecomp" "\
2985 Compile and evaluate the current top-level form.
2986 Print the result in the echo area.
2987 With argument ARG, insert value in current buffer after the form.
2989 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2991 (autoload 'byte-compile "bytecomp" "\
2992 If FORM is a symbol, byte-compile its function definition.
2993 If FORM is a lambda or a macro, byte-compile it as a function.
2995 \(fn FORM)" nil nil)
2997 (autoload 'display-call-tree "bytecomp" "\
2998 Display a call graph of a specified file.
2999 This lists which functions have been called, what functions called
3000 them, and what functions they call. The list includes all functions
3001 whose definitions have been compiled in this Emacs session, as well as
3002 all functions called by those functions.
3004 The call graph does not include macros, inline functions, or
3005 primitives that the byte-code interpreter knows about directly
3006 \(`eq', `cons', etc.).
3008 The call tree also lists those functions which are not known to be called
3009 \(that is, to which no calls have been compiled), and which cannot be
3010 invoked interactively.
3012 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
3014 (autoload 'batch-byte-compile-if-not-done "bytecomp" "\
3015 Like `byte-compile-file' but doesn't recompile if already up to date.
3016 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
3017 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
3019 \(fn)" nil nil)
3021 (autoload 'batch-byte-compile "bytecomp" "\
3022 Run `byte-compile-file' on the files remaining on the command line.
3023 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
3024 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
3025 Each file is processed even if an error occurred previously.
3027 If NOFORCE is non-nil, don't recompile a file that seems to be
3028 already up-to-date.
3030 \(fn &optional NOFORCE)" nil nil)
3032 (autoload 'batch-byte-recompile-directory "bytecomp" "\
3033 Run `byte-recompile-directory' on the dirs remaining on the command line.
3034 Must be used only with `-batch', and kills Emacs on completion.
3035 For example, invoke `emacs -batch -f batch-byte-recompile-directory .'.
3037 Optional argument ARG is passed as second argument ARG to
3038 `byte-recompile-directory'; see there for its possible values
3039 and corresponding effects.
3041 \(fn &optional ARG)" nil nil)
3043 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "bytecomp" '("batch-byte-compile-file" "byte-" "no-byte-compile" "displaying-byte-compile-warnings" "emacs-lisp-file-regexp")))
3045 ;;;***
3046 \f
3047 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cal-bahai" "calendar/cal-bahai.el" (0 0 0
3048 ;;;;;; 0))
3049 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-bahai.el
3051 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cal-bahai" '("diary-bahai-" "calendar-bahai-" "holiday-bahai")))
3053 ;;;***
3054 \f
3055 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cal-china" "calendar/cal-china.el" (0 0 0
3056 ;;;;;; 0))
3057 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-china.el
3059 (put 'calendar-chinese-time-zone 'risky-local-variable t)
3061 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cal-china" '("diary-chinese-" "calendar-chinese-" "holiday-chinese")))
3063 ;;;***
3064 \f
3065 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cal-coptic" "calendar/cal-coptic.el" (0 0
3066 ;;;;;; 0 0))
3067 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-coptic.el
3069 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cal-coptic" '("diary-" "calendar-")))
3071 ;;;***
3072 \f
3073 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cal-dst" "calendar/cal-dst.el" (0 0 0 0))
3074 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-dst.el
3076 (put 'calendar-daylight-savings-starts 'risky-local-variable t)
3078 (put 'calendar-daylight-savings-ends 'risky-local-variable t)
3080 (put 'calendar-current-time-zone-cache 'risky-local-variable t)
3082 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cal-dst" '("dst-" "calendar-")))
3084 ;;;***
3085 \f
3086 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cal-french" "calendar/cal-french.el" (0 0
3087 ;;;;;; 0 0))
3088 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-french.el
3090 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cal-french" '("diary-french-date" "calendar-french-")))
3092 ;;;***
3093 \f
3094 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cal-hebrew" "calendar/cal-hebrew.el" (0 0
3095 ;;;;;; 0 0))
3096 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-hebrew.el
3098 (autoload 'calendar-hebrew-list-yahrzeits "cal-hebrew" "\
3099 List Yahrzeit dates for *Gregorian* DEATH-DATE from START-YEAR to END-YEAR.
3100 When called interactively from the calendar window, the date of death is taken
3101 from the cursor position.
3103 \(fn DEATH-DATE START-YEAR END-YEAR)" t nil)
3105 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cal-hebrew" '("diary-hebrew-" "calendar-hebrew-" "holiday-hebrew")))
3107 ;;;***
3108 \f
3109 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cal-html" "calendar/cal-html.el" (0 0 0 0))
3110 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-html.el
3112 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cal-html" '("cal-html-")))
3114 ;;;***
3115 \f
3116 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cal-islam" "calendar/cal-islam.el" (0 0 0
3117 ;;;;;; 0))
3118 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-islam.el
3120 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cal-islam" '("diary-islamic-" "calendar-islamic-" "holiday-islamic")))
3122 ;;;***
3123 \f
3124 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cal-iso" "calendar/cal-iso.el" (0 0 0 0))
3125 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-iso.el
3127 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cal-iso" '("diary-iso-date" "calendar-iso-")))
3129 ;;;***
3130 \f
3131 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cal-julian" "calendar/cal-julian.el" (0 0
3132 ;;;;;; 0 0))
3133 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-julian.el
3135 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cal-julian" '("diary-" "calendar-" "holiday-julian")))
3137 ;;;***
3138 \f
3139 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cal-mayan" "calendar/cal-mayan.el" (0 0 0
3140 ;;;;;; 0))
3141 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-mayan.el
3143 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cal-mayan" '("diary-mayan-date" "calendar-mayan-")))
3145 ;;;***
3146 \f
3147 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cal-menu" "calendar/cal-menu.el" (0 0 0 0))
3148 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-menu.el
3150 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cal-menu" '("cal")))
3152 ;;;***
3153 \f
3154 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cal-move" "calendar/cal-move.el" (0 0 0 0))
3155 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-move.el
3157 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cal-move" '("calendar-")))
3159 ;;;***
3160 \f
3161 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cal-persia" "calendar/cal-persia.el" (0 0
3162 ;;;;;; 0 0))
3163 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-persia.el
3165 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cal-persia" '("diary-persian-date" "calendar-persian-")))
3167 ;;;***
3168 \f
3169 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cal-tex" "calendar/cal-tex.el" (0 0 0 0))
3170 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-tex.el
3172 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cal-tex" '("cal-tex-")))
3174 ;;;***
3175 \f
3176 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cal-x" "calendar/cal-x.el" (0 0 0 0))
3177 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-x.el
3179 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cal-x" '("calendar-" "diary-frame")))
3181 ;;;***
3182 \f
3183 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calc" "calc/calc.el" (0 0 0 0))
3184 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc.el
3185 (define-key ctl-x-map "*" 'calc-dispatch)
3187 (autoload 'calc-dispatch "calc" "\
3190 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
3192 (autoload 'calc "calc" "\
3195 \(fn &optional ARG FULL-DISPLAY INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
3197 (autoload 'full-calc "calc" "\
3198 Invoke the Calculator and give it a full-sized window.
3200 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
3202 (autoload 'quick-calc "calc" "\
3203 Do a quick calculation in the minibuffer without invoking full Calculator.
3204 With prefix argument INSERT, insert the result in the current
3205 buffer. Otherwise, the result is copied into the kill ring.
3207 \(fn &optional INSERT)" t nil)
3209 (autoload 'calc-eval "calc" "\
3210 Do a quick calculation and return the result as a string.
3211 Return value will either be the formatted result in string form,
3212 or a list containing a character position and an error message in string form.
3214 \(fn STR &optional SEPARATOR &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
3216 (autoload 'calc-keypad "calc" "\
3218 This is most useful in the X window system.
3220 Or, position the cursor manually and do M-x calc-keypad-press.
3222 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
3224 (autoload 'full-calc-keypad "calc" "\
3226 See calc-keypad for details.
3228 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
3230 (autoload 'calc-grab-region "calc" "\
3231 Parse the region as a vector of numbers and push it on the Calculator stack.
3233 \(fn TOP BOT ARG)" t nil)
3235 (autoload 'calc-grab-rectangle "calc" "\
3236 Parse a rectangle as a matrix of numbers and push it on the Calculator stack.
3238 \(fn TOP BOT ARG)" t nil)
3240 (autoload 'calc-embedded "calc" "\
3241 Start Calc Embedded mode on the formula surrounding point.
3243 \(fn ARG &optional END OBEG OEND)" t nil)
3245 (autoload 'calc-embedded-activate "calc" "\
3246 Scan the current editing buffer for all embedded := and => formulas.
3249 \(fn &optional ARG CBUF)" t nil)
3251 (autoload 'defmath "calc" "\
3252 Define Calc function.
3254 Like `defun' except that code in the body of the definition can
3255 make use of the full range of Calc data types and the usual
3256 arithmetic operations are converted to their Calc equivalents.
3258 The prefix `calcFunc-' is added to the specified name to get the
3259 actual Lisp function name.
3261 See Info node `(calc)Defining Functions'.
3263 \(fn FUNC ARGS &rest BODY)" nil t)
3265 (function-put 'defmath 'doc-string-elt '3)
3267 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "calc" '("math-" "calc" "var-" "inexact-result" "defcalcmodevar")))
3269 ;;;***
3270 \f
3271 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "calc-aent" "calc/calc-aent.el"
3272 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
3273 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc-aent.el
3275 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "calc-aent" '("math-" "calc")))
3277 ;;;***
3278 \f
3279 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calc-alg" "calc/calc-alg.el" (0 0 0 0))
3280 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc-alg.el
3282 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "calc-alg" '("math-" "calc")))
3284 ;;;***
3285 \f
3286 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calc-arith" "calc/calc-arith.el" (0 0 0 0))
3287 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc-arith.el
3289 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "calc-arith" '("math-" "calc")))
3291 ;;;***
3292 \f
3293 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calc-bin" "calc/calc-bin.el" (0 0 0 0))
3294 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc-bin.el
3296 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "calc-bin" '("math-" "calc")))
3298 ;;;***
3299 \f
3300 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calc-comb" "calc/calc-comb.el" (0 0 0 0))
3301 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc-comb.el
3303 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "calc-comb" '("math-" "calc")))
3305 ;;;***
3306 \f
3307 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calc-cplx" "calc/calc-cplx.el" (0 0 0 0))
3308 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc-cplx.el
3310 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "calc-cplx" '("calc" "math-")))
3312 ;;;***
3313 \f
3314 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "calc-embed" "calc/calc-embed.el"
3315 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
3316 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc-embed.el
3318 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "calc-embed" '("calc-")))
3320 ;;;***
3321 \f
3322 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calc-ext" "calc/calc-ext.el" (0 0 0 0))
3323 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc-ext.el
3325 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "calc-ext" '("calc" "math-" "var-")))
3327 ;;;***
3328 \f
3329 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calc-fin" "calc/calc-fin.el" (0 0 0 0))
3330 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc-fin.el
3332 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "calc-fin" '("calc" "math-c")))
3334 ;;;***
3335 \f
3336 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calc-forms" "calc/calc-forms.el" (0 0 0 0))
3337 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc-forms.el
3339 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "calc-forms" '("math-" "calc" "var-TimeZone")))
3341 ;;;***
3342 \f
3343 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calc-frac" "calc/calc-frac.el" (0 0 0 0))
3344 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc-frac.el
3346 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "calc-frac" '("calc" "math-")))
3348 ;;;***
3349 \f
3350 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calc-funcs" "calc/calc-funcs.el" (0 0 0 0))
3351 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc-funcs.el
3353 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "calc-funcs" '("calc" "math-")))
3355 ;;;***
3356 \f
3357 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calc-graph" "calc/calc-graph.el" (0 0 0 0))
3358 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc-graph.el
3360 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "calc-graph" '("calc-")))
3362 ;;;***
3363 \f
3364 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calc-help" "calc/calc-help.el" (0 0 0 0))
3365 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc-help.el
3367 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "calc-help" '("calc-")))
3369 ;;;***
3370 \f
3371 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calc-incom" "calc/calc-incom.el" (0 0 0 0))
3372 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc-incom.el
3374 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "calc-incom" '("calc-")))
3376 ;;;***
3377 \f
3378 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calc-keypd" "calc/calc-keypd.el" (0 0 0 0))
3379 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc-keypd.el
3381 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "calc-keypd" '("calc-")))
3383 ;;;***
3384 \f
3385 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calc-lang" "calc/calc-lang.el" (0 0 0 0))
3386 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc-lang.el
3388 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "calc-lang" '("math-" "calc-")))
3390 ;;;***
3391 \f
3392 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calc-macs" "calc/calc-macs.el" (0 0 0 0))
3393 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc-macs.el
3395 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "calc-macs" '("Math-" "calc-" "math-")))
3397 ;;;***
3398 \f
3399 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calc-map" "calc/calc-map.el" (0 0 0 0))
3400 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc-map.el
3402 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "calc-map" '("math-" "calc")))
3404 ;;;***
3405 \f
3406 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calc-math" "calc/calc-math.el" (0 0 0 0))
3407 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc-math.el
3409 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "calc-math" '("calc" "math-")))
3411 ;;;***
3412 \f
3413 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calc-menu" "calc/calc-menu.el" (0 0 0 0))
3414 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc-menu.el
3416 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "calc-menu" '("calc-")))
3418 ;;;***
3419 \f
3420 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "calc-misc" "calc/calc-misc.el"
3421 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
3422 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc-misc.el
3424 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "calc-misc" '("math-iipow")))
3426 ;;;***
3427 \f
3428 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calc-mode" "calc/calc-mode.el" (0 0 0 0))
3429 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc-mode.el
3431 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "calc-mode" '("calc-" "math-get-modes-vec")))
3433 ;;;***
3434 \f
3435 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calc-mtx" "calc/calc-mtx.el" (0 0 0 0))
3436 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc-mtx.el
3438 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "calc-mtx" '("calc" "math-")))
3440 ;;;***
3441 \f
3442 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calc-nlfit" "calc/calc-nlfit.el" (0 0 0 0))
3443 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc-nlfit.el
3445 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "calc-nlfit" '("calc-fit-" "math-nlfit-")))
3447 ;;;***
3448 \f
3449 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calc-poly" "calc/calc-poly.el" (0 0 0 0))
3450 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc-poly.el
3452 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "calc-poly" '("calcFunc-" "math-")))
3454 ;;;***
3455 \f
3456 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calc-prog" "calc/calc-prog.el" (0 0 0 0))
3457 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc-prog.el
3459 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "calc-prog" '("math-" "calc" "var-q")))
3461 ;;;***
3462 \f
3463 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calc-rewr" "calc/calc-rewr.el" (0 0 0 0))
3464 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc-rewr.el
3466 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "calc-rewr" '("math-" "calc")))
3468 ;;;***
3469 \f
3470 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calc-rules" "calc/calc-rules.el" (0 0 0 0))
3471 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc-rules.el
3473 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "calc-rules" '("calc-")))
3475 ;;;***
3476 \f
3477 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calc-sel" "calc/calc-sel.el" (0 0 0 0))
3478 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc-sel.el
3480 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "calc-sel" '("calc-")))
3482 ;;;***
3483 \f
3484 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calc-stat" "calc/calc-stat.el" (0 0 0 0))
3485 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc-stat.el
3487 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "calc-stat" '("math-" "calc")))
3489 ;;;***
3490 \f
3491 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calc-store" "calc/calc-store.el" (0 0 0 0))
3492 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc-store.el
3494 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "calc-store" '("calc")))
3496 ;;;***
3497 \f
3498 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calc-stuff" "calc/calc-stuff.el" (0 0 0 0))
3499 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc-stuff.el
3501 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "calc-stuff" '("math-" "calc")))
3503 ;;;***
3504 \f
3505 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calc-trail" "calc/calc-trail.el" (0 0 0 0))
3506 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc-trail.el
3508 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "calc-trail" '("calc-trail-")))
3510 ;;;***
3511 \f
3512 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calc-undo" "calc/calc-undo.el" (0 0 0 0))
3513 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc-undo.el
3515 (autoload 'calc-undo "calc-undo" "\
3518 \(fn N)" t nil)
3520 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "calc-undo" '("calc-")))
3522 ;;;***
3523 \f
3524 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calc-units" "calc/calc-units.el" (0 0 0 0))
3525 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc-units.el
3527 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "calc-units" '("calc" "math-")))
3529 ;;;***
3530 \f
3531 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calc-vec" "calc/calc-vec.el" (0 0 0 0))
3532 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc-vec.el
3534 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "calc-vec" '("math-" "calc")))
3536 ;;;***
3537 \f
3538 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "calc-yank" "calc/calc-yank.el"
3539 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
3540 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc-yank.el
3542 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "calc-yank" '("calc-" "math-number-regexp")))
3544 ;;;***
3545 \f
3546 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calcalg2" "calc/calcalg2.el" (0 0 0 0))
3547 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calcalg2.el
3549 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "calcalg2" '("calc" "math-" "var-IntegLimit")))
3551 ;;;***
3552 \f
3553 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calcalg3" "calc/calcalg3.el" (0 0 0 0))
3554 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calcalg3.el
3556 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "calcalg3" '("math-" "calc")))
3558 ;;;***
3559 \f
3560 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calccomp" "calc/calccomp.el" (0 0 0 0))
3561 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calccomp.el
3563 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "calccomp" '("math-" "calcFunc-c")))
3565 ;;;***
3566 \f
3567 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calcsel2" "calc/calcsel2.el" (0 0 0 0))
3568 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calcsel2.el
3570 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "calcsel2" '("calc-")))
3572 ;;;***
3573 \f
3574 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calculator" "calculator.el" (0 0 0 0))
3575 ;;; Generated autoloads from calculator.el
3577 (autoload 'calculator "calculator" "\
3578 Run the Emacs calculator.
3579 See the documentation for `calculator-mode' for more information.
3581 \(fn)" t nil)
3583 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "calculator" '("calculator-")))
3585 ;;;***
3586 \f
3587 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calendar" "calendar/calendar.el" (0 0 0 0))
3588 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/calendar.el
3590 (autoload 'calendar "calendar" "\
3591 Display a three-month Gregorian calendar.
3592 The three months appear side by side, with the current month in
3593 the middle surrounded by the previous and next months. The
3594 cursor is put on today's date. If optional prefix argument ARG
3595 is non-nil, prompts for the central month and year.
3597 Once in the calendar window, future or past months can be moved
3598 into view. Arbitrary months can be displayed, or the calendar
3599 can be scrolled forward or backward. The cursor can be moved
3600 forward or backward by one day, one week, one month, or one year.
3601 All of these commands take prefix arguments which, when negative,
3602 cause movement in the opposite direction. For convenience, the
3603 digit keys and the minus sign are automatically prefixes. Use
3605 window.
3607 Displays the calendar in a separate window, or optionally in a
3608 separate frame, depending on the value of `calendar-setup'.
3610 If `calendar-view-diary-initially-flag' is non-nil, also displays the
3611 diary entries for the current date (or however many days
3612 `diary-number-of-entries' specifies). This variable can be
3613 overridden by `calendar-setup'. As well as being displayed,
3614 diary entries can also be marked on the calendar (see
3615 `calendar-mark-diary-entries-flag').
3617 Runs the following hooks:
3619 `calendar-today-visible-hook', `calendar-today-invisible-hook' - after
3620 generating a calendar, if today's date is visible or not, respectively
3621 `calendar-initial-window-hook' - after first creating a calendar
3623 This function is suitable for execution in an init file.
3625 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
3627 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "calendar" '("calendar-" "solar-sunrises-buffer" "lunar-phases-buffer" "diary-" "holiday-buffer")))
3629 ;;;***
3630 \f
3631 ;;;### (autoloads nil "canlock" "gnus/canlock.el" (0 0 0 0))
3632 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/canlock.el
3634 (autoload 'canlock-insert-header "canlock" "\
3635 Insert a Cancel-Key and/or a Cancel-Lock header if possible.
3637 \(fn &optional ID-FOR-KEY ID-FOR-LOCK PASSWORD)" nil nil)
3639 (autoload 'canlock-verify "canlock" "\
3640 Verify Cancel-Lock or Cancel-Key in BUFFER.
3641 If BUFFER is nil, the current buffer is assumed. Signal an error if
3642 it fails.
3644 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
3646 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "canlock" '("canlock-")))
3648 ;;;***
3649 \f
3650 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-align" "progmodes/cc-align.el" (0 0 0 0))
3651 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-align.el
3653 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cc-align" '("c-")))
3655 ;;;***
3656 \f
3657 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-awk" "progmodes/cc-awk.el" (0 0 0 0))
3658 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-awk.el
3660 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cc-awk" '("c-awk-" "awk-")))
3662 ;;;***
3663 \f
3664 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-bytecomp" "progmodes/cc-bytecomp.el" (0
3665 ;;;;;; 0 0 0))
3666 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-bytecomp.el
3668 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cc-bytecomp" '("cc-")))
3670 ;;;***
3671 \f
3672 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-cmds" "progmodes/cc-cmds.el" (0 0 0 0))
3673 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-cmds.el
3675 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cc-cmds" '("c-")))
3677 ;;;***
3678 \f
3679 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-defs" "progmodes/cc-defs.el" (0 0 0 0))
3680 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-defs.el
3682 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cc-defs" '("cc-bytecomp-compiling-or-loading" "c-")))
3684 ;;;***
3685 \f
3686 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-engine" "progmodes/cc-engine.el" (0 0 0
3687 ;;;;;; 0))
3688 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-engine.el
3690 (autoload 'c-guess-basic-syntax "cc-engine" "\
3691 Return the syntactic context of the current line.
3693 \(fn)" nil nil)
3695 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cc-engine" '("c-")))
3697 ;;;***
3698 \f
3699 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-fonts" "progmodes/cc-fonts.el" (0 0 0 0))
3700 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-fonts.el
3702 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cc-fonts" '("autodoc-" "java" "gtkdoc-font-lock-" "c++-font-lock-keywords" "c-" "pike-font-lock-keywords" "idl-font-lock-keywords" "objc-font-lock-keywords")))
3704 ;;;***
3705 \f
3706 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-guess" "progmodes/cc-guess.el" (0 0 0 0))
3707 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-guess.el
3709 (defvar c-guess-guessed-offsets-alist nil "\
3710 Currently guessed offsets-alist.")
3712 (defvar c-guess-guessed-basic-offset nil "\
3713 Currently guessed basic-offset.")
3715 (autoload 'c-guess "cc-guess" "\
3716 Guess the style in the region up to `c-guess-region-max', and install it.
3718 The style is given a name based on the file's absolute file name.
3720 If given a prefix argument (or if the optional argument ACCUMULATE is
3721 non-nil) then the previous guess is extended, otherwise a new guess is
3722 made from scratch.
3724 \(fn &optional ACCUMULATE)" t nil)
3726 (autoload 'c-guess-no-install "cc-guess" "\
3727 Guess the style in the region up to `c-guess-region-max'; don't install it.
3729 If given a prefix argument (or if the optional argument ACCUMULATE is
3730 non-nil) then the previous guess is extended, otherwise a new guess is
3731 made from scratch.
3733 \(fn &optional ACCUMULATE)" t nil)
3735 (autoload 'c-guess-buffer "cc-guess" "\
3736 Guess the style on the whole current buffer, and install it.
3738 The style is given a name based on the file's absolute file name.
3740 If given a prefix argument (or if the optional argument ACCUMULATE is
3741 non-nil) then the previous guess is extended, otherwise a new guess is
3742 made from scratch.
3744 \(fn &optional ACCUMULATE)" t nil)
3746 (autoload 'c-guess-buffer-no-install "cc-guess" "\
3747 Guess the style on the whole current buffer; don't install it.
3749 If given a prefix argument (or if the optional argument ACCUMULATE is
3750 non-nil) then the previous guess is extended, otherwise a new guess is
3751 made from scratch.
3753 \(fn &optional ACCUMULATE)" t nil)
3755 (autoload 'c-guess-region "cc-guess" "\
3756 Guess the style on the region and install it.
3758 The style is given a name based on the file's absolute file name.
3760 If given a prefix argument (or if the optional argument ACCUMULATE is
3761 non-nil) then the previous guess is extended, otherwise a new guess is
3762 made from scratch.
3764 \(fn START END &optional ACCUMULATE)" t nil)
3766 (autoload 'c-guess-region-no-install "cc-guess" "\
3767 Guess the style on the region; don't install it.
3769 Every line of code in the region is examined and values for the following two
3770 variables are guessed:
3772 * `c-basic-offset', and
3773 * the indentation values of the various syntactic symbols in
3774 `c-offsets-alist'.
3776 The guessed values are put into `c-guess-guessed-basic-offset' and
3777 `c-guess-guessed-offsets-alist'.
3779 Frequencies of use are taken into account when guessing, so minor
3780 inconsistencies in the indentation style shouldn't produce wrong guesses.
3782 If given a prefix argument (or if the optional argument ACCUMULATE is
3783 non-nil) then the previous examination is extended, otherwise a new
3784 guess is made from scratch.
3786 Note that the larger the region to guess in, the slower the guessing.
3787 So you can limit the region with `c-guess-region-max'.
3789 \(fn START END &optional ACCUMULATE)" t nil)
3791 (autoload 'c-guess-install "cc-guess" "\
3792 Install the latest guessed style into the current buffer.
3793 \(This guessed style is a combination of `c-guess-guessed-basic-offset',
3794 `c-guess-guessed-offsets-alist' and `c-offsets-alist'.)
3796 The style is entered into CC Mode's style system by
3797 `c-add-style'. Its name is either STYLE-NAME, or a name based on
3798 the absolute file name of the file if STYLE-NAME is nil.
3800 \(fn &optional STYLE-NAME)" t nil)
3802 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cc-guess" '("c-guess-")))
3804 ;;;***
3805 \f
3806 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-langs" "progmodes/cc-langs.el" (0 0 0 0))
3807 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-langs.el
3809 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cc-langs" '("c-")))
3811 ;;;***
3812 \f
3813 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-menus" "progmodes/cc-menus.el" (0 0 0 0))
3814 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-menus.el
3816 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cc-menus" '("cc-imenu-")))
3818 ;;;***
3819 \f
3820 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-mode" "progmodes/cc-mode.el" (0 0 0 0))
3821 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-mode.el
3823 (autoload 'c-initialize-cc-mode "cc-mode" "\
3824 Initialize CC Mode for use in the current buffer.
3825 If the optional NEW-STYLE-INIT is nil or left out then all necessary
3826 initialization to run CC Mode for the C language is done. Otherwise
3827 only some basic setup is done, and a call to `c-init-language-vars' or
3828 `c-init-language-vars-for' is necessary too (which gives more
3831 \(fn &optional NEW-STYLE-INIT)" nil nil)
3842 (autoload 'c-mode "cc-mode" "\
3843 Major mode for editing C code.
3846 c-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with version
3847 information already added. You just need to add a description of the
3848 problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the message.
3852 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3853 initialization, then `c-mode-hook'.
3855 Key bindings:
3858 \(fn)" t nil)
3860 (autoload 'c-or-c++-mode "cc-mode" "\
3861 Analyse buffer and enable either C or C++ mode.
3863 Some people and projects use .h extension for C++ header files
3864 which is also the one used for C header files. This makes
3865 matching on file name insufficient for detecting major mode that
3866 should be used.
3868 This function attempts to use file contents to determine whether
3869 the code is C or C++ and based on that chooses whether to enable
3870 `c-mode' or `c++-mode'.
3872 \(fn)" nil nil)
3874 (autoload 'c++-mode "cc-mode" "\
3875 Major mode for editing C++ code.
3877 c++-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3878 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3879 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3880 message.
3884 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3885 initialization, then `c++-mode-hook'.
3887 Key bindings:
3890 \(fn)" t nil)
3893 (autoload 'objc-mode "cc-mode" "\
3894 Major mode for editing Objective C code.
3896 objc-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3897 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3898 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3899 message.
3903 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3904 initialization, then `objc-mode-hook'.
3906 Key bindings:
3909 \(fn)" t nil)
3912 (autoload 'java-mode "cc-mode" "\
3913 Major mode for editing Java code.
3915 java-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3916 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3917 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3918 message.
3922 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3923 initialization, then `java-mode-hook'.
3925 Key bindings:
3928 \(fn)" t nil)
3931 (autoload 'idl-mode "cc-mode" "\
3932 Major mode for editing CORBA's IDL, PSDL and CIDL code.
3934 idl-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3935 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3936 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3937 message.
3941 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3942 initialization, then `idl-mode-hook'.
3944 Key bindings:
3947 \(fn)" t nil)
3949 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("pike" . pike-mode))
3951 (autoload 'pike-mode "cc-mode" "\
3952 Major mode for editing Pike code.
3954 pike-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3955 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3956 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3957 message.
3961 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3962 initialization, then `pike-mode-hook'.
3964 Key bindings:
3967 \(fn)" t nil)
3969 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("awk" . awk-mode))
3970 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("mawk" . awk-mode))
3971 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("nawk" . awk-mode))
3972 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("gawk" . awk-mode))
3974 (autoload 'awk-mode "cc-mode" "\
3975 Major mode for editing AWK code.
3977 awk-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with version
3978 information already added. You just need to add a description of the
3979 problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the message.
3983 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3984 initialization, then `awk-mode-hook'.
3986 Key bindings:
3989 \(fn)" t nil)
3991 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cc-mode" '("c++-mode-" "c-" "awk-mode-map" "pike-mode-" "idl-mode-" "java-mode-" "objc-mode-")))
3993 ;;;***
3994 \f
3995 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-styles" "progmodes/cc-styles.el" (0 0 0
3996 ;;;;;; 0))
3997 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-styles.el
3999 (autoload 'c-set-style "cc-styles" "\
4000 Set the current buffer to use the style STYLENAME.
4001 STYLENAME, a string, must be an existing CC Mode style - These are contained
4002 in the variable `c-style-alist'.
4004 The variable `c-indentation-style' will get set to STYLENAME.
4007 values indicated by the pertinent entry in `c-style-alist'. Other variables
4008 might get set too.
4010 If DONT-OVERRIDE is neither nil nor t, style variables whose default values
4011 have been set (more precisely, whose default values are not the symbol
4012 `set-from-style') will not be changed. This avoids overriding global settings
4013 done in your init file. It is useful to call c-set-style from a mode hook
4014 in this way.
4016 If DONT-OVERRIDE is t, style variables that already have values (i.e., whose
4017 values are not the symbol `set-from-style') will not be overridden. CC Mode
4018 calls c-set-style internally in this way whilst initializing a buffer; if
4019 cc-set-style is called like this from anywhere else, it will usually behave as
4020 a null operation.
4022 \(fn STYLENAME &optional DONT-OVERRIDE)" t nil)
4024 (autoload 'c-add-style "cc-styles" "\
4025 Adds a style to `c-style-alist', or updates an existing one.
4026 STYLE is a string identifying the style to add or update. DESCRIPTION
4027 is an association list describing the style and must be of the form:
4029 ([BASESTYLE] (VARIABLE . VALUE) [(VARIABLE . VALUE) ...])
4031 See the variable `c-style-alist' for the semantics of BASESTYLE,
4032 VARIABLE and VALUE. This function also sets the current style to
4033 STYLE using `c-set-style' if the optional SET-P flag is non-nil.
4035 \(fn STYLE DESCRIPTION &optional SET-P)" t nil)
4037 (autoload 'c-set-offset "cc-styles" "\
4038 Change the value of a syntactic element symbol in `c-offsets-alist'.
4039 SYMBOL is the syntactic element symbol to change and OFFSET is the new
4040 offset for that syntactic element. The optional argument is not used
4041 and exists only for compatibility reasons.
4043 \(fn SYMBOL OFFSET &optional IGNORED)" t nil)
4045 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cc-styles" '("c-" "cc-choose-style-for-mode")))
4047 ;;;***
4048 \f
4049 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-vars" "progmodes/cc-vars.el" (0 0 0 0))
4050 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-vars.el
4051 (put 'c-basic-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
4052 (put 'c-backslash-column 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
4053 (put 'c-file-style 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
4055 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cc-vars" '("c++-" "c-" "pike-" "idl-" "java-" "objc-" "awk-mode-hook" "defcustom-c-stylevar")))
4057 ;;;***
4058 \f
4059 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ccl" "international/ccl.el" (0 0 0 0))
4060 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/ccl.el
4062 (autoload 'ccl-compile "ccl" "\
4063 Return the compiled code of CCL-PROGRAM as a vector of integers.
4065 \(fn CCL-PROGRAM)" nil nil)
4067 (autoload 'ccl-dump "ccl" "\
4068 Disassemble compiled CCL-code CODE.
4070 \(fn CODE)" nil nil)
4072 (autoload 'declare-ccl-program "ccl" "\
4073 Declare NAME as a name of CCL program.
4075 This macro exists for backward compatibility. In the old version of
4076 Emacs, to compile a CCL program which calls another CCL program not
4077 yet defined, it must be declared as a CCL program in advance. But,
4078 now CCL program names are resolved not at compile time but before
4079 execution.
4081 Optional arg VECTOR is a compiled CCL code of the CCL program.
4083 \(fn NAME &optional VECTOR)" nil t)
4085 (autoload 'define-ccl-program "ccl" "\
4086 Set NAME the compiled code of CCL-PROGRAM.
4088 CCL-PROGRAM has this form:
4089 (BUFFER_MAGNIFICATION
4090 CCL_MAIN_CODE
4091 [ CCL_EOF_CODE ])
4093 BUFFER_MAGNIFICATION is an integer value specifying the approximate
4094 output buffer magnification size compared with the bytes of input data
4095 text. It is assured that the actual output buffer has 256 bytes
4096 more than the size calculated by BUFFER_MAGNIFICATION.
4097 If the value is zero, the CCL program can't execute `read' and
4098 `write' commands.
4100 CCL_MAIN_CODE and CCL_EOF_CODE are CCL program codes. CCL_MAIN_CODE
4101 executed at first. If there's no more input data when `read' command
4102 is executed in CCL_MAIN_CODE, CCL_EOF_CODE is executed. If
4103 CCL_MAIN_CODE is terminated, CCL_EOF_CODE is not executed.
4105 Here's the syntax of CCL program code in BNF notation. The lines
4106 starting by two semicolons (and optional leading spaces) describe the
4107 semantics.
4109 CCL_MAIN_CODE := CCL_BLOCK
4111 CCL_EOF_CODE := CCL_BLOCK
4113 CCL_BLOCK := STATEMENT | (STATEMENT [STATEMENT ...])
4115 STATEMENT :=
4116 SET | IF | BRANCH | LOOP | REPEAT | BREAK | READ | WRITE | CALL
4117 | TRANSLATE | MAP | LOOKUP | END
4119 SET := (REG = EXPRESSION)
4120 | (REG ASSIGNMENT_OPERATOR EXPRESSION)
4121 ;; The following form is the same as (r0 = integer).
4122 | integer
4124 EXPRESSION := ARG | (EXPRESSION OPERATOR ARG)
4126 ;; Evaluate EXPRESSION. If the result is nonzero, execute
4127 ;; CCL_BLOCK_0. Otherwise, execute CCL_BLOCK_1.
4128 IF := (if EXPRESSION CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1)
4130 ;; Evaluate EXPRESSION. Provided that the result is N, execute
4131 ;; CCL_BLOCK_N.
4132 BRANCH := (branch EXPRESSION CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...])
4134 ;; Execute STATEMENTs until (break) or (end) is executed.
4136 ;; Create a block of STATEMENTs for repeating. The STATEMENTs
4137 ;; are executed sequentially until REPEAT or BREAK is executed.
4138 ;; If REPEAT statement is executed, STATEMENTs are executed from the
4139 ;; start again. If BREAK statements is executed, the execution
4140 ;; exits from the block. If neither REPEAT nor BREAK is
4141 ;; executed, the execution exits from the block after executing the
4142 ;; last STATEMENT.
4143 LOOP := (loop STATEMENT [STATEMENT ...])
4145 ;; Terminate the most inner loop.
4146 BREAK := (break)
4148 REPEAT :=
4149 ;; Jump to the head of the most inner loop.
4150 (repeat)
4151 ;; Same as: ((write [REG | integer | string])
4152 ;; (repeat))
4153 | (write-repeat [REG | integer | string])
4154 ;; Same as: ((write REG [ARRAY])
4155 ;; (read REG)
4156 ;; (repeat))
4157 | (write-read-repeat REG [ARRAY])
4158 ;; Same as: ((write integer)
4159 ;; (read REG)
4160 ;; (repeat))
4161 | (write-read-repeat REG integer)
4163 READ := ;; Set REG_0 to a byte read from the input text, set REG_1
4164 ;; to the next byte read, and so on.
4165 (read REG_0 [REG_1 ...])
4166 ;; Same as: ((read REG)
4167 ;; (if (REG OPERATOR ARG) CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1))
4168 | (read-if (REG OPERATOR ARG) CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1)
4169 ;; Same as: ((read REG)
4170 ;; (branch REG CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...]))
4171 | (read-branch REG CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...])
4172 ;; Read a character from the input text while parsing
4173 ;; multibyte representation, set REG_0 to the charset ID of
4174 ;; the character, set REG_1 to the code point of the
4175 ;; character. If the dimension of charset is two, set REG_1
4176 ;; to ((CODE0 << 7) | CODE1), where CODE0 is the first code
4177 ;; point and CODE1 is the second code point.
4178 | (read-multibyte-character REG_0 REG_1)
4180 WRITE :=
4181 ;; Write REG_0, REG_1, ... to the output buffer. If REG_N is
4182 ;; a multibyte character, write the corresponding multibyte
4183 ;; representation.
4184 (write REG_0 [REG_1 ...])
4185 ;; Same as: ((r7 = EXPRESSION)
4186 ;; (write r7))
4187 | (write EXPRESSION)
4188 ;; Write the value of `integer' to the output buffer. If it
4189 ;; is a multibyte character, write the corresponding multibyte
4190 ;; representation.
4191 | (write integer)
4192 ;; Write the byte sequence of `string' as is to the output
4193 ;; buffer.
4194 | (write string)
4195 ;; Same as: (write string)
4196 | string
4197 ;; Provided that the value of REG is N, write Nth element of
4198 ;; ARRAY to the output buffer. If it is a multibyte
4199 ;; character, write the corresponding multibyte
4200 ;; representation.
4201 | (write REG ARRAY)
4202 ;; Write a multibyte representation of a character whose
4203 ;; charset ID is REG_0 and code point is REG_1. If the
4204 ;; dimension of the charset is two, REG_1 should be ((CODE0 <<
4205 ;; 7) | CODE1), where CODE0 is the first code point and CODE1
4206 ;; is the second code point of the character.
4207 | (write-multibyte-character REG_0 REG_1)
4209 ;; Call CCL program whose name is ccl-program-name.
4210 CALL := (call ccl-program-name)
4212 ;; Terminate the CCL program.
4213 END := (end)
4215 ;; CCL registers that can contain any integer value. As r7 is also
4216 ;; used by CCL interpreter, its value is changed unexpectedly.
4217 REG := r0 | r1 | r2 | r3 | r4 | r5 | r6 | r7
4219 ARG := REG | integer
4221 OPERATOR :=
4222 ;; Normal arithmetic operators (same meaning as C code).
4223 + | - | * | / | %
4225 ;; Bitwise operators (same meaning as C code)
4226 | & | `|' | ^
4228 ;; Shifting operators (same meaning as C code)
4229 | << | >>
4231 ;; (REG = ARG_0 <8 ARG_1) means:
4232 ;; (REG = ((ARG_0 << 8) | ARG_1))
4233 | <8
4235 ;; (REG = ARG_0 >8 ARG_1) means:
4236 ;; ((REG = (ARG_0 >> 8))
4237 ;; (r7 = (ARG_0 & 255)))
4238 | >8
4240 ;; (REG = ARG_0 // ARG_1) means:
4241 ;; ((REG = (ARG_0 / ARG_1))
4242 ;; (r7 = (ARG_0 % ARG_1)))
4243 | //
4245 ;; Normal comparing operators (same meaning as C code)
4246 | < | > | == | <= | >= | !=
4248 ;; If ARG_0 and ARG_1 are higher and lower byte of Shift-JIS
4249 ;; code, and CHAR is the corresponding JISX0208 character,
4250 ;; (REG = ARG_0 de-sjis ARG_1) means:
4251 ;; ((REG = CODE0)
4252 ;; (r7 = CODE1))
4253 ;; where CODE0 is the first code point of CHAR, CODE1 is the
4254 ;; second code point of CHAR.
4255 | de-sjis
4257 ;; If ARG_0 and ARG_1 are the first and second code point of
4258 ;; JISX0208 character CHAR, and SJIS is the corresponding
4259 ;; Shift-JIS code,
4260 ;; (REG = ARG_0 en-sjis ARG_1) means:
4261 ;; ((REG = HIGH)
4262 ;; (r7 = LOW))
4263 ;; where HIGH is the higher byte of SJIS, LOW is the lower
4264 ;; byte of SJIS.
4265 | en-sjis
4267 ASSIGNMENT_OPERATOR :=
4268 ;; Same meaning as C code
4269 += | -= | *= | /= | %= | &= | `|=' | ^= | <<= | >>=
4271 ;; (REG <8= ARG) is the same as:
4272 ;; ((REG <<= 8)
4273 ;; (REG |= ARG))
4274 | <8=
4276 ;; (REG >8= ARG) is the same as:
4277 ;; ((r7 = (REG & 255))
4278 ;; (REG >>= 8))
4280 ;; (REG //= ARG) is the same as:
4281 ;; ((r7 = (REG % ARG))
4282 ;; (REG /= ARG))
4283 | //=
4285 ARRAY := `[' integer ... `]'
4288 TRANSLATE :=
4289 ;; Decode character SRC, translate it by translate table
4290 ;; TABLE, and encode it back to DST. TABLE is specified
4291 ;; by its id number in REG_0, SRC is specified by its
4292 ;; charset id number and codepoint in REG_1 and REG_2
4293 ;; respectively.
4294 ;; On encoding, the charset of highest priority is selected.
4295 ;; After the execution, DST is specified by its charset
4296 ;; id number and codepoint in REG_1 and REG_2 respectively.
4297 (translate-character REG_0 REG_1 REG_2)
4299 ;; Same as above except for SYMBOL specifying the name of
4300 ;; the translate table defined by `define-translation-table'.
4301 | (translate-character SYMBOL REG_1 REG_2)
4303 LOOKUP :=
4304 ;; Look up character SRC in hash table TABLE. TABLE is
4305 ;; specified by its name in SYMBOL, and SRC is specified by
4306 ;; its charset id number and codepoint in REG_1 and REG_2
4307 ;; respectively.
4308 ;; If its associated value is an integer, set REG_1 to that
4309 ;; value, and set r7 to 1. Otherwise, set r7 to 0.
4310 (lookup-character SYMBOL REG_1 REG_2)
4312 ;; Look up integer value N in hash table TABLE. TABLE is
4313 ;; specified by its name in SYMBOL and N is specified in
4314 ;; REG.
4315 ;; If its associated value is a character, set REG to that
4316 ;; value, and set r7 to 1. Otherwise, set r7 to 0.
4317 | (lookup-integer SYMBOL REG(integer))
4319 MAP :=
4320 ;; The following statements are for internal use only.
4321 (iterate-multiple-map REG REG MAP-IDs)
4322 | (map-multiple REG REG (MAP-SET))
4323 | (map-single REG REG MAP-ID)
4325 MAP-IDs := MAP-ID ...
4326 MAP-SET := MAP-IDs | (MAP-IDs) MAP-SET
4327 MAP-ID := integer
4329 \(fn NAME CCL-PROGRAM &optional DOC)" nil t)
4331 (function-put 'define-ccl-program 'doc-string-elt '3)
4333 (autoload 'check-ccl-program "ccl" "\
4334 Check validity of CCL-PROGRAM.
4335 If CCL-PROGRAM is a symbol denoting a CCL program, return
4336 CCL-PROGRAM, else return nil.
4337 If CCL-PROGRAM is a vector and optional arg NAME (symbol) is supplied,
4338 register CCL-PROGRAM by name NAME, and return NAME.
4340 \(fn CCL-PROGRAM &optional NAME)" nil t)
4342 (autoload 'ccl-execute-with-args "ccl" "\
4343 Execute CCL-PROGRAM with registers initialized by the remaining args.
4344 The return value is a vector of resulting CCL registers.
4346 See the documentation of `define-ccl-program' for the detail of CCL program.
4348 \(fn CCL-PROG &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
4350 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ccl" '("ccl-")))
4352 ;;;***
4353 \f
4354 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cconv" "emacs-lisp/cconv.el" (0 0 0 0))
4355 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cconv.el
4357 (autoload 'cconv-closure-convert "cconv" "\
4358 Main entry point for closure conversion.
4359 -- FORM is a piece of Elisp code after macroexpansion.
4360 -- TOPLEVEL(optional) is a boolean variable, true if we are at the root of AST
4362 Returns a form where all lambdas don't have any free variables.
4364 \(fn FORM)" nil nil)
4366 (autoload 'cconv-warnings-only "cconv" "\
4367 Add the warnings that closure conversion would encounter.
4369 \(fn FORM)" nil nil)
4371 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cconv" '("cconv-")))
4373 ;;;***
4374 \f
4375 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cdl" "cdl.el" (0 0 0 0))
4376 ;;; Generated autoloads from cdl.el
4378 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cdl" '("cdl-")))
4380 ;;;***
4381 \f
4382 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cedet" "cedet/cedet.el" (0 0 0 0))
4383 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/cedet.el
4384 (push (purecopy '(cedet 2 0)) package--builtin-versions)
4386 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cedet" '("cedet-")))
4388 ;;;***
4389 \f
4390 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cedet-cscope" "cedet/cedet-cscope.el" (0 0
4391 ;;;;;; 0 0))
4392 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/cedet-cscope.el
4394 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cedet-cscope" '("cedet-cscope-")))
4396 ;;;***
4397 \f
4398 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cedet-files" "cedet/cedet-files.el" (0 0 0
4399 ;;;;;; 0))
4400 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/cedet-files.el
4402 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cedet-files" '("cedet-")))
4404 ;;;***
4405 \f
4406 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cedet-global" "cedet/cedet-global.el" (0 0
4407 ;;;;;; 0 0))
4408 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/cedet-global.el
4410 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cedet-global" '("cedet-g")))
4412 ;;;***
4413 \f
4414 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cedet-idutils" "cedet/cedet-idutils.el" (0
4415 ;;;;;; 0 0 0))
4416 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/cedet-idutils.el
4418 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cedet-idutils" '("cedet-idutils-")))
4420 ;;;***
4421 \f
4422 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cfengine" "progmodes/cfengine.el" (0 0 0 0))
4423 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cfengine.el
4424 (push (purecopy '(cfengine 1 4)) package--builtin-versions)
4426 (autoload 'cfengine3-mode "cfengine" "\
4427 Major mode for editing CFEngine3 input.
4428 There are no special keybindings by default.
4431 to the action header.
4433 \(fn)" t nil)
4435 (autoload 'cfengine2-mode "cfengine" "\
4436 Major mode for editing CFEngine2 input.
4437 There are no special keybindings by default.
4440 to the action header.
4442 \(fn)" t nil)
4444 (autoload 'cfengine-auto-mode "cfengine" "\
4445 Choose `cfengine2-mode' or `cfengine3-mode' by buffer contents.
4447 \(fn)" t nil)
4449 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cfengine" '("cfengine")))
4451 ;;;***
4452 \f
4453 ;;;### (autoloads nil "char-fold" "char-fold.el" (0 0 0 0))
4454 ;;; Generated autoloads from char-fold.el
4456 (autoload 'char-fold-to-regexp "char-fold" "\
4457 Return a regexp matching anything that char-folds into STRING.
4458 Any character in STRING that has an entry in
4459 `char-fold-table' is replaced with that entry (which is a
4460 regexp) and other characters are `regexp-quote'd.
4462 If the resulting regexp would be too long for Emacs to handle,
4463 just return the result of calling `regexp-quote' on STRING.
4465 FROM is for internal use. It specifies an index in the STRING
4466 from which to start.
4468 \(fn STRING &optional LAX FROM)" nil nil)
4470 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "char-fold" '("char-fold-")))
4472 ;;;***
4473 \f
4474 ;;;### (autoloads nil "chart" "emacs-lisp/chart.el" (0 0 0 0))
4475 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/chart.el
4476 (push (purecopy '(chart 0 2)) package--builtin-versions)
4478 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "chart" '("chart")))
4480 ;;;***
4481 \f
4482 ;;;### (autoloads nil "check-declare" "emacs-lisp/check-declare.el"
4483 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
4484 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/check-declare.el
4486 (autoload 'check-declare-file "check-declare" "\
4487 Check veracity of all `declare-function' statements in FILE.
4488 See `check-declare-directory' for more information.
4490 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
4492 (autoload 'check-declare-directory "check-declare" "\
4493 Check veracity of all `declare-function' statements under directory ROOT.
4494 Returns non-nil if any false statements are found.
4496 \(fn ROOT)" t nil)
4498 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "check-declare" '("check-declare-")))
4500 ;;;***
4501 \f
4502 ;;;### (autoloads nil "checkdoc" "emacs-lisp/checkdoc.el" (0 0 0
4503 ;;;;;; 0))
4504 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/checkdoc.el
4505 (push (purecopy '(checkdoc 0 6 2)) package--builtin-versions)
4506 (put 'checkdoc-force-docstrings-flag 'safe-local-variable #'booleanp)
4507 (put 'checkdoc-force-history-flag 'safe-local-variable #'booleanp)
4508 (put 'checkdoc-permit-comma-termination-flag 'safe-local-variable #'booleanp)
4509 (put 'checkdoc-spellcheck-documentation-flag 'safe-local-variable #'booleanp)
4510 (put 'checkdoc-ispell-list-words 'safe-local-variable #'checkdoc-list-of-strings-p)
4511 (put 'checkdoc-arguments-in-order-flag 'safe-local-variable #'booleanp)
4512 (put 'checkdoc-verb-check-experimental-flag 'safe-local-variable #'booleanp)
4513 (put 'checkdoc-symbol-words 'safe-local-variable #'checkdoc-list-of-strings-p)
4515 (autoload 'checkdoc-list-of-strings-p "checkdoc" "\
4516 Return t when OBJ is a list of strings.
4518 \(fn OBJ)" nil nil)
4519 (put 'checkdoc-proper-noun-regexp 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
4520 (put 'checkdoc-common-verbs-regexp 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
4522 (autoload 'checkdoc "checkdoc" "\
4523 Interactively check the entire buffer for style errors.
4524 The current status of the check will be displayed in a buffer which
4525 the users will view as each check is completed.
4527 \(fn)" t nil)
4529 (autoload 'checkdoc-interactive "checkdoc" "\
4530 Interactively check the current buffer for doc string errors.
4531 Prefix argument START-HERE will start the checking from the current
4532 point, otherwise the check starts at the beginning of the current
4533 buffer. Allows navigation forward and backwards through document
4534 errors. Does not check for comment or space warnings.
4535 Optional argument SHOWSTATUS indicates that we should update the
4536 checkdoc status window instead of the usual behavior.
4538 \(fn &optional START-HERE SHOWSTATUS)" t nil)
4540 (autoload 'checkdoc-message-interactive "checkdoc" "\
4541 Interactively check the current buffer for message string errors.
4542 Prefix argument START-HERE will start the checking from the current
4543 point, otherwise the check starts at the beginning of the current
4544 buffer. Allows navigation forward and backwards through document
4545 errors. Does not check for comment or space warnings.
4546 Optional argument SHOWSTATUS indicates that we should update the
4547 checkdoc status window instead of the usual behavior.
4549 \(fn &optional START-HERE SHOWSTATUS)" t nil)
4551 (autoload 'checkdoc-eval-current-buffer "checkdoc" "\
4552 Evaluate and check documentation for the current buffer.
4553 Evaluation is done first because good documentation for something that
4554 doesn't work is just not useful. Comments, doc strings, and rogue
4555 spacing are all verified.
4557 \(fn)" t nil)
4559 (autoload 'checkdoc-current-buffer "checkdoc" "\
4560 Check current buffer for document, comment, error style, and rogue spaces.
4561 With a prefix argument (in Lisp, the argument TAKE-NOTES),
4562 store all errors found in a warnings buffer,
4563 otherwise stop after the first error.
4565 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4567 (autoload 'checkdoc-file "checkdoc" "\
4568 Check FILE for document, comment, error style, and rogue spaces.
4570 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
4572 (autoload 'checkdoc-start "checkdoc" "\
4573 Start scanning the current buffer for documentation string style errors.
4574 Only documentation strings are checked.
4575 Use `checkdoc-continue' to continue checking if an error cannot be fixed.
4576 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES means to collect all the warning messages into
4577 a separate buffer.
4579 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4581 (autoload 'checkdoc-continue "checkdoc" "\
4582 Find the next doc string in the current buffer which has a style error.
4583 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES means to continue through the whole buffer and
4584 save warnings in a separate buffer. Second optional argument START-POINT
4585 is the starting location. If this is nil, `point-min' is used instead.
4587 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4589 (autoload 'checkdoc-comments "checkdoc" "\
4590 Find missing comment sections in the current Emacs Lisp file.
4591 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES non-nil means to save warnings in a
4592 separate buffer. Otherwise print a message. This returns the error
4593 if there is one.
4595 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4597 (autoload 'checkdoc-rogue-spaces "checkdoc" "\
4598 Find extra spaces at the end of lines in the current file.
4599 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES non-nil means to save warnings in a
4600 separate buffer. Otherwise print a message. This returns the error
4601 if there is one.
4602 Optional argument INTERACT permits more interactive fixing.
4604 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES INTERACT)" t nil)
4606 (autoload 'checkdoc-message-text "checkdoc" "\
4607 Scan the buffer for occurrences of the error function, and verify text.
4608 Optional argument TAKE-NOTES causes all errors to be logged.
4610 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4612 (autoload 'checkdoc-eval-defun "checkdoc" "\
4613 Evaluate the current form with `eval-defun' and check its documentation.
4614 Evaluation is done first so the form will be read before the
4615 documentation is checked. If there is a documentation error, then the display
4616 of what was evaluated will be overwritten by the diagnostic message.
4618 \(fn)" t nil)
4620 (autoload 'checkdoc-defun "checkdoc" "\
4621 Examine the doc string of the function or variable under point.
4622 Call `error' if the doc string has problems. If NO-ERROR is
4623 non-nil, then do not call error, but call `message' instead.
4624 If the doc string passes the test, then check the function for rogue white
4625 space at the end of each line.
4627 \(fn &optional NO-ERROR)" t nil)
4629 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell "checkdoc" "\
4630 Check the style and spelling of everything interactively.
4631 Calls `checkdoc' with spell-checking turned on.
4632 Prefix argument is the same as for `checkdoc'
4634 \(fn)" t nil)
4636 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-current-buffer "checkdoc" "\
4637 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer.
4638 Calls `checkdoc-current-buffer' with spell-checking turned on.
4639 Prefix argument is the same as for `checkdoc-current-buffer'
4641 \(fn)" t nil)
4643 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-interactive "checkdoc" "\
4644 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer interactively.
4645 Calls `checkdoc-interactive' with spell-checking turned on.
4646 Prefix argument is the same as for `checkdoc-interactive'
4648 \(fn)" t nil)
4650 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-message-interactive "checkdoc" "\
4651 Check the style and spelling of message text interactively.
4652 Calls `checkdoc-message-interactive' with spell-checking turned on.
4653 Prefix argument is the same as for `checkdoc-message-interactive'
4655 \(fn)" t nil)
4657 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-message-text "checkdoc" "\
4658 Check the style and spelling of message text interactively.
4659 Calls `checkdoc-message-text' with spell-checking turned on.
4660 Prefix argument is the same as for `checkdoc-message-text'
4662 \(fn)" t nil)
4664 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-start "checkdoc" "\
4665 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer.
4666 Calls `checkdoc-start' with spell-checking turned on.
4667 Prefix argument is the same as for `checkdoc-start'
4669 \(fn)" t nil)
4671 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-continue "checkdoc" "\
4672 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer after point.
4673 Calls `checkdoc-continue' with spell-checking turned on.
4674 Prefix argument is the same as for `checkdoc-continue'
4676 \(fn)" t nil)
4678 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-comments "checkdoc" "\
4679 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer's comments.
4680 Calls `checkdoc-comments' with spell-checking turned on.
4681 Prefix argument is the same as for `checkdoc-comments'
4683 \(fn)" t nil)
4685 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-defun "checkdoc" "\
4686 Check the style and spelling of the current defun with Ispell.
4687 Calls `checkdoc-defun' with spell-checking turned on.
4688 Prefix argument is the same as for `checkdoc-defun'
4690 \(fn)" t nil)
4692 (autoload 'checkdoc-minor-mode "checkdoc" "\
4693 Toggle automatic docstring checking (Checkdoc minor mode).
4694 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Checkdoc minor mode if ARG is
4695 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
4696 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
4698 In Checkdoc minor mode, the usual bindings for `eval-defun' which is
4699 bound to \\<checkdoc-minor-mode-map>\\[checkdoc-eval-defun] and `checkdoc-eval-current-buffer' are overridden to include
4700 checking of documentation strings.
4704 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4706 (autoload 'checkdoc-package-keywords "checkdoc" "\
4707 Find package keywords that aren't in `finder-known-keywords'.
4709 \(fn)" t nil)
4711 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "checkdoc" '("checkdoc-")))
4713 ;;;***
4714 \f
4715 ;;;### (autoloads nil "china-util" "language/china-util.el" (0 0
4716 ;;;;;; 0 0))
4717 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/china-util.el
4719 (autoload 'decode-hz-region "china-util" "\
4720 Decode HZ/ZW encoded text in the current region.
4721 Return the length of resulting text.
4723 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
4725 (autoload 'decode-hz-buffer "china-util" "\
4726 Decode HZ/ZW encoded text in the current buffer.
4728 \(fn)" t nil)
4730 (autoload 'encode-hz-region "china-util" "\
4731 Encode the text in the current region to HZ.
4732 Return the length of resulting text.
4734 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
4736 (autoload 'encode-hz-buffer "china-util" "\
4737 Encode the text in the current buffer to HZ.
4739 \(fn)" t nil)
4741 (autoload 'post-read-decode-hz "china-util" "\
4744 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
4746 (autoload 'pre-write-encode-hz "china-util" "\
4749 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
4751 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "china-util" '("hz/zw-start-gb" "hz-" "decode-hz-line-continuation" "zw-start-gb" "iso2022-")))
4753 ;;;***
4754 \f
4755 ;;;### (autoloads nil "chistory" "chistory.el" (0 0 0 0))
4756 ;;; Generated autoloads from chistory.el
4758 (autoload 'repeat-matching-complex-command "chistory" "\
4759 Edit and re-evaluate complex command with name matching PATTERN.
4760 Matching occurrences are displayed, most recent first, until you select
4761 a form for evaluation. If PATTERN is empty (or nil), every form in the
4762 command history is offered. The form is placed in the minibuffer for
4763 editing and the result is evaluated.
4765 \(fn &optional PATTERN)" t nil)
4767 (autoload 'list-command-history "chistory" "\
4768 List history of commands that used the minibuffer.
4769 The number of commands listed is controlled by `list-command-history-max'.
4770 Calls value of `list-command-history-filter' (if non-nil) on each history
4771 element to judge if that element should be excluded from the list.
4773 The buffer is left in Command History mode.
4775 \(fn)" t nil)
4777 (autoload 'command-history "chistory" "\
4778 Examine commands from `command-history' in a buffer.
4779 The number of commands listed is controlled by `list-command-history-max'.
4780 The command history is filtered by `list-command-history-filter' if non-nil.
4781 Use \\<command-history-map>\\[command-history-repeat] to repeat the command on the current line.
4783 Otherwise much like Emacs-Lisp Mode except that there is no self-insertion
4784 and digits provide prefix arguments. Tab does not indent.
4787 This command always recompiles the Command History listing
4788 and runs the normal hook `command-history-hook'.
4790 \(fn)" t nil)
4792 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "chistory" '("command-history-" "list-command-history-" "default-command-history-filter")))
4794 ;;;***
4795 \f
4796 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cl" "emacs-lisp/cl.el" (0 0 0 0))
4797 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cl.el
4799 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cl" '("cl-" "defsetf" "define-" "lexical-let" "labels" "flet")))
4801 ;;;***
4802 \f
4803 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "cl-extra" "emacs-lisp/cl-extra.el"
4804 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
4805 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cl-extra.el
4807 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cl-extra" '("cl-")))
4809 ;;;***
4810 \f
4811 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cl-generic" "emacs-lisp/cl-generic.el" (0
4812 ;;;;;; 0 0 0))
4813 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cl-generic.el
4814 (push (purecopy '(cl-generic 1 0)) package--builtin-versions)
4816 ;;;***
4817 \f
4818 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cl-indent" "emacs-lisp/cl-indent.el" (0 0
4819 ;;;;;; 0 0))
4820 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cl-indent.el
4822 (autoload 'common-lisp-indent-function "cl-indent" "\
4823 Function to indent the arguments of a Lisp function call.
4824 This is suitable for use as the value of the variable
4825 `lisp-indent-function'. INDENT-POINT is the point at which the
4826 indentation function is called, and STATE is the
4827 `parse-partial-sexp' state at that position. Browse the
4828 `lisp-indent' customize group for options affecting the behavior
4829 of this function.
4831 If the indentation point is in a call to a Lisp function, that
4832 function's `common-lisp-indent-function' property specifies how
4833 this function should indent it. Possible values for this
4834 property are:
4836 * defun, meaning indent according to `lisp-indent-defun-method';
4837 i.e., like (4 &lambda &body), as explained below.
4839 * any other symbol, meaning a function to call. The function should
4840 take the arguments: PATH STATE INDENT-POINT SEXP-COLUMN NORMAL-INDENT.
4841 PATH is a list of integers describing the position of point in terms of
4842 list-structure with respect to the containing lists. For example, in
4843 ((a b c (d foo) f) g), foo has a path of (0 3 1). In other words,
4844 to reach foo take the 0th element of the outermost list, then
4845 the 3rd element of the next list, and finally the 1st element.
4846 STATE and INDENT-POINT are as in the arguments to
4847 `common-lisp-indent-function'. SEXP-COLUMN is the column of
4848 the open parenthesis of the innermost containing list.
4849 NORMAL-INDENT is the column the indentation point was
4850 originally in. This function should behave like `lisp-indent-259'.
4852 * an integer N, meaning indent the first N arguments like
4853 function arguments, and any further arguments like a body.
4854 This is equivalent to (4 4 ... &body).
4856 * a list. The list element in position M specifies how to indent the Mth
4857 function argument. If there are fewer elements than function arguments,
4858 the last list element applies to all remaining arguments. The accepted
4859 list elements are:
4861 * nil, meaning the default indentation.
4863 * an integer, specifying an explicit indentation.
4865 * &lambda. Indent the argument (which may be a list) by 4.
4867 * &rest. When used, this must be the penultimate element. The
4868 element after this one applies to all remaining arguments.
4870 * &body. This is equivalent to &rest lisp-body-indent, i.e., indent
4871 all remaining elements by `lisp-body-indent'.
4873 * &whole. This must be followed by nil, an integer, or a
4874 function symbol. This indentation is applied to the
4875 associated argument, and as a base indent for all remaining
4876 arguments. For example, an integer P means indent this
4877 argument by P, and all remaining arguments by P, plus the
4878 value specified by their associated list element.
4880 * a symbol. A function to call, with the 6 arguments specified above.
4882 * a list, with elements as described above. This applies when the
4883 associated function argument is itself a list. Each element of the list
4884 specifies how to indent the associated argument.
4886 For example, the function `case' has an indent property
4887 \(4 &rest (&whole 2 &rest 1)), meaning:
4888 * indent the first argument by 4.
4889 * arguments after the first should be lists, and there may be any number
4890 of them. The first list element has an offset of 2, all the rest
4891 have an offset of 2+1=3.
4893 If the current mode is actually `emacs-lisp-mode', look for a
4894 `common-lisp-indent-function-for-elisp' property before looking
4895 at `common-lisp-indent-function' and, if set, use its value
4896 instead.
4898 \(fn INDENT-POINT STATE)" nil nil)
4900 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cl-indent" '("lisp-" "common-lisp-")))
4902 ;;;***
4903 \f
4904 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cl-lib" "emacs-lisp/cl-lib.el" (0 0 0 0))
4905 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cl-lib.el
4906 (push (purecopy '(cl-lib 1 0)) package--builtin-versions)
4908 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'custom-print-functions 'cl-custom-print-functions "24.3")
4910 (defvar cl-custom-print-functions nil "\
4911 This is a list of functions that format user objects for printing.
4912 Each function is called in turn with three arguments: the object, the
4913 stream, and the print level (currently ignored). If it is able to
4914 print the object it returns true; otherwise it returns nil and the
4915 printer proceeds to the next function on the list.
4917 This variable is not used at present, but it is defined in hopes that
4918 a future Emacs interpreter will be able to use it.")
4920 (defvar cl-old-struct-compat-mode nil "\
4921 Non-nil if Cl-Old-Struct-Compat mode is enabled.
4922 See the `cl-old-struct-compat-mode' command
4923 for a description of this minor mode.
4924 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
4925 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
4926 or call the function `cl-old-struct-compat-mode'.")
4928 (custom-autoload 'cl-old-struct-compat-mode "cl-lib" nil)
4930 (autoload 'cl-old-struct-compat-mode "cl-lib" "\
4931 Enable backward compatibility with old-style structs.
4932 This can be needed when using code byte-compiled using the old
4933 macro-expansion of `cl-defstruct' that used vectors objects instead
4934 of record objects.
4936 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4938 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cl-lib" '("cl-")))
4940 ;;;***
4941 \f
4942 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "cl-macs" "emacs-lisp/cl-macs.el"
4943 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
4944 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cl-macs.el
4946 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cl-macs" '("cl-")))
4948 ;;;***
4949 \f
4950 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cl-print" "emacs-lisp/cl-print.el" (0 0 0
4951 ;;;;;; 0))
4952 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cl-print.el
4953 (push (purecopy '(cl-print 1 0)) package--builtin-versions)
4955 (autoload 'cl-print-object "cl-print" "\
4956 Dispatcher to print OBJECT on STREAM according to its type.
4957 You can add methods to it to customize the output.
4958 But if you just want to print something, don't call this directly:
4959 call other entry points instead, such as `cl-prin1'.
4961 \(fn OBJECT STREAM)" nil nil)
4963 (autoload 'cl-prin1 "cl-print" "\
4966 \(fn OBJECT &optional STREAM)" nil nil)
4968 (autoload 'cl-prin1-to-string "cl-print" "\
4971 \(fn OBJECT)" nil nil)
4973 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cl-print" '("cl-print-" "help-byte-code")))
4975 ;;;***
4976 \f
4977 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "cl-seq" "emacs-lisp/cl-seq.el"
4978 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
4979 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cl-seq.el
4981 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cl-seq" '("cl--")))
4983 ;;;***
4984 \f
4985 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cmacexp" "progmodes/cmacexp.el" (0 0 0 0))
4986 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cmacexp.el
4988 (autoload 'c-macro-expand "cmacexp" "\
4989 Expand C macros in the region, using the C preprocessor.
4990 Normally display output in temp buffer, but
4991 prefix arg means replace the region with it.
4993 `c-macro-preprocessor' specifies the preprocessor to use.
4994 Tf the user option `c-macro-prompt-flag' is non-nil
4995 prompt for arguments to the preprocessor (e.g. `-DDEBUG -I ./include'),
4996 otherwise use `c-macro-cppflags'.
4998 Noninteractive args are START, END, SUBST.
4999 For use inside Lisp programs, see also `c-macro-expansion'.
5001 \(fn START END SUBST)" t nil)
5003 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cmacexp" '("c-macro-")))
5005 ;;;***
5006 \f
5007 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cmuscheme" "cmuscheme.el" (0 0 0 0))
5008 ;;; Generated autoloads from cmuscheme.el
5010 (autoload 'run-scheme "cmuscheme" "\
5011 Run an inferior Scheme process, input and output via buffer `*scheme*'.
5012 If there is a process already running in `*scheme*', switch to that buffer.
5013 With argument, allows you to edit the command line (default is value
5014 of `scheme-program-name').
5015 If the file `~/.emacs_SCHEMENAME' or `~/.emacs.d/init_SCHEMENAME.scm' exists,
5016 it is given as initial input.
5017 Note that this may lose due to a timing error if the Scheme processor
5018 discards input when it starts up.
5019 Runs the hook `inferior-scheme-mode-hook' (after the `comint-mode-hook'
5020 is run).
5023 \(fn CMD)" t nil)
5025 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cmuscheme" '("cmuscheme-load-hook" "switch-to-scheme" "scheme-" "inferior-scheme-")))
5027 ;;;***
5028 \f
5029 ;;;### (autoloads nil "color" "color.el" (0 0 0 0))
5030 ;;; Generated autoloads from color.el
5032 (autoload 'color-name-to-rgb "color" "\
5033 Convert COLOR string to a list of normalized RGB components.
5037 Normally the return value is a list of three floating-point
5038 numbers, (RED GREEN BLUE), each between 0.0 and 1.0 inclusive.
5040 Optional argument FRAME specifies the frame where the color is to be
5041 displayed. If FRAME is omitted or nil, use the selected frame.
5042 If FRAME cannot display COLOR, return nil.
5044 \(fn COLOR &optional FRAME)" nil nil)
5046 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "color" '("color-")))
5048 ;;;***
5049 \f
5050 ;;;### (autoloads nil "comint" "comint.el" (0 0 0 0))
5051 ;;; Generated autoloads from comint.el
5053 (defvar comint-output-filter-functions '(ansi-color-process-output comint-postoutput-scroll-to-bottom comint-watch-for-password-prompt) "\
5054 Functions to call after output is inserted into the buffer.
5055 One possible function is `comint-postoutput-scroll-to-bottom'.
5056 These functions get one argument, a string containing the text as originally
5057 inserted. Note that this might not be the same as the buffer contents between
5058 `comint-last-output-start' and the buffer's `process-mark', if other filter
5059 functions have already modified the buffer.
5061 See also `comint-preoutput-filter-functions'.
5063 You can use `add-hook' to add functions to this list
5064 either globally or locally.")
5066 (autoload 'make-comint-in-buffer "comint" "\
5067 Make a Comint process NAME in BUFFER, running PROGRAM.
5068 If BUFFER is nil, it defaults to NAME surrounded by `*'s.
5069 If there is a running process in BUFFER, it is not restarted.
5071 PROGRAM should be one of the following:
5072 - a string, denoting an executable program to create via
5073 `start-file-process'
5074 - a cons pair of the form (HOST . SERVICE), denoting a TCP
5075 connection to be opened via `open-network-stream'
5076 - nil, denoting a newly-allocated pty.
5078 Optional fourth arg STARTFILE is the name of a file, whose
5079 contents are sent to the process as its initial input.
5081 If PROGRAM is a string, any more args are arguments to PROGRAM.
5083 Return the (possibly newly created) process buffer.
5085 \(fn NAME BUFFER PROGRAM &optional STARTFILE &rest SWITCHES)" nil nil)
5087 (autoload 'make-comint "comint" "\
5088 Make a Comint process NAME in a buffer, running PROGRAM.
5089 The name of the buffer is made by surrounding NAME with `*'s.
5090 PROGRAM should be either a string denoting an executable program to create
5091 via `start-file-process', or a cons pair of the form (HOST . SERVICE) denoting
5092 a TCP connection to be opened via `open-network-stream'. If there is already
5093 a running process in that buffer, it is not restarted. Optional third arg
5094 STARTFILE is the name of a file, whose contents are sent to the
5095 process as its initial input.
5097 If PROGRAM is a string, any more args are arguments to PROGRAM.
5099 Returns the (possibly newly created) process buffer.
5101 \(fn NAME PROGRAM &optional STARTFILE &rest SWITCHES)" nil nil)
5103 (autoload 'comint-run "comint" "\
5104 Run PROGRAM in a Comint buffer and switch to it.
5105 The buffer name is made by surrounding the file name of PROGRAM with `*'s.
5106 The file name is used to make a symbol name, such as `comint-sh-hook', and any
5107 hooks on this symbol are run in the buffer.
5108 See `make-comint' and `comint-exec'.
5110 \(fn PROGRAM)" t nil)
5112 (function-put 'comint-run 'interactive-only 'make-comint)
5114 (defvar comint-file-name-prefix (purecopy "") "\
5115 Prefix prepended to absolute file names taken from process input.
5116 This is used by Comint's and shell's completion functions, and by shell's
5117 directory tracking functions.")
5119 (autoload 'comint-redirect-send-command "comint" "\
5120 Send COMMAND to process in current buffer, with output to OUTPUT-BUFFER.
5121 With prefix arg ECHO, echo output in process buffer.
5123 If NO-DISPLAY is non-nil, do not show the output buffer.
5125 \(fn COMMAND OUTPUT-BUFFER ECHO &optional NO-DISPLAY)" t nil)
5127 (autoload 'comint-redirect-send-command-to-process "comint" "\
5128 Send COMMAND to PROCESS, with output to OUTPUT-BUFFER.
5129 With prefix arg, echo output in process buffer.
5131 If NO-DISPLAY is non-nil, do not show the output buffer.
5133 \(fn COMMAND OUTPUT-BUFFER PROCESS ECHO &optional NO-DISPLAY)" t nil)
5135 (autoload 'comint-redirect-results-list "comint" "\
5136 Send COMMAND to current process.
5137 Return a list of expressions in the output which match REGEXP.
5138 REGEXP-GROUP is the regular expression group in REGEXP to use.
5140 \(fn COMMAND REGEXP REGEXP-GROUP)" nil nil)
5142 (autoload 'comint-redirect-results-list-from-process "comint" "\
5143 Send COMMAND to PROCESS.
5144 Return a list of expressions in the output which match REGEXP.
5145 REGEXP-GROUP is the regular expression group in REGEXP to use.
5147 \(fn PROCESS COMMAND REGEXP REGEXP-GROUP)" nil nil)
5149 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "comint" '("comint-" "shell-strip-ctrl-m" "send-invisible")))
5151 ;;;***
5152 \f
5153 ;;;### (autoloads nil "compare-w" "vc/compare-w.el" (0 0 0 0))
5154 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/compare-w.el
5156 (autoload 'compare-windows "compare-w" "\
5157 Compare text in current window with text in another window.
5158 The option `compare-windows-get-window-function' defines how
5159 to get another window.
5161 Compares the text starting at point in each window,
5162 moving over text in each one as far as they match.
5164 This command pushes the mark in each window
5165 at the prior location of point in that window.
5166 If both windows display the same buffer,
5167 the mark is pushed twice in that buffer:
5168 first in the other window, then in the selected window.
5170 A prefix arg means reverse the value of variable
5171 `compare-ignore-whitespace'. If `compare-ignore-whitespace' is
5172 nil, then a prefix arg means ignore changes in whitespace. If
5173 `compare-ignore-whitespace' is non-nil, then a prefix arg means
5174 don't ignore changes in whitespace. The variable
5175 `compare-windows-whitespace' controls how whitespace is skipped.
5176 If `compare-ignore-case' is non-nil, changes in case are also
5177 ignored.
5179 If `compare-windows-sync' is non-nil, then successive calls of
5180 this command work in interlaced mode:
5181 on first call it advances points to the next difference,
5182 on second call it synchronizes points by skipping the difference,
5183 on third call it again advances points to the next difference and so on.
5185 \(fn IGNORE-WHITESPACE)" t nil)
5187 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "compare-w" '("compare-")))
5189 ;;;***
5190 \f
5191 ;;;### (autoloads nil "compface" "image/compface.el" (0 0 0 0))
5192 ;;; Generated autoloads from image/compface.el
5194 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "compface" '("uncompface")))
5196 ;;;***
5197 \f
5198 ;;;### (autoloads nil "compile" "progmodes/compile.el" (0 0 0 0))
5199 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/compile.el
5201 (defvar compilation-mode-hook nil "\
5202 List of hook functions run by `compilation-mode'.")
5204 (custom-autoload 'compilation-mode-hook "compile" t)
5206 (defvar compilation-start-hook nil "\
5207 Hook run after starting a new compilation process.
5208 The hook is run with one argument, the new process.")
5210 (custom-autoload 'compilation-start-hook "compile" t)
5212 (defvar compilation-window-height nil "\
5213 Number of lines in a compilation window.
5214 If nil, use Emacs default.")
5216 (custom-autoload 'compilation-window-height "compile" t)
5218 (defvar compilation-process-setup-function nil "\
5219 Function to call to customize the compilation process.
5220 This function is called immediately before the compilation process is
5221 started. It can be used to set any variables or functions that are used
5222 while processing the output of the compilation process.")
5224 (defvar compilation-buffer-name-function nil "\
5225 Function to compute the name of a compilation buffer.
5226 The function receives one argument, the name of the major mode of the
5227 compilation buffer. It should return a string.
5230 (defvar compilation-finish-function nil "\
5231 Function to call when a compilation process finishes.
5232 It is called with two arguments: the compilation buffer, and a string
5233 describing how the process finished.")
5235 (defvar compilation-finish-functions nil "\
5236 Functions to call when a compilation process finishes.
5237 Each function is called with two arguments: the compilation buffer,
5238 and a string describing how the process finished.")
5239 (put 'compilation-directory 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
5241 (defvar compilation-ask-about-save t "\
5243 Otherwise, it saves all modified buffers without asking.")
5245 (custom-autoload 'compilation-ask-about-save "compile" t)
5247 (defvar compilation-search-path '(nil) "\
5248 List of directories to search for source files named in error messages.
5249 Elements should be directory names, not file names of directories.
5250 The value nil as an element means to try the default directory.")
5252 (custom-autoload 'compilation-search-path "compile" t)
5254 (defvar compile-command (purecopy "make -k ") "\
5255 Last shell command used to do a compilation; default for next compilation.
5257 Sometimes it is useful for files to supply local values for this variable.
5258 You might also use mode hooks to specify it in certain modes, like this:
5261 (lambda ()
5266 (if buffer-file-name
5267 (shell-quote-argument
5268 (file-name-sans-extension buffer-file-name))))))))
5270 It's often useful to leave a space at the end of the value.")
5272 (custom-autoload 'compile-command "compile" t)
5273 (put 'compile-command 'safe-local-variable (lambda (a) (and (stringp a) (or (not (boundp 'compilation-read-command)) compilation-read-command))))
5275 (defvar compilation-disable-input nil "\
5276 If non-nil, send end-of-file as compilation process input.
5277 This only affects platforms that support asynchronous processes (see
5278 `start-process'); synchronous compilation processes never accept input.")
5280 (custom-autoload 'compilation-disable-input "compile" t)
5282 (autoload 'compile "compile" "\
5283 Compile the program including the current buffer. Default: run `make'.
5284 Runs COMMAND, a shell command, in a separate process asynchronously
5285 with output going to the buffer `*compilation*'.
5288 and move to the source code that caused it.
5290 If optional second arg COMINT is t the buffer will be in Comint mode with
5291 `compilation-shell-minor-mode'.
5293 Interactively, prompts for the command if the variable
5294 `compilation-read-command' is non-nil; otherwise uses `compile-command'.
5295 With prefix arg, always prompts.
5296 Additionally, with universal prefix arg, compilation buffer will be in
5297 comint mode, i.e. interactive.
5299 To run more than one compilation at once, start one then rename
5300 the `*compilation*' buffer to some other name with
5302 It will create a new `*compilation*' buffer.
5304 On most systems, termination of the main compilation process
5305 kills its subprocesses.
5307 The name used for the buffer is actually whatever is returned by
5308 the function in `compilation-buffer-name-function', so you can set that
5309 to a function that generates a unique name.
5311 \(fn COMMAND &optional COMINT)" t nil)
5313 (autoload 'compilation-start "compile" "\
5314 Run compilation command COMMAND (low level interface).
5315 If COMMAND starts with a cd command, that becomes the `default-directory'.
5316 The rest of the arguments are optional; for them, nil means use the default.
5318 MODE is the major mode to set in the compilation buffer. Mode
5319 may also be t meaning use `compilation-shell-minor-mode' under `comint-mode'.
5321 If NAME-FUNCTION is non-nil, call it with one argument (the mode name)
5322 to determine the buffer name. Otherwise, the default is to
5323 reuses the current buffer if it has the proper major mode,
5324 else use or create a buffer with name based on the major mode.
5326 If HIGHLIGHT-REGEXP is non-nil, `next-error' will temporarily highlight
5327 the matching section of the visited source line; the default is to use the
5328 global value of `compilation-highlight-regexp'.
5330 Returns the compilation buffer created.
5332 \(fn COMMAND &optional MODE NAME-FUNCTION HIGHLIGHT-REGEXP)" nil nil)
5334 (autoload 'compilation-mode "compile" "\
5335 Major mode for compilation log buffers.
5340 Runs `compilation-mode-hook' with `run-mode-hooks' (which see).
5344 \(fn &optional NAME-OF-MODE)" t nil)
5346 (put 'define-compilation-mode 'doc-string-elt 3)
5348 (autoload 'compilation-shell-minor-mode "compile" "\
5349 Toggle Compilation Shell minor mode.
5350 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Compilation Shell minor mode
5351 if ARG is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from
5352 Lisp, enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
5354 When Compilation Shell minor mode is enabled, all the
5355 error-parsing commands of the Compilation major mode are
5356 available but bound to keys that don't collide with Shell mode.
5357 See `compilation-mode'.
5359 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5361 (autoload 'compilation-minor-mode "compile" "\
5362 Toggle Compilation minor mode.
5363 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Compilation minor mode if ARG
5364 is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
5365 enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
5367 When Compilation minor mode is enabled, all the error-parsing
5368 commands of Compilation major mode are available. See
5369 `compilation-mode'.
5371 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5373 (autoload 'compilation-next-error-function "compile" "\
5374 Advance to the next error message and visit the file where the error was.
5375 This is the value of `next-error-function' in Compilation buffers.
5377 \(fn N &optional RESET)" t nil)
5379 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "compile" '("compil" "kill-compilation" "define-compilation-mode" "recompile")))
5381 ;;;***
5382 \f
5383 ;;;### (autoloads nil "completion" "completion.el" (0 0 0 0))
5384 ;;; Generated autoloads from completion.el
5386 (defvar dynamic-completion-mode nil "\
5387 Non-nil if Dynamic-Completion mode is enabled.
5388 See the `dynamic-completion-mode' command
5389 for a description of this minor mode.
5390 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
5391 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
5392 or call the function `dynamic-completion-mode'.")
5394 (custom-autoload 'dynamic-completion-mode "completion" nil)
5396 (autoload 'dynamic-completion-mode "completion" "\
5397 Toggle dynamic word-completion on or off.
5398 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
5399 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
5400 if ARG is omitted or nil.
5402 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5404 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "completion" '("inside-locate-completion-entry" "interactive-completion-string-reader" "initialize-completions" "current-completion-source" "cdabbrev-" "clear-all-completions" "check-completion-length" "complet" "cmpl-" "use-completion-" "list-all-completions" "symbol-" "set-c" "save" "kill-" "accept-completion" "add-" "*lisp-def-regexp*" "*c-def-regexp*" "delete-completion" "find-" "make-c" "num-cmpl-sources" "next-cdabbrev" "reset-cdabbrev" "enable-completion")))
5406 ;;;***
5407 \f
5408 ;;;### (autoloads nil "conf-mode" "textmodes/conf-mode.el" (0 0 0
5409 ;;;;;; 0))
5410 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/conf-mode.el
5412 (autoload 'conf-mode "conf-mode" "\
5413 Mode for Unix and Windows Conf files and Java properties.
5414 Most conf files know only three kinds of constructs: parameter
5415 assignments optionally grouped into sections and comments. Yet
5416 there is a great range of variation in the exact syntax of conf
5417 files. See below for various wrapper commands that set up the
5418 details for some of the most widespread variants.
5420 This mode sets up font locking, outline, imenu and it provides
5421 alignment support through `conf-align-assignments'. If strings
5422 come out wrong, try `conf-quote-normal'.
5424 Some files allow continuation lines, either with a backslash at
5425 the end of line, or by indenting the next line (further). These
5426 constructs cannot currently be recognized.
5428 Because of this great variety of nuances, which are often not
5429 even clearly specified, please don't expect it to get every file
5430 quite right. Patches that clearly identify some special case,
5431 without breaking the general ones, are welcome.
5433 If instead you start this mode with the generic `conf-mode'
5434 command, it will parse the buffer. It will generally well
5435 identify the first four cases listed below. If the buffer
5436 doesn't have enough contents to decide, this is identical to
5437 `conf-windows-mode' on Windows, elsewhere to `conf-unix-mode'.
5438 See also `conf-space-mode', `conf-colon-mode', `conf-javaprop-mode',
5439 `conf-ppd-mode' and `conf-xdefaults-mode'.
5443 \(fn)" t nil)
5445 (autoload 'conf-unix-mode "conf-mode" "\
5446 Conf Mode starter for Unix style Conf files.
5447 Comments start with `#'.
5448 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
5452 \[Desktop Entry]
5453 Encoding=UTF-8
5454 Name=The GIMP
5455 Name[ca]=El GIMP
5456 Name[cs]=GIMP
5458 \(fn)" t nil)
5460 (autoload 'conf-windows-mode "conf-mode" "\
5461 Conf Mode starter for Windows style Conf files.
5462 Comments start with `;'.
5463 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
5467 \[ExtShellFolderViews]
5468 Default={5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}
5469 {5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}={5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}
5471 \[{5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}]
5472 PersistMoniker=file://Folder.htt
5474 \(fn)" t nil)
5476 (autoload 'conf-javaprop-mode "conf-mode" "\
5477 Conf Mode starter for Java properties files.
5478 Comments start with `#' but are also recognized with `//' or
5479 between `/*' and `*/'.
5480 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
5483 // another kind of comment
5484 /* yet another */
5486 name:value
5487 name=value
5488 name value
5489 x.1 =
5490 x.2.y.1.z.1 =
5491 x.2.y.1.z.2.zz =
5493 \(fn)" t nil)
5495 (autoload 'conf-space-mode "conf-mode" "\
5496 Conf Mode starter for space separated conf files.
5498 recognized according to the variable `conf-space-keywords-alist'.
5499 Alternatively, you can specify a value for the file local variable
5500 `conf-space-keywords'.
5501 Use the function `conf-space-keywords' if you want to specify keywords
5502 in an interactive fashion instead.
5504 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
5508 image/jpeg jpeg jpg jpe
5509 image/png png
5510 image/tiff tiff tif
5512 # Or with keywords (from a recognized file name):
5513 class desktop
5514 # Standard multimedia devices
5515 add /dev/audio desktop
5516 add /dev/mixer desktop
5518 \(fn)" t nil)
5520 (autoload 'conf-space-keywords "conf-mode" "\
5521 Enter Conf Space mode using regexp KEYWORDS to match the keywords.
5522 See `conf-space-mode'.
5524 \(fn KEYWORDS)" t nil)
5526 (autoload 'conf-colon-mode "conf-mode" "\
5527 Conf Mode starter for Colon files.
5529 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
5536 \(fn)" t nil)
5538 (autoload 'conf-ppd-mode "conf-mode" "\
5539 Conf Mode starter for Adobe/CUPS PPD files.
5541 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
5545 *DefaultTransfer: Null
5548 \(fn)" t nil)
5550 (autoload 'conf-xdefaults-mode "conf-mode" "\
5551 Conf Mode starter for Xdefaults files.
5553 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
5557 *background: gray99
5558 *foreground: black
5560 \(fn)" t nil)
5562 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "conf-mode" '("conf-")))
5564 ;;;***
5565 \f
5566 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cookie1" "play/cookie1.el" (0 0 0 0))
5567 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/cookie1.el
5569 (autoload 'cookie "cookie1" "\
5570 Return a random phrase from PHRASE-FILE.
5571 When the phrase file is read in, display STARTMSG at the beginning
5572 of load, ENDMSG at the end.
5573 Interactively, PHRASE-FILE defaults to `cookie-file', unless that
5574 is nil or a prefix argument is used.
5576 \(fn PHRASE-FILE &optional STARTMSG ENDMSG)" t nil)
5578 (autoload 'cookie-insert "cookie1" "\
5579 Insert random phrases from PHRASE-FILE; COUNT of them.
5580 When the phrase file is read in, display STARTMSG at the beginning
5581 of load, ENDMSG at the end.
5583 \(fn PHRASE-FILE &optional COUNT STARTMSG ENDMSG)" nil nil)
5585 (autoload 'cookie-snarf "cookie1" "\
5586 Reads in the PHRASE-FILE, returns it as a vector of strings.
5587 Emit STARTMSG and ENDMSG before and after. Caches the result; second
5588 and subsequent calls on the same file won't go to disk.
5590 \(fn PHRASE-FILE &optional STARTMSG ENDMSG)" nil nil)
5592 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cookie1" '("cookie")))
5594 ;;;***
5595 \f
5596 ;;;### (autoloads nil "copyright" "emacs-lisp/copyright.el" (0 0
5597 ;;;;;; 0 0))
5598 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/copyright.el
5599 (put 'copyright-at-end-flag 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
5600 (put 'copyright-names-regexp 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
5601 (put 'copyright-year-ranges 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
5603 (autoload 'copyright-update "copyright" "\
5604 Update copyright notice to indicate the current year.
5605 With prefix ARG, replace the years in the notice rather than adding
5606 the current year after them. If necessary, and
5607 `copyright-current-gpl-version' is set, any copying permissions
5608 following the copyright are updated as well.
5609 If non-nil, INTERACTIVEP tells the function to behave as when it's called
5610 interactively.
5612 \(fn &optional ARG INTERACTIVEP)" t nil)
5614 (autoload 'copyright-fix-years "copyright" "\
5615 Convert 2 digit years to 4 digit years.
5616 Uses heuristic: year >= 50 means 19xx, < 50 means 20xx.
5617 If `copyright-year-ranges' (which see) is non-nil, also
5618 independently replaces consecutive years with a range.
5620 \(fn)" t nil)
5622 (autoload 'copyright "copyright" "\
5623 Insert a copyright by $ORGANIZATION notice at cursor.
5625 \(fn &optional STR ARG)" t nil)
5627 (autoload 'copyright-update-directory "copyright" "\
5628 Update copyright notice for all files in DIRECTORY matching MATCH.
5629 If FIX is non-nil, run `copyright-fix-years' instead.
5631 \(fn DIRECTORY MATCH &optional FIX)" t nil)
5633 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "copyright" '("copyright-")))
5635 ;;;***
5636 \f
5637 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cperl-mode" "progmodes/cperl-mode.el" (0 0
5638 ;;;;;; 0 0))
5639 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cperl-mode.el
5640 (put 'cperl-indent-level 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
5641 (put 'cperl-brace-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
5642 (put 'cperl-continued-brace-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
5643 (put 'cperl-label-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
5644 (put 'cperl-continued-statement-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
5645 (put 'cperl-extra-newline-before-brace 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
5646 (put 'cperl-merge-trailing-else 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
5648 (autoload 'cperl-mode "cperl-mode" "\
5649 Major mode for editing Perl code.
5650 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
5651 Tab indents for Perl code.
5652 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
5653 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
5655 Various characters in Perl almost always come in pairs: {}, (), [],
5656 sometimes <>. When the user types the first, she gets the second as
5657 well, with optional special formatting done on {}. (Disabled by
5661 whether you want to type pair <>, and inserts is if it
5662 appropriate. You can set `cperl-electric-parens-string' to the string that
5663 contains the parens from the above list you want to be electrical.
5664 Electricity of parens is controlled by `cperl-electric-parens'.
5665 You may also set `cperl-electric-parens-mark' to have electric parens
5668 CPerl mode provides expansion of the Perl control constructs:
5670 if, else, elsif, unless, while, until, continue, do,
5671 for, foreach, formy and foreachmy.
5673 and POD directives (Disabled by default, see `cperl-electric-keywords'.)
5675 The user types the keyword immediately followed by a space, which
5676 causes the construct to be expanded, and the point is positioned where
5677 she is most likely to want to be. E.g., when the user types a space
5679 } { } and the cursor is between the parentheses. The user can then
5680 type some boolean expression within the parens. Having done that,
5683 directive line, then appropriate number of new lines is inserted).
5687 bite if angry;
5689 it will not do any expansion. See also help on variable
5690 `cperl-extra-newline-before-brace'. (Note that one can switch the
5691 help message on expansion by setting `cperl-message-electric-keyword'
5692 to nil.)
5695 return. It places you in the next line with proper indentation, or if
5696 you type it inside the inline block of control construct, like
5698 foreach (@lines) {print; print}
5700 and you are on a boundary of a statement inside braces, it will
5701 transform the construct into a multiline and will place you into an
5702 appropriately indented blank line. If you need a usual
5704 see documentation on `cperl-electric-linefeed'.
5708 if (A) { B }
5710 into
5712 B if A;
5716 Setting the variable `cperl-font-lock' to t switches on font-lock-mode
5717 \(even with older Emacsen), `cperl-electric-lbrace-space' to t switches
5718 on electric space between $ and {, `cperl-electric-parens-string' is
5719 the string that contains parentheses that should be electric in CPerl
5720 \(see also `cperl-electric-parens-mark' and `cperl-electric-parens'),
5721 setting `cperl-electric-keywords' enables electric expansion of
5722 control structures in CPerl. `cperl-electric-linefeed' governs which
5723 one of two linefeed behavior is preferable. You can enable all these
5724 options simultaneously (recommended mode of use) by setting
5725 `cperl-hairy' to t. In this case you can switch separate options off
5726 by setting them to `null'. Note that one may undo the extra
5727 whitespace inserted by semis and braces in `auto-newline'-mode by
5730 If your site has perl5 documentation in info format, you can use commands
5732 These keys run commands `cperl-info-on-current-command' and
5733 `cperl-info-on-command', which one is which is controlled by variable
5734 `cperl-info-on-command-no-prompt' and `cperl-clobber-lisp-bindings'
5735 \(in turn affected by `cperl-hairy').
5737 Even if you have no info-format documentation, short one-liner-style
5739 man via menu.
5741 It is possible to show this help automatically after some idle time.
5742 This is regulated by variable `cperl-lazy-help-time'. Default with
5743 `cperl-hairy' (if the value of `cperl-lazy-help-time' is nil) is 5
5744 secs idle time . It is also possible to switch this on/off from the
5748 beginning of the region at the start of construction, and make region
5749 span the needed amount of lines.
5751 Variables `cperl-pod-here-scan', `cperl-pod-here-fontify',
5752 `cperl-pod-face', `cperl-pod-head-face' control processing of POD and
5753 here-docs sections. With capable Emaxen results of scan are used
5754 for indentation too, otherwise they are used for highlighting only.
5756 Variables controlling indentation style:
5757 `cperl-tab-always-indent'
5758 Non-nil means TAB in CPerl mode should always reindent the current line,
5759 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
5760 `cperl-indent-left-aligned-comments'
5761 Non-nil means that the comment starting in leftmost column should indent.
5762 `cperl-auto-newline'
5763 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces,
5764 and after colons and semicolons, inserted in Perl code. The following
5766 Insertion after colons requires both this variable and
5767 `cperl-auto-newline-after-colon' set.
5768 `cperl-auto-newline-after-colon'
5769 Non-nil means automatically newline even after colons.
5770 Subject to `cperl-auto-newline' setting.
5771 `cperl-indent-level'
5772 Indentation of Perl statements within surrounding block.
5773 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
5774 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
5775 `cperl-continued-statement-offset'
5776 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
5777 then-clause of an if, or body of a while, or just a statement continuation.
5778 `cperl-continued-brace-offset'
5779 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
5780 This is in addition to `cperl-continued-statement-offset'.
5781 `cperl-brace-offset'
5782 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
5783 `cperl-brace-imaginary-offset'
5784 An open brace following other text is treated as if it the line started
5785 this far to the right of the actual line indentation.
5786 `cperl-label-offset'
5787 Extra indentation for line that is a label.
5788 `cperl-min-label-indent'
5789 Minimal indentation for line that is a label.
5791 Settings for classic indent-styles: K&R BSD=C++ GNU PerlStyle=Whitesmith
5792 `cperl-indent-level' 5 4 2 4
5793 `cperl-brace-offset' 0 0 0 0
5794 `cperl-continued-brace-offset' -5 -4 0 0
5795 `cperl-label-offset' -5 -4 -2 -4
5796 `cperl-continued-statement-offset' 5 4 2 4
5798 CPerl knows several indentation styles, and may bulk set the
5801 \(both available from menu). See examples in `cperl-style-examples'.
5803 Part of the indentation style is how different parts of if/elsif/else
5804 statements are broken into lines; in CPerl, this is reflected on how
5805 templates for these constructs are created (controlled by
5806 `cperl-extra-newline-before-brace'), and how reflow-logic should treat
5808 variable, and by `cperl-extra-newline-before-brace-multiline',
5809 `cperl-merge-trailing-else', `cperl-indent-region-fix-constructs'.
5811 If `cperl-indent-level' is 0, the statement after opening brace in
5812 column 0 is indented on
5813 `cperl-brace-offset'+`cperl-continued-statement-offset'.
5815 Turning on CPerl mode calls the hooks in the variable `cperl-mode-hook'
5816 with no args.
5818 DO NOT FORGET to read micro-docs (available from `Perl' menu)
5819 or as help on variables `cperl-tips', `cperl-problems',
5820 `cperl-praise', `cperl-speed'.
5822 \(fn)" t nil)
5824 (autoload 'cperl-perldoc "cperl-mode" "\
5825 Run `perldoc' on WORD.
5827 \(fn WORD)" t nil)
5829 (autoload 'cperl-perldoc-at-point "cperl-mode" "\
5830 Run a `perldoc' on the word around point.
5832 \(fn)" t nil)
5834 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cperl-mode" '("cperl-" "pod2man-program")))
5836 ;;;***
5837 \f
5838 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cpp" "progmodes/cpp.el" (0 0 0 0))
5839 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cpp.el
5841 (autoload 'cpp-highlight-buffer "cpp" "\
5842 Highlight C code according to preprocessor conditionals.
5843 This command pops up a buffer which you should edit to specify
5844 what kind of highlighting to use, and the criteria for highlighting.
5845 A prefix arg suppresses display of that buffer.
5847 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
5849 (autoload 'cpp-parse-edit "cpp" "\
5850 Edit display information for cpp conditionals.
5852 \(fn)" t nil)
5854 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cpp" '("cpp-")))
5856 ;;;***
5857 \f
5858 ;;;### (autoloads nil "crm" "emacs-lisp/crm.el" (0 0 0 0))
5859 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/crm.el
5861 (autoload 'completing-read-multiple "crm" "\
5862 Read multiple strings in the minibuffer, with completion.
5863 The arguments are the same as those of `completing-read'.
5865 Input multiple strings by separating each one with a string that
5866 matches the regexp `crm-separator'. For example, if the separator
5870 We refer to contiguous strings of non-separator-characters as
5873 Completion is available on a per-element basis. For example, if the
5877 This function returns a list of the strings that were read,
5878 with empty strings removed.
5880 \(fn PROMPT TABLE &optional PREDICATE REQUIRE-MATCH INITIAL-INPUT HIST DEF INHERIT-INPUT-METHOD)" nil nil)
5882 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "crm" '("crm-")))
5884 ;;;***
5885 \f
5886 ;;;### (autoloads nil "css-mode" "textmodes/css-mode.el" (0 0 0 0))
5887 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/css-mode.el
5889 (autoload 'css-mode "css-mode" "\
5890 Major mode to edit Cascading Style Sheets (CSS).
5892 This mode provides syntax highlighting, indentation, completion,
5893 and documentation lookup for CSS.
5896 pseudo-elements, pseudo-classes, at-rules, bang-rules, and HTML
5897 tags, classes and IDs. Completion candidates for HTML class
5898 names and IDs are found by looking through open HTML mode
5899 buffers.
5902 pseudo-classes, and pseudo-elements on the Mozilla Developer
5903 Network (MDN).
5907 \(fn)" t nil)
5910 (autoload 'scss-mode "css-mode" "\
5913 \(fn)" t nil)
5915 (autoload 'css-lookup-symbol "css-mode" "\
5916 Display the CSS documentation for SYMBOL, as found on MDN.
5917 When this command is used interactively, it picks a default
5918 symbol based on the CSS text before point -- either an @-keyword,
5919 a property name, a pseudo-class, or a pseudo-element, depending
5920 on what is seen near point.
5922 \(fn SYMBOL)" t nil)
5924 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "css-mode" '("css-" "scss-")))
5926 ;;;***
5927 \f
5928 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cua-base" "emulation/cua-base.el" (0 0 0 0))
5929 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/cua-base.el
5931 (defvar cua-mode nil "\
5932 Non-nil if Cua mode is enabled.
5933 See the `cua-mode' command
5934 for a description of this minor mode.
5935 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
5936 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
5937 or call the function `cua-mode'.")
5939 (custom-autoload 'cua-mode "cua-base" nil)
5941 (autoload 'cua-mode "cua-base" "\
5942 Toggle Common User Access style editing (CUA mode).
5943 With a prefix argument ARG, enable CUA mode if ARG is positive,
5944 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
5945 if ARG is omitted or nil.
5947 CUA mode is a global minor mode. When enabled, typed text
5948 replaces the active selection, and you can use C-z, C-x, C-c, and
5949 C-v to undo, cut, copy, and paste in addition to the normal Emacs
5950 bindings. The C-x and C-c keys only do cut and copy when the
5951 region is active, so in most cases, they do not conflict with the
5952 normal function of these prefix keys.
5954 If you really need to perform a command which starts with one of
5955 the prefix keys even when the region is active, you have three
5956 options:
5957 - press the prefix key twice very quickly (within 0.2 seconds),
5958 - press the prefix key and the following key within 0.2 seconds, or
5959 - use the SHIFT key with the prefix key, i.e. C-S-x or C-S-c.
5961 You can customize `cua-enable-cua-keys' to completely disable the
5962 CUA bindings, or `cua-prefix-override-inhibit-delay' to change
5963 the prefix fallback behavior.
5965 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5967 (autoload 'cua-selection-mode "cua-base" "\
5968 Enable CUA selection mode without the C-z/C-x/C-c/C-v bindings.
5970 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
5972 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cua-base" '("cua-")))
5974 ;;;***
5975 \f
5976 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cua-gmrk" "emulation/cua-gmrk.el" (0 0 0 0))
5977 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/cua-gmrk.el
5979 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cua-gmrk" '("cua-")))
5981 ;;;***
5982 \f
5983 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cua-rect" "emulation/cua-rect.el" (0 0 0 0))
5984 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/cua-rect.el
5986 (autoload 'cua-rectangle-mark-mode "cua-rect" "\
5987 Toggle the region as rectangular.
5988 Activates the region if needed. Only lasts until the region is deactivated.
5990 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5992 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cua-rect" '("cua-")))
5994 ;;;***
5995 \f
5996 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cursor-sensor" "emacs-lisp/cursor-sensor.el"
5997 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
5998 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cursor-sensor.el
6000 (defvar cursor-sensor-inhibit nil)
6002 (autoload 'cursor-intangible-mode "cursor-sensor" "\
6003 Keep cursor outside of any `cursor-intangible' text property.
6005 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6007 (autoload 'cursor-sensor-mode "cursor-sensor" "\
6008 Handle the `cursor-sensor-functions' text property.
6009 This property should hold a list of functions which react to the motion
6010 of the cursor. They're called with three arguments (WINDOW OLDPOS DIR)
6011 where WINDOW is the affected window, OLDPOS is the last known position of
6012 the cursor and DIR can be `entered' or `left' depending on whether the cursor
6013 is entering the area covered by the text-property property or leaving it.
6015 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6017 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cursor-sensor" '("cursor-sensor-")))
6019 ;;;***
6020 \f
6021 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cus-dep" "cus-dep.el" (0 0 0 0))
6022 ;;; Generated autoloads from cus-dep.el
6024 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cus-dep" '("custom-" "generated-custom-dependencies-file")))
6026 ;;;***
6027 \f
6028 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cus-edit" "cus-edit.el" (0 0 0 0))
6029 ;;; Generated autoloads from cus-edit.el
6031 (defvar custom-browse-sort-alphabetically nil "\
6032 If non-nil, sort customization group alphabetically in `custom-browse'.")
6034 (custom-autoload 'custom-browse-sort-alphabetically "cus-edit" t)
6036 (defvar custom-buffer-sort-alphabetically t "\
6037 Whether to sort customization groups alphabetically in Custom buffer.")
6039 (custom-autoload 'custom-buffer-sort-alphabetically "cus-edit" t)
6041 (defvar custom-menu-sort-alphabetically nil "\
6042 If non-nil, sort each customization group alphabetically in menus.")
6044 (custom-autoload 'custom-menu-sort-alphabetically "cus-edit" t)
6046 (autoload 'customize-set-value "cus-edit" "\
6047 Set VARIABLE to VALUE, and return VALUE. VALUE is a Lisp object.
6049 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
6050 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
6052 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
6053 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
6055 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment.
6057 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional COMMENT)" t nil)
6059 (autoload 'customize-set-variable "cus-edit" "\
6060 Set the default for VARIABLE to VALUE, and return VALUE.
6061 VALUE is a Lisp object.
6063 If VARIABLE has a `custom-set' property, that is used for setting
6064 VARIABLE, otherwise `set-default' is used.
6066 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
6067 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
6069 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
6070 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
6072 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment.
6074 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional COMMENT)" t nil)
6076 (autoload 'customize-save-variable "cus-edit" "\
6077 Set the default for VARIABLE to VALUE, and save it for future sessions.
6078 Return VALUE.
6080 If VARIABLE has a `custom-set' property, that is used for setting
6081 VARIABLE, otherwise `set-default' is used.
6083 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
6084 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
6086 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
6087 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
6089 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment.
6091 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional COMMENT)" t nil)
6093 (autoload 'customize-push-and-save "cus-edit" "\
6094 Add ELTS to LIST-VAR and save for future sessions, safely.
6095 ELTS should be a list. This function adds each entry to the
6096 value of LIST-VAR using `add-to-list'.
6098 If Emacs is initialized, call `customize-save-variable' to save
6099 the resulting list value now. Otherwise, add an entry to
6100 `after-init-hook' to save it after initialization.
6102 \(fn LIST-VAR ELTS)" nil nil)
6104 (autoload 'customize "cus-edit" "\
6105 Select a customization buffer which you can use to set user options.
6107 Initially the top-level group `Emacs' and its immediate subgroups
6108 are shown; the contents of those subgroups are initially hidden.
6110 \(fn)" t nil)
6112 (autoload 'customize-mode "cus-edit" "\
6113 Customize options related to a major or minor mode.
6114 By default the current major mode is used. With a prefix
6115 argument or if the current major mode has no known group, prompt
6116 for the MODE to customize.
6118 \(fn MODE)" t nil)
6120 (autoload 'customize-group "cus-edit" "\
6121 Customize GROUP, which must be a customization group.
6122 If OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, display in another window.
6124 \(fn &optional GROUP OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil)
6126 (autoload 'customize-group-other-window "cus-edit" "\
6127 Customize GROUP, which must be a customization group, in another window.
6129 \(fn &optional GROUP)" t nil)
6131 (defalias 'customize-variable 'customize-option)
6133 (autoload 'customize-option "cus-edit" "\
6134 Customize SYMBOL, which must be a user option.
6136 \(fn SYMBOL)" t nil)
6138 (defalias 'customize-variable-other-window 'customize-option-other-window)
6140 (autoload 'customize-option-other-window "cus-edit" "\
6141 Customize SYMBOL, which must be a user option.
6142 Show the buffer in another window, but don't select it.
6144 \(fn SYMBOL)" t nil)
6146 (defvar customize-package-emacs-version-alist nil "\
6147 Alist mapping versions of a package to Emacs versions.
6148 We use this for packages that have their own names, but are released
6149 as part of Emacs itself.
6151 Each elements looks like this:
6153 (PACKAGE (PVERSION . EVERSION)...)
6155 Here PACKAGE is the name of a package, as a symbol. After
6156 PACKAGE come one or more elements, each associating a
6157 package version PVERSION with the first Emacs version
6158 EVERSION in which it (or a subsequent version of PACKAGE)
6159 was first released. Both PVERSION and EVERSION are strings.
6160 PVERSION should be a string that this package used in
6161 the :package-version keyword for `defcustom', `defgroup',
6162 and `defface'.
6164 For example, the MH-E package updates this alist as follows:
6172 The value of PACKAGE needs to be unique and it needs to match the
6173 PACKAGE value appearing in the :package-version keyword. Since
6174 the user might see the value in a error message, a good choice is
6175 the official name of the package, such as MH-E or Gnus.")
6177 (defalias 'customize-changed 'customize-changed-options)
6179 (autoload 'customize-changed-options "cus-edit" "\
6180 Customize all settings whose meanings have changed in Emacs itself.
6181 This includes new user options and faces, and new customization
6182 groups, as well as older options and faces whose meanings or
6183 default values have changed since the previous major Emacs
6184 release.
6186 With argument SINCE-VERSION (a string), customize all settings
6187 that were added or redefined since that version.
6189 \(fn &optional SINCE-VERSION)" t nil)
6191 (autoload 'customize-face "cus-edit" "\
6192 Customize FACE, which should be a face name or nil.
6193 If FACE is nil, customize all faces. If FACE is actually a
6194 face-alias, customize the face it is aliased to.
6196 If OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, display in another window.
6198 Interactively, when point is on text which has a face specified,
6199 suggest to customize that face, if it's customizable.
6201 \(fn &optional FACE OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil)
6203 (autoload 'customize-face-other-window "cus-edit" "\
6204 Show customization buffer for face FACE in other window.
6205 If FACE is actually a face-alias, customize the face it is aliased to.
6207 Interactively, when point is on text which has a face specified,
6208 suggest to customize that face, if it's customizable.
6210 \(fn &optional FACE)" t nil)
6212 (autoload 'customize-unsaved "cus-edit" "\
6213 Customize all options and faces set in this session but not saved.
6215 \(fn)" t nil)
6217 (autoload 'customize-rogue "cus-edit" "\
6218 Customize all user variables modified outside customize.
6220 \(fn)" t nil)
6222 (autoload 'customize-saved "cus-edit" "\
6223 Customize all saved options and faces.
6225 \(fn)" t nil)
6227 (autoload 'customize-apropos "cus-edit" "\
6228 Customize loaded options, faces and groups matching PATTERN.
6229 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
6230 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
6231 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of
6232 words, search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
6234 If TYPE is `options', include only options.
6235 If TYPE is `faces', include only faces.
6236 If TYPE is `groups', include only groups.
6238 \(fn PATTERN &optional TYPE)" t nil)
6240 (autoload 'customize-apropos-options "cus-edit" "\
6241 Customize all loaded customizable options matching REGEXP.
6243 \(fn REGEXP &optional IGNORED)" t nil)
6245 (autoload 'customize-apropos-faces "cus-edit" "\
6246 Customize all loaded faces matching REGEXP.
6248 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
6250 (autoload 'customize-apropos-groups "cus-edit" "\
6251 Customize all loaded groups matching REGEXP.
6253 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
6255 (autoload 'custom-prompt-customize-unsaved-options "cus-edit" "\
6256 Prompt user to customize any unsaved customization options.
6257 Return non-nil if user chooses to customize, for use in
6258 `kill-emacs-query-functions'.
6260 \(fn)" nil nil)
6262 (autoload 'custom-buffer-create "cus-edit" "\
6263 Create a buffer containing OPTIONS.
6264 Optional NAME is the name of the buffer.
6265 OPTIONS should be an alist of the form ((SYMBOL WIDGET)...), where
6266 SYMBOL is a customization option, and WIDGET is a widget for editing
6267 that option.
6268 DESCRIPTION is unused.
6270 \(fn OPTIONS &optional NAME DESCRIPTION)" nil nil)
6272 (autoload 'custom-buffer-create-other-window "cus-edit" "\
6273 Create a buffer containing OPTIONS, and display it in another window.
6274 The result includes selecting that window.
6275 Optional NAME is the name of the buffer.
6276 OPTIONS should be an alist of the form ((SYMBOL WIDGET)...), where
6277 SYMBOL is a customization option, and WIDGET is a widget for editing
6278 that option.
6279 DESCRIPTION is unused.
6281 \(fn OPTIONS &optional NAME DESCRIPTION)" nil nil)
6283 (autoload 'customize-browse "cus-edit" "\
6284 Create a tree browser for the customize hierarchy.
6286 \(fn &optional GROUP)" t nil)
6288 (defvar custom-file nil "\
6289 File used for storing customization information.
6290 The default is nil, which means to use your init file
6291 as specified by `user-init-file'. If the value is not nil,
6292 it should be an absolute file name.
6294 You can set this option through Custom, if you carefully read the
6295 last paragraph below. However, usually it is simpler to write
6296 something like the following in your init file:
6299 \(load custom-file)
6301 Note that both lines are necessary: the first line tells Custom to
6302 save all customizations in this file, but does not load it.
6304 When you change this variable outside Custom, look in the
6305 previous custom file (usually your init file) for the
6306 forms `(custom-set-variables ...)' and `(custom-set-faces ...)',
6307 and copy them (whichever ones you find) to the new custom file.
6308 This will preserve your existing customizations.
6310 If you save this option using Custom, Custom will write all
6311 currently saved customizations, including the new one for this
6312 option itself, into the file you specify, overwriting any
6313 `custom-set-variables' and `custom-set-faces' forms already
6314 present in that file. It will not delete any customizations from
6315 the old custom file. You should do that manually if that is what you
6317 in your init file, where CUSTOM-FILE is the actual name of the
6318 file. Otherwise, Emacs will not load the file when it starts up,
6319 and hence will not set `custom-file' to that file either.")
6321 (custom-autoload 'custom-file "cus-edit" t)
6323 (autoload 'custom-save-all "cus-edit" "\
6324 Save all customizations in `custom-file'.
6326 \(fn)" nil nil)
6328 (autoload 'customize-save-customized "cus-edit" "\
6329 Save all user options which have been set in this session.
6331 \(fn)" t nil)
6333 (autoload 'custom-menu-create "cus-edit" "\
6334 Create menu for customization group SYMBOL.
6335 The menu is in a format applicable to `easy-menu-define'.
6337 \(fn SYMBOL)" nil nil)
6339 (autoload 'customize-menu-create "cus-edit" "\
6340 Return a customize menu for customization group SYMBOL.
6341 If optional NAME is given, use that as the name of the menu.
6342 Otherwise the menu will be named `Customize'.
6343 The format is suitable for use with `easy-menu-define'.
6345 \(fn SYMBOL &optional NAME)" nil nil)
6347 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cus-edit" '("Custom-" "custom" "widget-")))
6349 ;;;***
6350 \f
6351 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cus-theme" "cus-theme.el" (0 0 0 0))
6352 ;;; Generated autoloads from cus-theme.el
6354 (autoload 'customize-create-theme "cus-theme" "\
6355 Create or edit a custom theme.
6356 THEME, if non-nil, should be an existing theme to edit. If THEME
6357 is `user', the resulting *Custom Theme* buffer also contains a
6358 checkbox for removing the theme settings specified in the buffer
6359 from the Custom save file.
6360 BUFFER, if non-nil, should be a buffer to use; the default is
6361 named *Custom Theme*.
6363 \(fn &optional THEME BUFFER)" t nil)
6365 (autoload 'custom-theme-visit-theme "cus-theme" "\
6366 Set up a Custom buffer to edit custom theme THEME.
6368 \(fn THEME)" t nil)
6370 (autoload 'describe-theme "cus-theme" "\
6371 Display a description of the Custom theme THEME (a symbol).
6373 \(fn THEME)" t nil)
6375 (autoload 'customize-themes "cus-theme" "\
6376 Display a selectable list of Custom themes.
6377 When called from Lisp, BUFFER should be the buffer to use; if
6378 omitted, a buffer named *Custom Themes* is used.
6380 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
6382 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cus-theme" '("custom-" "describe-theme-1")))
6384 ;;;***
6385 \f
6386 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cvs-status" "vc/cvs-status.el" (0 0 0 0))
6387 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/cvs-status.el
6389 (autoload 'cvs-status-mode "cvs-status" "\
6390 Mode used for cvs status output.
6392 \(fn)" t nil)
6394 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cvs-status" '("cvs-")))
6396 ;;;***
6397 \f
6398 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cwarn" "progmodes/cwarn.el" (0 0 0 0))
6399 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cwarn.el
6400 (push (purecopy '(cwarn 1 3 1)) package--builtin-versions)
6402 (autoload 'cwarn-mode "cwarn" "\
6403 Minor mode that highlights suspicious C and C++ constructions.
6405 Suspicious constructs are highlighted using `font-lock-warning-face'.
6407 Note, in addition to enabling this minor mode, the major mode must
6408 be included in the variable `cwarn-configuration'. By default C and
6409 C++ modes are included.
6411 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
6412 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
6413 if ARG is omitted or nil.
6415 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6417 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'turn-on-cwarn-mode 'cwarn-mode "24.1")
6419 (defvar global-cwarn-mode nil "\
6420 Non-nil if Global Cwarn mode is enabled.
6421 See the `global-cwarn-mode' command
6422 for a description of this minor mode.
6423 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
6424 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
6425 or call the function `global-cwarn-mode'.")
6427 (custom-autoload 'global-cwarn-mode "cwarn" nil)
6429 (autoload 'global-cwarn-mode "cwarn" "\
6430 Toggle Cwarn mode in all buffers.
6431 With prefix ARG, enable Global Cwarn mode if ARG is positive;
6432 otherwise, disable it. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if
6433 ARG is omitted or nil.
6435 Cwarn mode is enabled in all buffers where
6436 `turn-on-cwarn-mode-if-enabled' would do it.
6437 See `cwarn-mode' for more information on Cwarn mode.
6439 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6441 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cwarn" '("turn-on-cwarn-mode-if-enabled" "cwarn-")))
6443 ;;;***
6444 \f
6445 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cyril-util" "language/cyril-util.el" (0 0
6446 ;;;;;; 0 0))
6447 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/cyril-util.el
6449 (autoload 'cyrillic-encode-koi8-r-char "cyril-util" "\
6450 Return KOI8-R external character code of CHAR if appropriate.
6452 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
6454 (autoload 'cyrillic-encode-alternativnyj-char "cyril-util" "\
6455 Return ALTERNATIVNYJ external character code of CHAR if appropriate.
6457 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
6459 (autoload 'standard-display-cyrillic-translit "cyril-util" "\
6460 Display a cyrillic buffer using a transliteration.
6461 For readability, the table is slightly
6462 different from the one used for the input method `cyrillic-translit'.
6464 The argument is a string which specifies which language you are using;
6465 that affects the choice of transliterations slightly.
6466 Possible values are listed in `cyrillic-language-alist'.
6467 If the argument is t, we use the default cyrillic transliteration.
6468 If the argument is nil, we return the display table to its standard state.
6470 \(fn &optional CYRILLIC-LANGUAGE)" t nil)
6472 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cyril-util" '("cyrillic-language-alist")))
6474 ;;;***
6475 \f
6476 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dabbrev" "dabbrev.el" (0 0 0 0))
6477 ;;; Generated autoloads from dabbrev.el
6478 (put 'dabbrev-case-fold-search 'risky-local-variable t)
6479 (put 'dabbrev-case-replace 'risky-local-variable t)
6480 (define-key esc-map "/" 'dabbrev-expand)
6481 (define-key esc-map [?\C-/] 'dabbrev-completion)
6483 (autoload 'dabbrev-completion "dabbrev" "\
6484 Completion on current word.
6486 and presents suggestions for completion.
6488 With a prefix argument ARG, it searches all buffers accepted by the
6489 function pointed out by `dabbrev-friend-buffer-function' to find the
6490 completions.
6493 then it searches *all* buffers.
6495 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6497 (autoload 'dabbrev-expand "dabbrev" "\
6500 Expands to the most recent, preceding word for which this is a prefix.
6501 If no suitable preceding word is found, words following point are
6502 considered. If still no suitable word is found, then look in the
6503 buffers accepted by the function pointed out by variable
6504 `dabbrev-friend-buffer-function', if `dabbrev-check-other-buffers'
6505 says so. Then, if `dabbrev-check-all-buffers' is non-nil, look in
6506 all the other buffers, subject to constraints specified
6507 by `dabbrev-ignored-buffer-names' and `dabbrev-ignored-regexps'.
6509 A positive prefix argument, N, says to take the Nth backward *distinct*
6510 possibility. A negative argument says search forward.
6512 If the cursor has not moved from the end of the previous expansion and
6513 no argument is given, replace the previously-made expansion
6514 with the next possible expansion not yet tried.
6516 The variable `dabbrev-backward-only' may be used to limit the
6517 direction of search to backward if set non-nil.
6521 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
6523 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "dabbrev" '("dabbrev-")))
6525 ;;;***
6526 \f
6527 ;;;### (autoloads nil "data-debug" "cedet/data-debug.el" (0 0 0 0))
6528 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/data-debug.el
6530 (autoload 'data-debug-new-buffer "data-debug" "\
6531 Create a new data-debug buffer with NAME.
6533 \(fn NAME)" nil nil)
6535 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "data-debug" '("data-debug-")))
6537 ;;;***
6538 \f
6539 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dbus" "net/dbus.el" (0 0 0 0))
6540 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/dbus.el
6542 (autoload 'dbus-handle-event "dbus" "\
6543 Handle events from the D-Bus.
6544 EVENT is a D-Bus event, see `dbus-check-event'. HANDLER, being
6545 part of the event, is called with arguments ARGS.
6546 If the HANDLER returns a `dbus-error', it is propagated as return message.
6548 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
6550 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "dbus" '("dbus-")))
6552 ;;;***
6553 \f
6554 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dcl-mode" "progmodes/dcl-mode.el" (0 0 0 0))
6555 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/dcl-mode.el
6557 (autoload 'dcl-mode "dcl-mode" "\
6558 Major mode for editing DCL-files.
6560 This mode indents command lines in blocks. (A block is commands between
6561 THEN-ELSE-ENDIF and between lines matching dcl-block-begin-regexp and
6562 dcl-block-end-regexp.)
6564 Labels are indented to a fixed position unless they begin or end a block.
6565 Whole-line comments (matching dcl-comment-line-regexp) are not indented.
6566 Data lines are not indented.
6568 Key bindings:
6571 Commands not usually bound to keys:
6578 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
6580 dcl-basic-offset
6581 Extra indentation within blocks.
6583 dcl-continuation-offset
6584 Extra indentation for continued lines.
6586 dcl-margin-offset
6587 Indentation for the first command line in a file or SUBROUTINE.
6589 dcl-margin-label-offset
6590 Indentation for a label.
6592 dcl-comment-line-regexp
6593 Lines matching this regexp will not be indented.
6595 dcl-block-begin-regexp
6596 dcl-block-end-regexp
6597 Regexps that match command lines that begin and end, respectively,
6598 a block of command lines that will be given extra indentation.
6599 Command lines between THEN-ELSE-ENDIF are always indented; these variables
6600 make it possible to define other places to indent.
6601 Set to nil to disable this feature.
6603 dcl-calc-command-indent-function
6604 Can be set to a function that customizes indentation for command lines.
6605 Two such functions are included in the package:
6606 dcl-calc-command-indent-multiple
6607 dcl-calc-command-indent-hang
6609 dcl-calc-cont-indent-function
6610 Can be set to a function that customizes indentation for continued lines.
6611 One such function is included in the package:
6612 dcl-calc-cont-indent-relative (set by default)
6614 dcl-tab-always-indent
6615 If t, pressing TAB always indents the current line.
6616 If nil, pressing TAB indents the current line if point is at the left
6617 margin.
6619 dcl-electric-characters
6620 Non-nil causes lines to be indented at once when a label, ELSE or ENDIF is
6621 typed.
6623 dcl-electric-reindent-regexps
6624 Use this variable and function dcl-electric-character to customize
6625 which words trigger electric indentation.
6627 dcl-tempo-comma
6628 dcl-tempo-left-paren
6629 dcl-tempo-right-paren
6630 These variables control the look of expanded templates.
6632 dcl-imenu-generic-expression
6633 Default value for imenu-generic-expression. The default includes
6634 SUBROUTINE labels in the main listing and sub-listings for
6635 other labels, CALL, GOTO and GOSUB statements.
6637 dcl-imenu-label-labels
6638 dcl-imenu-label-goto
6639 dcl-imenu-label-gosub
6640 dcl-imenu-label-call
6641 Change the text that is used as sub-listing labels in imenu.
6643 Loading this package calls the value of the variable
6644 `dcl-mode-load-hook' with no args, if that value is non-nil.
6645 Turning on DCL mode calls the value of the variable `dcl-mode-hook'
6646 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
6649 The following example uses the default values for all variables:
6651 $! This is a comment line that is not indented (it matches
6652 $! dcl-comment-line-regexp)
6653 $! Next follows the first command line. It is indented dcl-margin-offset.
6654 $ i = 1
6655 $ ! Other comments are indented like command lines.
6656 $ ! A margin label indented dcl-margin-label-offset:
6657 $ label:
6658 $ if i.eq.1
6659 $ then
6660 $ ! Lines between THEN-ELSE and ELSE-ENDIF are
6661 $ ! indented dcl-basic-offset
6662 $ loop1: ! This matches dcl-block-begin-regexp...
6663 $ ! ...so this line is indented dcl-basic-offset
6666 $ type sys$input
6667 Data lines are not indented at all.
6668 $ endloop1: ! This matches dcl-block-end-regexp
6669 $ endif
6670 $
6673 There is some minimal font-lock support (see vars
6674 `dcl-font-lock-defaults' and `dcl-font-lock-keywords').
6676 \(fn)" t nil)
6678 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "dcl-mode" '("dcl-")))
6680 ;;;***
6681 \f
6682 ;;;### (autoloads nil "debug" "emacs-lisp/debug.el" (0 0 0 0))
6683 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/debug.el
6685 (setq debugger 'debug)
6687 (autoload 'debug "debug" "\
6689 Arguments are mainly for use when this is called from the internals
6690 of the evaluator.
6692 You may call with no args, or you may pass nil as the first arg and
6693 any other args you like. In that case, the list of args after the
6694 first will be printed into the backtrace buffer.
6696 \(fn &rest ARGS)" t nil)
6698 (autoload 'debug-on-entry "debug" "\
6699 Request FUNCTION to invoke debugger each time it is called.
6701 When called interactively, prompt for FUNCTION in the minibuffer.
6703 This works by modifying the definition of FUNCTION. If you tell the
6704 debugger to continue, FUNCTION's execution proceeds. If FUNCTION is a
6705 normal function or a macro written in Lisp, you can also step through
6706 its execution. FUNCTION can also be a primitive that is not a special
6707 form, in which case stepping is not possible. Break-on-entry for
6708 primitive functions only works when that function is called from Lisp.
6711 Redefining FUNCTION also cancels it.
6713 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
6715 (autoload 'cancel-debug-on-entry "debug" "\
6717 If FUNCTION is nil, cancel debug-on-entry for all functions.
6718 When called interactively, prompt for FUNCTION in the minibuffer.
6719 To specify a nil argument interactively, exit with an empty minibuffer.
6721 \(fn &optional FUNCTION)" t nil)
6723 (autoload 'debug-on-variable-change "debug" "\
6724 Trigger a debugger invocation when VARIABLE is changed.
6726 When called interactively, prompt for VARIABLE in the minibuffer.
6728 This works by calling `add-variable-watch' on VARIABLE. If you
6729 quit from the debugger, this will abort the change (unless the
6730 change is caused by the termination of a let-binding).
6732 The watchpoint may be circumvented by C code that changes the
6733 variable directly (i.e., not via `set'). Changing the value of
6734 the variable (e.g., `setcar' on a list variable) will not trigger
6735 watchpoint.
6738 this command. Uninterning VARIABLE or making it an alias of
6739 another symbol also cancels it.
6741 \(fn VARIABLE)" t nil)
6743 (defalias 'debug-watch #'debug-on-variable-change)
6745 (autoload 'cancel-debug-on-variable-change "debug" "\
6747 If VARIABLE is nil, cancel debug-on-variable-change for all variables.
6748 When called interactively, prompt for VARIABLE in the minibuffer.
6749 To specify a nil argument interactively, exit with an empty minibuffer.
6751 \(fn &optional VARIABLE)" t nil)
6753 (defalias 'cancel-debug-watch #'cancel-debug-on-variable-change)
6755 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "debug" '("debug" "inhibit-debug-on-entry")))
6757 ;;;***
6758 \f
6759 ;;;### (autoloads nil "decipher" "play/decipher.el" (0 0 0 0))
6760 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/decipher.el
6762 (autoload 'decipher "decipher" "\
6763 Format a buffer of ciphertext for cryptanalysis and enter Decipher mode.
6765 \(fn)" t nil)
6767 (autoload 'decipher-mode "decipher" "\
6768 Major mode for decrypting monoalphabetic substitution ciphers.
6769 Lower-case letters enter plaintext.
6770 Upper-case letters are commands.
6772 The buffer is made read-only so that normal Emacs commands cannot
6773 modify it.
6775 The most useful commands are:
6779 \\[decipher-adjacency-list] Show adjacency list for current letter (lists letters appearing next to it)
6783 \(fn)" t nil)
6785 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "decipher" '("decipher-")))
6787 ;;;***
6788 \f
6789 ;;;### (autoloads nil "delim-col" "delim-col.el" (0 0 0 0))
6790 ;;; Generated autoloads from delim-col.el
6791 (push (purecopy '(delim-col 2 1)) package--builtin-versions)
6793 (autoload 'delimit-columns-customize "delim-col" "\
6794 Customization of `columns' group.
6796 \(fn)" t nil)
6798 (autoload 'delimit-columns-region "delim-col" "\
6799 Prettify all columns in a text region.
6801 START and END delimits the text region.
6803 \(fn START END)" t nil)
6805 (autoload 'delimit-columns-rectangle "delim-col" "\
6806 Prettify all columns in a text rectangle.
6808 START and END delimits the corners of text rectangle.
6810 \(fn START END)" t nil)
6812 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "delim-col" '("delimit-columns-")))
6814 ;;;***
6815 \f
6816 ;;;### (autoloads nil "delsel" "delsel.el" (0 0 0 0))
6817 ;;; Generated autoloads from delsel.el
6819 (defalias 'pending-delete-mode 'delete-selection-mode)
6821 (defvar delete-selection-mode nil "\
6822 Non-nil if Delete-Selection mode is enabled.
6823 See the `delete-selection-mode' command
6824 for a description of this minor mode.
6825 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
6826 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
6827 or call the function `delete-selection-mode'.")
6829 (custom-autoload 'delete-selection-mode "delsel" nil)
6831 (autoload 'delete-selection-mode "delsel" "\
6832 Toggle Delete Selection mode.
6833 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Delete Selection mode if ARG
6834 is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
6835 enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
6837 When Delete Selection mode is enabled, typed text replaces the selection
6838 if the selection is active. Otherwise, typed text is just inserted at
6839 point regardless of any selection. Also, commands that normally delete
6840 just one character will delete the entire selection instead.
6842 See `delete-selection-helper' and `delete-selection-pre-hook' for
6843 information on adapting behavior of commands in Delete Selection mode.
6845 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6847 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "delsel" '("del" "minibuffer-keyboard-quit")))
6849 ;;;***
6850 \f
6851 ;;;### (autoloads nil "derived" "emacs-lisp/derived.el" (0 0 0 0))
6852 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/derived.el
6854 (autoload 'define-derived-mode "derived" "\
6855 Create a new mode as a variant of an existing mode.
6857 The arguments to this command are as follow:
6859 CHILD: the name of the command for the derived mode.
6860 PARENT: the name of the command for the parent mode (e.g. `text-mode')
6861 or nil if there is no parent.
6863 DOCSTRING: an optional documentation string--if you do not supply one,
6864 the function will attempt to invent something useful.
6865 BODY: forms to execute just before running the
6866 hooks for the new mode. Do not use `interactive' here.
6868 BODY can start with a bunch of keyword arguments. The following keyword
6869 arguments are currently understood:
6870 :group GROUP
6871 Declare the customization group that corresponds to this mode.
6872 The command `customize-mode' uses this.
6873 :syntax-table TABLE
6874 Use TABLE instead of the default (CHILD-syntax-table).
6875 A nil value means to simply use the same syntax-table as the parent.
6876 :abbrev-table TABLE
6877 Use TABLE instead of the default (CHILD-abbrev-table).
6878 A nil value means to simply use the same abbrev-table as the parent.
6879 :after-hook FORM
6880 A single lisp form which is evaluated after the mode hooks have been
6881 run. It should not be quoted.
6883 Here is how you could define LaTeX-Thesis mode as a variant of LaTeX mode:
6887 You could then make new key bindings for `LaTeX-thesis-mode-map'
6888 without changing regular LaTeX mode. In this example, BODY is empty,
6889 and DOCSTRING is generated by default.
6891 On a more complicated level, the following command uses `sgml-mode' as
6892 the parent, and then sets the variable `case-fold-search' to nil:
6896 (setq case-fold-search nil))
6898 Note that if the documentation string had been left out, it would have
6899 been generated automatically, with a reference to the keymap.
6901 The new mode runs the hook constructed by the function
6902 `derived-mode-hook-name'.
6904 See Info node `(elisp)Derived Modes' for more details.
6906 \(fn CHILD PARENT NAME &optional DOCSTRING &rest BODY)" nil t)
6908 (function-put 'define-derived-mode 'doc-string-elt '4)
6910 (autoload 'derived-mode-init-mode-variables "derived" "\
6911 Initialize variables for a new MODE.
6912 Right now, if they don't already exist, set up a blank keymap, an
6913 empty syntax table, and an empty abbrev table -- these will be merged
6914 the first time the mode is used.
6916 \(fn MODE)" nil nil)
6918 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "derived" '("derived-mode-")))
6920 ;;;***
6921 \f
6922 ;;;### (autoloads nil "descr-text" "descr-text.el" (0 0 0 0))
6923 ;;; Generated autoloads from descr-text.el
6925 (autoload 'describe-text-properties "descr-text" "\
6926 Describe widgets, buttons, overlays, and text properties at POS.
6927 POS is taken to be in BUFFER or in current buffer if nil.
6928 Interactively, describe them for the character after point.
6929 If optional second argument OUTPUT-BUFFER is non-nil,
6930 insert the output into that buffer, and don't initialize or clear it
6931 otherwise.
6933 \(fn POS &optional OUTPUT-BUFFER BUFFER)" t nil)
6935 (autoload 'describe-char "descr-text" "\
6936 Describe position POS (interactively, point) and the char after POS.
6937 POS is taken to be in BUFFER, or the current buffer if BUFFER is nil.
6938 The information is displayed in buffer `*Help*'.
6940 The position information includes POS; the total size of BUFFER; the
6941 region limits, if narrowed; the column number; and the horizontal
6942 scroll amount, if the buffer is horizontally scrolled.
6944 The character information includes the character code; charset and
6945 code points in it; syntax; category; how the character is encoded in
6946 BUFFER and in BUFFER's file; character composition information (if
6947 relevant); the font and font glyphs used to display the character;
6948 the character's canonical name and other properties defined by the
6949 Unicode Data Base; and widgets, buttons, overlays, and text properties
6950 relevant to POS.
6952 \(fn POS &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
6954 (autoload 'describe-char-eldoc "descr-text" "\
6955 Return a description of character at point for use by ElDoc mode.
6957 Return nil if character at point is a printable ASCII
6958 character (i.e. codepoint between 32 and 127 inclusively).
6959 Otherwise return a description formatted by
6960 `describe-char-eldoc--format' function taking into account value
6961 of `eldoc-echo-area-use-multiline-p' variable and width of
6962 minibuffer window for width limit.
6964 This function is meant to be used as a value of
6965 `eldoc-documentation-function' variable.
6967 \(fn)" nil nil)
6969 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "descr-text" '("describe-")))
6971 ;;;***
6972 \f
6973 ;;;### (autoloads nil "desktop" "desktop.el" (0 0 0 0))
6974 ;;; Generated autoloads from desktop.el
6976 (defvar desktop-save-mode nil "\
6977 Non-nil if Desktop-Save mode is enabled.
6978 See the `desktop-save-mode' command
6979 for a description of this minor mode.
6980 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
6981 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
6982 or call the function `desktop-save-mode'.")
6984 (custom-autoload 'desktop-save-mode "desktop" nil)
6986 (autoload 'desktop-save-mode "desktop" "\
6987 Toggle desktop saving (Desktop Save mode).
6988 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Desktop Save mode if ARG is positive,
6989 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if ARG
6990 is omitted or nil.
6992 When Desktop Save mode is enabled, the state of Emacs is saved from
6993 one session to another. In particular, Emacs will save the desktop when
6994 it exits (this may prompt you; see the option `desktop-save'). The next
6995 time Emacs starts, if this mode is active it will restore the desktop.
7000 Once a desktop file exists, Emacs will auto-save it according to the
7001 option `desktop-auto-save-timeout'.
7003 To see all the options you can set, browse the `desktop' customization group.
7005 For further details, see info node `(emacs)Saving Emacs Sessions'.
7007 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7009 (defvar desktop-locals-to-save '(desktop-locals-to-save truncate-lines case-fold-search case-replace fill-column overwrite-mode change-log-default-name line-number-mode column-number-mode size-indication-mode buffer-file-coding-system buffer-display-time indent-tabs-mode tab-width indicate-buffer-boundaries indicate-empty-lines show-trailing-whitespace) "\
7010 List of local variables to save for each buffer.
7011 The variables are saved only when they really are local. Conventional minor
7012 modes are restored automatically; they should not be listed here.")
7014 (custom-autoload 'desktop-locals-to-save "desktop" t)
7016 (defvar-local desktop-save-buffer nil "\
7017 When non-nil, save buffer status in desktop file.
7019 If the value is a function, it is called by `desktop-save' with argument
7020 DESKTOP-DIRNAME to obtain auxiliary information to save in the desktop
7021 file along with the state of the buffer for which it was called.
7023 When file names are returned, they should be formatted using the call
7026 Later, when `desktop-read' evaluates the desktop file, auxiliary information
7027 is passed as the argument DESKTOP-BUFFER-MISC to functions in
7028 `desktop-buffer-mode-handlers'.")
7030 (defvar desktop-buffer-mode-handlers nil "\
7031 Alist of major mode specific functions to restore a desktop buffer.
7032 Functions listed are called by `desktop-create-buffer' when `desktop-read'
7033 evaluates the desktop file. List elements must have the form
7035 (MAJOR-MODE . RESTORE-BUFFER-FUNCTION).
7037 Buffers with a major mode not specified here, are restored by the default
7038 handler `desktop-restore-file-buffer'.
7040 Handlers are called with argument list
7042 (DESKTOP-BUFFER-FILE-NAME DESKTOP-BUFFER-NAME DESKTOP-BUFFER-MISC)
7044 Furthermore, they may use the following variables:
7046 `desktop-file-version'
7047 `desktop-buffer-major-mode'
7048 `desktop-buffer-minor-modes'
7049 `desktop-buffer-point'
7050 `desktop-buffer-mark'
7051 `desktop-buffer-read-only'
7052 `desktop-buffer-locals'
7054 If a handler returns a buffer, then the saved mode settings
7055 and variable values for that buffer are copied into it.
7057 Modules that define a major mode that needs a special handler should contain
7058 code like
7060 (defun foo-restore-desktop-buffer
7061 ...
7065 The major mode function must either be autoloaded, or of the form
7067 can guess how to load the mode's definition.")
7069 (put 'desktop-buffer-mode-handlers 'risky-local-variable t)
7071 (defvar desktop-minor-mode-handlers nil "\
7072 Alist of functions to restore non-standard minor modes.
7073 Functions are called by `desktop-create-buffer' to restore minor modes.
7074 List elements must have the form
7076 (MINOR-MODE . RESTORE-FUNCTION).
7078 Minor modes not specified here, are restored by the standard minor mode
7079 function.
7081 Handlers are called with argument list
7083 (DESKTOP-BUFFER-LOCALS)
7085 Furthermore, they may use the following variables:
7087 `desktop-file-version'
7088 `desktop-buffer-file-name'
7089 `desktop-buffer-name'
7090 `desktop-buffer-major-mode'
7091 `desktop-buffer-minor-modes'
7092 `desktop-buffer-point'
7093 `desktop-buffer-mark'
7094 `desktop-buffer-read-only'
7095 `desktop-buffer-misc'
7097 When a handler is called, the buffer has been created and the major mode has
7098 been set, but local variables listed in desktop-buffer-locals has not yet been
7099 created and set.
7101 Modules that define a minor mode that needs a special handler should contain
7102 code like
7104 (defun foo-desktop-restore
7105 ...
7109 The minor mode function must either be autoloaded, or of the form
7111 can guess how to load the mode's definition.
7113 See also `desktop-minor-mode-table'.")
7115 (put 'desktop-minor-mode-handlers 'risky-local-variable t)
7117 (autoload 'desktop-clear "desktop" "\
7118 Empty the Desktop.
7119 This kills all buffers except for internal ones and those with names matched by
7120 a regular expression in the list `desktop-clear-preserve-buffers'.
7121 Furthermore, it clears the variables listed in `desktop-globals-to-clear'.
7122 When called interactively and `desktop-restore-frames' is non-nil, it also
7123 deletes all frames except the selected one (and its minibuffer frame,
7124 if different).
7126 \(fn)" t nil)
7128 (autoload 'desktop-save "desktop" "\
7129 Save the desktop in a desktop file.
7130 Parameter DIRNAME specifies where to save the desktop file.
7131 Optional parameter RELEASE says whether we're done with this
7132 desktop. If ONLY-IF-CHANGED is non-nil, compare the current
7133 desktop information to that in the desktop file, and if the
7134 desktop information has not changed since it was last saved then
7135 do not rewrite the file.
7137 This function can save the desktop in either format version
7138 208 (which only Emacs 25.1 and later can read) or version
7139 206 (which is readable by any Emacs from version 22.1 onwards).
7140 By default, it will use the same format the desktop file had when
7141 it was last saved, or version 208 when writing a fresh desktop
7142 file.
7144 To upgrade a version 206 file to version 208, call this command
7145 explicitly with a bare prefix argument: C-u M-x desktop-save.
7146 You are recommended to do this once you have firmly upgraded to
7147 Emacs 25.1 (or later). To downgrade a version 208 file to version
7148 206, use a double command prefix: C-u C-u M-x desktop-save.
7149 Confirmation will be requested in either case. In a non-interactive
7150 call, VERSION can be given as an integer, either 206 or 208, which
7151 will be accepted as the format version in which to save the file
7152 without further confirmation.
7154 \(fn DIRNAME &optional RELEASE ONLY-IF-CHANGED VERSION)" t nil)
7156 (autoload 'desktop-remove "desktop" "\
7157 Delete desktop file in `desktop-dirname'.
7158 This function also sets `desktop-dirname' to nil.
7160 \(fn)" t nil)
7162 (autoload 'desktop-read "desktop" "\
7163 Read and process the desktop file in directory DIRNAME.
7164 Look for a desktop file in DIRNAME, or if DIRNAME is omitted, look in
7165 directories listed in `desktop-path'. If a desktop file is found, it
7166 is processed and `desktop-after-read-hook' is run. If no desktop file
7167 is found, clear the desktop and run `desktop-no-desktop-file-hook'.
7168 This function is a no-op when Emacs is running in batch mode.
7169 It returns t if a desktop file was loaded, nil otherwise.
7171 \(fn &optional DIRNAME)" t nil)
7173 (autoload 'desktop-load-default "desktop" "\
7174 Load the `default' start-up library manually.
7175 Also inhibit further loading of it.
7177 \(fn)" nil nil)
7179 (make-obsolete 'desktop-load-default 'desktop-save-mode '"22.1")
7181 (autoload 'desktop-change-dir "desktop" "\
7182 Change to desktop saved in DIRNAME.
7183 Kill the desktop as specified by variables `desktop-save-mode' and
7184 `desktop-save', then clear the desktop and load the desktop file in
7185 directory DIRNAME.
7187 \(fn DIRNAME)" t nil)
7189 (autoload 'desktop-save-in-desktop-dir "desktop" "\
7190 Save the desktop in directory `desktop-dirname'.
7192 \(fn)" t nil)
7194 (autoload 'desktop-revert "desktop" "\
7195 Revert to the last loaded desktop.
7197 \(fn)" t nil)
7199 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "desktop" '("desktop-")))
7201 ;;;***
7202 \f
7203 ;;;### (autoloads nil "deuglify" "gnus/deuglify.el" (0 0 0 0))
7204 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/deuglify.el
7206 (autoload 'gnus-article-outlook-unwrap-lines "deuglify" "\
7207 Unwrap lines that appear to be wrapped citation lines.
7208 You can control what lines will be unwrapped by frobbing
7209 `gnus-outlook-deuglify-unwrap-min' and `gnus-outlook-deuglify-unwrap-max',
7210 indicating the minimum and maximum length of an unwrapped citation line. If
7211 NODISPLAY is non-nil, don't redisplay the article buffer.
7213 \(fn &optional NODISPLAY)" t nil)
7215 (autoload 'gnus-article-outlook-repair-attribution "deuglify" "\
7216 Repair a broken attribution line.
7217 If NODISPLAY is non-nil, don't redisplay the article buffer.
7219 \(fn &optional NODISPLAY)" t nil)
7221 (autoload 'gnus-outlook-deuglify-article "deuglify" "\
7222 Full deuglify of broken Outlook (Express) articles.
7223 Treat dumbquotes, unwrap lines, repair attribution and rearrange citation. If
7224 NODISPLAY is non-nil, don't redisplay the article buffer.
7226 \(fn &optional NODISPLAY)" t nil)
7228 (autoload 'gnus-article-outlook-deuglify-article "deuglify" "\
7229 Deuglify broken Outlook (Express) articles and redisplay.
7231 \(fn)" t nil)
7233 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "deuglify" '("gnus-")))
7235 ;;;***
7236 \f
7237 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dframe" "dframe.el" (0 0 0 0))
7238 ;;; Generated autoloads from dframe.el
7240 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "dframe" '("dframe-")))
7242 ;;;***
7243 \f
7244 ;;;### (autoloads nil "diary-lib" "calendar/diary-lib.el" (0 0 0
7245 ;;;;;; 0))
7246 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/diary-lib.el
7248 (autoload 'diary "diary-lib" "\
7249 Generate the diary window for ARG days starting with the current date.
7250 If no argument is provided, the number of days of diary entries is governed
7251 by the variable `diary-number-of-entries'. A value of ARG less than 1
7252 does nothing. This function is suitable for execution in an init file.
7254 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7256 (autoload 'diary-mail-entries "diary-lib" "\
7257 Send a mail message showing diary entries for next NDAYS days.
7258 If no prefix argument is given, NDAYS is set to `diary-mail-days'.
7259 Mail is sent to the address specified by `diary-mail-addr'.
7261 Here is an example of a script to call `diary-mail-entries',
7262 suitable for regular scheduling using cron (or at). Note that
7263 since `emacs -script' does not load your init file, you should
7264 ensure that all relevant variables are set.
7266 #!/usr/bin/emacs -script
7267 ;; diary-rem.el - run the Emacs diary-reminder
7269 \(setq diary-mail-days 3
7274 \(diary-mail-entries)
7276 # diary-rem.el ends here
7278 \(fn &optional NDAYS)" t nil)
7280 (autoload 'diary-mode "diary-lib" "\
7281 Major mode for editing the diary file.
7283 \(fn)" t nil)
7285 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "diary-lib" '("diary-" "calendar-mark-")))
7287 ;;;***
7288 \f
7289 ;;;### (autoloads nil "diff" "vc/diff.el" (0 0 0 0))
7290 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/diff.el
7292 (defvar diff-switches (purecopy "-u") "\
7293 A string or list of strings specifying switches to be passed to diff.")
7295 (custom-autoload 'diff-switches "diff" t)
7297 (defvar diff-command (purecopy "diff") "\
7298 The command to use to run diff.")
7300 (custom-autoload 'diff-command "diff" t)
7302 (autoload 'diff "diff" "\
7303 Find and display the differences between OLD and NEW files.
7304 When called interactively, read NEW, then OLD, using the
7305 minibuffer. The default for NEW is the current buffer's file
7306 name, and the default for OLD is a backup file for NEW, if one
7307 exists. If NO-ASYNC is non-nil, call diff synchronously.
7309 When called interactively with a prefix argument, prompt
7310 interactively for diff switches. Otherwise, the switches
7311 specified in the variable `diff-switches' are passed to the diff command.
7313 \(fn OLD NEW &optional SWITCHES NO-ASYNC)" t nil)
7315 (autoload 'diff-backup "diff" "\
7316 Diff this file with its backup file or vice versa.
7317 Uses the latest backup, if there are several numerical backups.
7318 If this file is a backup, diff it with its original.
7319 The backup file is the first file given to `diff'.
7320 With prefix arg, prompt for diff switches.
7322 \(fn FILE &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
7324 (autoload 'diff-latest-backup-file "diff" "\
7325 Return the latest existing backup of FILE, or nil.
7327 \(fn FN)" nil nil)
7329 (autoload 'diff-buffer-with-file "diff" "\
7330 View the differences between BUFFER and its associated file.
7331 This requires the external program `diff' to be in your `exec-path'.
7333 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
7335 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "diff" '("diff-")))
7337 ;;;***
7338 \f
7339 ;;;### (autoloads nil "diff-mode" "vc/diff-mode.el" (0 0 0 0))
7340 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/diff-mode.el
7342 (autoload 'diff-mode "diff-mode" "\
7343 Major mode for viewing/editing context diffs.
7344 Supports unified and context diffs as well as (to a lesser extent)
7345 normal diffs.
7347 When the buffer is read-only, the ESC prefix is not necessary.
7348 If you edit the buffer manually, diff-mode will try to update the hunk
7349 headers for you on-the-fly.
7357 \(fn)" t nil)
7359 (autoload 'diff-minor-mode "diff-mode" "\
7360 Toggle Diff minor mode.
7361 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Diff minor mode if ARG is
7362 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
7363 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
7367 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7369 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "diff-mode" '("diff-")))
7371 ;;;***
7372 \f
7373 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dig" "net/dig.el" (0 0 0 0))
7374 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/dig.el
7376 (autoload 'dig "dig" "\
7377 Query addresses of a DOMAIN using dig, by calling `dig-invoke'.
7378 Optional arguments are passed to `dig-invoke'.
7380 \(fn DOMAIN &optional QUERY-TYPE QUERY-CLASS QUERY-OPTION DIG-OPTION SERVER)" t nil)
7382 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "dig" '("query-dig" "dig-")))
7384 ;;;***
7385 \f
7386 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dired" "dired.el" (0 0 0 0))
7387 ;;; Generated autoloads from dired.el
7389 (defvar dired-listing-switches (purecopy "-al") "\
7390 Switches passed to `ls' for Dired. MUST contain the `l' option.
7391 May contain all other options that don't contradict `-l';
7392 may contain even `F', `b', `i' and `s'. See also the variable
7393 `dired-ls-F-marks-symlinks' concerning the `F' switch.
7394 Options that include embedded whitespace must be quoted
7396 `combine-and-quote-strings' to produce the correct quoting of
7397 each option.
7398 On systems such as MS-DOS and MS-Windows, which use `ls' emulation in Lisp,
7399 some of the `ls' switches are not supported; see the doc string of
7400 `insert-directory' in `ls-lisp.el' for more details.")
7402 (custom-autoload 'dired-listing-switches "dired" t)
7404 (defvar dired-directory nil "\
7405 The directory name or wildcard spec that this Dired directory lists.
7406 Local to each Dired buffer. May be a list, in which case the car is the
7407 directory name and the cdr is the list of files to mention.
7408 The directory name must be absolute, but need not be fully expanded.")
7409 (define-key ctl-x-map "d" 'dired)
7411 (autoload 'dired "dired" "\
7413 Optional second argument SWITCHES specifies the `ls' options used.
7414 \(Interactively, use a prefix argument to be able to specify SWITCHES.)
7416 If DIRNAME is a string, Dired displays a list of files in DIRNAME (which
7417 may also have shell wildcards appended to select certain files).
7419 If DIRNAME is a cons, its first element is taken as the directory name
7420 and the rest as an explicit list of files to make directory entries for.
7421 In this case, SWITCHES are applied to each of the files separately, and
7422 therefore switches that control the order of the files in the produced
7423 listing have no effect.
7429 If DIRNAME is already in a Dired buffer, that buffer is used without refresh.
7431 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
7432 (define-key ctl-x-4-map "d" 'dired-other-window)
7434 (autoload 'dired-other-window "dired" "\
7437 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
7438 (define-key ctl-x-5-map "d" 'dired-other-frame)
7440 (autoload 'dired-other-frame "dired" "\
7443 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
7445 (autoload 'dired-noselect "dired" "\
7446 Like `dired' but returns the Dired buffer as value, does not select it.
7448 \(fn DIR-OR-LIST &optional SWITCHES)" nil nil)
7450 (autoload 'dired-mode "dired" "\
7453 (optionally) its subdirectories, in the format of `ls -lR'.
7456 compress, load or byte-compile them, change their file attributes
7459 by file or all files matching certain criteria.
7461 The buffer is read-only. Digits are prefix arguments.
7464 Most commands operate on the marked files and use the current file
7465 if no files are marked. Use a numeric prefix argument to operate on
7466 the next ARG (or previous -ARG if ARG<0) files, or just `1'
7467 to operate on the current file only. Prefix arguments override marks.
7469 to see why something went wrong.
7474 (or dired it in another buffer, if it is a directory).
7481 This retains all marks and hides subdirs again that were hidden before.
7482 Use `SPC' and `DEL' to move down and up by lines.
7485 directories again, type \\[dired-do-redisplay] to relist the file at point or the marked files or a
7487 again for the directory tree.
7490 for more info):
7492 `dired-listing-switches'
7493 `dired-trivial-filenames'
7494 `dired-marker-char'
7495 `dired-del-marker'
7496 `dired-keep-marker-rename'
7497 `dired-keep-marker-copy'
7498 `dired-keep-marker-hardlink'
7499 `dired-keep-marker-symlink'
7503 `dired-before-readin-hook'
7504 `dired-after-readin-hook'
7505 `dired-mode-hook'
7506 `dired-load-hook'
7508 Keybindings:
7511 \(fn &optional DIRNAME SWITCHES)" nil nil)
7512 (put 'dired-find-alternate-file 'disabled t)
7514 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "dired" '("dired-")))
7516 ;;;***
7517 \f
7518 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "dired-aux" "dired-aux.el"
7519 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
7520 ;;; Generated autoloads from dired-aux.el
7522 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "dired-aux" '("dired-" "minibuffer-default-add-dired-shell-commands")))
7524 ;;;***
7525 \f
7526 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "dired-x" "dired-x.el"
7527 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
7528 ;;; Generated autoloads from dired-x.el
7530 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "dired-x" '("dired-" "virtual-dired")))
7532 ;;;***
7533 \f
7534 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dirtrack" "dirtrack.el" (0 0 0 0))
7535 ;;; Generated autoloads from dirtrack.el
7537 (autoload 'dirtrack-mode "dirtrack" "\
7538 Toggle directory tracking in shell buffers (Dirtrack mode).
7539 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Dirtrack mode if ARG is
7540 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
7541 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
7543 This method requires that your shell prompt contain the current
7544 working directory at all times, and that you set the variable
7545 `dirtrack-list' to match the prompt.
7547 This is an alternative to `shell-dirtrack-mode', which works by
7548 tracking `cd' and similar commands which change the shell working
7549 directory.
7551 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7553 (autoload 'dirtrack "dirtrack" "\
7554 Determine the current directory from the process output for a prompt.
7555 This filter function is used by `dirtrack-mode'. It looks for
7556 the prompt specified by `dirtrack-list', and calls
7557 `shell-process-cd' if the directory seems to have changed away
7558 from `default-directory'.
7560 \(fn INPUT)" nil nil)
7562 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "dirtrack" '("dirtrack-")))
7564 ;;;***
7565 \f
7566 ;;;### (autoloads nil "disass" "emacs-lisp/disass.el" (0 0 0 0))
7567 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/disass.el
7569 (autoload 'disassemble "disass" "\
7570 Print disassembled code for OBJECT in (optional) BUFFER.
7571 OBJECT can be a symbol defined as a function, or a function itself
7572 \(a lambda expression or a compiled-function object).
7573 If OBJECT is not already compiled, we compile it, but do not
7574 redefine OBJECT if it is a symbol.
7576 \(fn OBJECT &optional BUFFER INDENT INTERACTIVE-P)" t nil)
7578 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "disass" '("disassemble-")))
7580 ;;;***
7581 \f
7582 ;;;### (autoloads nil "disp-table" "disp-table.el" (0 0 0 0))
7583 ;;; Generated autoloads from disp-table.el
7585 (autoload 'make-display-table "disp-table" "\
7586 Return a new, empty display table.
7588 \(fn)" nil nil)
7590 (autoload 'display-table-slot "disp-table" "\
7591 Return the value of the extra slot in DISPLAY-TABLE named SLOT.
7592 SLOT may be a number from 0 to 5 inclusive, or a slot name (symbol).
7593 Valid symbols are `truncation', `wrap', `escape', `control',
7594 `selective-display', and `vertical-border'.
7596 \(fn DISPLAY-TABLE SLOT)" nil nil)
7598 (autoload 'set-display-table-slot "disp-table" "\
7599 Set the value of the extra slot in DISPLAY-TABLE named SLOT to VALUE.
7600 SLOT may be a number from 0 to 5 inclusive, or a name (symbol).
7601 Valid symbols are `truncation', `wrap', `escape', `control',
7602 `selective-display', and `vertical-border'.
7604 \(fn DISPLAY-TABLE SLOT VALUE)" nil nil)
7606 (autoload 'describe-display-table "disp-table" "\
7607 Describe the display table DT in a help buffer.
7609 \(fn DT)" nil nil)
7611 (autoload 'describe-current-display-table "disp-table" "\
7612 Describe the display table in use in the selected window and buffer.
7614 \(fn)" t nil)
7616 (autoload 'standard-display-8bit "disp-table" "\
7617 Display characters representing raw bytes in the range L to H literally.
7619 On a terminal display, each character in the range is displayed
7620 by sending the corresponding byte directly to the terminal.
7622 On a graphic display, each character in the range is displayed
7623 using the default font by a glyph whose code is the corresponding
7624 byte.
7626 Note that ASCII printable characters (SPC to TILDA) are displayed
7627 in the default way after this call.
7629 \(fn L H)" nil nil)
7631 (autoload 'standard-display-default "disp-table" "\
7632 Display characters in the range L to H using the default notation.
7634 \(fn L H)" nil nil)
7636 (autoload 'standard-display-ascii "disp-table" "\
7637 Display character C using printable string S.
7639 \(fn C S)" nil nil)
7641 (autoload 'standard-display-g1 "disp-table" "\
7642 Display character C as character SC in the g1 character set.
7643 This function assumes that your terminal uses the SO/SI characters;
7644 it is meaningless for an X frame.
7646 \(fn C SC)" nil nil)
7648 (autoload 'standard-display-graphic "disp-table" "\
7649 Display character C as character GC in graphics character set.
7650 This function assumes VT100-compatible escapes; it is meaningless for an
7651 X frame.
7653 \(fn C GC)" nil nil)
7655 (autoload 'standard-display-underline "disp-table" "\
7656 Display character C as character UC plus underlining.
7658 \(fn C UC)" nil nil)
7660 (autoload 'create-glyph "disp-table" "\
7661 Allocate a glyph code to display by sending STRING to the terminal.
7663 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
7665 (autoload 'make-glyph-code "disp-table" "\
7666 Return a glyph code representing char CHAR with face FACE.
7668 \(fn CHAR &optional FACE)" nil nil)
7670 (autoload 'glyph-char "disp-table" "\
7671 Return the character of glyph code GLYPH.
7673 \(fn GLYPH)" nil nil)
7675 (autoload 'glyph-face "disp-table" "\
7676 Return the face of glyph code GLYPH, or nil if glyph has default face.
7678 \(fn GLYPH)" nil nil)
7680 (autoload 'standard-display-european "disp-table" "\
7681 Semi-obsolete way to toggle display of ISO 8859 European characters.
7683 This function is semi-obsolete; you probably don't need it, or else you
7684 probably should use `set-language-environment' or `set-locale-environment'.
7686 This function enables European character display if ARG is positive,
7687 disables it if negative. Otherwise, it toggles European character display.
7689 When this mode is enabled, characters in the range of 160 to 255
7690 display not as octal escapes, but as accented characters. Codes 146
7691 and 160 display as apostrophe and space, even though they are not the
7692 ASCII codes for apostrophe and space.
7694 Enabling European character display with this command noninteractively
7695 from Lisp code also selects Latin-1 as the language environment.
7696 This provides increased compatibility for users who call this function
7697 in `.emacs'.
7699 \(fn ARG)" nil nil)
7701 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "disp-table" '("display-table-print-array")))
7703 ;;;***
7704 \f
7705 ;;;### (autoloads nil "display-line-numbers" "display-line-numbers.el"
7706 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
7707 ;;; Generated autoloads from display-line-numbers.el
7709 (autoload 'display-line-numbers-mode "display-line-numbers" "\
7710 Toggle display of line numbers in the buffer.
7711 This uses `display-line-numbers' internally.
7713 To change the type of line numbers displayed by default,
7714 customize `display-line-numbers-type'. To change the type while
7715 the mode is on, set `display-line-numbers' directly.
7717 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7719 (defvar global-display-line-numbers-mode nil "\
7720 Non-nil if Global Display-Line-Numbers mode is enabled.
7721 See the `global-display-line-numbers-mode' command
7722 for a description of this minor mode.
7723 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
7724 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
7725 or call the function `global-display-line-numbers-mode'.")
7727 (custom-autoload 'global-display-line-numbers-mode "display-line-numbers" nil)
7729 (autoload 'global-display-line-numbers-mode "display-line-numbers" "\
7730 Toggle Display-Line-Numbers mode in all buffers.
7731 With prefix ARG, enable Global Display-Line-Numbers mode if ARG is positive;
7732 otherwise, disable it. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if
7733 ARG is omitted or nil.
7735 Display-Line-Numbers mode is enabled in all buffers where
7736 `display-line-numbers--turn-on' would do it.
7737 See `display-line-numbers-mode' for more information on Display-Line-Numbers mode.
7739 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7741 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "display-line-numbers" '("display-line-numbers-")))
7743 ;;;***
7744 \f
7745 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dissociate" "play/dissociate.el" (0 0 0 0))
7746 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/dissociate.el
7748 (autoload 'dissociated-press "dissociate" "\
7749 Dissociate the text of the current buffer.
7750 Output goes in buffer named *Dissociation*,
7751 which is redisplayed each time text is added to it.
7752 Every so often the user must say whether to continue.
7753 If ARG is positive, require ARG chars of continuity.
7754 If ARG is negative, require -ARG words of continuity.
7755 Default is 2.
7757 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7759 ;;;***
7760 \f
7761 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dnd" "dnd.el" (0 0 0 0))
7762 ;;; Generated autoloads from dnd.el
7764 (defvar dnd-protocol-alist `((,(purecopy "^file:///") . dnd-open-local-file) (,(purecopy "^file://") . dnd-open-file) (,(purecopy "^file:") . dnd-open-local-file) (,(purecopy "^\\(https?\\|ftp\\|file\\|nfs\\)://") . dnd-open-file)) "\
7765 The functions to call for different protocols when a drop is made.
7766 This variable is used by `dnd-handle-one-url' and `dnd-handle-file-name'.
7767 The list contains of (REGEXP . FUNCTION) pairs.
7768 The functions shall take two arguments, URL, which is the URL dropped and
7769 ACTION which is the action to be performed for the drop (move, copy, link,
7770 private or ask).
7771 If no match is found here, and the value of `browse-url-browser-function'
7772 is a pair of (REGEXP . FUNCTION), those regexps are tried for a match.
7773 If no match is found, the URL is inserted as text by calling `dnd-insert-text'.
7774 The function shall return the action done (move, copy, link or private)
7775 if some action was made, or nil if the URL is ignored.")
7777 (custom-autoload 'dnd-protocol-alist "dnd" t)
7779 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "dnd" '("dnd-")))
7781 ;;;***
7782 \f
7783 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dns" "net/dns.el" (0 0 0 0))
7784 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/dns.el
7786 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "dns" '("dns-")))
7788 ;;;***
7789 \f
7790 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dns-mode" "textmodes/dns-mode.el" (0 0 0 0))
7791 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/dns-mode.el
7793 (autoload 'dns-mode "dns-mode" "\
7794 Major mode for viewing and editing DNS master files.
7795 This mode is inherited from text mode. It add syntax
7796 highlighting, and some commands for handling DNS master files.
7797 Its keymap inherits from `text-mode' and it has the same
7798 variables for customizing indentation. It has its own abbrev
7799 table and its own syntax table.
7801 Turning on DNS mode runs `dns-mode-hook'.
7803 \(fn)" t nil)
7804 (defalias 'zone-mode 'dns-mode)
7806 (autoload 'dns-mode-soa-increment-serial "dns-mode" "\
7807 Locate SOA record and increment the serial field.
7809 \(fn)" t nil)
7811 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "dns-mode" '("dns-mode-")))
7813 ;;;***
7814 \f
7815 ;;;### (autoloads nil "doc-view" "doc-view.el" (0 0 0 0))
7816 ;;; Generated autoloads from doc-view.el
7818 (autoload 'doc-view-mode-p "doc-view" "\
7819 Return non-nil if document type TYPE is available for `doc-view'.
7820 Document types are symbols like `dvi', `ps', `pdf', or `odf' (any
7821 OpenDocument format).
7823 \(fn TYPE)" nil nil)
7825 (autoload 'doc-view-mode "doc-view" "\
7826 Major mode in DocView buffers.
7828 DocView Mode is an Emacs document viewer. It displays PDF, PS
7829 and DVI files (as PNG images) in Emacs buffers.
7832 toggle between displaying the document or editing it as text.
7835 \(fn)" t nil)
7837 (autoload 'doc-view-mode-maybe "doc-view" "\
7838 Switch to `doc-view-mode' if possible.
7839 If the required external tools are not available, then fallback
7840 to the next best mode.
7842 \(fn)" nil nil)
7844 (autoload 'doc-view-minor-mode "doc-view" "\
7845 Toggle displaying buffer via Doc View (Doc View minor mode).
7846 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Doc View minor mode if ARG is
7847 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
7848 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
7850 See the command `doc-view-mode' for more information on this mode.
7852 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7854 (autoload 'doc-view-bookmark-jump "doc-view" "\
7857 \(fn BMK)" nil nil)
7859 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "doc-view" '("doc-view-")))
7861 ;;;***
7862 \f
7863 ;;;### (autoloads nil "doctor" "play/doctor.el" (0 0 0 0))
7864 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/doctor.el
7866 (autoload 'doctor "doctor" "\
7867 Switch to *doctor* buffer and start giving psychotherapy.
7869 \(fn)" t nil)
7871 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "doctor" '("doc" "make-doctor-variables")))
7873 ;;;***
7874 \f
7875 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dom" "dom.el" (0 0 0 0))
7876 ;;; Generated autoloads from dom.el
7878 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "dom" '("dom-")))
7880 ;;;***
7881 \f
7882 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dos-fns" "dos-fns.el" (0 0 0 0))
7883 ;;; Generated autoloads from dos-fns.el
7885 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "dos-fns" '("dos")))
7887 ;;;***
7888 \f
7889 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dos-vars" "dos-vars.el" (0 0 0 0))
7890 ;;; Generated autoloads from dos-vars.el
7892 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "dos-vars" '("dos-codepage-setup-hook" "msdos-shells")))
7894 ;;;***
7895 \f
7896 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dos-w32" "dos-w32.el" (0 0 0 0))
7897 ;;; Generated autoloads from dos-w32.el
7899 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "dos-w32" '("w32-" "file-name-buffer-file-type-alist" "find-")))
7901 ;;;***
7902 \f
7903 ;;;### (autoloads nil "double" "double.el" (0 0 0 0))
7904 ;;; Generated autoloads from double.el
7906 (autoload 'double-mode "double" "\
7907 Toggle special insertion on double keypresses (Double mode).
7908 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Double mode if ARG is
7909 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
7910 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
7912 When Double mode is enabled, some keys will insert different
7913 strings when pressed twice. See `double-map' for details.
7915 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7917 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "double" '("double-")))
7919 ;;;***
7920 \f
7921 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dunnet" "play/dunnet.el" (0 0 0 0))
7922 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/dunnet.el
7923 (push (purecopy '(dunnet 2 2)) package--builtin-versions)
7925 (autoload 'dunnet "dunnet" "\
7926 Switch to *dungeon* buffer and start game.
7928 \(fn)" t nil)
7930 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "dunnet" '("dun" "obj-special")))
7932 ;;;***
7933 \f
7934 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dynamic-setting" "dynamic-setting.el" (0 0
7935 ;;;;;; 0 0))
7936 ;;; Generated autoloads from dynamic-setting.el
7938 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "dynamic-setting" '("dynamic-setting-handle-config-changed-event" "font-setting-change-default-font")))
7940 ;;;***
7941 \f
7942 ;;;### (autoloads nil "easy-mmode" "emacs-lisp/easy-mmode.el" (0
7943 ;;;;;; 0 0 0))
7944 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/easy-mmode.el
7946 (defalias 'easy-mmode-define-minor-mode 'define-minor-mode)
7948 (autoload 'define-minor-mode "easy-mmode" "\
7949 Define a new minor mode MODE.
7950 This defines the toggle command MODE and (by default) a control variable
7951 MODE (you can override this with the :variable keyword, see below).
7952 DOC is the documentation for the mode toggle command.
7954 The defined mode command takes one optional (prefix) argument.
7955 Interactively with no prefix argument, it toggles the mode.
7956 A prefix argument enables the mode if the argument is positive,
7957 and disables it otherwise.
7959 When called from Lisp, the mode command toggles the mode if the
7960 argument is `toggle', disables the mode if the argument is a
7961 non-positive integer, and enables the mode otherwise (including
7962 if the argument is omitted or nil or a positive integer).
7964 If DOC is nil, give the mode command a basic doc-string
7965 documenting what its argument does.
7967 Optional INIT-VALUE is the initial value of the mode's variable.
7968 Optional LIGHTER is displayed in the mode line when the mode is on.
7969 Optional KEYMAP is the default keymap bound to the mode keymap.
7970 If non-nil, it should be a variable name (whose value is a keymap),
7971 or an expression that returns either a keymap or a list of
7972 (KEY . BINDING) pairs where KEY and BINDING are suitable for
7973 `define-key'. If you supply a KEYMAP argument that is not a
7974 symbol, this macro defines the variable MODE-map and gives it
7975 the value that KEYMAP specifies.
7977 BODY contains code to execute each time the mode is enabled or disabled.
7978 It is executed after toggling the mode, and before running MODE-hook.
7979 Before the actual body code, you can write keyword arguments, i.e.
7980 alternating keywords and values. If you provide BODY, then you must
7981 provide (even if just nil) INIT-VALUE, LIGHTER, and KEYMAP, or provide
7982 at least one keyword argument, or both; otherwise, BODY would be
7983 misinterpreted as the first omitted argument. The following special
7984 keywords are supported (other keywords are passed to `defcustom' if
7985 the minor mode is global):
7987 :group GROUP Custom group name to use in all generated `defcustom' forms.
7989 Don't use this default group name unless you have written a
7990 `defgroup' to define that group properly.
7991 :global GLOBAL If non-nil specifies that the minor mode is not meant to be
7992 buffer-local, so don't make the variable MODE buffer-local.
7993 By default, the mode is buffer-local.
7994 :init-value VAL Same as the INIT-VALUE argument.
7995 Not used if you also specify :variable.
7996 :lighter SPEC Same as the LIGHTER argument.
7997 :keymap MAP Same as the KEYMAP argument.
7998 :require SYM Same as in `defcustom'.
7999 :variable PLACE The location to use instead of the variable MODE to store
8000 the state of the mode. This can be simply a different
8001 named variable, or a generalized variable.
8002 PLACE can also be of the form (GET . SET), where GET is
8003 an expression that returns the current state, and SET is
8004 a function that takes one argument, the new state, and
8005 sets it. If you specify a :variable, this function does
8006 not define a MODE variable (nor any of the terms used
8007 in :variable).
8009 :after-hook A single lisp form which is evaluated after the mode hooks
8010 have been run. It should not be quoted.
8012 For example, you could write
8015 ...BODY CODE...)
8017 \(fn MODE DOC &optional INIT-VALUE LIGHTER KEYMAP &rest BODY)" nil t)
8019 (function-put 'define-minor-mode 'doc-string-elt '2)
8021 (defalias 'easy-mmode-define-global-mode 'define-globalized-minor-mode)
8023 (defalias 'define-global-minor-mode 'define-globalized-minor-mode)
8025 (autoload 'define-globalized-minor-mode "easy-mmode" "\
8026 Make a global mode GLOBAL-MODE corresponding to buffer-local minor MODE.
8027 TURN-ON is a function that will be called with no args in every buffer
8028 and that should try to turn MODE on if applicable for that buffer.
8029 KEYS is a list of CL-style keyword arguments. As the minor mode
8030 defined by this function is always global, any :global keyword is
8031 ignored. Other keywords have the same meaning as in `define-minor-mode',
8032 which see. In particular, :group specifies the custom group.
8033 The most useful keywords are those that are passed on to the
8034 `defcustom'. It normally makes no sense to pass the :lighter
8035 or :keymap keywords to `define-globalized-minor-mode', since these
8036 are usually passed to the buffer-local version of the minor mode.
8038 If MODE's set-up depends on the major mode in effect when it was
8039 enabled, then disabling and reenabling MODE should make MODE work
8040 correctly with the current major mode. This is important to
8041 prevent problems with derived modes, that is, major modes that
8042 call another major mode in their body.
8044 When a major mode is initialized, MODE is actually turned on just
8045 after running the major mode's hook. However, MODE is not turned
8046 on if the hook has explicitly disabled it.
8048 \(fn GLOBAL-MODE MODE TURN-ON &rest KEYS)" nil t)
8050 (function-put 'define-globalized-minor-mode 'doc-string-elt '2)
8052 (autoload 'easy-mmode-define-keymap "easy-mmode" "\
8053 Return a keymap built from bindings BS.
8054 BS must be a list of (KEY . BINDING) where
8055 KEY and BINDINGS are suitable for `define-key'.
8056 Optional NAME is passed to `make-sparse-keymap'.
8057 Optional map M can be used to modify an existing map.
8058 ARGS is a list of additional keyword arguments.
8060 Valid keywords and arguments are:
8062 :name Name of the keymap; overrides NAME argument.
8063 :dense Non-nil for a dense keymap.
8064 :inherit Parent keymap.
8065 :group Ignored.
8066 :suppress Non-nil to call `suppress-keymap' on keymap,
8067 `nodigits' to suppress digits as prefix arguments.
8069 \(fn BS &optional NAME M ARGS)" nil nil)
8071 (autoload 'easy-mmode-defmap "easy-mmode" "\
8072 Define a constant M whose value is the result of `easy-mmode-define-keymap'.
8073 The M, BS, and ARGS arguments are as per that function. DOC is
8074 the constant's documentation.
8076 \(fn M BS DOC &rest ARGS)" nil t)
8078 (autoload 'easy-mmode-defsyntax "easy-mmode" "\
8079 Define variable ST as a syntax-table.
8080 CSS contains a list of syntax specifications of the form (CHAR . SYNTAX).
8082 \(fn ST CSS DOC &rest ARGS)" nil t)
8084 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "easy-mmode" '("easy-mmode-")))
8086 ;;;***
8087 \f
8088 ;;;### (autoloads nil "easymenu" "emacs-lisp/easymenu.el" (0 0 0
8089 ;;;;;; 0))
8090 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/easymenu.el
8092 (autoload 'easy-menu-define "easymenu" "\
8093 Define a pop-up menu and/or menu bar menu specified by MENU.
8094 If SYMBOL is non-nil, define SYMBOL as a function to pop up the
8095 submenu defined by MENU, with DOC as its doc string.
8097 MAPS, if non-nil, should be a keymap or a list of keymaps; add
8098 the submenu defined by MENU to the keymap or each of the keymaps,
8099 as a top-level menu bar item.
8101 The first element of MENU must be a string. It is the menu bar
8102 item name. It may be followed by the following keyword argument
8103 pairs:
8105 :filter FUNCTION
8106 FUNCTION must be a function which, if called with one
8107 argument---the list of the other menu items---returns the
8108 items to actually display.
8110 :visible INCLUDE
8111 INCLUDE is an expression. The menu is visible if the
8112 expression evaluates to a non-nil value. `:included' is an
8113 alias for `:visible'.
8115 :active ENABLE
8116 ENABLE is an expression. The menu is enabled for selection
8117 if the expression evaluates to a non-nil value. `:enable' is
8118 an alias for `:active'.
8120 The rest of the elements in MENU are menu items.
8121 A menu item can be a vector of three elements:
8123 [NAME CALLBACK ENABLE]
8125 NAME is a string--the menu item name.
8127 CALLBACK is a command to run when the item is chosen, or an
8128 expression to evaluate when the item is chosen.
8130 ENABLE is an expression; the item is enabled for selection if the
8131 expression evaluates to a non-nil value.
8133 Alternatively, a menu item may have the form:
8135 [ NAME CALLBACK [ KEYWORD ARG ]... ]
8137 where NAME and CALLBACK have the same meanings as above, and each
8138 optional KEYWORD and ARG pair should be one of the following:
8140 :keys KEYS
8141 KEYS is a string; a keyboard equivalent to the menu item.
8142 This is normally not needed because keyboard equivalents are
8143 usually computed automatically. KEYS is expanded with
8144 `substitute-command-keys' before it is used.
8146 :key-sequence KEYS
8147 KEYS is a hint for speeding up Emacs's first display of the
8148 menu. It should be nil if you know that the menu item has no
8149 keyboard equivalent; otherwise it should be a string or
8150 vector specifying a keyboard equivalent for the menu item.
8152 :active ENABLE
8153 ENABLE is an expression; the item is enabled for selection
8154 whenever this expression's value is non-nil. `:enable' is an
8155 alias for `:active'.
8157 :visible INCLUDE
8158 INCLUDE is an expression; this item is only visible if this
8159 expression has a non-nil value. `:included' is an alias for
8160 `:visible'.
8162 :label FORM
8163 FORM is an expression that is dynamically evaluated and whose
8164 value serves as the menu item's label (the default is NAME).
8166 :suffix FORM
8167 FORM is an expression that is dynamically evaluated and whose
8168 value is concatenated with the menu entry's label.
8170 :style STYLE
8171 STYLE is a symbol describing the type of menu item; it should
8172 be `toggle' (a checkbox), or `radio' (a radio button), or any
8173 other value (meaning an ordinary menu item).
8175 :selected SELECTED
8176 SELECTED is an expression; the checkbox or radio button is
8177 selected whenever the expression's value is non-nil.
8179 :help HELP
8180 HELP is a string, the help to display for the menu item.
8182 Alternatively, a menu item can be a string. Then that string
8183 appears in the menu as unselectable text. A string consisting
8184 solely of dashes is displayed as a menu separator.
8186 Alternatively, a menu item can be a list with the same format as
8187 MENU. This is a submenu.
8189 \(fn SYMBOL MAPS DOC MENU)" nil t)
8191 (function-put 'easy-menu-define 'lisp-indent-function 'defun)
8193 (autoload 'easy-menu-do-define "easymenu" "\
8196 \(fn SYMBOL MAPS DOC MENU)" nil nil)
8198 (autoload 'easy-menu-create-menu "easymenu" "\
8199 Create a menu called MENU-NAME with items described in MENU-ITEMS.
8200 MENU-NAME is a string, the name of the menu. MENU-ITEMS is a list of items
8201 possibly preceded by keyword pairs as described in `easy-menu-define'.
8203 \(fn MENU-NAME MENU-ITEMS)" nil nil)
8205 (autoload 'easy-menu-change "easymenu" "\
8206 Change menu found at PATH as item NAME to contain ITEMS.
8207 PATH is a list of strings for locating the menu that
8208 should contain a submenu named NAME.
8209 ITEMS is a list of menu items, as in `easy-menu-define'.
8210 These items entirely replace the previous items in that submenu.
8212 If MAP is specified, it should normally be a keymap; nil stands for the local
8213 menu-bar keymap. It can also be a symbol, which has earlier been used as the
8214 first argument in a call to `easy-menu-define', or the value of such a symbol.
8216 If the menu located by PATH has no submenu named NAME, add one.
8217 If the optional argument BEFORE is present, add it just before
8218 the submenu named BEFORE, otherwise add it at the end of the menu.
8220 To implement dynamic menus, either call this from
8221 `menu-bar-update-hook' or use a menu filter.
8223 \(fn PATH NAME ITEMS &optional BEFORE MAP)" nil nil)
8225 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "easymenu" '("easy-menu-" "add-submenu")))
8227 ;;;***
8228 \f
8229 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ebnf-abn" "progmodes/ebnf-abn.el" (0 0 0 0))
8230 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ebnf-abn.el
8232 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ebnf-abn" '("ebnf-abn-")))
8234 ;;;***
8235 \f
8236 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ebnf-bnf" "progmodes/ebnf-bnf.el" (0 0 0 0))
8237 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ebnf-bnf.el
8239 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ebnf-bnf" '("ebnf-")))
8241 ;;;***
8242 \f
8243 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ebnf-dtd" "progmodes/ebnf-dtd.el" (0 0 0 0))
8244 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ebnf-dtd.el
8246 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ebnf-dtd" '("ebnf-dtd-")))
8248 ;;;***
8249 \f
8250 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ebnf-ebx" "progmodes/ebnf-ebx.el" (0 0 0 0))
8251 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ebnf-ebx.el
8253 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ebnf-ebx" '("ebnf-ebx-")))
8255 ;;;***
8256 \f
8257 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ebnf-iso" "progmodes/ebnf-iso.el" (0 0 0 0))
8258 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ebnf-iso.el
8260 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ebnf-iso" '("ebnf-")))
8262 ;;;***
8263 \f
8264 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ebnf-otz" "progmodes/ebnf-otz.el" (0 0 0 0))
8265 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ebnf-otz.el
8267 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ebnf-otz" '("ebnf-")))
8269 ;;;***
8270 \f
8271 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ebnf-yac" "progmodes/ebnf-yac.el" (0 0 0 0))
8272 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ebnf-yac.el
8274 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ebnf-yac" '("ebnf-yac-")))
8276 ;;;***
8277 \f
8278 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ebnf2ps" "progmodes/ebnf2ps.el" (0 0 0 0))
8279 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ebnf2ps.el
8280 (push (purecopy '(ebnf2ps 4 4)) package--builtin-versions)
8282 (autoload 'ebnf-customize "ebnf2ps" "\
8283 Customization for ebnf group.
8285 \(fn)" t nil)
8287 (autoload 'ebnf-print-directory "ebnf2ps" "\
8288 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of DIRECTORY.
8290 If DIRECTORY is nil, it's used `default-directory'.
8292 The files in DIRECTORY that matches `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see) are
8293 processed.
8295 See also `ebnf-print-buffer'.
8297 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
8299 (autoload 'ebnf-print-file "ebnf2ps" "\
8300 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of the file FILE.
8302 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
8303 killed after process termination.
8305 See also `ebnf-print-buffer'.
8307 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
8309 (autoload 'ebnf-print-buffer "ebnf2ps" "\
8310 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of the buffer.
8312 When called with a numeric prefix argument (C-u), prompts the user for
8313 the name of a file to save the PostScript image in, instead of sending
8314 it to the printer.
8316 More specifically, the FILENAME argument is treated as follows: if it
8317 is nil, send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save
8318 the PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is a
8319 number, prompt the user for the name of the file to save in.
8321 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
8323 (autoload 'ebnf-print-region "ebnf2ps" "\
8324 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of the region.
8325 Like `ebnf-print-buffer', but prints just the current region.
8327 \(fn FROM TO &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
8329 (autoload 'ebnf-spool-directory "ebnf2ps" "\
8330 Generate and spool a PostScript syntactic chart image of DIRECTORY.
8332 If DIRECTORY is nil, it's used `default-directory'.
8334 The files in DIRECTORY that matches `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see) are
8335 processed.
8337 See also `ebnf-spool-buffer'.
8339 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
8341 (autoload 'ebnf-spool-file "ebnf2ps" "\
8342 Generate and spool a PostScript syntactic chart image of the file FILE.
8344 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
8345 killed after process termination.
8347 See also `ebnf-spool-buffer'.
8349 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
8351 (autoload 'ebnf-spool-buffer "ebnf2ps" "\
8352 Generate and spool a PostScript syntactic chart image of the buffer.
8353 Like `ebnf-print-buffer' except that the PostScript image is saved in a
8354 local buffer to be sent to the printer later.
8356 Use the command `ebnf-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
8358 \(fn)" t nil)
8360 (autoload 'ebnf-spool-region "ebnf2ps" "\
8361 Generate a PostScript syntactic chart image of the region and spool locally.
8362 Like `ebnf-spool-buffer', but spools just the current region.
8364 Use the command `ebnf-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
8366 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
8368 (autoload 'ebnf-eps-directory "ebnf2ps" "\
8369 Generate EPS files from EBNF files in DIRECTORY.
8371 If DIRECTORY is nil, it's used `default-directory'.
8373 The files in DIRECTORY that matches `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see) are
8374 processed.
8376 See also `ebnf-eps-buffer'.
8378 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
8380 (autoload 'ebnf-eps-file "ebnf2ps" "\
8381 Generate an EPS file from EBNF file FILE.
8383 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
8384 killed after EPS generation.
8386 See also `ebnf-eps-buffer'.
8388 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
8390 (autoload 'ebnf-eps-buffer "ebnf2ps" "\
8391 Generate a PostScript syntactic chart image of the buffer in an EPS file.
8393 Generate an EPS file for each production in the buffer.
8394 The EPS file name has the following form:
8396 <PREFIX><PRODUCTION>.eps
8398 <PREFIX> is given by variable `ebnf-eps-prefix'.
8401 <PRODUCTION> is the production name.
8402 Some characters in the production file name are replaced to
8403 produce a valid file name. For example, the production name
8407 WARNING: This function does *NOT* ask any confirmation to override existing
8408 files.
8410 \(fn)" t nil)
8412 (autoload 'ebnf-eps-region "ebnf2ps" "\
8413 Generate a PostScript syntactic chart image of the region in an EPS file.
8415 Generate an EPS file for each production in the region.
8416 The EPS file name has the following form:
8418 <PREFIX><PRODUCTION>.eps
8420 <PREFIX> is given by variable `ebnf-eps-prefix'.
8423 <PRODUCTION> is the production name.
8424 Some characters in the production file name are replaced to
8425 produce a valid file name. For example, the production name
8429 WARNING: This function does *NOT* ask any confirmation to override existing
8430 files.
8432 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
8434 (defalias 'ebnf-despool 'ps-despool)
8436 (autoload 'ebnf-syntax-directory "ebnf2ps" "\
8437 Do a syntactic analysis of the files in DIRECTORY.
8439 If DIRECTORY is nil, use `default-directory'.
8441 Only the files in DIRECTORY that match `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see)
8442 are processed.
8444 See also `ebnf-syntax-buffer'.
8446 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
8448 (autoload 'ebnf-syntax-file "ebnf2ps" "\
8449 Do a syntactic analysis of the named FILE.
8451 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
8452 killed after syntax checking.
8454 See also `ebnf-syntax-buffer'.
8456 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
8458 (autoload 'ebnf-syntax-buffer "ebnf2ps" "\
8459 Do a syntactic analysis of the current buffer.
8461 \(fn)" t nil)
8463 (autoload 'ebnf-syntax-region "ebnf2ps" "\
8464 Do a syntactic analysis of a region.
8466 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
8468 (autoload 'ebnf-setup "ebnf2ps" "\
8469 Return the current ebnf2ps setup.
8471 \(fn)" nil nil)
8473 (autoload 'ebnf-find-style "ebnf2ps" "\
8474 Return style definition if NAME is already defined; otherwise, return nil.
8476 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
8478 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
8480 (autoload 'ebnf-insert-style "ebnf2ps" "\
8481 Insert a new style NAME with inheritance INHERITS and values VALUES.
8483 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
8485 \(fn NAME INHERITS &rest VALUES)" t nil)
8487 (autoload 'ebnf-delete-style "ebnf2ps" "\
8488 Delete style NAME.
8490 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
8492 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
8494 (autoload 'ebnf-merge-style "ebnf2ps" "\
8495 Merge values of style NAME with style VALUES.
8497 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
8499 \(fn NAME &rest VALUES)" t nil)
8501 (autoload 'ebnf-apply-style "ebnf2ps" "\
8502 Set STYLE as the current style.
8504 Returns the old style symbol.
8506 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
8508 \(fn STYLE)" t nil)
8510 (autoload 'ebnf-reset-style "ebnf2ps" "\
8511 Reset current style.
8513 Returns the old style symbol.
8515 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
8517 \(fn &optional STYLE)" t nil)
8519 (autoload 'ebnf-push-style "ebnf2ps" "\
8520 Push the current style onto a stack and set STYLE as the current style.
8522 Returns the old style symbol.
8524 See also `ebnf-pop-style'.
8526 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
8528 \(fn &optional STYLE)" t nil)
8530 (autoload 'ebnf-pop-style "ebnf2ps" "\
8531 Pop a style from the stack of pushed styles and set it as the current style.
8533 Returns the old style symbol.
8535 See also `ebnf-push-style'.
8537 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
8539 \(fn)" t nil)
8541 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ebnf2ps" '("ebnf-")))
8543 ;;;***
8544 \f
8545 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ebrowse" "progmodes/ebrowse.el" (0 0 0 0))
8546 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ebrowse.el
8548 (autoload 'ebrowse-tree-mode "ebrowse" "\
8549 Major mode for Ebrowse class tree buffers.
8550 Each line corresponds to a class in a class tree.
8551 Letters do not insert themselves, they are commands.
8552 File operations in the tree buffer work on class tree data structures.
8555 Tree mode key bindings:
8558 \(fn)" t nil)
8560 (autoload 'ebrowse-electric-choose-tree "ebrowse" "\
8561 Return a buffer containing a tree or nil if no tree found or canceled.
8563 \(fn)" t nil)
8565 (autoload 'ebrowse-member-mode "ebrowse" "\
8566 Major mode for Ebrowse member buffers.
8568 \(fn)" t nil)
8570 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-view-declaration "ebrowse" "\
8571 View declaration of member at point.
8573 \(fn)" t nil)
8575 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-declaration "ebrowse" "\
8576 Find declaration of member at point.
8578 \(fn)" t nil)
8580 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-view-definition "ebrowse" "\
8581 View definition of member at point.
8583 \(fn)" t nil)
8585 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-definition "ebrowse" "\
8586 Find definition of member at point.
8588 \(fn)" t nil)
8590 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-declaration-other-window "ebrowse" "\
8591 Find declaration of member at point in other window.
8593 \(fn)" t nil)
8595 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-view-definition-other-window "ebrowse" "\
8596 View definition of member at point in other window.
8598 \(fn)" t nil)
8600 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-definition-other-window "ebrowse" "\
8601 Find definition of member at point in other window.
8603 \(fn)" t nil)
8605 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-declaration-other-frame "ebrowse" "\
8606 Find definition of member at point in other frame.
8608 \(fn)" t nil)
8610 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-view-definition-other-frame "ebrowse" "\
8611 View definition of member at point in other frame.
8613 \(fn)" t nil)
8615 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-definition-other-frame "ebrowse" "\
8616 Find definition of member at point in other frame.
8618 \(fn)" t nil)
8620 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-complete-symbol "ebrowse" "\
8621 Perform completion on the C++ symbol preceding point.
8622 A second call of this function without changing point inserts the next match.
8623 A call with prefix PREFIX reads the symbol to insert from the minibuffer with
8624 completion.
8626 \(fn PREFIX)" t nil)
8628 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-loop-continue "ebrowse" "\
8629 Repeat last operation on files in tree.
8630 FIRST-TIME non-nil means this is not a repetition, but the first time.
8631 TREE-BUFFER if indirectly specifies which files to loop over.
8633 \(fn &optional FIRST-TIME TREE-BUFFER)" t nil)
8635 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-search "ebrowse" "\
8636 Search for REGEXP in all files in a tree.
8637 If marked classes exist, process marked classes, only.
8638 If regular expression is nil, repeat last search.
8640 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
8642 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-query-replace "ebrowse" "\
8643 Query replace FROM with TO in all files of a class tree.
8644 With prefix arg, process files of marked classes only.
8646 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
8648 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-search-member-use "ebrowse" "\
8649 Search for call sites of a member.
8650 If FIX-NAME is specified, search uses of that member.
8651 Otherwise, read a member name from the minibuffer.
8652 Searches in all files mentioned in a class tree for something that
8653 looks like a function call to the member.
8655 \(fn &optional FIX-NAME)" t nil)
8657 (autoload 'ebrowse-back-in-position-stack "ebrowse" "\
8658 Move backward in the position stack.
8659 Prefix arg ARG says how much.
8661 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
8663 (autoload 'ebrowse-forward-in-position-stack "ebrowse" "\
8664 Move forward in the position stack.
8665 Prefix arg ARG says how much.
8667 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
8669 (autoload 'ebrowse-electric-position-menu "ebrowse" "\
8670 List positions in the position stack in an electric buffer.
8672 \(fn)" t nil)
8674 (autoload 'ebrowse-save-tree "ebrowse" "\
8675 Save current tree in same file it was loaded from.
8677 \(fn)" t nil)
8679 (autoload 'ebrowse-save-tree-as "ebrowse" "\
8680 Write the current tree data structure to a file.
8681 Read the file name from the minibuffer if interactive.
8682 Otherwise, FILE-NAME specifies the file to save the tree in.
8684 \(fn &optional FILE-NAME)" t nil)
8686 (autoload 'ebrowse-statistics "ebrowse" "\
8687 Display statistics for a class tree.
8689 \(fn)" t nil)
8691 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ebrowse" '("electric-buffer-menu-mode-hook" "ebrowse-")))
8693 ;;;***
8694 \f
8695 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ebuff-menu" "ebuff-menu.el" (0 0 0 0))
8696 ;;; Generated autoloads from ebuff-menu.el
8698 (autoload 'electric-buffer-list "ebuff-menu" "\
8700 If you type SPC or RET (`Electric-buffer-menu-select'), that
8702 Otherwise, you can move around in the Buffer Menu, marking
8703 buffers to be selected, saved or deleted; these other commands
8704 are much like those of `Buffer-menu-mode'.
8706 Run hooks in `electric-buffer-menu-mode-hook' on entry.
8709 \\[keyboard-quit] or \\[Electric-buffer-menu-quit] -- exit buffer menu, returning to previous window and buffer
8710 configuration. If the very first character typed is a space, it
8711 also has this effect.
8713 Also show buffers marked with m in other windows,
8724 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
8726 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ebuff-menu" '("electric-buffer-" "Electric-buffer-menu-")))
8728 ;;;***
8729 \f
8730 ;;;### (autoloads nil "echistory" "echistory.el" (0 0 0 0))
8731 ;;; Generated autoloads from echistory.el
8733 (autoload 'Electric-command-history-redo-expression "echistory" "\
8734 Edit current history line in minibuffer and execute result.
8735 With prefix arg NOCONFIRM, execute current line as-is without editing.
8737 \(fn &optional NOCONFIRM)" t nil)
8739 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "echistory" '("Electric-history-" "electric-")))
8741 ;;;***
8742 \f
8743 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ecomplete" "ecomplete.el" (0 0 0 0))
8744 ;;; Generated autoloads from ecomplete.el
8746 (autoload 'ecomplete-setup "ecomplete" "\
8749 \(fn)" nil nil)
8751 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ecomplete" '("ecomplete-")))
8753 ;;;***
8754 \f
8755 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ede" "cedet/ede.el" (0 0 0 0))
8756 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/ede.el
8757 (push (purecopy '(ede 1 2)) package--builtin-versions)
8759 (defvar global-ede-mode nil "\
8760 Non-nil if Global Ede mode is enabled.
8761 See the `global-ede-mode' command
8762 for a description of this minor mode.
8763 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
8764 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
8765 or call the function `global-ede-mode'.")
8767 (custom-autoload 'global-ede-mode "ede" nil)
8769 (autoload 'global-ede-mode "ede" "\
8770 Toggle global EDE (Emacs Development Environment) mode.
8771 With a prefix argument ARG, enable global EDE mode if ARG is
8772 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
8773 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
8775 This global minor mode enables `ede-minor-mode' in all buffers in
8776 an EDE controlled project.
8778 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8780 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ede" '("project-try-ede" "ede" "global-ede-mode-map")))
8782 ;;;***
8783 \f
8784 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ede/auto" "cedet/ede/auto.el" (0 0 0 0))
8785 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/ede/auto.el
8787 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ede/auto" '("ede-")))
8789 ;;;***
8790 \f
8791 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ede/autoconf-edit" "cedet/ede/autoconf-edit.el"
8792 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
8793 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/ede/autoconf-edit.el
8795 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ede/autoconf-edit" '("autoconf-")))
8797 ;;;***
8798 \f
8799 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "ede/base" "cedet/ede/base.el"
8800 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
8801 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/ede/base.el
8803 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ede/base" '("ede-")))
8805 ;;;***
8806 \f
8807 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "ede/config" "cedet/ede/config.el"
8808 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
8809 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/ede/config.el
8811 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ede/config" '("ede-")))
8813 ;;;***
8814 \f
8815 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "ede/cpp-root"
8816 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/cpp-root.el" (0 0 0 0))
8817 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/ede/cpp-root.el
8819 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ede/cpp-root" '("ede-c")))
8821 ;;;***
8822 \f
8823 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "ede/custom" "cedet/ede/custom.el"
8824 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
8825 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/ede/custom.el
8827 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ede/custom" '("eieio-ede-old-variables" "ede-")))
8829 ;;;***
8830 \f
8831 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ede/detect" "cedet/ede/detect.el" (0 0 0 0))
8832 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/ede/detect.el
8834 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ede/detect" '("ede-")))
8836 ;;;***
8837 \f
8838 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "ede/dired" "cedet/ede/dired.el"
8839 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
8840 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/ede/dired.el
8842 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ede/dired" '("ede-dired-")))
8844 ;;;***
8845 \f
8846 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "ede/emacs" "cedet/ede/emacs.el"
8847 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
8848 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/ede/emacs.el
8850 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ede/emacs" '("ede-emacs-")))
8852 ;;;***
8853 \f
8854 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "ede/files" "cedet/ede/files.el"
8855 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
8856 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/ede/files.el
8858 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ede/files" '("ede-")))
8860 ;;;***
8861 \f
8862 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "ede/generic"
8863 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/generic.el" (0 0 0 0))
8864 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/ede/generic.el
8866 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ede/generic" '("ede-generic-")))
8868 ;;;***
8869 \f
8870 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "ede/linux" "cedet/ede/linux.el"
8871 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
8872 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/ede/linux.el
8874 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ede/linux" '("ede-linux-" "project-linux-")))
8876 ;;;***
8877 \f
8878 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "ede/locate" "cedet/ede/locate.el"
8879 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
8880 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/ede/locate.el
8882 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ede/locate" '("ede-locate-")))
8884 ;;;***
8885 \f
8886 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "ede/make" "cedet/ede/make.el"
8887 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
8888 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/ede/make.el
8890 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ede/make" '("ede-make-")))
8892 ;;;***
8893 \f
8894 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ede/makefile-edit" "cedet/ede/makefile-edit.el"
8895 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
8896 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/ede/makefile-edit.el
8898 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ede/makefile-edit" '("makefile-")))
8900 ;;;***
8901 \f
8902 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ede/pconf" "cedet/ede/pconf.el" (0 0 0 0))
8903 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/ede/pconf.el
8905 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ede/pconf" '("ede-pconf-create-file-query")))
8907 ;;;***
8908 \f
8909 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ede/pmake" "cedet/ede/pmake.el" (0 0 0 0))
8910 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/ede/pmake.el
8912 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ede/pmake" '("ede-pmake-")))
8914 ;;;***
8915 \f
8916 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ede/proj" "cedet/ede/proj.el" (0 0 0 0))
8917 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/ede/proj.el
8919 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ede/proj" '("ede-proj-")))
8921 ;;;***
8922 \f
8923 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ede/proj-archive" "cedet/ede/proj-archive.el"
8924 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
8925 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/ede/proj-archive.el
8927 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ede/proj-archive" '("ede-")))
8929 ;;;***
8930 \f
8931 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ede/proj-aux" "cedet/ede/proj-aux.el" (0 0
8932 ;;;;;; 0 0))
8933 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/ede/proj-aux.el
8935 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ede/proj-aux" '("ede-")))
8937 ;;;***
8938 \f
8939 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ede/proj-comp" "cedet/ede/proj-comp.el" (0
8940 ;;;;;; 0 0 0))
8941 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/ede/proj-comp.el
8943 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ede/proj-comp" '("proj-comp-insert-variable-once" "ede-")))
8945 ;;;***
8946 \f
8947 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ede/proj-elisp" "cedet/ede/proj-elisp.el"
8948 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
8949 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/ede/proj-elisp.el
8951 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ede/proj-elisp" '("ede-")))
8953 ;;;***
8954 \f
8955 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ede/proj-info" "cedet/ede/proj-info.el" (0
8956 ;;;;;; 0 0 0))
8957 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/ede/proj-info.el
8959 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ede/proj-info" '("ede-")))
8961 ;;;***
8962 \f
8963 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ede/proj-misc" "cedet/ede/proj-misc.el" (0
8964 ;;;;;; 0 0 0))
8965 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/ede/proj-misc.el
8967 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ede/proj-misc" '("ede-")))
8969 ;;;***
8970 \f
8971 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ede/proj-obj" "cedet/ede/proj-obj.el" (0 0
8972 ;;;;;; 0 0))
8973 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/ede/proj-obj.el
8975 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ede/proj-obj" '("ede-")))
8977 ;;;***
8978 \f
8979 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ede/proj-prog" "cedet/ede/proj-prog.el" (0
8980 ;;;;;; 0 0 0))
8981 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/ede/proj-prog.el
8983 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ede/proj-prog" '("ede-proj-target-makefile-program")))
8985 ;;;***
8986 \f
8987 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ede/proj-scheme" "cedet/ede/proj-scheme.el"
8988 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
8989 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/ede/proj-scheme.el
8991 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ede/proj-scheme" '("ede-proj-target-scheme")))
8993 ;;;***
8994 \f
8995 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ede/proj-shared" "cedet/ede/proj-shared.el"
8996 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
8997 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/ede/proj-shared.el
8999 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ede/proj-shared" '("ede-")))
9001 ;;;***
9002 \f
9003 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ede/project-am" "cedet/ede/project-am.el"
9004 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
9005 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/ede/project-am.el
9007 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ede/project-am" '("project-am-")))
9009 ;;;***
9010 \f
9011 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "ede/shell" "cedet/ede/shell.el"
9012 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
9013 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/ede/shell.el
9015 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ede/shell" '("ede-shell-run-command")))
9017 ;;;***
9018 \f
9019 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ede/simple" "cedet/ede/simple.el" (0 0 0 0))
9020 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/ede/simple.el
9022 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ede/simple" '("ede-simple-")))
9024 ;;;***
9025 \f
9026 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ede/source" "cedet/ede/source.el" (0 0 0 0))
9027 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/ede/source.el
9029 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ede/source" '("ede-source")))
9031 ;;;***
9032 \f
9033 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "ede/speedbar"
9034 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/speedbar.el" (0 0 0 0))
9035 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/ede/speedbar.el
9037 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ede/speedbar" '("ede-")))
9039 ;;;***
9040 \f
9041 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ede/srecode" "cedet/ede/srecode.el" (0 0 0
9042 ;;;;;; 0))
9043 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/ede/srecode.el
9045 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ede/srecode" '("ede-srecode-")))
9047 ;;;***
9048 \f
9049 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "ede/util" "cedet/ede/util.el"
9050 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
9051 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/ede/util.el
9053 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ede/util" '("ede-make-buffer-writable")))
9055 ;;;***
9056 \f
9057 ;;;### (autoloads nil "edebug" "emacs-lisp/edebug.el" (0 0 0 0))
9058 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/edebug.el
9060 (defvar edebug-all-defs nil "\
9061 If non-nil, evaluating defining forms instruments for Edebug.
9062 This applies to `eval-defun', `eval-region', `eval-buffer', and
9063 `eval-current-buffer'. `eval-region' is also called by
9064 `eval-last-sexp', and `eval-print-last-sexp'.
9066 You can use the command `edebug-all-defs' to toggle the value of this
9067 variable. You may wish to make it local to each buffer with
9069 `emacs-lisp-mode-hook'.")
9071 (custom-autoload 'edebug-all-defs "edebug" t)
9073 (defvar edebug-all-forms nil "\
9074 Non-nil means evaluation of all forms will instrument for Edebug.
9075 This doesn't apply to loading or evaluations in the minibuffer.
9076 Use the command `edebug-all-forms' to toggle the value of this option.")
9078 (custom-autoload 'edebug-all-forms "edebug" t)
9080 (autoload 'edebug-basic-spec "edebug" "\
9081 Return t if SPEC uses only extant spec symbols.
9082 An extant spec symbol is a symbol that is not a function and has a
9083 `edebug-form-spec' property.
9085 \(fn SPEC)" nil nil)
9087 (defalias 'edebug-defun 'edebug-eval-top-level-form)
9089 (autoload 'edebug-eval-top-level-form "edebug" "\
9090 Evaluate the top level form point is in, stepping through with Edebug.
9091 This is like `eval-defun' except that it steps the code for Edebug
9092 before evaluating it. It displays the value in the echo area
9093 using `eval-expression' (which see).
9095 If you do this on a function definition such as a defun or defmacro,
9096 it defines the function and instruments its definition for Edebug,
9097 so it will do Edebug stepping when called later. It displays
9098 `Edebug: FUNCTION' in the echo area to indicate that FUNCTION is now
9099 instrumented for Edebug.
9101 If the current defun is actually a call to `defvar' or `defcustom',
9102 evaluating it this way resets the variable using its initial value
9103 expression even if the variable already has some other value.
9104 \(Normally `defvar' and `defcustom' do not alter the value if there
9105 already is one.)
9107 \(fn)" t nil)
9109 (autoload 'edebug-all-defs "edebug" "\
9110 Toggle edebugging of all definitions.
9112 \(fn)" t nil)
9114 (autoload 'edebug-all-forms "edebug" "\
9115 Toggle edebugging of all forms.
9117 \(fn)" t nil)
9119 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "edebug" '("edebug" "get-edebug-spec" "global-edebug-" "cancel-edebug-on-entry")))
9121 ;;;***
9122 \f
9123 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ediff" "vc/ediff.el" (0 0 0 0))
9124 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/ediff.el
9125 (push (purecopy '(ediff 2 81 4)) package--builtin-versions)
9127 (autoload 'ediff-files "ediff" "\
9128 Run Ediff on a pair of files, FILE-A and FILE-B.
9130 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
9132 (autoload 'ediff-files3 "ediff" "\
9133 Run Ediff on three files, FILE-A, FILE-B, and FILE-C.
9135 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-C &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
9137 (defalias 'ediff3 'ediff-files3)
9139 (defalias 'ediff 'ediff-files)
9141 (autoload 'ediff-current-file "ediff" "\
9142 Start ediff between current buffer and its file on disk.
9143 This command can be used instead of `revert-buffer'. If there is
9144 nothing to revert then this command fails.
9146 \(fn)" t nil)
9148 (autoload 'ediff-backup "ediff" "\
9149 Run Ediff on FILE and its backup file.
9150 Uses the latest backup, if there are several numerical backups.
9151 If this file is a backup, `ediff' it with its original.
9153 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
9155 (autoload 'ediff-buffers "ediff" "\
9156 Run Ediff on a pair of buffers, BUFFER-A and BUFFER-B.
9158 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME)" t nil)
9160 (defalias 'ebuffers 'ediff-buffers)
9162 (autoload 'ediff-buffers3 "ediff" "\
9163 Run Ediff on three buffers, BUFFER-A, BUFFER-B, and BUFFER-C.
9165 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B BUFFER-C &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME)" t nil)
9167 (defalias 'ebuffers3 'ediff-buffers3)
9169 (autoload 'ediff-directories "ediff" "\
9170 Run Ediff on a pair of directories, DIR1 and DIR2, comparing files that have
9171 the same name in both. The third argument, REGEXP, is nil or a regular
9172 expression; only file names that match the regexp are considered.
9174 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 REGEXP)" t nil)
9176 (defalias 'edirs 'ediff-directories)
9178 (autoload 'ediff-directory-revisions "ediff" "\
9179 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, comparing its files with their revisions.
9180 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
9181 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account.
9183 \(fn DIR1 REGEXP)" t nil)
9185 (defalias 'edir-revisions 'ediff-directory-revisions)
9187 (autoload 'ediff-directories3 "ediff" "\
9188 Run Ediff on three directories, DIR1, DIR2, and DIR3, comparing files that
9189 have the same name in all three. The last argument, REGEXP, is nil or a
9190 regular expression; only file names that match the regexp are considered.
9192 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 DIR3 REGEXP)" t nil)
9194 (defalias 'edirs3 'ediff-directories3)
9196 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directories "ediff" "\
9197 Run Ediff on a pair of directories, DIR1 and DIR2, merging files that have
9198 the same name in both. The third argument, REGEXP, is nil or a regular
9199 expression; only file names that match the regexp are considered.
9201 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
9203 (defalias 'edirs-merge 'ediff-merge-directories)
9205 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
9206 Merge files in directories DIR1 and DIR2 using files in ANCESTOR-DIR as ancestors.
9207 Ediff merges files that have identical names in DIR1, DIR2. If a pair of files
9208 in DIR1 and DIR2 doesn't have an ancestor in ANCESTOR-DIR, Ediff will merge
9209 without ancestor. The fourth argument, REGEXP, is nil or a regular expression;
9210 only file names that match the regexp are considered.
9212 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 ANCESTOR-DIR REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
9214 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directory-revisions "ediff" "\
9215 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, merging its files with their revisions.
9216 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
9217 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account.
9219 \(fn DIR1 REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
9221 (defalias 'edir-merge-revisions 'ediff-merge-directory-revisions)
9223 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
9224 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, merging its files with their revisions and ancestors.
9225 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
9226 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account.
9228 \(fn DIR1 REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
9230 (defalias 'edir-merge-revisions-with-ancestor 'ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor)
9232 (defalias 'edirs-merge-with-ancestor 'ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor)
9234 (autoload 'ediff-windows-wordwise "ediff" "\
9235 Compare WIND-A and WIND-B, which are selected by clicking, wordwise.
9236 With prefix argument, DUMB-MODE, or on a non-windowing display, works as
9237 follows:
9238 If WIND-A is nil, use selected window.
9239 If WIND-B is nil, use window next to WIND-A.
9241 \(fn DUMB-MODE &optional WIND-A WIND-B STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
9243 (autoload 'ediff-windows-linewise "ediff" "\
9244 Compare WIND-A and WIND-B, which are selected by clicking, linewise.
9245 With prefix argument, DUMB-MODE, or on a non-windowing display, works as
9246 follows:
9247 If WIND-A is nil, use selected window.
9248 If WIND-B is nil, use window next to WIND-A.
9250 \(fn DUMB-MODE &optional WIND-A WIND-B STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
9252 (autoload 'ediff-regions-wordwise "ediff" "\
9253 Run Ediff on a pair of regions in specified buffers.
9254 Regions (i.e., point and mark) can be set in advance or marked interactively.
9255 This function is effective only for relatively small regions, up to 200
9256 lines. For large regions, use `ediff-regions-linewise'.
9258 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
9260 (autoload 'ediff-regions-linewise "ediff" "\
9261 Run Ediff on a pair of regions in specified buffers.
9262 Regions (i.e., point and mark) can be set in advance or marked interactively.
9263 Each region is enlarged to contain full lines.
9264 This function is effective for large regions, over 100-200
9265 lines. For small regions, use `ediff-regions-wordwise'.
9267 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
9269 (defalias 'ediff-merge 'ediff-merge-files)
9271 (autoload 'ediff-merge-files "ediff" "\
9272 Merge two files without ancestor.
9274 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
9276 (autoload 'ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
9277 Merge two files with ancestor.
9279 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
9281 (defalias 'ediff-merge-with-ancestor 'ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor)
9283 (autoload 'ediff-merge-buffers "ediff" "\
9284 Merge buffers without ancestor.
9286 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
9288 (autoload 'ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
9289 Merge buffers with ancestor.
9291 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B BUFFER-ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
9293 (autoload 'ediff-merge-revisions "ediff" "\
9294 Run Ediff by merging two revisions of a file.
9295 The file is the optional FILE argument or the file visited by the current
9296 buffer.
9298 \(fn &optional FILE STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
9300 (autoload 'ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
9301 Run Ediff by merging two revisions of a file with a common ancestor.
9302 The file is the optional FILE argument or the file visited by the current
9303 buffer.
9305 \(fn &optional FILE STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
9307 (autoload 'ediff-patch-file "ediff" "\
9308 Query for a file name, and then run Ediff by patching that file.
9309 If optional PATCH-BUF is given, use the patch in that buffer
9310 and don't ask the user.
9311 If prefix argument, then: if even argument, assume that the patch is in a
9312 buffer. If odd -- assume it is in a file.
9314 \(fn &optional ARG PATCH-BUF)" t nil)
9316 (autoload 'ediff-patch-buffer "ediff" "\
9317 Run Ediff by patching the buffer specified at prompt.
9318 Without the optional prefix ARG, asks if the patch is in some buffer and
9319 prompts for the buffer or a file, depending on the answer.
9320 With ARG=1, assumes the patch is in a file and prompts for the file.
9321 With ARG=2, assumes the patch is in a buffer and prompts for the buffer.
9322 PATCH-BUF is an optional argument, which specifies the buffer that contains the
9323 patch. If not given, the user is prompted according to the prefix argument.
9325 \(fn &optional ARG PATCH-BUF)" t nil)
9327 (defalias 'epatch 'ediff-patch-file)
9329 (defalias 'epatch-buffer 'ediff-patch-buffer)
9331 (autoload 'ediff-revision "ediff" "\
9332 Run Ediff by comparing versions of a file.
9333 The file is an optional FILE argument or the file entered at the prompt.
9334 Default: the file visited by the current buffer.
9335 Uses `vc.el' or `rcs.el' depending on `ediff-version-control-package'.
9337 \(fn &optional FILE STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
9339 (defalias 'erevision 'ediff-revision)
9341 (autoload 'ediff-version "ediff" "\
9342 Return string describing the version of Ediff.
9343 When called interactively, displays the version.
9345 \(fn)" t nil)
9347 (autoload 'ediff-documentation "ediff" "\
9348 Display Ediff's manual.
9349 With optional NODE, goes to that node.
9351 \(fn &optional NODE)" t nil)
9353 (autoload 'ediff-files-command "ediff" "\
9356 \(fn)" nil nil)
9358 (autoload 'ediff3-files-command "ediff" "\
9361 \(fn)" nil nil)
9363 (autoload 'ediff-merge-command "ediff" "\
9366 \(fn)" nil nil)
9368 (autoload 'ediff-merge-with-ancestor-command "ediff" "\
9371 \(fn)" nil nil)
9373 (autoload 'ediff-directories-command "ediff" "\
9376 \(fn)" nil nil)
9378 (autoload 'ediff-directories3-command "ediff" "\
9381 \(fn)" nil nil)
9383 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directories-command "ediff" "\
9386 \(fn)" nil nil)
9388 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor-command "ediff" "\
9391 \(fn)" nil nil)
9393 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ediff" '("ediff-")))
9395 ;;;***
9396 \f
9397 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ediff-diff" "vc/ediff-diff.el" (0 0 0 0))
9398 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/ediff-diff.el
9400 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ediff-diff" '("ediff-")))
9402 ;;;***
9403 \f
9404 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ediff-help" "vc/ediff-help.el" (0 0 0 0))
9405 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/ediff-help.el
9407 (autoload 'ediff-customize "ediff-help" "\
9410 \(fn)" t nil)
9412 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ediff-help" '("ediff-")))
9414 ;;;***
9415 \f
9416 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ediff-init" "vc/ediff-init.el" (0 0 0 0))
9417 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/ediff-init.el
9419 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ediff-init" '("ediff-" "stipple-pixmap")))
9421 ;;;***
9422 \f
9423 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ediff-merg" "vc/ediff-merg.el" (0 0 0 0))
9424 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/ediff-merg.el
9426 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ediff-merg" '("ediff-")))
9428 ;;;***
9429 \f
9430 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ediff-mult" "vc/ediff-mult.el" (0 0 0 0))
9431 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/ediff-mult.el
9433 (autoload 'ediff-show-registry "ediff-mult" "\
9434 Display Ediff's registry.
9436 \(fn)" t nil)
9438 (defalias 'eregistry 'ediff-show-registry)
9440 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ediff-mult" '("ediff-")))
9442 ;;;***
9443 \f
9444 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ediff-ptch" "vc/ediff-ptch.el" (0 0 0 0))
9445 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/ediff-ptch.el
9447 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ediff-ptch" '("ediff-")))
9449 ;;;***
9450 \f
9451 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ediff-util" "vc/ediff-util.el" (0 0 0 0))
9452 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/ediff-util.el
9454 (autoload 'ediff-toggle-multiframe "ediff-util" "\
9455 Switch from multiframe display to single-frame display and back.
9456 To change the default, set the variable `ediff-window-setup-function',
9457 which see.
9459 \(fn)" t nil)
9461 (autoload 'ediff-toggle-use-toolbar "ediff-util" "\
9462 Enable or disable Ediff toolbar.
9463 Works only in versions of Emacs that support toolbars.
9464 To change the default, set the variable `ediff-use-toolbar-p', which see.
9466 \(fn)" t nil)
9468 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ediff-util" '("ediff-")))
9470 ;;;***
9471 \f
9472 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ediff-vers" "vc/ediff-vers.el" (0 0 0 0))
9473 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/ediff-vers.el
9475 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ediff-vers" '("ediff-" "rcs-ediff-view-revision")))
9477 ;;;***
9478 \f
9479 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ediff-wind" "vc/ediff-wind.el" (0 0 0 0))
9480 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/ediff-wind.el
9482 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ediff-wind" '("ediff-")))
9484 ;;;***
9485 \f
9486 ;;;### (autoloads nil "edmacro" "edmacro.el" (0 0 0 0))
9487 ;;; Generated autoloads from edmacro.el
9488 (push (purecopy '(edmacro 2 1)) package--builtin-versions)
9490 (autoload 'edit-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
9491 Edit a keyboard macro.
9492 At the prompt, type any key sequence which is bound to a keyboard macro.
9493 Or, type `C-x e' or RET to edit the last keyboard macro, `C-h l' to edit
9494 the last 300 keystrokes as a keyboard macro, or `\\[execute-extended-command]' to edit a macro by
9495 its command name.
9496 With a prefix argument, format the macro in a more concise way.
9498 \(fn KEYS &optional PREFIX FINISH-HOOK STORE-HOOK)" t nil)
9500 (autoload 'edit-last-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
9501 Edit the most recently defined keyboard macro.
9503 \(fn &optional PREFIX)" t nil)
9505 (autoload 'edit-named-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
9506 Edit a keyboard macro which has been given a name by `name-last-kbd-macro'.
9508 \(fn &optional PREFIX)" t nil)
9510 (autoload 'read-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
9511 Read the region as a keyboard macro definition.
9513 See documentation for `edmacro-mode' for details.
9517 In Lisp, may also be called with a single STRING argument in which case
9518 the result is returned rather than being installed as the current macro.
9519 The result will be a string if possible, otherwise an event vector.
9520 Second argument NEED-VECTOR means to return an event vector always.
9522 \(fn START &optional END)" t nil)
9524 (autoload 'format-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
9525 Return the keyboard macro MACRO as a human-readable string.
9526 This string is suitable for passing to `read-kbd-macro'.
9527 Second argument VERBOSE means to put one command per line with comments.
9528 If VERBOSE is `1', put everything on one line. If VERBOSE is omitted
9529 or nil, use a compact 80-column format.
9531 \(fn &optional MACRO VERBOSE)" nil nil)
9533 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "edmacro" '("edmacro-")))
9535 ;;;***
9536 \f
9537 ;;;### (autoloads nil "edt" "emulation/edt.el" (0 0 0 0))
9538 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/edt.el
9540 (autoload 'edt-set-scroll-margins "edt" "\
9541 Set scroll margins.
9542 Argument TOP is the top margin in number of lines or percent of window.
9543 Argument BOTTOM is the bottom margin in number of lines or percent of window.
9545 \(fn TOP BOTTOM)" t nil)
9547 (autoload 'edt-emulation-on "edt" "\
9548 Turn on EDT Emulation.
9550 \(fn)" t nil)
9552 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "edt" '("edt-")))
9554 ;;;***
9555 \f
9556 ;;;### (autoloads nil "edt-lk201" "emulation/edt-lk201.el" (0 0 0
9557 ;;;;;; 0))
9558 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/edt-lk201.el
9560 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "edt-lk201" '("*EDT-keys*")))
9562 ;;;***
9563 \f
9564 ;;;### (autoloads nil "edt-mapper" "emulation/edt-mapper.el" (0 0
9565 ;;;;;; 0 0))
9566 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/edt-mapper.el
9568 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "edt-mapper" '("edt-")))
9570 ;;;***
9571 \f
9572 ;;;### (autoloads nil "edt-pc" "emulation/edt-pc.el" (0 0 0 0))
9573 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/edt-pc.el
9575 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "edt-pc" '("*EDT-keys*")))
9577 ;;;***
9578 \f
9579 ;;;### (autoloads nil "edt-vt100" "emulation/edt-vt100.el" (0 0 0
9580 ;;;;;; 0))
9581 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/edt-vt100.el
9583 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "edt-vt100" '("edt-set-term-width-")))
9585 ;;;***
9586 \f
9587 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ehelp" "ehelp.el" (0 0 0 0))
9588 ;;; Generated autoloads from ehelp.el
9590 (autoload 'with-electric-help "ehelp" "\
9592 THUNK is a function of no arguments which is called to initialize the
9593 contents of BUFFER. BUFFER defaults to `*Help*'. BUFFER will be
9594 erased before THUNK is called unless NOERASE is non-nil. THUNK will
9595 be called while BUFFER is current and with `standard-output' bound to
9596 the buffer specified by BUFFER.
9598 If THUNK returns nil, we display BUFFER starting at the top, and shrink
9599 the window to fit. If THUNK returns non-nil, we don't do those things.
9602 window in which BUFFER is displayed and allows the user to scroll
9603 through that buffer in `electric-help-mode'. The window's height will
9604 be at least MINHEIGHT if this value is non-nil.
9606 If THUNK returns nil, we display BUFFER starting at the top, and
9607 shrink the window to fit if `electric-help-shrink-window' is non-nil.
9608 If THUNK returns non-nil, we don't do those things.
9610 When the user exits (with `electric-help-exit', or otherwise), the help
9611 buffer's window disappears (i.e., we use `save-window-excursion'), and
9612 BUFFER is put back into its original major mode.
9614 \(fn THUNK &optional BUFFER NOERASE MINHEIGHT)" nil nil)
9616 (autoload 'electric-helpify "ehelp" "\
9619 \(fn FUN &optional NAME)" nil nil)
9621 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ehelp" '("electric-" "ehelp-")))
9623 ;;;***
9624 \f
9625 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eieio" "emacs-lisp/eieio.el" (0 0 0 0))
9626 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/eieio.el
9627 (push (purecopy '(eieio 1 4)) package--builtin-versions)
9629 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "eieio" '("eieio-" "oref" "oset" "obj" "find-class" "set-slot-value" "same-class-p" "slot-" "child-of-class-p" "with-slots" "defclass")))
9631 ;;;***
9632 \f
9633 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eieio-base" "emacs-lisp/eieio-base.el" (0
9634 ;;;;;; 0 0 0))
9635 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/eieio-base.el
9637 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "eieio-base" '("eieio-")))
9639 ;;;***
9640 \f
9641 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "eieio-compat"
9642 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/eieio-compat.el" (0 0 0 0))
9643 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/eieio-compat.el
9645 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "eieio-compat" '("no-" "next-method-p" "generic-p" "eieio--generic-static-symbol-specializers")))
9647 ;;;***
9648 \f
9649 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eieio-core" "emacs-lisp/eieio-core.el" (0
9650 ;;;;;; 0 0 0))
9651 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/eieio-core.el
9652 (push (purecopy '(eieio-core 1 4)) package--builtin-versions)
9654 (autoload 'eieio-defclass-autoload "eieio-core" "\
9655 Create autoload symbols for the EIEIO class CNAME.
9656 SUPERCLASSES are the superclasses that CNAME inherits from.
9657 DOC is the docstring for CNAME.
9658 This function creates a mock-class for CNAME and adds it into
9659 SUPERCLASSES as children.
9660 It creates an autoload function for CNAME's constructor.
9662 \(fn CNAME SUPERCLASSES FILENAME DOC)" nil nil)
9664 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "eieio-core" '("eieio-" "invalid-slot-" "inconsistent-class-hierarchy" "unbound-slot" "class-")))
9666 ;;;***
9667 \f
9668 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "eieio-custom"
9669 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/eieio-custom.el" (0 0 0 0))
9670 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/eieio-custom.el
9672 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "eieio-custom" '("eieio-")))
9674 ;;;***
9675 \f
9676 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eieio-datadebug" "emacs-lisp/eieio-datadebug.el"
9677 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
9678 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/eieio-datadebug.el
9680 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "eieio-datadebug" '("data-debug-insert-object-")))
9682 ;;;***
9683 \f
9684 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "eieio-opt" "emacs-lisp/eieio-opt.el"
9685 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
9686 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/eieio-opt.el
9688 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "eieio-opt" '("eieio-")))
9690 ;;;***
9691 \f
9692 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eieio-speedbar" "emacs-lisp/eieio-speedbar.el"
9693 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
9694 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/eieio-speedbar.el
9696 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "eieio-speedbar" '("eieio-speedbar")))
9698 ;;;***
9699 \f
9700 ;;;### (autoloads nil "elec-pair" "elec-pair.el" (0 0 0 0))
9701 ;;; Generated autoloads from elec-pair.el
9703 (defvar electric-pair-text-pairs '((34 . 34) ((nth 0 electric-quote-chars) nth 1 electric-quote-chars) ((nth 2 electric-quote-chars) nth 3 electric-quote-chars)) "\
9704 Alist of pairs that should always be used in comments and strings.
9706 Pairs of delimiters in this list are a fallback in case they have
9707 no syntax relevant to `electric-pair-mode' in the syntax table
9708 defined in `electric-pair-text-syntax-table'")
9710 (custom-autoload 'electric-pair-text-pairs "elec-pair" t)
9712 (defvar electric-pair-mode nil "\
9713 Non-nil if Electric-Pair mode is enabled.
9714 See the `electric-pair-mode' command
9715 for a description of this minor mode.
9716 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
9717 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
9718 or call the function `electric-pair-mode'.")
9720 (custom-autoload 'electric-pair-mode "elec-pair" nil)
9722 (autoload 'electric-pair-mode "elec-pair" "\
9723 Toggle automatic parens pairing (Electric Pair mode).
9724 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Electric Pair mode if ARG is
9725 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
9726 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
9728 Electric Pair mode is a global minor mode. When enabled, typing
9729 an open parenthesis automatically inserts the corresponding
9730 closing parenthesis. (Likewise for brackets, etc.). To toggle
9731 the mode in a single buffer, use `electric-pair-local-mode'.
9733 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9735 (autoload 'electric-pair-local-mode "elec-pair" "\
9736 Toggle `electric-pair-mode' only in this buffer.
9738 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9740 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "elec-pair" '("electric-pair-")))
9742 ;;;***
9743 \f
9744 ;;;### (autoloads nil "elide-head" "elide-head.el" (0 0 0 0))
9745 ;;; Generated autoloads from elide-head.el
9747 (autoload 'elide-head "elide-head" "\
9748 Hide header material in buffer according to `elide-head-headers-to-hide'.
9750 The header is made invisible with an overlay. With a prefix arg, show
9751 an elided material again.
9753 This is suitable as an entry on `find-file-hook' or appropriate mode hooks.
9755 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9757 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "elide-head" '("elide-head-")))
9759 ;;;***
9760 \f
9761 ;;;### (autoloads nil "elint" "emacs-lisp/elint.el" (0 0 0 0))
9762 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/elint.el
9764 (autoload 'elint-file "elint" "\
9765 Lint the file FILE.
9767 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
9769 (autoload 'elint-directory "elint" "\
9770 Lint all the .el files in DIRECTORY.
9771 A complicated directory may require a lot of memory.
9773 \(fn DIRECTORY)" t nil)
9775 (autoload 'elint-current-buffer "elint" "\
9776 Lint the current buffer.
9777 If necessary, this first calls `elint-initialize'.
9779 \(fn)" t nil)
9781 (autoload 'elint-defun "elint" "\
9782 Lint the function at point.
9783 If necessary, this first calls `elint-initialize'.
9785 \(fn)" t nil)
9787 (autoload 'elint-initialize "elint" "\
9788 Initialize elint.
9789 If elint is already initialized, this does nothing, unless
9790 optional prefix argument REINIT is non-nil.
9792 \(fn &optional REINIT)" t nil)
9794 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "elint" '("elint-")))
9796 ;;;***
9797 \f
9798 ;;;### (autoloads nil "elp" "emacs-lisp/elp.el" (0 0 0 0))
9799 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/elp.el
9801 (autoload 'elp-instrument-function "elp" "\
9802 Instrument FUNSYM for profiling.
9803 FUNSYM must be a symbol of a defined function.
9805 \(fn FUNSYM)" t nil)
9807 (autoload 'elp-instrument-list "elp" "\
9808 Instrument, for profiling, all functions in `elp-function-list'.
9809 Use optional LIST if provided instead.
9810 If called interactively, read LIST using the minibuffer.
9812 \(fn &optional LIST)" t nil)
9814 (autoload 'elp-instrument-package "elp" "\
9815 Instrument for profiling, all functions which start with PREFIX.
9816 For example, to instrument all ELP functions, do the following:
9820 \(fn PREFIX)" t nil)
9822 (autoload 'elp-results "elp" "\
9823 Display current profiling results.
9824 If `elp-reset-after-results' is non-nil, then current profiling
9825 information for all instrumented functions is reset after results are
9826 displayed.
9828 \(fn)" t nil)
9830 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "elp" '("elp-")))
9832 ;;;***
9833 \f
9834 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "em-alias" "eshell/em-alias.el"
9835 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
9836 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/em-alias.el
9838 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "em-alias" '("eshell" "pcomplete/eshell-mode/alias")))
9840 ;;;***
9841 \f
9842 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "em-banner" "eshell/em-banner.el"
9843 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
9844 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/em-banner.el
9846 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "em-banner" '("eshell-banner-")))
9848 ;;;***
9849 \f
9850 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "em-basic" "eshell/em-basic.el"
9851 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
9852 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/em-basic.el
9854 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "em-basic" '("eshell")))
9856 ;;;***
9857 \f
9858 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "em-cmpl" "eshell/em-cmpl.el"
9859 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
9860 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/em-cmpl.el
9862 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "em-cmpl" '("eshell-")))
9864 ;;;***
9865 \f
9866 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "em-dirs" "eshell/em-dirs.el"
9867 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
9868 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/em-dirs.el
9870 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "em-dirs" '("eshell")))
9872 ;;;***
9873 \f
9874 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "em-glob" "eshell/em-glob.el"
9875 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
9876 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/em-glob.el
9878 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "em-glob" '("eshell-")))
9880 ;;;***
9881 \f
9882 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "em-hist" "eshell/em-hist.el"
9883 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
9884 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/em-hist.el
9886 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "em-hist" '("eshell")))
9888 ;;;***
9889 \f
9890 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "em-ls" "eshell/em-ls.el"
9891 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
9892 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/em-ls.el
9894 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "em-ls" '("eshell")))
9896 ;;;***
9897 \f
9898 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "em-pred" "eshell/em-pred.el"
9899 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
9900 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/em-pred.el
9902 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "em-pred" '("eshell-")))
9904 ;;;***
9905 \f
9906 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "em-prompt" "eshell/em-prompt.el"
9907 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
9908 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/em-prompt.el
9910 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "em-prompt" '("eshell-")))
9912 ;;;***
9913 \f
9914 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "em-rebind" "eshell/em-rebind.el"
9915 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
9916 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/em-rebind.el
9918 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "em-rebind" '("eshell-")))
9920 ;;;***
9921 \f
9922 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "em-script" "eshell/em-script.el"
9923 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
9924 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/em-script.el
9926 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "em-script" '("eshell")))
9928 ;;;***
9929 \f
9930 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "em-smart" "eshell/em-smart.el"
9931 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
9932 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/em-smart.el
9934 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "em-smart" '("eshell-")))
9936 ;;;***
9937 \f
9938 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "em-term" "eshell/em-term.el"
9939 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
9940 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/em-term.el
9942 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "em-term" '("eshell-")))
9944 ;;;***
9945 \f
9946 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "em-tramp" "eshell/em-tramp.el"
9947 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
9948 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/em-tramp.el
9950 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "em-tramp" '("eshell")))
9952 ;;;***
9953 \f
9954 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "em-unix" "eshell/em-unix.el"
9955 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
9956 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/em-unix.el
9958 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "em-unix" '("eshell" "nil-blank-string" "pcomplete/")))
9960 ;;;***
9961 \f
9962 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "em-xtra" "eshell/em-xtra.el"
9963 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
9964 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/em-xtra.el
9966 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "em-xtra" '("pcomplete/bcc" "eshell/")))
9968 ;;;***
9969 \f
9970 ;;;### (autoloads nil "emacs-lock" "emacs-lock.el" (0 0 0 0))
9971 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lock.el
9973 (autoload 'emacs-lock-mode "emacs-lock" "\
9974 Toggle Emacs Lock mode in the current buffer.
9975 If called with a plain prefix argument, ask for the locking mode
9976 to be used. With any other prefix ARG, turn mode on if ARG is
9977 positive, off otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if
9978 ARG is omitted or nil.
9980 Initially, if the user does not pass an explicit locking mode, it
9981 defaults to `emacs-lock-default-locking-mode' (which see);
9982 afterwards, the locking mode most recently set on the buffer is
9983 used instead.
9985 When called from Elisp code, ARG can be any locking mode:
9987 exit -- Emacs cannot exit while the buffer is locked
9988 kill -- the buffer cannot be killed, but Emacs can exit as usual
9989 all -- the buffer is locked against both actions
9991 Other values are interpreted as usual.
9993 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9995 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "emacs-lock" '("toggle-emacs-lock" "emacs-lock-")))
9997 ;;;***
9998 \f
9999 ;;;### (autoloads nil "emacsbug" "mail/emacsbug.el" (0 0 0 0))
10000 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/emacsbug.el
10002 (autoload 'report-emacs-bug "emacsbug" "\
10003 Report a bug in GNU Emacs.
10004 Prompts for bug subject. Leaves you in a mail buffer.
10006 \(fn TOPIC &optional UNUSED)" t nil)
10008 (set-advertised-calling-convention 'report-emacs-bug '(topic) '"24.5")
10010 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "emacsbug" '("report-emacs-bug-")))
10012 ;;;***
10013 \f
10014 ;;;### (autoloads nil "emerge" "vc/emerge.el" (0 0 0 0))
10015 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/emerge.el
10017 (autoload 'emerge-files "emerge" "\
10018 Run Emerge on two files.
10020 \(fn ARG FILE-A FILE-B FILE-OUT &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
10022 (autoload 'emerge-files-with-ancestor "emerge" "\
10023 Run Emerge on two files, giving another file as the ancestor.
10025 \(fn ARG FILE-A FILE-B FILE-ANCESTOR FILE-OUT &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
10027 (autoload 'emerge-buffers "emerge" "\
10028 Run Emerge on two buffers.
10030 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
10032 (autoload 'emerge-buffers-with-ancestor "emerge" "\
10033 Run Emerge on two buffers, giving another buffer as the ancestor.
10035 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B BUFFER-ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
10037 (autoload 'emerge-files-command "emerge" "\
10040 \(fn)" nil nil)
10042 (autoload 'emerge-files-with-ancestor-command "emerge" "\
10045 \(fn)" nil nil)
10047 (autoload 'emerge-files-remote "emerge" "\
10050 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-OUT)" nil nil)
10052 (autoload 'emerge-files-with-ancestor-remote "emerge" "\
10055 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-ANC FILE-OUT)" nil nil)
10057 (autoload 'emerge-revisions "emerge" "\
10058 Emerge two RCS revisions of a file.
10060 \(fn ARG FILE REVISION-A REVISION-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
10062 (autoload 'emerge-revisions-with-ancestor "emerge" "\
10063 Emerge two RCS revisions of a file, with another revision as ancestor.
10065 \(fn ARG FILE REVISION-A REVISION-B ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
10067 (autoload 'emerge-merge-directories "emerge" "\
10070 \(fn A-DIR B-DIR ANCESTOR-DIR OUTPUT-DIR)" t nil)
10072 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "emerge" '("emerge-")))
10074 ;;;***
10075 \f
10076 ;;;### (autoloads nil "enriched" "textmodes/enriched.el" (0 0 0 0))
10077 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/enriched.el
10079 (autoload 'enriched-mode "enriched" "\
10080 Minor mode for editing text/enriched files.
10081 These are files with embedded formatting information in the MIME standard
10082 text/enriched format.
10084 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
10085 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
10086 if ARG is omitted or nil.
10088 Turning the mode on or off runs `enriched-mode-hook'.
10090 More information about Enriched mode is available in the file
10093 Commands:
10097 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10099 (autoload 'enriched-encode "enriched" "\
10102 \(fn FROM TO ORIG-BUF)" nil nil)
10104 (autoload 'enriched-decode "enriched" "\
10107 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
10109 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "enriched" '("enriched-")))
10111 ;;;***
10112 \f
10113 ;;;### (autoloads nil "epa" "epa.el" (0 0 0 0))
10114 ;;; Generated autoloads from epa.el
10116 (autoload 'epa-list-keys "epa" "\
10117 List all keys matched with NAME from the public keyring.
10119 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
10121 (autoload 'epa-list-secret-keys "epa" "\
10122 List all keys matched with NAME from the private keyring.
10124 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
10126 (autoload 'epa-select-keys "epa" "\
10127 Display a user's keyring and ask him to select keys.
10128 CONTEXT is an epg-context.
10129 PROMPT is a string to prompt with.
10130 NAMES is a list of strings to be matched with keys. If it is nil, all
10131 the keys are listed.
10132 If SECRET is non-nil, list secret keys instead of public keys.
10134 \(fn CONTEXT PROMPT &optional NAMES SECRET)" nil nil)
10136 (autoload 'epa-decrypt-file "epa" "\
10137 Decrypt DECRYPT-FILE into PLAIN-FILE.
10138 If you do not specify PLAIN-FILE, this functions prompts for the value to use.
10140 \(fn DECRYPT-FILE &optional PLAIN-FILE)" t nil)
10142 (autoload 'epa-verify-file "epa" "\
10143 Verify FILE.
10145 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
10147 (autoload 'epa-sign-file "epa" "\
10148 Sign FILE by SIGNERS keys selected.
10150 \(fn FILE SIGNERS MODE)" t nil)
10152 (autoload 'epa-encrypt-file "epa" "\
10153 Encrypt FILE for RECIPIENTS.
10155 \(fn FILE RECIPIENTS)" t nil)
10157 (autoload 'epa-decrypt-region "epa" "\
10158 Decrypt the current region between START and END.
10160 If MAKE-BUFFER-FUNCTION is non-nil, call it to prepare an output buffer.
10161 It should return that buffer. If it copies the input, it should
10162 delete the text now being decrypted. It should leave point at the
10163 proper place to insert the plaintext.
10165 Be careful about using this command in Lisp programs!
10166 Since this function operates on regions, it does some tricks such
10167 as coding-system detection and unibyte/multibyte conversion. If
10168 you are sure how the data in the region should be treated, you
10169 should consider using the string based counterpart
10170 `epg-decrypt-string', or the file based counterpart
10171 `epg-decrypt-file' instead.
10173 For example:
10176 (decode-coding-string
10177 (epg-decrypt-string context (buffer-substring start end))
10180 \(fn START END &optional MAKE-BUFFER-FUNCTION)" t nil)
10182 (autoload 'epa-decrypt-armor-in-region "epa" "\
10183 Decrypt OpenPGP armors in the current region between START and END.
10185 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
10186 See the reason described in the `epa-decrypt-region' documentation.
10188 \(fn START END)" t nil)
10190 (function-put 'epa-decrypt-armor-in-region 'interactive-only 't)
10192 (autoload 'epa-verify-region "epa" "\
10193 Verify the current region between START and END.
10195 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
10196 Since this function operates on regions, it does some tricks such
10197 as coding-system detection and unibyte/multibyte conversion. If
10198 you are sure how the data in the region should be treated, you
10199 should consider using the string based counterpart
10200 `epg-verify-string', or the file based counterpart
10201 `epg-verify-file' instead.
10203 For example:
10206 (decode-coding-string
10207 (epg-verify-string context (buffer-substring start end))
10210 \(fn START END)" t nil)
10212 (function-put 'epa-verify-region 'interactive-only 't)
10214 (autoload 'epa-verify-cleartext-in-region "epa" "\
10215 Verify OpenPGP cleartext signed messages in the current region
10216 between START and END.
10218 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
10219 See the reason described in the `epa-verify-region' documentation.
10221 \(fn START END)" t nil)
10223 (function-put 'epa-verify-cleartext-in-region 'interactive-only 't)
10225 (autoload 'epa-sign-region "epa" "\
10226 Sign the current region between START and END by SIGNERS keys selected.
10228 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
10229 Since this function operates on regions, it does some tricks such
10230 as coding-system detection and unibyte/multibyte conversion. If
10231 you are sure how the data should be treated, you should consider
10232 using the string based counterpart `epg-sign-string', or the file
10233 based counterpart `epg-sign-file' instead.
10235 For example:
10238 (epg-sign-string
10239 context
10242 \(fn START END SIGNERS MODE)" t nil)
10244 (function-put 'epa-sign-region 'interactive-only 't)
10246 (autoload 'epa-encrypt-region "epa" "\
10247 Encrypt the current region between START and END for RECIPIENTS.
10249 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
10250 Since this function operates on regions, it does some tricks such
10251 as coding-system detection and unibyte/multibyte conversion. If
10252 you are sure how the data should be treated, you should consider
10253 using the string based counterpart `epg-encrypt-string', or the
10254 file based counterpart `epg-encrypt-file' instead.
10256 For example:
10259 (epg-encrypt-string
10260 context
10262 nil))
10264 \(fn START END RECIPIENTS SIGN SIGNERS)" t nil)
10266 (function-put 'epa-encrypt-region 'interactive-only 't)
10268 (autoload 'epa-delete-keys "epa" "\
10269 Delete selected KEYS.
10271 \(fn KEYS &optional ALLOW-SECRET)" t nil)
10273 (autoload 'epa-import-keys "epa" "\
10274 Import keys from FILE.
10276 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
10278 (autoload 'epa-import-keys-region "epa" "\
10279 Import keys from the region.
10281 \(fn START END)" t nil)
10283 (autoload 'epa-import-armor-in-region "epa" "\
10284 Import keys in the OpenPGP armor format in the current region
10285 between START and END.
10287 \(fn START END)" t nil)
10289 (autoload 'epa-export-keys "epa" "\
10290 Export selected KEYS to FILE.
10292 \(fn KEYS FILE)" t nil)
10294 (autoload 'epa-insert-keys "epa" "\
10295 Insert selected KEYS after the point.
10297 \(fn KEYS)" t nil)
10299 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "epa" '("epa-")))
10301 ;;;***
10302 \f
10303 ;;;### (autoloads nil "epa-dired" "epa-dired.el" (0 0 0 0))
10304 ;;; Generated autoloads from epa-dired.el
10306 (autoload 'epa-dired-do-decrypt "epa-dired" "\
10307 Decrypt marked files.
10309 \(fn)" t nil)
10311 (autoload 'epa-dired-do-verify "epa-dired" "\
10312 Verify marked files.
10314 \(fn)" t nil)
10316 (autoload 'epa-dired-do-sign "epa-dired" "\
10317 Sign marked files.
10319 \(fn)" t nil)
10321 (autoload 'epa-dired-do-encrypt "epa-dired" "\
10322 Encrypt marked files.
10324 \(fn)" t nil)
10326 ;;;***
10327 \f
10328 ;;;### (autoloads nil "epa-file" "epa-file.el" (0 0 0 0))
10329 ;;; Generated autoloads from epa-file.el
10331 (autoload 'epa-file-handler "epa-file" "\
10334 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
10336 (autoload 'epa-file-enable "epa-file" "\
10339 \(fn)" t nil)
10341 (autoload 'epa-file-disable "epa-file" "\
10344 \(fn)" t nil)
10346 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "epa-file" '("epa-")))
10348 ;;;***
10349 \f
10350 ;;;### (autoloads nil "epa-mail" "epa-mail.el" (0 0 0 0))
10351 ;;; Generated autoloads from epa-mail.el
10353 (autoload 'epa-mail-mode "epa-mail" "\
10354 A minor-mode for composing encrypted/clearsigned mails.
10355 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
10356 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
10357 if ARG is omitted or nil.
10359 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10361 (autoload 'epa-mail-decrypt "epa-mail" "\
10362 Decrypt OpenPGP armors in the current buffer.
10363 The buffer is expected to contain a mail message.
10365 \(fn)" t nil)
10367 (function-put 'epa-mail-decrypt 'interactive-only 't)
10369 (autoload 'epa-mail-verify "epa-mail" "\
10370 Verify OpenPGP cleartext signed messages in the current buffer.
10371 The buffer is expected to contain a mail message.
10373 \(fn)" t nil)
10375 (function-put 'epa-mail-verify 'interactive-only 't)
10377 (autoload 'epa-mail-sign "epa-mail" "\
10378 Sign the current buffer.
10379 The buffer is expected to contain a mail message.
10381 \(fn START END SIGNERS MODE)" t nil)
10383 (function-put 'epa-mail-sign 'interactive-only 't)
10385 (autoload 'epa-mail-encrypt "epa-mail" "\
10386 Encrypt the outgoing mail message in the current buffer.
10387 Takes the recipients from the text in the header in the buffer
10388 and translates them through `epa-mail-aliases'.
10389 With prefix argument, asks you to select among them interactively
10390 and also whether and how to sign.
10392 Called from Lisp, the optional argument RECIPIENTS is a list
10393 of recipient addresses, t to perform symmetric encryption,
10394 or nil meaning use the defaults.
10396 SIGNERS is a list of keys to sign the message with.
10398 \(fn &optional RECIPIENTS SIGNERS)" t nil)
10400 (autoload 'epa-mail-import-keys "epa-mail" "\
10401 Import keys in the OpenPGP armor format in the current buffer.
10402 The buffer is expected to contain a mail message.
10404 \(fn)" t nil)
10406 (function-put 'epa-mail-import-keys 'interactive-only 't)
10408 (defvar epa-global-mail-mode nil "\
10409 Non-nil if Epa-Global-Mail mode is enabled.
10410 See the `epa-global-mail-mode' command
10411 for a description of this minor mode.
10412 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
10413 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
10414 or call the function `epa-global-mail-mode'.")
10416 (custom-autoload 'epa-global-mail-mode "epa-mail" nil)
10418 (autoload 'epa-global-mail-mode "epa-mail" "\
10419 Minor mode to hook EasyPG into Mail mode.
10420 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
10421 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
10422 if ARG is omitted or nil.
10424 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10426 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "epa-mail" '("epa-mail-")))
10428 ;;;***
10429 \f
10430 ;;;### (autoloads nil "epg" "epg.el" (0 0 0 0))
10431 ;;; Generated autoloads from epg.el
10432 (push (purecopy '(epg 1 0 0)) package--builtin-versions)
10434 (autoload 'epg-make-context "epg" "\
10435 Return a context object.
10437 \(fn &optional PROTOCOL ARMOR TEXTMODE INCLUDE-CERTS CIPHER-ALGORITHM DIGEST-ALGORITHM COMPRESS-ALGORITHM)" nil nil)
10439 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "epg" '("epg-")))
10441 ;;;***
10442 \f
10443 ;;;### (autoloads nil "epg-config" "epg-config.el" (0 0 0 0))
10444 ;;; Generated autoloads from epg-config.el
10446 (autoload 'epg-find-configuration "epg-config" "\
10447 Find or create a usable configuration to handle PROTOCOL.
10448 This function first looks at the existing configuration found by
10449 the previous invocation of this function, unless NO-CACHE is non-nil.
10451 Then it walks through PROGRAM-ALIST or
10452 `epg-config--program-alist'. If `epg-gpg-program' or
10453 `epg-gpgsm-program' is already set with custom, use it.
10454 Otherwise, it tries the programs listed in the entry until the
10455 version requirement is met.
10457 \(fn PROTOCOL &optional NO-CACHE PROGRAM-ALIST)" nil nil)
10459 (autoload 'epg-configuration "epg-config" "\
10460 Return a list of internal configuration parameters of `epg-gpg-program'.
10462 \(fn)" nil nil)
10464 (make-obsolete 'epg-configuration 'epg-find-configuration '"25.1")
10466 (autoload 'epg-check-configuration "epg-config" "\
10467 Verify that a sufficient version of GnuPG is installed.
10469 \(fn CONFIG &optional MINIMUM-VERSION)" nil nil)
10471 (autoload 'epg-expand-group "epg-config" "\
10472 Look at CONFIG and try to expand GROUP.
10474 \(fn CONFIG GROUP)" nil nil)
10476 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "epg-config" '("epg-")))
10478 ;;;***
10479 \f
10480 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc" "erc/erc.el" (0 0 0 0))
10481 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc.el
10482 (push (purecopy '(erc 5 3)) package--builtin-versions)
10484 (autoload 'erc-select-read-args "erc" "\
10485 Prompt the user for values of nick, server, port, and password.
10487 \(fn)" nil nil)
10489 (autoload 'erc "erc" "\
10490 ERC is a powerful, modular, and extensible IRC client.
10491 This function is the main entry point for ERC.
10493 It permits you to select connection parameters, and then starts ERC.
10495 Non-interactively, it takes the keyword arguments
10496 (server (erc-compute-server))
10497 (port (erc-compute-port))
10498 (nick (erc-compute-nick))
10499 password
10500 (full-name (erc-compute-full-name)))
10502 That is, if called with
10506 then the server and full-name will be set to those values, whereas
10507 `erc-compute-port', `erc-compute-nick' and `erc-compute-full-name' will
10508 be invoked for the values of the other parameters.
10510 \(fn &key (SERVER (erc-compute-server)) (PORT (erc-compute-port)) (NICK (erc-compute-nick)) PASSWORD (FULL-NAME (erc-compute-full-name)))" t nil)
10512 (defalias 'erc-select 'erc)
10514 (autoload 'erc-tls "erc" "\
10515 Interactively select TLS connection parameters and run ERC.
10516 Arguments are the same as for `erc'.
10518 \(fn &rest R)" t nil)
10520 (autoload 'erc-handle-irc-url "erc" "\
10521 Use ERC to IRC on HOST:PORT in CHANNEL as USER with PASSWORD.
10522 If ERC is already connected to HOST:PORT, simply /join CHANNEL.
10523 Otherwise, connect to HOST:PORT as USER and /join CHANNEL.
10525 \(fn HOST PORT CHANNEL USER PASSWORD)" nil nil)
10527 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "erc" '("erc-" "define-erc-module")))
10529 ;;;***
10530 \f
10531 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-autoaway" "erc/erc-autoaway.el" (0 0 0
10532 ;;;;;; 0))
10533 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-autoaway.el
10534 (autoload 'erc-autoaway-mode "erc-autoaway")
10536 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "erc-autoaway" '("erc-auto" "autoaway")))
10538 ;;;***
10539 \f
10540 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-backend" "erc/erc-backend.el" (0 0 0 0))
10541 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-backend.el
10543 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "erc-backend" '("erc-")))
10545 ;;;***
10546 \f
10547 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-button" "erc/erc-button.el" (0 0 0 0))
10548 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-button.el
10549 (autoload 'erc-button-mode "erc-button" nil t)
10551 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "erc-button" '("erc-" "button")))
10553 ;;;***
10554 \f
10555 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-capab" "erc/erc-capab.el" (0 0 0 0))
10556 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-capab.el
10557 (autoload 'erc-capab-identify-mode "erc-capab" nil t)
10559 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "erc-capab" '("erc-capab-identify-" "capab-identify")))
10561 ;;;***
10562 \f
10563 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-compat" "erc/erc-compat.el" (0 0 0 0))
10564 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-compat.el
10565 (autoload 'erc-define-minor-mode "erc-compat")
10567 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "erc-compat" '("erc-")))
10569 ;;;***
10570 \f
10571 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-dcc" "erc/erc-dcc.el" (0 0 0 0))
10572 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-dcc.el
10573 (autoload 'erc-dcc-mode "erc-dcc")
10575 (autoload 'erc-cmd-DCC "erc-dcc" "\
10576 Parser for /dcc command.
10577 This figures out the dcc subcommand and calls the appropriate routine to
10579 where FOO is one of CLOSE, GET, SEND, LIST, CHAT, etc.
10581 \(fn CMD &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
10583 (autoload 'pcomplete/erc-mode/DCC "erc-dcc" "\
10584 Provides completion for the /DCC command.
10586 \(fn)" nil nil)
10588 (defvar erc-ctcp-query-DCC-hook '(erc-ctcp-query-DCC) "\
10589 Hook variable for CTCP DCC queries.")
10591 (autoload 'erc-ctcp-query-DCC "erc-dcc" "\
10592 The function called when a CTCP DCC request is detected by the client.
10593 It examines the DCC subcommand, and calls the appropriate routine for
10594 that subcommand.
10596 \(fn PROC NICK LOGIN HOST TO QUERY)" nil nil)
10598 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "erc-dcc" '("erc-" "pcomplete/erc-mode/" "dcc")))
10600 ;;;***
10601 \f
10602 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-desktop-notifications" "erc/erc-desktop-notifications.el"
10603 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
10604 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-desktop-notifications.el
10605 (autoload 'erc-notifications-mode "erc-desktop-notifications" "" t)
10607 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "erc-desktop-notifications" '("notifications" "erc-notifications-")))
10609 ;;;***
10610 \f
10611 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-ezbounce" "erc/erc-ezbounce.el" (0 0 0
10612 ;;;;;; 0))
10613 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-ezbounce.el
10615 (autoload 'erc-cmd-ezb "erc-ezbounce" "\
10616 Send EZB commands to the EZBouncer verbatim.
10618 \(fn LINE &optional FORCE)" nil nil)
10620 (autoload 'erc-ezb-get-login "erc-ezbounce" "\
10621 Return an appropriate EZBounce login for SERVER and PORT.
10622 Look up entries in `erc-ezb-login-alist'. If the username or password
10623 in the alist is nil, prompt for the appropriate values.
10625 \(fn SERVER PORT)" nil nil)
10627 (autoload 'erc-ezb-lookup-action "erc-ezbounce" "\
10630 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
10632 (autoload 'erc-ezb-notice-autodetect "erc-ezbounce" "\
10633 React on an EZBounce NOTICE request.
10635 \(fn PROC PARSED)" nil nil)
10637 (autoload 'erc-ezb-identify "erc-ezbounce" "\
10638 Identify to the EZBouncer server.
10640 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
10642 (autoload 'erc-ezb-init-session-list "erc-ezbounce" "\
10643 Reset the EZBounce session list to nil.
10645 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
10647 (autoload 'erc-ezb-end-of-session-list "erc-ezbounce" "\
10648 Indicate the end of the EZBounce session listing.
10650 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
10652 (autoload 'erc-ezb-add-session "erc-ezbounce" "\
10653 Add an EZBounce session to the session list.
10655 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
10657 (autoload 'erc-ezb-select "erc-ezbounce" "\
10658 Select an IRC server to use by EZBounce, in ERC style.
10660 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
10662 (autoload 'erc-ezb-select-session "erc-ezbounce" "\
10663 Select a detached EZBounce session.
10665 \(fn)" nil nil)
10667 (autoload 'erc-ezb-initialize "erc-ezbounce" "\
10668 Add EZBouncer convenience functions to ERC.
10670 \(fn)" nil nil)
10672 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "erc-ezbounce" '("erc-ezb-")))
10674 ;;;***
10675 \f
10676 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-fill" "erc/erc-fill.el" (0 0 0 0))
10677 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-fill.el
10678 (autoload 'erc-fill-mode "erc-fill" nil t)
10680 (autoload 'erc-fill "erc-fill" "\
10681 Fill a region using the function referenced in `erc-fill-function'.
10682 You can put this on `erc-insert-modify-hook' and/or `erc-send-modify-hook'.
10684 \(fn)" nil nil)
10686 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "erc-fill" '("erc-")))
10688 ;;;***
10689 \f
10690 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-goodies" "erc/erc-goodies.el" (0 0 0 0))
10691 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-goodies.el
10693 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "erc-goodies" '("erc-" "unmorse" "scrolltobottom" "smiley" "irccontrols" "noncommands" "keep-place" "move-to-prompt" "readonly")))
10695 ;;;***
10696 \f
10697 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-ibuffer" "erc/erc-ibuffer.el" (0 0 0 0))
10698 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-ibuffer.el
10700 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "erc-ibuffer" '("erc-")))
10702 ;;;***
10703 \f
10704 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-identd" "erc/erc-identd.el" (0 0 0 0))
10705 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-identd.el
10706 (autoload 'erc-identd-mode "erc-identd")
10708 (autoload 'erc-identd-start "erc-identd" "\
10709 Start an identd server listening to port 8113.
10710 Port 113 (auth) will need to be redirected to port 8113 on your
10711 machine -- using iptables, or a program like redir which can be
10712 run from inetd. The idea is to provide a simple identd server
10713 when you need one, without having to install one globally on your
10714 system.
10716 \(fn &optional PORT)" t nil)
10718 (autoload 'erc-identd-stop "erc-identd" "\
10721 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
10723 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "erc-identd" '("erc-identd-" "identd")))
10725 ;;;***
10726 \f
10727 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-imenu" "erc/erc-imenu.el" (0 0 0 0))
10728 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-imenu.el
10730 (autoload 'erc-create-imenu-index "erc-imenu" "\
10733 \(fn)" nil nil)
10735 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "erc-imenu" '("erc-unfill-notice")))
10737 ;;;***
10738 \f
10739 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-join" "erc/erc-join.el" (0 0 0 0))
10740 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-join.el
10741 (autoload 'erc-autojoin-mode "erc-join" nil t)
10743 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "erc-join" '("erc-" "autojoin")))
10745 ;;;***
10746 \f
10747 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-lang" "erc/erc-lang.el" (0 0 0 0))
10748 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-lang.el
10750 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "erc-lang" '("erc-cmd-LANG" "language" "iso-638-languages")))
10752 ;;;***
10753 \f
10754 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-list" "erc/erc-list.el" (0 0 0 0))
10755 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-list.el
10756 (autoload 'erc-list-mode "erc-list")
10758 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "erc-list" '("erc-" "list")))
10760 ;;;***
10761 \f
10762 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-log" "erc/erc-log.el" (0 0 0 0))
10763 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-log.el
10764 (autoload 'erc-log-mode "erc-log" nil t)
10766 (autoload 'erc-logging-enabled "erc-log" "\
10767 Return non-nil if logging is enabled for BUFFER.
10768 If BUFFER is nil, the value of `current-buffer' is used.
10769 Logging is enabled if `erc-log-channels-directory' is non-nil, the directory
10770 is writable (it will be created as necessary) and
10771 `erc-enable-logging' returns a non-nil value.
10773 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
10775 (autoload 'erc-save-buffer-in-logs "erc-log" "\
10776 Append BUFFER contents to the log file, if logging is enabled.
10777 If BUFFER is not provided, current buffer is used.
10778 Logging is enabled if `erc-logging-enabled' returns non-nil.
10780 This is normally done on exit, to save the unsaved portion of the
10781 buffer, since only the text that runs off the buffer limit is logged
10782 automatically.
10784 You can save every individual message by putting this function on
10785 `erc-insert-post-hook'.
10787 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
10789 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "erc-log" '("erc-" "log")))
10791 ;;;***
10792 \f
10793 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-match" "erc/erc-match.el" (0 0 0 0))
10794 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-match.el
10795 (autoload 'erc-match-mode "erc-match")
10797 (autoload 'erc-add-pal "erc-match" "\
10798 Add pal interactively to `erc-pals'.
10800 \(fn)" t nil)
10802 (autoload 'erc-delete-pal "erc-match" "\
10803 Delete pal interactively to `erc-pals'.
10805 \(fn)" t nil)
10807 (autoload 'erc-add-fool "erc-match" "\
10808 Add fool interactively to `erc-fools'.
10810 \(fn)" t nil)
10812 (autoload 'erc-delete-fool "erc-match" "\
10813 Delete fool interactively to `erc-fools'.
10815 \(fn)" t nil)
10817 (autoload 'erc-add-keyword "erc-match" "\
10818 Add keyword interactively to `erc-keywords'.
10820 \(fn)" t nil)
10822 (autoload 'erc-delete-keyword "erc-match" "\
10823 Delete keyword interactively to `erc-keywords'.
10825 \(fn)" t nil)
10827 (autoload 'erc-add-dangerous-host "erc-match" "\
10828 Add dangerous-host interactively to `erc-dangerous-hosts'.
10830 \(fn)" t nil)
10832 (autoload 'erc-delete-dangerous-host "erc-match" "\
10833 Delete dangerous-host interactively to `erc-dangerous-hosts'.
10835 \(fn)" t nil)
10837 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "erc-match" '("erc-" "match")))
10839 ;;;***
10840 \f
10841 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-menu" "erc/erc-menu.el" (0 0 0 0))
10842 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-menu.el
10843 (autoload 'erc-menu-mode "erc-menu" nil t)
10845 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "erc-menu" '("erc-menu-" "menu")))
10847 ;;;***
10848 \f
10849 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-netsplit" "erc/erc-netsplit.el" (0 0 0
10850 ;;;;;; 0))
10851 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-netsplit.el
10852 (autoload 'erc-netsplit-mode "erc-netsplit")
10854 (autoload 'erc-cmd-WHOLEFT "erc-netsplit" "\
10855 Show who's gone.
10857 \(fn)" nil nil)
10859 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "erc-netsplit" '("erc-" "netsplit")))
10861 ;;;***
10862 \f
10863 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-networks" "erc/erc-networks.el" (0 0 0
10864 ;;;;;; 0))
10865 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-networks.el
10867 (autoload 'erc-determine-network "erc-networks" "\
10869 server parameter NETWORK if provided, otherwise parse the server name and
10870 search for a match in `erc-networks-alist'.
10872 \(fn)" nil nil)
10874 (autoload 'erc-server-select "erc-networks" "\
10875 Interactively select a server to connect to using `erc-server-alist'.
10877 \(fn)" t nil)
10879 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "erc-networks" '("erc-" "networks")))
10881 ;;;***
10882 \f
10883 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-notify" "erc/erc-notify.el" (0 0 0 0))
10884 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-notify.el
10885 (autoload 'erc-notify-mode "erc-notify" nil t)
10887 (autoload 'erc-cmd-NOTIFY "erc-notify" "\
10888 Change `erc-notify-list' or list current notify-list members online.
10889 Without args, list the current list of notified people online,
10890 with args, toggle notify status of people.
10892 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
10894 (autoload 'pcomplete/erc-mode/NOTIFY "erc-notify" "\
10897 \(fn)" nil nil)
10899 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "erc-notify" '("erc-" "notify")))
10901 ;;;***
10902 \f
10903 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-page" "erc/erc-page.el" (0 0 0 0))
10904 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-page.el
10905 (autoload 'erc-page-mode "erc-page")
10907 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "erc-page" '("erc-" "page")))
10909 ;;;***
10910 \f
10911 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-pcomplete" "erc/erc-pcomplete.el" (0 0
10912 ;;;;;; 0 0))
10913 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-pcomplete.el
10914 (autoload 'erc-completion-mode "erc-pcomplete" nil t)
10916 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "erc-pcomplete" '("pcomplete" "erc-pcomplet")))
10918 ;;;***
10919 \f
10920 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-replace" "erc/erc-replace.el" (0 0 0 0))
10921 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-replace.el
10922 (autoload 'erc-replace-mode "erc-replace")
10924 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "erc-replace" '("replace" "erc-replace-")))
10926 ;;;***
10927 \f
10928 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-ring" "erc/erc-ring.el" (0 0 0 0))
10929 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-ring.el
10930 (autoload 'erc-ring-mode "erc-ring" nil t)
10932 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "erc-ring" '("erc-" "ring")))
10934 ;;;***
10935 \f
10936 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-services" "erc/erc-services.el" (0 0 0
10937 ;;;;;; 0))
10938 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-services.el
10939 (autoload 'erc-services-mode "erc-services" nil t)
10941 (autoload 'erc-nickserv-identify-mode "erc-services" "\
10942 Set up hooks according to which MODE the user has chosen.
10944 \(fn MODE)" t nil)
10946 (autoload 'erc-nickserv-identify "erc-services" "\
10948 When called interactively, read the password using `read-passwd'.
10950 \(fn PASSWORD)" t nil)
10952 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "erc-services" '("erc-" "services")))
10954 ;;;***
10955 \f
10956 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-sound" "erc/erc-sound.el" (0 0 0 0))
10957 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-sound.el
10958 (autoload 'erc-sound-mode "erc-sound")
10960 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "erc-sound" '("erc-" "sound")))
10962 ;;;***
10963 \f
10964 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-speedbar" "erc/erc-speedbar.el" (0 0 0
10965 ;;;;;; 0))
10966 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-speedbar.el
10968 (autoload 'erc-speedbar-browser "erc-speedbar" "\
10969 Initialize speedbar to display an ERC browser.
10970 This will add a speedbar major display mode.
10972 \(fn)" t nil)
10974 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "erc-speedbar" '("erc-")))
10976 ;;;***
10977 \f
10978 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-spelling" "erc/erc-spelling.el" (0 0 0
10979 ;;;;;; 0))
10980 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-spelling.el
10981 (autoload 'erc-spelling-mode "erc-spelling" nil t)
10983 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "erc-spelling" '("erc-spelling-" "spelling")))
10985 ;;;***
10986 \f
10987 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-stamp" "erc/erc-stamp.el" (0 0 0 0))
10988 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-stamp.el
10989 (autoload 'erc-timestamp-mode "erc-stamp" nil t)
10991 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "erc-stamp" '("erc-" "stamp")))
10993 ;;;***
10994 \f
10995 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-track" "erc/erc-track.el" (0 0 0 0))
10996 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-track.el
10998 (defvar erc-track-minor-mode nil "\
10999 Non-nil if Erc-Track minor mode is enabled.
11000 See the `erc-track-minor-mode' command
11001 for a description of this minor mode.")
11003 (custom-autoload 'erc-track-minor-mode "erc-track" nil)
11005 (autoload 'erc-track-minor-mode "erc-track" "\
11006 Toggle mode line display of ERC activity (ERC Track minor mode).
11007 With a prefix argument ARG, enable ERC Track minor mode if ARG is
11008 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
11009 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
11011 ERC Track minor mode is a global minor mode. It exists for the
11012 sole purpose of providing the C-c C-SPC and C-c C-@ keybindings.
11013 Make sure that you have enabled the track module, otherwise the
11014 keybindings will not do anything useful.
11016 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11017 (autoload 'erc-track-mode "erc-track" nil t)
11019 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "erc-track" '("erc-" "track")))
11021 ;;;***
11022 \f
11023 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-truncate" "erc/erc-truncate.el" (0 0 0
11024 ;;;;;; 0))
11025 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-truncate.el
11026 (autoload 'erc-truncate-mode "erc-truncate" nil t)
11028 (autoload 'erc-truncate-buffer-to-size "erc-truncate" "\
11029 Truncates the buffer to the size SIZE.
11030 If BUFFER is not provided, the current buffer is assumed. The deleted
11031 region is logged if `erc-logging-enabled' returns non-nil.
11033 \(fn SIZE &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
11035 (autoload 'erc-truncate-buffer "erc-truncate" "\
11036 Truncates the current buffer to `erc-max-buffer-size'.
11037 Meant to be used in hooks, like `erc-insert-post-hook'.
11039 \(fn)" t nil)
11041 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "erc-truncate" '("truncate" "erc-max-buffer-size")))
11043 ;;;***
11044 \f
11045 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-xdcc" "erc/erc-xdcc.el" (0 0 0 0))
11046 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-xdcc.el
11047 (autoload 'erc-xdcc-mode "erc-xdcc")
11049 (autoload 'erc-xdcc-add-file "erc-xdcc" "\
11050 Add a file to `erc-xdcc-files'.
11052 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
11054 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "erc-xdcc" '("erc-" "xdcc")))
11056 ;;;***
11057 \f
11058 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ert" "emacs-lisp/ert.el" (0 0 0 0))
11059 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/ert.el
11061 (autoload 'ert-deftest "ert" "\
11062 Define NAME (a symbol) as a test.
11064 BODY is evaluated as a `progn' when the test is run. It should
11065 signal a condition on failure or just return if the test passes.
11067 `should', `should-not', `should-error' and `skip-unless' are
11068 useful for assertions in BODY.
11070 Use `ert' to run tests interactively.
11072 Tests that are expected to fail can be marked as such
11073 using :expected-result. See `ert-test-result-type-p' for a
11074 description of valid values for RESULT-TYPE.
11078 (function-put 'ert-deftest 'doc-string-elt '3)
11080 (function-put 'ert-deftest 'lisp-indent-function '2)
11082 (put 'ert-deftest 'lisp-indent-function 2)
11084 (put 'ert-info 'lisp-indent-function 1)
11086 (autoload 'ert-run-tests-batch "ert" "\
11087 Run the tests specified by SELECTOR, printing results to the terminal.
11089 SELECTOR works as described in `ert-select-tests', except if
11090 SELECTOR is nil, in which case all tests rather than none will be
11094 Returns the stats object.
11096 \(fn &optional SELECTOR)" nil nil)
11098 (autoload 'ert-run-tests-batch-and-exit "ert" "\
11099 Like `ert-run-tests-batch', but exits Emacs when done.
11101 The exit status will be 0 if all test results were as expected, 1
11102 on unexpected results, or 2 if the tool detected an error outside
11103 of the tests (e.g. invalid SELECTOR or bug in the code that runs
11104 the tests).
11106 \(fn &optional SELECTOR)" nil nil)
11108 (autoload 'ert-run-tests-interactively "ert" "\
11109 Run the tests specified by SELECTOR and display the results in a buffer.
11111 SELECTOR works as described in `ert-select-tests'.
11112 OUTPUT-BUFFER-NAME and MESSAGE-FN should normally be nil; they
11113 are used for automated self-tests and specify which buffer to use
11114 and how to display message.
11116 \(fn SELECTOR &optional OUTPUT-BUFFER-NAME MESSAGE-FN)" t nil)
11118 (defalias 'ert 'ert-run-tests-interactively)
11120 (autoload 'ert-describe-test "ert" "\
11121 Display the documentation for TEST-OR-TEST-NAME (a symbol or ert-test).
11123 \(fn TEST-OR-TEST-NAME)" t nil)
11125 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ert" '("ert-")))
11127 ;;;***
11128 \f
11129 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ert-x" "emacs-lisp/ert-x.el" (0 0 0 0))
11130 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/ert-x.el
11132 (put 'ert-with-test-buffer 'lisp-indent-function 1)
11134 (autoload 'ert-kill-all-test-buffers "ert-x" "\
11135 Kill all test buffers that are still live.
11137 \(fn)" t nil)
11139 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ert-x" '("ert-")))
11141 ;;;***
11142 \f
11143 ;;;### (autoloads nil "esh-arg" "eshell/esh-arg.el" (0 0 0 0))
11144 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/esh-arg.el
11146 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "esh-arg" '("eshell-")))
11148 ;;;***
11149 \f
11150 ;;;### (autoloads nil "esh-cmd" "eshell/esh-cmd.el" (0 0 0 0))
11151 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/esh-cmd.el
11153 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "esh-cmd" '("eshell" "pcomplete/eshell-mode/eshell-debug")))
11155 ;;;***
11156 \f
11157 ;;;### (autoloads nil "esh-ext" "eshell/esh-ext.el" (0 0 0 0))
11158 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/esh-ext.el
11160 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "esh-ext" '("eshell")))
11162 ;;;***
11163 \f
11164 ;;;### (autoloads nil "esh-io" "eshell/esh-io.el" (0 0 0 0))
11165 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/esh-io.el
11167 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "esh-io" '("eshell-")))
11169 ;;;***
11170 \f
11171 ;;;### (autoloads nil "esh-mode" "eshell/esh-mode.el" (0 0 0 0))
11172 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/esh-mode.el
11174 (autoload 'eshell-mode "esh-mode" "\
11175 Emacs shell interactive mode.
11177 \(fn)" t nil)
11179 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "esh-mode" '("eshell")))
11181 ;;;***
11182 \f
11183 ;;;### (autoloads nil "esh-module" "eshell/esh-module.el" (0 0 0
11184 ;;;;;; 0))
11185 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/esh-module.el
11187 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "esh-module" '("eshell-")))
11189 ;;;***
11190 \f
11191 ;;;### (autoloads nil "esh-opt" "eshell/esh-opt.el" (0 0 0 0))
11192 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/esh-opt.el
11194 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "esh-opt" '("eshell-")))
11196 ;;;***
11197 \f
11198 ;;;### (autoloads nil "esh-proc" "eshell/esh-proc.el" (0 0 0 0))
11199 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/esh-proc.el
11201 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "esh-proc" '("eshell")))
11203 ;;;***
11204 \f
11205 ;;;### (autoloads nil "esh-util" "eshell/esh-util.el" (0 0 0 0))
11206 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/esh-util.el
11208 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "esh-util" '("eshell-")))
11210 ;;;***
11211 \f
11212 ;;;### (autoloads nil "esh-var" "eshell/esh-var.el" (0 0 0 0))
11213 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/esh-var.el
11215 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "esh-var" '("eshell" "pcomplete/eshell-mode/")))
11217 ;;;***
11218 \f
11219 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eshell" "eshell/eshell.el" (0 0 0 0))
11220 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/eshell.el
11221 (push (purecopy '(eshell 2 4 2)) package--builtin-versions)
11223 (autoload 'eshell "eshell" "\
11224 Create an interactive Eshell buffer.
11225 The buffer used for Eshell sessions is determined by the value of
11226 `eshell-buffer-name'. If there is already an Eshell session active in
11227 that buffer, Emacs will simply switch to it. Otherwise, a new session
11228 will begin. A numeric prefix arg (as in `C-u 42 M-x eshell RET')
11229 switches to the session with that number, creating it if necessary. A
11230 nonnumeric prefix arg means to create a new session. Returns the
11231 buffer selected (or created).
11233 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11235 (autoload 'eshell-command "eshell" "\
11236 Execute the Eshell command string COMMAND.
11237 With prefix ARG, insert output into the current buffer at point.
11239 \(fn &optional COMMAND ARG)" t nil)
11241 (autoload 'eshell-command-result "eshell" "\
11242 Execute the given Eshell COMMAND, and return the result.
11243 The result might be any Lisp object.
11244 If STATUS-VAR is a symbol, it will be set to the exit status of the
11245 command. This is the only way to determine whether the value returned
11246 corresponding to a successful execution.
11248 \(fn COMMAND &optional STATUS-VAR)" nil nil)
11250 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'eshell-report-bug 'report-emacs-bug "23.1")
11252 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "eshell" '("eshell-")))
11254 ;;;***
11255 \f
11256 ;;;### (autoloads nil "etags" "progmodes/etags.el" (0 0 0 0))
11257 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/etags.el
11259 (defvar tags-file-name nil "\
11260 File name of tags table.
11261 To switch to a new tags table, do not set this variable; instead,
11262 invoke `visit-tags-table', which is the only reliable way of
11263 setting the value of this variable, whether buffer-local or global.
11264 Use the `etags' program to make a tags table file.")
11265 (put 'tags-file-name 'variable-interactive (purecopy "fVisit tags table: "))
11266 (put 'tags-file-name 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
11268 (defvar tags-case-fold-search 'default "\
11269 Whether tags operations should be case-sensitive.
11270 A value of t means case-insensitive, a value of nil means case-sensitive.
11271 Any other value means use the setting of `case-fold-search'.")
11273 (custom-autoload 'tags-case-fold-search "etags" t)
11275 (defvar tags-table-list nil "\
11276 List of file names of tags tables to search.
11278 To switch to a new list of tags tables, setting this variable is sufficient.
11279 If you set this variable, do not also set `tags-file-name'.
11280 Use the `etags' program to make a tags table file.")
11282 (custom-autoload 'tags-table-list "etags" t)
11284 (defvar tags-compression-info-list (purecopy '("" ".Z" ".bz2" ".gz" ".xz" ".tgz")) "\
11285 List of extensions tried by etags when `auto-compression-mode' is on.
11286 An empty string means search the non-compressed file.")
11288 (custom-autoload 'tags-compression-info-list "etags" t)
11290 (defvar tags-add-tables 'ask-user "\
11291 Control whether to add a new tags table to the current list.
11292 t means do; nil means don't (always start a new list).
11293 Any other value means ask the user whether to add a new tags table
11294 to the current list (as opposed to starting a new list).")
11296 (custom-autoload 'tags-add-tables "etags" t)
11298 (defvar find-tag-hook nil "\
11303 (custom-autoload 'find-tag-hook "etags" t)
11305 (defvar find-tag-default-function nil "\
11307 If nil, and the symbol that is the value of `major-mode'
11308 has a `find-tag-default-function' property (see `put'), that is used.
11309 Otherwise, `find-tag-default' is used.")
11311 (custom-autoload 'find-tag-default-function "etags" t)
11313 (autoload 'tags-table-mode "etags" "\
11314 Major mode for tags table file buffers.
11316 \(fn)" t nil)
11318 (autoload 'visit-tags-table "etags" "\
11319 Tell tags commands to use tags table file FILE.
11320 FILE should be the name of a file created with the `etags' program.
11321 A directory name is ok too; it means file TAGS in that directory.
11324 With a prefix arg, set the buffer-local value instead. When called
11325 from Lisp, if the optional arg LOCAL is non-nil, set the local value.
11327 in is given a local value of this variable which is the name of the tags
11328 file the tag was in.
11330 \(fn FILE &optional LOCAL)" t nil)
11332 (autoload 'visit-tags-table-buffer "etags" "\
11333 Select the buffer containing the current tags table.
11334 Optional arg CONT specifies which tags table to visit.
11335 If CONT is a string, visit that file as a tags table.
11336 If CONT is t, visit the next table in `tags-table-list'.
11337 If CONT is the atom `same', don't look for a new table;
11338 just select the buffer visiting `tags-file-name'.
11339 If CONT is nil or absent, choose a first buffer from information in
11340 `tags-file-name', `tags-table-list', `tags-table-list-pointer'.
11341 Optional second arg CBUF, if non-nil, specifies the initial buffer,
11342 which is important if that buffer has a local value of `tags-file-name'.
11343 Returns t if it visits a tags table, or nil if there are no more in the list.
11345 \(fn &optional CONT CBUF)" nil nil)
11347 (autoload 'tags-table-files "etags" "\
11348 Return a list of files in the current tags table.
11349 Assumes the tags table is the current buffer. The file names are returned
11350 as they appeared in the `etags' command that created the table, usually
11351 without directory names.
11353 \(fn)" nil nil)
11355 (autoload 'tags-lazy-completion-table "etags" "\
11358 \(fn)" nil nil)
11359 (defun tags-completion-at-point-function ()
11360 (if (or tags-table-list tags-file-name)
11361 (progn
11362 (load "etags")
11363 (tags-completion-at-point-function))))
11365 (autoload 'find-tag-noselect "etags" "\
11366 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
11367 Returns the buffer containing the tag's definition and moves its point there,
11368 but does not select the buffer.
11369 The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer near point.
11371 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
11372 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
11373 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
11374 is the atom `-' (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number
11377 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
11379 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
11381 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
11383 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
11385 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P REGEXP-P)" t nil)
11387 (autoload 'find-tag "etags" "\
11388 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
11389 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition, and move point there.
11390 The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer around or before point.
11392 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
11393 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
11394 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
11395 is the atom `-' (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number
11398 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
11400 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
11402 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
11404 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
11406 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P REGEXP-P)" t nil)
11408 (make-obsolete 'find-tag 'xref-find-definitions '"25.1")
11410 (autoload 'find-tag-other-window "etags" "\
11411 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
11412 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition in another window, and
11413 move point there. The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer
11414 around or before point.
11416 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
11417 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
11418 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
11419 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
11422 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
11424 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
11426 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
11428 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
11430 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P REGEXP-P)" t nil)
11432 (make-obsolete 'find-tag-other-window 'xref-find-definitions-other-window '"25.1")
11434 (autoload 'find-tag-other-frame "etags" "\
11435 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
11436 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition in another frame, and
11437 move point there. The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer
11438 around or before point.
11440 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
11441 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
11442 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
11443 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
11446 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
11448 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
11450 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
11452 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
11454 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P)" t nil)
11456 (make-obsolete 'find-tag-other-frame 'xref-find-definitions-other-frame '"25.1")
11458 (autoload 'find-tag-regexp "etags" "\
11459 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name matches REGEXP.
11460 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition and move point there.
11462 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
11463 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
11464 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
11465 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
11468 If third arg OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, select the buffer in another window.
11470 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
11472 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
11474 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
11476 \(fn REGEXP &optional NEXT-P OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil)
11478 (make-obsolete 'find-tag-regexp 'xref-find-apropos '"25.1")
11480 (defalias 'pop-tag-mark 'xref-pop-marker-stack)
11482 (autoload 'next-file "etags" "\
11483 Select next file among files in current tags table.
11485 A first argument of t (prefix arg, if interactive) initializes to the
11486 beginning of the list of files in the tags table. If the argument is
11487 neither nil nor t, it is evalled to initialize the list of files.
11489 Non-nil second argument NOVISIT means use a temporary buffer
11490 to save time and avoid uninteresting warnings.
11492 Value is nil if the file was already visited;
11493 if the file was newly read in, the value is the filename.
11495 \(fn &optional INITIALIZE NOVISIT)" t nil)
11497 (autoload 'tags-loop-continue "etags" "\
11499 Used noninteractively with non-nil argument to begin such a command (the
11500 argument is passed to `next-file', which see).
11502 Two variables control the processing we do on each file: the value of
11503 `tags-loop-scan' is a form to be executed on each file to see if it is
11504 interesting (it returns non-nil if so) and `tags-loop-operate' is a form to
11505 evaluate to operate on an interesting file. If the latter evaluates to
11506 nil, we exit; otherwise we scan the next file.
11508 \(fn &optional FIRST-TIME)" t nil)
11510 (autoload 'tags-search "etags" "\
11511 Search through all files listed in tags table for match for REGEXP.
11512 Stops when a match is found.
11515 If FILE-LIST-FORM is non-nil, it should be a form that, when
11516 evaluated, will return a list of file names. The search will be
11517 restricted to these files.
11519 Also see the documentation of the `tags-file-name' variable.
11521 \(fn REGEXP &optional FILE-LIST-FORM)" t nil)
11523 (autoload 'tags-query-replace "etags" "\
11524 Do `query-replace-regexp' of FROM with TO on all files listed in tags table.
11525 Third arg DELIMITED (prefix arg) means replace only word-delimited matches.
11528 Fourth arg FILE-LIST-FORM non-nil means initialize the replacement loop.
11530 If FILE-LIST-FORM is non-nil, it is a form to evaluate to
11531 produce the list of files to search.
11533 See also the documentation of the variable `tags-file-name'.
11535 \(fn FROM TO &optional DELIMITED FILE-LIST-FORM)" t nil)
11537 (autoload 'list-tags "etags" "\
11538 Display list of tags in file FILE.
11539 This searches only the first table in the list, and no included tables.
11540 FILE should be as it appeared in the `etags' command, usually without a
11541 directory specification.
11543 \(fn FILE &optional NEXT-MATCH)" t nil)
11545 (autoload 'tags-apropos "etags" "\
11546 Display list of all tags in tags table REGEXP matches.
11548 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
11550 (make-obsolete 'tags-apropos 'xref-find-apropos '"25.1")
11552 (autoload 'select-tags-table "etags" "\
11553 Select a tags table file from a menu of those you have already used.
11554 The list of tags tables to select from is stored in `tags-table-set-list';
11555 see the doc of that variable if you want to add names to the list.
11557 \(fn)" t nil)
11559 (autoload 'complete-tag "etags" "\
11560 Perform tags completion on the text around point.
11561 Completes to the set of names listed in the current tags table.
11562 The string to complete is chosen in the same way as the default
11565 \(fn)" t nil)
11567 (autoload 'etags--xref-backend "etags" "\
11570 \(fn)" nil nil)
11572 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "etags" '("xref-" "etags-" "snarf-tag-function" "select-tags-table-" "tag" "file-of-tag" "find-tag-" "list-tags-function" "last-tag" "initialize-new-tags-table" "verify-tags-table-function" "goto-tag-location-function" "next-file-list" "default-tags-table-function")))
11574 ;;;***
11575 \f
11576 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ethio-util" "language/ethio-util.el" (0 0
11577 ;;;;;; 0 0))
11578 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/ethio-util.el
11580 (autoload 'setup-ethiopic-environment-internal "ethio-util" "\
11583 \(fn)" nil nil)
11585 (autoload 'ethio-sera-to-fidel-buffer "ethio-util" "\
11586 Convert the current buffer from SERA to FIDEL.
11588 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
11589 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
11591 If the 1st optional argument SECONDARY is non-nil, assume the
11592 buffer begins with the secondary language; otherwise with the
11593 primary language.
11595 If the 2nd optional argument FORCE is non-nil, perform conversion
11596 even if the buffer is read-only.
11598 See also the descriptions of the variables
11599 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon' and `ethio-use-three-dot-question'.
11601 \(fn &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
11603 (autoload 'ethio-sera-to-fidel-region "ethio-util" "\
11604 Convert the characters in region from SERA to FIDEL.
11606 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
11607 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
11609 If the 3rd argument SECONDARY is given and non-nil, assume the
11610 region begins with the secondary language; otherwise with the
11611 primary language.
11613 If the 4th argument FORCE is given and non-nil, perform
11614 conversion even if the buffer is read-only.
11616 See also the descriptions of the variables
11617 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon' and `ethio-use-three-dot-question'.
11619 \(fn BEGIN END &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
11621 (autoload 'ethio-sera-to-fidel-marker "ethio-util" "\
11623 Assume that each region begins with `ethio-primary-language'.
11626 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
11628 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-sera-buffer "ethio-util" "\
11629 Replace all the FIDEL characters in the current buffer to the SERA format.
11630 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
11631 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
11633 If the 1st optional argument SECONDARY is non-nil, try to convert the
11634 region so that it begins with the secondary language; otherwise with the
11635 primary language.
11637 If the 2nd optional argument FORCE is non-nil, convert even if the
11638 buffer is read-only.
11640 See also the descriptions of the variables
11641 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon', `ethio-use-three-dot-question',
11642 `ethio-quote-vowel-always' and `ethio-numeric-reduction'.
11644 \(fn &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
11646 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-sera-region "ethio-util" "\
11647 Replace all the FIDEL characters in the region to the SERA format.
11649 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
11650 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
11652 If the 3rd argument SECONDARY is given and non-nil, convert
11653 the region so that it begins with the secondary language; otherwise with
11654 the primary language.
11656 If the 4th argument FORCE is given and non-nil, convert even if the
11657 buffer is read-only.
11659 See also the descriptions of the variables
11660 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon', `ethio-use-three-dot-question',
11661 `ethio-quote-vowel-always' and `ethio-numeric-reduction'.
11663 \(fn BEGIN END &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
11665 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-sera-marker "ethio-util" "\
11669 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
11671 (autoload 'ethio-modify-vowel "ethio-util" "\
11672 Modify the vowel of the FIDEL that is under the cursor.
11674 \(fn)" t nil)
11676 (autoload 'ethio-replace-space "ethio-util" "\
11677 Replace ASCII spaces with Ethiopic word separators in the region.
11679 In the specified region, replace word separators surrounded by two
11680 Ethiopic characters, depending on the first argument CH, which should
11681 be 1, 2, or 3.
11683 If CH = 1, word separator will be replaced with an ASCII space.
11684 If CH = 2, with two ASCII spaces.
11685 If CH = 3, with the Ethiopic colon-like word separator.
11687 The 2nd and 3rd arguments BEGIN and END specify the region.
11689 \(fn CH BEGIN END)" t nil)
11691 (autoload 'ethio-input-special-character "ethio-util" "\
11692 This function is deprecated.
11694 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
11696 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-tex-buffer "ethio-util" "\
11697 Convert each fidel characters in the current buffer into a fidel-tex command.
11699 \(fn)" t nil)
11701 (autoload 'ethio-tex-to-fidel-buffer "ethio-util" "\
11702 Convert fidel-tex commands in the current buffer into fidel chars.
11704 \(fn)" t nil)
11706 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-java-buffer "ethio-util" "\
11707 Convert Ethiopic characters into the Java escape sequences.
11710 character's codepoint (in hex) in Unicode.
11712 If `ethio-java-save-lowercase' is non-nil, use [0-9a-f].
11713 Otherwise, [0-9A-F].
11715 \(fn)" nil nil)
11717 (autoload 'ethio-java-to-fidel-buffer "ethio-util" "\
11718 Convert the Java escape sequences into corresponding Ethiopic characters.
11720 \(fn)" nil nil)
11722 (autoload 'ethio-find-file "ethio-util" "\
11723 Transliterate file content into Ethiopic depending on filename suffix.
11725 \(fn)" nil nil)
11727 (autoload 'ethio-write-file "ethio-util" "\
11728 Transliterate Ethiopic characters in ASCII depending on the file extension.
11730 \(fn)" nil nil)
11732 (autoload 'ethio-insert-ethio-space "ethio-util" "\
11733 Insert the Ethiopic word delimiter (the colon-like character).
11734 With ARG, insert that many delimiters.
11736 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
11738 (autoload 'ethio-composition-function "ethio-util" "\
11741 \(fn POS TO FONT-OBJECT STRING)" nil nil)
11743 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ethio-util" '("exit-ethiopic-environment" "ethio-")))
11745 ;;;***
11746 \f
11747 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eudc" "net/eudc.el" (0 0 0 0))
11748 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc.el
11750 (autoload 'eudc-set-server "eudc" "\
11751 Set the directory server to SERVER using PROTOCOL.
11752 Unless NO-SAVE is non-nil, the server is saved as the default
11753 server for future sessions.
11755 \(fn SERVER PROTOCOL &optional NO-SAVE)" t nil)
11757 (autoload 'eudc-get-email "eudc" "\
11758 Get the email field of NAME from the directory server.
11759 If ERROR is non-nil, report an error if there is none.
11761 \(fn NAME &optional ERROR)" t nil)
11763 (autoload 'eudc-get-phone "eudc" "\
11764 Get the phone field of NAME from the directory server.
11765 If ERROR is non-nil, report an error if there is none.
11767 \(fn NAME &optional ERROR)" t nil)
11769 (autoload 'eudc-expand-inline "eudc" "\
11770 Query the directory server, and expand the query string before point.
11771 The query string consists of the buffer substring from the point back to
11772 the preceding comma, colon or beginning of line.
11773 The variable `eudc-inline-query-format' controls how to associate the
11774 individual inline query words with directory attribute names.
11775 After querying the server for the given string, the expansion specified by
11776 `eudc-inline-expansion-format' is inserted in the buffer at point.
11777 If REPLACE is non-nil, then this expansion replaces the name in the buffer.
11778 `eudc-expansion-overwrites-query' being non-nil inverts the meaning of REPLACE.
11779 Multiple servers can be tried with the same query until one finds a match,
11780 see `eudc-inline-expansion-servers'
11782 \(fn &optional REPLACE)" t nil)
11784 (autoload 'eudc-query-form "eudc" "\
11785 Display a form to query the directory server.
11786 If given a non-nil argument GET-FIELDS-FROM-SERVER, the function first
11787 queries the server for the existing fields and displays a corresponding form.
11789 \(fn &optional GET-FIELDS-FROM-SERVER)" t nil)
11791 (autoload 'eudc-load-eudc "eudc" "\
11792 Load the Emacs Unified Directory Client.
11793 This does nothing except loading eudc by autoload side-effect.
11795 \(fn)" t nil)
11797 (cond ((not (featurep 'xemacs)) (defvar eudc-tools-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Directory Servers"))) (define-key map [phone] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Get Phone") eudc-get-phone :help ,(purecopy "Get the phone field of name from the directory server"))) (define-key map [email] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Get Email") eudc-get-email :help ,(purecopy "Get the email field of NAME from the directory server"))) (define-key map [separator-eudc-email] menu-bar-separator) (define-key map [expand-inline] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Expand Inline Query") eudc-expand-inline :help ,(purecopy "Query the directory server, and expand the query string before point"))) (define-key map [query] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Query with Form") eudc-query-form :help ,(purecopy "Display a form to query the directory server"))) (define-key map [separator-eudc-query] menu-bar-separator) (define-key map [new] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "New Server") eudc-set-server :help ,(purecopy "Set the directory server to SERVER using PROTOCOL"))) (define-key map [load] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Load Hotlist of Servers") eudc-load-eudc :help ,(purecopy "Load the Emacs Unified Directory Client"))) map)) (fset 'eudc-tools-menu (symbol-value 'eudc-tools-menu))) (t (let ((menu '("Directory Servers" ["Load Hotlist of Servers" eudc-load-eudc t] ["New Server" eudc-set-server t] ["---" nil nil] ["Query with Form" eudc-query-form t] ["Expand Inline Query" eudc-expand-inline t] ["---" nil nil] ["Get Email" eudc-get-email t] ["Get Phone" eudc-get-phone t]))) (if (not (featurep 'eudc-autoloads)) (if (featurep 'xemacs) (if (and (featurep 'menubar) (not (featurep 'infodock))) (add-submenu '("Tools") menu)) (require 'easymenu) (cond ((fboundp 'easy-menu-add-item) (easy-menu-add-item nil '("tools") (easy-menu-create-menu (car menu) (cdr menu)))) ((fboundp 'easy-menu-create-keymaps) (define-key global-map [menu-bar tools eudc] (cons "Directory Servers" (easy-menu-create-keymaps "Directory Servers" (cdr menu)))))))))))
11801 ;;;***
11802 \f
11803 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eudc-bob" "net/eudc-bob.el" (0 0 0 0))
11804 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-bob.el
11807 Display a button for unidentified binary DATA.
11812 Display URL and make it clickable.
11817 Display e-mail address and make it clickable.
11822 Display a button to play the sound DATA.
11827 Display the JPEG DATA inline at point if possible.
11832 Display a button for the JPEG DATA.
11836 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "eudc-bob" '("eudc-")))
11838 ;;;***
11839 \f
11840 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eudc-export" "net/eudc-export.el" (0 0 0 0))
11841 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-export.el
11844 Insert record at point into the BBDB database.
11845 This function can only be called from a directory query result buffer.
11850 Call `eudc-insert-record-at-point-into-bbdb' if on a record.
11854 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "eudc-export" '("eudc-")))
11856 ;;;***
11857 \f
11858 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eudc-hotlist" "net/eudc-hotlist.el" (0 0 0
11859 ;;;;;; 0))
11860 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-hotlist.el
11863 Edit the hotlist of directory servers in a specialized buffer.
11867 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "eudc-hotlist" '("eudc-hotlist-")))
11869 ;;;***
11870 \f
11871 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eudc-vars" "net/eudc-vars.el" (0 0 0 0))
11872 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-vars.el
11874 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "eudc-vars" '("eudc-")))
11876 ;;;***
11877 \f
11878 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eudcb-bbdb" "net/eudcb-bbdb.el" (0 0 0 0))
11879 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudcb-bbdb.el
11881 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "eudcb-bbdb" '("eudc-bbdb-")))
11883 ;;;***
11884 \f
11885 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eudcb-ldap" "net/eudcb-ldap.el" (0 0 0 0))
11886 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudcb-ldap.el
11888 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "eudcb-ldap" '("eudc-")))
11890 ;;;***
11891 \f
11892 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eudcb-mab" "net/eudcb-mab.el" (0 0 0 0))
11893 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudcb-mab.el
11895 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "eudcb-mab" '("eudc-")))
11897 ;;;***
11898 \f
11899 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ewoc" "emacs-lisp/ewoc.el" (0 0 0 0))
11900 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/ewoc.el
11903 Create an empty ewoc.
11905 The ewoc will be inserted in the current buffer at the current position.
11907 PRETTY-PRINTER should be a function that takes one argument, an
11908 element, and inserts a string representing it in the buffer (at
11909 point). The string PRETTY-PRINTER inserts may be empty or span
11910 several lines. The PRETTY-PRINTER should use `insert', and not
11911 `insert-before-markers'.
11913 Optional second and third arguments HEADER and FOOTER are strings,
11914 possibly empty, that will always be present at the top and bottom,
11915 respectively, of the ewoc.
11917 Normally, a newline is automatically inserted after the header,
11918 the footer and every node's printed representation. Optional
11919 fourth arg NOSEP non-nil inhibits this.
11925 ;;;***
11926 \f
11927 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eww" "net/eww.el" (0 0 0 0))
11928 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eww.el
11931 List of functions called to form the list of default URIs for `eww'.
11932 Each of the elements is a function returning either a string or a list
11933 of strings. The results will be joined into a single list with
11939 Fetch URL and render the page.
11940 If the input doesn't look like an URL or a domain name, the
11941 word(s) will be searched for via `eww-search-prefix'.
11947 Render FILE using EWW.
11952 Search the web for the text between BEG and END.
11953 If region is active (and not whitespace), search the web for
11954 the text between BEG and END. Else, prompt the user for a search
11955 string. See the `eww-search-prefix' variable for the search
11956 engine used.
11961 Mode for browsing the web.
11971 Display the bookmarks.
11977 ;;;***
11978 \f
11979 ;;;### (autoloads nil "executable" "progmodes/executable.el" (0 0
11980 ;;;;;; 0 0))
11981 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/executable.el
11984 Check if PROGRAM handles arguments Posix-style.
11990 Run script with user-specified args, and collect output in a buffer.
11992 command to find the next error. The buffer is also in `comint-mode' and
11993 `compilation-shell-minor-mode', so that you can answer any prompts.
11998 Set this buffer's interpreter to INTERPRETER with optional ARGUMENT.
11999 The variables `executable-magicless-file-regexp', `executable-prefix-env',
12000 `executable-insert', `executable-query' and `executable-chmod' control
12001 when and how magic numbers are inserted or replaced and scripts made
12002 executable.
12007 Make file executable according to umask if not already executable.
12008 If file already has any execute bits set at all, do not change existing
12009 file modes.
12013 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "executable" '("executable-")))
12015 ;;;***
12016 \f
12017 ;;;### (autoloads nil "expand" "expand.el" (0 0 0 0))
12018 ;;; Generated autoloads from expand.el
12021 Add a list of abbreviations to abbrev table TABLE.
12022 ABBREVS is a list of abbrev definitions; each abbrev description entry
12023 has the form (ABBREV EXPANSION ARG).
12025 ABBREV is the abbreviation to replace.
12027 EXPANSION is the replacement string or a function which will make the
12028 expansion. For example, you could use the DMacros or skeleton packages
12029 to generate such functions.
12031 ARG is an optional argument which can be a number or a list of
12032 numbers. If ARG is a number, point is placed ARG chars from the
12033 beginning of the expanded text.
12035 If ARG is a list of numbers, point is placed according to the first
12036 member of the list, but you can visit the other specified positions
12037 cyclically with the functions `expand-jump-to-previous-slot' and
12038 `expand-jump-to-next-slot'.
12040 If ARG is omitted, point is placed at the end of the expanded text.
12045 Abbrev hook used to do the expansion job of expand abbrevs.
12046 See `expand-add-abbrevs'. Value is non-nil if expansion was done.
12051 Move the cursor to the previous slot in the last abbrev expansion.
12052 This is used only in conjunction with `expand-add-abbrevs'.
12057 Move the cursor to the next slot in the last abbrev expansion.
12058 This is used only in conjunction with `expand-add-abbrevs'.
12064 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "expand" '("expand-")))
12066 ;;;***
12067 \f
12068 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ezimage" "ezimage.el" (0 0 0 0))
12069 ;;; Generated autoloads from ezimage.el
12071 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ezimage" '("ezimage-")))
12073 ;;;***
12074 \f
12075 ;;;### (autoloads nil "f90" "progmodes/f90.el" (0 0 0 0))
12076 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/f90.el
12079 Major mode for editing Fortran 90,95 code in free format.
12080 For fixed format code, use `fortran-mode'.
12088 Key definitions:
12091 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
12093 `f90-do-indent'
12094 Extra indentation within do blocks (default 3).
12095 `f90-if-indent'
12096 Extra indentation within if/select/where/forall blocks (default 3).
12097 `f90-type-indent'
12098 Extra indentation within type/enum/interface/block-data blocks (default 3).
12099 `f90-program-indent'
12100 Extra indentation within program/module/subroutine/function blocks
12101 (default 2).
12102 `f90-associate-indent'
12103 Extra indentation within associate blocks (default 2).
12104 `f90-critical-indent'
12105 Extra indentation within critical/block blocks (default 2).
12106 `f90-continuation-indent'
12107 Extra indentation applied to continuation lines (default 5).
12108 `f90-comment-region'
12111 `f90-indented-comment-re'
12112 Regexp determining the type of comment to be intended like code
12114 `f90-directive-comment-re'
12117 `f90-break-delimiters'
12118 Regexp holding list of delimiters at which lines may be broken
12120 `f90-break-before-delimiters'
12121 Non-nil causes `f90-do-auto-fill' to break lines before delimiters
12122 (default t).
12123 `f90-beginning-ampersand'
12124 Automatic insertion of `&' at beginning of continuation lines (default t).
12125 `f90-smart-end'
12126 From an END statement, check and fill the end using matching block start.
12127 Allowed values are `blink', `no-blink', and nil, which determine
12128 whether to blink the matching beginning (default `blink').
12129 `f90-auto-keyword-case'
12130 Automatic change of case of keywords (default nil).
12131 The possibilities are `downcase-word', `upcase-word', `capitalize-word'.
12132 `f90-leave-line-no'
12133 Do not left-justify line numbers (default nil).
12135 Turning on F90 mode calls the value of the variable `f90-mode-hook'
12136 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
12142 ;;;***
12143 \f
12144 ;;;### (autoloads nil "face-remap" "face-remap.el" (0 0 0 0))
12145 ;;; Generated autoloads from face-remap.el
12148 Add a face remapping entry of FACE to SPECS in the current buffer.
12149 Return a cookie which can be used to delete this remapping with
12150 `face-remap-remove-relative'.
12152 The remaining arguments, SPECS, should form a list of faces.
12153 Each list element should be either a face name or a property list
12154 of face attribute/value pairs. If more than one face is listed,
12155 that specifies an aggregate face, in the same way as in a `face'
12156 text property, except for possible priority changes noted below.
12158 The face remapping specified by SPECS takes effect alongside the
12159 remappings from other calls to `face-remap-add-relative' for the
12160 same FACE, as well as the normal definition of FACE (at lowest
12161 priority). This function tries to sort multiple remappings for
12162 the same face, so that remappings specifying relative face
12163 attributes are applied after remappings specifying absolute face
12164 attributes.
12166 The base (lowest priority) remapping may be set to something
12167 other than the normal definition of FACE via `face-remap-set-base'.
12172 Set the base remapping of FACE to the normal definition of FACE.
12173 This causes the remappings specified by `face-remap-add-relative'
12174 to apply on top of the normal definition of FACE.
12179 Set the base remapping of FACE in the current buffer to SPECS.
12180 This causes the remappings specified by `face-remap-add-relative'
12181 to apply on top of the face specification given by SPECS.
12183 The remaining arguments, SPECS, should form a list of faces.
12184 Each list element should be either a face name or a property list
12185 of face attribute/value pairs, like in a `face' text property.
12187 If SPECS is empty, call `face-remap-reset-base' to use the normal
12188 definition of FACE as the base remapping; note that this is
12189 different from SPECS containing a single value nil, which means
12190 not to inherit from the global definition of FACE at all.
12195 Set the scale factor of the default face in the current buffer to LEVEL.
12196 If LEVEL is non-zero, `text-scale-mode' is enabled, otherwise it is disabled.
12198 LEVEL is a number of steps, with 0 representing the default size.
12199 Each step scales the height of the default face by the variable
12200 `text-scale-mode-step' (a negative number decreases the height by
12201 the same amount).
12206 Increase the height of the default face in the current buffer by INC steps.
12207 If the new height is other than the default, `text-scale-mode' is enabled.
12209 Each step scales the height of the default face by the variable
12210 `text-scale-mode-step' (a negative number of steps decreases the
12211 height by the same amount). As a special case, an argument of 0
12212 will remove any scaling currently active.
12217 Decrease the height of the default face in the current buffer by DEC steps.
12218 See `text-scale-increase' for more details.
12227 Adjust the height of the default face by INC.
12229 INC may be passed as a numeric prefix argument.
12231 The actual adjustment made depends on the final component of the
12232 key-binding used to invoke the command, with all modifiers removed:
12234 +, = Increase the default face height by one step
12235 - Decrease the default face height by one step
12236 0 Reset the default face height to the global default
12238 After adjusting, continue to read input events and further adjust
12239 the face height as long as the input event read
12240 \(with all modifiers removed) is one of the above characters.
12242 Each step scales the height of the default face by the variable
12243 `text-scale-mode-step' (a negative number of steps decreases the
12244 height by the same amount). As a special case, an argument of 0
12245 will remove any scaling currently active.
12247 This command is a special-purpose wrapper around the
12248 `text-scale-increase' command which makes repetition convenient
12249 even when it is bound in a non-top-level keymap. For binding in
12250 a top-level keymap, `text-scale-increase' or
12251 `text-scale-decrease' may be more appropriate.
12256 Minor mode for a buffer-specific default face.
12257 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
12258 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
12259 if ARG is omitted or nil. When enabled, the face specified by the
12260 variable `buffer-face-mode-face' is used to display the buffer text.
12265 Enable `buffer-face-mode', using face specs SPECS.
12266 Each argument in SPECS should be a face, i.e. either a face name
12267 or a property list of face attributes and values. If more than
12268 one face is listed, that specifies an aggregate face, like in a
12269 `face' text property. If SPECS is nil or omitted, disable
12270 `buffer-face-mode'.
12272 This function makes the variable `buffer-face-mode-face' buffer
12273 local, and sets it to FACE.
12278 Toggle `buffer-face-mode', using face specs SPECS.
12279 Each argument in SPECS should be a face, i.e. either a face name
12280 or a property list of face attributes and values. If more than
12281 one face is listed, that specifies an aggregate face, like in a
12282 `face' text property.
12284 If `buffer-face-mode' is already enabled, and is currently using
12285 the face specs SPECS, then it is disabled; if `buffer-face-mode'
12286 is disabled, or is enabled and currently displaying some other
12287 face, then is left enabled, but the face changed to reflect SPECS.
12289 This function will make the variable `buffer-face-mode-face'
12290 buffer local, and set it to SPECS.
12295 Variable-pitch default-face mode.
12296 An interface to `buffer-face-mode' which uses the `variable-pitch' face.
12297 Besides the choice of face, it is the same as `buffer-face-mode'.
12301 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "face-remap" '("buffer-face-mode-" "text-scale-m" "face-" "internal-lisp-face-attributes")))
12303 ;;;***
12304 \f
12305 ;;;### (autoloads nil "feedmail" "mail/feedmail.el" (0 0 0 0))
12306 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/feedmail.el
12310 Send the current mail buffer using the Feedmail package.
12311 This is a suitable value for `send-mail-function'. It can be used
12312 with various lower-level mechanisms to provide features such as queueing.
12317 Like `feedmail-run-the-queue', but suppress confirmation prompts.
12322 Like `feedmail-run-the-queue', but with a global confirmation prompt.
12323 This is generally most useful if run non-interactively, since you can
12324 bail out with an appropriate answer to the global confirmation prompt.
12329 Visit each message in the feedmail queue directory and send it out.
12330 Return value is a list of three things: number of messages sent, number of
12331 messages skipped, and number of non-message things in the queue (commonly
12332 backup file names and the like).
12337 Perform some kind of reminder activity about queued and draft messages.
12338 Called with an optional symbol argument which says what kind of event
12339 is triggering the reminder activity. The default is `on-demand', which
12340 is what you typically would use if you were putting this in your Emacs start-up
12341 or mail hook code. Other recognized values for WHAT-EVENT (these are passed
12342 internally by feedmail):
12344 after-immediate (a message has just been sent in immediate mode)
12345 after-queue (a message has just been queued)
12346 after-draft (a message has just been placed in the draft directory)
12347 after-run (the queue has just been run, possibly sending messages)
12349 WHAT-EVENT is used as a key into the table `feedmail-queue-reminder-alist'. If
12350 the associated value is a function, it is called without arguments and is expected
12351 to perform the reminder activity. You can supply your own reminder functions
12352 by redefining `feedmail-queue-reminder-alist'. If you don't want any reminders,
12353 you can set `feedmail-queue-reminder-alist' to nil.
12357 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "feedmail" '("feedmail-")))
12359 ;;;***
12360 \f
12361 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ffap" "ffap.el" (0 0 0 0))
12362 ;;; Generated autoloads from ffap.el
12365 Search buffer for next file or URL, and run ffap.
12366 Optional argument BACK says to search backwards.
12367 Optional argument WRAP says to try wrapping around if necessary.
12369 double prefix to wrap forward, triple to wrap backwards.
12370 Actual search is done by the function `ffap-next-guess'.
12375 Find FILENAME, guessing a default from text around point.
12376 If `ffap-url-regexp' is not nil, the FILENAME may also be an URL.
12377 With a prefix, this command behaves exactly like `ffap-file-finder'.
12378 If `ffap-require-prefix' is set, the prefix meaning is reversed.
12379 See also the variables `ffap-dired-wildcards', `ffap-newfile-prompt',
12380 `ffap-url-unwrap-local', `ffap-url-unwrap-remote', and the functions
12381 `ffap-file-at-point' and `ffap-url-at-point'.
12388 Put up a menu of files and URLs mentioned in this buffer.
12389 Then set mark, jump to choice, and try to fetch it. The menu is
12390 cached in `ffap-menu-alist', and rebuilt by `ffap-menu-rescan'.
12391 The optional RESCAN argument (a prefix, interactively) forces
12392 a rebuild. Searches with `ffap-menu-regexp'.
12397 Find file or URL guessed from text around mouse click.
12398 Interactively, calls `ffap-at-mouse-fallback' if no guess is found.
12399 Return value:
12400 * if a guess string is found, return it (after finding it)
12401 * if the fallback is called, return whatever it returns
12402 * otherwise, nil
12407 Start Dired, defaulting to file at point. See `ffap'.
12408 If `dired-at-point-require-prefix' is set, the prefix meaning is reversed.
12413 Try to get a file name at point.
12414 This hook is intended to be put in `file-name-at-point-functions'.
12419 Evaluate the forms in variable `ffap-bindings'.
12423 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ffap" '("find-file-literally-at-point" "ffap-" "dired-at-point-")))
12425 ;;;***
12426 \f
12427 ;;;### (autoloads nil "filecache" "filecache.el" (0 0 0 0))
12428 ;;; Generated autoloads from filecache.el
12431 Add all files in DIRECTORY to the file cache.
12432 If called from Lisp with a non-nil REGEXP argument is non-nil,
12433 only add files whose names match REGEXP.
12438 Add DIRECTORIES (a list of directory names) to the file cache.
12439 If called interactively, read the directory names one by one.
12440 If the optional REGEXP argument is non-nil, only files which match it
12441 will be added to the cache. Note that the REGEXP is applied to the
12442 files in each directory, not to the directory list itself.
12447 Add FILE to the file cache.
12452 Use the `find' command to add files to the file cache.
12453 Find is run in DIRECTORY.
12458 Use the `locate' command to add files to the file cache.
12459 STRING is passed as an argument to the locate command.
12464 Adds DIR and any subdirectories to the file-cache.
12465 This function does not use any external programs.
12466 If the optional REGEXP argument is non-nil, only files which match it
12467 will be added to the cache. Note that the REGEXP is applied to the
12468 files in each directory, not to the directory list itself.
12473 Complete a filename in the minibuffer using a preloaded cache.
12474 Filecache does two kinds of substitution: it completes on names in
12475 the cache, and, once it has found a unique name, it cycles through
12476 the directories that the name is available in. With a prefix argument,
12477 the name is considered already unique; only the second substitution
12478 \(directories) is done.
12482 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "filecache" '("file-cache-")))
12484 ;;;***
12485 \f
12486 ;;;### (autoloads nil "filenotify" "filenotify.el" (0 0 0 0))
12487 ;;; Generated autoloads from filenotify.el
12490 Handle file system monitoring event.
12491 If EVENT is a filewatch event, call its callback. It has the format
12493 (file-notify (DESCRIPTOR ACTIONS FILE [FILE1-OR-COOKIE]) CALLBACK)
12495 Otherwise, signal a `file-notify-error'.
12499 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "filenotify" '("file-notify-")))
12501 ;;;***
12502 \f
12503 ;;;### (autoloads nil "files-x" "files-x.el" (0 0 0 0))
12504 ;;; Generated autoloads from files-x.el
12507 Add file-local VARIABLE with its VALUE to the Local Variables list.
12509 This command deletes all existing settings of VARIABLE (except `mode'
12510 and `eval') and adds a new file-local VARIABLE with VALUE to the
12511 Local Variables list.
12513 If there is no Local Variables list in the current file buffer
12514 then this function adds the first line containing the string
12515 `Local Variables:' and the last line containing the string `End:'.
12520 Delete all settings of file-local VARIABLE from the Local Variables list.
12525 Add file-local VARIABLE with its VALUE to the -*- line.
12527 This command deletes all existing settings of VARIABLE (except `mode'
12528 and `eval') and adds a new file-local VARIABLE with VALUE to
12529 the -*- line.
12531 If there is no -*- line at the beginning of the current file buffer
12532 then this function adds it.
12537 Delete all settings of file-local VARIABLE from the -*- line.
12542 Add directory-local VARIABLE with its VALUE and MODE to .dir-locals.el.
12547 Delete all MODE settings of file-local VARIABLE from .dir-locals.el.
12552 Copy file-local variables to .dir-locals.el.
12557 Copy directory-local variables to the Local Variables list.
12562 Copy directory-local variables to the -*- line.
12570 Add PROFILES for CRITERIA.
12571 CRITERIA is a plist identifying a connection and the application
12572 using this connection, see `connection-local-criteria-alist'.
12573 PROFILES are the names of connection profiles (a symbol).
12575 When a connection to a remote server is opened and CRITERIA
12576 matches to that server, the connection-local variables from
12577 PROFILES are applied to the corresponding process buffer. The
12578 variables for a connection profile are defined using
12579 `connection-local-set-profile-variables'.
12584 Map the symbol PROFILE to a list of variable settings.
12585 VARIABLES is a list that declares connection-local variables for
12586 the connection profile. An element in VARIABLES is an alist
12587 whose elements are of the form (VAR . VALUE).
12589 When a connection to a remote server is opened, the server's
12590 connection profiles are found. A server may be assigned a
12591 connection profile using `connection-local-set-profile'. Then
12592 variables are set in the server's process buffer according to the
12593 VARIABLES list of the connection profile. The list is processed
12594 in order.
12599 Apply connection-local variables identified by CRITERIA.
12600 Other local variables, like file-local and dir-local variables,
12601 will not be changed.
12606 Apply connection-local variables according to PROFILES in current buffer.
12607 Execute BODY, and unwind connection-local variables.
12613 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "files-x" '("hack-connection-local-variables" "connection-local-" "modify-" "read-file-local-variable")))
12615 ;;;***
12616 \f
12617 ;;;### (autoloads nil "filesets" "filesets.el" (0 0 0 0))
12618 ;;; Generated autoloads from filesets.el
12621 Filesets initialization.
12622 Set up hooks, load the cache file -- if existing -- and build the menu.
12626 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "filesets" '("filesets-")))
12628 ;;;***
12629 \f
12630 ;;;### (autoloads nil "find-cmd" "find-cmd.el" (0 0 0 0))
12631 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-cmd.el
12635 Initiate the building of a find command.
12636 For example:
12643 `default-directory' is used as the initial search path. The
12644 result is a string that should be ready for the command line.
12648 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "find-cmd" '("find-")))
12650 ;;;***
12651 \f
12652 ;;;### (autoloads nil "find-dired" "find-dired.el" (0 0 0 0))
12653 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-dired.el
12656 Run `find' and go into Dired mode on a buffer of the output.
12657 The command run (after changing into DIR) is essentially
12661 except that the car of the variable `find-ls-option' specifies what to
12667 Search DIR recursively for files matching the globbing pattern PATTERN,
12668 and run Dired on those files.
12669 PATTERN is a shell wildcard (not an Emacs regexp) and need not be quoted.
12670 The default command run (after changing into DIR) is
12674 See `find-name-arg' to customize the arguments.
12679 Find files in DIR matching a regexp REGEXP and start Dired on output.
12680 The command run (after changing into DIR) is
12685 where the car of the variable `find-ls-option' specifies what to
12690 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "find-dired" '("find-" "lookfor-dired" "kill-find")))
12692 ;;;***
12693 \f
12694 ;;;### (autoloads nil "find-file" "find-file.el" (0 0 0 0))
12695 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-file.el
12697 (defvar ff-special-constructs `((,(purecopy "^#\\s *\\(include\\|import\\)\\s +[<\"]\\(.*\\)[>\"]") lambda nil (buffer-substring (match-beginning 2) (match-end 2)))) "\
12698 List of special constructs recognized by `ff-treat-as-special'.
12699 Each element, tried in order, has the form (REGEXP . EXTRACT).
12700 If REGEXP matches the current line (from the beginning of the line),
12701 `ff-treat-as-special' calls function EXTRACT with no args.
12702 If EXTRACT returns nil, keep trying. Otherwise, return the
12708 Find the header or source file corresponding to this file.
12709 See also the documentation for `ff-find-other-file'.
12711 If optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, find the file in another window.
12718 Find the header or source file corresponding to this file.
12719 Being on a `#include' line pulls in that file.
12721 If optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, find the file in the other window.
12722 If optional IGNORE-INCLUDE is non-nil, ignore being on `#include' lines.
12724 Variables of interest include:
12726 - `ff-case-fold-search'
12727 Non-nil means ignore cases in matches (see `case-fold-search').
12728 If you have extensions in different cases, you will want this to be nil.
12730 - `ff-always-in-other-window'
12731 If non-nil, always open the other file in another window, unless an
12732 argument is given to `ff-find-other-file'.
12734 - `ff-ignore-include'
12735 If non-nil, ignores #include lines.
12737 - `ff-always-try-to-create'
12738 If non-nil, always attempt to create the other file if it was not found.
12740 - `ff-quiet-mode'
12741 If non-nil, traces which directories are being searched.
12743 - `ff-special-constructs'
12744 A list of regular expressions specifying how to recognize special
12745 constructs such as include files etc, and an associated method for
12746 extracting the filename from that construct.
12748 - `ff-other-file-alist'
12749 Alist of extensions to find given the current file's extension.
12751 - `ff-search-directories'
12752 List of directories searched through with each extension specified in
12753 `ff-other-file-alist' that matches this file's extension.
12755 - `ff-pre-find-hook'
12756 List of functions to be called before the search for the file starts.
12758 - `ff-pre-load-hook'
12759 List of functions to be called before the other file is loaded.
12761 - `ff-post-load-hook'
12762 List of functions to be called after the other file is loaded.
12764 - `ff-not-found-hook'
12765 List of functions to be called if the other file could not be found.
12767 - `ff-file-created-hook'
12768 List of functions to be called if the other file has been created.
12773 Visit the file you click on.
12778 Visit the file you click on in another window.
12782 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "find-file" '("ff-" "modula2-other-file-alist" "cc-")))
12784 ;;;***
12785 \f
12786 ;;;### (autoloads nil "find-func" "emacs-lisp/find-func.el" (0 0
12787 ;;;;;; 0 0))
12788 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/find-func.el
12791 Find the Emacs Lisp source of LIBRARY.
12793 Interactively, prompt for LIBRARY using the one at or near point.
12798 Find the Emacs Lisp source of LIBRARY in another window.
12800 See `find-library' for more details.
12805 Find the Emacs Lisp source of LIBRARY in another frame.
12807 See `find-library' for more details.
12812 Search for SYMBOL's definition of type TYPE in LIBRARY.
12813 Visit the library in a buffer, and return a cons cell (BUFFER . POSITION),
12814 or just (BUFFER . nil) if the definition can't be found in the file.
12816 If TYPE is nil, look for a function definition.
12817 Otherwise, TYPE specifies the kind of definition,
12818 and it is interpreted via `find-function-regexp-alist'.
12819 The search is done in the source for library LIBRARY.
12824 Return a pair (BUFFER . POINT) pointing to the definition of FUNCTION.
12826 Finds the source file containing the definition of FUNCTION
12827 in a buffer and the point of the definition. The buffer is
12828 not selected. If the function definition can't be found in
12829 the buffer, returns (BUFFER).
12831 If FUNCTION is a built-in function, this function normally
12832 attempts to find it in the Emacs C sources; however, if LISP-ONLY
12833 is non-nil, signal an error instead.
12835 If the file where FUNCTION is defined is not known, then it is
12836 searched for in `find-function-source-path' if non-nil, otherwise
12837 in `load-path'.
12842 Find the definition of the FUNCTION near point.
12844 Finds the source file containing the definition of the function
12845 near point (selected by `function-called-at-point') in a buffer and
12846 places point before the definition.
12847 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
12849 The library where FUNCTION is defined is searched for in
12850 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
12851 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'.
12856 Find, in another window, the definition of FUNCTION near point.
12858 See `find-function' for more details.
12863 Find, in another frame, the definition of FUNCTION near point.
12865 See `find-function' for more details.
12870 Return a pair `(BUFFER . POINT)' pointing to the definition of VARIABLE.
12872 Finds the library containing the definition of VARIABLE in a buffer and
12873 the point of the definition. The buffer is not selected.
12874 If the variable's definition can't be found in the buffer, return (BUFFER).
12876 The library where VARIABLE is defined is searched for in FILE or
12877 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
12882 Find the definition of the VARIABLE at or before point.
12884 Finds the library containing the definition of the variable
12885 near point (selected by `variable-at-point') in a buffer and
12886 places point before the definition.
12888 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
12890 The library where VARIABLE is defined is searched for in
12891 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
12892 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'.
12897 Find, in another window, the definition of VARIABLE near point.
12899 See `find-variable' for more details.
12904 Find, in another frame, the definition of VARIABLE near point.
12906 See `find-variable' for more details.
12911 Return a pair `(BUFFER . POINT)' pointing to the definition of SYMBOL.
12912 If the definition can't be found in the buffer, return (BUFFER).
12913 TYPE says what type of definition: nil for a function, `defvar' for a
12914 variable, `defface' for a face. This function does not switch to the
12915 buffer nor display it.
12917 The library where SYMBOL is defined is searched for in FILE or
12918 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
12923 Find the definition of FACE. FACE defaults to the name near point.
12925 Finds the Emacs Lisp library containing the definition of the face
12926 near point (selected by `variable-at-point') in a buffer and
12927 places point before the definition.
12929 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
12931 The library where FACE is defined is searched for in
12932 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
12933 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'.
12938 Find the function that KEY invokes. KEY is a string.
12939 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
12944 Find, in the other window, the function that KEY invokes.
12945 See `find-function-on-key'.
12950 Find, in the other frame, the function that KEY invokes.
12951 See `find-function-on-key'.
12956 Find directly the function at point in the other window.
12961 Find directly the variable at point in the other window.
12966 Define some key bindings for the find-function family of functions.
12970 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "find-func" '("find-" "read-library-name")))
12972 ;;;***
12973 \f
12974 ;;;### (autoloads nil "find-lisp" "find-lisp.el" (0 0 0 0))
12975 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-lisp.el
12978 Find files in DIR, matching REGEXP.
12983 Find all subdirectories of DIR.
12988 Change the filter on a `find-lisp-find-dired' buffer to REGEXP.
12992 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "find-lisp" '("find-lisp-")))
12994 ;;;***
12995 \f
12996 ;;;### (autoloads nil "finder" "finder.el" (0 0 0 0))
12997 ;;; Generated autoloads from finder.el
13001 Display descriptions of the keywords in the Finder buffer.
13006 Display FILE's commentary section.
13007 FILE should be in a form suitable for passing to `locate-library'.
13012 Find packages matching a given keyword.
13016 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "finder" '("finder-" "generated-finder-keywords-file")))
13018 ;;;***
13019 \f
13020 ;;;### (autoloads nil "flow-ctrl" "flow-ctrl.el" (0 0 0 0))
13021 ;;; Generated autoloads from flow-ctrl.el
13024 Toggle flow control handling.
13026 With arg, enable flow control mode if arg is positive, otherwise disable.
13031 Enable flow control if using one of a specified set of terminal types.
13033 on VT-100 and H19 terminals. When flow control is enabled,
13035 to get the effect of a C-q.
13039 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "flow-ctrl" '("flow-control-c-")))
13041 ;;;***
13042 \f
13043 ;;;### (autoloads nil "flow-fill" "mail/flow-fill.el" (0 0 0 0))
13044 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/flow-fill.el
13056 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "flow-fill" '("fill-flowed-")))
13058 ;;;***
13059 \f
13060 ;;;### (autoloads nil "flymake" "progmodes/flymake.el" (0 0 0 0))
13061 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/flymake.el
13065 Toggle Flymake mode on or off.
13066 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Flymake mode if ARG is
13067 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
13068 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil, and toggle it if ARG is `toggle'.
13074 Turn flymake mode on.
13079 Turn flymake mode off.
13088 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "flymake" '("flymake-")))
13090 ;;;***
13091 \f
13092 ;;;### (autoloads nil "flyspell" "textmodes/flyspell.el" (0 0 0 0))
13093 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/flyspell.el
13096 Turn on `flyspell-mode' for comments and strings.
13102 Toggle on-the-fly spell checking (Flyspell mode).
13103 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Flyspell mode if ARG is
13104 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
13105 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
13107 Flyspell mode is a buffer-local minor mode. When enabled, it
13108 spawns a single Ispell process and checks each word. The default
13109 flyspell behavior is to highlight incorrect words.
13111 Bindings:
13117 Hooks:
13118 This runs `flyspell-mode-hook' after flyspell mode is entered or exit.
13120 Remark:
13121 `flyspell-mode' uses `ispell-mode'. Thus all Ispell options are
13122 valid. For instance, a different dictionary can be used by
13123 invoking `ispell-change-dictionary'.
13125 Consider using the `ispell-parser' to check your text. For instance
13126 consider adding:
13128 in your init file.
13136 Unconditionally turn on Flyspell mode.
13141 Unconditionally turn off Flyspell mode.
13146 Turn Flyspell mode off.
13151 Flyspell text between BEG and END.
13156 Flyspell whole buffer.
13160 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "flyspell" '("flyspell-" "mail-mode-flyspell-verify" "make-flyspell-overlay" "sgml-mode-flyspell-verify" "tex")))
13162 ;;;***
13163 \f
13164 ;;;### (autoloads nil "foldout" "foldout.el" (0 0 0 0))
13165 ;;; Generated autoloads from foldout.el
13168 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "foldout" '("foldout-")))
13170 ;;;***
13171 \f
13172 ;;;### (autoloads nil "follow" "follow.el" (0 0 0 0))
13173 ;;; Generated autoloads from follow.el
13176 Turn on Follow mode. Please see the function `follow-mode'.
13181 Turn off Follow mode. Please see the function `follow-mode'.
13186 Toggle Follow mode.
13187 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Follow mode if ARG is
13188 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
13189 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
13191 Follow mode is a minor mode that combines windows into one tall
13192 virtual window. This is accomplished by two main techniques:
13194 * The windows always displays adjacent sections of the buffer.
13195 This means that whenever one window is moved, all the
13196 others will follow. (Hence the name Follow mode.)
13198 * Should point (cursor) end up outside a window, another
13199 window displaying that point is selected, if possible. This
13200 makes it possible to walk between windows using normal cursor
13201 movement commands.
13203 Follow mode comes to its prime when used on a large screen and two or
13204 more side-by-side windows are used. The user can, with the help of
13205 Follow mode, use these full-height windows as though they were one.
13206 Imagine yourself editing a large function, or section of text, and
13207 being able to use 144 or 216 lines instead of the normal 72... (your
13208 mileage may vary).
13210 To split one large window into two side-by-side windows, the commands
13213 Only windows displayed in the same frame follow each other.
13215 This command runs the normal hook `follow-mode-hook'.
13217 Keys specific to Follow mode:
13223 Scroll text in a Follow mode window up by that window's size.
13224 The other windows in the window chain will scroll synchronously.
13226 If called with no ARG, the `next-screen-context-lines' last lines of
13227 the window will be visible after the scroll.
13229 If called with an argument, scroll ARG lines up.
13230 Negative ARG means scroll downward.
13232 Works like `scroll-up' when not in Follow mode.
13237 Scroll text in a Follow mode window down by that window's size.
13238 The other windows in the window chain will scroll synchronously.
13240 If called with no ARG, the `next-screen-context-lines' top lines of
13241 the window in the chain will be visible after the scroll.
13243 If called with an argument, scroll ARG lines down.
13244 Negative ARG means scroll upward.
13246 Works like `scroll-down' when not in Follow mode.
13251 Scroll text in a Follow mode window chain up.
13253 If called with no ARG, the `next-screen-context-lines' last lines of
13254 the bottom window in the chain will be visible in the top window.
13256 If called with an argument, scroll ARG lines up.
13257 Negative ARG means scroll downward.
13259 Works like `scroll-up' when not in Follow mode.
13264 Scroll text in a Follow mode window chain down.
13266 If called with no ARG, the `next-screen-context-lines' top lines of
13267 the top window in the chain will be visible in the bottom window.
13269 If called with an argument, scroll ARG lines down.
13270 Negative ARG means scroll upward.
13272 Works like `scroll-down' when not in Follow mode.
13277 Create two side by side windows and enter Follow mode.
13279 Execute this command to display as much as possible of the text
13280 in the selected window. All other windows, in the current
13281 frame, are deleted and the selected window is split in two
13282 side-by-side windows. Follow mode is activated, hence the
13283 two windows always will display two successive pages.
13284 \(If one window is moved, the other one will follow.)
13286 If ARG is positive, the leftmost window is selected. If negative,
13287 the rightmost is selected. If ARG is nil, the leftmost window is
13288 selected if the original window is the first one in the frame.
13292 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "follow" '("follow-")))
13294 ;;;***
13295 \f
13296 ;;;### (autoloads nil "fontset" "international/fontset.el" (0 0 0
13297 ;;;;;; 0))
13298 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/fontset.el
13300 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "fontset" '("charset-script-alist" "create-" "set" "standard-fontset-spec" "fontset-" "generate-fontset-menu" "xlfd-" "x-")))
13302 ;;;***
13303 \f
13304 ;;;### (autoloads nil "footnote" "mail/footnote.el" (0 0 0 0))
13305 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/footnote.el
13309 Toggle Footnote mode.
13310 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Footnote mode if ARG is
13311 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
13312 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
13314 Footnote mode is a buffer-local minor mode. If enabled, it
13315 provides footnote support for `message-mode'. To get started,
13316 play around with the following keys:
13321 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "footnote" '("footnote-" "Footnote-")))
13323 ;;;***
13324 \f
13325 ;;;### (autoloads nil "format-spec" "format-spec.el" (0 0 0 0))
13326 ;;; Generated autoloads from format-spec.el
13328 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "format-spec" '("format-spec")))
13330 ;;;***
13331 \f
13332 ;;;### (autoloads nil "forms" "forms.el" (0 0 0 0))
13333 ;;; Generated autoloads from forms.el
13336 Major mode to visit files in a field-structured manner using a form.
13338 Commands: Equivalent keys in read-only mode:
13339 TAB forms-next-field TAB
13340 C-c TAB forms-next-field
13341 C-c < forms-first-record <
13342 C-c > forms-last-record >
13343 C-c ? describe-mode ?
13344 C-c C-k forms-delete-record
13345 C-c C-q forms-toggle-read-only q
13346 C-c C-o forms-insert-record
13347 C-c C-l forms-jump-record l
13348 C-c C-n forms-next-record n
13349 C-c C-p forms-prev-record p
13350 C-c C-r forms-search-reverse r
13351 C-c C-s forms-search-forward s
13352 C-c C-x forms-exit x
13357 Visit a file in Forms mode.
13362 Visit a file in Forms mode in other window.
13366 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "forms" '("forms-")))
13368 ;;;***
13369 \f
13370 ;;;### (autoloads nil "fortran" "progmodes/fortran.el" (0 0 0 0))
13371 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/fortran.el
13374 Major mode for editing Fortran code in fixed format.
13375 For free format code, use `f90-mode'.
13378 Note that DO statements must not share a common CONTINUE.
13382 Key definitions:
13385 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
13387 `fortran-comment-line-start'
13389 `fortran-do-indent'
13390 Extra indentation within DO blocks (default 3).
13391 `fortran-if-indent'
13392 Extra indentation within IF blocks (default 3).
13393 `fortran-structure-indent'
13394 Extra indentation within STRUCTURE, UNION, MAP and INTERFACE blocks.
13395 (default 3)
13396 `fortran-continuation-indent'
13397 Extra indentation applied to continuation statements (default 5).
13398 `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent'
13399 Amount of extra indentation for text in full-line comments (default 0).
13400 `fortran-comment-indent-style'
13401 How to indent the text in full-line comments. Allowed values are:
13402 nil don't change the indentation
13403 `fixed' indent to `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent' beyond the
13404 value of either
13405 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-fixed' (fixed format) or
13406 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-tab' (TAB format),
13407 depending on the continuation format in use.
13408 `relative' indent to `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent' beyond the
13409 indentation for a line of code.
13410 (default `fixed')
13411 `fortran-comment-indent-char'
13412 Single-character string to be inserted instead of space for
13414 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-fixed'
13415 Minimum indentation for statements in fixed format mode (default 6).
13416 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-tab'
13417 Minimum indentation for statements in TAB format mode (default 9).
13418 `fortran-line-number-indent'
13419 Maximum indentation for line numbers (default 1). A line number will
13420 get less than this much indentation if necessary to avoid reaching
13421 column 5.
13422 `fortran-check-all-num-for-matching-do'
13424 statements (default nil).
13425 `fortran-blink-matching-if'
13427 to blink on the matching IF (or DO [WHILE]). (default nil)
13428 `fortran-continuation-string'
13429 Single-character string to be inserted in column 5 of a continuation
13431 `fortran-comment-region'
13434 `fortran-electric-line-number'
13435 Non-nil causes line number digits to be moved to the correct column
13436 as typed (default t).
13437 `fortran-break-before-delimiters'
13438 Non-nil causes lines to be broken before delimiters (default t).
13440 Turning on Fortran mode calls the value of the variable `fortran-mode-hook'
13441 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
13445 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "fortran" '("fortran-")))
13447 ;;;***
13448 \f
13449 ;;;### (autoloads nil "fortune" "play/fortune.el" (0 0 0 0))
13450 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/fortune.el
13453 Add STRING to a fortune file FILE.
13455 Interactively, if called with a prefix argument,
13456 read the file name to use. Otherwise use the value of `fortune-file'.
13461 Append the current region to a local fortune-like data file.
13463 Interactively, if called with a prefix argument,
13464 read the file name to use. Otherwise use the value of `fortune-file'.
13469 Compile fortune file.
13471 If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to compile, otherwise uses
13472 the value of `fortune-file'. This currently cannot handle directories.
13477 Create signature from output of the fortune program.
13479 If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to choose the fortune from,
13480 otherwise uses the value of `fortune-file'. If you want to have fortune
13481 choose from a set of files in a directory, call interactively with prefix
13482 and choose the directory as the fortune-file.
13487 Display a fortune cookie to the mini-buffer.
13488 If called with a prefix, it has the same behavior as `fortune'.
13489 Optional FILE is a fortune file from which a cookie will be selected.
13494 Display a fortune cookie.
13495 If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to choose the fortune from,
13496 otherwise uses the value of `fortune-file'. If you want to have fortune
13497 choose from a set of files in a directory, call interactively with prefix
13498 and choose the directory as the fortune-file.
13502 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "fortune" '("fortune-")))
13504 ;;;***
13505 \f
13506 ;;;### (autoloads nil "frameset" "frameset.el" (0 0 0 0))
13507 ;;; Generated autoloads from frameset.el
13509 (defvar frameset-session-filter-alist '((name . :never) (left . frameset-filter-iconified) (minibuffer . frameset-filter-minibuffer) (top . frameset-filter-iconified)) "\
13510 Minimum set of parameters to filter for live (on-session) framesets.
13513 (defvar frameset-persistent-filter-alist (nconc '((background-color . frameset-filter-sanitize-color) (buffer-list . :never) (buffer-predicate . :never) (buried-buffer-list . :never) (delete-before . :never) (font . frameset-filter-shelve-param) (foreground-color . frameset-filter-sanitize-color) (fullscreen . frameset-filter-shelve-param) (GUI:font . frameset-filter-unshelve-param) (GUI:fullscreen . frameset-filter-unshelve-param) (GUI:height . frameset-filter-unshelve-param) (GUI:width . frameset-filter-unshelve-param) (height . frameset-filter-shelve-param) (outer-window-id . :never) (parent-frame . :never) (parent-id . :never) (mouse-wheel-frame . :never) (tty . frameset-filter-tty-to-GUI) (tty-type . frameset-filter-tty-to-GUI) (width . frameset-filter-shelve-param) (window-id . :never) (window-system . :never)) frameset-session-filter-alist) "\
13514 Parameters to filter for persistent framesets.
13518 Alist of frame parameters and filtering functions.
13520 This alist is the default value of the FILTERS argument of
13521 `frameset-save' and `frameset-restore' (which see).
13523 Initially, `frameset-filter-alist' is set to, and shares the value of,
13524 `frameset-persistent-filter-alist'. You can override any item in
13525 this alist by `push'ing a new item onto it. If, for some reason, you
13526 intend to modify existing values, do
13528 (setq frameset-filter-alist (copy-tree frameset-filter-alist))
13530 before changing anything.
13532 On saving, PARAMETERS is the parameter alist of each frame processed,
13533 and FILTERED is the parameter alist that gets saved to the frameset.
13535 On restoring, PARAMETERS is the parameter alist extracted from the
13536 frameset, and FILTERED is the resulting frame parameter alist used
13537 to restore the frame.
13539 Elements of `frameset-filter-alist' are conses (PARAM . ACTION),
13540 where PARAM is a parameter name (a symbol identifying a frame
13541 parameter), and ACTION can be:
13543 nil The parameter is copied to FILTERED.
13544 :never The parameter is never copied to FILTERED.
13545 :save The parameter is copied only when saving the frame.
13546 :restore The parameter is copied only when restoring the frame.
13547 FILTER A filter function.
13549 FILTER can be a symbol FILTER-FUN, or a list (FILTER-FUN ARGS...).
13550 FILTER-FUN is invoked with
13552 (apply FILTER-FUN CURRENT FILTERED PARAMETERS SAVING ARGS)
13554 where
13556 CURRENT A cons (PARAM . VALUE), where PARAM is the one being
13557 filtered and VALUE is its current value.
13558 FILTERED The resulting alist (so far).
13559 PARAMETERS The complete alist of parameters being filtered,
13560 SAVING Non-nil if filtering before saving state, nil if filtering
13561 before restoring it.
13562 ARGS Any additional arguments specified in the ACTION.
13564 FILTER-FUN is allowed to modify items in FILTERED, but no other arguments.
13565 It must return:
13566 nil Skip CURRENT (do not add it to FILTERED).
13567 t Add CURRENT to FILTERED as is.
13568 (NEW-PARAM . NEW-VALUE) Add this to FILTERED instead of CURRENT.
13570 Frame parameters not on this alist are passed intact, as if they were
13574 Return the frame id of FRAME, if it has one; else, return nil.
13575 A frame id is a string that uniquely identifies a frame.
13576 It is persistent across `frameset-save' / `frameset-restore'
13577 invocations, and once assigned is never changed unless the same
13578 frame is duplicated (via `frameset-restore'), in which case the
13579 newest frame keeps the id and the old frame's is set to nil.
13584 Return non-nil if FRAME's id matches ID.
13589 Return the live frame with id ID, if exists; else nil.
13590 If FRAME-LIST is a list of frames, check these frames only.
13591 If nil, check all live frames.
13596 Return a frameset for FRAME-LIST, a list of frames.
13597 Dead frames and non-frame objects are silently removed from the list.
13598 If nil, FRAME-LIST defaults to the output of `frame-list' (all live frames).
13599 APP, NAME and DESCRIPTION are optional data; see the docstring of the
13600 `frameset' defstruct for details.
13601 FILTERS is an alist of parameter filters; if nil, the value of the variable
13602 `frameset-filter-alist' is used instead.
13603 PREDICATE is a predicate function, which must return non-nil for frames that
13604 should be saved; if PREDICATE is nil, all frames from FRAME-LIST are saved.
13605 PROPERTIES is a user-defined property list to add to the frameset.
13610 Restore a FRAMESET into the current display(s).
13612 PREDICATE is a function called with two arguments, the parameter alist
13613 and the window-state of the frame being restored, in that order (see
13614 the docstring of the `frameset' defstruct for additional details).
13615 If PREDICATE returns nil, the frame described by that parameter alist
13616 and window-state is not restored.
13618 FILTERS is an alist of parameter filters; if nil, the value of
13619 `frameset-filter-alist' is used instead.
13621 REUSE-FRAMES selects the policy to reuse frames when restoring:
13622 t All existing frames can be reused.
13623 nil No existing frame can be reused.
13624 match Only frames with matching frame ids can be reused.
13625 PRED A predicate function; it receives as argument a live frame,
13626 and must return non-nil to allow reusing it, nil otherwise.
13628 FORCE-DISPLAY can be:
13629 t Frames are restored in the current display.
13630 nil Frames are restored, if possible, in their original displays.
13631 delete Frames in other displays are deleted instead of restored.
13632 PRED A function called with two arguments, the parameter alist and
13633 the window state (in that order). It must return t, nil or
13634 `delete', as above but affecting only the frame that will
13635 be created from that parameter alist.
13637 FORCE-ONSCREEN can be:
13638 t Force onscreen only those frames that are fully offscreen.
13639 nil Do not force any frame back onscreen.
13640 all Force onscreen any frame fully or partially offscreen.
13641 PRED A function called with three arguments,
13642 - the live frame just restored,
13643 - a list (LEFT TOP WIDTH HEIGHT), describing the frame,
13644 - a list (LEFT TOP WIDTH HEIGHT), describing the workarea.
13645 It must return non-nil to force the frame onscreen, nil otherwise.
13648 t Delete all frames that were not created or restored upon.
13649 nil Keep all frames.
13650 FUNC A function called with two arguments:
13651 - FRAME, a live frame.
13652 - ACTION, which can be one of
13653 :rejected Frame existed, but was not a candidate for reuse.
13654 :ignored Frame existed, was a candidate, but wasn't reused.
13655 :reused Frame existed, was a candidate, and restored upon.
13656 :created Frame didn't exist, was created and restored upon.
13657 Return value is ignored.
13659 Note the timing and scope of the operations described above: REUSE-FRAMES
13660 affects existing frames; PREDICATE, FILTERS and FORCE-DISPLAY affect the frame
13661 being restored before that happens; FORCE-ONSCREEN affects the frame once
13662 it has been restored; and CLEANUP-FRAMES affects all frames alive after the
13663 restoration, including those that have been reused or created anew.
13665 All keyword parameters default to nil.
13667 \(fn FRAMESET &key PREDICATE FILTERS REUSE-FRAMES FORCE-DISPLAY FORCE-ONSCREEN CLEANUP-FRAMES)" nil nil)
13670 Restore frameset from DATA stored in register.
13671 Called from `jump-to-register'. Internal use only.
13676 Print basic info about frameset stored in DATA.
13677 Called from `list-registers' and `view-register'. Internal use only.
13682 Store the current frameset in register REGISTER.
13684 Argument is a character, naming the register.
13686 Interactively, reads the register using `register-read-with-preview'.
13690 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "frameset" '("frameset-")))
13692 ;;;***
13693 \f
13694 ;;;### (autoloads nil "fringe" "fringe.el" (0 0 0 0))
13695 ;;; Generated autoloads from fringe.el
13697 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "fringe" '("fringe-" "set-fringe-")))
13699 ;;;***
13700 \f
13701 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gamegrid" "play/gamegrid.el" (0 0 0 0))
13702 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/gamegrid.el
13705 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gamegrid" '("gamegrid-")))
13707 ;;;***
13708 \f
13709 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gametree" "play/gametree.el" (0 0 0 0))
13710 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/gametree.el
13712 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gametree" '("gametree-")))
13714 ;;;***
13715 \f
13716 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gdb-mi" "progmodes/gdb-mi.el" (0 0 0 0))
13717 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/gdb-mi.el
13720 Non-nil if Gdb-Enable-Debug mode is enabled.
13721 See the `gdb-enable-debug' command
13727 Toggle logging of transaction between Emacs and Gdb.
13728 The log is stored in `gdb-debug-log' as an alist with elements
13729 whose cons is send, send-item or recv and whose cdr is the string
13730 being transferred. This list may grow up to a size of
13731 `gdb-debug-log-max' after which the oldest element (at the end of
13732 the list) is deleted every time a new one is added (at the front).
13737 Run gdb passing it COMMAND-LINE as arguments.
13739 If COMMAND-LINE names a program FILE to debug, gdb will run in
13740 a buffer named *gud-FILE*, and the directory containing FILE
13741 becomes the initial working directory and source-file directory
13742 for your debugger.
13743 If COMMAND-LINE requests that gdb attaches to a process PID, gdb
13744 will run in *gud-PID*, otherwise it will run in *gud*; in these
13745 cases the initial working directory is the default-directory of
13746 the buffer in which this command was invoked.
13751 If option `gdb-many-windows' is nil (the default value) then gdb just
13752 pops up the GUD buffer unless `gdb-show-main' is t. In this case
13753 it starts with two windows: one displaying the GUD buffer and the
13754 other with the source file with the main routine of the inferior.
13756 If option `gdb-many-windows' is t, regardless of the value of
13757 `gdb-show-main', the layout below will appear. Keybindings are
13758 shown in some of the buffers.
13760 Watch expressions appear in the speedbar/slowbar.
13762 The following commands help control operation :
13764 `gdb-many-windows' - Toggle the number of windows gdb uses.
13765 `gdb-restore-windows' - To restore the window layout.
13767 See Info node `(emacs)GDB Graphical Interface' for a more
13768 detailed description of this mode.
13771 +----------------------------------------------------------------------+
13772 | GDB Toolbar |
13773 +-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
13774 | GUD buffer (I/O of GDB) | Locals buffer |
13775 | | |
13776 | | |
13777 | | |
13778 +-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
13779 | Source buffer | I/O buffer (of debugged program) |
13780 | | (comint-mode) |
13781 | | |
13782 | | |
13783 | | |
13784 | | |
13785 | | |
13786 | | |
13787 +-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
13788 | Stack buffer | Breakpoints buffer |
13789 | RET gdb-select-frame | SPC gdb-toggle-breakpoint |
13790 | | RET gdb-goto-breakpoint |
13791 | | D gdb-delete-breakpoint |
13792 +-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
13796 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gdb-mi" '("gdb" "gud-" "def-gdb-" "breakpoint-" "nil")))
13798 ;;;***
13799 \f
13800 ;;;### (autoloads nil "generator" "emacs-lisp/generator.el" (0 0
13801 ;;;;;; 0 0))
13802 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/generator.el
13804 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "generator" '("cps-" "iter-")))
13806 ;;;***
13807 \f
13808 ;;;### (autoloads nil "generic" "emacs-lisp/generic.el" (0 0 0 0))
13809 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/generic.el
13812 A list of mode names for `generic-mode'.
13813 Do not add entries to this list directly; use `define-generic-mode'
13817 Create a new generic mode MODE.
13819 MODE is the name of the command for the generic mode; don't quote it.
13820 The optional DOCSTRING is the documentation for the mode command. If
13821 you do not supply it, `define-generic-mode' uses a default
13822 documentation string instead.
13824 COMMENT-LIST is a list in which each element is either a character, a
13825 string of one or two characters, or a cons cell. A character or a
13829 latter if you want comments to end at the end of the line.) Note that
13830 the syntax table has limitations about what comment starters and
13831 enders are actually possible.
13833 KEYWORD-LIST is a list of keywords to highlight with
13834 `font-lock-keyword-face'. Each keyword should be a string.
13836 FONT-LOCK-LIST is a list of additional expressions to highlight. Each
13837 element of this list should have the same form as an element of
13838 `font-lock-keywords'.
13840 AUTO-MODE-LIST is a list of regular expressions to add to
13841 `auto-mode-alist'. These regular expressions are added when Emacs
13842 runs the macro expansion.
13844 FUNCTION-LIST is a list of functions to call to do some additional
13845 setup. The mode command calls these functions just before it runs the
13846 mode hook `MODE-hook'.
13848 See the file generic-x.el for some examples of `define-generic-mode'.
13850 \(fn MODE COMMENT-LIST KEYWORD-LIST FONT-LOCK-LIST AUTO-MODE-LIST FUNCTION-LIST &optional DOCSTRING)" nil t)
13857 Go into the generic mode MODE.
13862 Enter generic mode MODE.
13864 Generic modes provide basic comment and font-lock functionality
13866 own mode, but have comment characters, keywords, and the like.)
13868 To define a generic-mode, use the function `define-generic-mode'.
13869 Some generic modes are defined in `generic-x.el'.
13874 Return a `font-lock-keywords' construct that highlights KEYWORD-LIST.
13875 KEYWORD-LIST is a list of keyword strings that should be
13876 highlighted with face FACE. This function calculates a regular
13877 expression that matches these keywords and concatenates it with
13878 PREFIX and SUFFIX. Then it returns a construct based on this
13879 regular expression that can be used as an element of
13880 `font-lock-keywords'.
13886 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "generic" '("generic-")))
13888 ;;;***
13889 \f
13890 ;;;### (autoloads nil "generic-x" "generic-x.el" (0 0 0 0))
13891 ;;; Generated autoloads from generic-x.el
13893 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "generic-x" '("generic-" "default-generic-mode")))
13895 ;;;***
13896 \f
13897 ;;;### (autoloads nil "glasses" "progmodes/glasses.el" (0 0 0 0))
13898 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/glasses.el
13901 Minor mode for making identifiers likeThis readable.
13902 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
13903 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
13904 if ARG is omitted or nil. When this mode is active, it tries to
13905 add virtual separators (like underscores) at places they belong to.
13909 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "glasses" '("glasses-")))
13911 ;;;***
13912 \f
13913 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gmm-utils" "gnus/gmm-utils.el" (0 0 0 0))
13914 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gmm-utils.el
13917 Potentially concat a list of regexps into a single one.
13918 The concatenation is done with logical ORs.
13923 If LEVEL is lower than `gmm-verbose' print ARGS using `message'.
13925 Guideline for numbers:
13926 1 - error messages
13927 3 - non-serious error messages
13928 5 - messages for things that take a long time
13929 7 - not very important messages on stuff
13930 9 - messages inside loops.
13935 Beep an error if LEVEL is equal to or less than `gmm-verbose'.
13936 ARGS are passed to `message'.
13941 Non-nil if SYMBOL is a widget.
13946 Make a tool bar from ICON-LIST.
13948 Within each entry of ICON-LIST, the first element is a menu
13949 command, the second element is an icon file name and the third
13951 <menu-entry> to find out the name of a menu command. The fourth
13952 and all following elements are passed as the PROPS argument to the
13953 function `tool-bar-local-item'.
13955 If ZAP-LIST is a list, remove those item from the default
13956 `tool-bar-map'. If it is t, start with a new sparse map. You
13961 DEFAULT-MAP specifies the default key map for ICON-LIST.
13965 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gmm-utils" '("gmm-" "defun-gmm")))
13967 ;;;***
13968 \f
13969 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus" "gnus/gnus.el" (0 0 0 0))
13970 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus.el
13976 Read network news as a slave, without connecting to the local server.
13981 Read network news.
13982 If ARG is a positive number, Gnus will use that as the startup
13983 level. If ARG is nil, Gnus will be started at level 2. If ARG is
13984 non-nil and not a positive number, Gnus will prompt the user for the
13985 name of an NNTP server to use.
13986 As opposed to `gnus', this command will not connect to the local
13987 server.
13992 Read news as a slave.
13997 Pop up a frame to read news.
13998 This will call one of the Gnus commands which is specified by the user
13999 option `gnus-other-frame-function' (default `gnus') with the argument
14000 ARG if Gnus is not running, otherwise pop up a Gnus frame and run the
14001 command specified by `gnus-other-frame-resume-function'.
14002 The optional second argument DISPLAY should be a standard display string
14004 omitted or the function `make-frame-on-display' is not available, the
14005 current display is used.
14010 Read network news.
14011 If ARG is non-nil and a positive number, Gnus will use that as the
14012 startup level. If ARG is non-nil and not a positive number, Gnus will
14013 prompt the user for the name of an NNTP server to use.
14019 ;;;***
14020 \f
14021 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-agent" "gnus/gnus-agent.el" (0 0 0 0))
14022 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-agent.el
14025 Start Gnus unplugged.
14030 Start Gnus plugged.
14035 Read news as a slave unplugged.
14040 Allow Gnus to be an offline newsreader.
14042 The gnus-agentize function is now called internally by gnus when
14043 gnus-agent is set. If you wish to avoid calling gnus-agentize,
14044 customize gnus-agent to nil.
14046 This will modify the `gnus-setup-news-hook', and
14047 `message-send-mail-real-function' variables, and install the Gnus agent
14048 minor mode in all Gnus buffers.
14053 Save GCC if Gnus is unplugged.
14058 Rename fully-qualified OLD-GROUP as NEW-GROUP.
14059 Always updates the agent, even when disabled, as the old agent
14060 files would corrupt gnus when the agent was next enabled.
14061 Depends upon the caller to determine whether group renaming is
14062 supported.
14067 Delete fully-qualified GROUP.
14068 Always updates the agent, even when disabled, as the old agent
14069 files would corrupt gnus when the agent was next enabled.
14070 Depends upon the caller to determine whether group deletion is
14071 supported.
14076 Construct list of articles that have not been downloaded.
14081 Possibly expand a group's active range to include articles
14082 downloaded into the agent.
14087 Search for GROUPs SYMBOL in the group's parameters, the group's
14088 topic parameters, the group's category, or the customizable
14089 variables. Returns the first non-nil value found.
14094 Start Gnus and fetch session.
14099 Start Gnus, send queue and fetch session.
14104 Regenerate all agent covered files.
14105 CLEAN is obsolete and ignored.
14109 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gnus-agent" '("gnus-")))
14111 ;;;***
14112 \f
14113 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-art" "gnus/gnus-art.el" (0 0 0 0))
14114 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-art.el
14117 Make the current buffer look like a nice article.
14121 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gnus-art" '("gnus-" "article-")))
14123 ;;;***
14124 \f
14125 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-async" "gnus/gnus-async.el" (0 0 0 0))
14126 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-async.el
14128 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gnus-async" '("gnus-")))
14130 ;;;***
14131 \f
14132 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-bcklg" "gnus/gnus-bcklg.el" (0 0 0 0))
14133 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-bcklg.el
14135 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gnus-bcklg" '("gnus-backlog-")))
14137 ;;;***
14138 \f
14139 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-bookmark" "gnus/gnus-bookmark.el" (0
14140 ;;;;;; 0 0 0))
14141 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-bookmark.el
14144 Set a bookmark for this article.
14149 Jump to a Gnus bookmark (BMK-NAME).
14154 Display a list of existing Gnus bookmarks.
14155 The list is displayed in a buffer named `*Gnus Bookmark List*'.
14156 The leftmost column displays a D if the bookmark is flagged for
14157 deletion, or > if it is flagged for displaying.
14161 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gnus-bookmark" '("gnus-bookmark-")))
14163 ;;;***
14164 \f
14165 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-cache" "gnus/gnus-cache.el" (0 0 0 0))
14166 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-cache.el
14169 Go through all groups and put the articles into the cache.
14171 Usage:
14172 $ emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l gnus -f gnus-jog-cache
14177 Generate the cache active file.
14182 Generate NOV files recursively starting in DIR.
14187 Rename OLD-GROUP as NEW-GROUP.
14188 Always updates the cache, even when disabled, as the old cache
14189 files would corrupt Gnus when the cache was next enabled. It
14190 depends on the caller to determine whether group renaming is
14191 supported.
14196 Delete GROUP from the cache.
14197 Always updates the cache, even when disabled, as the old cache
14198 files would corrupt gnus when the cache was next enabled.
14199 Depends upon the caller to determine whether group deletion is
14200 supported.
14204 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gnus-cache" '("gnus-")))
14206 ;;;***
14207 \f
14208 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-cite" "gnus/gnus-cite.el" (0 0 0 0))
14209 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-cite.el
14211 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gnus-cite" '("turn-o" "gnus-")))
14213 ;;;***
14214 \f
14215 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-cloud" "gnus/gnus-cloud.el" (0 0 0 0))
14216 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-cloud.el
14218 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gnus-cloud" '("gnus-cloud-")))
14220 ;;;***
14221 \f
14222 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-cus" "gnus/gnus-cus.el" (0 0 0 0))
14223 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-cus.el
14225 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gnus-cus" '("gnus-" "category-fields")))
14227 ;;;***
14228 \f
14229 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-delay" "gnus/gnus-delay.el" (0 0 0 0))
14230 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-delay.el
14233 Delay this article by some time.
14234 DELAY is a string, giving the length of the time. Possible values are:
14236 * <digits><units> for <units> in minutes (`m'), hours (`h'), days (`d'),
14237 weeks (`w'), months (`M'), or years (`Y');
14239 * YYYY-MM-DD for a specific date. The time of day is given by the
14240 variable `gnus-delay-default-hour', minute and second are zero.
14242 * hh:mm for a specific time. Use 24h format. If it is later than this
14243 time, then the deadline is tomorrow, else today.
14248 Send all the delayed messages that are due now.
14253 Initialize the gnus-delay package.
14254 This sets up a key binding in `message-mode' to delay a message.
14255 This tells Gnus to look for delayed messages after getting new news.
14257 The optional arg NO-KEYMAP is ignored.
14258 Checking delayed messages is skipped if optional arg NO-CHECK is non-nil.
14262 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gnus-delay" '("gnus-delay-")))
14264 ;;;***
14265 \f
14266 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-demon" "gnus/gnus-demon.el" (0 0 0 0))
14267 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-demon.el
14269 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gnus-demon" '("gnus-")))
14271 ;;;***
14272 \f
14273 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-diary" "gnus/gnus-diary.el" (0 0 0 0))
14274 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-diary.el
14286 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gnus-diary" '("gnus-")))
14288 ;;;***
14289 \f
14290 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-dired" "gnus/gnus-dired.el" (0 0 0 0))
14291 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-dired.el
14294 Convenience method to turn on gnus-dired-mode.
14298 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gnus-dired" '("gnus-dired-")))
14300 ;;;***
14301 \f
14302 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-draft" "gnus/gnus-draft.el" (0 0 0 0))
14303 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-draft.el
14306 Reminder user if there are unsent drafts.
14310 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gnus-draft" '("gnus-")))
14312 ;;;***
14313 \f
14314 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-dup" "gnus/gnus-dup.el" (0 0 0 0))
14315 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-dup.el
14317 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gnus-dup" '("gnus-")))
14319 ;;;***
14320 \f
14321 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-eform" "gnus/gnus-eform.el" (0 0 0 0))
14322 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-eform.el
14324 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gnus-eform" '("gnus-edit-form")))
14326 ;;;***
14327 \f
14328 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-fun" "gnus/gnus-fun.el" (0 0 0 0))
14329 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-fun.el
14332 Return file from DIR with extension EXT, omitting matches of OMIT, processed by FUN.
14339 Return X-Face header data chosen randomly from `gnus-x-face-directory'.
14341 Files matching `gnus-x-face-omit-files' are not considered.
14346 Insert a random X-Face header from `gnus-x-face-directory'.
14351 Insert an X-Face header based on an image FILE.
14353 Depending on `gnus-convert-image-to-x-face-command' it may accept
14354 different input formats.
14359 Return a Face header based on an image FILE.
14361 Depending on `gnus-convert-image-to-face-command' it may accept
14362 different input formats.
14367 Convert FACE (which is base64-encoded) to a PNG.
14368 The PNG is returned as a string.
14373 Convert FILE to a Face.
14374 FILE should be a PNG file that's 48x48 and smaller than or equal to
14375 726 bytes.
14380 Return randomly chosen Face from `gnus-face-directory'.
14382 Files matching `gnus-face-omit-files' are not considered.
14387 Insert a random Face header from `gnus-face-directory'.
14391 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gnus-fun" '("gnus-")))
14393 ;;;***
14394 \f
14395 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-gravatar" "gnus/gnus-gravatar.el" (0
14396 ;;;;;; 0 0 0))
14397 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-gravatar.el
14400 Display gravatar in the From header.
14401 If gravatar is already displayed, remove it.
14406 Display gravatars in the Cc and To headers.
14407 If gravatars are already displayed, remove them.
14411 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gnus-gravatar" '("gnus-gravatar-")))
14413 ;;;***
14414 \f
14415 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-group" "gnus/gnus-group.el" (0 0 0 0))
14416 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-group.el
14419 Start Gnus if necessary and enter GROUP.
14420 If ARTICLES, display those articles.
14421 Returns whether the fetching was successful or not.
14426 Pop up a frame and enter GROUP.
14430 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gnus-group" '("gnus-")))
14432 ;;;***
14433 \f
14434 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-html" "gnus/gnus-html.el" (0 0 0 0))
14435 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-html.el
14447 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gnus-html" '("gnus-")))
14449 ;;;***
14450 \f
14451 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-icalendar" "gnus/gnus-icalendar.el" (0
14452 ;;;;;; 0 0 0))
14453 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-icalendar.el
14455 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gnus-icalendar" '("gnus-icalendar")))
14457 ;;;***
14458 \f
14459 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-int" "gnus/gnus-int.el" (0 0 0 0))
14460 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-int.el
14462 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gnus-int" '("gnus-")))
14464 ;;;***
14465 \f
14466 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-kill" "gnus/gnus-kill.el" (0 0 0 0))
14467 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-kill.el
14472 Run batched scoring.
14473 Usage: emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l gnus -f gnus-batch-score
14477 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gnus-kill" '("gnus-")))
14479 ;;;***
14480 \f
14481 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-logic" "gnus/gnus-logic.el" (0 0 0 0))
14482 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-logic.el
14484 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gnus-logic" '("gnus-")))
14486 ;;;***
14487 \f
14488 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-mh" "gnus/gnus-mh.el" (0 0 0 0))
14489 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-mh.el
14491 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gnus-mh" '("gnus-")))
14493 ;;;***
14494 \f
14495 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-ml" "gnus/gnus-ml.el" (0 0 0 0))
14496 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-ml.el
14504 Setup group parameters from List-Post header.
14505 If FORCE is non-nil, replace the old ones.
14510 Minor mode for providing mailing-list commands.
14516 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gnus-ml" '("gnus-mailing-list-")))
14518 ;;;***
14519 \f
14520 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-mlspl" "gnus/gnus-mlspl.el" (0 0 0 0))
14521 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-mlspl.el
14524 Set up the split for `nnmail-split-fancy'.
14525 Sets things up so that nnmail-split-fancy is used for mail
14526 splitting, and defines the variable nnmail-split-fancy according with
14527 group parameters.
14529 If AUTO-UPDATE is non-nil (prefix argument accepted, if called
14530 interactively), it makes sure nnmail-split-fancy is re-computed before
14531 getting new mail, by adding `gnus-group-split-update' to
14532 `nnmail-pre-get-new-mail-hook'.
14534 A non-nil CATCH-ALL replaces the current value of
14535 `gnus-group-split-default-catch-all-group'. This variable is only used
14536 by gnus-group-split-update, and only when its CATCH-ALL argument is
14537 nil. This argument may contain any fancy split, that will be added as
14538 the last split in a `|' split produced by `gnus-group-split-fancy',
14539 unless overridden by any group marked as a catch-all group. Typical
14540 uses are as simple as the name of a default mail group, but more
14541 elaborate fancy splits may also be useful to split mail that doesn't
14542 match any of the group-specified splitting rules. See
14543 `gnus-group-split-fancy' for details.
14548 Computes nnmail-split-fancy from group params and CATCH-ALL.
14549 It does this by calling by calling (gnus-group-split-fancy nil
14550 nil CATCH-ALL).
14552 If CATCH-ALL is nil, `gnus-group-split-default-catch-all-group' is used
14553 instead. This variable is set by `gnus-group-split-setup'.
14558 Use information from group parameters in order to split mail.
14559 See `gnus-group-split-fancy' for more information.
14561 `gnus-group-split' is a valid value for `nnmail-split-methods'.
14566 Uses information from group parameters in order to split mail.
14567 It can be embedded into `nnmail-split-fancy' lists with the SPLIT
14569 \(: gnus-group-split-fancy GROUPS NO-CROSSPOST CATCH-ALL)
14571 GROUPS may be a regular expression or a list of group names, that will
14572 be used to select candidate groups. If it is omitted or nil, all
14573 existing groups are considered.
14575 if NO-CROSSPOST is omitted or nil, a & split will be returned,
14576 otherwise, a | split, that does not allow crossposting, will be
14577 returned.
14579 For each selected group, a SPLIT is composed like this: if SPLIT-SPEC
14580 is specified, this split is returned as-is (unless it is nil: in this
14581 case, the group is ignored). Otherwise, if TO-ADDRESS, TO-LIST and/or
14582 EXTRA-ALIASES are specified, a regexp that matches any of them is
14583 constructed (extra-aliases may be a list). Additionally, if
14584 SPLIT-REGEXP is specified, the regexp will be extended so that it
14585 matches this regexp too, and if SPLIT-EXCLUDE is specified, RESTRICT
14586 clauses will be generated.
14588 If CATCH-ALL is nil, no catch-all handling is performed, regardless of
14589 catch-all marks in group parameters. Otherwise, if there is no
14590 selected group whose SPLIT-REGEXP matches the empty string, nor is
14591 there a selected group whose SPLIT-SPEC is `catch-all', this fancy
14592 split (say, a group name) will be appended to the returned SPLIT list,
14593 as the last element of a `|' SPLIT.
14595 For example, given the following group parameters:
14597 nnml:mail.bar:
14600 nnml:mail.foo:
14605 nnml:mail.others:
14606 \((split-spec . catch-all))
14618 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gnus-mlspl" '("gnus-group-split-")))
14620 ;;;***
14621 \f
14622 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-msg" "gnus/gnus-msg.el" (0 0 0 0))
14623 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-msg.el
14626 Start editing a mail message to be sent.
14627 Like `message-mail', but with Gnus paraphernalia, particularly the
14628 Gcc: header for archiving purposes.
14629 If Gnus isn't running, a plain `message-mail' setup is used
14630 instead.
14632 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-ACTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS RETURN-ACTION)" t nil)
14635 Mail to ADDRESS.
14640 Like `message-reply'.
14644 (define-mail-user-agent 'gnus-user-agent 'gnus-msg-mail 'message-send-and-exit 'message-kill-buffer 'message-send-hook)
14646 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gnus-msg" '("gnus-")))
14648 ;;;***
14649 \f
14650 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-notifications" "gnus/gnus-notifications.el"
14651 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
14652 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-notifications.el
14655 Send a notification on new message.
14656 This check for new messages that are in group with a level lower
14657 or equal to `gnus-notifications-minimum-level' and send a
14658 notification using `notifications-notify' for it.
14660 This is typically a function to add in
14661 `gnus-after-getting-new-news-hook'
14665 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gnus-notifications" '("gnus-notifications-")))
14667 ;;;***
14668 \f
14669 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-picon" "gnus/gnus-picon.el" (0 0 0 0))
14670 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-picon.el
14673 Display picons in the From header.
14674 If picons are already displayed, remove them.
14679 Display picons in the Cc and To headers.
14680 If picons are already displayed, remove them.
14685 Display picons in the Newsgroups and Followup-To headers.
14686 If picons are already displayed, remove them.
14690 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gnus-picon" '("gnus-picon-")))
14692 ;;;***
14693 \f
14694 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-range" "gnus/gnus-range.el" (0 0 0 0))
14695 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-range.el
14698 Return a list of elements of LIST1 that do not appear in LIST2.
14699 Both lists have to be sorted over <.
14700 The tail of LIST1 is not copied.
14705 Return a list of elements of LIST1 that do not appear in LIST2.
14706 Both lists have to be sorted over <.
14707 LIST1 is modified.
14712 Return a list of elements that are in LIST1 or LIST2 but not both.
14713 Both lists have to be sorted over <.
14723 Return intersection of LIST1 and LIST2.
14724 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
14729 Return intersection of RANGE1 and RANGE2.
14730 RANGE1 and RANGE2 have to be sorted over <.
14737 Return intersection of LIST1 and LIST2 by modifying cdr pointers of LIST1.
14738 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
14743 Return union of LIST1 and LIST2.
14744 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
14749 Return union of LIST1 and LIST2 by modifying cdr pointers of LIST1.
14750 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
14755 Add NUM into sorted LIST by side effect.
14759 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gnus-range" '("gnus-")))
14761 ;;;***
14762 \f
14763 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-registry" "gnus/gnus-registry.el" (0
14764 ;;;;;; 0 0 0))
14765 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-registry.el
14768 Initialize the Gnus registry.
14773 Install the registry hooks.
14777 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gnus-registry" '("gnus-")))
14779 ;;;***
14780 \f
14781 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-rfc1843" "gnus/gnus-rfc1843.el" (0 0
14782 ;;;;;; 0 0))
14783 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-rfc1843.el
14785 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gnus-rfc1843" '("rfc1843-")))
14787 ;;;***
14788 \f
14789 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-salt" "gnus/gnus-salt.el" (0 0 0 0))
14790 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-salt.el
14792 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gnus-salt" '("gnus-")))
14794 ;;;***
14795 \f
14796 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-score" "gnus/gnus-score.el" (0 0 0 0))
14797 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-score.el
14799 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gnus-score" '("gnus-")))
14801 ;;;***
14802 \f
14803 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-sieve" "gnus/gnus-sieve.el" (0 0 0 0))
14804 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-sieve.el
14807 Update the Sieve script in gnus-sieve-file, by replacing the region
14808 between gnus-sieve-region-start and gnus-sieve-region-end with
14809 \(gnus-sieve-script gnus-sieve-select-method gnus-sieve-crosspost), then
14810 execute gnus-sieve-update-shell-command.
14811 See the documentation for these variables and functions for details.
14816 Generate the Sieve script in gnus-sieve-file, by replacing the region
14817 between gnus-sieve-region-start and gnus-sieve-region-end with
14818 \(gnus-sieve-script gnus-sieve-select-method gnus-sieve-crosspost).
14819 See the documentation for these variables and functions for details.
14828 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gnus-sieve" '("gnus-sieve-")))
14830 ;;;***
14831 \f
14832 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-spec" "gnus/gnus-spec.el" (0 0 0 0))
14833 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-spec.el
14836 Update the format specification near point.
14840 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gnus-spec" '("gnus-")))
14842 ;;;***
14843 \f
14844 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-srvr" "gnus/gnus-srvr.el" (0 0 0 0))
14845 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-srvr.el
14847 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gnus-srvr" '("gnus-")))
14849 ;;;***
14850 \f
14851 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-start" "gnus/gnus-start.el" (0 0 0 0))
14852 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-start.el
14855 Declare back end NAME with ABILITIES as a Gnus back end.
14859 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gnus-start" '("gnus-")))
14861 ;;;***
14862 \f
14863 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-sum" "gnus/gnus-sum.el" (0 0 0 0))
14864 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-sum.el
14867 Handler function for record returned by `gnus-summary-bookmark-make-record'.
14868 BOOKMARK is a bookmark name or a bookmark record.
14872 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gnus-sum" '("gnus-")))
14874 ;;;***
14875 \f
14876 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-topic" "gnus/gnus-topic.el" (0 0 0 0))
14877 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-topic.el
14879 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gnus-topic" '("gnus-")))
14881 ;;;***
14882 \f
14883 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-undo" "gnus/gnus-undo.el" (0 0 0 0))
14884 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-undo.el
14886 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gnus-undo" '("gnus-")))
14888 ;;;***
14889 \f
14890 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-util" "gnus/gnus-util.el" (0 0 0 0))
14891 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-util.el
14893 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gnus-util" '("gnus-")))
14895 ;;;***
14896 \f
14897 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-uu" "gnus/gnus-uu.el" (0 0 0 0))
14898 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-uu.el
14900 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gnus-uu" '("gnus-")))
14902 ;;;***
14903 \f
14904 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-vm" "gnus/gnus-vm.el" (0 0 0 0))
14905 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-vm.el
14907 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gnus-vm" '("gnus-")))
14909 ;;;***
14910 \f
14911 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-win" "gnus/gnus-win.el" (0 0 0 0))
14912 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-win.el
14915 Add the window configuration CONF to `gnus-buffer-configuration'.
14919 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gnus-win" '("gnus-")))
14921 ;;;***
14922 \f
14923 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnutls" "net/gnutls.el" (0 0 0 0))
14924 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/gnutls.el
14927 Minimum number of prime bits accepted by GnuTLS for key exchange.
14928 During a Diffie-Hellman handshake, if the server sends a prime
14929 number with fewer than this number of bits, the handshake is
14930 rejected. (The smaller the prime number, the less secure the
14931 key exchange is against man-in-the-middle attacks.)
14937 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gnutls" '("gnutls-" "open-gnutls-stream")))
14939 ;;;***
14940 \f
14941 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gomoku" "play/gomoku.el" (0 0 0 0))
14942 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/gomoku.el
14945 Start a Gomoku game between you and Emacs.
14947 If a game is in progress, this command allows you to resume it.
14948 If optional arguments N and M are given, an N by M board is used.
14949 If prefix arg is given for N, M is prompted for.
14951 You and Emacs play in turn by marking a free square. You mark it with X
14952 and Emacs marks it with O. The winner is the first to get five contiguous
14953 marks horizontally, vertically or in diagonal.
14955 You play by moving the cursor over the square you choose and hitting
14958 This program actually plays a simplified or archaic version of the
14959 Gomoku game, and ought to be upgraded to use the full modern rules.
14965 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gomoku" '("gomoku-")))
14967 ;;;***
14968 \f
14969 ;;;### (autoloads nil "goto-addr" "net/goto-addr.el" (0 0 0 0))
14970 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/goto-addr.el
14975 Send to the e-mail address or load the URL at point.
14976 Send mail to address at point. See documentation for
14977 `goto-address-find-address-at-point'. If no address is found
14978 there, then load the URL at or before point.
14983 Sets up goto-address functionality in the current buffer.
14984 Allows user to use mouse/keyboard command to click to go to a URL
14985 or to send e-mail.
14986 By default, goto-address binds `goto-address-at-point' to mouse-2 and C-c RET
14987 only on URLs and e-mail addresses.
14989 Also fontifies the buffer appropriately (see `goto-address-fontify-p' and
14990 `goto-address-highlight-p' for more information).
14996 Minor mode to buttonize URLs and e-mail addresses in the current buffer.
14997 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
14998 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
14999 if ARG is omitted or nil.
15004 Like `goto-address-mode', but only for comments and strings.
15008 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "goto-addr" '("goto-address-")))
15010 ;;;***
15011 \f
15012 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gravatar" "image/gravatar.el" (0 0 0 0))
15013 ;;; Generated autoloads from image/gravatar.el
15016 Retrieve MAIL-ADDRESS gravatar and call CB on retrieval.
15017 You can provide a list of argument to pass to CB in CBARGS.
15022 Retrieve MAIL-ADDRESS gravatar and returns it.
15026 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gravatar" '("gravatar-")))
15028 ;;;***
15029 \f
15030 ;;;### (autoloads nil "grep" "progmodes/grep.el" (0 0 0 0))
15031 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/grep.el
15040 If the grep program used supports an option to always include file names
15041 in its output (such as the `-H' option to GNU grep), it's a good idea to
15042 include it when specifying `grep-command'.
15044 In interactive usage, the actual value of this variable is set up
15045 by `grep-compute-defaults'; to change the default value, use
15052 In interactive usage, the actual value of this variable is set up
15053 by `grep-compute-defaults'; to change the default value, use
15064 Return a regexp alist to match grep hits.
15065 The regexp used depends on `grep-use-null-filename-separator'.
15066 See `compilation-error-regexp-alist' for format details.
15071 The default grep program for `grep-command' and `grep-find-command'.
15075 The default find program.
15076 This is used by commands like `grep-find-command', `find-dired'
15080 The default xargs program for `grep-find-command'.
15081 See `grep-find-use-xargs'.
15085 How to invoke find and grep.
15086 If `exec', use `find -exec {} ;'.
15087 If `exec-plus' use `find -exec {} +'.
15088 If `gnu', use `find -print0' and `xargs -0'.
15089 Any other value means to use `find -print' and `xargs'.
15100 Setup compilation variables and buffer for `grep'.
15101 Set up `compilation-exit-message-function' and run `grep-setup-hook'.
15111 Sets `grep-last-buffer' and `compilation-window-height'.
15116 Run Grep with user-specified COMMAND-ARGS, collect output in a buffer.
15118 or \\<grep-mode-map>\\[compile-goto-error] in the *grep* buffer, to go to the lines where Grep found
15121 Noninteractively, COMMAND-ARGS should specify the Grep command-line
15122 arguments.
15124 For doing a recursive `grep', see the `rgrep' command. For running
15125 Grep in a specific directory, see `lgrep'.
15127 This command uses a special history list for its COMMAND-ARGS, so you
15128 can easily repeat a grep command.
15130 A prefix argument says to default the COMMAND-ARGS based on the current
15131 tag the cursor is over, substituting it into the last Grep command
15132 in the Grep command history (or into `grep-command' if that history
15133 list is empty).
15138 Run grep via find, with user-specified args COMMAND-ARGS.
15139 Collect output in a buffer.
15141 to find the text that grep hits refer to.
15143 This command uses a special history list for its arguments, so you can
15144 easily repeat a find command.
15151 Run grep, searching for REGEXP in FILES in directory DIR.
15152 The search is limited to file names matching shell pattern FILES.
15153 FILES may use abbreviations defined in `grep-files-aliases', e.g.
15154 entering `ch' is equivalent to `*.[ch]'.
15157 before it is executed.
15160 Collect output in a buffer. While grep runs asynchronously, you
15161 can use \\[next-error] (M-x next-error), or \\<grep-mode-map>\\[compile-goto-error] in the grep output buffer,
15162 to go to the lines where grep found matches.
15169 Recursively grep for REGEXP in FILES in directory tree rooted at DIR.
15170 The search is limited to file names matching shell pattern FILES.
15171 FILES may use abbreviations defined in `grep-files-aliases', e.g.
15172 entering `ch' is equivalent to `*.[ch]'.
15175 before it is executed.
15178 Collect output in a buffer. While the recursive grep is running,
15179 you can use \\[next-error] (M-x next-error), or \\<grep-mode-map>\\[compile-goto-error] in the grep output buffer,
15180 to visit the lines where matches were found. To kill the job
15185 When called programmatically and FILES is nil, REGEXP is expected
15186 to specify a command to run.
15191 Recursively grep for REGEXP in gzipped FILES in tree rooted at DIR.
15192 Like `rgrep' but uses `zgrep' for `grep-program', sets the default
15193 file name to `*.gz', and sets `grep-highlight-matches' to `always'.
15199 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "grep" '("rgrep-" "grep-" "kill-grep")))
15201 ;;;***
15202 \f
15203 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gssapi" "gnus/gssapi.el" (0 0 0 0))
15204 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gssapi.el
15206 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gssapi" '("open-gssapi-stream" "gssapi-program")))
15208 ;;;***
15209 \f
15210 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gud" "progmodes/gud.el" (0 0 0 0))
15211 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/gud.el
15214 Run gdb passing it COMMAND-LINE as arguments.
15215 If COMMAND-LINE names a program FILE to debug, gdb will run in
15216 a buffer named *gud-FILE*, and the directory containing FILE
15217 becomes the initial working directory and source-file directory
15218 for your debugger.
15219 If COMMAND-LINE requests that gdb attaches to a process PID, gdb
15220 will run in *gud-PID*, otherwise it will run in *gud*; in these
15221 cases the initial working directory is the default-directory of
15222 the buffer in which this command was invoked.
15227 Run sdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
15228 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
15229 and source-file directory for your debugger.
15234 Run dbx on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
15235 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
15236 and source-file directory for your debugger.
15241 Run xdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
15242 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
15243 and source-file directory for your debugger.
15245 You can set the variable `gud-xdb-directories' to a list of program source
15246 directories if your program contains sources from more than one directory.
15251 Run perldb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
15252 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
15253 and source-file directory for your debugger.
15258 Run pdb on program FILE in buffer `*gud-FILE*'.
15259 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
15260 and source-file directory for your debugger.
15265 Run guiler on program FILE in buffer `*gud-FILE*'.
15266 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
15267 and source-file directory for your debugger.
15272 Run jdb with command line COMMAND-LINE in a buffer.
15275 switch is given, omit all whitespace between it and its value.
15277 See `gud-jdb-use-classpath' and `gud-jdb-classpath' documentation for
15278 information on how jdb accesses source files. Alternatively (if
15279 `gud-jdb-use-classpath' is nil), see `gud-jdb-directories' for the
15280 original source file access method.
15282 For general information about commands available to control jdb from
15283 gud, see `gud-mode'.
15288 Major mode for editing GDB scripts.
15293 Non-nil if Gud-Tooltip mode is enabled.
15294 See the `gud-tooltip-mode' command
15295 for a description of this minor mode.
15296 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
15297 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
15303 Toggle the display of GUD tooltips.
15304 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the feature if ARG is
15305 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
15306 it if ARG is omitted or nil.
15310 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gud" '("gdb-" "gud-")))
15312 ;;;***
15313 \f
15314 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gv" "emacs-lisp/gv.el" (0 0 0 0))
15315 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/gv.el
15318 Build the code that applies DO to PLACE.
15319 PLACE must be a valid generalized variable.
15320 DO must be a function; it will be called with 2 arguments: GETTER and SETTER,
15321 where GETTER is a (copyable) Elisp expression that returns the value of PLACE,
15322 and SETTER is a function which returns the code to set PLACE when called
15323 with a (not necessarily copyable) Elisp expression that returns the value to
15324 set it to.
15325 DO must return an Elisp expression.
15330 Build the code manipulating the generalized variable PLACE.
15331 GETTER will be bound to a copyable expression that returns the value
15332 of PLACE.
15333 SETTER will be bound to a function that takes an expression V and returns
15334 a new expression that sets PLACE to V.
15335 BODY should return some Elisp expression E manipulating PLACE via GETTER
15336 and SETTER.
15337 The returned value will then be an Elisp expression that first evaluates
15338 all the parts of PLACE that can be evaluated and then runs E.
15345 Use HANDLER to handle NAME as a generalized var.
15346 NAME is a symbol: the name of a function, macro, or special form.
15347 HANDLER is a function which takes an argument DO followed by the same
15348 arguments as NAME. DO is a function as defined in `gv-get'.
15359 (or (assq 'gv-expander defun-declarations-alist) (let ((x `(gv-expander ,(apply-partially #'gv--defun-declaration 'gv-expander)))) (push x macro-declarations-alist) (push x defun-declarations-alist)))
15361 (or (assq 'gv-setter defun-declarations-alist) (push `(gv-setter ,(apply-partially #'gv--defun-declaration 'gv-setter)) defun-declarations-alist))
15364 Define a setter method for generalized variable NAME.
15365 This macro is an easy-to-use substitute for `gv-define-expander' that works
15366 well for simple place forms.
15367 Assignments of VAL to (NAME ARGS...) are expanded by binding the argument
15368 forms (VAL ARGS...) according to ARGLIST, then executing BODY, which must
15369 return a Lisp form that does the assignment.
15370 The first arg in ARGLIST (the one that receives VAL) receives an expression
15371 which can do arbitrary things, whereas the other arguments are all guaranteed
15372 to be pure and copyable. Example use:
15380 Define a simple setter method for generalized variable NAME.
15381 This macro is an easy-to-use substitute for `gv-define-expander' that works
15382 well for simple place forms. Assignments of VAL to (NAME ARGS...) are
15383 turned into calls of the form (SETTER ARGS... VAL).
15385 If FIX-RETURN is non-nil, then SETTER is not assumed to return VAL and
15386 instead the assignment is turned into something equivalent to
15387 (let ((temp VAL))
15388 (SETTER ARGS... temp)
15389 temp)
15390 so as to preserve the semantics of `setf'.
15395 Set each PLACE to the value of its VAL.
15396 This is a generalized version of `setq'; the PLACEs may be symbolic
15397 references such as (car x) or (aref x i), as well as plain symbols.
15398 For example, (setf (cadr x) y) is equivalent to (setcar (cdr x) y).
15399 The return value is the last VAL in the list.
15406 Return a reference to PLACE.
15407 This is like the `&' operator of the C language.
15408 Note: this only works reliably with lexical binding mode, except for very
15410 binding mode.
15416 ;;;***
15417 \f
15418 ;;;### (autoloads nil "handwrite" "play/handwrite.el" (0 0 0 0))
15419 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/handwrite.el
15423 The functions `handwrite-10pt', `handwrite-11pt', `handwrite-12pt'
15424 and `handwrite-13pt' set up for various sizes of output.
15426 Variables: `handwrite-linespace' (default 12)
15427 `handwrite-fontsize' (default 11)
15428 `handwrite-numlines' (default 60)
15429 `handwrite-pagenumbering' (default nil)
15433 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "handwrite" '("handwrite-" "menu-bar-handwrite-map")))
15435 ;;;***
15436 \f
15437 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hanja-util" "language/hanja-util.el" (0 0
15438 ;;;;;; 0 0))
15439 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/hanja-util.el
15441 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "hanja-util" '("han")))
15443 ;;;***
15444 \f
15445 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hanoi" "play/hanoi.el" (0 0 0 0))
15446 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/hanoi.el
15449 Towers of Hanoi diversion. Use NRINGS rings.
15454 Towers of Hanoi, UNIX doomsday version.
15455 Displays 32-ring towers that have been progressing at one move per
15456 second since 1970-01-01 00:00:00 GMT.
15458 Repent before ring 31 moves.
15463 Like hanoi-unix, but pretend to have a 64-bit clock.
15464 This is, necessarily (as of Emacs 20.3), a crock. When the
15465 current-time interface is made s2G-compliant, hanoi.el will need
15466 to be updated.
15470 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "hanoi" '("hanoi-")))
15472 ;;;***
15473 \f
15474 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hashcash" "mail/hashcash.el" (0 0 0 0))
15475 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/hashcash.el
15478 Insert X-Payment and X-Hashcash headers with a payment for ARG
15483 Insert X-Payment and X-Hashcash headers with a payment for ARG
15484 Only start calculation. Results are inserted when ready.
15489 Verify a hashcash payment
15494 Add X-Payment: and X-Hashcash: headers with a hashcash payment
15495 for each recipient address. Prefix arg sets default payment temporarily.
15496 Set ASYNC to t to start asynchronous calculation. (See
15497 `mail-add-payment-async').
15502 Add X-Payment: and X-Hashcash: headers with a hashcash payment
15503 for each recipient address. Prefix arg sets default payment temporarily.
15504 Calculation is asynchronous.
15509 Look for a valid X-Payment: or X-Hashcash: header.
15510 Prefix arg sets default accept amount temporarily.
15514 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "hashcash" '("hashcash-")))
15516 ;;;***
15517 \f
15518 ;;;### (autoloads nil "help-at-pt" "help-at-pt.el" (0 0 0 0))
15519 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-at-pt.el
15522 Return the help-echo string at point.
15523 Normally, the string produced by the `help-echo' text or overlay
15524 property, or nil, is returned.
15525 If KBD is non-nil, `kbd-help' is used instead, and any
15526 `help-echo' property is ignored. In this case, the return value
15527 can also be t, if that is the value of the `kbd-help' property.
15532 Return the keyboard help string at point.
15533 If the `kbd-help' text or overlay property at point produces a
15534 string, return it. Otherwise, use the `help-echo' property.
15535 If this produces no string either, return nil.
15540 Display local help in the echo area.
15541 This displays a short help message, namely the string produced by
15542 the `kbd-help' property at point. If `kbd-help' does not produce
15543 a string, but the `help-echo' property does, then that string is
15544 printed instead.
15546 A numeric argument ARG prevents display of a message in case
15547 there is no help. While ARG can be used interactively, it is
15548 mainly meant for use from Lisp.
15553 Cancel any timer set by `help-at-pt-set-timer'.
15554 This disables `help-at-pt-display-when-idle'.
15559 Enable `help-at-pt-display-when-idle'.
15560 This is done by setting a timer, if none is currently active.
15565 Automatically show local help on point-over.
15566 If the value is t, the string obtained from any `kbd-help' or
15567 `help-echo' property at point is automatically printed in the
15568 echo area, if nothing else is already displayed there, or after a
15569 quit. If both `kbd-help' and `help-echo' produce help strings,
15570 `kbd-help' is used. If the value is a list, the help only gets
15571 printed if there is a text or overlay property at point that is
15572 included in this list. Suggested properties are `keymap',
15573 `local-map', `button' and `kbd-help'. Any value other than t or
15574 a non-empty list disables the feature.
15576 This variable only takes effect after a call to
15577 `help-at-pt-set-timer'. The help gets printed after Emacs has
15578 been idle for `help-at-pt-timer-delay' seconds. You can call
15579 `help-at-pt-cancel-timer' to cancel the timer set by, and the
15580 effect of, `help-at-pt-set-timer'.
15582 When this variable is set through Custom, `help-at-pt-set-timer'
15583 is called automatically, unless the value is `never', in which
15584 case `help-at-pt-cancel-timer' is called. Specifying an empty
15585 list of properties through Custom will set the timer, thus
15586 enabling buffer local values. It sets the actual value to nil.
15587 Thus, Custom distinguishes between a nil value and other values
15588 that disable the feature, which Custom identifies with `never'.
15594 Go to the start of the next region with non-nil PROP property.
15595 Then run HOOK, which should be a quoted symbol that is a normal
15596 hook variable, or an expression evaluating to such a symbol.
15597 Adjacent areas with different non-nil PROP properties are
15598 considered different regions.
15600 With numeric argument ARG, move to the start of the ARGth next
15601 such region, then run HOOK. If ARG is negative, move backward.
15602 If point is already in a region, then that region does not count
15603 toward ARG. If ARG is 0 and point is inside a region, move to
15604 the start of that region. If ARG is 0 and point is not in a
15605 region, print a message to that effect, but do not move point and
15606 do not run HOOK. If there are not enough regions to move over,
15607 an error results and the number of available regions is mentioned
15608 in the error message. Point is not moved and HOOK is not run.
15613 Go to the start of the next region with non-nil help-echo.
15614 Print the help found there using `display-local-help'. Adjacent
15615 areas with different non-nil help-echo properties are considered
15616 different regions.
15618 With numeric argument ARG, move to the start of the ARGth next
15619 help-echo region. If ARG is negative, move backward. If point
15620 is already in a help-echo region, then that region does not count
15621 toward ARG. If ARG is 0 and point is inside a help-echo region,
15622 move to the start of that region. If ARG is 0 and point is not
15623 in such a region, just print a message to that effect. If there
15624 are not enough regions to move over, an error results and the
15625 number of available regions is mentioned in the error message.
15627 A potentially confusing subtlety is that point can be in a
15628 help-echo region without any local help being available. This is
15629 because `help-echo' can be a function evaluating to nil. This
15630 rarely happens in practice.
15635 Go to the start of the previous region with non-nil help-echo.
15636 Print the help found there using `display-local-help'. Adjacent
15637 areas with different non-nil help-echo properties are considered
15638 different regions. With numeric argument ARG, behaves like
15639 `scan-buf-next-region' with argument -ARG.
15643 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "help-at-pt" '("scan-buf-move-hook" "help-at-pt-")))
15645 ;;;***
15646 \f
15647 ;;;### (autoloads nil "help-fns" "help-fns.el" (0 0 0 0))
15648 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-fns.el
15651 Display the full documentation of FUNCTION (a symbol).
15652 When called from lisp, FUNCTION may also be a function object.
15657 Return the name of the C file where SUBR-OR-VAR is defined.
15658 KIND should be `var' for a variable or `subr' for a subroutine.
15663 Guess the file that defined the Lisp object OBJECT, of type TYPE.
15664 OBJECT should be a symbol associated with a function, variable, or face;
15665 alternatively, it can be a function definition.
15666 If TYPE is `defvar', search for a variable definition.
15667 If TYPE is `defface', search for a face definition.
15668 If TYPE is not a symbol, search for a function definition.
15670 The return value is the absolute name of a readable file where OBJECT is
15671 defined. If several such files exist, preference is given to a file
15672 found via `load-path'. The return value can also be `C-source', which
15673 means that OBJECT is a function or variable defined in C. If no
15674 suitable file is found, return nil.
15684 Return the bound variable symbol found at or before point.
15685 Return 0 if there is no such symbol.
15686 If ANY-SYMBOL is non-nil, don't insist the symbol be bound.
15691 Display the full documentation of VARIABLE (a symbol).
15692 Returns the documentation as a string, also.
15693 If VARIABLE has a buffer-local value in BUFFER or FRAME
15694 \(default to the current buffer and current frame),
15695 it is displayed along with the global value.
15700 Display the full documentation of SYMBOL.
15701 Will show the info of SYMBOL as a function, variable, and/or face.
15702 Optional arguments BUFFER and FRAME specify for which buffer and
15703 frame to show the information about SYMBOL; they default to the
15704 current buffer and the selected frame, respectively.
15709 Describe the syntax specifications in the syntax table of BUFFER.
15710 The descriptions are inserted in a help buffer, which is then displayed.
15711 BUFFER defaults to the current buffer.
15716 Describe the category specifications in the current category table.
15717 The descriptions are inserted in a buffer, which is then displayed.
15718 If BUFFER is non-nil, then describe BUFFER's category table instead.
15719 BUFFER should be a buffer or a buffer name.
15724 Produce an nroff buffer containing the doc-strings from the DOC file.
15729 Produce a texinfo buffer with sorted doc-strings from the DOC file.
15733 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "help-fns" '("help-" "describe-")))
15735 ;;;***
15736 \f
15737 ;;;### (autoloads nil "help-macro" "help-macro.el" (0 0 0 0))
15738 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-macro.el
15741 Non-nil means give more info about Help command in three steps.
15742 The three steps are simple prompt, prompt with all options, and
15743 window listing and describing the options.
15749 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "help-macro" '("make-help-screen")))
15751 ;;;***
15752 \f
15753 ;;;### (autoloads nil "help-mode" "help-mode.el" (0 0 0 0))
15754 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-mode.el
15757 Major mode for viewing help text and navigating references in it.
15758 Entry to this mode runs the normal hook `help-mode-hook'.
15759 Commands:
15765 Enter Help Mode in the current buffer.
15770 Finalize Help Mode setup in current buffer.
15777 ITEM is a (FUNCTION . ARGS) pair appropriate for recreating the help
15778 buffer after following a reference. INTERACTIVE-P is non-nil if the
15779 calling command was invoked interactively. In this case the stack of
15782 This should be called very early, before the output buffer is cleared,
15784 restore it properly when going back.
15789 Return the name of a buffer for inserting help.
15790 If `help-xref-following' is non-nil, this is the name of the
15791 current buffer. Signal an error if this buffer is not derived
15792 from `help-mode'.
15794 it does not already exist.
15799 Parse and hyperlink documentation cross-references in the given BUFFER.
15801 Find cross-reference information in a buffer and activate such cross
15802 references for selection with `help-follow'. Cross-references have
15803 the canonical form `...' and the type of reference may be
15804 disambiguated by the preceding word(s) used in
15805 `help-xref-symbol-regexp'. Faces only get cross-referenced if
15806 preceded or followed by the word `face'. Variables without
15807 variable documentation do not get cross-referenced, unless
15808 preceded by the word `variable' or `option'.
15810 If the variable `help-xref-mule-regexp' is non-nil, find also
15811 cross-reference information related to multilingual environment
15812 \(e.g., coding-systems). This variable is also used to disambiguate
15813 the type of reference as the same way as `help-xref-symbol-regexp'.
15815 A special reference `back' is made to return back through a stack of
15816 help buffers. Variable `help-back-label' specifies the text for
15817 that.
15822 Make a hyperlink for cross-reference text previously matched.
15823 MATCH-NUMBER is the subexpression of interest in the last matched
15824 regexp. TYPE is the type of button to use. Any remaining arguments are
15825 passed to the button's help-function when it is invoked.
15826 See `help-make-xrefs'.
15831 Insert STRING and make a hyperlink from cross-reference text on it.
15832 TYPE is the type of button to use. Any remaining arguments are passed
15833 to the button's help-function when it is invoked.
15834 See `help-make-xrefs'.
15839 Add xrefs for symbols in `pp's output between FROM and TO.
15846 Jump to help-mode bookmark BOOKMARK.
15847 Handler function for record returned by `help-bookmark-make-record'.
15848 BOOKMARK is a bookmark name or a bookmark record.
15852 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "help-mode" '("help-" "describe-symbol-backends")))
15854 ;;;***
15855 \f
15856 ;;;### (autoloads nil "helper" "emacs-lisp/helper.el" (0 0 0 0))
15857 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/helper.el
15860 Describe local key bindings of current mode.
15865 Provide help for current mode.
15869 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "helper" '("Helper-")))
15871 ;;;***
15872 \f
15873 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hex-util" "hex-util.el" (0 0 0 0))
15874 ;;; Generated autoloads from hex-util.el
15876 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "hex-util" '("encode-hex-string" "decode-hex-string")))
15878 ;;;***
15879 \f
15880 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hexl" "hexl.el" (0 0 0 0))
15881 ;;; Generated autoloads from hexl.el
15885 This is not an ordinary major mode; it alters some aspects
15886 of the current mode's behavior, but not all; also, you can exit
15887 Hexl mode and return to the previous mode using `hexl-mode-exit'.
15889 This function automatically converts a buffer into the hexl format
15890 using the function `hexlify-buffer'.
15893 representing the offset into the file that the characters on this line
15894 are at and 16 characters from the file (displayed as hexadecimal
15895 values grouped every `hexl-bits' bits, and as their ASCII values).
15897 If any of the characters (displayed as ASCII characters) are
15898 unprintable (control or meta characters) they will be replaced by
15899 periods.
15901 If `hexl-mode' is invoked with an argument the buffer is assumed to be
15902 in hexl format.
15904 A sample format:
15906 HEX ADDR: 0011 2233 4455 6677 8899 aabb ccdd eeff ASCII-TEXT
15907 -------- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ----------------
15908 00000000: 5468 6973 2069 7320 6865 786c 2d6d 6f64 This is hexl-mod
15909 00000010: 652e 2020 4561 6368 206c 696e 6520 7265 e. Each line re
15910 00000020: 7072 6573 656e 7473 2031 3620 6279 7465 presents 16 byte
15911 00000030: 7320 6173 2068 6578 6164 6563 696d 616c s as hexadecimal
15912 00000040: 2041 5343 4949 0a61 6e64 2070 7269 6e74 ASCII.and print
15913 00000050: 6162 6c65 2041 5343 4949 2063 6861 7261 able ASCII chara
15914 00000060: 6374 6572 732e 2020 416e 7920 636f 6e74 cters. Any cont
15915 00000070: 726f 6c20 6f72 206e 6f6e 2d41 5343 4949 rol or non-ASCII
15916 00000080: 2063 6861 7261 6374 6572 730a 6172 6520 characters.are
15917 00000090: 6469 7370 6c61 7965 6420 6173 2070 6572 displayed as per
15918 000000a0: 696f 6473 2069 6e20 7468 6520 7072 696e iods in the prin
15919 000000b0: 7461 626c 6520 6368 6172 6163 7465 7220 table character
15920 000000c0: 7265 6769 6f6e 2e0a region..
15922 Movement is as simple as movement in a normal Emacs text buffer.
15923 Most cursor movement bindings are the same: use \\[hexl-backward-char], \\[hexl-forward-char], \\[hexl-next-line], and \\[hexl-previous-line]
15924 to move the cursor left, right, down, and up.
15926 Advanced cursor movement commands (ala \\[hexl-beginning-of-line], \\[hexl-end-of-line], \\[hexl-beginning-of-buffer], and \\[hexl-end-of-buffer]) are
15927 also supported.
15929 There are several ways to change text in hexl mode:
15931 ASCII characters (character between space (0x20) and tilde (0x7E)) are
15932 bound to self-insert so you can simply type the character and it will
15933 insert itself (actually overstrike) into the buffer.
15936 it isn't bound to self-insert. An octal number can be supplied in place
15937 of another key to insert the octal number's ASCII representation.
15940 into the buffer at the current point.
15943 into the buffer at the current point.
15946 into the buffer at the current point.
15950 Note: saving the file with any of the usual Emacs commands
15951 will actually convert it back to binary format while saving.
15960 Edit file FILENAME as a binary file in hex dump format.
15961 Switch to a buffer visiting file FILENAME, creating one if none exists,
15962 and edit the file in `hexl-mode'.
15967 Convert a binary buffer to hexl format.
15968 This discards the buffer's undo information.
15972 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "hexl" '("hexl-" "dehexlify-buffer")))
15974 ;;;***
15975 \f
15976 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "hfy-cmap" "hfy-cmap.el"
15977 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
15978 ;;; Generated autoloads from hfy-cmap.el
15980 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "hfy-cmap" '("hfy-" "htmlfontify-unload-rgb-file")))
15982 ;;;***
15983 \f
15984 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hi-lock" "hi-lock.el" (0 0 0 0))
15985 ;;; Generated autoloads from hi-lock.el
15988 Toggle selective highlighting of patterns (Hi Lock mode).
15989 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Hi Lock mode if ARG is
15990 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
15991 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
15993 Hi Lock mode is automatically enabled when you invoke any of the
15995 To enable Hi Lock mode in all buffers, use `global-hi-lock-mode'
15996 or add (global-hi-lock-mode 1) to your init file.
15998 In buffers where Font Lock mode is enabled, patterns are
15999 highlighted using font lock. In buffers where Font Lock mode is
16000 disabled, patterns are applied using overlays; in this case, the
16001 highlighting will not be updated as you type.
16005 which can be called interactively, are:
16008 Highlight matches of pattern REGEXP in current buffer with FACE.
16011 Highlight matches of phrase PHRASE in current buffer with FACE.
16012 (PHRASE can be any REGEXP, but spaces will be replaced by matches
16013 to whitespace and initial lower-case letters will become case insensitive.)
16016 Highlight lines containing matches of REGEXP in current buffer with FACE.
16019 Highlight the symbol found near point without prompting, using the next
16020 available face automatically.
16023 Remove highlighting on matches of REGEXP in current buffer.
16026 Write active REGEXPs into buffer as comments (if possible). They may
16028 is issued. The inserted regexps are in the form of font lock keywords.
16030 any valid `font-lock-keywords' form is acceptable. When a file is
16031 loaded the patterns are read if `hi-lock-file-patterns-policy' is
16032 `ask' and the user responds y to the prompt, or if
16033 `hi-lock-file-patterns-policy' is bound to a function and that
16034 function returns t.
16037 Re-read patterns stored in buffer (in the format produced by \\[hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns]).
16039 When hi-lock is started and if the mode is not excluded or patterns
16040 rejected, the beginning of the buffer is searched for lines of the
16041 form:
16042 Hi-lock: FOO
16044 where FOO is a list of patterns. The patterns must start before
16045 position (number of characters into buffer)
16046 `hi-lock-file-patterns-range'. Patterns will be read until
16047 Hi-lock: end is found. A mode is excluded if it's in the list
16048 `hi-lock-exclude-modes'.
16053 Non-nil if Global Hi-Lock mode is enabled.
16054 See the `global-hi-lock-mode' command
16055 for a description of this minor mode.
16056 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
16057 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
16063 Toggle Hi-Lock mode in all buffers.
16064 With prefix ARG, enable Global Hi-Lock mode if ARG is positive;
16065 otherwise, disable it. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if
16066 ARG is omitted or nil.
16068 Hi-Lock mode is enabled in all buffers where
16069 `turn-on-hi-lock-if-enabled' would do it.
16070 See `hi-lock-mode' for more information on Hi-Lock mode.
16077 Set face of all lines containing a match of REGEXP to FACE.
16078 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP using `read-regexp', then FACE.
16079 Use the global history list for FACE.
16081 Use Font lock mode, if enabled, to highlight REGEXP. Otherwise,
16082 use overlays for highlighting. If overlays are used, the
16083 highlighting will not update as you type.
16090 Set face of each match of REGEXP to FACE.
16091 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP using `read-regexp', then FACE.
16092 Use the global history list for FACE.
16094 Use Font lock mode, if enabled, to highlight REGEXP. Otherwise,
16095 use overlays for highlighting. If overlays are used, the
16096 highlighting will not update as you type.
16103 Set face of each match of phrase REGEXP to FACE.
16104 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP using `read-regexp', then FACE.
16105 Use the global history list for FACE.
16107 When called interactively, replace whitespace in user-provided
16108 regexp with arbitrary whitespace, and make initial lower-case
16109 letters case-insensitive, before highlighting with `hi-lock-set-pattern'.
16111 Use Font lock mode, if enabled, to highlight REGEXP. Otherwise,
16112 use overlays for highlighting. If overlays are used, the
16113 highlighting will not update as you type.
16120 Highlight each instance of the symbol at point.
16121 Uses the next face from `hi-lock-face-defaults' without prompting,
16122 unless you use a prefix argument.
16123 Uses `find-tag-default-as-symbol-regexp' to retrieve the symbol at point.
16125 This uses Font lock mode if it is enabled; otherwise it uses overlays,
16126 in which case the highlighting will not update as you type.
16133 Remove highlighting of each match to REGEXP set by hi-lock.
16134 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP, accepting only regexps
16135 previously inserted by hi-lock interactive functions.
16137 then remove all hi-lock highlighting.
16142 Write interactively added patterns, if any, into buffer at point.
16144 Interactively added patterns are those normally specified using
16145 `highlight-regexp' and `highlight-lines-matching-regexp'; they can
16146 be found in variable `hi-lock-interactive-patterns'.
16150 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "hi-lock" '("hi-lock-" "turn-on-hi-lock-if-enabled")))
16152 ;;;***
16153 \f
16154 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hideif" "progmodes/hideif.el" (0 0 0 0))
16155 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/hideif.el
16158 Toggle features to hide/show #ifdef blocks (Hide-Ifdef mode).
16159 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Hide-Ifdef mode if ARG is
16160 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
16161 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
16163 Hide-Ifdef mode is a buffer-local minor mode for use with C and
16164 C-like major modes. When enabled, code within #ifdef constructs
16165 that the C preprocessor would eliminate may be hidden from view.
16166 Several variables affect how the hiding is done:
16168 `hide-ifdef-env'
16169 An association list of defined and undefined symbols for the
16170 current project. Initially, the global value of `hide-ifdef-env'
16171 is used. This variable was a buffer-local variable, which limits
16172 hideif to parse only one C/C++ file at a time. We've extended
16173 hideif to support parsing a C/C++ project containing multiple C/C++
16174 source files opened simultaneously in different buffers. Therefore
16175 `hide-ifdef-env' can no longer be buffer local but must be global.
16177 `hide-ifdef-define-alist'
16178 An association list of defined symbol lists.
16179 Use `hide-ifdef-set-define-alist' to save the current `hide-ifdef-env'
16180 and `hide-ifdef-use-define-alist' to set the current `hide-ifdef-env'
16181 from one of the lists in `hide-ifdef-define-alist'.
16183 `hide-ifdef-lines'
16184 Set to non-nil to not show #if, #ifdef, #ifndef, #else, and
16185 #endif lines when hiding.
16187 `hide-ifdef-initially'
16188 Indicates whether `hide-ifdefs' should be called when Hide-Ifdef mode
16189 is activated.
16191 `hide-ifdef-read-only'
16192 Set to non-nil if you want to make buffers read only while hiding.
16193 After `show-ifdefs', read-only status is restored to previous value.
16199 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "hideif" '("hif-" "hide-ifdef" "show-ifdef" "previous-ifdef" "next-ifdef" "up-ifdef" "down-ifdef" "backward-ifdef" "forward-ifdef" "intern-safe")))
16201 ;;;***
16202 \f
16203 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hideshow" "progmodes/hideshow.el" (0 0 0 0))
16204 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/hideshow.el
16206 (defvar hs-special-modes-alist (mapcar 'purecopy '((c-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil nil) (c++-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil nil) (bibtex-mode ("@\\S(*\\(\\s(\\)" 1)) (java-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil nil) (js-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil))) "\
16207 Alist for initializing the hideshow variables for different modes.
16208 Each element has the form
16209 (MODE START END COMMENT-START FORWARD-SEXP-FUNC ADJUST-BEG-FUNC).
16211 If non-nil, hideshow will use these values as regexps to define blocks
16212 and comments, respectively for major mode MODE.
16214 START, END and COMMENT-START are regular expressions. A block is
16215 defined as text surrounded by START and END.
16217 As a special case, START may be a list of the form (COMPLEX-START
16218 MDATA-SELECTOR), where COMPLEX-START is a regexp w/ multiple parts and
16219 MDATA-SELECTOR an integer that specifies which sub-match is the proper
16220 place to adjust point, before calling `hs-forward-sexp-func'. Point
16221 is adjusted to the beginning of the specified match. For example,
16222 see the `hs-special-modes-alist' entry for `bibtex-mode'.
16224 For some major modes, `forward-sexp' does not work properly. In those
16225 cases, FORWARD-SEXP-FUNC specifies another function to use instead.
16227 See the documentation for `hs-adjust-block-beginning' to see what is the
16228 use of ADJUST-BEG-FUNC.
16230 If any of the elements is left nil or omitted, hideshow tries to guess
16231 appropriate values. The regexps should not contain leading or trailing
16235 Minor mode to selectively hide/show code and comment blocks.
16236 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
16237 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
16238 if ARG is omitted or nil.
16240 When hideshow minor mode is on, the menu bar is augmented with hideshow
16241 commands and the hideshow commands are enabled.
16242 The value (hs . t) is added to `buffer-invisibility-spec'.
16244 The main commands are: `hs-hide-all', `hs-show-all', `hs-hide-block',
16245 `hs-show-block', `hs-hide-level' and `hs-toggle-hiding'. There is also
16246 `hs-hide-initial-comment-block' and `hs-mouse-toggle-hiding'.
16248 Turning hideshow minor mode off reverts the menu bar and the
16249 variables to default values and disables the hideshow commands.
16251 Lastly, the normal hook `hs-minor-mode-hook' is run using `run-hooks'.
16253 Key bindings:
16259 Unconditionally turn off `hs-minor-mode'.
16263 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "hideshow" '("hs-")))
16265 ;;;***
16266 \f
16267 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hilit-chg" "hilit-chg.el" (0 0 0 0))
16268 ;;; Generated autoloads from hilit-chg.el
16271 Toggle highlighting changes in this buffer (Highlight Changes mode).
16272 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Highlight Changes mode if ARG
16273 is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
16274 enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
16276 When Highlight Changes is enabled, changes are marked with a text
16277 property. Normally they are displayed in a distinctive face, but
16279 this on and off.
16281 Other functions for buffers in this mode include:
16286 through various faces.
16288 buffer with the contents of a file
16294 Toggle visibility of highlighting due to Highlight Changes mode.
16295 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Highlight Changes Visible mode
16296 if ARG is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from
16297 Lisp, enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
16299 Highlight Changes Visible mode only has an effect when Highlight
16300 Changes mode is on. When enabled, the changed text is displayed
16301 in a distinctive face.
16303 The default value can be customized with variable
16304 `highlight-changes-visibility-initial-state'.
16306 This command does not itself set Highlight Changes mode.
16311 Remove the change face from the region between BEG and END.
16312 This allows you to manually remove highlighting from uninteresting changes.
16317 Move to the beginning of the next change, if in Highlight Changes mode.
16322 Move to the beginning of the previous change, if in Highlight Changes mode.
16327 Rotate the faces if in Highlight Changes mode and the changes are visible.
16329 Current changes are displayed in the face described by the first element
16330 of `highlight-changes-face-list', one level older changes are shown in
16331 face described by the second element, and so on. Very old changes remain
16332 shown in the last face in the list.
16334 You can automatically rotate colors when the buffer is saved by adding
16335 this function to `write-file-functions' as a buffer-local value. To do
16336 this, eval the following in the buffer to be saved:
16343 Compare two buffers and highlight the differences.
16345 The default is the current buffer and the one in the next window.
16347 If either buffer is modified and is visiting a file, you are prompted
16348 to save the file.
16350 Unless the buffer is unmodified and visiting a file, the buffer is
16351 written to a temporary file for comparison.
16353 If a buffer is read-only, differences will be highlighted but no property
16360 Compare this buffer with a file, and highlight differences.
16362 If the buffer has a backup filename, it is used as the default when
16363 this function is called interactively.
16365 If the current buffer is visiting the file being compared against, it
16366 also will have its differences highlighted. Otherwise, the file is
16367 read in temporarily but the buffer is deleted.
16369 If the buffer is read-only, differences will be highlighted but no property
16376 Non-nil if Global Highlight-Changes mode is enabled.
16377 See the `global-highlight-changes-mode' command
16378 for a description of this minor mode.
16379 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
16380 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
16386 Toggle Highlight-Changes mode in all buffers.
16387 With prefix ARG, enable Global Highlight-Changes mode if ARG is positive;
16388 otherwise, disable it. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if
16389 ARG is omitted or nil.
16391 Highlight-Changes mode is enabled in all buffers where
16392 `highlight-changes-mode-turn-on' would do it.
16393 See `highlight-changes-mode' for more information on Highlight-Changes mode.
16397 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "hilit-chg" '("highlight-" "hilit-chg-" "global-highlight-changes")))
16399 ;;;***
16400 \f
16401 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hippie-exp" "hippie-exp.el" (0 0 0 0))
16402 ;;; Generated autoloads from hippie-exp.el
16405 (defvar hippie-expand-try-functions-list '(try-complete-file-name-partially try-complete-file-name try-expand-all-abbrevs try-expand-list try-expand-line try-expand-dabbrev try-expand-dabbrev-all-buffers try-expand-dabbrev-from-kill try-complete-lisp-symbol-partially try-complete-lisp-symbol) "\
16406 The list of expansion functions tried in order by `hippie-expand'.
16407 To change the behavior of `hippie-expand', remove, change the order of,
16413 Try to expand text before point, using multiple methods.
16414 The expansion functions in `hippie-expand-try-functions-list' are
16415 tried in order, until a possible expansion is found. Repeated
16416 application of `hippie-expand' inserts successively possible
16417 expansions.
16418 With a positive numeric argument, jumps directly to the ARG next
16420 undoes the expansion.
16425 Construct a function similar to `hippie-expand'.
16426 Make it use the expansion functions in TRY-LIST. An optional second
16427 argument VERBOSE non-nil makes the function verbose.
16431 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "hippie-exp" '("hippie-expand-" "he-" "try-")))
16433 ;;;***
16434 \f
16435 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hl-line" "hl-line.el" (0 0 0 0))
16436 ;;; Generated autoloads from hl-line.el
16439 Toggle highlighting of the current line (Hl-Line mode).
16440 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Hl-Line mode if ARG is
16441 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
16442 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
16444 Hl-Line mode is a buffer-local minor mode. If
16445 `hl-line-sticky-flag' is non-nil, Hl-Line mode highlights the
16446 line about the buffer's point in all windows. Caveat: the
16447 buffer's point might be different from the point of a
16448 non-selected window. Hl-Line mode uses the function
16449 `hl-line-highlight' on `post-command-hook' in this case.
16451 When `hl-line-sticky-flag' is nil, Hl-Line mode highlights the
16452 line about point in the selected window only. In this case, it
16453 uses the function `hl-line-maybe-unhighlight' in
16454 addition to `hl-line-highlight' on `post-command-hook'.
16459 Non-nil if Global Hl-Line mode is enabled.
16460 See the `global-hl-line-mode' command
16461 for a description of this minor mode.
16462 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
16463 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
16469 Toggle line highlighting in all buffers (Global Hl-Line mode).
16470 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Global Hl-Line mode if ARG is
16471 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
16472 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
16474 If `global-hl-line-sticky-flag' is non-nil, Global Hl-Line mode
16475 highlights the line about the current buffer's point in all live
16476 windows.
16478 Global-Hl-Line mode uses the functions `global-hl-line-highlight'
16479 and `global-hl-line-maybe-unhighlight' on `post-command-hook'.
16483 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "hl-line" '("hl-line-" "global-hl-line-")))
16485 ;;;***
16486 \f
16487 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hmac-def" "net/hmac-def.el" (0 0 0 0))
16488 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/hmac-def.el
16490 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "hmac-def" '("define-hmac-function")))
16492 ;;;***
16493 \f
16494 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hmac-md5" "net/hmac-md5.el" (0 0 0 0))
16495 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/hmac-md5.el
16497 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "hmac-md5" '("hmac-md5" "md5-binary")))
16499 ;;;***
16500 \f
16501 ;;;### (autoloads nil "holidays" "calendar/holidays.el" (0 0 0 0))
16502 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/holidays.el
16504 (defvar holiday-general-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-fixed 1 1 "New Year's Day") (holiday-float 1 1 3 "Martin Luther King Day") (holiday-fixed 2 2 "Groundhog Day") (holiday-fixed 2 14 "Valentine's Day") (holiday-float 2 1 3 "President's Day") (holiday-fixed 3 17 "St. Patrick's Day") (holiday-fixed 4 1 "April Fools' Day") (holiday-float 5 0 2 "Mother's Day") (holiday-float 5 1 -1 "Memorial Day") (holiday-fixed 6 14 "Flag Day") (holiday-float 6 0 3 "Father's Day") (holiday-fixed 7 4 "Independence Day") (holiday-float 9 1 1 "Labor Day") (holiday-float 10 1 2 "Columbus Day") (holiday-fixed 10 31 "Halloween") (holiday-fixed 11 11 "Veteran's Day") (holiday-float 11 4 4 "Thanksgiving"))) "\
16505 General holidays. Default value is for the United States.
16512 (defvar holiday-oriental-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-chinese-new-year) (if calendar-chinese-all-holidays-flag (append (holiday-chinese 1 15 "Lantern Festival") (holiday-chinese-qingming) (holiday-chinese 5 5 "Dragon Boat Festival") (holiday-chinese 7 7 "Double Seventh Festival") (holiday-chinese 8 15 "Mid-Autumn Festival") (holiday-chinese 9 9 "Double Ninth Festival") (holiday-chinese-winter-solstice))))) "\
16513 Oriental holidays.
16521 Local holidays.
16529 User defined holidays.
16536 (defvar holiday-hebrew-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-hebrew-passover) (holiday-hebrew-rosh-hashanah) (holiday-hebrew-hanukkah) (if calendar-hebrew-all-holidays-flag (append (holiday-hebrew-tisha-b-av) (holiday-hebrew-misc))))) "\
16537 Jewish holidays.
16544 (defvar holiday-christian-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-easter-etc) (holiday-fixed 12 25 "Christmas") (if calendar-christian-all-holidays-flag (append (holiday-fixed 1 6 "Epiphany") (holiday-julian 12 25 "Christmas (Julian calendar)") (holiday-greek-orthodox-easter) (holiday-fixed 8 15 "Assumption") (holiday-advent 0 "Advent"))))) "\
16545 Christian holidays.
16552 (defvar holiday-islamic-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-islamic-new-year) (holiday-islamic 9 1 "Ramadan Begins") (if calendar-islamic-all-holidays-flag (append (holiday-islamic 1 10 "Ashura") (holiday-islamic 3 12 "Mulad-al-Nabi") (holiday-islamic 7 26 "Shab-e-Mi'raj") (holiday-islamic 8 15 "Shab-e-Bara't") (holiday-islamic 9 27 "Shab-e Qadr") (holiday-islamic 10 1 "Id-al-Fitr") (holiday-islamic 12 10 "Id-al-Adha"))))) "\
16553 Islamic holidays.
16560 (defvar holiday-bahai-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-bahai-new-year) (holiday-bahai-ridvan) (holiday-fixed 5 23 "Declaration of the Báb") (holiday-fixed 5 29 "Ascension of Bahá’u’lláh") (holiday-fixed 7 9 "Martyrdom of the Báb") (holiday-fixed 10 20 "Birth of the Báb") (holiday-fixed 11 12 "Birth of Bahá’u’lláh") (if calendar-bahai-all-holidays-flag (append (holiday-fixed 11 26 "Day of the Covenant") (holiday-fixed 11 28 "Ascension of `Abdu’l-Bahá"))))) "\
16561 Bahá’à holidays.
16568 (defvar holiday-solar-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((solar-equinoxes-solstices) (holiday-sexp calendar-daylight-savings-starts (format "Daylight Saving Time Begins %s" (solar-time-string (/ calendar-daylight-savings-starts-time (float 60)) calendar-standard-time-zone-name))) (holiday-sexp calendar-daylight-savings-ends (format "Daylight Saving Time Ends %s" (solar-time-string (/ calendar-daylight-savings-ends-time (float 60)) calendar-daylight-time-zone-name))))) "\
16569 Sun-related holidays.
16579 Display the holidays for last month, this month, and next month.
16580 If called with an optional prefix argument ARG, prompts for month and year.
16581 This function is suitable for execution in a init file.
16586 Display holidays for years Y1 to Y2 (inclusive).
16587 Y2 defaults to Y1. The optional list of holidays L defaults to
16588 `calendar-holidays'. If you want to control what holidays are
16589 displayed, use a different list. For example,
16591 (list-holidays 2006 2006
16592 (append holiday-general-holidays holiday-local-holidays))
16594 will display holidays for the year 2006 defined in the two
16595 mentioned lists, and nothing else.
16597 When called interactively, this command offers a choice of
16598 holidays, based on the variables `holiday-solar-holidays' etc. See the
16599 documentation of `calendar-holidays' for a list of the variables
16600 that control the choices, as well as a description of the format
16601 of a holiday list.
16603 The optional LABEL is used to label the buffer created.
16609 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "holidays" '("holiday-" "calendar-")))
16611 ;;;***
16612 \f
16613 ;;;### (autoloads nil "htmlfontify" "htmlfontify.el" (0 0 0 0))
16614 ;;; Generated autoloads from htmlfontify.el
16618 Create a new buffer, named for the current buffer + a .html extension,
16619 containing an inline CSS-stylesheet and formatted CSS-markup HTML
16620 that reproduces the look of the current Emacs buffer as closely
16621 as possible.
16623 Dangerous characters in the existing buffer are turned into HTML
16624 entities, so you should even be able to do HTML-within-HTML
16625 fontified display.
16627 You should, however, note that random control or non-ASCII
16628 characters such as ^L (U+000C FORM FEED (FF)) or ¤ (U+00A4
16629 CURRENCY SIGN) won't get mapped yet.
16631 If the SRCDIR and FILE arguments are set, lookup etags derived
16632 entries in the `hfy-tags-cache' and add HTML anchors and
16633 hyperlinks as appropriate.
16638 Trawl SRCDIR and write fontified-and-hyperlinked output in DSTDIR.
16639 F-EXT and L-EXT specify values for `hfy-extn' and `hfy-link-extn'.
16641 You may also want to set `hfy-page-header' and `hfy-page-footer'.
16645 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "htmlfontify" '("hfy-" "htmlfontify-")))
16647 ;;;***
16648 \f
16649 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "ibuf-ext" "ibuf-ext.el"
16650 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
16651 ;;; Generated autoloads from ibuf-ext.el
16653 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ibuf-ext" '("ibuffer-" "file" "shell-command-" "starred-name" "size" "alphabetic" "major-mode" "mod" "print" "predicate" "content" "view-and-eval" "visiting-file" "derived-mode" "directory" "basename" "name" "used-mode" "query-replace" "rename-uniquely" "revert" "replace-regexp" "eval")))
16655 ;;;***
16656 \f
16657 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ibuf-macs" "ibuf-macs.el" (0 0 0 0))
16658 ;;; Generated autoloads from ibuf-macs.el
16661 Define a column SYMBOL for use with `ibuffer-formats'.
16663 BODY will be called with `buffer' bound to the buffer object, and
16664 `mark' bound to the current mark on the buffer. The original ibuffer
16665 buffer will be bound to `ibuffer-buf'.
16667 If NAME is given, it will be used as a title for the column.
16668 Otherwise, the title will default to a capitalized version of the
16669 SYMBOL's name. PROPS is a plist of additional properties to add to
16670 the text, such as `mouse-face'. And SUMMARIZER, if given, is a
16671 function which will be passed a list of all the strings in its column;
16672 it should return a string to display at the bottom.
16674 If HEADER-MOUSE-MAP is given, it will be used as a keymap for the
16675 title of the column.
16677 Note that this macro expands into a `defun' for a function named
16678 ibuffer-make-column-NAME. If INLINE is non-nil, then the form will be
16679 inlined into the compiled format versions. This means that if you
16680 change its definition, you should explicitly call
16681 `ibuffer-recompile-formats'.
16688 Define a method of sorting named NAME.
16689 DOCUMENTATION is the documentation of the function, which will be called
16690 `ibuffer-do-sort-by-NAME'.
16691 DESCRIPTION is a short string describing the sorting method.
16693 For sorting, the forms in BODY will be evaluated with `a' bound to one
16694 buffer object, and `b' bound to another. BODY should return a non-nil
16704 Generate a function which operates on a buffer.
16705 OP becomes the name of the function; if it doesn't begin with
16706 `ibuffer-do-', then that is prepended to it.
16707 When an operation is performed, this function will be called once for
16708 each marked buffer, with that buffer current.
16710 ARGS becomes the formal parameters of the function.
16711 DOCUMENTATION becomes the docstring of the function.
16712 INTERACTIVE becomes the interactive specification of the function.
16713 MARK describes which type of mark (:deletion, or nil) this operation
16714 uses. :deletion means the function operates on buffers marked for
16715 deletion, otherwise it acts on normally marked buffers.
16716 MODIFIER-P describes how the function modifies buffers. This is used
16717 to set the modification flag of the Ibuffer buffer itself. Valid
16718 values are:
16719 nil - the function never modifiers buffers
16720 t - the function it always modifies buffers
16721 :maybe - attempt to discover this information by comparing the
16722 buffer's modification flag.
16723 DANGEROUS is a boolean which should be set if the user should be
16724 prompted before performing this operation.
16725 OPSTRING is a string which will be displayed to the user after the
16726 operation is complete, in the form:
16728 ACTIVE-OPSTRING is a string which will be displayed to the user in a
16729 confirmation message, in the form:
16731 BEFORE is a form to evaluate before start the operation.
16732 AFTER is a form to evaluate once the operation is complete.
16733 COMPLEX means this function is special; if COMPLEX is nil BODY
16734 evaluates once for each marked buffer, MBUF, with MBUF current
16735 and saving the point. If COMPLEX is non-nil, BODY evaluates
16736 without requiring MBUF current.
16737 BODY define the operation; they are forms to evaluate per each
16738 marked buffer. BODY is evaluated with `buf' bound to the
16739 buffer object.
16741 \(fn OP ARGS DOCUMENTATION (&key INTERACTIVE MARK MODIFIER-P DANGEROUS OPSTRING ACTIVE-OPSTRING BEFORE AFTER COMPLEX) &rest BODY)" nil t)
16748 Define a filter named NAME.
16749 DOCUMENTATION is the documentation of the function.
16750 READER is a form which should read a qualifier from the user.
16751 DESCRIPTION is a short string describing the filter.
16753 BODY should contain forms which will be evaluated to test whether or
16754 not a particular buffer should be displayed or not. The forms in BODY
16755 will be evaluated with BUF bound to the buffer object, and QUALIFIER
16756 bound to the current value of the filter.
16764 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ibuf-macs" '("ibuffer-")))
16766 ;;;***
16767 \f
16768 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ibuffer" "ibuffer.el" (0 0 0 0))
16769 ;;; Generated autoloads from ibuffer.el
16772 Display a list of buffers, in another window.
16773 If optional argument FILES-ONLY is non-nil, then add a filter for
16774 buffers which are visiting a file.
16779 Like `ibuffer', but displayed in another window by default.
16780 If optional argument FILES-ONLY is non-nil, then add a filter for
16781 buffers which are visiting a file.
16786 Begin using Ibuffer to edit a list of buffers.
16787 Type `h' after entering ibuffer for more information.
16789 All arguments are optional.
16790 OTHER-WINDOW-P says to use another window.
16792 QUALIFIERS is an initial set of filtering qualifiers to use;
16793 see `ibuffer-filtering-qualifiers'.
16794 NOSELECT means don't select the Ibuffer buffer.
16795 SHRINK means shrink the buffer to minimal size. The special
16796 value `onewindow' means always use another window.
16797 FILTER-GROUPS is an initial set of filtering groups to use;
16798 see `ibuffer-filter-groups'.
16799 FORMATS is the value to use for `ibuffer-formats'.
16800 If specified, then the variable `ibuffer-formats' will have
16801 that value locally in this buffer.
16806 Call Ibuffer and set point at the line listing the current buffer.
16807 If optional arg OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, then use another window.
16811 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ibuffer" '("ibuffer-" "filename" "process" "mark" "mod" "size" "name" "locked" "read-only")))
16813 ;;;***
16814 \f
16815 ;;;### (autoloads nil "icalendar" "calendar/icalendar.el" (0 0 0
16816 ;;;;;; 0))
16817 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/icalendar.el
16821 Export diary file to iCalendar format.
16822 All diary entries in the file DIARY-FILENAME are converted to iCalendar
16823 format. The result is appended to the file ICAL-FILENAME.
16828 Export region in diary file to iCalendar format.
16829 All diary entries in the region from MIN to MAX in the current buffer are
16830 converted to iCalendar format. The result is appended to the file
16831 ICAL-FILENAME.
16832 This function attempts to return t if something goes wrong. In this
16833 case an error string which describes all the errors and problems is
16834 written into the buffer `*icalendar-errors*'.
16839 Import an iCalendar file and append to a diary file.
16840 Argument ICAL-FILENAME output iCalendar file.
16841 Argument DIARY-FILENAME input `diary-file'.
16842 Optional argument NON-MARKING determines whether events are created as
16843 non-marking or not.
16848 Extract iCalendar events from current buffer.
16850 This function searches the current buffer for the first iCalendar
16851 object, reads it and adds all VEVENT elements to the diary
16852 DIARY-FILE.
16854 It will ask for each appointment whether to add it to the diary
16855 unless DO-NOT-ASK is non-nil. When called interactively,
16856 DO-NOT-ASK is nil, so that you are asked for each event.
16858 NON-MARKING determines whether diary events are created as
16859 non-marking.
16861 Return code t means that importing worked well, return code nil
16862 means that an error has occurred. Error messages will be in the
16863 buffer `*icalendar-errors*'.
16867 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "icalendar" '("icalendar-")))
16869 ;;;***
16870 \f
16871 ;;;### (autoloads nil "icomplete" "icomplete.el" (0 0 0 0))
16872 ;;; Generated autoloads from icomplete.el
16875 Non-nil if Icomplete mode is enabled.
16876 See the `icomplete-mode' command
16877 for a description of this minor mode.
16878 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
16879 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
16885 Toggle incremental minibuffer completion (Icomplete mode).
16886 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Icomplete mode if ARG is
16887 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
16888 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
16890 When this global minor mode is enabled, typing in the minibuffer
16891 continuously displays a list of possible completions that match
16892 the string you have typed. See `icomplete-completions' for a
16893 description of how prospective completions are displayed.
16895 For more information, see Info node `(emacs)Icomplete'.
16898 You can use the following key bindings to navigate and select
16899 completions:
16909 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "icomplete" '("icomplete-")))
16911 ;;;***
16912 \f
16913 ;;;### (autoloads nil "icon" "progmodes/icon.el" (0 0 0 0))
16914 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/icon.el
16917 Major mode for editing Icon code.
16918 Expression and list commands understand all Icon brackets.
16919 Tab indents for Icon code.
16920 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
16921 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
16923 Variables controlling indentation style:
16924 icon-tab-always-indent
16925 Non-nil means TAB in Icon mode should always reindent the current line,
16926 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
16927 icon-auto-newline
16928 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces
16929 inserted in Icon code.
16930 icon-indent-level
16931 Indentation of Icon statements within surrounding block.
16932 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
16933 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
16934 icon-continued-statement-offset
16935 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
16936 then-clause of an if or body of a while.
16937 icon-continued-brace-offset
16938 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
16939 This is in addition to `icon-continued-statement-offset'.
16940 icon-brace-offset
16941 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
16942 icon-brace-imaginary-offset
16943 An open brace following other text is treated as if it were
16944 this far to the right of the start of its line.
16946 Turning on Icon mode calls the value of the variable `icon-mode-hook'
16947 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
16951 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "icon" '("indent-icon-exp" "icon-" "electric-icon-brace" "end-of-icon-defun" "beginning-of-icon-defun" "mark-icon-function" "calculate-icon-indent")))
16953 ;;;***
16954 \f
16955 ;;;### (autoloads nil "idlw-complete-structtag" "progmodes/idlw-complete-structtag.el"
16956 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
16957 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/idlw-complete-structtag.el
16959 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "idlw-complete-structtag" '("idlwave-")))
16961 ;;;***
16962 \f
16963 ;;;### (autoloads nil "idlw-help" "progmodes/idlw-help.el" (0 0 0
16964 ;;;;;; 0))
16965 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/idlw-help.el
16967 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "idlw-help" '("idlwave-")))
16969 ;;;***
16970 \f
16971 ;;;### (autoloads nil "idlw-shell" "progmodes/idlw-shell.el" (0 0
16972 ;;;;;; 0 0))
16973 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/idlw-shell.el
16976 Run an inferior IDL, with I/O through buffer `(idlwave-shell-buffer)'.
16977 If buffer exists but shell process is not running, start new IDL.
16978 If buffer exists and shell process is running, just switch to the buffer.
16980 When called with a prefix ARG, or when `idlwave-shell-use-dedicated-frame'
16981 is non-nil, the shell buffer and the source buffers will be in
16982 separate frames.
16984 The command to run comes from variable `idlwave-shell-explicit-file-name',
16985 with options taken from `idlwave-shell-command-line-options'.
16987 The buffer is put in `idlwave-shell-mode', providing commands for sending
16988 input and controlling the IDL job. See help on `idlwave-shell-mode'.
16989 See also the variable `idlwave-shell-prompt-pattern'.
16995 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "idlw-shell" '("idlwave-")))
16997 ;;;***
16998 \f
16999 ;;;### (autoloads nil "idlw-toolbar" "progmodes/idlw-toolbar.el"
17000 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
17001 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/idlw-toolbar.el
17003 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "idlw-toolbar" '("idlwave-toolbar-")))
17005 ;;;***
17006 \f
17007 ;;;### (autoloads nil "idlwave" "progmodes/idlwave.el" (0 0 0 0))
17008 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/idlwave.el
17012 Major mode for editing IDL source files (version 6.1_em22).
17014 The main features of this mode are
17016 1. Indentation and Formatting
17017 --------------------------
17018 Like other Emacs programming modes, C-j inserts a newline and indents.
17019 TAB is used for explicit indentation of the current line.
17022 function can also be used in the middle of a line to split the line
17023 at that point. When used inside a long constant string, the string
17024 is split at that point with the `+' concatenation operator.
17026 Comments are indented as follows:
17028 `;;;' Indentation remains unchanged.
17029 `;;' Indent like the surrounding code
17030 `;' Indent to a minimum column.
17032 The indentation of comments starting in column 0 is never changed.
17035 comment. The indentation of the second line of the paragraph
17036 relative to the first will be retained. Use
17038 comments. When the variable `idlwave-fill-comment-line-only' is
17039 nil, code can also be auto-filled and auto-indented.
17041 To convert pre-existing IDL code to your formatting style, mark the
17046 2. Routine Info
17047 ------------
17048 IDLWAVE displays information about the calling sequence and the
17049 accepted keyword parameters of a procedure or function with
17051 source file of a module. These commands know about system
17052 routines, all routines in idlwave-mode buffers and (when the
17053 idlwave-shell is active) about all modules currently compiled under
17054 this shell. It also makes use of pre-compiled or custom-scanned
17055 user and library catalogs many popular libraries ship with by
17057 information, which is also used for completion (see item 4).
17059 3. Online IDL Help
17060 ---------------
17063 for the system variable, keyword, or routines at point. A single
17064 key stroke gets you directly to the right place in the docs. See
17065 the manual to configure where and how the HTML help is displayed.
17067 4. Completion
17068 ----------
17070 class names, keyword parameters, system variables and tags, class
17071 tags, structure tags, filenames and much more. It is context
17072 sensitive and figures out what is expected at point. Lower case
17073 strings are completed in lower case, other strings in mixed or
17074 upper case.
17076 5. Code Templates and Abbreviations
17077 --------------------------------
17078 Many Abbreviations are predefined to expand to code fragments and templates.
17093 have direct keybindings - see the list of keybindings below.
17096 beginning of the current program unit (pro, function or main).
17097 Change log entries can be added to the current program unit with
17100 6. Automatic Case Conversion
17101 -------------------------
17102 The case of reserved words and some abbrevs is controlled by
17103 `idlwave-reserved-word-upcase' and `idlwave-abbrev-change-case'.
17105 7. Automatic END completion
17106 ------------------------
17107 If the variable `idlwave-expand-generic-end' is non-nil, each END typed
17108 will be converted to the specific version, like ENDIF, ENDFOR, etc.
17110 8. Hooks
17111 -----
17112 Loading idlwave.el runs `idlwave-load-hook'.
17113 Turning on `idlwave-mode' runs `idlwave-mode-hook'.
17115 9. Documentation and Customization
17116 -------------------------------
17117 Info documentation for this package is available. Use
17119 not work). For Postscript, PDF, and HTML versions of the
17120 documentation, check IDLWAVE's homepage at URL
17121 `http://github.com/jdtsmith/idlwave'.
17122 IDLWAVE has customize support - see the group `idlwave'.
17124 10.Keybindings
17125 -----------
17126 Here is a list of all keybindings of this mode.
17128 followed by the key sequence to see what the key sequence does.
17134 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "idlwave" '("idlwave-")))
17136 ;;;***
17137 \f
17138 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ido" "ido.el" (0 0 0 0))
17139 ;;; Generated autoloads from ido.el
17142 Determines for which buffer/file Ido should be enabled.
17143 The following values are possible:
17144 - `buffer': Turn only on Ido buffer behavior (switching, killing,
17145 displaying...)
17146 - `file': Turn only on Ido file behavior (finding, writing, inserting...)
17147 - `both': Turn on Ido buffer and file behavior.
17148 - nil: Turn off any Ido switching.
17150 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
17156 Toggle Ido mode on or off.
17157 With ARG, turn Ido mode on if arg is positive, off otherwise.
17158 Turning on Ido mode will remap (via a minor-mode keymap) the default
17159 keybindings for the `find-file' and `switch-to-buffer' families of
17160 commands to the Ido versions of these functions.
17161 However, if ARG arg equals `files', remap only commands for files, or
17162 if it equals `buffers', remap only commands for buffer switching.
17163 This function also adds a hook to the minibuffer.
17168 Switch to another buffer.
17169 The buffer is displayed according to `ido-default-buffer-method' -- the
17170 default is to show it in the same window, unless it is already visible
17171 in another frame.
17173 As you type in a string, all of the buffers matching the string are
17174 displayed if substring-matching is used (default). Look at
17175 `ido-enable-prefix' and `ido-toggle-prefix'. When you have found the
17176 buffer you want, it can then be selected. As you type, most keys have
17179 RET Select the buffer at the front of the list of matches.
17180 If the list is empty, possibly prompt to create new buffer.
17187 all buffers. If there is only one match, select that buffer.
17188 If there is no common suffix, show a list of all matching buffers
17189 in a separate window.
17203 Switch to another buffer and show it in another window.
17204 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
17205 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
17210 Display a buffer in another window but don't select it.
17211 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
17212 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
17217 Display a buffer preferably in another frame.
17218 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
17219 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
17224 Kill a buffer.
17225 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
17226 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
17231 Insert contents of a buffer in current buffer after point.
17232 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
17233 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
17238 Switch to another buffer and show it in another frame.
17239 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
17240 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
17245 Switch to another file starting from DIR.
17250 Edit file with name obtained via minibuffer.
17251 The file is displayed according to `ido-default-file-method' -- the
17252 default is to show it in the same window, unless it is already visible
17253 in another frame.
17255 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring. As you
17256 type in a string, all of the filenames matching the string are displayed
17257 if substring-matching is used (default). Look at `ido-enable-prefix' and
17258 `ido-toggle-prefix'. When you have found the filename you want, it can
17259 then be selected. As you type, most keys have their normal keybindings,
17262 RET Select the file at the front of the list of matches.
17263 If the list is empty, possibly prompt to create new file.
17270 all files. If there is only one match, select that file.
17271 If there is no common suffix, show a list of all matching files
17272 in a separate window.
17295 Switch to another file and show it in another window.
17296 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
17297 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
17302 Switch to another file and show it in another window.
17303 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
17304 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
17309 Find file as a replacement for the file in the next window.
17310 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
17311 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
17316 Edit file read-only with name obtained via minibuffer.
17317 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
17318 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
17323 Edit file read-only in other window with name obtained via minibuffer.
17324 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
17325 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
17330 Edit file read-only in other frame with name obtained via minibuffer.
17331 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
17332 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
17337 Display a file in another window but don't select it.
17338 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
17339 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
17344 Switch to another file and show it in another frame.
17345 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
17346 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
17351 Write current buffer to a file.
17352 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
17353 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
17358 Insert contents of file in current buffer.
17359 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
17360 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
17365 Call `dired' the Ido way.
17366 The directory is selected interactively by typing a substring.
17367 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
17373 The directory is selected interactively by typing a substring.
17374 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
17380 The directory is selected interactively by typing a substring.
17381 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
17386 Ido replacement for the built-in `read-buffer'.
17387 Return the name of a buffer selected.
17388 PROMPT is the prompt to give to the user. DEFAULT if given is the default
17389 buffer to be selected, which will go to the front of the list.
17390 If REQUIRE-MATCH is non-nil, an existing buffer must be selected.
17395 Ido replacement for the built-in `read-file-name'.
17396 Read file name, prompting with PROMPT and completing in directory DIR.
17397 See `read-file-name' for additional parameters.
17402 Ido replacement for the built-in `read-directory-name'.
17403 Read directory name, prompting with PROMPT and completing in directory DIR.
17404 See `read-directory-name' for additional parameters.
17409 Ido replacement for the built-in `completing-read'.
17410 Read a string in the minibuffer with Ido-style completion.
17411 PROMPT is a string to prompt with; normally it ends in a colon and a space.
17412 CHOICES is a list of strings which are the possible completions.
17413 PREDICATE and INHERIT-INPUT-METHOD are currently ignored; they are included
17414 to be compatible with `completing-read'.
17415 If REQUIRE-MATCH is non-nil, the user is not allowed to exit unless
17416 the input is (or completes to) an element of CHOICES or is null.
17417 If the input is null, `ido-completing-read' returns DEF, or an empty
17418 string if DEF is nil, regardless of the value of REQUIRE-MATCH.
17419 If INITIAL-INPUT is non-nil, insert it in the minibuffer initially,
17420 with point positioned at the end.
17421 HIST, if non-nil, specifies a history list.
17422 DEF, if non-nil, is the default value.
17424 \(fn PROMPT CHOICES &optional PREDICATE REQUIRE-MATCH INITIAL-INPUT HIST DEF INHERIT-INPUT-METHOD)" nil nil)
17428 ;;;***
17429 \f
17430 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ielm" "ielm.el" (0 0 0 0))
17431 ;;; Generated autoloads from ielm.el
17434 Interactively evaluate Emacs Lisp expressions.
17435 Switches to the buffer `*ielm*', or creates it if it does not exist.
17436 See `inferior-emacs-lisp-mode' for details.
17440 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ielm" '("inferior-emacs-lisp-mode" "ielm-")))
17442 ;;;***
17443 \f
17444 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ietf-drums" "mail/ietf-drums.el" (0 0 0 0))
17445 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/ietf-drums.el
17447 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ietf-drums" '("ietf-drums-")))
17449 ;;;***
17450 \f
17451 ;;;### (autoloads nil "iimage" "iimage.el" (0 0 0 0))
17452 ;;; Generated autoloads from iimage.el
17457 Toggle Iimage mode on or off.
17458 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Iimage mode if ARG is
17459 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
17460 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil, and toggle it if ARG is `toggle'.
17465 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "iimage" '("iimage-" "turn-off-iimage-mode")))
17467 ;;;***
17468 \f
17469 ;;;### (autoloads nil "image" "image.el" (0 0 0 0))
17470 ;;; Generated autoloads from image.el
17473 Determine the image type from image data DATA.
17474 Value is a symbol specifying the image type or nil if type cannot
17475 be determined.
17480 Determine the image type from data in the current buffer.
17481 Value is a symbol specifying the image type or nil if type cannot
17482 be determined.
17487 Determine the type of image file FILE from its first few bytes.
17488 Value is a symbol specifying the image type, or nil if type cannot
17489 be determined.
17494 Determine the type of image file FILE from its name.
17495 Value is a symbol specifying the image type, or nil if type cannot
17496 be determined.
17501 Determine and return image type.
17502 SOURCE is an image file name or image data.
17503 Optional TYPE is a symbol describing the image type. If TYPE is omitted
17504 or nil, try to determine the image type from its first few bytes
17505 of image data. If that doesn't work, and SOURCE is a file name,
17506 use its file extension as image type.
17507 Optional DATA-P non-nil means SOURCE is a string containing image data.
17512 Return non-nil if image type TYPE is available.
17513 Image types are symbols like `xbm' or `jpeg'.
17518 Return t if the current buffer contains an auto-detectable image.
17519 This function is intended to be used from `magic-fallback-mode-alist'.
17521 The buffer is considered to contain an auto-detectable image if
17522 its beginning matches an image type in `image-type-header-regexps',
17523 and that image type is present in `image-type-auto-detectable' with a
17524 non-nil value. If that value is non-nil, but not t, then the image type
17525 must be available.
17530 Create an image.
17531 FILE-OR-DATA is an image file name or image data.
17532 Optional TYPE is a symbol describing the image type. If TYPE is omitted
17533 or nil, try to determine the image type from its first few bytes
17534 of image data. If that doesn't work, and FILE-OR-DATA is a file name,
17535 use its file extension as image type.
17536 Optional DATA-P non-nil means FILE-OR-DATA is a string containing image data.
17537 Optional PROPS are additional image attributes to assign to the image,
17538 like, e.g. `:mask MASK'.
17539 Value is the image created, or nil if images of type TYPE are not supported.
17541 Images should not be larger than specified by `max-image-size'.
17543 Image file names that are not absolute are searched for in the
17545 `x-bitmap-file-path' (in that order).
17550 Put image IMAGE in front of POS in the current buffer.
17551 IMAGE must be an image created with `create-image' or `defimage'.
17552 IMAGE is displayed by putting an overlay into the current buffer with a
17553 `before-string' STRING that has a `display' property whose value is the
17554 image. STRING is defaulted if you omit it.
17555 The overlay created will have the `put-image' property set to t.
17556 POS may be an integer or marker.
17557 AREA is where to display the image. AREA nil or omitted means
17558 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means
17559 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin'
17560 means display it in the right marginal area.
17565 Insert IMAGE into current buffer at point.
17566 IMAGE is displayed by inserting STRING into the current buffer
17567 with a `display' property whose value is the image. STRING
17568 defaults to a single space if you omit it.
17569 AREA is where to display the image. AREA nil or omitted means
17570 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means
17571 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin'
17572 means display it in the right marginal area.
17573 SLICE specifies slice of IMAGE to insert. SLICE nil or omitted
17574 means insert whole image. SLICE is a list (X Y WIDTH HEIGHT)
17575 specifying the X and Y positions and WIDTH and HEIGHT of image area
17576 to insert. A float value 0.0 - 1.0 means relative to the width or
17577 height of the image; integer values are taken as pixel values.
17582 Insert IMAGE into current buffer at point.
17583 IMAGE is displayed by inserting STRING into the current buffer
17584 with a `display' property whose value is the image. The default
17585 STRING is a single space.
17586 AREA is where to display the image. AREA nil or omitted means
17587 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means
17588 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin'
17589 means display it in the right marginal area.
17590 The image is automatically split into ROWS x COLS slices.
17595 Remove images between START and END in BUFFER.
17596 Remove only images that were put in BUFFER with calls to `put-image'.
17597 BUFFER nil or omitted means use the current buffer.
17602 Find an image, choosing one of a list of image specifications.
17604 SPECS is a list of image specifications.
17606 Each image specification in SPECS is a property list. The contents of
17607 a specification are image type dependent. All specifications must at
17608 least contain the properties `:type TYPE' and either `:file FILE' or
17609 `:data DATA', where TYPE is a symbol specifying the image type,
17610 e.g. `xbm', FILE is the file to load the image from, and DATA is a
17611 string containing the actual image data. The specification whose TYPE
17612 is supported, and FILE exists, is used to construct the image
17613 specification to be returned. Return nil if no specification is
17614 satisfied.
17616 The image is looked for in `image-load-path'.
17618 Image files should not be larger than specified by `max-image-size'.
17623 Define SYMBOL as an image, and return SYMBOL.
17625 SPECS is a list of image specifications. DOC is an optional
17626 documentation string.
17628 Each image specification in SPECS is a property list. The contents of
17629 a specification are image type dependent. All specifications must at
17630 least contain the properties `:type TYPE' and either `:file FILE' or
17631 `:data DATA', where TYPE is a symbol specifying the image type,
17632 e.g. `xbm', FILE is the file to load the image from, and DATA is a
17633 string containing the actual image data. The first image
17634 specification whose TYPE is supported, and FILE exists, is used to
17635 define SYMBOL.
17637 Example:
17647 Register file types that can be handled by ImageMagick.
17648 This function is called at startup, after loading the init file.
17649 It registers the ImageMagick types returned by `imagemagick-filter-types'.
17651 Registered image types are added to `auto-mode-alist', so that
17652 Emacs visits them in Image mode. They are also added to
17653 `image-type-file-name-regexps', so that the `image-type' function
17654 recognizes these files as having image type `imagemagick'.
17656 If Emacs is compiled without ImageMagick support, this does nothing.
17660 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "image" '("image")))
17662 ;;;***
17663 \f
17664 ;;;### (autoloads nil "image-dired" "image-dired.el" (0 0 0 0))
17665 ;;; Generated autoloads from image-dired.el
17669 Toggle thumbnails in front of file names in the dired buffer.
17670 If no marked file could be found, insert or hide thumbnails on the
17671 current line. ARG, if non-nil, specifies the files to use instead
17672 of the marked files. If ARG is an integer, use the next ARG (or
17673 previous -ARG, if ARG<0) files.
17678 Open directory DIR and create a default window configuration.
17680 Convenience command that:
17682 - Opens dired in folder DIR
17683 - Splits windows in most useful (?) way
17684 - Set `truncate-lines' to t
17686 After the command has finished, you would typically mark some
17687 image files in dired and type
17690 If called with prefix argument ARG, skip splitting of windows.
17692 The current window configuration is saved and can be restored by
17693 calling `image-dired-restore-window-configuration'.
17698 Display thumbnails of all marked files, in `image-dired-thumbnail-buffer'.
17699 If a thumbnail image does not exist for a file, it is created on the
17700 fly. With prefix argument ARG, display only thumbnail for file at
17701 point (this is useful if you have marked some files but want to show
17702 another one).
17704 Recommended usage is to split the current frame horizontally so that
17705 you have the dired buffer in the left window and the
17706 `image-dired-thumbnail-buffer' buffer in the right window.
17708 With optional argument APPEND, append thumbnail to thumbnail buffer
17709 instead of erasing it first.
17711 Optional argument DO-NOT-POP controls if `pop-to-buffer' should be
17712 used or not. If non-nil, use `display-buffer' instead of
17713 `pop-to-buffer'. This is used from functions like
17714 `image-dired-next-line-and-display' and
17715 `image-dired-previous-line-and-display' where we do not want the
17716 thumbnail buffer to be selected.
17721 Make a preview buffer for all images in DIR and display it.
17722 If the number of files in DIR matching `image-file-name-regexp'
17723 exceeds `image-dired-show-all-from-dir-max-files', a warning will be
17724 displayed.
17733 Tag marked file(s) in dired. With prefix ARG, tag file at point.
17738 Remove tag for selected file(s).
17739 With prefix argument ARG, remove tag from file at point.
17744 Jump to thumbnail buffer.
17749 Setup easy-to-use keybindings for the commands to be used in dired mode.
17750 Note that n, p and <down> and <up> will be hijacked and bound to
17751 `image-dired-dired-x-line'.
17755 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'image-dired-setup-dired-keybindings 'image-dired-minor-mode "26.1")
17758 Append thumbnails to `image-dired-thumbnail-buffer'.
17763 Shorthand for `image-dired-display-thumbs' with prefix argument.
17768 Display file at point using an external viewer.
17773 Display current image file.
17774 See documentation for `image-dired-display-image' for more information.
17775 With prefix argument ARG, display image in its original size.
17780 Add comment to current or marked files in dired.
17785 Use regexp to mark files with matching tag.
17786 A `tag' is a keyword, a piece of meta data, associated with an
17787 image file and stored in image-dired's database file. This command
17788 lets you input a regexp and this will be matched against all tags
17789 on all image files in the database file. The files that have a
17790 matching tag will be marked in the dired buffer.
17795 Edit comment and tags of current or marked image files.
17796 Edit comment and tags for all marked image files in an
17797 easy-to-use form.
17801 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "image-dired" '("image-dired-")))
17803 ;;;***
17804 \f
17805 ;;;### (autoloads nil "image-file" "image-file.el" (0 0 0 0))
17806 ;;; Generated autoloads from image-file.el
17808 (defvar image-file-name-extensions (purecopy '("png" "jpeg" "jpg" "gif" "tiff" "tif" "xbm" "xpm" "pbm" "pgm" "ppm" "pnm" "svg")) "\
17809 A list of image-file filename extensions.
17810 Filenames having one of these extensions are considered image files,
17811 in addition to those matching `image-file-name-regexps'.
17813 See `auto-image-file-mode'; if `auto-image-file-mode' is enabled,
17814 setting this variable directly does not take effect unless
17815 `auto-image-file-mode' is re-enabled; this happens automatically when
17821 List of regexps matching image-file filenames.
17822 Filenames matching one of these regexps are considered image files,
17823 in addition to those with an extension in `image-file-name-extensions'.
17825 See function `auto-image-file-mode'; if `auto-image-file-mode' is
17826 enabled, setting this variable directly does not take effect unless
17827 `auto-image-file-mode' is re-enabled; this happens automatically when
17833 Return a regular expression matching image-file filenames.
17838 Insert the image file FILE into the current buffer.
17839 Optional arguments VISIT, BEG, END, and REPLACE are interpreted as for
17840 the command `insert-file-contents'.
17845 Non-nil if Auto-Image-File mode is enabled.
17846 See the `auto-image-file-mode' command
17847 for a description of this minor mode.
17848 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
17849 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
17855 Toggle visiting of image files as images (Auto Image File mode).
17856 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Auto Image File mode if ARG is
17857 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
17858 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
17860 An image file is one whose name has an extension in
17861 `image-file-name-extensions', or matches a regexp in
17862 `image-file-name-regexps'.
17866 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "image-file" '("image-file-")))
17868 ;;;***
17869 \f
17870 ;;;### (autoloads nil "image-mode" "image-mode.el" (0 0 0 0))
17871 ;;; Generated autoloads from image-mode.el
17874 Major mode for image files.
17875 You can use \\<image-mode-map>\\[image-toggle-display] or \\<image-mode-map>\\[image-toggle-hex-display]
17876 to toggle between display as an image and display as text or hex.
17878 Key bindings:
17884 Toggle Image minor mode in this buffer.
17885 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Image minor mode if ARG is
17886 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
17887 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
17890 to switch back to `image-mode' and display an image file as the
17891 actual image.
17896 Set a non-image mode as major mode in combination with image minor mode.
17897 A non-mage major mode found from `auto-mode-alist' or fundamental mode
17898 displays an image file as text.
17907 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "image-mode" '("image-")))
17909 ;;;***
17910 \f
17911 ;;;### (autoloads nil "imap" "net/imap.el" (0 0 0 0))
17912 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/imap.el
17916 ;;;***
17917 \f
17918 ;;;### (autoloads nil "imenu" "imenu.el" (0 0 0 0))
17919 ;;; Generated autoloads from imenu.el
17922 The function to use for sorting the index mouse-menu.
17924 Affects only the mouse index menu.
17926 Set this to nil if you don't want any sorting (faster).
17927 The items in the menu are then presented in the order they were found
17928 in the buffer.
17930 Set it to `imenu--sort-by-name' if you want alphabetic sorting.
17932 The function should take two arguments and return t if the first
17933 element should come before the second. The arguments are cons cells;
17939 List of definition matchers for creating an Imenu index.
17940 Each element of this list should have the form
17942 (MENU-TITLE REGEXP INDEX [FUNCTION] [ARGUMENTS...])
17944 MENU-TITLE should be nil (in which case the matches for this
17945 element are put in the top level of the buffer index) or a
17946 string (which specifies the title of a submenu into which the
17947 matches are put).
17948 REGEXP is a regular expression matching a definition construct
17949 which is to be displayed in the menu. REGEXP may also be a
17950 function, called without arguments. It is expected to search
17951 backwards. It must return true and set `match-data' if it finds
17952 another element.
17953 INDEX is an integer specifying which subexpression of REGEXP
17954 matches the definition's name; this subexpression is displayed as
17955 the menu item.
17956 FUNCTION, if present, specifies a function to call when the index
17957 item is selected by the user. This function is called with
17958 arguments consisting of the item name, the buffer position, and
17959 the ARGUMENTS.
17961 The variable `imenu-case-fold-search' determines whether or not
17962 the regexp matches are case sensitive, and `imenu-syntax-alist'
17963 can be used to alter the syntax table for the search.
17965 If non-nil this pattern is passed to `imenu--generic-function' to
17966 create a buffer index.
17968 For example, see the value of `fortran-imenu-generic-expression'
17969 used by `fortran-mode' with `imenu-syntax-alist' set locally to
17977 The function to use for creating an index alist of the current buffer.
17979 It should be a function that takes no arguments and returns
17980 an index alist of the current buffer. The function is
17981 called within a `save-excursion'.
17988 Function for finding the next index position.
17990 If `imenu-create-index-function' is set to
17991 `imenu-default-create-index-function', then you must set this variable
17992 to a function that will find the next index, looking backwards in the
17993 file.
17995 The function should leave point at the place to be connected to the
18001 Function for extracting the index item name, given a position.
18003 This function is called after `imenu-prev-index-position-function'
18004 finds a position for an index item, with point at that position.
18010 Function to compare string with index item.
18012 This function will be called with two strings, and should return
18013 non-nil if they match.
18015 If nil, comparison is done with `string='.
18016 Set this to some other function for more advanced comparisons,
18023 The default function called when selecting an Imenu item.
18034 Add an `imenu' entry to the menu bar for the current buffer.
18035 NAME is a string used to name the menu bar item.
18036 See the command `imenu' for more information.
18043 A trivial interface to `imenu-add-to-menubar' suitable for use in a hook.
18048 Jump to a place in the buffer chosen using a buffer menu or mouse menu.
18049 INDEX-ITEM specifies the position. See `imenu-choose-buffer-index'
18050 for more information.
18054 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "imenu" '("imenu-")))
18056 ;;;***
18057 \f
18058 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ind-util" "language/ind-util.el" (0 0 0 0))
18059 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/ind-util.el
18062 Compose the region according to `composition-function-table'.
18082 Convert old Emacs Devanagari characters to UCS.
18086 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ind-util" '("indian-" "ucs-to-is")))
18088 ;;;***
18089 \f
18090 ;;;### (autoloads nil "inf-lisp" "progmodes/inf-lisp.el" (0 0 0 0))
18091 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/inf-lisp.el
18094 Run an inferior Lisp process, input and output via buffer `*inferior-lisp*'.
18095 If there is a process already running in `*inferior-lisp*', just switch
18096 to that buffer.
18097 With argument, allows you to edit the command line (default is value
18098 of `inferior-lisp-program'). Runs the hooks from
18099 `inferior-lisp-mode-hook' (after the `comint-mode-hook' is run).
18106 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "inf-lisp" '("inferior-lisp-" "lisp-" "switch-to-lisp")))
18108 ;;;***
18109 \f
18110 ;;;### (autoloads nil "info" "info.el" (0 0 0 0))
18111 ;;; Generated autoloads from info.el
18113 (defcustom Info-default-directory-list (let* ((config-dir (file-name-as-directory (or (and (featurep 'ns) (let ((dir (expand-file-name "../info" data-directory))) (if (file-directory-p dir) dir))) configure-info-directory))) (prefixes (prune-directory-list '("/usr/local/" "/usr/" "/opt/"))) (suffixes '("share/" "")) (standard-info-dirs (apply #'nconc (mapcar (lambda (pfx) (let ((dirs (mapcar (lambda (sfx) (concat pfx sfx "info/")) suffixes))) (prune-directory-list dirs))) prefixes))) (dirs (if (member config-dir standard-info-dirs) (nconc standard-info-dirs (list config-dir)) (cons config-dir standard-info-dirs)))) (if (not (eq system-type 'windows-nt)) dirs (let* ((instdir (file-name-directory invocation-directory)) (dir1 (expand-file-name "../info/" instdir)) (dir2 (expand-file-name "../../../info/" instdir))) (cond ((file-exists-p dir1) (append dirs (list dir1))) ((file-exists-p dir2) (append dirs (list dir2))) (t dirs))))) "\
18114 Default list of directories to search for Info documentation files.
18115 They are searched in the order they are given in the list.
18116 Therefore, the directory of Info files that come with Emacs
18117 normally should come last (so that local files override standard ones),
18118 unless Emacs is installed into a non-standard directory. In the latter
18119 case, the directory of Info files that come with Emacs should be
18120 first in this list.
18122 Once Info is started, the list of directories to search
18123 comes from the variable `Info-directory-list'.
18124 This variable `Info-default-directory-list' is used as the default
18125 for initializing `Info-directory-list' when Info is started, unless
18126 the environment variable INFOPATH is set.
18128 Although this is a customizable variable, that is mainly for technical
18129 reasons. Normally, you should either set INFOPATH or customize
18130 `Info-additional-directory-list', rather than changing this variable." :initialize (quote custom-initialize-delay) :type (quote (repeat directory)) :group (quote info))
18133 Like `info' but show the Info buffer in another window.
18139 Enter Info, the documentation browser.
18140 Optional argument FILE-OR-NODE specifies the file to examine;
18141 the default is the top-level directory of Info.
18142 Called from a program, FILE-OR-NODE may specify an Info node of the form
18144 Optional argument BUFFER specifies the Info buffer name;
18145 the default buffer name is *info*. If BUFFER exists,
18146 just switch to BUFFER. Otherwise, create a new buffer
18147 with the top-level Info directory.
18149 In interactive use, a non-numeric prefix argument directs
18150 this command to read a file name from the minibuffer.
18154 The search path for Info files is in the variable `Info-directory-list'.
18155 The top-level Info directory is made by combining all the files named `dir'
18156 in all the directories in that path.
18158 See a list of available Info commands in `Info-mode'.
18163 Display the Emacs manual in Info mode.
18173 Run Emacs as a standalone Info reader.
18174 Usage: emacs -f info-standalone [filename]
18180 Use Info mode to browse the current Info buffer.
18181 With a prefix arg, this queries for the node name to visit first;
18182 otherwise, that defaults to `Top'.
18187 Go to the Info directory node.
18192 Look up a string TOPIC in the index for this manual and go to that entry.
18193 If there are no exact matches to the specified topic, this chooses
18194 the first match which is a case-insensitive substring of a topic.
18196 Give an empty topic name to go to the Index node itself.
18201 Grovel indices of all known Info files on your system for STRING.
18202 Build a menu of the possible matches.
18207 Display descriptions of the keywords in the Finder virtual manual.
18208 In interactive use, a prefix argument directs this command to read
18209 a list of keywords separated by comma. After that, it displays a node
18210 with a list of packages that contain all specified keywords.
18215 Info mode provides commands for browsing through the Info documentation tree.
18217 one topic and contains references to other nodes which discuss related
18218 topics. Info has commands to follow the references and show you other nodes.
18223 Selecting other nodes:
18225 Follow a node reference you click on.
18226 This works with menu items, cross references, and
18228 \\[Info-follow-nearest-node] Follow a node reference near point, like \\[Info-mouse-follow-nearest-node].
18233 Picking a menu item causes another node to be selected.
18243 \\[Info-history-forward] Move forward in history to the node you returned from after using \\[Info-history-back].
18247 Moving within a node:
18249 Once you scroll far enough in a node that its menu appears on the
18250 screen but after point, the next scroll moves into its first
18251 subnode. When after all menu items (or if there is no menu),
18252 move up to the parent node.
18254 already visible, try to go to the previous menu entry, or up
18255 if there is none.
18258 Advanced commands:
18260 and select the node in which the next occurrence is found.
18261 \\[Info-search-case-sensitively] Search through this Info file for specified regexp case-sensitively.
18262 \\[isearch-forward], \\[isearch-forward-regexp] Use Isearch to search through multiple Info nodes.
18264 \\[Info-index-next] (comma) Move to the next match from a previous \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-index] command.
18268 You may include a filename as well, as (FILENAME)NODENAME.
18269 1 .. 9 Pick first ... ninth item in node's menu.
18270 Every third `*' is highlighted to help pick the right number.
18274 \\[universal-argument] N \\[info] Select Info buffer with prefix number in the name *info*<N>.
18280 Go to the Info node in the Emacs manual for command COMMAND.
18281 The command is found by looking up in Emacs manual's indices
18282 or in another manual found via COMMAND's `info-file' property or
18283 the variable `Info-file-list-for-emacs'.
18284 COMMAND must be a symbol or string.
18290 Go to the node in the Emacs manual which describes the command bound to KEY.
18291 KEY is a string.
18292 Interactively, if the binding is `execute-extended-command', a command is read.
18293 The command is found by looking up in Emacs manual's indices
18294 or in another manual found via COMMAND's `info-file' property or
18295 the variable `Info-file-list-for-emacs'.
18300 Initialize speedbar to display an Info node browser.
18301 This will add a speedbar major display mode.
18306 This implements the `handler' function interface for the record
18307 type returned by `Info-bookmark-make-record', which see.
18312 Display an Info buffer displaying MANUAL.
18313 If there is an existing Info buffer for MANUAL, display it.
18314 Otherwise, visit the manual in a new Info buffer. In interactive
18315 use, a prefix argument directs this command to limit the
18316 completion alternatives to currently visited manuals.
18320 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "info" '("info-" "Info-")))
18322 ;;;***
18323 \f
18324 ;;;### (autoloads nil "info-look" "info-look.el" (0 0 0 0))
18325 ;;; Generated autoloads from info-look.el
18328 Throw away all cached data.
18329 This command is useful if the user wants to start at the beginning without
18330 quitting Emacs, for example, after some Info documents were updated on the
18331 system.
18337 Display the definition of SYMBOL, as found in the relevant manual.
18338 When this command is called interactively, it reads SYMBOL from the
18339 minibuffer. In the minibuffer, use M-n to yank the default argument
18340 value into the minibuffer so you can edit it. The default symbol is the
18341 one found at point.
18343 With prefix arg MODE a query for the symbol help mode is offered.
18349 Display the documentation of a file.
18350 When this command is called interactively, it reads FILE from the minibuffer.
18351 In the minibuffer, use M-n to yank the default file name
18352 into the minibuffer so you can edit it.
18353 The default file name is the one found at point.
18355 With prefix arg MODE a query for the file help mode is offered.
18360 Perform completion on symbol preceding point.
18365 Perform completion on file preceding point.
18369 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "info-look" '("info-")))
18371 ;;;***
18372 \f
18373 ;;;### (autoloads nil "info-xref" "info-xref.el" (0 0 0 0))
18374 ;;; Generated autoloads from info-xref.el
18378 Check external references in FILENAME, an info document.
18379 Interactively from an `Info-mode' or `texinfo-mode' buffer the
18380 current info file is the default.
18382 Results are shown in a `compilation-mode' buffer. The format is
18383 a bit rough, but there shouldn't be many problems normally. The
18384 file:line:column: is the info document, but of course normally
18385 any correction should be made in the original .texi file.
18386 Finding the right place in the .texi is a manual process.
18388 When a target info file doesn't exist there's obviously no way to
18389 validate node references within it. A message is given for
18390 missing target files once per source document. It could be
18391 simply that you don't have the target installed, or it could be a
18392 mistake in the reference.
18394 Indirect info files are understood, just pass the top-level
18395 foo.info to `info-xref-check' and it traverses all sub-files.
18396 Compressed info files are accepted too as usual for `Info-mode'.
18399 not external references, which makes it rather easy for mistakes
18400 to creep in or node name changes to go unnoticed.
18401 `Info-validate' doesn't check external references either.
18406 Check external references in all info documents in the info path.
18407 `Info-directory-list' and `Info-additional-directory-list' are
18408 the info paths. See `info-xref-check' for how each file is
18409 checked.
18413 particular the Emacs manuals normally don't. If you have a
18414 source code directory in `Info-directory-list' then a lot of
18415 extraneous files might be read. This will be time consuming but
18416 should be harmless.
18421 Check info references in all customize groups and variables.
18422 Info references can be in `custom-manual' or `info-link' entries
18423 of the `custom-links' for a variable.
18425 Any `custom-load' autoloads in variables are loaded in order to
18426 get full link information. This will be a lot of Lisp packages
18427 and can take a long time.
18432 Check docstring info node references in source files.
18433 The given files are searched for docstring hyperlinks like
18435 Info node `(elisp)Documentation Tips'
18437 and those links checked by attempting to visit the target nodes
18438 as per `info-xref-check' does.
18440 Interactively filenames are read as a wildcard pattern like
18442 will be lisp sources, but anything with such hyperlinks can be
18443 checked, including the Emacs .c sources (or the etc/DOC file of
18444 all builtins).
18446 Because info node hyperlinks are found by a simple regexp search
18447 in the files, the Lisp code checked doesn't have to be loaded,
18448 and links can be in the file commentary or elsewhere too. Even
18449 .elc files can usually be checked successfully if you don't have
18450 the sources handy.
18454 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "info-xref" '("info-xref-")))
18456 ;;;***
18457 \f
18458 ;;;### (autoloads nil "informat" "informat.el" (0 0 0 0))
18459 ;;; Generated autoloads from informat.el
18462 Create or update Info file tag table in current buffer or in a region.
18472 Split an info file into an indirect file plus bounded-size subfiles.
18473 Each subfile will be up to the number of characters that
18474 `Info-split-threshold' specifies, plus one node.
18476 To use this command, first visit a large Info file that has a tag
18477 table. The buffer is modified into a (small) indirect info file which
18478 should be saved in place of the original visited file.
18480 The subfiles are written in the same directory the original file is
18481 in, with names generated by appending `-' and a number to the original
18482 file name. The indirect file still functions as an Info file, but it
18483 contains just the tag table and a directory of subfiles.
18488 Check current buffer for validity as an Info file.
18489 Check that every node pointer points to an existing node.
18494 Runs `Info-validate' on the files remaining on the command line.
18495 Must be used only with -batch, and kills Emacs on completion.
18496 Each file will be processed even if an error occurred previously.
18501 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "informat" '("Info-validate-")))
18503 ;;;***
18504 \f
18505 ;;;### (autoloads nil "inline" "emacs-lisp/inline.el" (0 0 0 0))
18506 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/inline.el
18517 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "inline" '("inline-")))
18519 ;;;***
18520 \f
18521 ;;;### (autoloads nil "inversion" "cedet/inversion.el" (0 0 0 0))
18522 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/inversion.el
18526 Declare that you need either EMACS-VER, XEMACS-VER or SXEMACS-ver.
18527 Only checks one based on which kind of Emacs is being run.
18531 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "inversion" '("inversion-")))
18533 ;;;***
18534 \f
18535 ;;;### (autoloads nil "isearch-x" "international/isearch-x.el" (0
18536 ;;;;;; 0 0 0))
18537 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/isearch-x.el
18540 Select an input method and turn it on in interactive search.
18545 Toggle input method in interactive search.
18554 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "isearch-x" '("isearch-")))
18556 ;;;***
18557 \f
18558 ;;;### (autoloads nil "isearchb" "isearchb.el" (0 0 0 0))
18559 ;;; Generated autoloads from isearchb.el
18563 Active isearchb mode for subsequent alphanumeric keystrokes.
18564 Executing this command again will terminate the search; or, if
18565 the search has not yet begun, will toggle to the last buffer
18566 accessed via isearchb.
18570 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "isearchb" '("isearchb")))
18572 ;;;***
18573 \f
18574 ;;;### (autoloads nil "iso-ascii" "international/iso-ascii.el" (0
18575 ;;;;;; 0 0 0))
18576 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/iso-ascii.el
18578 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "iso-ascii" '("iso-ascii-")))
18580 ;;;***
18581 \f
18582 ;;;### (autoloads nil "iso-cvt" "international/iso-cvt.el" (0 0 0
18583 ;;;;;; 0))
18584 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/iso-cvt.el
18587 Translate net conventions for Spanish to ISO 8859-1.
18588 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
18589 `iso-spanish-trans-tab'.
18590 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
18595 Translate net conventions for German to ISO 8859-1.
18596 Translate the region FROM and TO using the table
18597 `iso-german-trans-tab'.
18598 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
18603 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to TeX sequences.
18604 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
18605 `iso-iso2tex-trans-tab'.
18606 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
18611 Translate TeX sequences to ISO 8859-1 characters.
18612 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
18613 `iso-tex2iso-trans-tab'.
18614 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
18619 Translate German TeX sequences to ISO 8859-1 characters.
18620 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
18621 `iso-gtex2iso-trans-tab'.
18622 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
18627 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to German TeX sequences.
18628 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
18629 `iso-iso2gtex-trans-tab'.
18630 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
18635 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to Duden sequences.
18636 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
18637 `iso-iso2duden-trans-tab'.
18638 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
18643 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters in the region to SGML entities.
18645 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
18650 Translate SGML entities in the region to ISO 8859-1 characters.
18652 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
18657 Warn that format is read-only.
18662 Warn that format is write-only.
18667 Add submenus to the File menu, to convert to and from various formats.
18671 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "iso-cvt" '("iso-")))
18673 ;;;***
18674 \f
18675 ;;;### (autoloads nil "iso-transl" "international/iso-transl.el"
18676 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
18677 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/iso-transl.el
18681 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "iso-transl" '("iso-transl-")))
18683 ;;;***
18684 \f
18685 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ispell" "textmodes/ispell.el" (0 0 0 0))
18686 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/ispell.el
18691 File name of your personal spelling dictionary, or nil.
18703 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (setq ispell-menu-map (make-sparse-keymap "Spell")) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-change-dictionary] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Change Dictionary...") ispell-change-dictionary :help ,(purecopy "Supply explicit dictionary file name"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-kill-ispell] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Kill Process") (lambda nil (interactive) (ispell-kill-ispell nil 'clear)) :enable (and (boundp 'ispell-process) ispell-process (eq (ispell-process-status) 'run)) :help ,(purecopy "Terminate Ispell subprocess"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-pdict-save] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Save Dictionary") (lambda nil (interactive) (ispell-pdict-save t t)) :help ,(purecopy "Save personal dictionary"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-customize] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Customize...") (lambda nil (interactive) (customize-group 'ispell)) :help ,(purecopy "Customize spell checking options"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-help] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Help") (lambda nil (interactive) (describe-function 'ispell-help)) :help ,(purecopy "Show standard Ispell keybindings and commands"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [flyspell-mode] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Automatic spell checking (Flyspell)") flyspell-mode :help ,(purecopy "Check spelling while you edit the text") :button (:toggle bound-and-true-p flyspell-mode))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-complete-word] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Complete Word") ispell-complete-word :help ,(purecopy "Complete word at cursor using dictionary"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-complete-word-interior-frag] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Complete Word Fragment") ispell-complete-word-interior-frag :help ,(purecopy "Complete word fragment at cursor")))))
18705 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-continue] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Continue Spell-Checking") ispell-continue :enable (and (boundp 'ispell-region-end) (marker-position ispell-region-end) (equal (marker-buffer ispell-region-end) (current-buffer))) :help ,(purecopy "Continue spell checking last region"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-word] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Spell-Check Word") ispell-word :help ,(purecopy "Spell-check word at cursor"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-comments-and-strings] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Spell-Check Comments") ispell-comments-and-strings :help ,(purecopy "Spell-check only comments and strings")))))
18707 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-region] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Spell-Check Region") ispell-region :enable mark-active :help ,(purecopy "Spell-check text in marked region"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-message] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Spell-Check Message") ispell-message :visible (eq major-mode 'mail-mode) :help ,(purecopy "Skip headers and included message text"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-buffer] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Spell-Check Buffer") ispell-buffer :help ,(purecopy "Check spelling of selected buffer"))) (fset 'ispell-menu-map (symbol-value 'ispell-menu-map))))
18709 (defvar ispell-skip-region-alist `((ispell-words-keyword forward-line) (ispell-dictionary-keyword forward-line) (ispell-pdict-keyword forward-line) (ispell-parsing-keyword forward-line) (,(purecopy "^---*BEGIN PGP [A-Z ]*--*") \, (purecopy "^---*END PGP [A-Z ]*--*")) (,(purecopy "^begin [0-9][0-9][0-9] [^ ]+$") \, (purecopy "\nend\n")) (,(purecopy "^%!PS-Adobe-[123].0") \, (purecopy "\n%%EOF\n")) (,(purecopy "^---* \\(Start of \\)?[Ff]orwarded [Mm]essage") \, (purecopy "^---* End of [Ff]orwarded [Mm]essage"))) "\
18710 Alist expressing beginning and end of regions not to spell check.
18711 The alist key must be a regular expression.
18712 Valid forms include:
18713 (KEY) - just skip the key.
18714 (KEY . REGEXP) - skip to the end of REGEXP. REGEXP may be string or symbol.
18715 (KEY REGEXP) - skip to end of REGEXP. REGEXP must be a string.
18718 (defvar ispell-tex-skip-alists (purecopy '((("\\\\addcontentsline" ispell-tex-arg-end 2) ("\\\\add\\(tocontents\\|vspace\\)" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\\\([aA]lph\\|arabic\\)" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\cref" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\bibliographystyle" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\makebox" ispell-tex-arg-end 0) ("\\\\e?psfig" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\document\\(class\\|style\\)" . "\\\\begin[ \n]*{[ \n]*document[ \n]*}")) (("\\(figure\\|table\\)\\*?" ispell-tex-arg-end 0) ("list" ispell-tex-arg-end 2) ("program" . "\\\\end[ \n]*{[ \n]*program[ \n]*}") ("verbatim\\*?" . "\\\\end[ \n]*{[ \n]*verbatim\\*?[ \n]*}")))) "\
18719 Lists of regions to be skipped in TeX mode.
18720 First list is used raw.
18723 Delete or add any regions you want to be automatically selected
18726 (defconst ispell-html-skip-alists '(("<[cC][oO][dD][eE]\\>[^>]*>" "</[cC][oO][dD][eE]*>") ("<[sS][cC][rR][iI][pP][tT]\\>[^>]*>" "</[sS][cC][rR][iI][pP][tT]>") ("<[aA][pP][pP][lL][eE][tT]\\>[^>]*>" "</[aA][pP][pP][lL][eE][tT]>") ("<[vV][eE][rR][bB]\\>[^>]*>" "<[vV][eE][rR][bB]\\>[^>]*>") ("<[tT][tT]/" "/") ("<[^ \n>]" ">") ("&[^ \n;]" "[; \n]")) "\
18727 Lists of start and end keys to skip in HTML buffers.
18728 Same format as `ispell-skip-region-alist'.
18729 Note - substrings of other matches must come last
18735 Check spelling of word under or before the cursor.
18736 If the word is not found in dictionary, display possible corrections
18737 in a window allowing you to choose one.
18739 If optional argument FOLLOWING is non-nil or if `ispell-following-word'
18740 is non-nil when called interactively, then the following word
18741 \(rather than preceding) is checked when the cursor is not over a word.
18742 When the optional argument QUIETLY is non-nil or `ispell-quietly' is non-nil
18743 when called interactively, non-corrective messages are suppressed.
18745 With a prefix argument (or if CONTINUE is non-nil),
18746 resume interrupted spell-checking of a buffer or region.
18748 Interactively, in Transient Mark mode when the mark is active, call
18749 `ispell-region' to check the active region for spelling errors.
18751 Word syntax is controlled by the definition of the chosen dictionary,
18752 which is in `ispell-local-dictionary-alist' or `ispell-dictionary-alist'.
18757 Return values:
18758 nil word is correct or spelling is accepted.
18759 0 word is inserted into buffer-local definitions.
18762 quit spell session exited.
18767 Check to see if the personal dictionary has been modified.
18768 If so, ask if it needs to be saved.
18773 Display a list of the options available when a misspelling is encountered.
18775 Selections are:
18777 DIGIT: Replace the word with a digit offered in the *Choices* buffer.
18778 SPC: Accept word this time.
18779 `i': Accept word and insert into private dictionary.
18780 `a': Accept word for this session.
18781 `A': Accept word and place in `buffer-local dictionary'.
18782 `r': Replace word with typed-in value. Rechecked.
18783 `R': Replace word with typed-in value. Query-replaced in buffer. Rechecked.
18784 `?': Show these commands.
18785 `x': Exit spelling buffer. Move cursor to original point.
18786 `X': Exit spelling buffer. Leaves cursor at the current point, and permits
18787 the aborted check to be completed later.
18788 `q': Quit spelling session (Kills ispell process).
18789 `l': Look up typed-in replacement in alternate dictionary. Wildcards okay.
18790 `u': Like `i', but the word is lower-cased first.
18791 `m': Place typed-in value in personal dictionary, then recheck current word.
18792 `C-l': Redraw screen.
18793 `C-r': Recursive edit.
18794 `C-z': Suspend Emacs or iconify frame.
18799 Kill current Ispell process (so that you may start a fresh one).
18800 With NO-ERROR, just return non-nil if there was no Ispell running.
18801 With CLEAR, buffer session localwords are cleaned.
18806 Change to dictionary DICT for Ispell.
18810 By just answering RET you can find out what the current dictionary is.
18815 Interactively check a region for spelling errors.
18816 Return nil if spell session was terminated, otherwise returns shift offset
18817 amount for last line processed.
18822 Check comments and strings in the current buffer for spelling errors.
18827 Check the current buffer for spelling errors interactively.
18832 `ispell-buffer' with some output sent to `ispell-debug-buffer' buffer.
18833 If APPEND is non-n il, append the info to previous buffer if exists.
18838 Continue a halted spelling session beginning with the current word.
18843 Try to complete the word before or at point.
18844 If optional INTERIOR-FRAG is non-nil, then the word may be a character
18845 sequence inside of a word.
18847 Standard ispell choices are then available.
18852 Completes word matching character sequence inside a word.
18857 Interactively check a region or buffer for spelling errors.
18858 If `transient-mark-mode' is on, and a region is active, spell-check
18859 that region. Otherwise spell-check the buffer.
18861 Ispell dictionaries are not distributed with Emacs. If you are
18862 looking for a dictionary, please see the distribution of the GNU ispell
18863 program, or do an Internet search; there are various dictionaries
18864 available on the net.
18869 Toggle last-word spell checking (Ispell minor mode).
18870 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Ispell minor mode if ARG is
18871 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
18872 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
18874 Ispell minor mode is a buffer-local minor mode. When enabled,
18875 typing SPC or RET warns you if the previous word is incorrectly
18876 spelled.
18878 All the buffer-local variables and dictionaries are ignored. To
18880 SPC.
18883 RET, use `flyspell-mode'.
18888 Check the spelling of a mail message or news post.
18889 Don't check spelling of message headers except the Subject field.
18890 Don't check included messages.
18892 To abort spell checking of a message region and send the message anyway,
18893 use the `x' command. (Any subsequent regions will be checked.)
18894 The `X' command aborts sending the message so that you can edit the buffer.
18896 To spell-check whenever a message is sent, include the appropriate lines
18897 in your init file:
18903 You can bind this to the key C-c i in GNUS or mail by adding to
18904 `news-reply-mode-hook' or `mail-mode-hook' the following lambda expression:
18909 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ispell" '("ispell-" "check-ispell-version")))
18911 ;;;***
18912 \f
18913 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ja-dic-cnv" "international/ja-dic-cnv.el"
18914 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
18915 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/ja-dic-cnv.el
18917 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ja-dic-cnv" '("skkdic-" "batch-skkdic-convert" "ja-dic-filename")))
18919 ;;;***
18920 \f
18921 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ja-dic-utl" "international/ja-dic-utl.el"
18922 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
18923 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/ja-dic-utl.el
18925 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ja-dic-utl" '("skkdic-")))
18927 ;;;***
18928 \f
18929 ;;;### (autoloads nil "japan-util" "language/japan-util.el" (0 0
18930 ;;;;;; 0 0))
18931 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/japan-util.el
18939 Convert argument to Katakana and return that.
18940 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
18941 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
18942 Optional argument HANKAKU t means to convert to `hankaku' Katakana
18943 \(`japanese-jisx0201-kana'), in which case return value
18944 may be a string even if OBJ is a character if two Katakanas are
18945 necessary to represent OBJ.
18950 Convert argument to Hiragana and return that.
18951 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
18952 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
18957 Convert argument to `hankaku' and return that.
18958 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
18959 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
18960 Optional argument ASCII-ONLY non-nil means to return only ASCII character.
18965 Convert argument to `zenkaku' and return that.
18966 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
18967 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
18972 Convert Japanese `hiragana' chars in the region to `katakana' chars.
18973 Optional argument HANKAKU t means to convert to `hankaku katakana' character
18974 of which charset is `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
18979 Convert Japanese `katakana' chars in the region to `hiragana' chars.
18984 Convert Japanese `zenkaku' chars in the region to `hankaku' chars.
18985 `Zenkaku' chars belong to `japanese-jisx0208'
18986 `Hankaku' chars belong to `ascii' or `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
18987 Optional argument ASCII-ONLY non-nil means to convert only to ASCII char.
18992 Convert hankaku' chars in the region to Japanese `zenkaku' chars.
18993 `Zenkaku' chars belong to `japanese-jisx0208'
18994 `Hankaku' chars belong to `ascii' or `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
18995 Optional argument KATAKANA-ONLY non-nil means to convert only KATAKANA char.
19000 Read a Hiragana string from the minibuffer, prompting with string PROMPT.
19001 If non-nil, second arg INITIAL-INPUT is a string to insert before reading.
19005 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "japan-util" '("japanese-")))
19007 ;;;***
19008 \f
19009 ;;;### (autoloads nil "jka-compr" "jka-compr.el" (0 0 0 0))
19010 ;;; Generated autoloads from jka-compr.el
19013 Non-nil means inhibit automatic uncompression temporarily.
19014 Lisp programs can bind this to t to do that.
19023 Uninstall jka-compr.
19024 This removes the entries in `file-name-handler-alist' and `auto-mode-alist'
19025 and `inhibit-local-variables-suffixes' that were added
19026 by `jka-compr-installed'.
19030 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "jka-compr" '("jka-compr-" "compression-error")))
19032 ;;;***
19033 \f
19034 ;;;### (autoloads nil "js" "progmodes/js.el" (0 0 0 0))
19035 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/js.el
19039 Major mode for editing JavaScript.
19044 Major mode for editing JSX.
19046 To customize the indentation for this mode, set the SGML offset
19047 variables (`sgml-basic-offset', `sgml-attribute-offset' et al.)
19048 locally, like so:
19050 (defun set-jsx-indentation ()
19051 (setq-local sgml-basic-offset js-indent-level))
19057 (dolist (name (list "node" "nodejs" "gjs" "rhino")) (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist (cons (purecopy name) 'js-mode)))
19059 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "js" '("js-" "with-js")))
19061 ;;;***
19062 \f
19063 ;;;### (autoloads nil "json" "json.el" (0 0 0 0))
19064 ;;; Generated autoloads from json.el
19069 ;;;***
19070 \f
19071 ;;;### (autoloads nil "kermit" "kermit.el" (0 0 0 0))
19072 ;;; Generated autoloads from kermit.el
19074 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "kermit" '("kermit-")))
19076 ;;;***
19077 \f
19078 ;;;### (autoloads nil "keypad" "emulation/keypad.el" (0 0 0 0))
19079 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/keypad.el
19082 Specifies the keypad setup for unshifted keypad keys when NumLock is off.
19083 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
19089 Specifies the keypad setup for unshifted keypad keys when NumLock is on.
19090 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
19096 Specifies the keypad setup for shifted keypad keys when NumLock is off.
19097 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
19103 Specifies the keypad setup for shifted keypad keys when NumLock is off.
19104 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
19110 Set keypad bindings in `function-key-map' according to SETUP.
19111 If optional second argument NUMLOCK is non-nil, the NumLock On bindings
19112 are changed. Otherwise, the NumLock Off bindings are changed.
19113 If optional third argument SHIFT is non-nil, the shifted keypad
19114 keys are bound.
19116 Setup Binding
19117 -------------------------------------------------------------
19118 `prefix' Command prefix argument, i.e. M-0 .. M-9 and M--
19119 `S-cursor' Bind shifted keypad keys to the shifted cursor movement keys.
19120 `cursor' Bind keypad keys to the cursor movement keys.
19121 `numeric' Plain numeric keypad, i.e. 0 .. 9 and . (or DECIMAL arg)
19122 `none' Removes all bindings for keypad keys in function-key-map;
19123 this enables any user-defined bindings for the keypad keys
19124 in the global and local keymaps.
19126 If SETUP is `numeric' and the optional fourth argument DECIMAL is non-nil,
19127 the decimal key on the keypad is mapped to DECIMAL instead of `.'
19131 ;;;***
19132 \f
19133 ;;;### (autoloads nil "kinsoku" "international/kinsoku.el" (0 0 0
19134 ;;;;;; 0))
19135 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/kinsoku.el
19138 Go to a line breaking position near point by doing `kinsoku' processing.
19139 LINEBEG is a buffer position we can't break a line before.
19141 `Kinsoku' processing is to prohibit specific characters to be placed
19142 at beginning of line or at end of line. Characters not to be placed
19143 at beginning and end of line have character category `>' and `<'
19144 respectively. This restriction is dissolved by making a line longer or
19145 shorter.
19147 `Kinsoku' is a Japanese word which originally means ordering to stay
19148 in one place, and is used for the text processing described above in
19149 the context of text formatting.
19153 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "kinsoku" '("kinsoku-")))
19155 ;;;***
19156 \f
19157 ;;;### (autoloads nil "kkc" "international/kkc.el" (0 0 0 0))
19158 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/kkc.el
19161 Functions to run after a conversion is selected in `japanese' input method.
19162 With this input method, a user can select a proper conversion from
19163 candidate list. Each time he changes the selection, functions in this
19164 list are called with two arguments; starting and ending buffer
19168 Convert Kana string in the current region to Kanji-Kana mixed string.
19169 Users can select a desirable conversion interactively.
19170 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
19171 positions FROM and TO (integers or markers) specifying the target region.
19172 When it returns, the point is at the tail of the selected conversion,
19173 and the return value is the length of the conversion.
19179 ;;;***
19180 \f
19181 ;;;### (autoloads nil "kmacro" "kmacro.el" (0 0 0 0))
19182 ;;; Generated autoloads from kmacro.el
19187 (global-set-key [f4] 'kmacro-end-or-call-macro)
19188 (global-set-key "\C-x\C-k" 'kmacro-keymap)
19189 (autoload 'kmacro-keymap "kmacro" "Keymap for keyboard macro commands." t 'keymap)
19191 (autoload 'kmacro-exec-ring-item "kmacro" "\
19192 Execute item ITEM from the macro ring.
19193 ARG is the number of times to execute the item.
19195 \(fn ITEM ARG)" nil nil)
19197 (autoload 'kmacro-start-macro "kmacro" "\
19198 Record subsequent keyboard input, defining a keyboard macro.
19199 The commands are recorded even as they are executed.
19203 Non-nil arg (prefix arg) means append to last macro defined.
19206 defined. Depending on `kmacro-execute-before-append', this may begin
19207 by re-executing the last macro as if you typed it again.
19209 Otherwise, it sets `kmacro-counter' to ARG or 0 if missing before
19210 defining the macro.
19213 The counter value can be set or modified via \\[kmacro-set-counter] and \\[kmacro-add-counter].
19217 after another macro is defined.
19220 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
19222 (autoload 'kmacro-end-macro "kmacro" "\
19223 Finish defining a keyboard macro.
19227 under that name.
19229 With numeric arg, repeat macro now that many times,
19230 counting the definition just completed as the first repetition.
19231 An argument of zero means repeat until error.
19233 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
19235 (autoload 'kmacro-call-macro "kmacro" "\
19237 A prefix argument serves as a repeat count. Zero means repeat until error.
19238 MACRO defaults to `last-kbd-macro'.
19240 When you call the macro, you can call the macro again by repeating
19241 just the last key in the key sequence that you used to call this
19242 command. See `kmacro-call-repeat-key' and `kmacro-call-repeat-with-arg'
19243 for details on how to adjust or disable this behavior.
19245 To give a macro a name so you can call it even after defining others,
19248 \(fn ARG &optional NO-REPEAT END-MACRO MACRO)" t nil)
19250 (autoload 'kmacro-start-macro-or-insert-counter "kmacro" "\
19251 Record subsequent keyboard input, defining a keyboard macro.
19252 The commands are recorded even as they are executed.
19254 Sets the `kmacro-counter' to ARG (or 0 if no prefix arg) before defining the
19255 macro.
19258 the current value of `kmacro-counter').
19260 When defining/executing macro, inserts macro counter and increments
19262 inserts previous `kmacro-counter' (but do not modify counter).
19267 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
19269 (autoload 'kmacro-end-or-call-macro "kmacro" "\
19270 End kbd macro if currently being defined; else call last kbd macro.
19271 With numeric prefix ARG, repeat macro that many times.
19274 \(fn ARG &optional NO-REPEAT)" t nil)
19276 (autoload 'kmacro-end-and-call-macro "kmacro" "\
19277 Call last keyboard macro, ending it first if currently being defined.
19278 With numeric prefix ARG, repeat macro that many times.
19279 Zero argument means repeat until there is an error.
19281 To give a macro a name, so you can call it even after defining other
19284 \(fn ARG &optional NO-REPEAT)" t nil)
19286 (autoload 'kmacro-end-call-mouse "kmacro" "\
19287 Move point to the position clicked with the mouse and call last kbd macro.
19288 If kbd macro currently being defined end it before activating it.
19290 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
19292 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "kmacro" '("kmacro-")))
19294 ;;;***
19295 \f
19296 ;;;### (autoloads nil "korea-util" "language/korea-util.el" (0 0
19297 ;;;;;; 0 0))
19298 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/korea-util.el
19300 (defvar default-korean-keyboard (purecopy (if (string-match "3" (or (getenv "HANGUL_KEYBOARD_TYPE") "")) "3" "")) "\
19301 The kind of Korean keyboard for Korean input method.
19304 (autoload 'setup-korean-environment-internal "korea-util" "\
19307 \(fn)" nil nil)
19309 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "korea-util" '("exit-korean-environment" "korean-key-bindings" "isearch-" "quail-hangul-switch-" "toggle-korean-input-method")))
19311 ;;;***
19312 \f
19313 ;;;### (autoloads nil "lao-util" "language/lao-util.el" (0 0 0 0))
19314 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/lao-util.el
19316 (autoload 'lao-compose-string "lao-util" "\
19319 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
19321 (autoload 'lao-transcribe-single-roman-syllable-to-lao "lao-util" "\
19322 Transcribe a Romanized Lao syllable in the region FROM and TO to Lao string.
19323 Only the first syllable is transcribed.
19324 The value has the form: (START END LAO-STRING), where
19325 START and END are the beginning and end positions of the Roman Lao syllable,
19326 LAO-STRING is the Lao character transcription of it.
19328 Optional 3rd arg STR, if non-nil, is a string to search for Roman Lao
19329 syllable. In that case, FROM and TO are indexes to STR.
19331 \(fn FROM TO &optional STR)" nil nil)
19333 (autoload 'lao-transcribe-roman-to-lao-string "lao-util" "\
19334 Transcribe Romanized Lao string STR to Lao character string.
19336 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
19338 (autoload 'lao-composition-function "lao-util" "\
19341 \(fn GSTRING)" nil nil)
19343 (autoload 'lao-compose-region "lao-util" "\
19346 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
19348 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "lao-util" '("lao-")))
19350 ;;;***
19351 \f
19352 ;;;### (autoloads nil "latexenc" "international/latexenc.el" (0 0
19353 ;;;;;; 0 0))
19354 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/latexenc.el
19356 (defvar latex-inputenc-coding-alist (purecopy '(("ansinew" . windows-1252) ("applemac" . mac-roman) ("ascii" . us-ascii) ("cp1250" . windows-1250) ("cp1252" . windows-1252) ("cp1257" . cp1257) ("cp437de" . cp437) ("cp437" . cp437) ("cp850" . cp850) ("cp852" . cp852) ("cp858" . cp858) ("cp865" . cp865) ("latin1" . iso-8859-1) ("latin2" . iso-8859-2) ("latin3" . iso-8859-3) ("latin4" . iso-8859-4) ("latin5" . iso-8859-5) ("latin9" . iso-8859-15) ("next" . next) ("utf8" . utf-8) ("utf8x" . utf-8))) "\
19359 Used by the function `latexenc-find-file-coding-system'.")
19361 (custom-autoload 'latex-inputenc-coding-alist "latexenc" t)
19363 (autoload 'latexenc-inputenc-to-coding-system "latexenc" "\
19364 Return the corresponding coding-system for the specified input encoding.
19365 Return nil if no matching coding system can be found.
19367 \(fn INPUTENC)" nil nil)
19369 (autoload 'latexenc-coding-system-to-inputenc "latexenc" "\
19370 Return the corresponding input encoding for the specified coding system.
19371 Return nil if no matching input encoding can be found.
19373 \(fn CS)" nil nil)
19375 (autoload 'latexenc-find-file-coding-system "latexenc" "\
19378 coding system names is determined from `latex-inputenc-coding-alist'.
19380 \(fn ARG-LIST)" nil nil)
19382 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "latexenc" '("latexenc-dont-use-")))
19384 ;;;***
19385 \f
19386 ;;;### (autoloads nil "latin1-disp" "international/latin1-disp.el"
19387 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
19388 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/latin1-disp.el
19390 (defvar latin1-display nil "\
19391 Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for ISO8859 character sets.
19392 This is done for each character set in the list `latin1-display-sets',
19393 if no font is available to display it. Characters are displayed using
19394 the corresponding Latin-1 characters where they match. Otherwise
19395 ASCII sequences are used, mostly following the Latin prefix input
19396 methods. Some different ASCII sequences are used if
19397 `latin1-display-mnemonic' is non-nil.
19399 This option also treats some characters in the `mule-unicode-...'
19400 charsets if you don't have a Unicode font with which to display them.
19402 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
19405 (custom-autoload 'latin1-display "latin1-disp" nil)
19407 (autoload 'latin1-display "latin1-disp" "\
19408 Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for the arguments character SETS.
19409 See option `latin1-display' for the method. The members of the list
19410 must be in `latin1-display-sets'. With no arguments, reset the
19411 display for all of `latin1-display-sets'. See also
19412 `latin1-display-setup'.
19414 \(fn &rest SETS)" nil nil)
19416 (defvar latin1-display-ucs-per-lynx nil "\
19417 Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for Unicode characters.
19418 This uses the transliterations of the Lynx browser. The display isn't
19419 changed if the display can render Unicode characters.
19421 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
19424 (custom-autoload 'latin1-display-ucs-per-lynx "latin1-disp" nil)
19426 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "latin1-disp" '("latin1-display-")))
19428 ;;;***
19429 \f
19430 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ld-script" "progmodes/ld-script.el" (0 0 0
19431 ;;;;;; 0))
19432 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ld-script.el
19434 (autoload 'ld-script-mode "ld-script" "\
19435 A major mode to edit GNU ld script files
19437 \(fn)" t nil)
19439 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ld-script" '("ld-script-")))
19441 ;;;***
19442 \f
19443 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ldap" "net/ldap.el" (0 0 0 0))
19444 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/ldap.el
19446 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ldap" '("ldap-")))
19448 ;;;***
19449 \f
19450 ;;;### (autoloads nil "legacy-gnus-agent" "gnus/legacy-gnus-agent.el"
19451 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
19452 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/legacy-gnus-agent.el
19454 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "legacy-gnus-agent" '("gnus-agent-")))
19456 ;;;***
19457 \f
19458 ;;;### (autoloads nil "let-alist" "emacs-lisp/let-alist.el" (0 0
19459 ;;;;;; 0 0))
19460 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/let-alist.el
19461 (push (purecopy '(let-alist 1 0 5)) package--builtin-versions)
19463 (autoload 'let-alist "let-alist" "\
19464 Let-bind dotted symbols to their cdrs in ALIST and execute BODY.
19465 Dotted symbol is any symbol starting with a `.'. Only those present
19466 in BODY are let-bound and this search is done at compile time.
19468 For instance, the following code
19470 (let-alist alist
19471 (if (and .title .body)
19472 .body
19473 .site
19474 .site.contents))
19476 essentially expands to
19482 (if (and .title .body)
19483 .body
19484 .site
19485 .site.contents))
19487 If you nest `let-alist' invocations, the inner one can't access
19488 the variables of the outer one. You can, however, access alists
19489 inside the original alist by using dots inside the symbol, as
19490 displayed in the example above.
19492 \(fn ALIST &rest BODY)" nil t)
19494 (function-put 'let-alist 'lisp-indent-function '1)
19496 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "let-alist" '("let-alist--")))
19498 ;;;***
19499 \f
19500 ;;;### (autoloads nil "life" "play/life.el" (0 0 0 0))
19501 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/life.el
19503 (autoload 'life "life" "\
19504 Run Conway's Life simulation.
19505 The starting pattern is randomly selected. Prefix arg (optional first
19506 arg non-nil from a program) is the number of seconds to sleep between
19507 generations (this defaults to 1).
19509 \(fn &optional SLEEPTIME)" t nil)
19511 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "life" '("life-")))
19513 ;;;***
19514 \f
19515 ;;;### (autoloads nil "linum" "linum.el" (0 0 0 0))
19516 ;;; Generated autoloads from linum.el
19517 (push (purecopy '(linum 0 9 24)) package--builtin-versions)
19519 (autoload 'linum-mode "linum" "\
19520 Toggle display of line numbers in the left margin (Linum mode).
19521 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Linum mode if ARG is positive,
19522 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
19523 if ARG is omitted or nil.
19525 Linum mode is a buffer-local minor mode.
19527 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19529 (defvar global-linum-mode nil "\
19530 Non-nil if Global Linum mode is enabled.
19531 See the `global-linum-mode' command
19532 for a description of this minor mode.
19533 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
19534 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
19535 or call the function `global-linum-mode'.")
19537 (custom-autoload 'global-linum-mode "linum" nil)
19539 (autoload 'global-linum-mode "linum" "\
19540 Toggle Linum mode in all buffers.
19541 With prefix ARG, enable Global Linum mode if ARG is positive;
19542 otherwise, disable it. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if
19543 ARG is omitted or nil.
19545 Linum mode is enabled in all buffers where
19546 `linum-on' would do it.
19547 See `linum-mode' for more information on Linum mode.
19549 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19551 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "linum" '("linum-")))
19553 ;;;***
19554 \f
19555 ;;;### (autoloads nil "lisp-mnt" "emacs-lisp/lisp-mnt.el" (0 0 0
19556 ;;;;;; 0))
19557 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/lisp-mnt.el
19559 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "lisp-mnt" '("lm-")))
19561 ;;;***
19562 \f
19563 ;;;### (autoloads nil "loadhist" "loadhist.el" (0 0 0 0))
19564 ;;; Generated autoloads from loadhist.el
19566 (autoload 'unload-feature "loadhist" "\
19567 Unload the library that provided FEATURE.
19568 If the feature is required by any other loaded code, and prefix arg FORCE
19569 is nil, raise an error.
19571 Standard unloading activities include restoring old autoloads for
19572 functions defined by the library, undoing any additions that the
19573 library has made to hook variables or to `auto-mode-alist', undoing
19574 ELP profiling of functions in that library, unproviding any features
19575 provided by the library, and canceling timers held in variables
19576 defined by the library.
19578 If a function `FEATURE-unload-function' is defined, this function
19579 calls it with no arguments, before doing anything else. That function
19580 can do whatever is appropriate to undo the loading of the library. If
19581 `FEATURE-unload-function' returns non-nil, that suppresses the
19582 standard unloading of the library. Otherwise the standard unloading
19583 proceeds.
19585 `FEATURE-unload-function' has access to the package's list of
19586 definitions in the variable `unload-function-defs-list' and could
19587 remove symbols from it in the event that the package has done
19588 something strange, such as redefining an Emacs function.
19590 \(fn FEATURE &optional FORCE)" t nil)
19592 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "loadhist" '("loadhist-" "unload-" "read-feature" "feature-" "file-")))
19594 ;;;***
19595 \f
19596 ;;;### (autoloads nil "locate" "locate.el" (0 0 0 0))
19597 ;;; Generated autoloads from locate.el
19599 (defvar locate-ls-subdir-switches (purecopy "-al") "\
19600 `ls' switches for inserting subdirectories in `*Locate*' buffers.
19603 (custom-autoload 'locate-ls-subdir-switches "locate" t)
19605 (autoload 'locate "locate" "\
19606 Run the program `locate', putting results in `*Locate*' buffer.
19607 Pass it SEARCH-STRING as argument. Interactively, prompt for SEARCH-STRING.
19608 With prefix arg ARG, prompt for the exact shell command to run instead.
19610 This program searches for those file names in a database that match
19611 SEARCH-STRING and normally outputs all matching absolute file names,
19612 one per line. The database normally consists of all files on your
19613 system, or of all files that you have access to. Consult the
19614 documentation of the program for the details about how it determines
19615 which file names match SEARCH-STRING. (Those details vary highly with
19616 the version.)
19618 You can specify another program for this command to run by customizing
19619 the variables `locate-command' or `locate-make-command-line'.
19621 The main use of FILTER is to implement `locate-with-filter'. See
19622 the docstring of that function for its meaning.
19624 After preparing the results buffer, this runs `dired-mode-hook' and
19625 then `locate-post-command-hook'.
19627 \(fn SEARCH-STRING &optional FILTER ARG)" t nil)
19629 (autoload 'locate-with-filter "locate" "\
19630 Run the executable program `locate' with a filter.
19631 This function is similar to the function `locate', which see.
19632 The difference is that, when invoked interactively, the present function
19633 prompts for both SEARCH-STRING and FILTER. It passes SEARCH-STRING
19634 to the locate executable program. It produces a `*Locate*' buffer
19635 that lists only those lines in the output of the locate program that
19636 contain a match for the regular expression FILTER; this is often useful
19637 to constrain a big search.
19639 ARG is the interactive prefix arg, which has the same effect as in `locate'.
19641 When called from Lisp, this function is identical with `locate',
19642 except that FILTER is not optional.
19644 \(fn SEARCH-STRING FILTER &optional ARG)" t nil)
19646 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "locate" '("locate-")))
19648 ;;;***
19649 \f
19650 ;;;### (autoloads nil "log-edit" "vc/log-edit.el" (0 0 0 0))
19651 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/log-edit.el
19653 (autoload 'log-edit "log-edit" "\
19654 Setup a buffer to enter a log message.
19655 The buffer is put in mode MODE or `log-edit-mode' if MODE is nil.
19657 If SETUP is non-nil, erase the buffer and run `log-edit-hook'.
19658 Set mark and point around the entire contents of the buffer, so
19659 that it is easy to kill the contents of the buffer with
19662 call CALLBACK to do the actual commit.
19664 PARAMS if non-nil is an alist of variables and buffer-local
19665 values to give them in the Log Edit buffer. Possible keys and
19666 associated values:
19667 `log-edit-listfun' -- function taking no arguments that returns the list of
19668 files that are concerned by the current operation (using relative names);
19669 `log-edit-diff-function' -- function taking no arguments that
19670 displays a diff of the files concerned by the current operation.
19671 `vc-log-fileset' -- the VC fileset to be committed (if any).
19673 If BUFFER is non-nil `log-edit' will jump to that buffer, use it
19674 to edit the log message and go back to the current buffer when
19675 done. Otherwise, it uses the current buffer.
19677 \(fn CALLBACK &optional SETUP PARAMS BUFFER MODE &rest IGNORE)" nil nil)
19679 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "log-edit" '("log-edit-" "vc-log-")))
19681 ;;;***
19682 \f
19683 ;;;### (autoloads nil "log-view" "vc/log-view.el" (0 0 0 0))
19684 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/log-view.el
19686 (autoload 'log-view-mode "log-view" "\
19687 Major mode for browsing CVS log output.
19689 \(fn)" t nil)
19691 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "log-view" '("log-view-")))
19693 ;;;***
19694 \f
19695 ;;;### (autoloads nil "lpr" "lpr.el" (0 0 0 0))
19696 ;;; Generated autoloads from lpr.el
19698 (defvar lpr-windows-system (memq system-type '(ms-dos windows-nt)) "\
19699 Non-nil if running on MS-DOS or MS Windows.")
19701 (defvar lpr-lp-system (memq system-type '(usg-unix-v hpux)) "\
19704 (defvar printer-name (and (eq system-type 'ms-dos) "PRN") "\
19705 The name of a local printer to which data is sent for printing.
19706 \(Note that PostScript files are sent to `ps-printer-name', which see.)
19708 On Unix-like systems, a string value should be a name understood by
19709 lpr's -P option; otherwise the value should be nil.
19711 On MS-DOS and MS-Windows systems, a string value is taken as the name of
19716 it to the name of a file, in which case the output gets appended to that
19719 (custom-autoload 'printer-name "lpr" t)
19721 (defvar lpr-switches nil "\
19722 List of strings to pass as extra options for the printer program.
19723 It is recommended to set `printer-name' instead of including an explicit
19724 switch on this list.
19725 See `lpr-command'.")
19727 (custom-autoload 'lpr-switches "lpr" t)
19729 (defvar lpr-command (purecopy (cond (lpr-windows-system "") (lpr-lp-system "lp") (t "lpr"))) "\
19730 Name of program for printing a file.
19732 On MS-DOS and MS-Windows systems, if the value is an empty string then
19733 Emacs will write directly to the printer port named by `printer-name'.
19734 The programs `print' and `nprint' (the standard print programs on
19735 Windows NT and Novell Netware respectively) are handled specially, using
19736 `printer-name' as the destination for output; any other program is
19737 treated like `lpr' except that an explicit filename is given as the last
19738 argument.")
19740 (custom-autoload 'lpr-command "lpr" t)
19742 (autoload 'lpr-buffer "lpr" "\
19743 Print buffer contents without pagination or page headers.
19744 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
19745 for customization of the printer command.
19747 \(fn)" t nil)
19749 (autoload 'print-buffer "lpr" "\
19750 Paginate and print buffer contents.
19752 The variable `lpr-headers-switches' controls how to paginate.
19753 If it is nil (the default), we run the `pr' program (or whatever program
19754 `lpr-page-header-program' specifies) to paginate.
19755 `lpr-page-header-switches' specifies the switches for that program.
19757 Otherwise, the switches in `lpr-headers-switches' are used
19758 in the print command itself; we expect them to request pagination.
19760 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
19761 for further customization of the printer command.
19763 \(fn)" t nil)
19765 (autoload 'lpr-region "lpr" "\
19766 Print region contents without pagination or page headers.
19767 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
19768 for customization of the printer command.
19770 \(fn START END)" t nil)
19772 (autoload 'print-region "lpr" "\
19773 Paginate and print the region contents.
19775 The variable `lpr-headers-switches' controls how to paginate.
19776 If it is nil (the default), we run the `pr' program (or whatever program
19777 `lpr-page-header-program' specifies) to paginate.
19778 `lpr-page-header-switches' specifies the switches for that program.
19780 Otherwise, the switches in `lpr-headers-switches' are used
19781 in the print command itself; we expect them to request pagination.
19783 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
19784 for further customization of the printer command.
19786 \(fn START END)" t nil)
19788 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "lpr" '("lpr-" "print")))
19790 ;;;***
19791 \f
19792 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ls-lisp" "ls-lisp.el" (0 0 0 0))
19793 ;;; Generated autoloads from ls-lisp.el
19795 (defvar ls-lisp-support-shell-wildcards t "\
19796 Non-nil means ls-lisp treats file patterns as shell wildcards.
19797 Otherwise they are treated as Emacs regexps (for backward compatibility).")
19799 (custom-autoload 'ls-lisp-support-shell-wildcards "ls-lisp" t)
19801 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ls-lisp" '("ls-lisp-")))
19803 ;;;***
19804 \f
19805 ;;;### (autoloads nil "lunar" "calendar/lunar.el" (0 0 0 0))
19806 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/lunar.el
19808 (autoload 'lunar-phases "lunar" "\
19809 Display the quarters of the moon for last month, this month, and next month.
19810 If called with an optional prefix argument ARG, prompts for month and year.
19811 This function is suitable for execution in an init file.
19813 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19815 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "lunar" '("lunar-" "diary-lunar-phases" "calendar-lunar-phases")))
19817 ;;;***
19818 \f
19819 ;;;### (autoloads nil "m4-mode" "progmodes/m4-mode.el" (0 0 0 0))
19820 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/m4-mode.el
19822 (autoload 'm4-mode "m4-mode" "\
19823 A major mode to edit m4 macro files.
19825 \(fn)" t nil)
19827 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "m4-mode" '("m4-")))
19829 ;;;***
19830 \f
19831 ;;;### (autoloads nil "macros" "macros.el" (0 0 0 0))
19832 ;;; Generated autoloads from macros.el
19834 (autoload 'name-last-kbd-macro "macros" "\
19835 Assign a name to the last keyboard macro defined.
19836 Argument SYMBOL is the name to define.
19837 The symbol's function definition becomes the keyboard macro string.
19840 \(fn SYMBOL)" t nil)
19842 (autoload 'insert-kbd-macro "macros" "\
19843 Insert in buffer the definition of kbd macro MACRONAME, as Lisp code.
19844 MACRONAME should be a symbol.
19845 Optional second arg KEYS means also record the keys it is on
19846 \(this is the prefix argument, when calling interactively).
19848 This Lisp code will, when executed, define the kbd macro with the same
19849 definition it has now. If you say to record the keys, the Lisp code
19850 will also rebind those keys to the macro. Only global key bindings
19851 are recorded since executing this Lisp code always makes global
19852 bindings.
19854 To save a kbd macro, visit a file of Lisp code such as your `~/.emacs',
19855 use this command, and then save the file.
19857 \(fn MACRONAME &optional KEYS)" t nil)
19859 (autoload 'kbd-macro-query "macros" "\
19860 Query user during kbd macro execution.
19861 With prefix argument, enters recursive edit, reading keyboard
19862 commands even within a kbd macro. You can give different commands
19863 each time the macro executes.
19864 Without prefix argument, asks whether to continue running the macro.
19872 \(fn FLAG)" t nil)
19874 (autoload 'apply-macro-to-region-lines "macros" "\
19875 Apply last keyboard macro to all lines in the region.
19876 For each line that begins in the region, move to the beginning of
19877 the line, and run the last keyboard macro.
19879 When called from lisp, this function takes two arguments TOP and
19880 BOTTOM, describing the current region. TOP must be before BOTTOM.
19881 The optional third argument MACRO specifies a keyboard macro to
19882 execute.
19884 This is useful for quoting or unquoting included text, adding and
19885 removing comments, or producing tables where the entries are regular.
19887 For example, in Usenet articles, sections of text quoted from another
19888 author are indented, or have each line start with `>'. To quote a
19889 section of text, define a keyboard macro which inserts `>', put point
19890 and mark at opposite ends of the quoted section, and use
19893 Suppose you wanted to build a keyword table in C where each entry
19894 looked like this:
19900 You could enter the names in this format:
19902 foo
19903 bar
19904 baz
19906 and write a macro to massage a word into a table entry:
19912 and then select the region of un-tablified names and use
19915 \(fn TOP BOTTOM &optional MACRO)" t nil)
19916 (define-key ctl-x-map "q" 'kbd-macro-query)
19918 ;;;***
19919 \f
19920 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mail-extr" "mail/mail-extr.el" (0 0 0 0))
19921 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-extr.el
19923 (autoload 'mail-extract-address-components "mail-extr" "\
19924 Given an RFC-822 address ADDRESS, extract full name and canonical address.
19925 Returns a list of the form (FULL-NAME CANONICAL-ADDRESS). If no
19926 name can be extracted, FULL-NAME will be nil. Also see
19927 `mail-extr-ignore-single-names' and
19928 `mail-extr-ignore-realname-equals-mailbox-name'.
19930 If the optional argument ALL is non-nil, then ADDRESS can contain zero
19931 or more recipients, separated by commas, and we return a list of
19932 the form ((FULL-NAME CANONICAL-ADDRESS) ...) with one element for
19933 each recipient. If ALL is nil, then if ADDRESS contains more than
19934 one recipients, all but the first is ignored.
19936 ADDRESS may be a string or a buffer. If it is a buffer, the visible
19937 \(narrowed) portion of the buffer will be interpreted as the address.
19938 \(This feature exists so that the clever caller might be able to avoid
19939 consing a string.)
19941 \(fn ADDRESS &optional ALL)" nil nil)
19943 (autoload 'what-domain "mail-extr" "\
19944 Convert mail domain DOMAIN to the country it corresponds to.
19946 \(fn DOMAIN)" t nil)
19948 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mail-extr" '("mail-extr-")))
19950 ;;;***
19951 \f
19952 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mail-hist" "mail/mail-hist.el" (0 0 0 0))
19953 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-hist.el
19955 (autoload 'mail-hist-define-keys "mail-hist" "\
19956 Define keys for accessing mail header history. For use in hooks.
19958 \(fn)" nil nil)
19960 (autoload 'mail-hist-enable "mail-hist" "\
19963 \(fn)" nil nil)
19965 (defvar mail-hist-keep-history t "\
19966 Non-nil means keep a history for headers and text of outgoing mail.")
19968 (custom-autoload 'mail-hist-keep-history "mail-hist" t)
19970 (autoload 'mail-hist-put-headers-into-history "mail-hist" "\
19971 Put headers and contents of this message into mail header history.
19972 Each header has its own independent history, as does the body of the
19973 message.
19975 This function normally would be called when the message is sent.
19977 \(fn)" nil nil)
19979 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mail-hist" '("mail-hist-")))
19981 ;;;***
19982 \f
19983 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mail-parse" "mail/mail-parse.el" (0 0 0 0))
19984 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-parse.el
19986 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mail-parse" '("mail-")))
19988 ;;;***
19989 \f
19990 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mail-prsvr" "mail/mail-prsvr.el" (0 0 0 0))
19991 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-prsvr.el
19993 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mail-prsvr" '("mail-parse-")))
19995 ;;;***
19996 \f
19997 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mail-source" "gnus/mail-source.el" (0 0 0
19998 ;;;;;; 0))
19999 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mail-source.el
20001 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mail-source" '("mail-source")))
20003 ;;;***
20004 \f
20005 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mail-utils" "mail/mail-utils.el" (0 0 0 0))
20006 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-utils.el
20008 (defvar mail-use-rfc822 nil "\
20009 If non-nil, use a full, hairy RFC822 parser on mail addresses.
20010 Otherwise, (the default) use a smaller, somewhat faster, and
20011 often correct parser.")
20013 (custom-autoload 'mail-use-rfc822 "mail-utils" t)
20015 (defvar mail-dont-reply-to-names nil "\
20016 Regexp specifying addresses to prune from a reply message.
20017 If this is nil, it is set the first time you compose a reply, to
20018 a value which excludes your own email address.
20020 Matching addresses are excluded from the CC field in replies, and
20021 also the To field, unless this would leave an empty To field.")
20023 (custom-autoload 'mail-dont-reply-to-names "mail-utils" t)
20025 (autoload 'mail-file-babyl-p "mail-utils" "\
20026 Return non-nil if FILE is a Babyl file.
20028 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
20030 (autoload 'mail-quote-printable "mail-utils" "\
20032 If the string contains only ASCII characters and no troublesome ones,
20033 we return it unconverted.
20035 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
20036 we add the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
20038 \(fn STRING &optional WRAPPER)" nil nil)
20040 (autoload 'mail-quote-printable-region "mail-utils" "\
20042 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
20043 we add the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
20045 \(fn BEG END &optional WRAPPER)" t nil)
20047 (autoload 'mail-unquote-printable "mail-utils" "\
20049 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
20050 we expect to find and remove the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
20052 \(fn STRING &optional WRAPPER)" nil nil)
20054 (autoload 'mail-unquote-printable-region "mail-utils" "\
20056 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
20057 we expect to find and remove the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
20058 On encountering malformed quoted-printable text, exits with an error,
20059 unless NOERROR is non-nil, in which case it continues, and returns nil
20060 when finished. Returns non-nil on successful completion.
20061 If UNIBYTE is non-nil, insert converted characters as unibyte.
20062 That is useful if you are going to character code decoding afterward,
20063 as Rmail does.
20065 \(fn BEG END &optional WRAPPER NOERROR UNIBYTE)" t nil)
20067 (autoload 'mail-fetch-field "mail-utils" "\
20068 Return the value of the header field whose type is FIELD-NAME.
20069 If second arg LAST is non-nil, use the last field of type FIELD-NAME.
20070 If third arg ALL is non-nil, concatenate all such fields with commas between.
20071 If 4th arg LIST is non-nil, return a list of all such fields.
20072 The buffer should be narrowed to just the header, else false
20073 matches may be returned from the message body.
20075 \(fn FIELD-NAME &optional LAST ALL LIST)" nil nil)
20077 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mail-utils" '("mail-")))
20079 ;;;***
20080 \f
20081 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mailabbrev" "mail/mailabbrev.el" (0 0 0 0))
20082 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailabbrev.el
20084 (defvar mail-abbrevs-mode nil "\
20085 Non-nil if Mail-Abbrevs mode is enabled.
20086 See the `mail-abbrevs-mode' command
20087 for a description of this minor mode.
20088 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
20089 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
20090 or call the function `mail-abbrevs-mode'.")
20092 (custom-autoload 'mail-abbrevs-mode "mailabbrev" nil)
20094 (autoload 'mail-abbrevs-mode "mailabbrev" "\
20095 Toggle abbrev expansion of mail aliases (Mail Abbrevs mode).
20096 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Mail Abbrevs mode if ARG is
20097 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
20098 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
20100 Mail Abbrevs mode is a global minor mode. When enabled,
20101 abbrev-like expansion is performed when editing certain mail
20102 headers (those specified by `mail-abbrev-mode-regexp'), based on
20103 the entries in your `mail-personal-alias-file'.
20105 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
20107 (autoload 'mail-abbrevs-setup "mailabbrev" "\
20108 Initialize use of the `mailabbrev' package.
20110 \(fn)" nil nil)
20112 (autoload 'build-mail-abbrevs "mailabbrev" "\
20113 Read mail aliases from personal mail alias file and set `mail-abbrevs'.
20114 By default this is the file specified by `mail-personal-alias-file'.
20116 \(fn &optional FILE RECURSIVEP)" nil nil)
20118 (autoload 'define-mail-abbrev "mailabbrev" "\
20119 Define NAME as a mail alias abbrev that translates to DEFINITION.
20120 If DEFINITION contains multiple addresses, separate them with commas.
20122 Optional argument FROM-MAILRC-FILE means that DEFINITION comes
20123 from a mailrc file. In that case, addresses are separated with
20124 spaces and addresses with embedded spaces are surrounded by
20125 double-quotes.
20127 \(fn NAME DEFINITION &optional FROM-MAILRC-FILE)" t nil)
20129 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mailabbrev" '("merge-mail-abbrevs" "mail-" "rebuild-mail-abbrevs")))
20131 ;;;***
20132 \f
20133 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mailalias" "mail/mailalias.el" (0 0 0 0))
20134 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailalias.el
20136 (defvar mail-complete-style 'angles "\
20138 If nil, they contain just the return address like:
20139 king@grassland.com
20140 If `parens', they look like:
20141 king@grassland.com (Elvis Parsley)
20142 If `angles', they look like:
20143 Elvis Parsley <king@grassland.com>")
20145 (custom-autoload 'mail-complete-style "mailalias" t)
20147 (autoload 'expand-mail-aliases "mailalias" "\
20148 Expand all mail aliases in suitable header fields found between BEG and END.
20149 If interactive, expand in header fields.
20150 Suitable header fields are `To', `From', `CC' and `BCC', `Reply-to', and
20151 their `Resent-' variants.
20153 Optional second arg EXCLUDE may be a regular expression defining text to be
20154 removed from alias expansions.
20156 \(fn BEG END &optional EXCLUDE)" t nil)
20158 (autoload 'define-mail-alias "mailalias" "\
20159 Define NAME as a mail alias that translates to DEFINITION.
20160 This means that sending a message to NAME will actually send to DEFINITION.
20162 Normally, the addresses in DEFINITION must be separated by commas.
20163 If FROM-MAILRC-FILE is non-nil, then addresses in DEFINITION
20164 can be separated by spaces; an address can contain spaces
20165 if it is quoted with double-quotes.
20167 \(fn NAME DEFINITION &optional FROM-MAILRC-FILE)" t nil)
20169 (autoload 'mail-completion-at-point-function "mailalias" "\
20170 Compute completion data for mail aliases.
20171 For use on `completion-at-point-functions'.
20173 \(fn)" nil nil)
20175 (autoload 'mail-complete "mailalias" "\
20176 Perform completion on header field or word preceding point.
20177 Completable headers are according to `mail-complete-alist'. If none matches
20178 current header, calls `mail-complete-function' and passes prefix ARG if any.
20180 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
20182 (make-obsolete 'mail-complete 'mail-completion-at-point-function '"24.1")
20184 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mailalias" '("mail-" "build-mail-aliases")))
20186 ;;;***
20187 \f
20188 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mailcap" "net/mailcap.el" (0 0 0 0))
20189 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/mailcap.el
20191 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mailcap" '("mailcap-")))
20193 ;;;***
20194 \f
20195 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mailclient" "mail/mailclient.el" (0 0 0 0))
20196 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailclient.el
20198 (autoload 'mailclient-send-it "mailclient" "\
20199 Pass current buffer on to the system's mail client.
20200 Suitable value for `send-mail-function'.
20201 The mail client is taken to be the handler of mailto URLs.
20203 \(fn)" nil nil)
20205 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mailclient" '("mailclient-")))
20207 ;;;***
20208 \f
20209 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mailheader" "mail/mailheader.el" (0 0 0 0))
20210 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailheader.el
20212 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mailheader" '("mail-header")))
20214 ;;;***
20215 \f
20216 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mairix" "net/mairix.el" (0 0 0 0))
20217 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/mairix.el
20219 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mairix" '("mairix-")))
20221 ;;;***
20222 \f
20223 ;;;### (autoloads nil "make-mode" "progmodes/make-mode.el" (0 0 0
20224 ;;;;;; 0))
20225 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/make-mode.el
20227 (autoload 'makefile-mode "make-mode" "\
20228 Major mode for editing standard Makefiles.
20230 If you are editing a file for a different make, try one of the
20231 variants `makefile-automake-mode', `makefile-gmake-mode',
20232 `makefile-makepp-mode', `makefile-bsdmake-mode' or,
20233 `makefile-imake-mode'. All but the last should be correctly
20234 chosen based on the file name, except if it is *.mk. This
20235 function ends by invoking the function(s) `makefile-mode-hook'.
20237 It is strongly recommended to use `font-lock-mode', because that
20238 provides additional parsing information. This is used for
20239 example to see that a rule action `echo foo: bar' is a not rule
20240 dependency, despite the colon.
20244 In the browser, use the following keys:
20248 Makefile mode can be configured by modifying the following variables:
20250 `makefile-browser-buffer-name':
20251 Name of the macro- and target browser buffer.
20253 `makefile-target-colon':
20254 The string that gets appended to all target names
20255 inserted by `makefile-insert-target'.
20258 `makefile-macro-assign':
20259 The string that gets appended to all macro names
20260 inserted by `makefile-insert-macro'.
20262 standard make expects. However, newer makes such as dmake
20263 allow a larger variety of different macro assignments, so you
20266 `makefile-tab-after-target-colon':
20267 If you want a TAB (instead of a space) to be appended after the
20268 target colon, then set this to a non-nil value.
20270 `makefile-browser-leftmost-column':
20271 Number of blanks to the left of the browser selection mark.
20273 `makefile-browser-cursor-column':
20274 Column in which the cursor is positioned when it moves
20275 up or down in the browser.
20277 `makefile-browser-selected-mark':
20278 String used to mark selected entries in the browser.
20280 `makefile-browser-unselected-mark':
20281 String used to mark unselected entries in the browser.
20283 `makefile-browser-auto-advance-after-selection-p':
20284 If this variable is set to a non-nil value the cursor
20285 will automagically advance to the next line after an item
20286 has been selected in the browser.
20288 `makefile-pickup-everything-picks-up-filenames-p':
20289 If this variable is set to a non-nil value then
20290 `makefile-pickup-everything' also picks up filenames as targets
20291 (i.e. it calls `makefile-pickup-filenames-as-targets'), otherwise
20292 filenames are omitted.
20294 `makefile-cleanup-continuations':
20295 If this variable is set to a non-nil value then Makefile mode
20296 will assure that no line in the file ends with a backslash
20297 (the continuation character) followed by any whitespace.
20298 This is done by silently removing the trailing whitespace, leaving
20299 the backslash itself intact.
20300 IMPORTANT: Please note that enabling this option causes Makefile mode
20303 `makefile-browser-hook':
20304 A function or list of functions to be called just before the
20305 browser is entered. This is executed in the makefile buffer.
20307 `makefile-special-targets-list':
20308 List of special targets. You will be offered to complete
20309 on one of those in the minibuffer whenever you enter a `.'.
20310 at the beginning of a line in Makefile mode.
20312 \(fn)" t nil)
20314 (autoload 'makefile-automake-mode "make-mode" "\
20315 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about automake.
20317 \(fn)" t nil)
20319 (autoload 'makefile-gmake-mode "make-mode" "\
20320 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about gmake.
20322 \(fn)" t nil)
20324 (autoload 'makefile-makepp-mode "make-mode" "\
20325 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about makepp.
20327 \(fn)" t nil)
20329 (autoload 'makefile-bsdmake-mode "make-mode" "\
20330 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about BSD make.
20332 \(fn)" t nil)
20334 (autoload 'makefile-imake-mode "make-mode" "\
20335 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about imake.
20337 \(fn)" t nil)
20339 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "make-mode" '("makefile-")))
20341 ;;;***
20342 \f
20343 ;;;### (autoloads nil "makeinfo" "textmodes/makeinfo.el" (0 0 0 0))
20344 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/makeinfo.el
20346 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "makeinfo" '("makeinfo-")))
20348 ;;;***
20349 \f
20350 ;;;### (autoloads nil "makesum" "makesum.el" (0 0 0 0))
20351 ;;; Generated autoloads from makesum.el
20353 (autoload 'make-command-summary "makesum" "\
20354 Make a summary of current key bindings in the buffer *Summary*.
20355 Previous contents of that buffer are killed first.
20357 \(fn)" t nil)
20359 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "makesum" '("double-column")))
20361 ;;;***
20362 \f
20363 ;;;### (autoloads nil "man" "man.el" (0 0 0 0))
20364 ;;; Generated autoloads from man.el
20366 (defalias 'manual-entry 'man)
20368 (autoload 'man "man" "\
20369 Get a Un*x manual page and put it in a buffer.
20370 This command is the top-level command in the man package.
20371 It runs a Un*x command to retrieve and clean a manpage in the
20372 background and places the results in a `Man-mode' browsing
20373 buffer. The variable `Man-width' defines the number of columns in
20374 formatted manual pages. The buffer is displayed immediately.
20375 The variable `Man-notify-method' defines how the buffer is displayed.
20376 If a buffer already exists for this man page, it will be displayed
20377 without running the man command.
20379 For a manpage from a particular section, use either of the
20383 cat(1)
20384 1 cat
20386 To see manpages from all sections related to a subject, use an
20388 default), then step through with `Man-next-manpage' (\\<Man-mode-map>\\[Man-next-manpage]) etc.
20389 Add to `Man-switches' to make this option permanent.
20391 -a chmod
20393 An explicit filename can be given too. Use -l if it might
20394 otherwise look like a page name.
20396 /my/file/name.1.gz
20397 -l somefile.1
20400 names or descriptions. The pattern argument is usually an
20403 -k pattern
20405 \(fn MAN-ARGS)" t nil)
20407 (autoload 'man-follow "man" "\
20408 Get a Un*x manual page of the item under point and put it in a buffer.
20410 \(fn MAN-ARGS)" t nil)
20412 (autoload 'Man-bookmark-jump "man" "\
20413 Default bookmark handler for Man buffers.
20415 \(fn BOOKMARK)" nil nil)
20417 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "man" '("Man-" "man")))
20419 ;;;***
20420 \f
20421 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mantemp" "progmodes/mantemp.el" (0 0 0 0))
20422 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/mantemp.el
20424 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mantemp" '("mantemp-")))
20426 ;;;***
20427 \f
20428 ;;;### (autoloads nil "map" "emacs-lisp/map.el" (0 0 0 0))
20429 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/map.el
20430 (push (purecopy '(map 1 2)) package--builtin-versions)
20432 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "map" '("map")))
20434 ;;;***
20435 \f
20436 ;;;### (autoloads nil "master" "master.el" (0 0 0 0))
20437 ;;; Generated autoloads from master.el
20438 (push (purecopy '(master 1 0 2)) package--builtin-versions)
20440 (autoload 'master-mode "master" "\
20441 Toggle Master mode.
20442 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Master mode if ARG is
20443 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
20444 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
20446 When Master mode is enabled, you can scroll the slave buffer
20447 using the following commands:
20451 The slave buffer is stored in the buffer-local variable `master-of'.
20452 You can set this variable using `master-set-slave'. You can show
20453 yourself the value of `master-of' by calling `master-show-slave'.
20455 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
20457 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "master" '("master-")))
20459 ;;;***
20460 \f
20461 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mb-depth" "mb-depth.el" (0 0 0 0))
20462 ;;; Generated autoloads from mb-depth.el
20464 (defvar minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode nil "\
20465 Non-nil if Minibuffer-Depth-Indicate mode is enabled.
20466 See the `minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode' command
20467 for a description of this minor mode.
20468 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
20469 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
20470 or call the function `minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode'.")
20472 (custom-autoload 'minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode "mb-depth" nil)
20474 (autoload 'minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode "mb-depth" "\
20475 Toggle Minibuffer Depth Indication mode.
20476 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Minibuffer Depth Indication
20477 mode if ARG is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called
20478 from Lisp, enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
20480 Minibuffer Depth Indication mode is a global minor mode. When
20481 enabled, any recursive use of the minibuffer will show the
20482 recursion depth in the minibuffer prompt. This is only useful if
20483 `enable-recursive-minibuffers' is non-nil.
20485 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
20487 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mb-depth" '("minibuffer-depth-")))
20489 ;;;***
20490 \f
20491 ;;;### (autoloads nil "md4" "md4.el" (0 0 0 0))
20492 ;;; Generated autoloads from md4.el
20493 (push (purecopy '(md4 1 0)) package--builtin-versions)
20495 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "md4" '("md4")))
20497 ;;;***
20498 \f
20499 ;;;### (autoloads nil "message" "gnus/message.el" (0 0 0 0))
20500 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/message.el
20502 (define-mail-user-agent 'message-user-agent 'message-mail 'message-send-and-exit 'message-kill-buffer 'message-send-hook)
20504 (autoload 'message-mode "message" "\
20505 Major mode for editing mail and news to be sent.
20507 C-c C-s `message-send' (send the message) C-c C-c `message-send-and-exit'
20508 C-c C-d Postpone sending the message C-c C-k Kill the message
20509 C-c C-f move to a header field (and create it if there isn't):
20510 C-c C-f C-t move to To C-c C-f C-s move to Subject
20511 C-c C-f C-c move to Cc C-c C-f C-b move to Bcc
20512 C-c C-f C-w move to Fcc C-c C-f C-r move to Reply-To
20513 C-c C-f C-u move to Summary C-c C-f C-n move to Newsgroups
20514 C-c C-f C-k move to Keywords C-c C-f C-d move to Distribution
20516 C-c C-f C-f move to Followup-To
20517 C-c C-f C-m move to Mail-Followup-To
20518 C-c C-f C-e move to Expires
20519 C-c C-f C-i cycle through Importance values
20521 C-c C-f x crossposting with FollowUp-To header and note in body
20522 C-c C-f t replace To: header with contents of Cc: or Bcc:
20523 C-c C-f a Insert X-No-Archive: header and a note in the body
20524 C-c C-t `message-insert-to' (add a To header to a news followup)
20525 C-c C-l `message-to-list-only' (removes all but list address in to/cc)
20526 C-c C-n `message-insert-newsgroups' (add a Newsgroup header to a news reply)
20527 C-c C-b `message-goto-body' (move to beginning of message text).
20528 C-c C-i `message-goto-signature' (move to the beginning of the signature).
20529 C-c C-w `message-insert-signature' (insert `message-signature-file' file).
20530 C-c C-y `message-yank-original' (insert current message, if any).
20531 C-c C-q `message-fill-yanked-message' (fill what was yanked).
20532 C-c C-e `message-elide-region' (elide the text between point and mark).
20533 C-c C-v `message-delete-not-region' (remove the text outside the region).
20534 C-c C-z `message-kill-to-signature' (kill the text up to the signature).
20535 C-c C-r `message-caesar-buffer-body' (rot13 the message body).
20536 C-c C-a `mml-attach-file' (attach a file as MIME).
20537 C-c C-u `message-insert-or-toggle-importance' (insert or cycle importance).
20538 C-c M-n `message-insert-disposition-notification-to' (request receipt).
20539 C-c M-m `message-mark-inserted-region' (mark region with enclosing tags).
20540 C-c M-f `message-mark-insert-file' (insert file marked with enclosing tags).
20541 M-RET `message-newline-and-reformat' (break the line and reformat).
20543 \(fn)" t nil)
20545 (autoload 'message-mail "message" "\
20546 Start editing a mail message to be sent.
20547 OTHER-HEADERS is an alist of header/value pairs. CONTINUE says whether
20548 to continue editing a message already being composed. SWITCH-FUNCTION
20549 is a function used to switch to and display the mail buffer.
20551 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-FUNCTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS RETURN-ACTION &rest IGNORED)" t nil)
20553 (autoload 'message-news "message" "\
20554 Start editing a news article to be sent.
20556 \(fn &optional NEWSGROUPS SUBJECT)" t nil)
20558 (autoload 'message-reply "message" "\
20559 Start editing a reply to the article in the current buffer.
20561 \(fn &optional TO-ADDRESS WIDE SWITCH-FUNCTION)" t nil)
20563 (autoload 'message-wide-reply "message" "\
20566 \(fn &optional TO-ADDRESS)" t nil)
20568 (autoload 'message-followup "message" "\
20569 Follow up to the message in the current buffer.
20570 If TO-NEWSGROUPS, use that as the new Newsgroups line.
20572 \(fn &optional TO-NEWSGROUPS)" t nil)
20574 (autoload 'message-cancel-news "message" "\
20575 Cancel an article you posted.
20576 If ARG, allow editing of the cancellation message.
20578 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
20580 (autoload 'message-supersede "message" "\
20581 Start composing a message to supersede the current message.
20582 This is done simply by taking the old article and adding a Supersedes
20583 header line with the old Message-ID.
20585 \(fn)" t nil)
20587 (autoload 'message-recover "message" "\
20588 Reread contents of current buffer from its last auto-save file.
20590 \(fn)" t nil)
20592 (autoload 'message-forward "message" "\
20593 Forward the current message via mail.
20594 Optional NEWS will use news to forward instead of mail.
20595 Optional DIGEST will use digest to forward.
20597 \(fn &optional NEWS DIGEST)" t nil)
20599 (autoload 'message-forward-make-body "message" "\
20602 \(fn FORWARD-BUFFER &optional DIGEST)" nil nil)
20604 (autoload 'message-forward-rmail-make-body "message" "\
20607 \(fn FORWARD-BUFFER)" nil nil)
20609 (autoload 'message-insinuate-rmail "message" "\
20610 Let RMAIL use message to forward.
20612 \(fn)" t nil)
20614 (autoload 'message-resend "message" "\
20615 Resend the current article to ADDRESS.
20617 \(fn ADDRESS)" t nil)
20619 (autoload 'message-bounce "message" "\
20620 Re-mail the current message.
20621 This only makes sense if the current message is a bounce message that
20622 contains some mail you have written which has been bounced back to
20623 you.
20625 \(fn)" t nil)
20627 (autoload 'message-mail-other-window "message" "\
20628 Like `message-mail' command, but display mail buffer in another window.
20630 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT)" t nil)
20632 (autoload 'message-mail-other-frame "message" "\
20633 Like `message-mail' command, but display mail buffer in another frame.
20635 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT)" t nil)
20637 (autoload 'message-news-other-window "message" "\
20638 Start editing a news article to be sent.
20640 \(fn &optional NEWSGROUPS SUBJECT)" t nil)
20642 (autoload 'message-news-other-frame "message" "\
20643 Start editing a news article to be sent.
20645 \(fn &optional NEWSGROUPS SUBJECT)" t nil)
20647 (autoload 'message-bold-region "message" "\
20648 Bold all nonblank characters in the region.
20649 Works by overstriking characters.
20650 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
20651 which specify the range to operate on.
20653 \(fn START END)" t nil)
20655 (autoload 'message-unbold-region "message" "\
20656 Remove all boldness (overstruck characters) in the region.
20657 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
20658 which specify the range to operate on.
20660 \(fn START END)" t nil)
20662 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "message" '("message-" "nil")))
20664 ;;;***
20665 \f
20666 ;;;### (autoloads nil "meta-mode" "progmodes/meta-mode.el" (0 0 0
20667 ;;;;;; 0))
20668 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/meta-mode.el
20669 (push (purecopy '(meta-mode 1 0)) package--builtin-versions)
20671 (autoload 'metafont-mode "meta-mode" "\
20672 Major mode for editing Metafont sources.
20674 \(fn)" t nil)
20676 (autoload 'metapost-mode "meta-mode" "\
20677 Major mode for editing MetaPost sources.
20679 \(fn)" t nil)
20681 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "meta-mode" '("meta" "font-lock-match-meta-declaration-item-and-skip-to-next")))
20683 ;;;***
20684 \f
20685 ;;;### (autoloads nil "metamail" "mail/metamail.el" (0 0 0 0))
20686 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/metamail.el
20688 (autoload 'metamail-interpret-header "metamail" "\
20689 Interpret a header part of a MIME message in current buffer.
20690 Its body part is not interpreted at all.
20692 \(fn)" t nil)
20694 (autoload 'metamail-interpret-body "metamail" "\
20695 Interpret a body part of a MIME message in current buffer.
20696 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
20697 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
20698 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
20699 redisplayed as output is inserted.
20700 Its header part is not interpreted at all.
20702 \(fn &optional VIEWMODE NODISPLAY)" t nil)
20704 (autoload 'metamail-buffer "metamail" "\
20705 Process current buffer through `metamail'.
20706 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
20707 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
20708 Optional argument BUFFER specifies a buffer to be filled (nil
20709 means current).
20710 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
20711 redisplayed as output is inserted.
20713 \(fn &optional VIEWMODE BUFFER NODISPLAY)" t nil)
20715 (autoload 'metamail-region "metamail" "\
20716 Process current region through `metamail'.
20717 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
20718 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
20719 Optional argument BUFFER specifies a buffer to be filled (nil
20720 means current).
20721 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
20722 redisplayed as output is inserted.
20724 \(fn BEG END &optional VIEWMODE BUFFER NODISPLAY)" t nil)
20726 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "metamail" '("metamail-")))
20728 ;;;***
20729 \f
20730 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mh-acros" "mh-e/mh-acros.el" (0 0 0 0))
20731 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-acros.el
20733 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mh-acros" '("mh-" "with-mh-folder-updating" "defun-mh" "defmacro-mh")))
20735 ;;;***
20736 \f
20737 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mh-alias" "mh-e/mh-alias.el" (0 0 0 0))
20738 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-alias.el
20740 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mh-alias" '("mh-")))
20742 ;;;***
20743 \f
20744 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mh-buffers" "mh-e/mh-buffers.el" (0 0 0 0))
20745 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-buffers.el
20747 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mh-buffers" '("mh-")))
20749 ;;;***
20750 \f
20751 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mh-comp" "mh-e/mh-comp.el" (0 0 0 0))
20752 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-comp.el
20754 (autoload 'mh-smail "mh-comp" "\
20755 Compose a message with the MH mail system.
20756 See `mh-send' for more details on composing mail.
20758 \(fn)" t nil)
20760 (autoload 'mh-smail-other-window "mh-comp" "\
20761 Compose a message with the MH mail system in other window.
20762 See `mh-send' for more details on composing mail.
20764 \(fn)" t nil)
20766 (autoload 'mh-smail-batch "mh-comp" "\
20767 Compose a message with the MH mail system.
20769 This function does not prompt the user for any header fields, and
20770 thus is suitable for use by programs that want to create a mail
20773 Optional arguments for setting certain fields include TO,
20774 SUBJECT, and OTHER-HEADERS. Additional arguments are IGNORED.
20776 This function remains for Emacs 21 compatibility. New
20777 applications should use `mh-user-agent-compose'.
20779 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS &rest IGNORED)" nil nil)
20781 (define-mail-user-agent 'mh-e-user-agent 'mh-user-agent-compose 'mh-send-letter 'mh-fully-kill-draft 'mh-before-send-letter-hook)
20783 (autoload 'mh-user-agent-compose "mh-comp" "\
20784 Set up mail composition draft with the MH mail system.
20785 This is the `mail-user-agent' entry point to MH-E. This function
20786 conforms to the contract specified by `define-mail-user-agent'
20787 which means that this function should accept the same arguments
20788 as `compose-mail'.
20790 The optional arguments TO and SUBJECT specify recipients and the
20791 initial Subject field, respectively.
20793 OTHER-HEADERS is an alist specifying additional header fields.
20794 Elements look like (HEADER . VALUE) where both HEADER and VALUE
20795 are strings.
20797 CONTINUE, SWITCH-FUNCTION, YANK-ACTION, SEND-ACTIONS, and
20798 RETURN-ACTION and any additional arguments are IGNORED.
20800 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-FUNCTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS RETURN-ACTION &rest IGNORED)" nil nil)
20802 (autoload 'mh-send-letter "mh-comp" "\
20803 Save draft and send message.
20805 When you are all through editing a message, you send it with this
20806 command. You can give a prefix argument ARG to monitor the first stage
20810 The hook `mh-before-send-letter-hook' is run at the beginning of
20811 this command. For example, if you want to check your spelling in
20812 your message before sending, add the function `ispell-message'.
20814 Unless `mh-insert-auto-fields' had previously been called
20815 manually, the function `mh-insert-auto-fields' is called to
20816 insert fields based upon the recipients. If fields are added, you
20817 are given a chance to see and to confirm these fields before the
20818 message is actually sent. You can do away with this confirmation
20819 by turning off the option `mh-auto-fields-prompt-flag'.
20822 use `mh-send-prog' to tell MH-E the name.
20824 The hook `mh-annotate-msg-hook' is run after annotating the
20825 message and scan line.
20827 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
20829 (autoload 'mh-fully-kill-draft "mh-comp" "\
20830 Quit editing and delete draft message.
20832 If for some reason you are not happy with the draft, you can use
20833 this command to kill the draft buffer and delete the draft
20835 delete the draft message.
20837 \(fn)" t nil)
20839 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mh-comp" '("mh-")))
20841 ;;;***
20842 \f
20843 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mh-compat" "mh-e/mh-compat.el" (0 0 0 0))
20844 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-compat.el
20846 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mh-compat" '("mh-")))
20848 ;;;***
20849 \f
20850 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mh-e" "mh-e/mh-e.el" (0 0 0 0))
20851 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-e.el
20852 (push (purecopy '(mh-e 8 6 -4)) package--builtin-versions)
20854 (put 'mh-progs 'risky-local-variable t)
20856 (put 'mh-lib 'risky-local-variable t)
20858 (put 'mh-lib-progs 'risky-local-variable t)
20860 (autoload 'mh-version "mh-e" "\
20861 Display version information about MH-E and the MH mail handling system.
20863 \(fn)" t nil)
20865 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mh-e" '("mh-" "defgroup-mh" "defcustom-mh" "defface-mh")))
20867 ;;;***
20868 \f
20869 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mh-folder" "mh-e/mh-folder.el" (0 0 0 0))
20870 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-folder.el
20872 (autoload 'mh-rmail "mh-folder" "\
20873 Incorporate new mail with MH.
20874 Scan an MH folder if ARG is non-nil.
20876 This function is an entry point to MH-E, the Emacs interface to
20877 the MH mail system.
20879 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
20881 (autoload 'mh-nmail "mh-folder" "\
20882 Check for new mail in inbox folder.
20883 Scan an MH folder if ARG is non-nil.
20885 This function is an entry point to MH-E, the Emacs interface to
20886 the MH mail system.
20888 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
20890 (autoload 'mh-folder-mode "mh-folder" "\
20893 You can show the message the cursor is pointing to, and step through
20894 the messages. Messages can be marked for deletion or refiling into
20895 another folder; these commands are executed all at once with a
20896 separate command.
20898 Options that control this mode can be changed with
20900 see the `mh-scan-format-file' option if you wish to modify scan's
20901 format.
20903 When a folder is visited, the hook `mh-folder-mode-hook' is run.
20905 Ranges
20906 ======
20907 Many commands that operate on individual messages, such as
20908 `mh-forward' or `mh-refile-msg' take a RANGE argument. This argument
20909 can be used in several ways.
20912 these commands, then you will be prompted for the message range.
20913 This can be any valid MH range which can include messages,
20914 sequences, and the abbreviations (described in the mh(1) man
20915 page):
20917 <num1>-<num2>
20918 Indicates all messages in the range <num1> to <num2>, inclusive.
20919 The range must be nonempty.
20921 <num>:N
20922 <num>:+N
20923 <num>:-N
20924 Up to N messages beginning with (or ending with) message num. Num
20925 may be any of the predefined symbols: first, prev, cur, next or
20926 last.
20928 first:N
20929 prev:N
20930 next:N
20931 last:N
20932 The first, previous, next or last messages, if they exist.
20934 all
20935 All of the messages.
20937 For example, a range that shows all of these things is `1 2 3
20938 5-10 last:5 unseen'.
20940 If the option `transient-mark-mode' is set to t and you set a
20941 region in the MH-Folder buffer, then the MH-E command will
20942 perform the operation on all messages in that region.
20946 \(fn)" t nil)
20948 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mh-folder" '("mh-")))
20950 ;;;***
20951 \f
20952 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mh-funcs" "mh-e/mh-funcs.el" (0 0 0 0))
20953 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-funcs.el
20955 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mh-funcs" '("mh-")))
20957 ;;;***
20958 \f
20959 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mh-identity" "mh-e/mh-identity.el" (0 0 0
20960 ;;;;;; 0))
20961 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-identity.el
20963 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mh-identity" '("mh-")))
20965 ;;;***
20966 \f
20967 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mh-inc" "mh-e/mh-inc.el" (0 0 0 0))
20968 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-inc.el
20970 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mh-inc" '("mh-inc-spool-")))
20972 ;;;***
20973 \f
20974 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mh-junk" "mh-e/mh-junk.el" (0 0 0 0))
20975 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-junk.el
20977 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mh-junk" '("mh-")))
20979 ;;;***
20980 \f
20981 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mh-letter" "mh-e/mh-letter.el" (0 0 0 0))
20982 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-letter.el
20984 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mh-letter" '("mh-")))
20986 ;;;***
20987 \f
20988 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mh-limit" "mh-e/mh-limit.el" (0 0 0 0))
20989 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-limit.el
20991 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mh-limit" '("mh-")))
20993 ;;;***
20994 \f
20995 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mh-mime" "mh-e/mh-mime.el" (0 0 0 0))
20996 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-mime.el
20998 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mh-mime" '("mh-")))
21000 ;;;***
21001 \f
21002 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mh-print" "mh-e/mh-print.el" (0 0 0 0))
21003 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-print.el
21005 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mh-print" '("mh-p")))
21007 ;;;***
21008 \f
21009 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mh-scan" "mh-e/mh-scan.el" (0 0 0 0))
21010 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-scan.el
21012 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mh-scan" '("mh-")))
21014 ;;;***
21015 \f
21016 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mh-search" "mh-e/mh-search.el" (0 0 0 0))
21017 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-search.el
21019 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mh-search" '("mh-")))
21021 ;;;***
21022 \f
21023 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mh-seq" "mh-e/mh-seq.el" (0 0 0 0))
21024 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-seq.el
21026 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mh-seq" '("mh-")))
21028 ;;;***
21029 \f
21030 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mh-show" "mh-e/mh-show.el" (0 0 0 0))
21031 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-show.el
21033 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mh-show" '("mh-")))
21035 ;;;***
21036 \f
21037 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mh-speed" "mh-e/mh-speed.el" (0 0 0 0))
21038 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-speed.el
21040 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mh-speed" '("mh-")))
21042 ;;;***
21043 \f
21044 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mh-thread" "mh-e/mh-thread.el" (0 0 0 0))
21045 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-thread.el
21047 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mh-thread" '("mh-")))
21049 ;;;***
21050 \f
21051 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mh-tool-bar" "mh-e/mh-tool-bar.el" (0 0 0
21052 ;;;;;; 0))
21053 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-tool-bar.el
21055 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mh-tool-bar" '("mh-tool-bar-")))
21057 ;;;***
21058 \f
21059 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mh-utils" "mh-e/mh-utils.el" (0 0 0 0))
21060 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-utils.el
21062 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mh-utils" '("mh-")))
21064 ;;;***
21065 \f
21066 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mh-xface" "mh-e/mh-xface.el" (0 0 0 0))
21067 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-xface.el
21069 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mh-xface" '("mh-")))
21071 ;;;***
21072 \f
21073 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mhtml-mode" "textmodes/mhtml-mode.el" (0 0
21074 ;;;;;; 0 0))
21075 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/mhtml-mode.el
21077 (autoload 'mhtml-mode "mhtml-mode" "\
21078 Major mode based on `html-mode', but works with embedded JS and CSS.
21080 Code inside a <script> element is indented using the rules from
21081 `js-mode'; and code inside a <style> element is indented using
21082 the rules from `css-mode'.
21084 \(fn)" t nil)
21086 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mhtml-mode" '("mhtml-")))
21088 ;;;***
21089 \f
21090 ;;;### (autoloads nil "midnight" "midnight.el" (0 0 0 0))
21091 ;;; Generated autoloads from midnight.el
21093 (defvar midnight-mode nil "\
21094 Non-nil if Midnight mode is enabled.
21095 See the `midnight-mode' command
21096 for a description of this minor mode.
21097 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
21098 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
21099 or call the function `midnight-mode'.")
21101 (custom-autoload 'midnight-mode "midnight" nil)
21103 (autoload 'midnight-mode "midnight" "\
21104 Non-nil means run `midnight-hook' at midnight.
21106 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
21108 (autoload 'clean-buffer-list "midnight" "\
21109 Kill old buffers that have not been displayed recently.
21110 The relevant variables are `clean-buffer-list-delay-general',
21111 `clean-buffer-list-delay-special', `clean-buffer-list-kill-buffer-names',
21112 `clean-buffer-list-kill-never-buffer-names',
21113 `clean-buffer-list-kill-regexps' and
21114 `clean-buffer-list-kill-never-regexps'.
21115 While processing buffers, this procedure displays messages containing
21116 the current date/time, buffer name, how many seconds ago it was
21117 displayed (can be nil if the buffer was never displayed) and its
21120 \(fn)" t nil)
21122 (autoload 'midnight-delay-set "midnight" "\
21123 Modify `midnight-timer' according to `midnight-delay'.
21124 Sets the first argument SYMB (which must be symbol `midnight-delay')
21125 to its second argument TM.
21127 \(fn SYMB TM)" nil nil)
21129 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "midnight" '("midnight-" "clean-buffer-list-")))
21131 ;;;***
21132 \f
21133 ;;;### (autoloads nil "minibuf-eldef" "minibuf-eldef.el" (0 0 0 0))
21134 ;;; Generated autoloads from minibuf-eldef.el
21136 (defvar minibuffer-electric-default-mode nil "\
21137 Non-nil if Minibuffer-Electric-Default mode is enabled.
21138 See the `minibuffer-electric-default-mode' command
21139 for a description of this minor mode.
21140 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
21141 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
21142 or call the function `minibuffer-electric-default-mode'.")
21144 (custom-autoload 'minibuffer-electric-default-mode "minibuf-eldef" nil)
21146 (autoload 'minibuffer-electric-default-mode "minibuf-eldef" "\
21147 Toggle Minibuffer Electric Default mode.
21148 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Minibuffer Electric Default
21149 mode if ARG is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called
21150 from Lisp, enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
21152 Minibuffer Electric Default mode is a global minor mode. When
21153 enabled, minibuffer prompts that show a default value only show
21154 the default when it's applicable -- that is, when hitting RET
21155 would yield the default value. If the user modifies the input
21156 such that hitting RET would enter a non-default value, the prompt
21157 is modified to remove the default indication.
21159 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
21161 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "minibuf-eldef" '("minibuf")))
21163 ;;;***
21164 \f
21165 ;;;### (autoloads nil "misc" "misc.el" (0 0 0 0))
21166 ;;; Generated autoloads from misc.el
21168 (autoload 'copy-from-above-command "misc" "\
21169 Copy characters from previous nonblank line, starting just above point.
21170 Copy ARG characters, but not past the end of that line.
21171 If no argument given, copy the entire rest of the line.
21172 The characters copied are inserted in the buffer before point.
21174 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
21176 (autoload 'zap-up-to-char "misc" "\
21177 Kill up to, but not including ARGth occurrence of CHAR.
21178 Case is ignored if `case-fold-search' is non-nil in the current buffer.
21179 Goes backward if ARG is negative; error if CHAR not found.
21180 Ignores CHAR at point.
21182 \(fn ARG CHAR)" t nil)
21184 (autoload 'mark-beginning-of-buffer "misc" "\
21185 Set mark at the beginning of the buffer.
21187 \(fn)" t nil)
21189 (autoload 'mark-end-of-buffer "misc" "\
21190 Set mark at the end of the buffer.
21192 \(fn)" t nil)
21194 (autoload 'upcase-char "misc" "\
21195 Uppercasify ARG chars starting from point. Point doesn't move.
21197 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
21199 (autoload 'forward-to-word "misc" "\
21200 Move forward until encountering the beginning of a word.
21201 With argument, do this that many times.
21203 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
21205 (autoload 'backward-to-word "misc" "\
21206 Move backward until encountering the end of a word.
21207 With argument, do this that many times.
21209 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
21211 (autoload 'butterfly "misc" "\
21212 Use butterflies to flip the desired bit on the drive platter.
21213 Open hands and let the delicate wings flap once. The disturbance
21214 ripples outward, changing the flow of the eddy currents in the
21215 upper atmosphere. These cause momentary pockets of higher-pressure
21216 air to form, which act as lenses that deflect incoming cosmic rays,
21217 focusing them to strike the drive platter and flip the desired bit.
21218 You can type `M-x butterfly C-M-c' to run it. This is a permuted
21219 variation of `C-x M-c M-butterfly' from url `http://xkcd.com/378/'.
21221 \(fn)" t nil)
21223 (autoload 'list-dynamic-libraries "misc" "\
21224 Display a list of all dynamic libraries known to Emacs.
21225 \(These are the libraries listed in `dynamic-library-alist'.)
21226 If optional argument LOADED-ONLY-P (interactively, prefix arg)
21227 is non-nil, only libraries already loaded are listed.
21228 Optional argument BUFFER specifies a buffer to use, instead of
21230 The return value is always nil.
21232 \(fn &optional LOADED-ONLY-P BUFFER)" t nil)
21234 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "misc" '("list-dynamic-libraries--")))
21236 ;;;***
21237 \f
21238 ;;;### (autoloads nil "misearch" "misearch.el" (0 0 0 0))
21239 ;;; Generated autoloads from misearch.el
21240 (add-hook 'isearch-mode-hook 'multi-isearch-setup)
21242 (defvar multi-isearch-next-buffer-function nil "\
21243 Function to call to get the next buffer to search.
21245 When this variable is set to a function that returns a buffer, then
21246 after typing another \\[isearch-forward] or \\[isearch-backward] at a failing search, the search goes
21247 to the next buffer in the series and continues searching for the
21248 next occurrence.
21250 This function should return the next buffer (it doesn't need to switch
21251 to it), or nil if it can't find the next buffer (when it reaches the
21252 end of the search space).
21254 The first argument of this function is the current buffer where the
21255 search is currently searching. It defines the base buffer relative to
21256 which this function should find the next buffer. When the isearch
21257 direction is backward (when option `isearch-forward' is nil), this function
21258 should return the previous buffer to search.
21260 If the second argument of this function WRAP is non-nil, then it
21261 should return the first buffer in the series; and for the backward
21262 search, it should return the last buffer in the series.")
21264 (defvar multi-isearch-next-buffer-current-function nil "\
21265 The currently active function to get the next buffer to search.
21266 Initialized from `multi-isearch-next-buffer-function' when
21267 Isearch starts.")
21269 (defvar multi-isearch-current-buffer nil "\
21270 The buffer where the search is currently searching.
21271 The value is nil when the search still is in the initial buffer.")
21273 (defvar multi-isearch-buffer-list nil "\
21274 Sequence of buffers visited by multiple buffers Isearch.
21275 This is nil if Isearch is not currently searching more than one buffer.")
21277 (defvar multi-isearch-file-list nil "\
21278 Sequence of files visited by multiple file buffers Isearch.")
21280 (autoload 'multi-isearch-setup "misearch" "\
21281 Set up isearch to search multiple buffers.
21282 Intended to be added to `isearch-mode-hook'.
21284 \(fn)" nil nil)
21286 (autoload 'multi-isearch-buffers "misearch" "\
21287 Start multi-buffer Isearch on a list of BUFFERS.
21288 This list can contain live buffers or their names.
21289 Interactively read buffer names to search, one by one, ended with RET.
21290 With a prefix argument, ask for a regexp, and search in buffers
21291 whose names match the specified regexp.
21293 \(fn BUFFERS)" t nil)
21295 (autoload 'multi-isearch-buffers-regexp "misearch" "\
21296 Start multi-buffer regexp Isearch on a list of BUFFERS.
21297 This list can contain live buffers or their names.
21298 Interactively read buffer names to search, one by one, ended with RET.
21299 With a prefix argument, ask for a regexp, and search in buffers
21300 whose names match the specified regexp.
21302 \(fn BUFFERS)" t nil)
21304 (autoload 'multi-isearch-files "misearch" "\
21305 Start multi-buffer Isearch on a list of FILES.
21306 Relative file names in this list are expanded to absolute
21307 file names using the current buffer's value of `default-directory'.
21308 Interactively read file names to search, one by one, ended with RET.
21309 With a prefix argument, ask for a wildcard, and search in file buffers
21310 whose file names match the specified wildcard.
21312 \(fn FILES)" t nil)
21314 (autoload 'multi-isearch-files-regexp "misearch" "\
21315 Start multi-buffer regexp Isearch on a list of FILES.
21316 Relative file names in this list are expanded to absolute
21317 file names using the current buffer's value of `default-directory'.
21318 Interactively read file names to search, one by one, ended with RET.
21319 With a prefix argument, ask for a wildcard, and search in file buffers
21320 whose file names match the specified wildcard.
21322 \(fn FILES)" t nil)
21324 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "misearch" '("multi-isearch-" "misearch-unload-function")))
21326 ;;;***
21327 \f
21328 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mixal-mode" "progmodes/mixal-mode.el" (0 0
21329 ;;;;;; 0 0))
21330 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/mixal-mode.el
21331 (push (purecopy '(mixal-mode 0 1)) package--builtin-versions)
21333 (autoload 'mixal-mode "mixal-mode" "\
21334 Major mode for the mixal asm language.
21336 \(fn)" t nil)
21338 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mixal-mode" '("mixal-")))
21340 ;;;***
21341 \f
21342 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mm-archive" "gnus/mm-archive.el" (0 0 0 0))
21343 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-archive.el
21345 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mm-archive" '("mm-")))
21347 ;;;***
21348 \f
21349 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mm-bodies" "gnus/mm-bodies.el" (0 0 0 0))
21350 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-bodies.el
21352 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mm-bodies" '("mm-")))
21354 ;;;***
21355 \f
21356 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mm-decode" "gnus/mm-decode.el" (0 0 0 0))
21357 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-decode.el
21359 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mm-decode" '("mm-")))
21361 ;;;***
21362 \f
21363 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mm-encode" "gnus/mm-encode.el" (0 0 0 0))
21364 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-encode.el
21366 (autoload 'mm-default-file-encoding "mm-encode" "\
21367 Return a default encoding for FILE.
21369 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
21371 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mm-encode" '("mm-")))
21373 ;;;***
21374 \f
21375 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mm-extern" "gnus/mm-extern.el" (0 0 0 0))
21376 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-extern.el
21378 (autoload 'mm-extern-cache-contents "mm-extern" "\
21379 Put the external-body part of HANDLE into its cache.
21381 \(fn HANDLE)" nil nil)
21383 (autoload 'mm-inline-external-body "mm-extern" "\
21384 Show the external-body part of HANDLE.
21385 This function replaces the buffer of HANDLE with a buffer contains
21386 the entire message.
21387 If NO-DISPLAY is nil, display it. Otherwise, do nothing after replacing.
21389 \(fn HANDLE &optional NO-DISPLAY)" nil nil)
21391 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mm-extern" '("mm-extern-")))
21393 ;;;***
21394 \f
21395 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mm-partial" "gnus/mm-partial.el" (0 0 0 0))
21396 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-partial.el
21398 (autoload 'mm-inline-partial "mm-partial" "\
21399 Show the partial part of HANDLE.
21400 This function replaces the buffer of HANDLE with a buffer contains
21401 the entire message.
21402 If NO-DISPLAY is nil, display it. Otherwise, do nothing after replacing.
21404 \(fn HANDLE &optional NO-DISPLAY)" nil nil)
21406 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mm-partial" '("mm-partial-find-parts")))
21408 ;;;***
21409 \f
21410 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mm-url" "gnus/mm-url.el" (0 0 0 0))
21411 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-url.el
21413 (autoload 'mm-url-insert-file-contents "mm-url" "\
21414 Insert file contents of URL.
21415 If `mm-url-use-external' is non-nil, use `mm-url-program'.
21417 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
21419 (autoload 'mm-url-insert-file-contents-external "mm-url" "\
21420 Insert file contents of URL using `mm-url-program'.
21422 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
21424 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mm-url" '("mm-url-")))
21426 ;;;***
21427 \f
21428 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mm-util" "gnus/mm-util.el" (0 0 0 0))
21429 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-util.el
21431 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mm-util" '("mm-")))
21433 ;;;***
21434 \f
21435 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mm-uu" "gnus/mm-uu.el" (0 0 0 0))
21436 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-uu.el
21438 (autoload 'mm-uu-dissect "mm-uu" "\
21439 Dissect the current buffer and return a list of uu handles.
21440 The optional NOHEADER means there's no header in the buffer.
21441 MIME-TYPE specifies a MIME type and parameters, which defaults to the
21442 value of `mm-uu-text-plain-type'.
21444 \(fn &optional NOHEADER MIME-TYPE)" nil nil)
21446 (autoload 'mm-uu-dissect-text-parts "mm-uu" "\
21447 Dissect text parts and put uu handles into HANDLE.
21448 Assume text has been decoded if DECODED is non-nil.
21450 \(fn HANDLE &optional DECODED)" nil nil)
21452 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mm-uu" '("mm-")))
21454 ;;;***
21455 \f
21456 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mm-view" "gnus/mm-view.el" (0 0 0 0))
21457 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-view.el
21459 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mm-view" '("mm-")))
21461 ;;;***
21462 \f
21463 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mml" "gnus/mml.el" (0 0 0 0))
21464 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mml.el
21466 (autoload 'mml-to-mime "mml" "\
21467 Translate the current buffer from MML to MIME.
21469 \(fn)" nil nil)
21471 (autoload 'mml-attach-file "mml" "\
21472 Attach a file to the outgoing MIME message.
21473 The file is not inserted or encoded until you send the message with
21477 FILE is the name of the file to attach. TYPE is its
21479 is a one-line description of the attachment. The DISPOSITION
21480 specifies how the attachment is intended to be displayed. It can
21484 If given a prefix interactively, no prompting will be done for
21485 the TYPE, DESCRIPTION or DISPOSITION values. Instead defaults
21486 will be computed and used.
21488 \(fn FILE &optional TYPE DESCRIPTION DISPOSITION)" t nil)
21490 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mml" '("mime-to-mml" "mml-")))
21492 ;;;***
21493 \f
21494 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mml-sec" "gnus/mml-sec.el" (0 0 0 0))
21495 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mml-sec.el
21497 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mml-sec" '("mml-")))
21499 ;;;***
21500 \f
21501 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mml-smime" "gnus/mml-smime.el" (0 0 0 0))
21502 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mml-smime.el
21504 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mml-smime" '("mml-smime-")))
21506 ;;;***
21507 \f
21508 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mml1991" "gnus/mml1991.el" (0 0 0 0))
21509 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mml1991.el
21511 (autoload 'mml1991-encrypt "mml1991" "\
21514 \(fn CONT &optional SIGN)" nil nil)
21516 (autoload 'mml1991-sign "mml1991" "\
21519 \(fn CONT)" nil nil)
21521 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mml1991" '("mml1991-")))
21523 ;;;***
21524 \f
21525 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mml2015" "gnus/mml2015.el" (0 0 0 0))
21526 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mml2015.el
21528 (autoload 'mml2015-decrypt "mml2015" "\
21531 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
21533 (autoload 'mml2015-decrypt-test "mml2015" "\
21536 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
21538 (autoload 'mml2015-verify "mml2015" "\
21541 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
21543 (autoload 'mml2015-verify-test "mml2015" "\
21546 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
21548 (autoload 'mml2015-encrypt "mml2015" "\
21551 \(fn CONT &optional SIGN)" nil nil)
21553 (autoload 'mml2015-sign "mml2015" "\
21556 \(fn CONT)" nil nil)
21558 (autoload 'mml2015-self-encrypt "mml2015" "\
21561 \(fn)" nil nil)
21563 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mml2015" '("mml2015-")))
21565 ;;;***
21566 \f
21567 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mode-local" "cedet/mode-local.el" (0 0 0 0))
21568 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/mode-local.el
21570 (put 'define-overloadable-function 'doc-string-elt 3)
21572 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mode-local" '("make-obsolete-overload" "mode-local-" "deactivate-mode-local-bindings" "def" "describe-mode-local-" "xref-mode-local-" "overload-" "fetch-overload" "function-overload-p" "set" "with-mode-local" "activate-mode-local-bindings" "new-mode-local-bindings" "get-mode-local-parent")))
21574 ;;;***
21575 \f
21576 ;;;### (autoloads nil "modula2" "progmodes/modula2.el" (0 0 0 0))
21577 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/modula2.el
21579 (defalias 'modula-2-mode 'm2-mode)
21581 (autoload 'm2-mode "modula2" "\
21582 This is a mode intended to support program development in Modula-2.
21583 All control constructs of Modula-2 can be reached by typing C-c
21584 followed by the first character of the construct.
21601 `m2-indent' controls the number of spaces for each indentation.
21602 `m2-compile-command' holds the command to compile a Modula-2 program.
21603 `m2-link-command' holds the command to link a Modula-2 program.
21605 \(fn)" t nil)
21607 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "modula2" '("m3-font-lock-keywords" "m2-")))
21609 ;;;***
21610 \f
21611 ;;;### (autoloads nil "morse" "play/morse.el" (0 0 0 0))
21612 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/morse.el
21614 (autoload 'morse-region "morse" "\
21615 Convert all text in a given region to morse code.
21617 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
21619 (autoload 'unmorse-region "morse" "\
21620 Convert morse coded text in region to ordinary ASCII text.
21622 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
21624 (autoload 'nato-region "morse" "\
21625 Convert all text in a given region to NATO phonetic alphabet.
21627 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
21629 (autoload 'denato-region "morse" "\
21630 Convert NATO phonetic alphabet in region to ordinary ASCII text.
21632 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
21634 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "morse" '("nato-alphabet" "morse-code")))
21636 ;;;***
21637 \f
21638 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mouse-copy" "mouse-copy.el" (0 0 0 0))
21639 ;;; Generated autoloads from mouse-copy.el
21641 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mouse-copy" '("mouse-")))
21643 ;;;***
21644 \f
21645 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mouse-drag" "mouse-drag.el" (0 0 0 0))
21646 ;;; Generated autoloads from mouse-drag.el
21648 (autoload 'mouse-drag-throw "mouse-drag" "\
21652 from the original mouse click to the current mouse location. Try it;
21653 you'll like it. It's easier to observe than to explain.
21655 If the mouse is clicked and released in the same place of time we
21656 assume that the user didn't want to scroll but wanted to whatever
21657 mouse-2 used to do, so we pass it through.
21660 option in MacPaint, or the middle button in Tk text widgets.
21662 If `mouse-throw-with-scroll-bar' is non-nil, then this command scrolls
21663 in the opposite direction. (Different people have different ideas
21664 about which direction is natural. Perhaps it has to do with which
21665 hemisphere you're in.)
21667 To test this function, evaluate:
21670 \(fn START-EVENT)" t nil)
21672 (autoload 'mouse-drag-drag "mouse-drag" "\
21675 Drag scrolling moves the page according to the movement of the mouse.
21678 If the mouse is clicked and released in the same place of time we
21679 assume that the user didn't want to scroll but wanted to whatever
21680 mouse-2 used to do, so we pass it through.
21683 middle button in Tk text widgets.
21685 To test this function, evaluate:
21688 \(fn START-EVENT)" t nil)
21690 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mouse-drag" '("mouse-")))
21692 ;;;***
21693 \f
21694 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mpc" "mpc.el" (0 0 0 0))
21695 ;;; Generated autoloads from mpc.el
21697 (autoload 'mpc "mpc" "\
21698 Main entry point for MPC.
21700 \(fn)" t nil)
21702 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mpc" '("mpc-" "tag-browser-tagtypes")))
21704 ;;;***
21705 \f
21706 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mpuz" "play/mpuz.el" (0 0 0 0))
21707 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/mpuz.el
21709 (autoload 'mpuz "mpuz" "\
21710 Multiplication puzzle with GNU Emacs.
21712 \(fn)" t nil)
21714 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mpuz" '("mpuz-")))
21716 ;;;***
21717 \f
21718 ;;;### (autoloads nil "msb" "msb.el" (0 0 0 0))
21719 ;;; Generated autoloads from msb.el
21721 (defvar msb-mode nil "\
21722 Non-nil if Msb mode is enabled.
21723 See the `msb-mode' command
21724 for a description of this minor mode.
21725 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
21726 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
21727 or call the function `msb-mode'.")
21729 (custom-autoload 'msb-mode "msb" nil)
21731 (autoload 'msb-mode "msb" "\
21732 Toggle Msb mode.
21733 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Msb mode if ARG is positive,
21734 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
21735 if ARG is omitted or nil.
21737 This mode overrides the binding(s) of `mouse-buffer-menu' to provide a
21738 different buffer menu using the function `msb'.
21740 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
21742 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "msb" '("mouse-select-buffer" "msb")))
21744 ;;;***
21745 \f
21746 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mspools" "mail/mspools.el" (0 0 0 0))
21747 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mspools.el
21749 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mspools" '("mspools-")))
21751 ;;;***
21752 \f
21753 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mule-diag" "international/mule-diag.el" (0
21754 ;;;;;; 0 0 0))
21755 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/mule-diag.el
21757 (autoload 'list-character-sets "mule-diag" "\
21758 Display a list of all character sets.
21760 The D column contains the dimension of this character set. The CH
21761 column contains the number of characters in a block of this character
21762 set. The FINAL-BYTE column contains an ISO-2022 <final-byte> to use
21763 in the designation escape sequence for this character set in
21764 ISO-2022-based coding systems.
21766 With prefix ARG, the output format gets more cryptic,
21767 but still shows the full information.
21769 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
21771 (autoload 'read-charset "mule-diag" "\
21772 Read a character set from the minibuffer, prompting with string PROMPT.
21773 It must be an Emacs character set listed in the variable `charset-list'.
21775 Optional arguments are DEFAULT-VALUE and INITIAL-INPUT.
21776 DEFAULT-VALUE, if non-nil, is the default value.
21777 INITIAL-INPUT, if non-nil, is a string inserted in the minibuffer initially.
21778 See the documentation of the function `completing-read' for the detailed
21779 meanings of these arguments.
21781 \(fn PROMPT &optional DEFAULT-VALUE INITIAL-INPUT)" nil nil)
21783 (autoload 'list-charset-chars "mule-diag" "\
21784 Display a list of characters in character set CHARSET.
21786 \(fn CHARSET)" t nil)
21788 (autoload 'describe-character-set "mule-diag" "\
21789 Display information about built-in character set CHARSET.
21791 \(fn CHARSET)" t nil)
21793 (autoload 'describe-coding-system "mule-diag" "\
21794 Display information about CODING-SYSTEM.
21796 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" t nil)
21798 (autoload 'describe-current-coding-system-briefly "mule-diag" "\
21799 Display coding systems currently used in a brief format in echo area.
21802 where mnemonics of the following coding systems come in this order
21803 in place of `..':
21804 `buffer-file-coding-system' (of the current buffer)
21805 eol-type of `buffer-file-coding-system' (of the current buffer)
21806 Value returned by `keyboard-coding-system'
21807 eol-type of `keyboard-coding-system'
21808 Value returned by `terminal-coding-system'.
21809 eol-type of `terminal-coding-system'
21810 `process-coding-system' for read (of the current buffer, if any)
21811 eol-type of `process-coding-system' for read (of the current buffer, if any)
21812 `process-coding-system' for write (of the current buffer, if any)
21813 eol-type of `process-coding-system' for write (of the current buffer, if any)
21814 default `buffer-file-coding-system'
21815 eol-type of default `buffer-file-coding-system'
21816 `default-process-coding-system' for read
21817 eol-type of `default-process-coding-system' for read
21818 `default-process-coding-system' for write
21819 eol-type of `default-process-coding-system'
21821 \(fn)" t nil)
21823 (autoload 'describe-current-coding-system "mule-diag" "\
21824 Display coding systems currently used, in detail.
21826 \(fn)" t nil)
21828 (autoload 'list-coding-systems "mule-diag" "\
21829 Display a list of all coding systems.
21830 This shows the mnemonic letter, name, and description of each coding system.
21832 With prefix ARG, the output format gets more cryptic,
21833 but still contains full information about each coding system.
21835 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
21837 (autoload 'list-coding-categories "mule-diag" "\
21838 Display a list of all coding categories.
21840 \(fn)" nil nil)
21842 (autoload 'describe-font "mule-diag" "\
21843 Display information about a font whose name is FONTNAME.
21844 The font must be already used by Emacs.
21846 \(fn FONTNAME)" t nil)
21848 (autoload 'describe-fontset "mule-diag" "\
21849 Display information about FONTSET.
21850 This shows which font is used for which character(s).
21852 \(fn FONTSET)" t nil)
21854 (autoload 'list-fontsets "mule-diag" "\
21855 Display a list of all fontsets.
21856 This shows the name, size, and style of each fontset.
21857 With prefix arg, also list the fonts contained in each fontset;
21858 see the function `describe-fontset' for the format of the list.
21860 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
21862 (autoload 'list-input-methods "mule-diag" "\
21863 Display information about all input methods.
21865 \(fn)" t nil)
21867 (autoload 'mule-diag "mule-diag" "\
21868 Display diagnosis of the multilingual environment (Mule).
21870 This shows various information related to the current multilingual
21871 environment, including lists of input methods, coding systems,
21872 character sets, and fontsets (if Emacs is running under a window
21873 system which uses fontsets).
21875 \(fn)" t nil)
21877 (autoload 'font-show-log "mule-diag" "\
21878 Show log of font listing and opening.
21879 Prefix arg LIMIT says how many fonts to show for each listing.
21880 The default is 20. If LIMIT is negative, do not limit the listing.
21882 \(fn &optional LIMIT)" t nil)
21884 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mule-diag" '("insert-section" "list-" "print-" "describe-font-internal" "charset-history" "non-iso-charset-alist" "sort-listed-character-sets")))
21886 ;;;***
21887 \f
21888 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mule-util" "international/mule-util.el" (0
21889 ;;;;;; 0 0 0))
21890 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/mule-util.el
21892 (autoload 'store-substring "mule-util" "\
21893 Embed OBJ (string or character) at index IDX of STRING.
21895 \(fn STRING IDX OBJ)" nil nil)
21897 (autoload 'truncate-string-to-width "mule-util" "\
21898 Truncate string STR to end at column END-COLUMN.
21899 The optional 3rd arg START-COLUMN, if non-nil, specifies the starting
21900 column; that means to return the characters occupying columns
21901 START-COLUMN ... END-COLUMN of STR. Both END-COLUMN and START-COLUMN
21902 are specified in terms of character display width in the current
21903 buffer; see also `char-width'.
21905 The optional 4th arg PADDING, if non-nil, specifies a padding
21906 character (which should have a display width of 1) to add at the end
21907 of the result if STR doesn't reach column END-COLUMN, or if END-COLUMN
21908 comes in the middle of a character in STR. PADDING is also added at
21909 the beginning of the result if column START-COLUMN appears in the
21910 middle of a character in STR.
21912 If PADDING is nil, no padding is added in these cases, so
21913 the resulting string may be narrower than END-COLUMN.
21915 If ELLIPSIS is non-nil, it should be a string which will replace the
21916 end of STR (including any padding) if it extends beyond END-COLUMN,
21917 unless the display width of STR is equal to or less than the display
21918 width of ELLIPSIS. If it is non-nil and not a string, then ELLIPSIS
21919 defaults to `truncate-string-ellipsis'.
21921 \(fn STR END-COLUMN &optional START-COLUMN PADDING ELLIPSIS)" nil nil)
21923 (defsubst nested-alist-p (obj) "\
21924 Return t if OBJ is a nested alist.
21926 Nested alist is a list of the form (ENTRY . BRANCHES), where ENTRY is
21927 any Lisp object, and BRANCHES is a list of cons cells of the form
21928 \(KEY-ELEMENT . NESTED-ALIST).
21930 You can use a nested alist to store any Lisp object (ENTRY) for a key
21931 sequence KEYSEQ, where KEYSEQ is a sequence of KEY-ELEMENT. KEYSEQ
21932 can be a string, a vector, or a list." (and obj (listp obj) (listp (cdr obj))))
21934 (autoload 'set-nested-alist "mule-util" "\
21935 Set ENTRY for KEYSEQ in a nested alist ALIST.
21936 Optional 4th arg LEN non-nil means the first LEN elements in KEYSEQ
21937 are considered.
21938 Optional 5th argument BRANCHES if non-nil is branches for a keyseq
21939 longer than KEYSEQ.
21940 See the documentation of `nested-alist-p' for more detail.
21942 \(fn KEYSEQ ENTRY ALIST &optional LEN BRANCHES)" nil nil)
21944 (autoload 'lookup-nested-alist "mule-util" "\
21945 Look up key sequence KEYSEQ in nested alist ALIST. Return the definition.
21946 Optional 3rd argument LEN specifies the length of KEYSEQ.
21947 Optional 4th argument START specifies index of the starting key.
21948 The returned value is normally a nested alist of which
21949 car part is the entry for KEYSEQ.
21950 If ALIST is not deep enough for KEYSEQ, return number which is
21951 how many key elements at the front of KEYSEQ it takes
21952 to reach a leaf in ALIST.
21953 Optional 5th argument NIL-FOR-TOO-LONG non-nil means return nil
21954 even if ALIST is not deep enough.
21956 \(fn KEYSEQ ALIST &optional LEN START NIL-FOR-TOO-LONG)" nil nil)
21958 (autoload 'coding-system-post-read-conversion "mule-util" "\
21959 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `post-read-conversion' property.
21961 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
21963 (autoload 'coding-system-pre-write-conversion "mule-util" "\
21964 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `pre-write-conversion' property.
21966 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
21968 (autoload 'coding-system-translation-table-for-decode "mule-util" "\
21969 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `decode-translation-table' property.
21971 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
21973 (autoload 'coding-system-translation-table-for-encode "mule-util" "\
21974 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `encode-translation-table' property.
21976 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
21978 (autoload 'with-coding-priority "mule-util" "\
21979 Execute BODY like `progn' with CODING-SYSTEMS at the front of priority list.
21980 CODING-SYSTEMS is a list of coding systems. See `set-coding-system-priority'.
21981 This affects the implicit sorting of lists of coding systems returned by
21982 operations such as `find-coding-systems-region'.
21984 \(fn CODING-SYSTEMS &rest BODY)" nil t)
21985 (put 'with-coding-priority 'lisp-indent-function 1)
21987 (autoload 'detect-coding-with-priority "mule-util" "\
21988 Detect a coding system of the text between FROM and TO with PRIORITY-LIST.
21989 PRIORITY-LIST is an alist of coding categories vs the corresponding
21990 coding systems ordered by priority.
21992 \(fn FROM TO PRIORITY-LIST)" nil t)
21994 (make-obsolete 'detect-coding-with-priority 'with-coding-priority '"23.1")
21996 (autoload 'detect-coding-with-language-environment "mule-util" "\
21997 Detect a coding system for the text between FROM and TO with LANG-ENV.
21998 The detection takes into account the coding system priorities for the
21999 language environment LANG-ENV.
22001 \(fn FROM TO LANG-ENV)" nil nil)
22003 (autoload 'char-displayable-p "mule-util" "\
22004 Return non-nil if we should be able to display CHAR.
22005 On a multi-font display, the test is only whether there is an
22006 appropriate font from the selected frame's fontset to display
22007 CHAR's charset in general. Since fonts may be specified on a
22008 per-character basis, this may not be accurate.
22010 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
22012 (autoload 'filepos-to-bufferpos "mule-util" "\
22013 Try to return the buffer position corresponding to a particular file position.
22014 The file position is given as a (0-based) BYTE count.
22015 The function presumes the file is encoded with CODING-SYSTEM, which defaults
22016 to `buffer-file-coding-system'.
22017 QUALITY can be:
22018 `approximate', in which case we may cut some corners to avoid
22019 excessive work.
22020 `exact', in which case we may end up re-(en/de)coding a large
22021 part of the file/buffer, this can be expensive and slow.
22022 nil, in which case we may return nil rather than an approximation.
22024 \(fn BYTE &optional QUALITY CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
22026 (autoload 'bufferpos-to-filepos "mule-util" "\
22027 Try to return the file byte corresponding to a particular buffer POSITION.
22028 Value is the file position given as a (0-based) byte count.
22029 The function presumes the file is encoded with CODING-SYSTEM, which defaults
22030 to `buffer-file-coding-system'.
22031 QUALITY can be:
22032 `approximate', in which case we may cut some corners to avoid
22033 excessive work.
22034 `exact', in which case we may end up re-(en/de)coding a large
22035 part of the file/buffer, this can be expensive and slow.
22036 nil, in which case we may return nil rather than an approximation.
22038 \(fn POSITION &optional QUALITY CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
22040 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mule-util" '("filepos-to-bufferpos--dos" "truncate-string-ellipsis")))
22042 ;;;***
22043 \f
22044 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mwheel" "mwheel.el" (0 0 0 0))
22045 ;;; Generated autoloads from mwheel.el
22047 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mwheel" '("mwheel-" "mouse-wheel-")))
22049 ;;;***
22050 \f
22051 ;;;### (autoloads nil "net-utils" "net/net-utils.el" (0 0 0 0))
22052 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/net-utils.el
22054 (autoload 'ifconfig "net-utils" "\
22055 Run `ifconfig-program' and display diagnostic output.
22057 \(fn)" t nil)
22059 (autoload 'iwconfig "net-utils" "\
22060 Run `iwconfig-program' and display diagnostic output.
22062 \(fn)" t nil)
22064 (autoload 'netstat "net-utils" "\
22065 Run `netstat-program' and display diagnostic output.
22067 \(fn)" t nil)
22069 (autoload 'arp "net-utils" "\
22070 Run `arp-program' and display diagnostic output.
22072 \(fn)" t nil)
22074 (autoload 'route "net-utils" "\
22075 Run `route-program' and display diagnostic output.
22077 \(fn)" t nil)
22079 (autoload 'traceroute "net-utils" "\
22080 Run `traceroute-program' for TARGET.
22082 \(fn TARGET)" t nil)
22084 (autoload 'ping "net-utils" "\
22085 Ping HOST.
22086 If your system's ping continues until interrupted, you can try setting
22087 `ping-program-options'.
22089 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
22091 (autoload 'nslookup-host "net-utils" "\
22092 Look up the DNS information for HOST (name or IP address).
22093 Optional argument NAME-SERVER says which server to use for
22094 DNS resolution.
22095 Interactively, prompt for NAME-SERVER if invoked with prefix argument.
22097 This command uses `nslookup-program' for looking up the DNS information.
22099 \(fn HOST &optional NAME-SERVER)" t nil)
22101 (autoload 'nslookup "net-utils" "\
22102 Run `nslookup-program'.
22104 \(fn)" t nil)
22106 (autoload 'dns-lookup-host "net-utils" "\
22107 Look up the DNS information for HOST (name or IP address).
22108 Optional argument NAME-SERVER says which server to use for
22109 DNS resolution.
22110 Interactively, prompt for NAME-SERVER if invoked with prefix argument.
22112 This command uses `dns-lookup-program' for looking up the DNS information.
22114 \(fn HOST &optional NAME-SERVER)" t nil)
22116 (autoload 'run-dig "net-utils" "\
22117 Look up DNS information for HOST (name or IP address).
22118 Optional argument NAME-SERVER says which server to use for
22119 DNS resolution.
22120 Interactively, prompt for NAME-SERVER if invoked with prefix argument.
22122 This command uses `dig-program' for looking up the DNS information.
22124 \(fn HOST &optional NAME-SERVER)" t nil)
22126 (autoload 'ftp "net-utils" "\
22127 Run `ftp-program' to connect to HOST.
22129 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
22131 (autoload 'finger "net-utils" "\
22132 Finger USER on HOST.
22133 This command uses `finger-X.500-host-regexps'
22134 and `network-connection-service-alist', which see.
22136 \(fn USER HOST)" t nil)
22138 (autoload 'whois "net-utils" "\
22139 Send SEARCH-STRING to server defined by the `whois-server-name' variable.
22140 If `whois-guess-server' is non-nil, then try to deduce the correct server
22141 from SEARCH-STRING. With argument, prompt for whois server.
22142 The port is deduced from `network-connection-service-alist'.
22144 \(fn ARG SEARCH-STRING)" t nil)
22146 (autoload 'whois-reverse-lookup "net-utils" "\
22149 \(fn)" t nil)
22151 (autoload 'network-connection-to-service "net-utils" "\
22152 Open a network connection to SERVICE on HOST.
22153 This command uses `network-connection-service-alist', which see.
22155 \(fn HOST SERVICE)" t nil)
22157 (autoload 'network-connection "net-utils" "\
22158 Open a network connection to HOST on PORT.
22160 \(fn HOST PORT)" t nil)
22162 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "net-utils" '("nslookup-" "net" "whois-" "ftp-" "finger-X.500-host-regexps" "route-program" "run-network-program" "smbclient" "ifconfig-program" "iwconfig-program" "ipconfig" "dig-program" "dns-lookup-program" "arp-program" "ping-program" "traceroute-program")))
22164 ;;;***
22165 \f
22166 ;;;### (autoloads nil "netrc" "net/netrc.el" (0 0 0 0))
22167 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/netrc.el
22169 (autoload 'netrc-credentials "netrc" "\
22170 Return a user name/password pair.
22171 Port specifications will be prioritized in the order they are
22172 listed in the PORTS list.
22174 \(fn MACHINE &rest PORTS)" nil nil)
22176 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "netrc" '("netrc-")))
22178 ;;;***
22179 \f
22180 ;;;### (autoloads nil "network-stream" "net/network-stream.el" (0
22181 ;;;;;; 0 0 0))
22182 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/network-stream.el
22184 (autoload 'open-network-stream "network-stream" "\
22185 Open a TCP connection to HOST, optionally with encryption.
22186 Normally, return a network process object; with a non-nil
22187 :return-list parameter, return a list instead (see below).
22188 Input and output work as for subprocesses; `delete-process'
22189 closes it.
22191 NAME is the name for the process. It is modified if necessary to
22192 make it unique.
22193 BUFFER is a buffer or buffer name to associate with the process.
22194 Process output goes at end of that buffer. BUFFER may be nil,
22195 meaning that the process is not associated with any buffer.
22196 HOST is the name or IP address of the host to connect to.
22197 SERVICE is the name of the service desired, or an integer or
22198 integer string specifying a port number to connect to.
22200 The remaining PARAMETERS should be a sequence of keywords and
22201 values:
22203 :type specifies the connection type, one of the following:
22204 nil or `network'
22205 -- Begin with an ordinary network connection, and if
22206 the parameters :success and :capability-command
22207 are also supplied, try to upgrade to an encrypted
22208 connection via STARTTLS. Even if that
22209 fails (e.g. if HOST does not support TLS), retain
22210 an unencrypted connection.
22211 `plain' -- An ordinary, unencrypted network connection.
22212 `starttls' -- Begin with an ordinary connection, and try
22213 upgrading via STARTTLS. If that fails for any
22214 reason, drop the connection; in that case the
22215 returned object is a killed process.
22216 `tls' -- A TLS connection.
22217 `ssl' -- Equivalent to `tls'.
22218 `shell' -- A shell connection.
22220 :return-list specifies this function's return value.
22221 If omitted or nil, return a process object. A non-nil means to
22222 return (PROC . PROPS), where PROC is a process object and PROPS
22223 is a plist of connection properties, with these keywords:
22224 :greeting -- the greeting returned by HOST (a string), or nil.
22225 :capabilities -- a string representing HOST's capabilities,
22226 or nil if none could be found.
22227 :type -- the resulting connection type; `plain' (unencrypted)
22228 or `tls' (TLS-encrypted).
22230 :end-of-command specifies a regexp matching the end of a command.
22232 :end-of-capability specifies a regexp matching the end of the
22233 response to the command specified for :capability-command.
22234 It defaults to the regexp specified for :end-of-command.
22236 :success specifies a regexp matching a message indicating a
22237 successful STARTTLS negotiation. For instance, the default
22240 :capability-command specifies a command used to query the HOST
22241 for its capabilities. For instance, for IMAP this should be
22244 :starttls-function specifies a function for handling STARTTLS.
22245 This function should take one parameter, the response to the
22246 capability command, and should return the command to switch on
22247 STARTTLS if the server supports STARTTLS, and nil otherwise.
22249 :always-query-capabilities says whether to query the server for
22250 capabilities, even if we're doing a `plain' network connection.
22252 :client-certificate should either be a list where the first
22253 element is the certificate key file name, and the second
22254 element is the certificate file name itself, or t, which
22255 means that `auth-source' will be queried for the key and the
22256 certificate. This parameter will only be used when doing TLS
22257 or STARTTLS connections.
22259 :use-starttls-if-possible is a boolean that says to do opportunistic
22260 STARTTLS upgrades even if Emacs doesn't have built-in TLS functionality.
22262 :warn-unless-encrypted is a boolean which, if :return-list is
22263 non-nil, is used warn the user if the connection isn't encrypted.
22265 :nogreeting is a boolean that can be used to inhibit waiting for
22266 a greeting from the server.
22268 :nowait, if non-nil, says the connection should be made
22269 asynchronously, if possible.
22271 :shell-command is a format-spec string that can be used if :type
22272 is `shell'. It has two specs, %s for host and %p for port
22275 :tls-parameters is a list that should be supplied if you're
22276 opening a TLS connection. The first element is the TLS
22277 type (either `gnutls-x509pki' or `gnutls-anon'), and the
22278 remaining elements should be a keyword list accepted by
22279 gnutls-boot (as returned by `gnutls-boot-parameters').
22281 \(fn NAME BUFFER HOST SERVICE &rest PARAMETERS)" nil nil)
22283 (defalias 'open-protocol-stream 'open-network-stream)
22285 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "network-stream" '("network-stream-")))
22287 ;;;***
22288 \f
22289 ;;;### (autoloads nil "newst-backend" "net/newst-backend.el" (0 0
22290 ;;;;;; 0 0))
22291 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newst-backend.el
22293 (autoload 'newsticker-running-p "newst-backend" "\
22294 Check whether newsticker is running.
22295 Return t if newsticker is running, nil otherwise. Newsticker is
22296 considered to be running if the newsticker timer list is not empty.
22298 \(fn)" nil nil)
22300 (autoload 'newsticker-start "newst-backend" "\
22301 Start the newsticker.
22302 Start the timers for display and retrieval. If the newsticker, i.e. the
22303 timers, are running already a warning message is printed unless
22304 DO-NOT-COMPLAIN-IF-RUNNING is not nil.
22305 Run `newsticker-start-hook' if newsticker was not running already.
22307 \(fn &optional DO-NOT-COMPLAIN-IF-RUNNING)" t nil)
22309 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "newst-backend" '("newsticker-")))
22311 ;;;***
22312 \f
22313 ;;;### (autoloads nil "newst-plainview" "net/newst-plainview.el"
22314 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
22315 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newst-plainview.el
22317 (autoload 'newsticker-plainview "newst-plainview" "\
22318 Start newsticker plainview.
22320 \(fn)" t nil)
22322 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "newst-plainview" '("newsticker-")))
22324 ;;;***
22325 \f
22326 ;;;### (autoloads nil "newst-reader" "net/newst-reader.el" (0 0 0
22327 ;;;;;; 0))
22328 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newst-reader.el
22330 (autoload 'newsticker-show-news "newst-reader" "\
22331 Start reading news. You may want to bind this to a key.
22333 \(fn)" t nil)
22335 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "newst-reader" '("newsticker-")))
22337 ;;;***
22338 \f
22339 ;;;### (autoloads nil "newst-ticker" "net/newst-ticker.el" (0 0 0
22340 ;;;;;; 0))
22341 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newst-ticker.el
22343 (autoload 'newsticker-ticker-running-p "newst-ticker" "\
22344 Check whether newsticker's actual ticker is running.
22345 Return t if ticker is running, nil otherwise. Newsticker is
22346 considered to be running if the newsticker timer list is not
22347 empty.
22349 \(fn)" nil nil)
22351 (autoload 'newsticker-start-ticker "newst-ticker" "\
22352 Start newsticker's ticker (but not the news retrieval).
22353 Start display timer for the actual ticker if wanted and not
22354 running already.
22356 \(fn)" t nil)
22358 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "newst-ticker" '("newsticker-")))
22360 ;;;***
22361 \f
22362 ;;;### (autoloads nil "newst-treeview" "net/newst-treeview.el" (0
22363 ;;;;;; 0 0 0))
22364 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newst-treeview.el
22366 (autoload 'newsticker-treeview "newst-treeview" "\
22367 Start newsticker treeview.
22369 \(fn)" t nil)
22371 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "newst-treeview" '("newsticker-")))
22373 ;;;***
22374 \f
22375 ;;;### (autoloads nil "newsticker" "net/newsticker.el" (0 0 0 0))
22376 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newsticker.el
22378 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "newsticker" '("newsticker-version")))
22380 ;;;***
22381 \f
22382 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nnagent" "gnus/nnagent.el" (0 0 0 0))
22383 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnagent.el
22385 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "nnagent" '("nnagent-")))
22387 ;;;***
22388 \f
22389 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nnbabyl" "gnus/nnbabyl.el" (0 0 0 0))
22390 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnbabyl.el
22392 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "nnbabyl" '("nnbabyl-")))
22394 ;;;***
22395 \f
22396 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nndiary" "gnus/nndiary.el" (0 0 0 0))
22397 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nndiary.el
22399 (autoload 'nndiary-generate-nov-databases "nndiary" "\
22400 Generate NOV databases in all nndiary directories.
22402 \(fn &optional SERVER)" t nil)
22404 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "nndiary" '("nndiary-")))
22406 ;;;***
22407 \f
22408 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nndir" "gnus/nndir.el" (0 0 0 0))
22409 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nndir.el
22411 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "nndir" '("nndir-")))
22413 ;;;***
22414 \f
22415 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nndoc" "gnus/nndoc.el" (0 0 0 0))
22416 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nndoc.el
22418 (autoload 'nndoc-add-type "nndoc" "\
22419 Add document DEFINITION to the list of nndoc document definitions.
22420 If POSITION is nil or `last', the definition will be added
22421 as the last checked definition, if t or `first', add as the
22422 first definition, and if any other symbol, add after that
22423 symbol in the alist.
22425 \(fn DEFINITION &optional POSITION)" nil nil)
22427 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "nndoc" '("nndoc-")))
22429 ;;;***
22430 \f
22431 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nndraft" "gnus/nndraft.el" (0 0 0 0))
22432 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nndraft.el
22434 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "nndraft" '("nndraft-")))
22436 ;;;***
22437 \f
22438 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nneething" "gnus/nneething.el" (0 0 0 0))
22439 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nneething.el
22441 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "nneething" '("nneething-")))
22443 ;;;***
22444 \f
22445 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nnfolder" "gnus/nnfolder.el" (0 0 0 0))
22446 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnfolder.el
22448 (autoload 'nnfolder-generate-active-file "nnfolder" "\
22449 Look for mbox folders in the nnfolder directory and make them into groups.
22450 This command does not work if you use short group names.
22452 \(fn)" t nil)
22454 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "nnfolder" '("nnfolder-")))
22456 ;;;***
22457 \f
22458 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nngateway" "gnus/nngateway.el" (0 0 0 0))
22459 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nngateway.el
22461 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "nngateway" '("nngateway-")))
22463 ;;;***
22464 \f
22465 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nnheader" "gnus/nnheader.el" (0 0 0 0))
22466 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnheader.el
22468 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "nnheader" '("nntp-" "nnheader-" "mail-header-" "make-" "gnus-")))
22470 ;;;***
22471 \f
22472 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nnimap" "gnus/nnimap.el" (0 0 0 0))
22473 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnimap.el
22475 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "nnimap" '("nnimap")))
22477 ;;;***
22478 \f
22479 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nnir" "gnus/nnir.el" (0 0 0 0))
22480 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnir.el
22482 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "nnir" '("nnir-" "gnus-")))
22484 ;;;***
22485 \f
22486 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nnmail" "gnus/nnmail.el" (0 0 0 0))
22487 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnmail.el
22489 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "nnmail" '("nnmail-")))
22491 ;;;***
22492 \f
22493 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nnmaildir" "gnus/nnmaildir.el" (0 0 0 0))
22494 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnmaildir.el
22496 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "nnmaildir" '("nnmaildir-")))
22498 ;;;***
22499 \f
22500 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nnmairix" "gnus/nnmairix.el" (0 0 0 0))
22501 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnmairix.el
22503 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "nnmairix" '("nnmairix-")))
22505 ;;;***
22506 \f
22507 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nnmbox" "gnus/nnmbox.el" (0 0 0 0))
22508 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnmbox.el
22510 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "nnmbox" '("nnmbox-")))
22512 ;;;***
22513 \f
22514 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nnmh" "gnus/nnmh.el" (0 0 0 0))
22515 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnmh.el
22517 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "nnmh" '("nnmh-")))
22519 ;;;***
22520 \f
22521 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nnml" "gnus/nnml.el" (0 0 0 0))
22522 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnml.el
22524 (autoload 'nnml-generate-nov-databases "nnml" "\
22525 Generate NOV databases in all nnml directories.
22527 \(fn &optional SERVER)" t nil)
22529 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "nnml" '("nnml-")))
22531 ;;;***
22532 \f
22533 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nnnil" "gnus/nnnil.el" (0 0 0 0))
22534 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnnil.el
22536 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "nnnil" '("nnnil-")))
22538 ;;;***
22539 \f
22540 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nnoo" "gnus/nnoo.el" (0 0 0 0))
22541 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnoo.el
22543 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "nnoo" '("nnoo-" "defvoo" "deffoo")))
22545 ;;;***
22546 \f
22547 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nnregistry" "gnus/nnregistry.el" (0 0 0 0))
22548 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnregistry.el
22550 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "nnregistry" '("nnregistry-")))
22552 ;;;***
22553 \f
22554 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nnrss" "gnus/nnrss.el" (0 0 0 0))
22555 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnrss.el
22557 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "nnrss" '("nnrss-")))
22559 ;;;***
22560 \f
22561 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nnspool" "gnus/nnspool.el" (0 0 0 0))
22562 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnspool.el
22564 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "nnspool" '("news-inews-program" "nnspool-")))
22566 ;;;***
22567 \f
22568 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nntp" "gnus/nntp.el" (0 0 0 0))
22569 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nntp.el
22571 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "nntp" '("nntp-")))
22573 ;;;***
22574 \f
22575 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nnvirtual" "gnus/nnvirtual.el" (0 0 0 0))
22576 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnvirtual.el
22578 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "nnvirtual" '("nnvirtual-")))
22580 ;;;***
22581 \f
22582 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nnweb" "gnus/nnweb.el" (0 0 0 0))
22583 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnweb.el
22585 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "nnweb" '("nnweb-")))
22587 ;;;***
22588 \f
22589 ;;;### (autoloads nil "notifications" "notifications.el" (0 0 0 0))
22590 ;;; Generated autoloads from notifications.el
22592 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "notifications" '("notifications-")))
22594 ;;;***
22595 \f
22596 ;;;### (autoloads nil "novice" "novice.el" (0 0 0 0))
22597 ;;; Generated autoloads from novice.el
22599 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'disabled-command-hook 'disabled-command-function "22.1")
22601 (defvar disabled-command-function 'disabled-command-function "\
22602 Function to call to handle disabled commands.
22603 If nil, the feature is disabled, i.e., all commands work normally.")
22605 (autoload 'disabled-command-function "novice" "\
22608 \(fn &optional CMD KEYS)" nil nil)
22610 (autoload 'enable-command "novice" "\
22611 Allow COMMAND to be executed without special confirmation from now on.
22612 COMMAND must be a symbol.
22613 This command alters the user's .emacs file so that this will apply
22614 to future sessions.
22616 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
22618 (autoload 'disable-command "novice" "\
22619 Require special confirmation to execute COMMAND from now on.
22620 COMMAND must be a symbol.
22621 This command alters your init file so that this choice applies to
22622 future sessions.
22624 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
22626 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "novice" '("en/disable-command")))
22628 ;;;***
22629 \f
22630 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nroff-mode" "textmodes/nroff-mode.el" (0 0
22631 ;;;;;; 0 0))
22632 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/nroff-mode.el
22634 (autoload 'nroff-mode "nroff-mode" "\
22635 Major mode for editing text intended for nroff to format.
22637 Turning on Nroff mode runs `text-mode-hook', then `nroff-mode-hook'.
22638 Also, try `nroff-electric-mode', for automatically inserting
22639 closing requests for requests that are used in matched pairs.
22641 \(fn)" t nil)
22643 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "nroff-mode" '("nroff-")))
22645 ;;;***
22646 \f
22647 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nsm" "net/nsm.el" (0 0 0 0))
22648 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/nsm.el
22650 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "nsm" '("network-security-level" "nsm-")))
22652 ;;;***
22653 \f
22654 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ntlm" "net/ntlm.el" (0 0 0 0))
22655 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/ntlm.el
22656 (push (purecopy '(ntlm 2 1 0)) package--builtin-versions)
22658 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ntlm" '("ntlm-")))
22660 ;;;***
22661 \f
22662 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nxml-enc" "nxml/nxml-enc.el" (0 0 0 0))
22663 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/nxml-enc.el
22665 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "nxml-enc" '("nxml-")))
22667 ;;;***
22668 \f
22669 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nxml-maint" "nxml/nxml-maint.el" (0 0 0 0))
22670 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/nxml-maint.el
22672 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "nxml-maint" '("nxml-insert-target-repertoire-glyph-set")))
22674 ;;;***
22675 \f
22676 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nxml-mode" "nxml/nxml-mode.el" (0 0 0 0))
22677 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/nxml-mode.el
22679 (autoload 'nxml-mode "nxml-mode" "\
22680 Major mode for editing XML.
22683 C-c C-i closes a start-tag with `>' and then inserts a balancing end-tag
22684 leaving point between the start-tag and end-tag.
22686 the start-tag, point, and end-tag are all left on separate lines.
22687 If `nxml-slash-auto-complete-flag' is non-nil, then inserting a `</'
22688 automatically inserts the rest of the end-tag.
22693 to choose a tag to put around the word preceding point.
22695 Sections of the document can be displayed in outline form. The
22696 variable `nxml-section-element-name-regexp' controls when an element
22697 is recognized as a section. The same key sequences that change
22698 visibility in outline mode are used except that they start with C-c C-o
22699 instead of C-c.
22701 Validation is provided by the related minor-mode `rng-validate-mode'.
22702 This also makes completion schema- and context- sensitive. Element
22703 names, attribute names, attribute values and namespace URIs can all be
22704 completed. By default, `rng-validate-mode' is automatically enabled.
22706 customizing `rng-nxml-auto-validate-flag'.
22709 This can be customized using the variable `nxml-child-indent'
22710 and the variable `nxml-attribute-indent'.
22713 the character's name (by default, the Unicode name).
22716 The Emacs commands that normally operate on balanced expressions will
22721 tag each treated as a single markup item; to make the complete element
22722 be treated as a single markup item, set the variable
22723 `nxml-sexp-element-flag' to t. For more details, see the function
22724 `nxml-forward-balanced-item'.
22726 \\[nxml-backward-up-element] and \\[nxml-down-element] move up and down the element structure.
22728 Many aspects this mode can be customized using
22731 \(fn)" t nil)
22732 (defalias 'xml-mode 'nxml-mode)
22734 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "nxml-mode" '("nxml-")))
22736 ;;;***
22737 \f
22738 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nxml-ns" "nxml/nxml-ns.el" (0 0 0 0))
22739 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/nxml-ns.el
22741 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "nxml-ns" '("nxml-ns-")))
22743 ;;;***
22744 \f
22745 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nxml-outln" "nxml/nxml-outln.el" (0 0 0 0))
22746 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/nxml-outln.el
22748 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "nxml-outln" '("nxml-")))
22750 ;;;***
22751 \f
22752 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nxml-parse" "nxml/nxml-parse.el" (0 0 0 0))
22753 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/nxml-parse.el
22755 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "nxml-parse" '("nxml-")))
22757 ;;;***
22758 \f
22759 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nxml-rap" "nxml/nxml-rap.el" (0 0 0 0))
22760 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/nxml-rap.el
22762 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "nxml-rap" '("nxml-")))
22764 ;;;***
22765 \f
22766 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nxml-util" "nxml/nxml-util.el" (0 0 0 0))
22767 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/nxml-util.el
22769 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "nxml-util" '("nxml-")))
22771 ;;;***
22772 \f
22773 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ob-C" "org/ob-C.el" (0 0 0 0))
22774 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ob-C.el
22776 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ob-C" '("org-babel-")))
22778 ;;;***
22779 \f
22780 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ob-J" "org/ob-J.el" (0 0 0 0))
22781 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ob-J.el
22783 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ob-J" '("obj-" "org-babel-")))
22785 ;;;***
22786 \f
22787 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ob-R" "org/ob-R.el" (0 0 0 0))
22788 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ob-R.el
22790 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ob-R" '("ob-R-" "org-babel-")))
22792 ;;;***
22793 \f
22794 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ob-abc" "org/ob-abc.el" (0 0 0 0))
22795 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ob-abc.el
22796 (push (purecopy '(ob-abc 0 1)) package--builtin-versions)
22798 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ob-abc" '("org-babel-")))
22800 ;;;***
22801 \f
22802 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ob-asymptote" "org/ob-asymptote.el" (0 0 0
22803 ;;;;;; 0))
22804 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ob-asymptote.el
22806 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ob-asymptote" '("org-babel-")))
22808 ;;;***
22809 \f
22810 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ob-awk" "org/ob-awk.el" (0 0 0 0))
22811 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ob-awk.el
22813 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ob-awk" '("org-babel-")))
22815 ;;;***
22816 \f
22817 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ob-calc" "org/ob-calc.el" (0 0 0 0))
22818 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ob-calc.el
22820 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ob-calc" '("org-babel-")))
22822 ;;;***
22823 \f
22824 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ob-clojure" "org/ob-clojure.el" (0 0 0 0))
22825 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ob-clojure.el
22827 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ob-clojure" '("org-babel-")))
22829 ;;;***
22830 \f
22831 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ob-comint" "org/ob-comint.el" (0 0 0 0))
22832 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ob-comint.el
22834 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ob-comint" '("org-babel-comint-")))
22836 ;;;***
22837 \f
22838 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ob-coq" "org/ob-coq.el" (0 0 0 0))
22839 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ob-coq.el
22841 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ob-coq" '("org-babel-" "coq-program-name")))
22843 ;;;***
22844 \f
22845 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "ob-core" "org/ob-core.el"
22846 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
22847 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ob-core.el
22849 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ob-core" '("org-")))
22851 ;;;***
22852 \f
22853 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ob-css" "org/ob-css.el" (0 0 0 0))
22854 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ob-css.el
22856 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ob-css" '("org-babel-")))
22858 ;;;***
22859 \f
22860 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ob-ditaa" "org/ob-ditaa.el" (0 0 0 0))
22861 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ob-ditaa.el
22863 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ob-ditaa" '("org-")))
22865 ;;;***
22866 \f
22867 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ob-dot" "org/ob-dot.el" (0 0 0 0))
22868 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ob-dot.el
22870 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ob-dot" '("org-babel-")))
22872 ;;;***
22873 \f
22874 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ob-ebnf" "org/ob-ebnf.el" (0 0 0 0))
22875 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ob-ebnf.el
22876 (push (purecopy '(ob-ebnf 1 0)) package--builtin-versions)
22878 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ob-ebnf" '("org-babel-")))
22880 ;;;***
22881 \f
22882 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ob-emacs-lisp" "org/ob-emacs-lisp.el" (0 0
22883 ;;;;;; 0 0))
22884 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ob-emacs-lisp.el
22886 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ob-emacs-lisp" '("org-babel-")))
22888 ;;;***
22889 \f
22890 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ob-eval" "org/ob-eval.el" (0 0 0 0))
22891 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ob-eval.el
22893 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ob-eval" '("org-babel-")))
22895 ;;;***
22896 \f
22897 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ob-exp" "org/ob-exp.el" (0 0 0 0))
22898 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ob-exp.el
22900 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ob-exp" '("org-")))
22902 ;;;***
22903 \f
22904 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ob-forth" "org/ob-forth.el" (0 0 0 0))
22905 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ob-forth.el
22907 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ob-forth" '("org-babel-")))
22909 ;;;***
22910 \f
22911 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ob-fortran" "org/ob-fortran.el" (0 0 0 0))
22912 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ob-fortran.el
22914 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ob-fortran" '("org-babel-")))
22916 ;;;***
22917 \f
22918 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ob-gnuplot" "org/ob-gnuplot.el" (0 0 0 0))
22919 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ob-gnuplot.el
22921 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ob-gnuplot" '("org-babel-" "*org-babel-gnuplot-")))
22923 ;;;***
22924 \f
22925 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ob-groovy" "org/ob-groovy.el" (0 0 0 0))
22926 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ob-groovy.el
22928 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ob-groovy" '("org-babel-")))
22930 ;;;***
22931 \f
22932 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ob-haskell" "org/ob-haskell.el" (0 0 0 0))
22933 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ob-haskell.el
22935 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ob-haskell" '("org-babel-")))
22937 ;;;***
22938 \f
22939 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ob-io" "org/ob-io.el" (0 0 0 0))
22940 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ob-io.el
22942 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ob-io" '("org-babel-")))
22944 ;;;***
22945 \f
22946 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ob-java" "org/ob-java.el" (0 0 0 0))
22947 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ob-java.el
22949 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ob-java" '("org-babel-")))
22951 ;;;***
22952 \f
22953 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ob-js" "org/ob-js.el" (0 0 0 0))
22954 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ob-js.el
22956 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ob-js" '("org-babel-")))
22958 ;;;***
22959 \f
22960 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "ob-keys" "org/ob-keys.el"
22961 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
22962 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ob-keys.el
22964 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ob-keys" '("org-babel-")))
22966 ;;;***
22967 \f
22968 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ob-latex" "org/ob-latex.el" (0 0 0 0))
22969 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ob-latex.el
22971 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ob-latex" '("org-babel-")))
22973 ;;;***
22974 \f
22975 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ob-ledger" "org/ob-ledger.el" (0 0 0 0))
22976 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ob-ledger.el
22978 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ob-ledger" '("org-babel-")))
22980 ;;;***
22981 \f
22982 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ob-lilypond" "org/ob-lilypond.el" (0 0 0 0))
22983 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ob-lilypond.el
22985 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ob-lilypond" '("org-babel-" "lilypond-mode")))
22987 ;;;***
22988 \f
22989 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ob-lisp" "org/ob-lisp.el" (0 0 0 0))
22990 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ob-lisp.el
22992 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ob-lisp" '("org-babel-")))
22994 ;;;***
22995 \f
22996 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "ob-lob" "org/ob-lob.el"
22997 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
22998 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ob-lob.el
23000 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ob-lob" '("org-babel-")))
23002 ;;;***
23003 \f
23004 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ob-lua" "org/ob-lua.el" (0 0 0 0))
23005 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ob-lua.el
23007 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ob-lua" '("org-babel-")))
23009 ;;;***
23010 \f
23011 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ob-makefile" "org/ob-makefile.el" (0 0 0 0))
23012 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ob-makefile.el
23014 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ob-makefile" '("org-babel-")))
23016 ;;;***
23017 \f
23018 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ob-maxima" "org/ob-maxima.el" (0 0 0 0))
23019 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ob-maxima.el
23021 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ob-maxima" '("org-babel-")))
23023 ;;;***
23024 \f
23025 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ob-mscgen" "org/ob-mscgen.el" (0 0 0 0))
23026 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ob-mscgen.el
23028 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ob-mscgen" '("org-babel-")))
23030 ;;;***
23031 \f
23032 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ob-ocaml" "org/ob-ocaml.el" (0 0 0 0))
23033 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ob-ocaml.el
23035 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ob-ocaml" '("org-babel-")))
23037 ;;;***
23038 \f
23039 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ob-octave" "org/ob-octave.el" (0 0 0 0))
23040 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ob-octave.el
23042 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ob-octave" '("org-babel-")))
23044 ;;;***
23045 \f
23046 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ob-org" "org/ob-org.el" (0 0 0 0))
23047 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ob-org.el
23049 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ob-org" '("org-babel-")))
23051 ;;;***
23052 \f
23053 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ob-perl" "org/ob-perl.el" (0 0 0 0))
23054 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ob-perl.el
23056 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ob-perl" '("org-babel-")))
23058 ;;;***
23059 \f
23060 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ob-picolisp" "org/ob-picolisp.el" (0 0 0 0))
23061 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ob-picolisp.el
23063 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ob-picolisp" '("org-babel-")))
23065 ;;;***
23066 \f
23067 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ob-plantuml" "org/ob-plantuml.el" (0 0 0 0))
23068 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ob-plantuml.el
23070 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ob-plantuml" '("org-")))
23072 ;;;***
23073 \f
23074 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ob-processing" "org/ob-processing.el" (0 0
23075 ;;;;;; 0 0))
23076 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ob-processing.el
23078 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ob-processing" '("org-babel-")))
23080 ;;;***
23081 \f
23082 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ob-python" "org/ob-python.el" (0 0 0 0))
23083 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ob-python.el
23085 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ob-python" '("org-babel-")))
23087 ;;;***
23088 \f
23089 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ob-ref" "org/ob-ref.el" (0 0 0 0))
23090 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ob-ref.el
23092 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ob-ref" '("org-babel-")))
23094 ;;;***
23095 \f
23096 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ob-ruby" "org/ob-ruby.el" (0 0 0 0))
23097 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ob-ruby.el
23099 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ob-ruby" '("org-babel-")))
23101 ;;;***
23102 \f
23103 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ob-sass" "org/ob-sass.el" (0 0 0 0))
23104 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ob-sass.el
23106 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ob-sass" '("org-babel-")))
23108 ;;;***
23109 \f
23110 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ob-scala" "org/ob-scala.el" (0 0 0 0))
23111 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ob-scala.el
23113 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ob-scala" '("org-babel-")))
23115 ;;;***
23116 \f
23117 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ob-scheme" "org/ob-scheme.el" (0 0 0 0))
23118 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ob-scheme.el
23120 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ob-scheme" '("org-babel-")))
23122 ;;;***
23123 \f
23124 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ob-screen" "org/ob-screen.el" (0 0 0 0))
23125 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ob-screen.el
23127 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ob-screen" '("org-babel-")))
23129 ;;;***
23130 \f
23131 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ob-sed" "org/ob-sed.el" (0 0 0 0))
23132 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ob-sed.el
23133 (push (purecopy '(ob-sed 0 1 0)) package--builtin-versions)
23135 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ob-sed" '("org-babel-")))
23137 ;;;***
23138 \f
23139 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ob-shell" "org/ob-shell.el" (0 0 0 0))
23140 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ob-shell.el
23142 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ob-shell" '("org-babel-")))
23144 ;;;***
23145 \f
23146 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ob-shen" "org/ob-shen.el" (0 0 0 0))
23147 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ob-shen.el
23149 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ob-shen" '("org-babel-")))
23151 ;;;***
23152 \f
23153 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ob-sql" "org/ob-sql.el" (0 0 0 0))
23154 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ob-sql.el
23156 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ob-sql" '("org-babel-")))
23158 ;;;***
23159 \f
23160 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ob-sqlite" "org/ob-sqlite.el" (0 0 0 0))
23161 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ob-sqlite.el
23163 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ob-sqlite" '("org-babel-")))
23165 ;;;***
23166 \f
23167 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ob-stan" "org/ob-stan.el" (0 0 0 0))
23168 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ob-stan.el
23170 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ob-stan" '("org-babel-")))
23172 ;;;***
23173 \f
23174 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ob-table" "org/ob-table.el" (0 0 0 0))
23175 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ob-table.el
23177 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ob-table" '("org-")))
23179 ;;;***
23180 \f
23181 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "ob-tangle" "org/ob-tangle.el"
23182 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
23183 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ob-tangle.el
23185 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ob-tangle" '("org-babel-")))
23187 ;;;***
23188 \f
23189 ;;;### (autoloads nil "octave" "progmodes/octave.el" (0 0 0 0))
23190 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/octave.el
23192 (autoload 'octave-mode "octave" "\
23193 Major mode for editing Octave code.
23195 Octave is a high-level language, primarily intended for numerical
23196 computations. It provides a convenient command line interface
23197 for solving linear and nonlinear problems numerically. Function
23198 definitions can also be stored in files and used in batch mode.
23200 See Info node `(octave-mode) Using Octave Mode' for more details.
23202 Key bindings:
23205 \(fn)" t nil)
23207 (autoload 'inferior-octave "octave" "\
23208 Run an inferior Octave process, I/O via `inferior-octave-buffer'.
23209 This buffer is put in Inferior Octave mode. See `inferior-octave-mode'.
23211 Unless ARG is non-nil, switches to this buffer.
23213 The elements of the list `inferior-octave-startup-args' are sent as
23214 command line arguments to the inferior Octave process on startup.
23216 Additional commands to be executed on startup can be provided either in
23217 the file specified by `inferior-octave-startup-file' or by the default
23218 startup file, `~/.emacs-octave'.
23220 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23222 (defalias 'run-octave 'inferior-octave)
23224 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "octave" '("octave-" "inferior-octave-")))
23226 ;;;***
23227 \f
23228 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ogonek" "international/ogonek.el" (0 0 0 0))
23229 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/ogonek.el
23231 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ogonek" '("ogonek-")))
23233 ;;;***
23234 \f
23235 ;;;### (autoloads nil "opascal" "progmodes/opascal.el" (0 0 0 0))
23236 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/opascal.el
23238 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'delphi-mode 'opascal-mode "24.4")
23240 (autoload 'opascal-mode "opascal" "\
23248 Customization:
23250 `opascal-indent-level' (default 3)
23251 Indentation of OPascal statements with respect to containing block.
23252 `opascal-compound-block-indent' (default 0)
23253 Extra indentation for blocks in compound statements.
23254 `opascal-case-label-indent' (default 0)
23255 Extra indentation for case statement labels.
23256 `opascal-search-path' (default .)
23257 Directories to search when finding external units.
23258 `opascal-verbose' (default nil)
23259 If true then OPascal token processing progress is reported to the user.
23261 Coloring:
23263 `opascal-keyword-face' (default `font-lock-keyword-face')
23264 Face used to color OPascal keywords.
23266 \(fn)" t nil)
23268 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "opascal" '("opascal-")))
23270 ;;;***
23271 \f
23272 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org" "org/org.el" (0 0 0 0))
23273 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org.el
23275 (autoload 'org-babel-do-load-languages "org" "\
23276 Load the languages defined in `org-babel-load-languages'.
23278 \(fn SYM VALUE)" nil nil)
23280 (autoload 'org-babel-load-file "org" "\
23281 Load Emacs Lisp source code blocks in the Org FILE.
23282 This function exports the source code using `org-babel-tangle'
23283 and then loads the resulting file using `load-file'. With prefix
23284 arg (noninteractively: 2nd arg) COMPILE the tangled Emacs Lisp
23285 file to byte-code before it is loaded.
23287 \(fn FILE &optional COMPILE)" t nil)
23289 (autoload 'org-version "org" "\
23290 Show the Org version.
23291 Interactively, or when MESSAGE is non-nil, show it in echo area.
23292 With prefix argument, or when HERE is non-nil, insert it at point.
23293 In non-interactive uses, a reduced version string is output unless
23294 FULL is given.
23296 \(fn &optional HERE FULL MESSAGE)" t nil)
23298 (autoload 'turn-on-orgtbl "org" "\
23299 Unconditionally turn on `orgtbl-mode'.
23301 \(fn)" nil nil)
23303 (autoload 'org-clock-persistence-insinuate "org" "\
23304 Set up hooks for clock persistence.
23306 \(fn)" nil nil)
23308 (autoload 'org-mode "org" "\
23309 Outline-based notes management and organizer, alias
23312 Org mode develops organizational tasks around a NOTES file which
23313 contains information about projects as plain text. Org mode is
23314 implemented on top of Outline mode, which is ideal to keep the content
23315 of large files well structured. It supports ToDo items, deadlines and
23316 time stamps, which magically appear in the diary listing of the Emacs
23317 calendar. Tables are easily created with a built-in table editor.
23318 Plain text URL-like links connect to websites, emails (VM), Usenet
23319 messages (Gnus), BBDB entries, and any files related to the project.
23320 For printing and sharing of notes, an Org file (or a part of it)
23321 can be exported as a structured ASCII or HTML file.
23323 The following commands are available:
23327 \(fn)" t nil)
23329 (autoload 'org-cycle "org" "\
23330 TAB-action and visibility cycling for Org mode.
23332 This is the command invoked in Org mode by the `TAB' key. Its main
23333 purpose is outline visibility cycling, but it also invokes other actions
23334 in special contexts.
23337 buffer through 3 states (global cycling)
23338 1. OVERVIEW: Show only top-level headlines.
23339 2. CONTENTS: Show all headlines of all levels, but no body text.
23340 3. SHOW ALL: Show everything.
23342 With a `\\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]' prefix argument, switch to the startup visibility,
23343 determined by the variable `org-startup-folded', and by any VISIBILITY
23344 properties in the buffer.
23346 With a `\\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]' prefix argument, show the entire buffer, including
23347 any drawers.
23349 When inside a table, re-align the table and move to the next field.
23351 When point is at the beginning of a headline, rotate the subtree started
23352 by this line through 3 different states (local cycling)
23353 1. FOLDED: Only the main headline is shown.
23354 2. CHILDREN: The main headline and the direct children are shown.
23355 From this state, you can move to one of the children
23356 and zoom in further.
23357 3. SUBTREE: Show the entire subtree, including body text.
23358 If there is no subtree, switch directly from CHILDREN to FOLDED.
23360 When point is at the beginning of an empty headline and the variable
23361 `org-cycle-level-after-item/entry-creation' is set, cycle the level
23362 of the headline by demoting and promoting it to likely levels. This
23363 speeds up creation document structure by pressing `TAB' once or several
23364 times right after creating a new headline.
23366 When there is a numeric prefix, go up to a heading with level ARG, do
23367 a `show-subtree' and return to the previous cursor position. If ARG
23368 is negative, go up that many levels.
23370 When point is not at the beginning of a headline, execute the global
23371 binding for `TAB', which is re-indenting the line. See the option
23372 `org-cycle-emulate-tab' for details.
23374 As a special case, if point is at the beginning of the buffer and there is
23375 no headline in line 1, this function will act as if called with prefix arg
23376 \(`\\[universal-argument] TAB', same as `S-TAB') also when called without prefix arg, but only
23377 if the variable `org-cycle-global-at-bob' is t.
23379 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23381 (autoload 'org-global-cycle "org" "\
23382 Cycle the global visibility. For details see `org-cycle'.
23384 With a numeric prefix, show all headlines up to that level.
23386 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23387 (put 'orgstruct-heading-prefix-regexp 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
23389 (autoload 'orgstruct-mode "org" "\
23390 Toggle the minor mode `orgstruct-mode'.
23391 This mode is for using Org mode structure commands in other
23392 modes. The following keys behave as if Org mode were active, if
23393 the cursor is on a headline, or on a plain list item (both as
23394 defined by Org mode).
23396 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23398 (autoload 'turn-on-orgstruct "org" "\
23399 Unconditionally turn on `orgstruct-mode'.
23401 \(fn)" nil nil)
23403 (autoload 'turn-on-orgstruct++ "org" "\
23404 Unconditionally turn on `orgstruct++-mode'.
23406 \(fn)" nil nil)
23408 (autoload 'org-run-like-in-org-mode "org" "\
23409 Run a command, pretending that the current buffer is in Org mode.
23410 This will temporarily bind local variables that are typically bound in
23411 Org mode to the values they have in Org mode, and then interactively
23412 call CMD.
23414 \(fn CMD)" nil nil)
23416 (autoload 'org-store-link "org" "\
23417 Store an org-link to the current location.
23419 This link is added to `org-stored-links' and can later be inserted
23424 `org-gnus-prefer-web-links' for links to Usenet articles.
23426 A `\\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]' prefix ARG forces skipping storing functions that are not
23427 part of Org core.
23429 A `\\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]' prefix ARG forces storing a link for each line in the
23430 active region.
23432 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
23434 (autoload 'org-insert-link-global "org" "\
23435 Insert a link like Org mode does.
23436 This command can be called in any mode to insert a link in Org syntax.
23438 \(fn)" t nil)
23440 (autoload 'org-open-at-point-global "org" "\
23441 Follow a link or time-stamp like Org mode does.
23442 This command can be called in any mode to follow an external link
23443 or a time-stamp that has Org mode syntax. Its behavior is
23444 undefined when called on internal links (e.g., fuzzy links).
23445 Raise an error when there is nothing to follow.
23447 \(fn)" t nil)
23449 (autoload 'org-open-link-from-string "org" "\
23450 Open a link in the string S, as if it was in Org mode.
23452 \(fn S &optional ARG REFERENCE-BUFFER)" t nil)
23454 (autoload 'org-switchb "org" "\
23455 Switch between Org buffers.
23459 With `\\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]' prefix, restrict available buffers to agenda files.
23461 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23463 (autoload 'org-cycle-agenda-files "org" "\
23464 Cycle through the files in `org-agenda-files'.
23465 If the current buffer visits an agenda file, find the next one in the list.
23466 If the current buffer does not, find the first agenda file.
23468 \(fn)" t nil)
23470 (autoload 'org-submit-bug-report "org" "\
23471 Submit a bug report on Org via mail.
23473 Don't hesitate to report any problems or inaccurate documentation.
23475 If you don't have setup sending mail from (X)Emacs, please copy the
23476 output buffer into your mail program, as it gives us important
23477 information about your Org version and configuration.
23479 \(fn)" t nil)
23481 (autoload 'org-reload "org" "\
23482 Reload all org lisp files.
23483 With prefix arg UNCOMPILED, load the uncompiled versions.
23485 \(fn &optional UNCOMPILED)" t nil)
23487 (autoload 'org-customize "org" "\
23488 Call the customize function with org as argument.
23490 \(fn)" t nil)
23492 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "org" '("org" "turn-on-org-cdlatex")))
23494 ;;;***
23495 \f
23496 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org-agenda" "org/org-agenda.el" (0 0 0 0))
23497 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-agenda.el
23499 (autoload 'org-toggle-sticky-agenda "org-agenda" "\
23500 Toggle `org-agenda-sticky'.
23502 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23504 (autoload 'org-agenda "org-agenda" "\
23505 Dispatch agenda commands to collect entries to the agenda buffer.
23506 Prompts for a command to execute. Any prefix arg will be passed
23507 on to the selected command. The default selections are:
23509 a Call `org-agenda-list' to display the agenda for current day or week.
23510 t Call `org-todo-list' to display the global todo list.
23511 T Call `org-todo-list' to display the global todo list, select only
23512 entries with a specific TODO keyword (the user gets a prompt).
23513 m Call `org-tags-view' to display headlines with tags matching
23514 a condition (the user is prompted for the condition).
23515 M Like `m', but select only TODO entries, no ordinary headlines.
23516 L Create a timeline for the current buffer.
23517 e Export views to associated files.
23518 s Search entries for keywords.
23519 S Search entries for keywords, only with TODO keywords.
23520 / Multi occur across all agenda files and also files listed
23521 in `org-agenda-text-search-extra-files'.
23522 < Restrict agenda commands to buffer, subtree, or region.
23523 Press several times to get the desired effect.
23524 > Remove a previous restriction.
23527 C Configure custom agenda commands.
23529 More commands can be added by configuring the variable
23530 `org-agenda-custom-commands'. In particular, specific tags and TODO keyword
23531 searches can be pre-defined in this way.
23533 If the current buffer is in Org mode and visiting a file, you can also
23534 first press `<' once to indicate that the agenda should be temporarily
23536 Pressing `<' twice means to restrict to the current subtree or region
23537 \(if active).
23539 \(fn &optional ARG ORG-KEYS RESTRICTION)" t nil)
23541 (autoload 'org-batch-agenda "org-agenda" "\
23542 Run an agenda command in batch mode and send the result to STDOUT.
23543 If CMD-KEY is a string of length 1, it is used as a key in
23544 `org-agenda-custom-commands' and triggers this command. If it is a
23545 longer string it is used as a tags/todo match string.
23546 Parameters are alternating variable names and values that will be bound
23547 before running the agenda command.
23549 \(fn CMD-KEY &rest PARAMETERS)" nil t)
23551 (autoload 'org-batch-agenda-csv "org-agenda" "\
23552 Run an agenda command in batch mode and send the result to STDOUT.
23553 If CMD-KEY is a string of length 1, it is used as a key in
23554 `org-agenda-custom-commands' and triggers this command. If it is a
23555 longer string it is used as a tags/todo match string.
23556 Parameters are alternating variable names and values that will be bound
23557 before running the agenda command.
23559 The output gives a line for each selected agenda item. Each
23560 item is a list of comma-separated values, like this:
23562 category,head,type,todo,tags,date,time,extra,priority-l,priority-n
23564 category The category of the item
23565 head The headline, without TODO kwd, TAGS and PRIORITY
23566 type The type of the agenda entry, can be
23567 todo selected in TODO match
23568 tagsmatch selected in tags match
23569 diary imported from diary
23570 deadline a deadline on given date
23571 scheduled scheduled on given date
23572 timestamp entry has timestamp on given date
23573 closed entry was closed on given date
23574 upcoming-deadline warning about deadline
23575 past-scheduled forwarded scheduled item
23576 block entry has date block including g. date
23577 todo The todo keyword, if any
23578 tags All tags including inherited ones, separated by colons
23579 date The relevant date, like 2007-2-14
23580 time The time, like 15:00-16:50
23581 extra Sting with extra planning info
23582 priority-l The priority letter if any was given
23583 priority-n The computed numerical priority
23584 agenda-day The day in the agenda where this is listed
23586 \(fn CMD-KEY &rest PARAMETERS)" nil t)
23588 (autoload 'org-store-agenda-views "org-agenda" "\
23589 Store agenda views.
23591 \(fn &rest PARAMETERS)" t nil)
23593 (autoload 'org-batch-store-agenda-views "org-agenda" "\
23594 Run all custom agenda commands that have a file argument.
23596 \(fn &rest PARAMETERS)" nil t)
23598 (autoload 'org-agenda-list "org-agenda" "\
23599 Produce a daily/weekly view from all files in variable `org-agenda-files'.
23600 The view will be for the current day or week, but from the overview buffer
23601 you will be able to go to other days/weeks.
23603 With a numeric prefix argument in an interactive call, the agenda will
23604 span ARG days. Lisp programs should instead specify SPAN to change
23605 the number of days. SPAN defaults to `org-agenda-span'.
23607 START-DAY defaults to TODAY, or to the most recent match for the weekday
23608 given in `org-agenda-start-on-weekday'.
23610 When WITH-HOUR is non-nil, only include scheduled and deadline
23611 items if they have an hour specification like [h]h:mm.
23613 \(fn &optional ARG START-DAY SPAN WITH-HOUR)" t nil)
23615 (autoload 'org-search-view "org-agenda" "\
23616 Show all entries that contain a phrase or words or regular expressions.
23618 With optional prefix argument TODO-ONLY, only consider entries that are
23619 TODO entries. The argument STRING can be used to pass a default search
23620 string into this function. If EDIT-AT is non-nil, it means that the
23621 user should get a chance to edit this string, with cursor at position
23622 EDIT-AT.
23624 The search string can be viewed either as a phrase that should be found as
23625 is, or it can be broken into a number of snippets, each of which must match
23626 in a Boolean way to select an entry. The default depends on the variable
23627 `org-agenda-search-view-always-boolean'.
23628 Even if this is turned off (the default) you can always switch to
23631 The default is a direct search of the whole phrase, where each space in
23632 the search string can expand to an arbitrary amount of whitespace,
23633 including newlines.
23635 If using a Boolean search, the search string is split on whitespace and
23636 each snippet is searched separately, with logical AND to select an entry.
23637 Words prefixed with a minus must *not* occur in the entry. Words without
23638 a prefix or prefixed with a plus must occur in the entry. Matching is
23639 case-insensitive. Words are enclosed by word delimiters (i.e. they must
23640 match whole words, not parts of a word) if
23641 `org-agenda-search-view-force-full-words' is set (default is nil).
23643 Boolean search snippets enclosed by curly braces are interpreted as
23645 match in the entry. Snippets enclosed into double quotes will be taken
23646 as a whole, to include whitespace.
23648 - If the search string starts with an asterisk, search only in headlines.
23649 - If (possibly after the leading star) the search string starts with an
23650 exclamation mark, this also means to look at TODO entries only, an effect
23651 that can also be achieved with a prefix argument.
23652 - If (possibly after star and exclamation mark) the search string starts
23653 with a colon, this will mean that the (non-regexp) snippets of the
23654 Boolean search must match as full words.
23656 This command searches the agenda files, and in addition the files listed
23657 in `org-agenda-text-search-extra-files'.
23659 \(fn &optional TODO-ONLY STRING EDIT-AT)" t nil)
23661 (autoload 'org-todo-list "org-agenda" "\
23662 Show all (not done) TODO entries from all agenda file in a single list.
23663 The prefix arg can be used to select a specific TODO keyword and limit
23665 for a keyword. A numeric prefix directly selects the Nth keyword in
23666 `org-todo-keywords-1'.
23668 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23670 (autoload 'org-tags-view "org-agenda" "\
23671 Show all headlines for all `org-agenda-files' matching a TAGS criterion.
23672 The prefix arg TODO-ONLY limits the search to TODO entries.
23674 \(fn &optional TODO-ONLY MATCH)" t nil)
23676 (autoload 'org-agenda-list-stuck-projects "org-agenda" "\
23677 Create agenda view for projects that are stuck.
23678 Stuck projects are project that have no next actions. For the definitions
23679 of what a project is and how to check if it stuck, customize the variable
23680 `org-stuck-projects'.
23682 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
23684 (autoload 'org-diary "org-agenda" "\
23685 Return diary information from org files.
23687 It accesses org files and extracts information from those files to be
23688 listed in the diary. The function accepts arguments specifying what
23689 items should be listed. For a list of arguments allowed here, see the
23690 variable `org-agenda-entry-types'.
23692 The call in the diary file should look like this:
23694 &%%(org-diary) ~/path/to/some/orgfile.org
23696 Use a separate line for each org file to check. Or, if you omit the file name,
23697 all files listed in `org-agenda-files' will be checked automatically:
23699 &%%(org-diary)
23701 If you don't give any arguments (as in the example above), the default value
23702 of `org-agenda-entry-types' is used: (:deadline :scheduled :timestamp :sexp).
23703 So the example above may also be written as
23705 &%%(org-diary :deadline :timestamp :sexp :scheduled)
23707 The function expects the lisp variables `entry' and `date' to be provided
23708 by the caller, because this is how the calendar works. Don't use this
23709 function from a program - use `org-agenda-get-day-entries' instead.
23711 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
23713 (autoload 'org-agenda-check-for-timestamp-as-reason-to-ignore-todo-item "org-agenda" "\
23714 Do we have a reason to ignore this TODO entry because it has a time stamp?
23716 \(fn &optional END)" nil nil)
23718 (autoload 'org-agenda-set-restriction-lock "org-agenda" "\
23719 Set restriction lock for agenda, to current subtree or file.
23720 Restriction will be the file if TYPE is `file', or if type is the
23722 in the file. Otherwise, restriction will be to the current subtree.
23724 \(fn &optional TYPE)" t nil)
23726 (autoload 'org-calendar-goto-agenda "org-agenda" "\
23727 Compute the Org agenda for the calendar date displayed at the cursor.
23728 This is a command that has to be installed in `calendar-mode-map'.
23730 \(fn)" t nil)
23732 (autoload 'org-agenda-to-appt "org-agenda" "\
23733 Activate appointments found in `org-agenda-files'.
23737 If FILTER is t, interactively prompt the user for a regular
23738 expression, and filter out entries that don't match it.
23740 If FILTER is a string, use this string as a regular expression
23741 for filtering entries out.
23743 If FILTER is a function, filter out entries against which
23744 calling the function returns nil. This function takes one
23745 argument: an entry from `org-agenda-get-day-entries'.
23747 FILTER can also be an alist with the car of each cell being
23748 either `headline' or `category'. For example:
23753 will only add headlines containing IMPORTANT or headlines
23756 ARGS are symbols indicating what kind of entries to consider.
23757 By default `org-agenda-to-appt' will use :deadline*, :scheduled*
23758 \(i.e., deadlines and scheduled items with a hh:mm specification)
23759 and :timestamp entries. See the docstring of `org-diary' for
23760 details and examples.
23762 If an entry has a APPT_WARNTIME property, its value will be used
23763 to override `appt-message-warning-time'.
23765 \(fn &optional REFRESH FILTER &rest ARGS)" t nil)
23767 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "org-agenda" '("org-")))
23769 ;;;***
23770 \f
23771 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "org-archive"
23772 ;;;;;; "org/org-archive.el" (0 0 0 0))
23773 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-archive.el
23775 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "org-archive" '("org-")))
23777 ;;;***
23778 \f
23779 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "org-attach" "org/org-attach.el"
23780 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
23781 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-attach.el
23783 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "org-attach" '("org-attach-")))
23785 ;;;***
23786 \f
23787 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "org-bbdb" "org/org-bbdb.el"
23788 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
23789 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-bbdb.el
23791 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "org-bbdb" '("org-bbdb-")))
23793 ;;;***
23794 \f
23795 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org-bibtex" "org/org-bibtex.el" (0 0 0 0))
23796 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-bibtex.el
23798 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "org-bibtex" '("org-")))
23800 ;;;***
23801 \f
23802 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org-capture" "org/org-capture.el" (0 0 0 0))
23803 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-capture.el
23805 (autoload 'org-capture-string "org-capture" "\
23806 Capture STRING with the template selected by KEYS.
23808 \(fn STRING &optional KEYS)" t nil)
23810 (autoload 'org-capture "org-capture" "\
23811 Capture something.
23813 This will let you select a template from `org-capture-templates', and
23814 then file the newly captured information. The text is immediately
23815 inserted at the target location, and an indirect buffer is shown where
23817 state of Emacs, so that you can continue your work.
23820 capture anything, just go to the file/headline where the selected
23821 template stores its notes.
23823 With a `\\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]' prefix argument, go to the last note stored.
23825 When called with a `C-0' (zero) prefix, insert a template at point.
23827 ELisp programs can set KEYS to a string associated with a template
23828 in `org-capture-templates'. In this case, interactive selection
23829 will be bypassed.
23831 If `org-capture-use-agenda-date' is non-nil, capturing from the
23832 agenda will use the date at point as the default date. Then, a
23833 `C-1' prefix will tell the capture process to use the HH:MM time
23834 of the day at point (if any) or the current HH:MM time.
23836 \(fn &optional GOTO KEYS)" t nil)
23838 (autoload 'org-capture-import-remember-templates "org-capture" "\
23839 Set `org-capture-templates' to be similar to `org-remember-templates'.
23841 \(fn)" t nil)
23843 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "org-capture" '("org-")))
23845 ;;;***
23846 \f
23847 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "org-clock" "org/org-clock.el"
23848 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
23849 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-clock.el
23851 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "org-clock" '("org-")))
23853 ;;;***
23854 \f
23855 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org-colview" "org/org-colview.el" (0 0 0 0))
23856 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-colview.el
23858 (autoload 'org-columns-remove-overlays "org-colview" "\
23859 Remove all currently active column overlays.
23861 \(fn)" t nil)
23863 (autoload 'org-columns-get-format-and-top-level "org-colview" "\
23866 \(fn)" nil nil)
23868 (autoload 'org-columns "org-colview" "\
23869 Turn on column view on an Org mode file.
23871 Column view applies to the whole buffer if point is before the
23872 first headline. Otherwise, it applies to the first ancestor
23875 view for the whole buffer unconditionally.
23877 When COLUMNS-FMT-STRING is non-nil, use it as the column format.
23879 \(fn &optional GLOBAL COLUMNS-FMT-STRING)" t nil)
23881 (autoload 'org-columns-compute "org-colview" "\
23882 Summarize the values of PROPERTY hierarchically.
23883 Also update existing values for PROPERTY according to the first
23884 column specification.
23886 \(fn PROPERTY)" t nil)
23888 (autoload 'org-dblock-write:columnview "org-colview" "\
23889 Write the column view table.
23890 PARAMS is a property list of parameters:
23892 :id the :ID: property of the entry where the columns view
23893 should be built. When the symbol `local', call locally.
23894 When `global' call column view with the cursor at the beginning
23895 of the buffer (usually this means that the whole buffer switches
23897 view at the start of that file. Otherwise, the ID is located
23898 using `org-id-find'.
23899 :hlines When t, insert a hline before each item. When a number, insert
23900 a hline before each level <= that number.
23901 :indent When non-nil, indent each ITEM field according to its level.
23902 :vlines When t, make each column a colgroup to enforce vertical lines.
23903 :maxlevel When set to a number, don't capture headlines below this level.
23904 :skip-empty-rows
23905 When t, skip rows where all specifiers other than ITEM are empty.
23906 :width apply widths specified in columns format using <N> specifiers.
23907 :format When non-nil, specify the column view format to use.
23909 \(fn PARAMS)" nil nil)
23911 (autoload 'org-columns-insert-dblock "org-colview" "\
23912 Create a dynamic block capturing a column view table.
23914 \(fn)" t nil)
23916 (autoload 'org-agenda-columns "org-colview" "\
23917 Turn on or update column view in the agenda.
23919 \(fn)" t nil)
23921 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "org-colview" '("org-")))
23923 ;;;***
23924 \f
23925 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org-compat" "org/org-compat.el" (0 0 0 0))
23926 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-compat.el
23928 (autoload 'org-check-version "org-compat" "\
23929 Try very hard to provide sensible version strings.
23931 \(fn)" nil t)
23933 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "org-compat" '("org-")))
23935 ;;;***
23936 \f
23937 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org-crypt" "org/org-crypt.el" (0 0 0 0))
23938 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-crypt.el
23940 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "org-crypt" '("org-")))
23942 ;;;***
23943 \f
23944 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org-ctags" "org/org-ctags.el" (0 0 0 0))
23945 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-ctags.el
23947 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "org-ctags" '("org-ctags-")))
23949 ;;;***
23950 \f
23951 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "org-datetree"
23952 ;;;;;; "org/org-datetree.el" (0 0 0 0))
23953 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-datetree.el
23955 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "org-datetree" '("org-datetree-")))
23957 ;;;***
23958 \f
23959 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org-docview" "org/org-docview.el" (0 0 0 0))
23960 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-docview.el
23962 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "org-docview" '("org-docview-")))
23964 ;;;***
23965 \f
23966 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "org-element"
23967 ;;;;;; "org/org-element.el" (0 0 0 0))
23968 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-element.el
23970 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "org-element" '("org-element-")))
23972 ;;;***
23973 \f
23974 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org-entities" "org/org-entities.el" (0 0 0
23975 ;;;;;; 0))
23976 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-entities.el
23978 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "org-entities" '("org-entit")))
23980 ;;;***
23981 \f
23982 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org-eshell" "org/org-eshell.el" (0 0 0 0))
23983 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-eshell.el
23985 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "org-eshell" '("org-eshell-")))
23987 ;;;***
23988 \f
23989 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org-eww" "org/org-eww.el" (0 0 0 0))
23990 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-eww.el
23992 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "org-eww" '("org-eww-")))
23994 ;;;***
23995 \f
23996 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org-faces" "org/org-faces.el" (0 0 0 0))
23997 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-faces.el
23999 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "org-faces" '("org-")))
24001 ;;;***
24002 \f
24003 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "org-feed" "org/org-feed.el"
24004 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
24005 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-feed.el
24007 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "org-feed" '("org-feed-")))
24009 ;;;***
24010 \f
24011 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "org-footnote"
24012 ;;;;;; "org/org-footnote.el" (0 0 0 0))
24013 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-footnote.el
24015 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "org-footnote" '("org-footnote-")))
24017 ;;;***
24018 \f
24019 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org-gnus" "org/org-gnus.el" (0 0 0 0))
24020 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-gnus.el
24022 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "org-gnus" '("org-")))
24024 ;;;***
24025 \f
24026 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org-habit" "org/org-habit.el" (0 0 0 0))
24027 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-habit.el
24029 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "org-habit" '("org-")))
24031 ;;;***
24032 \f
24033 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "org-id" "org/org-id.el"
24034 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
24035 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-id.el
24037 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "org-id" '("org-id-")))
24039 ;;;***
24040 \f
24041 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "org-indent" "org/org-indent.el"
24042 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
24043 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-indent.el
24045 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "org-indent" '("org-")))
24047 ;;;***
24048 \f
24049 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org-info" "org/org-info.el" (0 0 0 0))
24050 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-info.el
24052 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "org-info" '("org-info-")))
24054 ;;;***
24055 \f
24056 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org-inlinetask" "org/org-inlinetask.el" (0
24057 ;;;;;; 0 0 0))
24058 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-inlinetask.el
24060 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "org-inlinetask" '("org-inlinetask-")))
24062 ;;;***
24063 \f
24064 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "org-irc" "org/org-irc.el"
24065 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
24066 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-irc.el
24068 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "org-irc" '("org-irc-")))
24070 ;;;***
24071 \f
24072 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org-lint" "org/org-lint.el" (0 0 0 0))
24073 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-lint.el
24075 (autoload 'org-lint "org-lint" "\
24076 Check current Org buffer for syntax mistakes.
24079 category of checkers only. With a `\\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]' prefix, run one precise
24080 checker by its name.
24082 ARG can also be a list of checker names, as symbols, to run.
24084 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24086 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "org-lint" '("org-lint-")))
24088 ;;;***
24089 \f
24090 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org-list" "org/org-list.el" (0 0 0 0))
24091 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-list.el
24093 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "org-list" '("org-")))
24095 ;;;***
24096 \f
24097 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org-macro" "org/org-macro.el" (0 0 0 0))
24098 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-macro.el
24100 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "org-macro" '("org-macro-")))
24102 ;;;***
24103 \f
24104 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org-macs" "org/org-macs.el" (0 0 0 0))
24105 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-macs.el
24107 (autoload 'org-load-noerror-mustsuffix "org-macs" "\
24108 Load FILE with optional arguments NOERROR and MUSTSUFFIX.
24110 \(fn FILE)" nil t)
24112 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "org-macs" '("org-")))
24114 ;;;***
24115 \f
24116 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org-mhe" "org/org-mhe.el" (0 0 0 0))
24117 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-mhe.el
24119 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "org-mhe" '("org-mhe-")))
24121 ;;;***
24122 \f
24123 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "org-mobile" "org/org-mobile.el"
24124 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
24125 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-mobile.el
24127 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "org-mobile" '("org-mobile-")))
24129 ;;;***
24130 \f
24131 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org-mouse" "org/org-mouse.el" (0 0 0 0))
24132 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-mouse.el
24134 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "org-mouse" '("org-mouse-")))
24136 ;;;***
24137 \f
24138 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org-pcomplete" "org/org-pcomplete.el" (0 0
24139 ;;;;;; 0 0))
24140 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-pcomplete.el
24142 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "org-pcomplete" '("org-" "pcomplete/org-mode/")))
24144 ;;;***
24145 \f
24146 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "org-plot" "org/org-plot.el"
24147 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
24148 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-plot.el
24150 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "org-plot" '("org-plot")))
24152 ;;;***
24153 \f
24154 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org-protocol" "org/org-protocol.el" (0 0 0
24155 ;;;;;; 0))
24156 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-protocol.el
24158 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "org-protocol" '("org-protocol-")))
24160 ;;;***
24161 \f
24162 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org-rmail" "org/org-rmail.el" (0 0 0 0))
24163 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-rmail.el
24165 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "org-rmail" '("org-rmail-")))
24167 ;;;***
24168 \f
24169 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org-src" "org/org-src.el" (0 0 0 0))
24170 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-src.el
24172 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "org-src" '("org-")))
24174 ;;;***
24175 \f
24176 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "org-table" "org/org-table.el"
24177 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
24178 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-table.el
24180 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "org-table" '("org")))
24182 ;;;***
24183 \f
24184 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "org-timer" "org/org-timer.el"
24185 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
24186 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-timer.el
24188 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "org-timer" '("org-timer-")))
24190 ;;;***
24191 \f
24192 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org-version" "org/org-version.el" (0 0 0 0))
24193 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-version.el
24195 (autoload 'org-release "org-version" "\
24196 The release version of Org.
24197 Inserted by installing Org mode or when a release is made.
24199 \(fn)" nil nil)
24201 (autoload 'org-git-version "org-version" "\
24202 The Git version of org-mode.
24203 Inserted by installing Org or when a release is made.
24205 \(fn)" nil nil)
24207 ;;;***
24208 \f
24209 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org-w3m" "org/org-w3m.el" (0 0 0 0))
24210 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-w3m.el
24212 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "org-w3m" '("org-w3m-")))
24214 ;;;***
24215 \f
24216 ;;;### (autoloads nil "outline" "outline.el" (0 0 0 0))
24217 ;;; Generated autoloads from outline.el
24218 (put 'outline-regexp 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
24219 (put 'outline-heading-end-regexp 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
24221 (autoload 'outline-mode "outline" "\
24222 Set major mode for editing outlines with selective display.
24223 Headings are lines which start with asterisks: one for major headings,
24224 two for subheadings, etc. Lines not starting with asterisks are body lines.
24226 Body text or subheadings under a heading can be made temporarily
24227 invisible, or visible again. Invisible lines are attached to the end
24228 of the heading, so they move with it, if the line is killed and yanked
24229 back. A heading with text hidden under it is marked with an ellipsis (...).
24232 The commands `outline-hide-subtree', `outline-show-subtree',
24233 `outline-show-children', `outline-hide-entry',
24234 `outline-show-entry', `outline-hide-leaves', and `outline-show-branches'
24235 are used when point is on a heading line.
24237 The variable `outline-regexp' can be changed to control what is a heading.
24238 A line is a heading if `outline-regexp' matches something at the
24239 beginning of the line. The longer the match, the deeper the level.
24241 Turning on outline mode calls the value of `text-mode-hook' and then of
24242 `outline-mode-hook', if they are non-nil.
24244 \(fn)" t nil)
24246 (autoload 'outline-minor-mode "outline" "\
24247 Toggle Outline minor mode.
24248 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Outline minor mode if ARG is
24249 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
24250 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
24252 See the command `outline-mode' for more information on this mode.
24254 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24255 (put 'outline-level 'risky-local-variable t)
24257 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "outline" '("outline-")))
24259 ;;;***
24260 \f
24261 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "ox" "org/ox.el"
24262 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
24263 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ox.el
24265 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ox" '("org-export-")))
24267 ;;;***
24268 \f
24269 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "ox-ascii" "org/ox-ascii.el"
24270 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
24271 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ox-ascii.el
24273 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ox-ascii" '("org-ascii-")))
24275 ;;;***
24276 \f
24277 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "ox-beamer" "org/ox-beamer.el"
24278 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
24279 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ox-beamer.el
24281 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ox-beamer" '("org-beamer-")))
24283 ;;;***
24284 \f
24285 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "ox-html" "org/ox-html.el"
24286 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
24287 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ox-html.el
24289 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ox-html" '("org-html-")))
24291 ;;;***
24292 \f
24293 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "ox-icalendar"
24294 ;;;;;; "org/ox-icalendar.el" (0 0 0 0))
24295 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ox-icalendar.el
24297 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ox-icalendar" '("org-icalendar-")))
24299 ;;;***
24300 \f
24301 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "ox-latex" "org/ox-latex.el"
24302 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
24303 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ox-latex.el
24305 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ox-latex" '("org-latex-")))
24307 ;;;***
24308 \f
24309 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "ox-man" "org/ox-man.el"
24310 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
24311 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ox-man.el
24313 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ox-man" '("org-man-")))
24315 ;;;***
24316 \f
24317 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "ox-md" "org/ox-md.el"
24318 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
24319 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ox-md.el
24321 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ox-md" '("org-md-")))
24323 ;;;***
24324 \f
24325 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "ox-odt" "org/ox-odt.el"
24326 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
24327 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ox-odt.el
24329 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ox-odt" '("org-odt-")))
24331 ;;;***
24332 \f
24333 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "ox-org" "org/ox-org.el"
24334 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
24335 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ox-org.el
24337 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ox-org" '("org-org-")))
24339 ;;;***
24340 \f
24341 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "ox-publish" "org/ox-publish.el"
24342 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
24343 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ox-publish.el
24345 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ox-publish" '("org-publish-")))
24347 ;;;***
24348 \f
24349 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "ox-texinfo" "org/ox-texinfo.el"
24350 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
24351 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ox-texinfo.el
24353 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ox-texinfo" '("org-texinfo-")))
24355 ;;;***
24356 \f
24357 ;;;### (autoloads nil "package" "emacs-lisp/package.el" (0 0 0 0))
24358 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/package.el
24359 (push (purecopy '(package 1 1 0)) package--builtin-versions)
24361 (defvar package-enable-at-startup t "\
24362 Whether to activate installed packages when Emacs starts.
24363 If non-nil, packages are activated after reading the init file
24364 and before `after-init-hook'. Activation is not done if
24368 activate the package system at any time.")
24370 (custom-autoload 'package-enable-at-startup "package" t)
24372 (autoload 'package-initialize "package" "\
24373 Load Emacs Lisp packages, and activate them.
24374 The variable `package-load-list' controls which packages to load.
24375 If optional arg NO-ACTIVATE is non-nil, don't activate packages.
24376 If `user-init-file' does not mention `(package-initialize)', add
24377 it to the file.
24378 If called as part of loading `user-init-file', set
24379 `package-enable-at-startup' to nil, to prevent accidentally
24380 loading packages twice.
24381 It is not necessary to adjust `load-path' or `require' the
24382 individual packages after calling `package-initialize' -- this is
24383 taken care of by `package-initialize'.
24385 \(fn &optional NO-ACTIVATE)" t nil)
24387 (autoload 'package-import-keyring "package" "\
24388 Import keys from FILE.
24390 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
24392 (autoload 'package-refresh-contents "package" "\
24393 Download descriptions of all configured ELPA packages.
24394 For each archive configured in the variable `package-archives',
24395 inform Emacs about the latest versions of all packages it offers,
24396 and make them available for download.
24397 Optional argument ASYNC specifies whether to perform the
24398 downloads in the background.
24400 \(fn &optional ASYNC)" t nil)
24402 (autoload 'package-install "package" "\
24403 Install the package PKG.
24404 PKG can be a `package-desc' or a symbol naming one of the available packages
24405 in an archive in `package-archives'. Interactively, prompt for its name.
24407 If called interactively or if DONT-SELECT nil, add PKG to
24408 `package-selected-packages'.
24410 If PKG is a `package-desc' and it is already installed, don't try
24411 to install it but still mark it as selected.
24413 \(fn PKG &optional DONT-SELECT)" t nil)
24415 (autoload 'package-install-from-buffer "package" "\
24416 Install a package from the current buffer.
24417 The current buffer is assumed to be a single .el or .tar file or
24418 a directory. These must follow the packaging guidelines (see
24419 info node `(elisp)Packaging').
24421 Specially, if current buffer is a directory, the -pkg.el
24422 description file is not mandatory, in which case the information
24423 is derived from the main .el file in the directory.
24425 Downloads and installs required packages as needed.
24427 \(fn)" t nil)
24429 (autoload 'package-install-file "package" "\
24430 Install a package from a file.
24431 The file can either be a tar file, an Emacs Lisp file, or a
24432 directory.
24434 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
24436 (autoload 'package-install-selected-packages "package" "\
24437 Ensure packages in `package-selected-packages' are installed.
24438 If some packages are not installed propose to install them.
24440 \(fn)" t nil)
24442 (autoload 'package-reinstall "package" "\
24443 Reinstall package PKG.
24444 PKG should be either a symbol, the package name, or a `package-desc'
24445 object.
24447 \(fn PKG)" t nil)
24449 (autoload 'package-autoremove "package" "\
24450 Remove packages that are no more needed.
24452 Packages that are no more needed by other packages in
24453 `package-selected-packages' and their dependencies
24454 will be deleted.
24456 \(fn)" t nil)
24458 (autoload 'describe-package "package" "\
24459 Display the full documentation of PACKAGE (a symbol).
24461 \(fn PACKAGE)" t nil)
24463 (autoload 'list-packages "package" "\
24464 Display a list of packages.
24465 This first fetches the updated list of packages before
24466 displaying, unless a prefix argument NO-FETCH is specified.
24467 The list is displayed in a buffer named `*Packages*'.
24469 \(fn &optional NO-FETCH)" t nil)
24471 (defalias 'package-list-packages 'list-packages)
24473 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "package" '("package-" "define-package" "describe-package-1" "bad-signature")))
24475 ;;;***
24476 \f
24477 ;;;### (autoloads nil "package-x" "emacs-lisp/package-x.el" (0 0
24478 ;;;;;; 0 0))
24479 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/package-x.el
24481 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "package-x" '("package-")))
24483 ;;;***
24484 \f
24485 ;;;### (autoloads nil "page-ext" "textmodes/page-ext.el" (0 0 0 0))
24486 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/page-ext.el
24488 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "page-ext" '("previous-page" "pages-" "sort-pages-" "original-page-delimiter" "add-new-page" "next-page" "ctl-x-ctl-p-map")))
24490 ;;;***
24491 \f
24492 ;;;### (autoloads nil "paren" "paren.el" (0 0 0 0))
24493 ;;; Generated autoloads from paren.el
24495 (defvar show-paren-mode nil "\
24496 Non-nil if Show-Paren mode is enabled.
24497 See the `show-paren-mode' command
24498 for a description of this minor mode.
24499 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
24500 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
24501 or call the function `show-paren-mode'.")
24503 (custom-autoload 'show-paren-mode "paren" nil)
24505 (autoload 'show-paren-mode "paren" "\
24506 Toggle visualization of matching parens (Show Paren mode).
24507 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Show Paren mode if ARG is
24508 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
24509 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
24511 Show Paren mode is a global minor mode. When enabled, any
24512 matching parenthesis is highlighted in `show-paren-style' after
24513 `show-paren-delay' seconds of Emacs idle time.
24515 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24517 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "paren" '("show-paren-")))
24519 ;;;***
24520 \f
24521 ;;;### (autoloads nil "parse-time" "calendar/parse-time.el" (0 0
24522 ;;;;;; 0 0))
24523 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/parse-time.el
24524 (put 'parse-time-rules 'risky-local-variable t)
24526 (autoload 'parse-time-string "parse-time" "\
24527 Parse the time-string STRING into (SEC MIN HOUR DAY MON YEAR DOW DST TZ).
24528 STRING should be on something resembling an RFC2822 string, a la
24530 somewhat liberal in what format it accepts, and will attempt to
24532 The values returned are identical to those of `decode-time', but
24533 any values that are unknown are returned as nil.
24535 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
24537 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "parse-time" '("parse-")))
24539 ;;;***
24540 \f
24541 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pascal" "progmodes/pascal.el" (0 0 0 0))
24542 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/pascal.el
24544 (autoload 'pascal-mode "pascal" "\
24546 TAB indents for Pascal code. Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
24548 \\[completion-at-point] completes the word around current point with respect to position in code
24551 Other useful functions are:
24563 Variables controlling indentation/edit style:
24565 `pascal-indent-level' (default 3)
24566 Indentation of Pascal statements with respect to containing block.
24567 `pascal-case-indent' (default 2)
24568 Indentation for case statements.
24569 `pascal-auto-newline' (default nil)
24570 Non-nil means automatically newline after semicolons and the punctuation
24571 mark after an end.
24572 `pascal-indent-nested-functions' (default t)
24573 Non-nil means nested functions are indented.
24574 `pascal-tab-always-indent' (default t)
24575 Non-nil means TAB in Pascal mode should always reindent the current line,
24576 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
24577 `pascal-auto-endcomments' (default t)
24578 Non-nil means a comment { ... } is set after the ends which ends cases and
24579 functions. The name of the function or case will be set between the braces.
24580 `pascal-auto-lineup' (default t)
24581 List of contexts where auto lineup of :'s or ='s should be done.
24583 See also the user variables `pascal-type-keywords', `pascal-start-keywords' and
24584 `pascal-separator-keywords'.
24586 \(fn)" t nil)
24588 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "pascal" '("pascal-" "electric-pascal-")))
24590 ;;;***
24591 \f
24592 ;;;### (autoloads nil "password-cache" "password-cache.el" (0 0 0
24593 ;;;;;; 0))
24594 ;;; Generated autoloads from password-cache.el
24596 (defvar password-cache t "\
24597 Whether to cache passwords.")
24599 (custom-autoload 'password-cache "password-cache" t)
24601 (defvar password-cache-expiry 16 "\
24602 How many seconds passwords are cached, or nil to disable expiring.
24603 Whether passwords are cached at all is controlled by `password-cache'.")
24605 (custom-autoload 'password-cache-expiry "password-cache" t)
24607 (autoload 'password-in-cache-p "password-cache" "\
24608 Check if KEY is in the cache.
24610 \(fn KEY)" nil nil)
24612 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "password-cache" '("password-")))
24614 ;;;***
24615 \f
24616 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcase" "emacs-lisp/pcase.el" (0 0 0 0))
24617 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/pcase.el
24619 (autoload 'pcase "pcase" "\
24620 Evaluate EXP and attempt to match it against structural patterns.
24621 CASES is a list of elements of the form (PATTERN CODE...).
24623 A structural PATTERN describes a template that identifies a class
24625 two element list, binding its elements to symbols named `foo' and
24626 `bar' -- in much the same way that `cl-destructuring-bind' would.
24628 A significant difference from `cl-destructuring-bind' is that, if
24629 a pattern match fails, the next case is tried until either a
24630 successful match is found or there are no more cases.
24632 Another difference is that pattern elements may be quoted,
24634 matches only against two element lists containing the symbols
24635 `foo' and `bar' in that order. (As a short-hand, atoms always
24636 match themselves, such as numbers or strings, and need not be
24637 quoted.)
24639 Lastly, a pattern can be logical, such as (pred numberp), that
24640 matches any number-like element; or the symbol `_', that matches
24641 anything. Also, when patterns are backquoted, a comma may be
24642 used to introduce logical patterns inside backquoted patterns.
24644 The complete list of standard patterns is as follows:
24646 _ matches anything.
24647 SYMBOL matches anything and binds it to SYMBOL.
24648 If a SYMBOL is used twice in the same pattern
24649 the second occurrence becomes an `eq'uality test.
24650 (or PAT...) matches if any of the patterns matches.
24651 (and PAT...) matches if all the patterns match.
24654 ATOM can be a keyword, an integer, or a string.
24655 (pred FUN) matches if FUN applied to the object returns non-nil.
24656 (guard BOOLEXP) matches if BOOLEXP evaluates to non-nil.
24657 (let PAT EXP) matches if EXP matches PAT.
24658 (app FUN PAT) matches if FUN applied to the object matches PAT.
24660 Additional patterns can be defined using `pcase-defmacro'.
24662 The FUN argument in the `app' pattern may have the following forms:
24663 SYMBOL or (lambda ARGS BODY) in which case it's called with one argument.
24664 (F ARG1 .. ARGn) in which case F gets called with an n+1'th argument
24665 which is the value being matched.
24666 So a FUN of the form SYMBOL is equivalent to (FUN).
24667 FUN can refer to variables bound earlier in the pattern.
24669 See Info node `(elisp) Pattern matching case statement' in the
24670 Emacs Lisp manual for more information and examples.
24672 \(fn EXP &rest CASES)" nil t)
24674 (function-put 'pcase 'lisp-indent-function '1)
24676 (autoload 'pcase-exhaustive "pcase" "\
24677 The exhaustive version of `pcase' (which see).
24679 \(fn EXP &rest CASES)" nil t)
24681 (function-put 'pcase-exhaustive 'lisp-indent-function '1)
24683 (autoload 'pcase-lambda "pcase" "\
24684 Like `lambda' but allow each argument to be a pattern.
24685 I.e. accepts the usual &optional and &rest keywords, but every
24686 formal argument can be any pattern accepted by `pcase' (a mere
24687 variable name being but a special case of it).
24689 \(fn LAMBDA-LIST &rest BODY)" nil t)
24691 (function-put 'pcase-lambda 'doc-string-elt '2)
24693 (function-put 'pcase-lambda 'lisp-indent-function 'defun)
24695 (autoload 'pcase-let* "pcase" "\
24696 Like `let*' but where you can use `pcase' patterns for bindings.
24697 BODY should be an expression, and BINDINGS should be a list of bindings
24698 of the form (PAT EXP).
24700 \(fn BINDINGS &rest BODY)" nil t)
24702 (function-put 'pcase-let* 'lisp-indent-function '1)
24704 (autoload 'pcase-let "pcase" "\
24705 Like `let' but where you can use `pcase' patterns for bindings.
24706 BODY should be a list of expressions, and BINDINGS should be a list of bindings
24707 of the form (PAT EXP).
24708 The macro is expanded and optimized under the assumption that those
24709 patterns *will* match, so a mismatch may go undetected or may cause
24710 any kind of error.
24712 \(fn BINDINGS &rest BODY)" nil t)
24714 (function-put 'pcase-let 'lisp-indent-function '1)
24716 (autoload 'pcase-dolist "pcase" "\
24717 Like `dolist' but where the binding can be a `pcase' pattern.
24719 \(fn (PATTERN LIST) BODY...)" nil t)
24721 (function-put 'pcase-dolist 'lisp-indent-function '1)
24723 (autoload 'pcase-defmacro "pcase" "\
24724 Define a new kind of pcase PATTERN, by macro expansion.
24725 Patterns of the form (NAME ...) will be expanded according
24726 to this macro.
24728 \(fn NAME ARGS &rest BODY)" nil t)
24730 (function-put 'pcase-defmacro 'lisp-indent-function '2)
24732 (function-put 'pcase-defmacro 'doc-string-elt '3)
24734 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "pcase" '("pcase-")))
24736 ;;;***
24737 \f
24738 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcmpl-cvs" "pcmpl-cvs.el" (0 0 0 0))
24739 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-cvs.el
24741 (autoload 'pcomplete/cvs "pcmpl-cvs" "\
24742 Completion rules for the `cvs' command.
24744 \(fn)" nil nil)
24746 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "pcmpl-cvs" '("pcmpl-cvs-")))
24748 ;;;***
24749 \f
24750 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcmpl-gnu" "pcmpl-gnu.el" (0 0 0 0))
24751 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-gnu.el
24753 (autoload 'pcomplete/gzip "pcmpl-gnu" "\
24754 Completion for `gzip'.
24756 \(fn)" nil nil)
24758 (autoload 'pcomplete/bzip2 "pcmpl-gnu" "\
24759 Completion for `bzip2'.
24761 \(fn)" nil nil)
24763 (autoload 'pcomplete/make "pcmpl-gnu" "\
24764 Completion for GNU `make'.
24766 \(fn)" nil nil)
24768 (autoload 'pcomplete/tar "pcmpl-gnu" "\
24769 Completion for the GNU tar utility.
24771 \(fn)" nil nil)
24773 (autoload 'pcomplete/find "pcmpl-gnu" "\
24774 Completion for the GNU find utility.
24776 \(fn)" nil nil)
24778 (defalias 'pcomplete/gdb 'pcomplete/xargs)
24780 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "pcmpl-gnu" '("pcmpl-gnu-")))
24782 ;;;***
24783 \f
24784 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcmpl-linux" "pcmpl-linux.el" (0 0 0 0))
24785 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-linux.el
24787 (autoload 'pcomplete/kill "pcmpl-linux" "\
24788 Completion for GNU/Linux `kill', using /proc filesystem.
24790 \(fn)" nil nil)
24792 (autoload 'pcomplete/umount "pcmpl-linux" "\
24793 Completion for GNU/Linux `umount'.
24795 \(fn)" nil nil)
24797 (autoload 'pcomplete/mount "pcmpl-linux" "\
24798 Completion for GNU/Linux `mount'.
24800 \(fn)" nil nil)
24802 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "pcmpl-linux" '("pcomplete-pare-list" "pcmpl-linux-")))
24804 ;;;***
24805 \f
24806 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcmpl-rpm" "pcmpl-rpm.el" (0 0 0 0))
24807 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-rpm.el
24809 (autoload 'pcomplete/rpm "pcmpl-rpm" "\
24810 Completion for the `rpm' command.
24812 \(fn)" nil nil)
24814 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "pcmpl-rpm" '("pcmpl-rpm-")))
24816 ;;;***
24817 \f
24818 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcmpl-unix" "pcmpl-unix.el" (0 0 0 0))
24819 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-unix.el
24821 (autoload 'pcomplete/cd "pcmpl-unix" "\
24822 Completion for `cd'.
24824 \(fn)" nil nil)
24826 (defalias 'pcomplete/pushd 'pcomplete/cd)
24828 (autoload 'pcomplete/rmdir "pcmpl-unix" "\
24829 Completion for `rmdir'.
24831 \(fn)" nil nil)
24833 (autoload 'pcomplete/rm "pcmpl-unix" "\
24834 Completion for `rm'.
24836 \(fn)" nil nil)
24838 (autoload 'pcomplete/xargs "pcmpl-unix" "\
24839 Completion for `xargs'.
24841 \(fn)" nil nil)
24843 (defalias 'pcomplete/time 'pcomplete/xargs)
24845 (autoload 'pcomplete/which "pcmpl-unix" "\
24846 Completion for `which'.
24848 \(fn)" nil nil)
24850 (autoload 'pcomplete/chown "pcmpl-unix" "\
24851 Completion for the `chown' command.
24853 \(fn)" nil nil)
24855 (autoload 'pcomplete/chgrp "pcmpl-unix" "\
24856 Completion for the `chgrp' command.
24858 \(fn)" nil nil)
24860 (autoload 'pcomplete/ssh "pcmpl-unix" "\
24861 Completion rules for the `ssh' command.
24863 \(fn)" nil nil)
24865 (autoload 'pcomplete/scp "pcmpl-unix" "\
24866 Completion rules for the `scp' command.
24867 Includes files as well as host names followed by a colon.
24869 \(fn)" nil nil)
24871 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "pcmpl-unix" '("pcmpl-")))
24873 ;;;***
24874 \f
24875 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcmpl-x" "pcmpl-x.el" (0 0 0 0))
24876 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-x.el
24878 (autoload 'pcomplete/tlmgr "pcmpl-x" "\
24879 Completion for the `tlmgr' command.
24881 \(fn)" nil nil)
24883 (autoload 'pcomplete/ack "pcmpl-x" "\
24884 Completion for the `ack' command.
24885 Start an argument with `-' to complete short options and `--' for
24886 long options.
24888 \(fn)" nil nil)
24890 (defalias 'pcomplete/ack-grep 'pcomplete/ack)
24892 (autoload 'pcomplete/ag "pcmpl-x" "\
24893 Completion for the `ag' command.
24895 \(fn)" nil nil)
24897 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "pcmpl-x" '("pcmpl-x-")))
24899 ;;;***
24900 \f
24901 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcomplete" "pcomplete.el" (0 0 0 0))
24902 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcomplete.el
24904 (autoload 'pcomplete "pcomplete" "\
24905 Support extensible programmable completion.
24906 To use this function, just bind the TAB key to it, or add it to your
24907 completion functions list (it should occur fairly early in the list).
24909 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVELY)" t nil)
24911 (autoload 'pcomplete-reverse "pcomplete" "\
24912 If cycling completion is in use, cycle backwards.
24914 \(fn)" t nil)
24916 (autoload 'pcomplete-expand-and-complete "pcomplete" "\
24917 Expand the textual value of the current argument.
24918 This will modify the current buffer.
24920 \(fn)" t nil)
24922 (autoload 'pcomplete-continue "pcomplete" "\
24923 Complete without reference to any cycling completions.
24925 \(fn)" t nil)
24927 (autoload 'pcomplete-expand "pcomplete" "\
24928 Expand the textual value of the current argument.
24929 This will modify the current buffer.
24931 \(fn)" t nil)
24933 (autoload 'pcomplete-help "pcomplete" "\
24934 Display any help information relative to the current argument.
24936 \(fn)" t nil)
24938 (autoload 'pcomplete-list "pcomplete" "\
24939 Show the list of possible completions for the current argument.
24941 \(fn)" t nil)
24943 (autoload 'pcomplete-comint-setup "pcomplete" "\
24944 Setup a comint buffer to use pcomplete.
24945 COMPLETEF-SYM should be the symbol where the
24946 dynamic-complete-functions are kept. For comint mode itself,
24947 this is `comint-dynamic-complete-functions'.
24949 \(fn COMPLETEF-SYM)" nil nil)
24951 (autoload 'pcomplete-shell-setup "pcomplete" "\
24952 Setup `shell-mode' to use pcomplete.
24954 \(fn)" nil nil)
24956 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "pcomplete" '("pcomplete-")))
24958 ;;;***
24959 \f
24960 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcvs" "vc/pcvs.el" (0 0 0 0))
24961 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/pcvs.el
24963 (autoload 'cvs-checkout "pcvs" "\
24964 Run a `cvs checkout MODULES' in DIR.
24965 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer, display it in the current window,
24966 and run `cvs-mode' on it.
24968 With a prefix argument, prompt for cvs FLAGS to use.
24970 \(fn MODULES DIR FLAGS &optional ROOT)" t nil)
24972 (autoload 'cvs-quickdir "pcvs" "\
24973 Open a *cvs* buffer on DIR without running cvs.
24974 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory to use.
24976 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
24977 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer.
24978 FLAGS is ignored.
24980 \(fn DIR &optional FLAGS NOSHOW)" t nil)
24982 (autoload 'cvs-examine "pcvs" "\
24983 Run a `cvs -n update' in the specified DIRECTORY.
24984 That is, check what needs to be done, but don't change the disc.
24985 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
24986 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory and cvs FLAGS to use.
24988 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
24989 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer.
24991 \(fn DIRECTORY FLAGS &optional NOSHOW)" t nil)
24993 (autoload 'cvs-update "pcvs" "\
24994 Run a `cvs update' in the current working DIRECTORY.
24995 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
24998 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
24999 The prefix is also passed to `cvs-flags-query' to select the FLAGS
25000 passed to cvs.
25002 \(fn DIRECTORY FLAGS)" t nil)
25004 (autoload 'cvs-status "pcvs" "\
25005 Run a `cvs status' in the current working DIRECTORY.
25006 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
25007 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory and cvs FLAGS to use.
25009 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
25010 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer.
25012 \(fn DIRECTORY FLAGS &optional NOSHOW)" t nil)
25014 (defvar cvs-dired-action 'cvs-quickdir "\
25015 The action to be performed when opening a CVS directory.
25016 Sensible values are `cvs-examine', `cvs-status' and `cvs-quickdir'.")
25018 (custom-autoload 'cvs-dired-action "pcvs" t)
25020 (defvar cvs-dired-use-hook '(4) "\
25021 Whether or not opening a CVS directory should run PCL-CVS.
25022 A value of nil means never do it.
25023 `always' means to always do it unless a prefix argument is given to the
25024 command that prompted the opening of the directory.
25025 Anything else means to do it only if the prefix arg is equal to this value.")
25027 (custom-autoload 'cvs-dired-use-hook "pcvs" t)
25029 (defun cvs-dired-noselect (dir) "\
25030 Run `cvs-examine' if DIR is a CVS administrative directory.
25031 The exact behavior is determined also by `cvs-dired-use-hook'." (when (stringp dir) (setq dir (directory-file-name dir)) (when (and (string= "CVS" (file-name-nondirectory dir)) (file-readable-p (expand-file-name "Entries" dir)) cvs-dired-use-hook (if (eq cvs-dired-use-hook (quote always)) (not current-prefix-arg) (equal current-prefix-arg cvs-dired-use-hook))) (save-excursion (funcall cvs-dired-action (file-name-directory dir) t t)))))
25033 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "pcvs" '("cvs-" "defun-cvs-mode")))
25035 ;;;***
25036 \f
25037 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcvs-defs" "vc/pcvs-defs.el" (0 0 0 0))
25038 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/pcvs-defs.el
25040 (defvar cvs-global-menu (let ((m (make-sparse-keymap "PCL-CVS"))) (define-key m [status] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Directory Status") cvs-status :help ,(purecopy "A more verbose status of a workarea"))) (define-key m [checkout] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Checkout Module") cvs-checkout :help ,(purecopy "Check out a module from the repository"))) (define-key m [update] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Update Directory") cvs-update :help ,(purecopy "Fetch updates from the repository"))) (define-key m [examine] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Examine Directory") cvs-examine :help ,(purecopy "Examine the current state of a workarea"))) (fset 'cvs-global-menu m)) "\
25041 Global menu used by PCL-CVS.")
25043 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "pcvs-defs" '("cvs-")))
25045 ;;;***
25046 \f
25047 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcvs-info" "vc/pcvs-info.el" (0 0 0 0))
25048 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/pcvs-info.el
25050 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "pcvs-info" '("cvs-")))
25052 ;;;***
25053 \f
25054 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcvs-parse" "vc/pcvs-parse.el" (0 0 0 0))
25055 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/pcvs-parse.el
25057 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "pcvs-parse" '("cvs-")))
25059 ;;;***
25060 \f
25061 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcvs-util" "vc/pcvs-util.el" (0 0 0 0))
25062 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/pcvs-util.el
25064 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "pcvs-util" '("cvs-")))
25066 ;;;***
25067 \f
25068 ;;;### (autoloads nil "perl-mode" "progmodes/perl-mode.el" (0 0 0
25069 ;;;;;; 0))
25070 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/perl-mode.el
25071 (put 'perl-indent-level 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
25072 (put 'perl-continued-statement-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
25073 (put 'perl-continued-brace-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
25074 (put 'perl-brace-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
25075 (put 'perl-brace-imaginary-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
25076 (put 'perl-label-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
25078 (autoload 'perl-mode "perl-mode" "\
25079 Major mode for editing Perl code.
25080 Expression and list commands understand all Perl brackets.
25081 Tab indents for Perl code.
25083 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
25084 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
25086 Variables controlling indentation style:
25087 `perl-tab-always-indent'
25088 Non-nil means TAB in Perl mode should always indent the current line,
25089 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
25090 `perl-tab-to-comment'
25091 Non-nil means that for lines which don't need indenting, TAB will
25092 either delete an empty comment, indent an existing comment, move
25093 to end-of-line, or if at end-of-line already, create a new comment.
25094 `perl-nochange'
25095 Lines starting with this regular expression are not auto-indented.
25096 `perl-indent-level'
25097 Indentation of Perl statements within surrounding block.
25098 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
25099 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
25100 `perl-continued-statement-offset'
25101 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
25102 then-clause of an if or body of a while.
25103 `perl-continued-brace-offset'
25104 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
25105 This is in addition to `perl-continued-statement-offset'.
25106 `perl-brace-offset'
25107 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
25108 `perl-brace-imaginary-offset'
25109 An open brace following other text is treated as if it were
25110 this far to the right of the start of its line.
25111 `perl-label-offset'
25112 Extra indentation for line that is a label.
25113 `perl-indent-continued-arguments'
25114 Offset of argument lines relative to usual indentation.
25116 Various indentation styles: K&R BSD BLK GNU LW
25117 perl-indent-level 5 8 0 2 4
25118 perl-continued-statement-offset 5 8 4 2 4
25119 perl-continued-brace-offset 0 0 0 0 -4
25120 perl-brace-offset -5 -8 0 0 0
25121 perl-brace-imaginary-offset 0 0 4 0 0
25122 perl-label-offset -5 -8 -2 -2 -2
25124 Turning on Perl mode runs the normal hook `perl-mode-hook'.
25126 \(fn)" t nil)
25128 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "perl-mode" '("perl-" "mark-perl-function" "indent-perl-exp")))
25130 ;;;***
25131 \f
25132 ;;;### (autoloads nil "picture" "textmodes/picture.el" (0 0 0 0))
25133 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/picture.el
25135 (autoload 'picture-mode "picture" "\
25136 Switch to Picture mode, in which a quarter-plane screen model is used.
25138 Printing characters replace instead of inserting themselves with motion
25139 afterwards settable by these commands:
25156 The current direction is displayed in the mode line. The initial
25157 direction is right. Whitespace is inserted and tabs are changed to
25158 spaces when required by movement. You can move around in the buffer
25159 with these commands:
25163 Move to column following last
25171 You can edit tabular text with these commands:
25173 Move to column beneath (or at) next interesting
25177 (With ARG, resets tab stops to default value.)
25180 You can manipulate text with these commands:
25185 (the cleared text is saved in the kill ring)
25188 You can manipulate rectangles with these commands:
25198 also strips trailing whitespace from every line. Stripping is suppressed
25199 by supplying an argument.
25201 Entry to this mode calls the value of `picture-mode-hook' if non-nil.
25203 Note that Picture mode commands will work outside of Picture mode, but
25204 they are not by default assigned to keys.
25206 \(fn)" t nil)
25208 (defalias 'edit-picture 'picture-mode)
25210 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "picture" '("picture-")))
25212 ;;;***
25213 \f
25214 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pinentry" "net/pinentry.el" (0 0 0 0))
25215 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/pinentry.el
25216 (push (purecopy '(pinentry 0 1)) package--builtin-versions)
25218 (autoload 'pinentry-start "pinentry" "\
25219 Start a Pinentry service.
25221 Once the environment is properly set, subsequent invocations of
25222 the gpg command will interact with Emacs for passphrase input.
25224 If the optional QUIET argument is non-nil, messages at startup
25225 will not be shown.
25227 \(fn &optional QUIET)" t nil)
25229 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "pinentry" '("pinentry-")))
25231 ;;;***
25232 \f
25233 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pixel-scroll" "pixel-scroll.el" (0 0 0 0))
25234 ;;; Generated autoloads from pixel-scroll.el
25236 (defvar pixel-scroll-mode nil "\
25237 Non-nil if Pixel-Scroll mode is enabled.
25238 See the `pixel-scroll-mode' command
25239 for a description of this minor mode.
25240 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
25241 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
25242 or call the function `pixel-scroll-mode'.")
25244 (custom-autoload 'pixel-scroll-mode "pixel-scroll" nil)
25246 (autoload 'pixel-scroll-mode "pixel-scroll" "\
25247 A minor mode to scroll text pixel-by-pixel.
25248 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Pixel Scroll mode if ARG is positive,
25249 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable Pixel Scroll mode
25250 if ARG is omitted or nil.
25252 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25254 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "pixel-scroll" '("pixel-")))
25256 ;;;***
25257 \f
25258 ;;;### (autoloads nil "plstore" "plstore.el" (0 0 0 0))
25259 ;;; Generated autoloads from plstore.el
25261 (autoload 'plstore-open "plstore" "\
25262 Create a plstore instance associated with FILE.
25264 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
25266 (autoload 'plstore-mode "plstore" "\
25267 Major mode for editing PLSTORE files.
25269 \(fn)" t nil)
25271 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "plstore" '("plstore-")))
25273 ;;;***
25274 \f
25275 ;;;### (autoloads nil "po" "textmodes/po.el" (0 0 0 0))
25276 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/po.el
25278 (autoload 'po-find-file-coding-system "po" "\
25279 Return a (DECODING . ENCODING) pair, according to PO file's charset.
25280 Called through `file-coding-system-alist', before the file is visited for real.
25282 \(fn ARG-LIST)" nil nil)
25284 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "po" '("po-")))
25286 ;;;***
25287 \f
25288 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pong" "play/pong.el" (0 0 0 0))
25289 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/pong.el
25291 (autoload 'pong "pong" "\
25292 Play pong and waste time.
25293 This is an implementation of the classical game pong.
25294 Move left and right bats and try to bounce the ball to your opponent.
25300 \(fn)" t nil)
25302 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "pong" '("pong-")))
25304 ;;;***
25305 \f
25306 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pop3" "net/pop3.el" (0 0 0 0))
25307 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/pop3.el
25309 (autoload 'pop3-movemail "pop3" "\
25310 Transfer contents of a maildrop to the specified FILE.
25311 Use streaming commands.
25313 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
25315 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "pop3" '("pop3-")))
25317 ;;;***
25318 \f
25319 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pp" "emacs-lisp/pp.el" (0 0 0 0))
25320 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/pp.el
25322 (autoload 'pp-to-string "pp" "\
25323 Return a string containing the pretty-printed representation of OBJECT.
25324 OBJECT can be any Lisp object. Quoting characters are used as needed
25325 to make output that `read' can handle, whenever this is possible.
25327 \(fn OBJECT)" nil nil)
25329 (autoload 'pp-buffer "pp" "\
25330 Prettify the current buffer with printed representation of a Lisp object.
25332 \(fn)" nil nil)
25334 (autoload 'pp "pp" "\
25335 Output the pretty-printed representation of OBJECT, any Lisp object.
25336 Quoting characters are printed as needed to make output that `read'
25337 can handle, whenever this is possible.
25338 Output stream is STREAM, or value of `standard-output' (which see).
25340 \(fn OBJECT &optional STREAM)" nil nil)
25342 (autoload 'pp-eval-expression "pp" "\
25343 Evaluate EXPRESSION and pretty-print its value.
25344 Also add the value to the front of the list in the variable `values'.
25346 \(fn EXPRESSION)" t nil)
25348 (autoload 'pp-macroexpand-expression "pp" "\
25349 Macroexpand EXPRESSION and pretty-print its value.
25351 \(fn EXPRESSION)" t nil)
25353 (autoload 'pp-eval-last-sexp "pp" "\
25354 Run `pp-eval-expression' on sexp before point.
25355 With argument, pretty-print output into current buffer.
25356 Ignores leading comment characters.
25358 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
25360 (autoload 'pp-macroexpand-last-sexp "pp" "\
25361 Run `pp-macroexpand-expression' on sexp before point.
25362 With argument, pretty-print output into current buffer.
25363 Ignores leading comment characters.
25365 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
25367 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "pp" '("pp-")))
25369 ;;;***
25370 \f
25371 ;;;### (autoloads nil "printing" "printing.el" (0 0 0 0))
25372 ;;; Generated autoloads from printing.el
25373 (push (purecopy '(printing 6 9 3)) package--builtin-versions)
25375 (autoload 'pr-interface "printing" "\
25376 Activate the printing interface buffer.
25378 If BUFFER is nil, the current buffer is used for printing.
25382 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25384 (autoload 'pr-ps-directory-preview "printing" "\
25385 Preview directory using ghostview.
25387 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
25388 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
25389 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
25390 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
25392 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
25393 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
25394 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
25395 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
25396 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
25397 file name.
25399 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
25401 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
25403 (autoload 'pr-ps-directory-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
25404 Print directory using PostScript through ghostscript.
25406 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
25407 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
25408 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
25409 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
25411 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
25412 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
25413 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
25414 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
25415 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
25416 file name.
25418 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
25420 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
25422 (autoload 'pr-ps-directory-print "printing" "\
25423 Print directory using PostScript printer.
25425 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
25426 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
25427 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
25428 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
25430 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
25431 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
25432 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
25433 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
25434 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
25435 file name.
25437 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
25439 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
25441 (autoload 'pr-ps-directory-ps-print "printing" "\
25442 Print directory using PostScript printer or through ghostscript.
25444 It depends on `pr-print-using-ghostscript'.
25446 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
25447 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
25448 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
25449 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
25451 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
25452 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
25453 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
25454 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
25455 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
25456 file name.
25458 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
25460 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
25462 (autoload 'pr-ps-buffer-preview "printing" "\
25463 Preview buffer using ghostview.
25465 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
25466 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
25467 the PostScript image in that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
25469 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
25470 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, save the image in a
25471 temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file
25472 with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
25474 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
25476 (autoload 'pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
25477 Print buffer using PostScript through ghostscript.
25479 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
25480 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
25481 the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
25483 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
25484 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, send the image to the
25485 printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file with
25486 that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
25488 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
25490 (autoload 'pr-ps-buffer-print "printing" "\
25491 Print buffer using PostScript printer.
25493 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
25494 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
25495 the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
25497 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
25498 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, send the image to the
25499 printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file with
25500 that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
25502 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
25504 (autoload 'pr-ps-buffer-ps-print "printing" "\
25505 Print buffer using PostScript printer or through ghostscript.
25507 It depends on `pr-print-using-ghostscript'.
25509 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
25510 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
25511 the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
25513 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
25514 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, send the image to the
25515 printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file with
25516 that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
25518 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
25520 (autoload 'pr-ps-region-preview "printing" "\
25521 Preview region using ghostview.
25523 See also `pr-ps-buffer-preview'.
25525 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
25527 (autoload 'pr-ps-region-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
25528 Print region using PostScript through ghostscript.
25530 See also `pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript'.
25532 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
25534 (autoload 'pr-ps-region-print "printing" "\
25535 Print region using PostScript printer.
25537 See also `pr-ps-buffer-print'.
25539 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
25541 (autoload 'pr-ps-region-ps-print "printing" "\
25542 Print region using PostScript printer or through ghostscript.
25544 See also `pr-ps-buffer-ps-print'.
25546 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
25548 (autoload 'pr-ps-mode-preview "printing" "\
25549 Preview major mode using ghostview.
25551 See also `pr-ps-buffer-preview'.
25553 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
25555 (autoload 'pr-ps-mode-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
25556 Print major mode using PostScript through ghostscript.
25558 See also `pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript'.
25560 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
25562 (autoload 'pr-ps-mode-print "printing" "\
25563 Print major mode using PostScript printer.
25565 See also `pr-ps-buffer-print'.
25567 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
25569 (autoload 'pr-ps-mode-ps-print "printing" "\
25570 Print major mode using PostScript or through ghostscript.
25572 See also `pr-ps-buffer-ps-print'.
25574 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
25576 (autoload 'pr-printify-directory "printing" "\
25577 Replace nonprinting characters in directory with printable representations.
25578 The printable representations use ^ (for ASCII control characters) or hex.
25579 The characters tab, linefeed, space, return and formfeed are not affected.
25581 Interactively, the command prompts for a directory and a file name regexp for
25582 matching.
25584 Noninteractively, if DIR is nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil,
25585 prompts for FILE(name)-REGEXP.
25587 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
25589 \(fn &optional DIR FILE-REGEXP)" t nil)
25591 (autoload 'pr-printify-buffer "printing" "\
25592 Replace nonprinting characters in buffer with printable representations.
25593 The printable representations use ^ (for ASCII control characters) or hex.
25594 The characters tab, linefeed, space, return and formfeed are not affected.
25596 \(fn)" t nil)
25598 (autoload 'pr-printify-region "printing" "\
25599 Replace nonprinting characters in region with printable representations.
25600 The printable representations use ^ (for ASCII control characters) or hex.
25601 The characters tab, linefeed, space, return and formfeed are not affected.
25603 \(fn)" t nil)
25605 (autoload 'pr-txt-directory "printing" "\
25606 Print directory using text printer.
25608 Interactively, the command prompts for a directory and a file name regexp for
25609 matching.
25611 Noninteractively, if DIR is nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil,
25612 prompts for FILE(name)-REGEXP.
25614 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
25616 \(fn &optional DIR FILE-REGEXP)" t nil)
25618 (autoload 'pr-txt-buffer "printing" "\
25619 Print buffer using text printer.
25621 \(fn)" t nil)
25623 (autoload 'pr-txt-region "printing" "\
25624 Print region using text printer.
25626 \(fn)" t nil)
25628 (autoload 'pr-txt-mode "printing" "\
25629 Print major mode using text printer.
25631 \(fn)" t nil)
25633 (autoload 'pr-despool-preview "printing" "\
25634 Preview spooled PostScript.
25636 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
25637 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
25638 instead of saving it in a temporary file.
25640 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
25641 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
25642 PostScript image in a file with that name.
25644 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
25646 (autoload 'pr-despool-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
25647 Print spooled PostScript using ghostscript.
25649 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
25650 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
25651 instead of sending it to the printer.
25653 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
25654 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
25655 image in a file with that name.
25657 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
25659 (autoload 'pr-despool-print "printing" "\
25660 Send the spooled PostScript to the printer.
25662 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
25663 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
25664 instead of sending it to the printer.
25666 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
25667 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
25668 image in a file with that name.
25670 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
25672 (autoload 'pr-despool-ps-print "printing" "\
25673 Send the spooled PostScript to the printer or use ghostscript to print it.
25675 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
25676 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
25677 instead of sending it to the printer.
25679 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
25680 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
25681 image in a file with that name.
25683 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
25685 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-preview "printing" "\
25686 Preview PostScript file FILENAME.
25688 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
25690 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-up-preview "printing" "\
25691 Preview PostScript file FILENAME.
25693 \(fn N-UP IFILENAME &optional OFILENAME)" t nil)
25695 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
25696 Print PostScript file FILENAME using ghostscript.
25698 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
25700 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-print "printing" "\
25701 Print PostScript file FILENAME.
25703 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
25705 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-ps-print "printing" "\
25706 Send PostScript file FILENAME to printer or use ghostscript to print it.
25708 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
25710 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-up-ps-print "printing" "\
25711 Process a PostScript file IFILENAME and send it to printer.
25713 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, for an input
25714 PostScript file IFILENAME and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
25715 command prompts the user for an output PostScript file name OFILENAME, and
25716 saves the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
25718 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
25719 argument IFILENAME is treated as follows: if it's t, prompts for an input
25720 PostScript file name; otherwise, it *must* be a string that it's an input
25721 PostScript file name. The argument OFILENAME is treated as follows: if it's
25722 nil, send the image to the printer. If OFILENAME is a string, save the
25723 PostScript image in a file with that name. If OFILENAME is t, prompts for a
25724 file name.
25726 \(fn N-UP IFILENAME &optional OFILENAME)" t nil)
25728 (autoload 'pr-toggle-file-duplex "printing" "\
25729 Toggle duplex for PostScript file.
25731 \(fn)" t nil)
25733 (autoload 'pr-toggle-file-tumble "printing" "\
25734 Toggle tumble for PostScript file.
25736 If tumble is off, produces a printing suitable for binding on the left or
25737 right.
25738 If tumble is on, produces a printing suitable for binding at the top or
25739 bottom.
25741 \(fn)" t nil)
25743 (autoload 'pr-toggle-file-landscape "printing" "\
25744 Toggle landscape for PostScript file.
25746 \(fn)" t nil)
25748 (autoload 'pr-toggle-ghostscript "printing" "\
25749 Toggle printing using ghostscript.
25751 \(fn)" t nil)
25753 (autoload 'pr-toggle-faces "printing" "\
25754 Toggle printing with faces.
25756 \(fn)" t nil)
25758 (autoload 'pr-toggle-spool "printing" "\
25759 Toggle spooling.
25761 \(fn)" t nil)
25763 (autoload 'pr-toggle-duplex "printing" "\
25764 Toggle duplex.
25766 \(fn)" t nil)
25768 (autoload 'pr-toggle-tumble "printing" "\
25769 Toggle tumble.
25771 If tumble is off, produces a printing suitable for binding on the left or
25772 right.
25773 If tumble is on, produces a printing suitable for binding at the top or
25774 bottom.
25776 \(fn)" t nil)
25778 (autoload 'pr-toggle-landscape "printing" "\
25779 Toggle landscape.
25781 \(fn)" t nil)
25783 (autoload 'pr-toggle-upside-down "printing" "\
25784 Toggle upside-down.
25786 \(fn)" t nil)
25788 (autoload 'pr-toggle-line "printing" "\
25789 Toggle line number.
25791 \(fn)" t nil)
25793 (autoload 'pr-toggle-zebra "printing" "\
25794 Toggle zebra stripes.
25796 \(fn)" t nil)
25798 (autoload 'pr-toggle-header "printing" "\
25799 Toggle printing header.
25801 \(fn)" t nil)
25803 (autoload 'pr-toggle-header-frame "printing" "\
25804 Toggle printing header frame.
25806 \(fn)" t nil)
25808 (autoload 'pr-toggle-lock "printing" "\
25809 Toggle menu lock.
25811 \(fn)" t nil)
25813 (autoload 'pr-toggle-region "printing" "\
25814 Toggle whether the region is automagically detected.
25816 \(fn)" t nil)
25818 (autoload 'pr-toggle-mode "printing" "\
25819 Toggle auto mode.
25821 \(fn)" t nil)
25823 (autoload 'pr-customize "printing" "\
25824 Customization of the `printing' group.
25826 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
25828 (autoload 'lpr-customize "printing" "\
25829 Customization of the `lpr' group.
25831 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
25833 (autoload 'pr-help "printing" "\
25834 Help for the printing package.
25836 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
25838 (autoload 'pr-ps-name "printing" "\
25839 Interactively select a PostScript printer.
25841 \(fn)" t nil)
25843 (autoload 'pr-txt-name "printing" "\
25844 Interactively select a text printer.
25846 \(fn)" t nil)
25848 (autoload 'pr-ps-utility "printing" "\
25849 Interactively select a PostScript utility.
25851 \(fn)" t nil)
25853 (autoload 'pr-show-ps-setup "printing" "\
25854 Show current ps-print settings.
25856 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
25858 (autoload 'pr-show-pr-setup "printing" "\
25859 Show current printing settings.
25861 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
25863 (autoload 'pr-show-lpr-setup "printing" "\
25864 Show current lpr settings.
25866 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
25868 (autoload 'pr-ps-fast-fire "printing" "\
25869 Fast fire function for PostScript printing.
25871 If a region is active, the region will be printed instead of the whole buffer.
25872 Also if the current major-mode is defined in `pr-mode-alist', the settings in
25873 `pr-mode-alist' will be used, that is, the current buffer or region will be
25874 printed using `pr-ps-mode-ps-print'.
25877 Interactively, you have the following situations:
25879 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
25880 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value and printing will
25881 immediately be done using the current active printer.
25883 C-u M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
25884 C-u 0 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
25885 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value and also for a current
25886 PostScript printer, then printing will immediately be done using the new
25887 current active printer.
25889 C-u 1 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
25890 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value and also for a file name,
25891 and saves the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the
25892 printer.
25894 C-u 2 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
25895 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value, then for a current
25896 PostScript printer and, finally, for a file name. Then change the active
25897 printer to that chosen by user and saves the PostScript image in
25898 that file instead of sending it to the printer.
25901 Noninteractively, the argument N-UP should be a positive integer greater than
25902 zero and the argument SELECT is treated as follows:
25904 If it's nil, send the image to the printer.
25906 If it's a list or an integer lesser or equal to zero, the command prompts
25907 the user for a current PostScript printer, then printing will immediately
25908 be done using the new current active printer.
25910 If it's an integer equal to 1, the command prompts the user for a file name
25911 and saves the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the
25912 printer.
25914 If it's an integer greater or equal to 2, the command prompts the user for a
25915 current PostScript printer and for a file name. Then change the active
25916 printer to that chosen by user and saves the PostScript image in that file
25917 instead of sending it to the printer.
25919 If it's a symbol which it's defined in `pr-ps-printer-alist', it's the new
25920 active printer and printing will immediately be done using the new active
25921 printer.
25923 Otherwise, send the image to the printer.
25926 Note that this command always behaves as if `pr-auto-region' and `pr-auto-mode'
25927 are both set to t.
25929 \(fn N-UP &optional SELECT)" t nil)
25931 (autoload 'pr-txt-fast-fire "printing" "\
25932 Fast fire function for text printing.
25934 If a region is active, the region will be printed instead of the whole buffer.
25935 Also if the current major-mode is defined in `pr-mode-alist', the settings in
25936 `pr-mode-alist' will be used, that is, the current buffer or region will be
25937 printed using `pr-txt-mode'.
25939 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
25940 user for a new active text printer.
25942 Noninteractively, the argument SELECT-PRINTER is treated as follows:
25944 If it's nil, the printing is sent to the current active text printer.
25946 If it's a symbol which it's defined in `pr-txt-printer-alist', it's the new
25947 active printer and printing will immediately be done using the new active
25948 printer.
25950 If it's non-nil, the command prompts the user for a new active text printer.
25952 Note that this command always behaves as if `pr-auto-region' and `pr-auto-mode'
25953 are both set to t.
25955 \(fn &optional SELECT-PRINTER)" t nil)
25957 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "printing" '("pr-" "lpr-setup")))
25959 ;;;***
25960 \f
25961 ;;;### (autoloads nil "proced" "proced.el" (0 0 0 0))
25962 ;;; Generated autoloads from proced.el
25964 (autoload 'proced "proced" "\
25965 Generate a listing of UNIX system processes.
25967 If invoked with optional ARG, do not select the window displaying
25968 the process information.
25970 This function runs the normal hook `proced-post-display-hook'.
25972 See `proced-mode' for a description of features available in
25973 Proced buffers.
25975 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25977 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "proced" '("proced-")))
25979 ;;;***
25980 \f
25981 ;;;### (autoloads nil "profiler" "profiler.el" (0 0 0 0))
25982 ;;; Generated autoloads from profiler.el
25984 (autoload 'profiler-start "profiler" "\
25985 Start/restart profilers.
25986 MODE can be one of `cpu', `mem', or `cpu+mem'.
25987 If MODE is `cpu' or `cpu+mem', time-based profiler will be started.
25988 Also, if MODE is `mem' or `cpu+mem', then memory profiler will be started.
25990 \(fn MODE)" t nil)
25992 (autoload 'profiler-find-profile "profiler" "\
25993 Open profile FILENAME.
25995 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
25997 (autoload 'profiler-find-profile-other-window "profiler" "\
25998 Open profile FILENAME.
26000 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
26002 (autoload 'profiler-find-profile-other-frame "profiler" "\
26003 Open profile FILENAME.
26005 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
26007 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "profiler" '("profiler-")))
26009 ;;;***
26010 \f
26011 ;;;### (autoloads nil "project" "progmodes/project.el" (0 0 0 0))
26012 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/project.el
26014 (autoload 'project-current "project" "\
26015 Return the project instance in DIR or `default-directory'.
26016 When no project found in DIR, and MAYBE-PROMPT is non-nil, ask
26017 the user for a different directory to look in. If that directory
26018 is not a part of a detectable project either, return a
26019 `transient' project instance rooted in it.
26021 \(fn &optional MAYBE-PROMPT DIR)" nil nil)
26023 (autoload 'project-find-regexp "project" "\
26024 Find all matches for REGEXP in the current project's roots.
26026 to search in, and the file name pattern to search for.
26028 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
26030 (autoload 'project-or-external-find-regexp "project" "\
26031 Find all matches for REGEXP in the project roots or external roots.
26033 pattern to search for.
26035 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
26037 (autoload 'project-find-file "project" "\
26038 Visit a file (with completion) in the current project's roots.
26039 The completion default is the filename at point, if one is
26040 recognized.
26042 \(fn)" t nil)
26044 (autoload 'project-or-external-find-file "project" "\
26045 Visit a file (with completion) in the current project's roots or external roots.
26046 The completion default is the filename at point, if one is
26047 recognized.
26049 \(fn)" t nil)
26051 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "project" '("project-")))
26053 ;;;***
26054 \f
26055 ;;;### (autoloads nil "prolog" "progmodes/prolog.el" (0 0 0 0))
26056 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/prolog.el
26058 (autoload 'prolog-mode "prolog" "\
26059 Major mode for editing Prolog code.
26061 Blank lines and `%%...' separate paragraphs. `%'s starts a comment
26062 line and comments can also be enclosed in /* ... */.
26064 If an optional argument SYSTEM is non-nil, set up mode for the given system.
26066 To find out what version of Prolog mode you are running, enter
26069 Commands:
26072 \(fn)" t nil)
26074 (autoload 'mercury-mode "prolog" "\
26075 Major mode for editing Mercury programs.
26076 Actually this is just customized `prolog-mode'.
26078 \(fn)" t nil)
26080 (autoload 'run-prolog "prolog" "\
26081 Run an inferior Prolog process, input and output via buffer *prolog*.
26082 With prefix argument ARG, restart the Prolog process if running before.
26084 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
26086 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "prolog" '("prolog-" "mercury-mode-map")))
26088 ;;;***
26089 \f
26090 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ps-bdf" "ps-bdf.el" (0 0 0 0))
26091 ;;; Generated autoloads from ps-bdf.el
26093 (defvar bdf-directory-list (if (memq system-type '(ms-dos windows-nt)) (list (expand-file-name "fonts/bdf" installation-directory)) '("/usr/local/share/emacs/fonts/bdf")) "\
26094 List of directories to search for `BDF' font files.
26097 (custom-autoload 'bdf-directory-list "ps-bdf" t)
26099 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ps-bdf" '("bdf-")))
26101 ;;;***
26102 \f
26103 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ps-mode" "progmodes/ps-mode.el" (0 0 0 0))
26104 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ps-mode.el
26105 (push (purecopy '(ps-mode 1 1 9)) package--builtin-versions)
26107 (autoload 'ps-mode "ps-mode" "\
26108 Major mode for editing PostScript with GNU Emacs.
26110 Entry to this mode calls `ps-mode-hook'.
26112 The following variables hold user options, and can
26113 be set through the `customize' command:
26115 `ps-mode-tab'
26116 `ps-mode-paper-size'
26117 `ps-mode-print-function'
26118 `ps-run-prompt'
26119 `ps-run-font-lock-keywords-2'
26120 `ps-run-x'
26121 `ps-run-dumb'
26122 `ps-run-init'
26123 `ps-run-error-line-numbers'
26124 `ps-run-tmp-dir'
26133 a second window will be displayed, and `ps-run-mode-hook' will be called.
26134 The keymap for this second window is:
26139 When Ghostscript encounters an error it displays an error message
26140 with a file position. Clicking mouse-2 on this number will bring
26141 point to the corresponding spot in the PostScript window, if input
26142 to the interpreter was sent from that window.
26143 Typing \\<ps-run-mode-map>\\[ps-run-goto-error] when the cursor is at the number has the same effect.
26145 \(fn)" t nil)
26147 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ps-mode" '("ps-")))
26149 ;;;***
26150 \f
26151 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "ps-mule" "ps-mule.el"
26152 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
26153 ;;; Generated autoloads from ps-mule.el
26155 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ps-mule" '("ps-mule-")))
26157 ;;;***
26158 \f
26159 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ps-print" "ps-print.el" (0 0 0 0))
26160 ;;; Generated autoloads from ps-print.el
26161 (push (purecopy '(ps-print 7 3 5)) package--builtin-versions)
26163 (defvar ps-page-dimensions-database (purecopy (list (list 'a4 (/ (* 72 21.0) 2.54) (/ (* 72 29.7) 2.54) "A4") (list 'a3 (/ (* 72 29.7) 2.54) (/ (* 72 42.0) 2.54) "A3") (list 'letter (* 72 8.5) (* 72 11.0) "Letter") (list 'legal (* 72 8.5) (* 72 14.0) "Legal") (list 'letter-small (* 72 7.68) (* 72 10.16) "LetterSmall") (list 'tabloid (* 72 11.0) (* 72 17.0) "Tabloid") (list 'ledger (* 72 17.0) (* 72 11.0) "Ledger") (list 'statement (* 72 5.5) (* 72 8.5) "Statement") (list 'executive (* 72 7.5) (* 72 10.0) "Executive") (list 'a4small (* 72 7.47) (* 72 10.85) "A4Small") (list 'b4 (* 72 10.125) (* 72 14.33) "B4") (list 'b5 (* 72 7.16) (* 72 10.125) "B5") '(addresslarge 236.0 99.0 "AddressLarge") '(addresssmall 236.0 68.0 "AddressSmall") '(cuthanging13 90.0 222.0 "CutHanging13") '(cuthanging15 90.0 114.0 "CutHanging15") '(diskette 181.0 136.0 "Diskette") '(eurofilefolder 139.0 112.0 "EuropeanFilefolder") '(eurofoldernarrow 526.0 107.0 "EuroFolderNarrow") '(eurofolderwide 526.0 136.0 "EuroFolderWide") '(euronamebadge 189.0 108.0 "EuroNameBadge") '(euronamebadgelarge 223.0 136.0 "EuroNameBadgeLarge") '(filefolder 230.0 37.0 "FileFolder") '(jewelry 76.0 136.0 "Jewelry") '(mediabadge 180.0 136.0 "MediaBadge") '(multipurpose 126.0 68.0 "MultiPurpose") '(retaillabel 90.0 104.0 "RetailLabel") '(shipping 271.0 136.0 "Shipping") '(slide35mm 26.0 104.0 "Slide35mm") '(spine8mm 187.0 26.0 "Spine8mm") '(topcoated 425.19685 136.0 "TopCoatedPaper") '(topcoatedpaper 396.0 136.0 "TopcoatedPaper150") '(vhsface 205.0 127.0 "VHSFace") '(vhsspine 400.0 50.0 "VHSSpine") '(zipdisk 156.0 136.0 "ZipDisk"))) "\
26164 List associating a symbolic paper type to its width, height and doc media.
26165 See `ps-paper-type'.")
26167 (custom-autoload 'ps-page-dimensions-database "ps-print" t)
26169 (defvar ps-paper-type 'letter "\
26170 Specify the size of paper to format for.
26171 Should be one of the paper types defined in `ps-page-dimensions-database', for
26172 example `letter', `legal' or `a4'.")
26174 (custom-autoload 'ps-paper-type "ps-print" t)
26176 (defvar ps-print-color-p (or (fboundp 'x-color-values) (fboundp 'color-instance-rgb-components)) "\
26177 Specify how buffer's text color is printed.
26179 Valid values are:
26181 nil Do not print colors.
26183 t Print colors.
26185 black-white Print colors on black/white printer.
26186 See also `ps-black-white-faces'.
26188 Any other value is treated as t.")
26190 (custom-autoload 'ps-print-color-p "ps-print" t)
26192 (autoload 'ps-print-customize "ps-print" "\
26193 Customization of ps-print group.
26195 \(fn)" t nil)
26197 (autoload 'ps-print-buffer "ps-print" "\
26198 Generate and print a PostScript image of the buffer.
26200 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (\\[universal-argument]), the command prompts the
26201 user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in that file instead of
26202 sending it to the printer.
26204 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
26205 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
26206 image in a file with that name.
26208 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
26210 (autoload 'ps-print-buffer-with-faces "ps-print" "\
26211 Generate and print a PostScript image of the buffer.
26212 Like `ps-print-buffer', but includes font, color, and underline information in
26213 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
26214 so it has a way to determine color values.
26216 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
26218 (autoload 'ps-print-region "ps-print" "\
26219 Generate and print a PostScript image of the region.
26220 Like `ps-print-buffer', but prints just the current region.
26222 \(fn FROM TO &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
26224 (autoload 'ps-print-region-with-faces "ps-print" "\
26225 Generate and print a PostScript image of the region.
26226 Like `ps-print-region', but includes font, color, and underline information in
26227 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
26228 so it has a way to determine color values.
26230 \(fn FROM TO &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
26232 (autoload 'ps-spool-buffer "ps-print" "\
26233 Generate and spool a PostScript image of the buffer.
26234 Like `ps-print-buffer' except that the PostScript image is saved in a local
26235 buffer to be sent to the printer later.
26237 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
26239 \(fn)" t nil)
26241 (autoload 'ps-spool-buffer-with-faces "ps-print" "\
26242 Generate and spool a PostScript image of the buffer.
26243 Like the command `ps-spool-buffer', but includes font, color, and underline
26244 information in the generated image. This command works only if you are using
26245 a window system, so it has a way to determine color values.
26247 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
26249 \(fn)" t nil)
26251 (autoload 'ps-spool-region "ps-print" "\
26252 Generate a PostScript image of the region and spool locally.
26253 Like `ps-spool-buffer', but spools just the current region.
26255 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
26257 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
26259 (autoload 'ps-spool-region-with-faces "ps-print" "\
26260 Generate a PostScript image of the region and spool locally.
26261 Like `ps-spool-region', but includes font, color, and underline information in
26262 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
26263 so it has a way to determine color values.
26265 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
26267 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
26269 (autoload 'ps-despool "ps-print" "\
26270 Send the spooled PostScript to the printer.
26272 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (\\[universal-argument]), the command prompts the
26273 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
26274 instead of sending it to the printer.
26276 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
26277 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
26278 image in a file with that name.
26280 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
26282 (autoload 'ps-line-lengths "ps-print" "\
26283 Display the correspondence between a line length and a font size.
26284 Done using the current ps-print setup.
26288 \(fn)" t nil)
26290 (autoload 'ps-nb-pages-buffer "ps-print" "\
26291 Display number of pages to print this buffer, for various font heights.
26292 The table depends on the current ps-print setup.
26294 \(fn NB-LINES)" t nil)
26296 (autoload 'ps-nb-pages-region "ps-print" "\
26297 Display number of pages to print the region, for various font heights.
26298 The table depends on the current ps-print setup.
26300 \(fn NB-LINES)" t nil)
26302 (autoload 'ps-setup "ps-print" "\
26303 Return the current PostScript-generation setup.
26305 \(fn)" nil nil)
26307 (autoload 'ps-extend-face-list "ps-print" "\
26308 Extend face in ALIST-SYM.
26310 If optional MERGE-P is non-nil, extensions in FACE-EXTENSION-LIST are merged
26311 with face extension in ALIST-SYM; otherwise, overrides.
26313 If optional ALIST-SYM is nil, `ps-print-face-extension-alist' is used;
26314 otherwise, it should be an alist symbol.
26316 The elements in FACE-EXTENSION-LIST are like those for `ps-extend-face'.
26318 See `ps-extend-face' for documentation.
26320 \(fn FACE-EXTENSION-LIST &optional MERGE-P ALIST-SYM)" nil nil)
26322 (autoload 'ps-extend-face "ps-print" "\
26323 Extend face in ALIST-SYM.
26325 If optional MERGE-P is non-nil, extensions in FACE-EXTENSION list are merged
26326 with face extensions in ALIST-SYM; otherwise, overrides.
26328 If optional ALIST-SYM is nil, `ps-print-face-extension-alist' is used;
26329 otherwise, it should be an alist symbol.
26331 The elements of FACE-EXTENSION list have the form:
26333 (FACE-NAME FOREGROUND BACKGROUND EXTENSION...)
26335 FACE-NAME is a face name symbol.
26337 FOREGROUND and BACKGROUND may be nil or a string that denotes the
26338 foreground and background colors respectively.
26340 EXTENSION is one of the following symbols:
26341 bold - use bold font.
26342 italic - use italic font.
26343 underline - put a line under text.
26344 strikeout - like underline, but the line is in middle of text.
26345 overline - like underline, but the line is over the text.
26346 shadow - text will have a shadow.
26347 box - text will be surrounded by a box.
26348 outline - print characters as hollow outlines.
26350 If EXTENSION is any other symbol, it is ignored.
26352 \(fn FACE-EXTENSION &optional MERGE-P ALIST-SYM)" nil nil)
26354 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ps-print" '("ps-")))
26356 ;;;***
26357 \f
26358 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ps-samp" "ps-samp.el" (0 0 0 0))
26359 ;;; Generated autoloads from ps-samp.el
26361 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ps-samp" '("ps-")))
26363 ;;;***
26364 \f
26365 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pulse" "cedet/pulse.el" (0 0 0 0))
26366 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/pulse.el
26367 (push (purecopy '(pulse 1 0)) package--builtin-versions)
26369 (autoload 'pulse-momentary-highlight-one-line "pulse" "\
26370 Highlight the line around POINT, unhighlighting before next command.
26371 Optional argument FACE specifies the face to do the highlighting.
26373 \(fn POINT &optional FACE)" nil nil)
26375 (autoload 'pulse-momentary-highlight-region "pulse" "\
26376 Highlight between START and END, unhighlighting before next command.
26377 Optional argument FACE specifies the face to do the highlighting.
26379 \(fn START END &optional FACE)" nil nil)
26381 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "pulse" '("pulse-")))
26383 ;;;***
26384 \f
26385 ;;;### (autoloads nil "puny" "net/puny.el" (0 0 0 0))
26386 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/puny.el
26388 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "puny" '("puny-")))
26390 ;;;***
26391 \f
26392 ;;;### (autoloads nil "python" "progmodes/python.el" (0 0 0 0))
26393 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/python.el
26394 (push (purecopy '(python 0 25 2)) package--builtin-versions)
26398 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist (cons (purecopy "python[0-9.]*") 'python-mode))
26400 (autoload 'run-python "python" "\
26401 Run an inferior Python process.
26403 Argument CMD defaults to `python-shell-calculate-command' return
26404 value. When called interactively with `prefix-arg', it allows
26405 the user to edit such value and choose whether the interpreter
26406 should be DEDICATED for the current buffer. When numeric prefix
26407 arg is other than 0 or 4 do not SHOW.
26409 For a given buffer and same values of DEDICATED, if a process is
26410 already running for it, it will do nothing. This means that if
26411 the current buffer is using a global process, the user is still
26412 able to switch it to use a dedicated one.
26414 Runs the hook `inferior-python-mode-hook' after
26416 process buffer for a list of commands.)
26418 \(fn &optional CMD DEDICATED SHOW)" t nil)
26420 (autoload 'python-mode "python" "\
26421 Major mode for editing Python files.
26425 \(fn)" t nil)
26427 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "python" '("python-" "run-python-internal" "inferior-python-mode")))
26429 ;;;***
26430 \f
26431 ;;;### (autoloads nil "qp" "mail/qp.el" (0 0 0 0))
26432 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/qp.el
26434 (autoload 'quoted-printable-decode-region "qp" "\
26435 Decode quoted-printable in the region between FROM and TO, per RFC 2045.
26436 If CODING-SYSTEM is non-nil, decode bytes into characters with that
26437 coding-system.
26439 Interactively, you can supply the CODING-SYSTEM argument
26442 The CODING-SYSTEM argument is a historical hangover and is deprecated.
26443 QP encodes raw bytes and should be decoded into raw bytes. Decoding
26444 them into characters should be done separately.
26446 \(fn FROM TO &optional CODING-SYSTEM)" t nil)
26448 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "qp" '("quoted-printable-")))
26450 ;;;***
26451 \f
26452 ;;;### (autoloads nil "quail" "international/quail.el" (0 0 0 0))
26453 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/quail.el
26455 (autoload 'quail-title "quail" "\
26456 Return the title of the current Quail package.
26458 \(fn)" nil nil)
26460 (autoload 'quail-use-package "quail" "\
26461 Start using Quail package PACKAGE-NAME.
26462 The remaining arguments are LIBRARIES to be loaded before using the package.
26464 This activates input method defined by PACKAGE-NAME by running
26465 `quail-activate', which see.
26467 \(fn PACKAGE-NAME &rest LIBRARIES)" nil nil)
26469 (autoload 'quail-define-package "quail" "\
26470 Define NAME as a new Quail package for input LANGUAGE.
26471 TITLE is a string to be displayed at mode-line to indicate this package.
26472 Optional arguments are GUIDANCE, DOCSTRING, TRANSLATION-KEYS,
26473 FORGET-LAST-SELECTION, DETERMINISTIC, KBD-TRANSLATE, SHOW-LAYOUT,
26474 CREATE-DECODE-MAP, MAXIMUM-SHORTEST, OVERLAY-PLIST,
26475 UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION, CONVERSION-KEYS and SIMPLE.
26477 GUIDANCE specifies how a guidance string is shown in echo area.
26478 If it is t, list of all possible translations for the current key is shown
26479 with the currently selected translation being highlighted.
26480 If it is an alist, the element has the form (CHAR . STRING). Each character
26481 in the current key is searched in the list and the corresponding string is
26482 shown.
26483 If it is nil, the current key is shown.
26485 DOCSTRING is the documentation string of this package. The command
26486 `describe-input-method' shows this string while replacing the form
26489 replaced by a description about how to select a translation from a
26490 list of candidates.
26492 TRANSLATION-KEYS specifies additional key bindings used while translation
26493 region is active. It is an alist of single key character vs. corresponding
26494 command to be called.
26496 FORGET-LAST-SELECTION non-nil means a selected translation is not kept
26497 for the future to translate the same key. If this flag is nil, a
26498 translation selected for a key is remembered so that it can be the
26499 first candidate when the same key is entered later.
26501 DETERMINISTIC non-nil means the first candidate of translation is
26502 selected automatically without allowing users to select another
26503 translation for a key. In this case, unselected translations are of
26504 no use for an interactive use of Quail but can be used by some other
26505 programs. If this flag is non-nil, FORGET-LAST-SELECTION is also set
26506 to t.
26508 KBD-TRANSLATE non-nil means input characters are translated from a
26509 user's keyboard layout to the standard keyboard layout. See the
26510 documentation of `quail-keyboard-layout' and
26511 `quail-keyboard-layout-standard' for more detail.
26513 SHOW-LAYOUT non-nil means the function `quail-help' (as used by
26514 the command `describe-input-method') should show the user's keyboard
26515 layout visually with translated characters. If KBD-TRANSLATE is
26516 set, it is desirable to also set this flag, unless this package
26517 defines no translations for single character keys.
26519 CREATE-DECODE-MAP non-nil means decode map is also created. A decode
26520 map is an alist of translations and corresponding original keys.
26521 Although this map is not used by Quail itself, it can be used by some
26522 other programs. For instance, Vietnamese supporting needs this map to
26523 convert Vietnamese text to VIQR format which uses only ASCII
26524 characters to represent Vietnamese characters.
26526 MAXIMUM-SHORTEST non-nil means break key sequence to get maximum
26527 length of the shortest sequence. When we don't have a translation of
26530 packages, for instance, use this facility. If this flag is nil, we
26533 OVERLAY-PLIST if non-nil is a property list put on an overlay which
26534 covers Quail translation region.
26536 UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION if non-nil is a function to call to update
26537 the current translation region according to a new translation data. By
26538 default, a translated text or a user's key sequence (if no translation
26539 for it) is inserted.
26541 CONVERSION-KEYS specifies additional key bindings used while
26542 conversion region is active. It is an alist of single key character
26543 vs. corresponding command to be called.
26545 If SIMPLE is non-nil, then we do not alter the meanings of
26546 commands such as C-f, C-b, C-n, C-p and TAB; they are treated as
26547 non-Quail commands.
26549 \(fn NAME LANGUAGE TITLE &optional GUIDANCE DOCSTRING TRANSLATION-KEYS FORGET-LAST-SELECTION DETERMINISTIC KBD-TRANSLATE SHOW-LAYOUT CREATE-DECODE-MAP MAXIMUM-SHORTEST OVERLAY-PLIST UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION CONVERSION-KEYS SIMPLE)" nil nil)
26551 (autoload 'quail-set-keyboard-layout "quail" "\
26552 Set the current keyboard layout to the same as keyboard KBD-TYPE.
26554 Since some Quail packages depends on a physical layout of keys (not
26555 characters generated by them), those are created by assuming the
26556 standard layout defined in `quail-keyboard-layout-standard'. This
26557 function tells Quail system the layout of your keyboard so that what
26558 you type is correctly handled.
26560 \(fn KBD-TYPE)" t nil)
26562 (autoload 'quail-show-keyboard-layout "quail" "\
26563 Show the physical layout of the keyboard type KEYBOARD-TYPE.
26565 The variable `quail-keyboard-layout-type' holds the currently selected
26566 keyboard type.
26568 \(fn &optional KEYBOARD-TYPE)" t nil)
26570 (autoload 'quail-define-rules "quail" "\
26571 Define translation rules of the current Quail package.
26572 Each argument is a list of KEY and TRANSLATION.
26573 KEY is a string meaning a sequence of keystrokes to be translated.
26574 TRANSLATION is a character, a string, a vector, a Quail map, or a function.
26575 If it is a character, it is the sole translation of KEY.
26576 If it is a string, each character is a candidate for the translation.
26577 If it is a vector, each element (string or character) is a candidate
26578 for the translation.
26579 In these cases, a key specific Quail map is generated and assigned to KEY.
26581 If TRANSLATION is a Quail map or a function symbol which returns a Quail map,
26582 it is used to handle KEY.
26584 The first argument may be an alist of annotations for the following
26585 rules. Each element has the form (ANNOTATION . VALUE), where
26586 ANNOTATION is a symbol indicating the annotation type. Currently
26587 the following annotation types are supported.
26589 append -- the value non-nil means that the following rules should
26590 be appended to the rules of the current Quail package.
26592 face -- the value is a face to use for displaying TRANSLATIONs in
26593 candidate list.
26595 advice -- the value is a function to call after one of RULES is
26596 selected. The function is called with one argument, the
26597 selected TRANSLATION string, after the TRANSLATION is
26598 inserted.
26600 no-decode-map --- the value non-nil means that decoding map is not
26601 generated for the following translations.
26603 \(fn &rest RULES)" nil t)
26605 (autoload 'quail-install-map "quail" "\
26606 Install the Quail map MAP in the current Quail package.
26608 Optional 2nd arg NAME, if non-nil, is a name of Quail package for
26609 which to install MAP.
26611 The installed map can be referred by the function `quail-map'.
26613 \(fn MAP &optional NAME)" nil nil)
26615 (autoload 'quail-install-decode-map "quail" "\
26616 Install the Quail decode map DECODE-MAP in the current Quail package.
26618 Optional 2nd arg NAME, if non-nil, is a name of Quail package for
26619 which to install MAP.
26621 The installed decode map can be referred by the function `quail-decode-map'.
26623 \(fn DECODE-MAP &optional NAME)" nil nil)
26625 (autoload 'quail-defrule "quail" "\
26626 Add one translation rule, KEY to TRANSLATION, in the current Quail package.
26627 KEY is a string meaning a sequence of keystrokes to be translated.
26628 TRANSLATION is a character, a string, a vector, a Quail map,
26629 a function, or a cons.
26630 It it is a character, it is the sole translation of KEY.
26631 If it is a string, each character is a candidate for the translation.
26632 If it is a vector, each element (string or character) is a candidate
26633 for the translation.
26634 If it is a cons, the car is one of the above and the cdr is a function
26635 to call when translating KEY (the return value is assigned to the
26636 variable `quail-current-data'). If the cdr part is not a function,
26637 the value itself is assigned to `quail-current-data'.
26638 In these cases, a key specific Quail map is generated and assigned to KEY.
26640 If TRANSLATION is a Quail map or a function symbol which returns a Quail map,
26641 it is used to handle KEY.
26643 Optional 3rd argument NAME, if specified, says which Quail package
26644 to define this translation rule in. The default is to define it in the
26645 current Quail package.
26647 Optional 4th argument APPEND, if non-nil, appends TRANSLATION
26648 to the current translations for KEY instead of replacing them.
26650 \(fn KEY TRANSLATION &optional NAME APPEND)" nil nil)
26652 (autoload 'quail-defrule-internal "quail" "\
26653 Define KEY as TRANS in a Quail map MAP.
26655 If Optional 4th arg APPEND is non-nil, TRANS is appended to the
26656 current translations for KEY instead of replacing them.
26658 Optional 5th arg DECODE-MAP is a Quail decode map.
26660 Optional 6th arg PROPS is a property list annotating TRANS. See the
26661 function `quail-define-rules' for the detail.
26663 \(fn KEY TRANS MAP &optional APPEND DECODE-MAP PROPS)" nil nil)
26665 (autoload 'quail-update-leim-list-file "quail" "\
26666 Update entries for Quail packages in `LEIM' list file in directory DIRNAME.
26667 DIRNAME is a directory containing Emacs input methods;
26668 normally, it should specify the `leim' subdirectory
26669 of the Emacs source tree.
26671 It searches for Quail packages under `quail' subdirectory of DIRNAME,
26674 When called from a program, the remaining arguments are additional
26675 directory names to search for Quail packages under `quail' subdirectory
26676 of each directory.
26678 \(fn DIRNAME &rest DIRNAMES)" t nil)
26680 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "quail" '("quail-")))
26682 ;;;***
26683 \f
26684 ;;;### (autoloads nil "quail/ethiopic" "leim/quail/ethiopic.el" (0
26685 ;;;;;; 0 0 0))
26686 ;;; Generated autoloads from leim/quail/ethiopic.el
26688 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "quail/ethiopic" '("ethio-select-a-translation")))
26690 ;;;***
26691 \f
26692 ;;;### (autoloads nil "quail/hangul" "leim/quail/hangul.el" (0 0
26693 ;;;;;; 0 0))
26694 ;;; Generated autoloads from leim/quail/hangul.el
26696 (autoload 'hangul-input-method-activate "quail/hangul" "\
26697 Activate Hangul input method INPUT-METHOD.
26698 FUNC is a function to handle input key.
26699 HELP-TEXT is a text set in `hangul-input-method-help-text'.
26701 \(fn INPUT-METHOD FUNC HELP-TEXT &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
26703 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "quail/hangul" '("hangul" "alphabetp" "notzerop")))
26705 ;;;***
26706 \f
26707 ;;;### (autoloads nil "quail/indian" "leim/quail/indian.el" (0 0
26708 ;;;;;; 0 0))
26709 ;;; Generated autoloads from leim/quail/indian.el
26711 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "quail/indian" '("inscript-" "quail-")))
26713 ;;;***
26714 \f
26715 ;;;### (autoloads nil "quail/ipa" "leim/quail/ipa.el" (0 0 0 0))
26716 ;;; Generated autoloads from leim/quail/ipa.el
26718 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "quail/ipa" '("ipa-x-sampa-")))
26720 ;;;***
26721 \f
26722 ;;;### (autoloads nil "quail/japanese" "leim/quail/japanese.el" (0
26723 ;;;;;; 0 0 0))
26724 ;;; Generated autoloads from leim/quail/japanese.el
26726 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "quail/japanese" '("quail-japanese-")))
26728 ;;;***
26729 \f
26730 ;;;### (autoloads nil "quail/lao" "leim/quail/lao.el" (0 0 0 0))
26731 ;;; Generated autoloads from leim/quail/lao.el
26733 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "quail/lao" '("lao-" "quail-lao-update-translation")))
26735 ;;;***
26736 \f
26737 ;;;### (autoloads nil "quail/lrt" "leim/quail/lrt.el" (0 0 0 0))
26738 ;;; Generated autoloads from leim/quail/lrt.el
26740 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "quail/lrt" '("quail-lrt-update-translation")))
26742 ;;;***
26743 \f
26744 ;;;### (autoloads nil "quail/sisheng" "leim/quail/sisheng.el" (0
26745 ;;;;;; 0 0 0))
26746 ;;; Generated autoloads from leim/quail/sisheng.el
26748 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "quail/sisheng" '("quail-make-sisheng-rules" "sisheng-")))
26750 ;;;***
26751 \f
26752 ;;;### (autoloads nil "quail/thai" "leim/quail/thai.el" (0 0 0 0))
26753 ;;; Generated autoloads from leim/quail/thai.el
26755 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "quail/thai" '("thai-generate-quail-map")))
26757 ;;;***
26758 \f
26759 ;;;### (autoloads nil "quail/tibetan" "leim/quail/tibetan.el" (0
26760 ;;;;;; 0 0 0))
26761 ;;; Generated autoloads from leim/quail/tibetan.el
26763 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "quail/tibetan" '("quail-tib" "tibetan-")))
26765 ;;;***
26766 \f
26767 ;;;### (autoloads nil "quail/uni-input" "leim/quail/uni-input.el"
26768 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
26769 ;;; Generated autoloads from leim/quail/uni-input.el
26771 (autoload 'ucs-input-activate "quail/uni-input" "\
26772 Activate UCS input method.
26773 With ARG, activate UCS input method if and only if ARG is positive.
26775 While this input method is active, the variable
26776 `input-method-function' is bound to the function `ucs-input-method'.
26778 \(fn &optional ARG)" nil nil)
26780 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "quail/uni-input" '("ucs-input-")))
26782 ;;;***
26783 \f
26784 ;;;### (autoloads nil "quail/viqr" "leim/quail/viqr.el" (0 0 0 0))
26785 ;;; Generated autoloads from leim/quail/viqr.el
26787 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "quail/viqr" '("viet-quail-define-rules")))
26789 ;;;***
26790 \f
26791 ;;;### (autoloads nil "quickurl" "net/quickurl.el" (0 0 0 0))
26792 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/quickurl.el
26794 (defconst quickurl-reread-hook-postfix "\n;; Local Variables:\n;; eval: (progn (require 'quickurl) (add-hook 'local-write-file-hooks (lambda () (quickurl-read) nil)))\n;; End:\n" "\
26795 Example `quickurl-postfix' text that adds a local variable to the
26796 `quickurl-url-file' so that if you edit it by hand it will ensure that
26797 `quickurl-urls' is updated with the new URL list.
26799 To make use of this do something like:
26801 (setq quickurl-postfix quickurl-reread-hook-postfix)
26803 in your init file (after loading/requiring quickurl).")
26805 (autoload 'quickurl "quickurl" "\
26806 Insert a URL based on LOOKUP.
26808 If not supplied LOOKUP is taken to be the word at point in the current
26809 buffer, this default action can be modified via
26810 `quickurl-grab-lookup-function'.
26812 \(fn &optional LOOKUP)" t nil)
26814 (autoload 'quickurl-ask "quickurl" "\
26815 Insert a URL, with `completing-read' prompt, based on LOOKUP.
26817 \(fn LOOKUP)" t nil)
26819 (autoload 'quickurl-add-url "quickurl" "\
26820 Allow the user to interactively add a new URL associated with WORD.
26822 See `quickurl-grab-url' for details on how the default word/URL combination
26823 is decided.
26825 \(fn WORD URL COMMENT)" t nil)
26827 (autoload 'quickurl-browse-url "quickurl" "\
26828 Browse the URL associated with LOOKUP.
26830 If not supplied LOOKUP is taken to be the word at point in the
26831 current buffer, this default action can be modified via
26832 `quickurl-grab-lookup-function'.
26834 \(fn &optional LOOKUP)" t nil)
26836 (autoload 'quickurl-browse-url-ask "quickurl" "\
26837 Browse the URL, with `completing-read' prompt, associated with LOOKUP.
26839 \(fn LOOKUP)" t nil)
26841 (autoload 'quickurl-edit-urls "quickurl" "\
26842 Pull `quickurl-url-file' into a buffer for hand editing.
26844 \(fn)" t nil)
26846 (autoload 'quickurl-list-mode "quickurl" "\
26847 A mode for browsing the quickurl URL list.
26849 The key bindings for `quickurl-list-mode' are:
26853 \(fn)" t nil)
26855 (autoload 'quickurl-list "quickurl" "\
26856 Display `quickurl-list' as a formatted list using `quickurl-list-mode'.
26858 \(fn)" t nil)
26860 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "quickurl" '("quickurl-")))
26862 ;;;***
26863 \f
26864 ;;;### (autoloads nil "radix-tree" "emacs-lisp/radix-tree.el" (0
26865 ;;;;;; 0 0 0))
26866 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/radix-tree.el
26868 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "radix-tree" '("radix-tree-")))
26870 ;;;***
26871 \f
26872 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rcirc" "net/rcirc.el" (0 0 0 0))
26873 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/rcirc.el
26875 (autoload 'rcirc "rcirc" "\
26876 Connect to all servers in `rcirc-server-alist'.
26878 Do not connect to a server if it is already connected.
26880 If ARG is non-nil, instead prompt for connection parameters.
26882 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
26884 (defalias 'irc 'rcirc)
26886 (autoload 'rcirc-connect "rcirc" "\
26889 \(fn SERVER &optional PORT NICK USER-NAME FULL-NAME STARTUP-CHANNELS PASSWORD ENCRYPTION SERVER-ALIAS)" nil nil)
26891 (defvar rcirc-track-minor-mode nil "\
26892 Non-nil if Rcirc-Track minor mode is enabled.
26893 See the `rcirc-track-minor-mode' command
26894 for a description of this minor mode.
26895 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
26896 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
26897 or call the function `rcirc-track-minor-mode'.")
26899 (custom-autoload 'rcirc-track-minor-mode "rcirc" nil)
26901 (autoload 'rcirc-track-minor-mode "rcirc" "\
26902 Global minor mode for tracking activity in rcirc buffers.
26903 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
26904 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
26905 if ARG is omitted or nil.
26907 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26909 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "rcirc" '("rcirc-" "defun-rcirc-command" "set-rcirc-" "with-rcirc-")))
26911 ;;;***
26912 \f
26913 ;;;### (autoloads nil "re-builder" "emacs-lisp/re-builder.el" (0
26914 ;;;;;; 0 0 0))
26915 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/re-builder.el
26917 (defalias 'regexp-builder 're-builder)
26919 (autoload 're-builder "re-builder" "\
26920 Construct a regexp interactively.
26923 in another window, initially containing an empty regexp.
26926 matching parts of the target buffer will be highlighted.
26928 \(fn)" t nil)
26930 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "re-builder" '("reb-" "re-builder-unload-function")))
26932 ;;;***
26933 \f
26934 ;;;### (autoloads nil "recentf" "recentf.el" (0 0 0 0))
26935 ;;; Generated autoloads from recentf.el
26937 (defvar recentf-mode nil "\
26938 Non-nil if Recentf mode is enabled.
26939 See the `recentf-mode' command
26940 for a description of this minor mode.
26941 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
26942 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
26943 or call the function `recentf-mode'.")
26945 (custom-autoload 'recentf-mode "recentf" nil)
26947 (autoload 'recentf-mode "recentf" "\
26949 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Recentf mode if ARG is
26950 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
26951 Recentf mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
26955 were operated on recently.
26957 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26959 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "recentf" '("recentf-")))
26961 ;;;***
26962 \f
26963 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rect" "rect.el" (0 0 0 0))
26964 ;;; Generated autoloads from rect.el
26966 (autoload 'delete-rectangle "rect" "\
26967 Delete (don't save) text in the region-rectangle.
26968 The same range of columns is deleted in each line starting with the
26969 line where the region begins and ending with the line where the region
26970 ends.
26972 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
26973 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill lines where nothing has
26974 to be deleted.
26976 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
26978 (autoload 'delete-extract-rectangle "rect" "\
26979 Delete the contents of the rectangle with corners at START and END.
26980 Return it as a list of strings, one for each line of the rectangle.
26982 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
26983 With an optional FILL argument, also fill lines where nothing has to be
26984 deleted.
26986 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" nil nil)
26988 (autoload 'extract-rectangle "rect" "\
26989 Return the contents of the rectangle with corners at START and END.
26990 Return it as a list of strings, one for each line of the rectangle.
26992 \(fn START END)" nil nil)
26994 (autoload 'kill-rectangle "rect" "\
26995 Delete the region-rectangle and save it as the last killed one.
26997 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
26998 You might prefer to use `delete-extract-rectangle' from a program.
27000 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill lines where nothing has to be
27001 deleted.
27003 If the buffer is read-only, Emacs will beep and refrain from deleting
27004 the rectangle, but put it in `killed-rectangle' anyway. This means that
27005 you can use this command to copy text from a read-only buffer.
27006 \(If the variable `kill-read-only-ok' is non-nil, then this won't
27007 even beep.)
27009 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
27011 (autoload 'copy-rectangle-as-kill "rect" "\
27012 Copy the region-rectangle and save it as the last killed one.
27014 \(fn START END)" t nil)
27016 (autoload 'yank-rectangle "rect" "\
27017 Yank the last killed rectangle with upper left corner at point.
27019 \(fn)" t nil)
27021 (autoload 'insert-rectangle "rect" "\
27022 Insert text of RECTANGLE with upper left corner at point.
27023 RECTANGLE's first line is inserted at point, its second
27024 line is inserted at a point vertically under point, etc.
27025 RECTANGLE should be a list of strings.
27026 After this command, the mark is at the upper left corner
27027 and point is at the lower right corner.
27029 \(fn RECTANGLE)" nil nil)
27031 (autoload 'open-rectangle "rect" "\
27032 Blank out the region-rectangle, shifting text right.
27034 The text previously in the region is not overwritten by the blanks,
27035 but instead winds up to the right of the rectangle.
27037 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
27038 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, fill with blanks even if there is
27039 no text on the right side of the rectangle.
27041 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
27043 (defalias 'close-rectangle 'delete-whitespace-rectangle)
27045 (autoload 'delete-whitespace-rectangle "rect" "\
27046 Delete all whitespace following a specified column in each line.
27047 The left edge of the rectangle specifies the position in each line
27048 at which whitespace deletion should begin. On each line in the
27049 rectangle, all contiguous whitespace starting at that column is deleted.
27051 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
27052 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill too short lines.
27054 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
27056 (autoload 'string-rectangle "rect" "\
27057 Replace rectangle contents with STRING on each line.
27058 The length of STRING need not be the same as the rectangle width.
27060 Called from a program, takes three args; START, END and STRING.
27062 \(fn START END STRING)" t nil)
27064 (defalias 'replace-rectangle 'string-rectangle)
27066 (autoload 'string-insert-rectangle "rect" "\
27067 Insert STRING on each line of region-rectangle, shifting text right.
27069 When called from a program, the rectangle's corners are START and END.
27070 The left edge of the rectangle specifies the column for insertion.
27071 This command does not delete or overwrite any existing text.
27073 \(fn START END STRING)" t nil)
27075 (autoload 'clear-rectangle "rect" "\
27076 Blank out the region-rectangle.
27077 The text previously in the region is overwritten with blanks.
27079 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
27080 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill with blanks the parts of the
27081 rectangle which were empty.
27083 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
27085 (autoload 'rectangle-number-lines "rect" "\
27086 Insert numbers in front of the region-rectangle.
27088 START-AT, if non-nil, should be a number from which to begin
27089 counting. FORMAT, if non-nil, should be a format string to pass
27090 to `format' along with the line count. When called interactively
27091 with a prefix argument, prompt for START-AT and FORMAT.
27093 \(fn START END START-AT &optional FORMAT)" t nil)
27095 (autoload 'rectangle-mark-mode "rect" "\
27096 Toggle the region as rectangular.
27097 Activates the region if needed. Only lasts until the region is deactivated.
27099 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
27101 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "rect" '("rectangle-" "clear-rectangle-line" "spaces-string" "string-rectangle-" "delete-" "ope" "killed-rectangle" "extract-rectangle-" "apply-on-rectangle")))
27103 ;;;***
27104 \f
27105 ;;;### (autoloads nil "refbib" "textmodes/refbib.el" (0 0 0 0))
27106 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/refbib.el
27108 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "refbib" '("r2b-")))
27110 ;;;***
27111 \f
27112 ;;;### (autoloads nil "refer" "textmodes/refer.el" (0 0 0 0))
27113 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/refer.el
27115 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "refer" '("refer-")))
27117 ;;;***
27118 \f
27119 ;;;### (autoloads nil "refill" "textmodes/refill.el" (0 0 0 0))
27120 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/refill.el
27122 (autoload 'refill-mode "refill" "\
27123 Toggle automatic refilling (Refill mode).
27124 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Refill mode if ARG is
27125 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
27126 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
27128 Refill mode is a buffer-local minor mode. When enabled, the
27129 current paragraph is refilled as you edit. Self-inserting
27130 characters only cause refilling if they would cause
27131 auto-filling.
27135 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
27137 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "refill" '("refill-")))
27139 ;;;***
27140 \f
27141 ;;;### (autoloads nil "reftex" "textmodes/reftex.el" (0 0 0 0))
27142 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex.el
27143 (autoload 'reftex-citation "reftex-cite" nil t)
27144 (autoload 'reftex-all-document-files "reftex-parse")
27145 (autoload 'reftex-isearch-minor-mode "reftex-global" nil t)
27146 (autoload 'reftex-index-phrases-mode "reftex-index" nil t)
27148 (autoload 'turn-on-reftex "reftex" "\
27149 Turn on RefTeX mode.
27151 \(fn)" nil nil)
27153 (autoload 'reftex-mode "reftex" "\
27160 When referencing, you get a menu with all labels of a given type and
27161 context of the label definition. The selected label is inserted as a
27165 to pull out a *formatted* list of articles from your BibTeX
27168 Index entries can be made with `\\[reftex-index-selection-or-word]' which indexes the word at point
27169 or the current selection. More general index entries are created with
27172 Most command have help available on the fly. This help is accessed by
27173 pressing `?' to any prompt mentioning this feature.
27175 Extensive documentation about RefTeX is available in Info format.
27179 Under X, these and other functions will also be available as `Ref' menu
27180 on the menu bar.
27182 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
27184 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
27186 (autoload 'reftex-reset-scanning-information "reftex" "\
27187 Reset the symbols containing information from buffer scanning.
27188 This enforces rescanning the buffer on next use.
27190 \(fn)" nil nil)
27192 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "reftex" '("reftex-")))
27194 ;;;***
27195 \f
27196 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "reftex-auc" "textmodes/reftex-auc.el"
27197 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
27198 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-auc.el
27200 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "reftex-auc" '("reftex-")))
27202 ;;;***
27203 \f
27204 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "reftex-cite"
27205 ;;;;;; "textmodes/reftex-cite.el" (0 0 0 0))
27206 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-cite.el
27208 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "reftex-cite" '("reftex-")))
27210 ;;;***
27211 \f
27212 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "reftex-dcr" "textmodes/reftex-dcr.el"
27213 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
27214 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-dcr.el
27216 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "reftex-dcr" '("reftex-")))
27218 ;;;***
27219 \f
27220 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "reftex-global"
27221 ;;;;;; "textmodes/reftex-global.el" (0 0 0 0))
27222 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-global.el
27224 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "reftex-global" '("reftex-")))
27226 ;;;***
27227 \f
27228 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "reftex-index"
27229 ;;;;;; "textmodes/reftex-index.el" (0 0 0 0))
27230 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-index.el
27232 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "reftex-index" '("reftex-")))
27234 ;;;***
27235 \f
27236 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "reftex-parse"
27237 ;;;;;; "textmodes/reftex-parse.el" (0 0 0 0))
27238 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-parse.el
27240 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "reftex-parse" '("reftex-")))
27242 ;;;***
27243 \f
27244 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "reftex-ref" "textmodes/reftex-ref.el"
27245 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
27246 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-ref.el
27248 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "reftex-ref" '("reftex-")))
27250 ;;;***
27251 \f
27252 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "reftex-sel" "textmodes/reftex-sel.el"
27253 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
27254 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-sel.el
27256 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "reftex-sel" '("reftex-")))
27258 ;;;***
27259 \f
27260 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "reftex-toc" "textmodes/reftex-toc.el"
27261 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
27262 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-toc.el
27264 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "reftex-toc" '("reftex-")))
27266 ;;;***
27267 \f
27268 ;;;### (autoloads nil "reftex-vars" "textmodes/reftex-vars.el" (0
27269 ;;;;;; 0 0 0))
27270 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-vars.el
27271 (put 'reftex-vref-is-default 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (or (stringp x) (symbolp x))))
27272 (put 'reftex-fref-is-default 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (or (stringp x) (symbolp x))))
27273 (put 'reftex-level-indent 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
27274 (put 'reftex-guess-label-type 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (memq x '(nil t))))
27276 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "reftex-vars" '("reftex-")))
27278 ;;;***
27279 \f
27280 ;;;### (autoloads nil "regexp-opt" "emacs-lisp/regexp-opt.el" (0
27281 ;;;;;; 0 0 0))
27282 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/regexp-opt.el
27284 (autoload 'regexp-opt "regexp-opt" "\
27285 Return a regexp to match a string in the list STRINGS.
27286 Each string should be unique in STRINGS and should not contain
27287 any regexps, quoted or not. Optional PAREN specifies how the
27288 returned regexp is surrounded by grouping constructs.
27290 The optional argument PAREN can be any of the following:
27292 a string
27293 the resulting regexp is preceded by PAREN and followed by
27295 group.
27297 `words'
27300 `symbols'
27303 non-nil
27306 nil
27308 necessary to ensure that a postfix operator appended to it will
27309 apply to the whole expression.
27311 The resulting regexp is equivalent to but usually more efficient
27312 than that of a simplified version:
27314 (defun simplified-regexp-opt (strings &optional paren)
27315 (let ((parens
27321 (concat (car paren)
27323 (cdr paren))))
27325 \(fn STRINGS &optional PAREN)" nil nil)
27327 (autoload 'regexp-opt-depth "regexp-opt" "\
27328 Return the depth of REGEXP.
27329 This means the number of non-shy regexp grouping constructs
27330 \(parenthesized expressions) in REGEXP.
27332 \(fn REGEXP)" nil nil)
27334 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "regexp-opt" '("regexp-opt-")))
27336 ;;;***
27337 \f
27338 ;;;### (autoloads nil "regi" "emacs-lisp/regi.el" (0 0 0 0))
27339 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/regi.el
27340 (push (purecopy '(regi 1 8)) package--builtin-versions)
27342 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "regi" '("regi-")))
27344 ;;;***
27345 \f
27346 ;;;### (autoloads nil "registry" "registry.el" (0 0 0 0))
27347 ;;; Generated autoloads from registry.el
27349 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "registry" '("registry-")))
27351 ;;;***
27352 \f
27353 ;;;### (autoloads nil "remember" "textmodes/remember.el" (0 0 0 0))
27354 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/remember.el
27355 (push (purecopy '(remember 2 0)) package--builtin-versions)
27357 (autoload 'remember "remember" "\
27358 Remember an arbitrary piece of data.
27359 INITIAL is the text to initially place in the *Remember* buffer,
27360 or nil to bring up a blank *Remember* buffer.
27362 With a prefix or a visible region, use the region as INITIAL.
27364 \(fn &optional INITIAL)" t nil)
27366 (autoload 'remember-other-frame "remember" "\
27367 Call `remember' in another frame.
27369 \(fn &optional INITIAL)" t nil)
27371 (autoload 'remember-clipboard "remember" "\
27372 Remember the contents of the current clipboard.
27373 Most useful for remembering things from other applications.
27375 \(fn)" t nil)
27377 (autoload 'remember-diary-extract-entries "remember" "\
27378 Extract diary entries from the region.
27380 \(fn)" nil nil)
27382 (autoload 'remember-notes "remember" "\
27383 Return the notes buffer, creating it if needed, and maybe switch to it.
27384 This buffer is for notes that you want to preserve across Emacs sessions.
27385 The notes are saved in `remember-data-file'.
27387 If a buffer is already visiting that file, just return it.
27389 Otherwise, create the buffer, and rename it to `remember-notes-buffer-name',
27390 unless a buffer of that name already exists. Set the major mode according
27391 to `remember-notes-initial-major-mode', and enable `remember-notes-mode'
27392 minor mode.
27394 Use \\<remember-notes-mode-map>\\[remember-notes-save-and-bury-buffer] to save and bury the notes buffer.
27396 Interactively, or if SWITCH-TO is non-nil, switch to the buffer.
27397 Return the buffer.
27399 Set `initial-buffer-choice' to `remember-notes' to visit your notes buffer
27401 to turn the *scratch* buffer into your notes buffer.
27403 \(fn &optional SWITCH-TO)" t nil)
27405 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "remember" '("remember-")))
27407 ;;;***
27408 \f
27409 ;;;### (autoloads nil "repeat" "repeat.el" (0 0 0 0))
27410 ;;; Generated autoloads from repeat.el
27411 (push (purecopy '(repeat 0 51)) package--builtin-versions)
27413 (autoload 'repeat "repeat" "\
27414 Repeat most recently executed command.
27415 If REPEAT-ARG is non-nil (interactively, with a prefix argument),
27416 supply a prefix argument to that command. Otherwise, give the
27417 command the same prefix argument it was given before, if any.
27419 If this command is invoked by a multi-character key sequence, it
27420 can then be repeated by repeating the final character of that
27421 sequence. This behavior can be modified by the global variable
27422 `repeat-on-final-keystroke'.
27424 `repeat' ignores commands bound to input events. Hence the term
27428 \(fn REPEAT-ARG)" t nil)
27430 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "repeat" '("repeat-")))
27432 ;;;***
27433 \f
27434 ;;;### (autoloads nil "reporter" "mail/reporter.el" (0 0 0 0))
27435 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/reporter.el
27437 (autoload 'reporter-submit-bug-report "reporter" "\
27438 Begin submitting a bug report via email.
27440 ADDRESS is the email address for the package's maintainer. PKGNAME is
27441 the name of the package (if you want to include version numbers,
27442 you must put them into PKGNAME before calling this function).
27443 Optional PRE-HOOKS and POST-HOOKS are passed to `reporter-dump-state'.
27444 Optional SALUTATION is inserted at the top of the mail buffer,
27445 and point is left after the salutation.
27447 VARLIST is the list of variables to dump (see `reporter-dump-state'
27448 for details). The optional argument PRE-HOOKS and POST-HOOKS are
27449 passed to `reporter-dump-state'. Optional argument SALUTATION is text
27450 to be inserted at the top of the mail buffer; in that case, point is
27451 left after that text.
27453 This function prompts for a summary if `reporter-prompt-for-summary-p'
27454 is non-nil.
27456 This function does not send a message; it uses the given information
27457 to initialize a message, which the user can then edit and finally send
27458 \(or decline to send). The variable `mail-user-agent' controls which
27459 mail-sending package is used for editing and sending the message.
27461 \(fn ADDRESS PKGNAME VARLIST &optional PRE-HOOKS POST-HOOKS SALUTATION)" nil nil)
27463 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "reporter" '("reporter-")))
27465 ;;;***
27466 \f
27467 ;;;### (autoloads nil "reposition" "reposition.el" (0 0 0 0))
27468 ;;; Generated autoloads from reposition.el
27470 (autoload 'reposition-window "reposition" "\
27471 Make the current definition and/or comment visible.
27472 Further invocations move it to the top of the window or toggle the
27473 visibility of comments that precede it.
27474 Point is left unchanged unless prefix ARG is supplied.
27475 If the definition is fully onscreen, it is moved to the top of the
27476 window. If it is partly offscreen, the window is scrolled to get the
27477 definition (or as much as will fit) onscreen, unless point is in a comment
27478 which is also partly offscreen, in which case the scrolling attempts to get
27479 as much of the comment onscreen as possible.
27480 Initially `reposition-window' attempts to make both the definition and
27481 preceding comments visible. Further invocations toggle the visibility of
27482 the comment lines.
27483 If ARG is non-nil, point may move in order to make the whole defun
27484 visible (if only part could otherwise be made so), to make the defun line
27485 visible (if point is in code and it could not be made so, or if only
27486 comments, including the first comment line, are visible), or to make the
27487 first comment line visible (if point is in a comment).
27489 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
27491 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "reposition" '("repos-count-screen-lines")))
27493 ;;;***
27494 \f
27495 ;;;### (autoloads nil "reveal" "reveal.el" (0 0 0 0))
27496 ;;; Generated autoloads from reveal.el
27498 (autoload 'reveal-mode "reveal" "\
27499 Toggle uncloaking of invisible text near point (Reveal mode).
27500 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Reveal mode if ARG is
27501 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
27502 Reveal mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
27504 Reveal mode is a buffer-local minor mode. When enabled, it
27505 reveals invisible text around point.
27507 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
27509 (defvar global-reveal-mode nil "\
27510 Non-nil if Global Reveal mode is enabled.
27511 See the `global-reveal-mode' command
27512 for a description of this minor mode.
27513 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
27514 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
27515 or call the function `global-reveal-mode'.")
27517 (custom-autoload 'global-reveal-mode "reveal" nil)
27519 (autoload 'global-reveal-mode "reveal" "\
27520 Toggle Reveal mode in all buffers (Global Reveal mode).
27521 Reveal mode renders invisible text around point visible again.
27523 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Global Reveal mode if ARG is
27524 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
27525 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
27527 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
27529 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "reveal" '("reveal-")))
27531 ;;;***
27532 \f
27533 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rfc1843" "international/rfc1843.el" (0 0 0
27534 ;;;;;; 0))
27535 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/rfc1843.el
27537 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "rfc1843" '("rfc1843-")))
27539 ;;;***
27540 \f
27541 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rfc2045" "mail/rfc2045.el" (0 0 0 0))
27542 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rfc2045.el
27544 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "rfc2045" '("rfc2045-encode-string")))
27546 ;;;***
27547 \f
27548 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rfc2047" "mail/rfc2047.el" (0 0 0 0))
27549 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rfc2047.el
27551 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "rfc2047" '("rfc2047-")))
27553 ;;;***
27554 \f
27555 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rfc2104" "net/rfc2104.el" (0 0 0 0))
27556 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/rfc2104.el
27558 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "rfc2104" '("rfc2104-")))
27560 ;;;***
27561 \f
27562 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rfc2231" "mail/rfc2231.el" (0 0 0 0))
27563 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rfc2231.el
27565 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "rfc2231" '("rfc2231-")))
27567 ;;;***
27568 \f
27569 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rfc2368" "mail/rfc2368.el" (0 0 0 0))
27570 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rfc2368.el
27572 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "rfc2368" '("rfc2368-")))
27574 ;;;***
27575 \f
27576 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rfc822" "mail/rfc822.el" (0 0 0 0))
27577 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rfc822.el
27579 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "rfc822" '("rfc822-")))
27581 ;;;***
27582 \f
27583 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ring" "emacs-lisp/ring.el" (0 0 0 0))
27584 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/ring.el
27586 (autoload 'ring-p "ring" "\
27587 Return t if X is a ring; nil otherwise.
27589 \(fn X)" nil nil)
27591 (autoload 'make-ring "ring" "\
27592 Make a ring that can contain SIZE elements.
27594 \(fn SIZE)" nil nil)
27596 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ring" '("ring-")))
27598 ;;;***
27599 \f
27600 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rlogin" "net/rlogin.el" (0 0 0 0))
27601 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/rlogin.el
27603 (autoload 'rlogin "rlogin" "\
27604 Open a network login connection via `rlogin' with args INPUT-ARGS.
27605 INPUT-ARGS should start with a host name; it may also contain
27606 other arguments for `rlogin'.
27608 Input is sent line-at-a-time to the remote connection.
27610 Communication with the remote host is recorded in a buffer `*rlogin-HOST*'
27611 \(or `*rlogin-USER@HOST*' if the remote username differs).
27612 If a prefix argument is given and the buffer `*rlogin-HOST*' already exists,
27613 a new buffer with a different connection will be made.
27615 When called from a program, if the optional second argument BUFFER is
27616 a string or buffer, it specifies the buffer to use.
27618 The variable `rlogin-program' contains the name of the actual program to
27619 run. It can be a relative or absolute path.
27621 The variable `rlogin-explicit-args' is a list of arguments to give to
27622 the rlogin when starting. They are added after any arguments given in
27623 INPUT-ARGS.
27625 If the default value of `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' is t, then the
27626 default directory in that buffer is set to a remote (FTP) file name to
27627 access your home directory on the remote machine. Occasionally this causes
27628 an error, if you cannot access the home directory on that machine. This
27629 error is harmless as long as you don't try to use that default directory.
27631 If `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' is neither t nor nil, then the default
27632 directory is initially set up to your (local) home directory.
27633 This is useful if the remote machine and your local machine
27634 share the same files via NFS. This is the default.
27636 If you wish to change directory tracking styles during a session, use the
27637 function `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' rather than simply setting the
27638 variable.
27640 \(fn INPUT-ARGS &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
27642 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "rlogin" '("rlogin-")))
27644 ;;;***
27645 \f
27646 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rmail" "mail/rmail.el" (0 0 0 0))
27647 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmail.el
27649 (defvar rmail-file-name (purecopy "~/RMAIL") "\
27650 Name of user's primary mail file.")
27652 (custom-autoload 'rmail-file-name "rmail" t)
27654 (put 'rmail-spool-directory 'standard-value '((cond ((file-exists-p "/var/mail") "/var/mail/") ((file-exists-p "/var/spool/mail") "/var/spool/mail/") ((memq system-type '(hpux usg-unix-v)) "/usr/mail/") (t "/usr/spool/mail/"))))
27656 (defvar rmail-spool-directory (purecopy (cond ((file-exists-p "/var/mail") "/var/mail/") ((file-exists-p "/var/spool/mail") "/var/spool/mail/") ((memq system-type '(hpux usg-unix-v)) "/usr/mail/") (t "/usr/spool/mail/"))) "\
27657 Name of directory used by system mailer for delivering new mail.
27658 Its name should end with a slash.")
27660 (custom-autoload 'rmail-spool-directory "rmail" t)
27661 (custom-initialize-delay 'rmail-spool-directory nil)
27663 (autoload 'rmail-movemail-variant-p "rmail" "\
27664 Return t if the current movemail variant is any of VARIANTS.
27665 Currently known variants are `emacs' and `mailutils'.
27667 \(fn &rest VARIANTS)" nil nil)
27669 (defvar rmail-user-mail-address-regexp nil "\
27670 Regexp matching user mail addresses.
27671 If non-nil, this variable is used to identify the correspondent
27672 when receiving new mail. If it matches the address of the sender,
27673 the recipient is taken as correspondent of a mail.
27674 If nil (default value), your `user-login-name' and `user-mail-address'
27675 are used to exclude yourself as correspondent.
27677 Usually you don't have to set this variable, except if you collect mails
27678 sent by you under different user names.
27679 Then it should be a regexp matching your mail addresses.
27681 Setting this variable has an effect only before reading a mail.")
27683 (custom-autoload 'rmail-user-mail-address-regexp "rmail" t)
27685 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'rmail-dont-reply-to-names 'mail-dont-reply-to-names "24.1")
27687 (defvar rmail-default-dont-reply-to-names nil "\
27688 Regexp specifying part of the default value of `mail-dont-reply-to-names'.
27689 This is used when the user does not set `mail-dont-reply-to-names'
27690 explicitly.")
27692 (make-obsolete-variable 'rmail-default-dont-reply-to-names 'mail-dont-reply-to-names "24.1")
27694 (defvar rmail-ignored-headers (purecopy (concat "^via:\\|^mail-from:\\|^origin:\\|^references:\\|^sender:" "\\|^status:\\|^received:\\|^x400-originator:\\|^x400-recipients:" "\\|^x400-received:\\|^x400-mts-identifier:\\|^x400-content-type:" "\\|^\\(resent-\\|\\)message-id:\\|^summary-line:\\|^resent-date:" "\\|^nntp-posting-host:\\|^path:\\|^x-char.*:\\|^x-face:\\|^face:" "\\|^x-mailer:\\|^delivered-to:\\|^lines:" "\\|^content-transfer-encoding:\\|^x-coding-system:" "\\|^return-path:\\|^errors-to:\\|^return-receipt-to:" "\\|^precedence:\\|^mime-version:" "\\|^list-owner:\\|^list-help:\\|^list-post:\\|^list-subscribe:" "\\|^list-id:\\|^list-unsubscribe:\\|^list-archive:" "\\|^content-length:\\|^nntp-posting-date:\\|^user-agent" "\\|^importance:\\|^envelope-to:\\|^delivery-date\\|^openpgp:" "\\|^mbox-line:\\|^cancel-lock:" "\\|^DomainKey-Signature:\\|^dkim-signature:" "\\|^ARC-.*:" "\\|^Received-SPF:" "\\|^Authentication-Results:" "\\|^resent-face:\\|^resent-x.*:\\|^resent-organization:\\|^resent-openpgp:" "\\|^x-.*:")) "\
27695 Regexp to match header fields that Rmail should normally hide.
27696 \(See also `rmail-nonignored-headers', which overrides this regexp.)
27697 This variable is used for reformatting the message header,
27698 which normally happens once for each message,
27699 when you view the message for the first time in Rmail.
27700 To make a change in this variable take effect
27701 for a message that you have already viewed,
27704 (custom-autoload 'rmail-ignored-headers "rmail" t)
27706 (defvar rmail-displayed-headers nil "\
27707 Regexp to match Header fields that Rmail should display.
27708 If nil, display all header fields except those matched by
27709 `rmail-ignored-headers'.")
27711 (custom-autoload 'rmail-displayed-headers "rmail" t)
27713 (defvar rmail-retry-ignored-headers (purecopy "^x-authentication-warning:\\|^x-detected-operating-system:\\|^x-spam[-a-z]*:\\|content-type:\\|content-transfer-encoding:\\|mime-version:\\|message-id:") "\
27714 Headers that should be stripped when retrying a failed message.")
27716 (custom-autoload 'rmail-retry-ignored-headers "rmail" t)
27719 Regexp to match Header fields that Rmail should normally highlight.
27720 A value of nil means don't highlight. Uses the face `rmail-highlight'.")
27722 (custom-autoload 'rmail-highlighted-headers "rmail" t)
27724 (defvar rmail-primary-inbox-list nil "\
27725 List of files that are inboxes for your primary mail file `rmail-file-name'.
27726 If this is nil, uses the environment variable MAIL. If that is
27727 unset, uses a file named by the function `user-login-name' in the
27728 directory `rmail-spool-directory' (whose value depends on the
27731 (custom-autoload 'rmail-primary-inbox-list "rmail" t)
27733 (defvar rmail-secondary-file-directory (purecopy "~/") "\
27734 Directory for additional secondary Rmail files.")
27736 (custom-autoload 'rmail-secondary-file-directory "rmail" t)
27739 Regexp for which files are secondary Rmail files.")
27741 (custom-autoload 'rmail-secondary-file-regexp "rmail" t)
27743 (defvar rmail-mode-hook nil "\
27744 List of functions to call when Rmail is invoked.")
27746 (defvar rmail-show-message-hook nil "\
27747 List of functions to call when Rmail displays a message.")
27749 (custom-autoload 'rmail-show-message-hook "rmail" t)
27751 (defvar rmail-file-coding-system nil "\
27752 Coding system used in RMAIL file.
27754 This is set to nil by default.")
27756 (defvar rmail-insert-mime-forwarded-message-function nil "\
27757 Function to insert a message in MIME format so it can be forwarded.
27758 This function is called if `rmail-enable-mime' and
27759 `rmail-enable-mime-composing' are non-nil.
27760 It is called with one argument FORWARD-BUFFER, which is a
27761 buffer containing the message to forward. The current buffer
27762 is the outgoing mail buffer.")
27764 (autoload 'rmail "rmail" "\
27765 Read and edit incoming mail.
27766 Moves messages into file named by `rmail-file-name' and edits that
27767 file in RMAIL Mode.
27770 May be called with file name as argument; then performs rmail editing on
27771 that file, but does not copy any new mail into the file.
27772 Interactively, if you supply a prefix argument, then you
27773 have a chance to specify a file name with the minibuffer.
27775 If `rmail-display-summary' is non-nil, make a summary for this RMAIL file.
27777 \(fn &optional FILE-NAME-ARG)" t nil)
27779 (autoload 'rmail-mode "rmail" "\
27781 All normal editing commands are turned off.
27782 Instead, these commands are available:
27798 \\[rmail-undelete-previous-message] Undelete message. Tries current message, then earlier messages
27799 till a deleted message is found.
27800 \\[rmail-edit-current-message] Edit the current message. \\[rmail-cease-edit] to return to Rmail.
27813 \\[rmail-output-body-to-file] Save message body to a file. Default filename comes from Subject line.
27818 (label defaults to last one specified).
27819 Standard labels: filed, unseen, answered, forwarded, deleted.
27829 \(fn)" t nil)
27831 (autoload 'rmail-input "rmail" "\
27832 Run Rmail on file FILENAME.
27834 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
27836 (autoload 'rmail-set-remote-password "rmail" "\
27837 Set PASSWORD to be used for retrieving mail from a POP or IMAP server.
27839 \(fn PASSWORD)" t nil)
27841 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "rmail" '("rmail-" "mail-")))
27843 ;;;***
27844 \f
27845 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rmail-spam-filter" "mail/rmail-spam-filter.el"
27846 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
27847 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmail-spam-filter.el
27849 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "rmail-spam-filter" '("rmail-" "rsf-")))
27851 ;;;***
27852 \f
27853 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "rmailedit" "mail/rmailedit.el"
27854 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
27855 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailedit.el
27857 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "rmailedit" '("rmail-")))
27859 ;;;***
27860 \f
27861 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "rmailkwd" "mail/rmailkwd.el"
27862 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
27863 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailkwd.el
27865 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "rmailkwd" '("rmail-")))
27867 ;;;***
27868 \f
27869 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "rmailmm" "mail/rmailmm.el"
27870 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
27871 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailmm.el
27873 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "rmailmm" '("rmail-")))
27875 ;;;***
27876 \f
27877 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rmailout" "mail/rmailout.el" (0 0 0 0))
27878 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailout.el
27879 (put 'rmail-output-file-alist 'risky-local-variable t)
27881 (autoload 'rmail-output "rmailout" "\
27882 Append this message to mail file FILE-NAME.
27883 Writes mbox format, unless FILE-NAME exists and is Babyl format, in which
27884 case it writes Babyl.
27886 Interactively, the default file name comes from `rmail-default-file',
27887 which is updated to the name you use in this command. In all uses, if
27888 FILE-NAME is not absolute, it is expanded with the directory part of
27889 `rmail-default-file'.
27891 If a buffer is visiting FILE-NAME, adds the text to that buffer
27892 rather than saving the file directly. If the buffer is an Rmail
27893 buffer, updates it accordingly.
27895 This command always outputs the complete message header, even if
27896 the header display is currently pruned.
27898 Optional prefix argument COUNT (default 1) says to output that
27899 many consecutive messages, starting with the current one (ignoring
27900 deleted messages). If `rmail-delete-after-output' is non-nil, deletes
27901 messages after output.
27903 The optional third argument NOATTRIBUTE, if non-nil, says not to
27905 message (if writing a file directly).
27907 Set the optional fourth argument NOT-RMAIL non-nil if you call this
27908 from a non-Rmail buffer. In this case, COUNT is ignored.
27910 \(fn FILE-NAME &optional COUNT NOATTRIBUTE NOT-RMAIL)" t nil)
27912 (autoload 'rmail-output-as-seen "rmailout" "\
27913 Append this message to mbox file named FILE-NAME.
27914 The details are as for `rmail-output', except that:
27915 i) the header is output as currently seen
27916 ii) this function cannot write to Babyl files
27917 iii) an Rmail buffer cannot be visiting FILE-NAME
27919 Note that if NOT-RMAIL is non-nil, there is no difference between this
27920 function and `rmail-output'. This argument may be removed in future,
27921 so you should call `rmail-output' directly in that case.
27923 \(fn FILE-NAME &optional COUNT NOATTRIBUTE NOT-RMAIL)" t nil)
27925 (autoload 'rmail-output-body-to-file "rmailout" "\
27926 Write this message body to the file FILE-NAME.
27927 Interactively, the default file name comes from either the message
27929 of `rmail-default-body-file' accordingly. In all uses, if FILE-NAME
27930 is not absolute, it is expanded with the directory part of
27931 `rmail-default-body-file'.
27933 Note that this overwrites FILE-NAME (after confirmation), rather
27934 than appending to it. Deletes the message after writing if
27935 `rmail-delete-after-output' is non-nil.
27937 \(fn FILE-NAME)" t nil)
27939 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "rmailout" '("rmail-")))
27941 ;;;***
27942 \f
27943 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "rmailsort" "mail/rmailsort.el"
27944 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
27945 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailsort.el
27947 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "rmailsort" '("rmail-")))
27949 ;;;***
27950 \f
27951 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "rmailsum" "mail/rmailsum.el"
27952 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
27953 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailsum.el
27955 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "rmailsum" '("rmail-")))
27957 ;;;***
27958 \f
27959 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rng-cmpct" "nxml/rng-cmpct.el" (0 0 0 0))
27960 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/rng-cmpct.el
27962 (autoload 'rng-c-load-schema "rng-cmpct" "\
27963 Load a schema in RELAX NG compact syntax from FILENAME.
27964 Return a pattern.
27966 \(fn FILENAME)" nil nil)
27968 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "rng-cmpct" '("rng-")))
27970 ;;;***
27971 \f
27972 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rng-dt" "nxml/rng-dt.el" (0 0 0 0))
27973 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/rng-dt.el
27975 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "rng-dt" '("rng-dt-")))
27977 ;;;***
27978 \f
27979 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rng-loc" "nxml/rng-loc.el" (0 0 0 0))
27980 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/rng-loc.el
27982 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "rng-loc" '("rng-")))
27984 ;;;***
27985 \f
27986 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rng-maint" "nxml/rng-maint.el" (0 0 0 0))
27987 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/rng-maint.el
27989 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "rng-maint" '("rng-")))
27991 ;;;***
27992 \f
27993 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rng-match" "nxml/rng-match.el" (0 0 0 0))
27994 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/rng-match.el
27996 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "rng-match" '("rng-")))
27998 ;;;***
27999 \f
28000 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rng-nxml" "nxml/rng-nxml.el" (0 0 0 0))
28001 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/rng-nxml.el
28003 (autoload 'rng-nxml-mode-init "rng-nxml" "\
28004 Initialize `nxml-mode' to take advantage of `rng-validate-mode'.
28005 This is typically called from `nxml-mode-hook'.
28006 Validation will be enabled if `rng-nxml-auto-validate-flag' is non-nil.
28008 \(fn)" t nil)
28010 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "rng-nxml" '("rng-")))
28012 ;;;***
28013 \f
28014 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rng-parse" "nxml/rng-parse.el" (0 0 0 0))
28015 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/rng-parse.el
28017 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "rng-parse" '("rng-parse-")))
28019 ;;;***
28020 \f
28021 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rng-pttrn" "nxml/rng-pttrn.el" (0 0 0 0))
28022 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/rng-pttrn.el
28024 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "rng-pttrn" '("rng-")))
28026 ;;;***
28027 \f
28028 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rng-uri" "nxml/rng-uri.el" (0 0 0 0))
28029 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/rng-uri.el
28031 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "rng-uri" '("rng-")))
28033 ;;;***
28034 \f
28035 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rng-util" "nxml/rng-util.el" (0 0 0 0))
28036 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/rng-util.el
28038 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "rng-util" '("rng-")))
28040 ;;;***
28041 \f
28042 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rng-valid" "nxml/rng-valid.el" (0 0 0 0))
28043 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/rng-valid.el
28045 (autoload 'rng-validate-mode "rng-valid" "\
28046 Minor mode performing continual validation against a RELAX NG schema.
28048 Checks whether the buffer is a well-formed XML 1.0 document,
28049 conforming to the XML Namespaces Recommendation and valid against a
28050 RELAX NG schema. The mode-line indicates whether it is or not. Any
28051 parts of the buffer that cause it not to be are considered errors and
28052 are highlighted with face `rng-error'. A description of each error is
28054 after point. Clicking mouse-1 on the word `Invalid' in the mode-line
28055 goes to the first error in the buffer. If the buffer changes, then it
28056 will be automatically rechecked when Emacs becomes idle; the
28057 rechecking will be paused whenever there is input pending.
28059 By default, uses a vacuous schema that allows any well-formed XML
28060 document. A schema can be specified explicitly using
28062 file name or on the root element name. In each case the schema must
28063 be a RELAX NG schema using the compact schema (such schemas
28064 conventionally have a suffix of `.rnc'). The variable
28065 `rng-schema-locating-files' specifies files containing rules
28066 to use for finding the schema.
28068 \(fn &optional ARG NO-CHANGE-SCHEMA)" t nil)
28070 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "rng-valid" '("rng-")))
28072 ;;;***
28073 \f
28074 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rng-xsd" "nxml/rng-xsd.el" (0 0 0 0))
28075 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/rng-xsd.el
28077 (put 'http://www\.w3\.org/2001/XMLSchema-datatypes 'rng-dt-compile #'rng-xsd-compile)
28079 (autoload 'rng-xsd-compile "rng-xsd" "\
28080 Provides W3C XML Schema as a RELAX NG datatypes library.
28081 NAME is a symbol giving the local name of the datatype. PARAMS is a
28082 list of pairs (PARAM-NAME . PARAM-VALUE) where PARAM-NAME is a symbol
28083 giving the name of the parameter and PARAM-VALUE is a string giving
28084 its value. If NAME or PARAMS are invalid, it calls `rng-dt-error'
28085 passing it arguments in the same style as format; the value from
28086 `rng-dt-error' will be returned. Otherwise, it returns a list. The
28087 first member of the list is t if any string is a legal value for the
28088 datatype and nil otherwise. The second argument is a symbol; this
28089 symbol will be called as a function passing it a string followed by
28090 the remaining members of the list. The function must return an object
28091 representing the value of the datatype that was represented by the
28092 string, or nil if the string is not a representation of any value.
28093 The object returned can be any convenient non-nil value, provided
28094 that, if two strings represent the same value, the returned objects
28095 must be equal.
28097 \(fn NAME PARAMS)" nil nil)
28099 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "rng-xsd" '("rng-xsd-" "xsd-duration-reference-dates")))
28101 ;;;***
28102 \f
28103 ;;;### (autoloads nil "robin" "international/robin.el" (0 0 0 0))
28104 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/robin.el
28106 (autoload 'robin-define-package "robin" "\
28107 Define a robin package.
28109 NAME is the string of this robin package.
28110 DOCSTRING is the documentation string of this robin package.
28111 Each RULE is of the form (INPUT OUTPUT) where INPUT is a string and
28112 OUTPUT is either a character or a string. RULES are not evaluated.
28114 If there already exists a robin package whose name is NAME, the new
28115 one replaces the old one.
28117 \(fn NAME DOCSTRING &rest RULES)" nil t)
28119 (autoload 'robin-modify-package "robin" "\
28120 Change a rule in an already defined robin package.
28122 NAME is the string specifying a robin package.
28123 INPUT is a string that specifies the input pattern.
28124 OUTPUT is either a character or a string to be generated.
28126 \(fn NAME INPUT OUTPUT)" nil nil)
28128 (autoload 'robin-use-package "robin" "\
28129 Start using robin package NAME, which is a string.
28131 \(fn NAME)" nil nil)
28133 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "robin" '("robin-")))
28135 ;;;***
28136 \f
28137 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rot13" "rot13.el" (0 0 0 0))
28138 ;;; Generated autoloads from rot13.el
28140 (autoload 'rot13 "rot13" "\
28141 ROT13 encrypt OBJECT, a buffer or string.
28142 If OBJECT is a buffer, encrypt the region between START and END.
28143 If OBJECT is a string, encrypt it in its entirety, ignoring START
28144 and END, and return the encrypted string.
28146 \(fn OBJECT &optional START END)" nil nil)
28148 (autoload 'rot13-string "rot13" "\
28149 Return ROT13 encryption of STRING.
28151 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
28153 (autoload 'rot13-region "rot13" "\
28154 ROT13 encrypt the region between START and END in current buffer.
28156 \(fn START END)" t nil)
28158 (autoload 'rot13-other-window "rot13" "\
28159 Display current buffer in ROT13 in another window.
28160 The text itself is not modified, only the way it is displayed is affected.
28162 To terminate the ROT13 display, delete that window. As long as that window
28163 is not deleted, any buffer displayed in it will become instantly encoded
28164 in ROT13.
28166 See also `toggle-rot13-mode'.
28168 \(fn)" t nil)
28170 (autoload 'toggle-rot13-mode "rot13" "\
28171 Toggle the use of ROT13 encoding for the current window.
28173 \(fn)" t nil)
28175 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "rot13" '("rot13-")))
28177 ;;;***
28178 \f
28179 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rst" "textmodes/rst.el" (0 0 0 0))
28180 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/rst.el
28183 (autoload 'rst-mode "rst" "\
28184 Major mode for editing reStructuredText documents.
28187 Turning on `rst-mode' calls the normal hooks `text-mode-hook'
28188 and `rst-mode-hook'. This mode also supports font-lock
28189 highlighting.
28193 \(fn)" t nil)
28195 (autoload 'rst-minor-mode "rst" "\
28196 Toggle ReST minor mode.
28197 With a prefix argument ARG, enable ReST minor mode if ARG is
28198 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
28199 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
28201 When ReST minor mode is enabled, the ReST mode keybindings
28202 are installed on top of the major mode bindings. Use this
28203 for modes derived from Text mode, like Mail mode.
28205 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
28207 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "rst" '("rst-")))
28209 ;;;***
28210 \f
28211 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rtree" "rtree.el" (0 0 0 0))
28212 ;;; Generated autoloads from rtree.el
28214 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "rtree" '("rtree-")))
28216 ;;;***
28217 \f
28218 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ruby-mode" "progmodes/ruby-mode.el" (0 0 0
28219 ;;;;;; 0))
28220 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ruby-mode.el
28221 (push (purecopy '(ruby-mode 1 2)) package--builtin-versions)
28223 (autoload 'ruby-mode "ruby-mode" "\
28224 Major mode for editing Ruby code.
28226 \(fn)" t nil)
28228 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist (cons (purecopy (concat "\\(?:\\.\\(?:" "rbw?\\|ru\\|rake\\|thor" "\\|jbuilder\\|rabl\\|gemspec\\|podspec" "\\)" "\\|/" "\\(?:Gem\\|Rake\\|Cap\\|Thor" "\\|Puppet\\|Berks" "\\|Vagrant\\|Guard\\|Pod\\)file" "\\)\\'")) 'ruby-mode))
28230 (dolist (name (list "ruby" "rbx" "jruby" "ruby1.9" "ruby1.8")) (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist (cons (purecopy name) 'ruby-mode)))
28232 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ruby-mode" '("ruby-")))
28234 ;;;***
28235 \f
28236 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ruler-mode" "ruler-mode.el" (0 0 0 0))
28237 ;;; Generated autoloads from ruler-mode.el
28238 (push (purecopy '(ruler-mode 1 6)) package--builtin-versions)
28240 (defvar ruler-mode nil "\
28241 Non-nil if Ruler mode is enabled.
28242 Use the command `ruler-mode' to change this variable.")
28244 (autoload 'ruler-mode "ruler-mode" "\
28245 Toggle display of ruler in header line (Ruler mode).
28246 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Ruler mode if ARG is positive,
28247 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
28248 if ARG is omitted or nil.
28250 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
28252 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ruler-mode" '("ruler-")))
28254 ;;;***
28255 \f
28256 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rx" "emacs-lisp/rx.el" (0 0 0 0))
28257 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/rx.el
28259 (autoload 'rx-to-string "rx" "\
28260 Parse and produce code for regular expression FORM.
28261 FORM is a regular expression in sexp form.
28262 NO-GROUP non-nil means don't put shy groups around the result.
28264 \(fn FORM &optional NO-GROUP)" nil nil)
28266 (autoload 'rx "rx" "\
28267 Translate regular expressions REGEXPS in sexp form to a regexp string.
28268 REGEXPS is a non-empty sequence of forms of the sort listed below.
28270 Note that `rx' is a Lisp macro; when used in a Lisp program being
28271 compiled, the translation is performed by the compiler.
28272 See `rx-to-string' for how to do such a translation at run-time.
28274 The following are valid subforms of regular expressions in sexp
28275 notation.
28277 STRING
28278 matches string STRING literally.
28280 CHAR
28281 matches character CHAR literally.
28283 `not-newline', `nonl'
28284 matches any character except a newline.
28286 `anything'
28287 matches any character
28289 `(any SET ...)'
28290 `(in SET ...)'
28291 `(char SET ...)'
28292 matches any character in SET .... SET may be a character or string.
28293 Ranges of characters can be specified as `A-Z' in strings.
28294 Ranges may also be specified as conses like `(?A . ?Z)'.
28296 SET may also be the name of a character class: `digit',
28297 `control', `hex-digit', `blank', `graph', `print', `alnum',
28298 `alpha', `ascii', `nonascii', `lower', `punct', `space', `upper',
28299 `word', or one of their synonyms.
28301 `(not (any SET ...))'
28302 matches any character not in SET ...
28304 `line-start', `bol'
28305 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of a line
28306 in the text being matched
28308 `line-end', `eol'
28309 is similar to `line-start' but matches only at the end of a line
28311 `string-start', `bos', `bot'
28312 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of the
28313 string being matched against.
28315 `string-end', `eos', `eot'
28316 matches the empty string, but only at the end of the
28317 string being matched against.
28319 `buffer-start'
28320 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of the
28321 buffer being matched against. Actually equivalent to `string-start'.
28323 `buffer-end'
28324 matches the empty string, but only at the end of the
28325 buffer being matched against. Actually equivalent to `string-end'.
28327 `point'
28328 matches the empty string, but only at point.
28330 `word-start', `bow'
28331 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of a word.
28333 `word-end', `eow'
28334 matches the empty string, but only at the end of a word.
28336 `word-boundary'
28337 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning or end of a
28338 word.
28340 `(not word-boundary)'
28341 `not-word-boundary'
28342 matches the empty string, but not at the beginning or end of a
28343 word.
28345 `symbol-start'
28346 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of a symbol.
28348 `symbol-end'
28349 matches the empty string, but only at the end of a symbol.
28351 `digit', `numeric', `num'
28352 matches 0 through 9.
28354 `control', `cntrl'
28355 matches ASCII control characters.
28357 `hex-digit', `hex', `xdigit'
28358 matches 0 through 9, a through f and A through F.
28360 `blank'
28361 matches space and tab only.
28363 `graphic', `graph'
28364 matches graphic characters--everything except whitespace, ASCII
28365 and non-ASCII control characters, surrogates, and codepoints
28366 unassigned by Unicode.
28368 `printing', `print'
28369 matches whitespace and graphic characters.
28371 `alphanumeric', `alnum'
28372 matches alphabetic characters and digits. (For multibyte characters,
28373 it matches according to Unicode character properties.)
28375 `letter', `alphabetic', `alpha'
28376 matches alphabetic characters. (For multibyte characters,
28377 it matches according to Unicode character properties.)
28379 `ascii'
28380 matches ASCII (unibyte) characters.
28382 `nonascii'
28383 matches non-ASCII (multibyte) characters.
28385 `lower', `lower-case'
28386 matches anything lower-case.
28388 `upper', `upper-case'
28389 matches anything upper-case.
28391 `punctuation', `punct'
28392 matches punctuation. (But at present, for multibyte characters,
28393 it matches anything that has non-word syntax.)
28395 `space', `whitespace', `white'
28396 matches anything that has whitespace syntax.
28398 `word', `wordchar'
28399 matches anything that has word syntax.
28401 `not-wordchar'
28402 matches anything that has non-word syntax.
28404 `(syntax SYNTAX)'
28405 matches a character with syntax SYNTAX. SYNTAX must be one
28406 of the following symbols, or a symbol corresponding to the syntax
28425 `(not (syntax SYNTAX))'
28426 matches a character that doesn't have syntax SYNTAX.
28428 `(category CATEGORY)'
28429 matches a character with category CATEGORY. CATEGORY must be
28430 either a character to use for C, or one of the following symbols.
28472 `(not (category CATEGORY))'
28473 matches a character that doesn't have category CATEGORY.
28475 `(and SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
28476 `(: SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
28477 `(seq SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
28478 `(sequence SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
28479 matches what SEXP1 matches, followed by what SEXP2 matches, etc.
28481 `(submatch SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
28482 `(group SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
28483 like `and', but makes the match accessible with `match-end',
28484 `match-beginning', and `match-string'.
28486 `(submatch-n N SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
28487 `(group-n N SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
28488 like `group', but make it an explicitly-numbered group with
28489 group number N.
28491 `(or SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
28492 `(| SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
28493 matches anything that matches SEXP1 or SEXP2, etc. If all
28494 args are strings, use `regexp-opt' to optimize the resulting
28495 regular expression.
28497 `(minimal-match SEXP)'
28498 produce a non-greedy regexp for SEXP. Normally, regexps matching
28500 match as much as they can, as long as the overall regexp can
28501 still match. A non-greedy regexp matches as little as possible.
28503 `(maximal-match SEXP)'
28504 produce a greedy regexp for SEXP. This is the default.
28506 Below, `SEXP ...' represents a sequence of regexp forms, treated as if
28507 enclosed in `(and ...)'.
28509 `(zero-or-more SEXP ...)'
28510 `(0+ SEXP ...)'
28511 matches zero or more occurrences of what SEXP ... matches.
28513 `(* SEXP ...)'
28514 like `zero-or-more', but always produces a greedy regexp, independent
28515 of `rx-greedy-flag'.
28517 `(*? SEXP ...)'
28518 like `zero-or-more', but always produces a non-greedy regexp,
28519 independent of `rx-greedy-flag'.
28521 `(one-or-more SEXP ...)'
28522 `(1+ SEXP ...)'
28523 matches one or more occurrences of SEXP ...
28525 `(+ SEXP ...)'
28526 like `one-or-more', but always produces a greedy regexp.
28528 `(+? SEXP ...)'
28529 like `one-or-more', but always produces a non-greedy regexp.
28531 `(zero-or-one SEXP ...)'
28532 `(optional SEXP ...)'
28533 `(opt SEXP ...)'
28534 matches zero or one occurrences of A.
28536 `(? SEXP ...)'
28537 like `zero-or-one', but always produces a greedy regexp.
28539 `(?? SEXP ...)'
28540 like `zero-or-one', but always produces a non-greedy regexp.
28542 `(repeat N SEXP)'
28543 `(= N SEXP ...)'
28544 matches N occurrences.
28546 `(>= N SEXP ...)'
28547 matches N or more occurrences.
28549 `(repeat N M SEXP)'
28550 `(** N M SEXP ...)'
28551 matches N to M occurrences.
28553 `(backref N)'
28554 matches what was matched previously by submatch N.
28556 `(eval FORM)'
28557 evaluate FORM and insert result. If result is a string,
28558 `regexp-quote' it.
28560 `(regexp REGEXP)'
28561 include REGEXP in string notation in the result.
28563 \(fn &rest REGEXPS)" nil t)
28565 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "rx" '("rx-")))
28567 ;;;***
28568 \f
28569 ;;;### (autoloads nil "sasl" "net/sasl.el" (0 0 0 0))
28570 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/sasl.el
28572 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "sasl" '("sasl-")))
28574 ;;;***
28575 \f
28576 ;;;### (autoloads nil "sasl-cram" "net/sasl-cram.el" (0 0 0 0))
28577 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/sasl-cram.el
28579 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "sasl-cram" '("sasl-cram-md5-")))
28581 ;;;***
28582 \f
28583 ;;;### (autoloads nil "sasl-digest" "net/sasl-digest.el" (0 0 0 0))
28584 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/sasl-digest.el
28586 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "sasl-digest" '("sasl-digest-md5-")))
28588 ;;;***
28589 \f
28590 ;;;### (autoloads nil "sasl-ntlm" "net/sasl-ntlm.el" (0 0 0 0))
28591 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/sasl-ntlm.el
28592 (push (purecopy '(sasl 1 0)) package--builtin-versions)
28594 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "sasl-ntlm" '("sasl-ntlm-")))
28596 ;;;***
28597 \f
28598 ;;;### (autoloads nil "sasl-scram-rfc" "net/sasl-scram-rfc.el" (0
28599 ;;;;;; 0 0 0))
28600 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/sasl-scram-rfc.el
28602 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "sasl-scram-rfc" '("sasl-scram-")))
28604 ;;;***
28605 \f
28606 ;;;### (autoloads nil "savehist" "savehist.el" (0 0 0 0))
28607 ;;; Generated autoloads from savehist.el
28608 (push (purecopy '(savehist 24)) package--builtin-versions)
28610 (defvar savehist-mode nil "\
28611 Non-nil if Savehist mode is enabled.
28612 See the `savehist-mode' command
28613 for a description of this minor mode.
28614 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
28615 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
28616 or call the function `savehist-mode'.")
28618 (custom-autoload 'savehist-mode "savehist" nil)
28620 (autoload 'savehist-mode "savehist" "\
28621 Toggle saving of minibuffer history (Savehist mode).
28622 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Savehist mode if ARG is
28623 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
28624 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
28626 When Savehist mode is enabled, minibuffer history is saved
28627 periodically and when exiting Emacs. When Savehist mode is
28628 enabled for the first time in an Emacs session, it loads the
28629 previous minibuffer history from `savehist-file'.
28631 This mode should normally be turned on from your Emacs init file.
28632 Calling it at any other time replaces your current minibuffer
28633 histories, which is probably undesirable.
28635 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
28637 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "savehist" '("savehist-")))
28639 ;;;***
28640 \f
28641 ;;;### (autoloads nil "saveplace" "saveplace.el" (0 0 0 0))
28642 ;;; Generated autoloads from saveplace.el
28644 (defvar save-place-mode nil "\
28645 Non-nil if Save-Place mode is enabled.
28646 See the `save-place-mode' command
28647 for a description of this minor mode.
28648 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
28649 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
28650 or call the function `save-place-mode'.")
28652 (custom-autoload 'save-place-mode "saveplace" nil)
28654 (autoload 'save-place-mode "saveplace" "\
28655 Non-nil means automatically save place in each file.
28656 This means when you visit a file, point goes to the last place
28657 where it was when you previously visited the same file.
28659 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
28661 (autoload 'save-place-local-mode "saveplace" "\
28662 Toggle whether to save your place in this file between sessions.
28663 If this mode is enabled, point is recorded when you kill the buffer
28664 or exit Emacs. Visiting this file again will go to that position,
28665 even in a later Emacs session.
28667 If called with a prefix arg, the mode is enabled if and only if
28668 the argument is positive.
28670 To save places automatically in all files, put this in your init
28671 file:
28673 \(save-place-mode 1)
28675 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
28677 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "saveplace" '("save-place" "load-save-place-alist-from-file")))
28679 ;;;***
28680 \f
28681 ;;;### (autoloads nil "sb-image" "sb-image.el" (0 0 0 0))
28682 ;;; Generated autoloads from sb-image.el
28684 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "sb-image" '("speedbar-" "defimage-speedbar")))
28686 ;;;***
28687 \f
28688 ;;;### (autoloads nil "scheme" "progmodes/scheme.el" (0 0 0 0))
28689 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/scheme.el
28691 (autoload 'scheme-mode "scheme" "\
28692 Major mode for editing Scheme code.
28693 Editing commands are similar to those of `lisp-mode'.
28695 In addition, if an inferior Scheme process is running, some additional
28696 commands will be defined, for evaluating expressions and controlling
28697 the interpreter, and the state of the process will be displayed in the
28698 mode line of all Scheme buffers. The names of commands that interact
28700 Scheme-specific `xscheme' package; for more information see the
28702 start an inferior Scheme using the more general `cmuscheme' package.
28704 Commands:
28705 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
28706 Blank lines separate paragraphs. Semicolons start comments.
28709 \(fn)" t nil)
28711 (autoload 'dsssl-mode "scheme" "\
28712 Major mode for editing DSSSL code.
28713 Editing commands are similar to those of `lisp-mode'.
28715 Commands:
28716 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
28717 Blank lines separate paragraphs. Semicolons start comments.
28719 Entering this mode runs the hooks `scheme-mode-hook' and then
28720 `dsssl-mode-hook' and inserts the value of `dsssl-sgml-declaration' if
28721 that variable's value is a string.
28723 \(fn)" t nil)
28725 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "scheme" '("scheme-" "dsssl-")))
28727 ;;;***
28728 \f
28729 ;;;### (autoloads nil "score-mode" "gnus/score-mode.el" (0 0 0 0))
28730 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/score-mode.el
28732 (autoload 'gnus-score-mode "score-mode" "\
28733 Mode for editing Gnus score files.
28734 This mode is an extended emacs-lisp mode.
28738 \(fn)" t nil)
28740 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "score-mode" '("gnus-score-" "score-mode-")))
28742 ;;;***
28743 \f
28744 ;;;### (autoloads nil "scroll-all" "scroll-all.el" (0 0 0 0))
28745 ;;; Generated autoloads from scroll-all.el
28747 (defvar scroll-all-mode nil "\
28748 Non-nil if Scroll-All mode is enabled.
28749 See the `scroll-all-mode' command
28750 for a description of this minor mode.
28751 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
28752 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
28753 or call the function `scroll-all-mode'.")
28755 (custom-autoload 'scroll-all-mode "scroll-all" nil)
28757 (autoload 'scroll-all-mode "scroll-all" "\
28758 Toggle shared scrolling in same-frame windows (Scroll-All mode).
28759 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Scroll-All mode if ARG is
28760 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
28761 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
28763 When Scroll-All mode is enabled, scrolling commands invoked in
28764 one window apply to all visible windows in the same frame.
28766 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
28768 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "scroll-all" '("scroll-all-")))
28770 ;;;***
28771 \f
28772 ;;;### (autoloads nil "scroll-bar" "scroll-bar.el" (0 0 0 0))
28773 ;;; Generated autoloads from scroll-bar.el
28775 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "scroll-bar" '("set-scroll-bar-mode" "scroll-bar-" "toggle-" "horizontal-scroll-bar" "get-scroll-bar-mode" "previous-scroll-bar-mode")))
28777 ;;;***
28778 \f
28779 ;;;### (autoloads nil "scroll-lock" "scroll-lock.el" (0 0 0 0))
28780 ;;; Generated autoloads from scroll-lock.el
28782 (autoload 'scroll-lock-mode "scroll-lock" "\
28783 Buffer-local minor mode for pager-like scrolling.
28784 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
28785 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
28786 if ARG is omitted or nil. When enabled, keys that normally move
28787 point by line or paragraph will scroll the buffer by the
28788 respective amount of lines instead and point will be kept
28789 vertically fixed relative to window boundaries during scrolling.
28791 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
28793 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "scroll-lock" '("scroll-lock-")))
28795 ;;;***
28796 \f
28797 ;;;### (autoloads nil "secrets" "net/secrets.el" (0 0 0 0))
28798 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/secrets.el
28799 (when (featurep 'dbusbind)
28800 (autoload 'secrets-show-secrets "secrets" nil t))
28802 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "secrets" '("secrets-")))
28804 ;;;***
28805 \f
28806 ;;;### (autoloads nil "semantic" "cedet/semantic.el" (0 0 0 0))
28807 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic.el
28808 (push (purecopy '(semantic 2 2)) package--builtin-versions)
28810 (defvar semantic-default-submodes '(global-semantic-idle-scheduler-mode global-semanticdb-minor-mode) "\
28811 List of auxiliary Semantic minor modes enabled by `semantic-mode'.
28812 The possible elements of this list include the following:
28814 `global-semanticdb-minor-mode' - Maintain tag database.
28815 `global-semantic-idle-scheduler-mode' - Reparse buffer when idle.
28816 `global-semantic-idle-summary-mode' - Show summary of tag at point.
28817 `global-semantic-idle-completions-mode' - Show completions when idle.
28818 `global-semantic-decoration-mode' - Additional tag decorations.
28819 `global-semantic-highlight-func-mode' - Highlight the current tag.
28820 `global-semantic-stickyfunc-mode' - Show current fun in header line.
28821 `global-semantic-mru-bookmark-mode' - Provide `switch-to-buffer'-like
28822 keybinding for tag names.
28823 `global-cedet-m3-minor-mode' - A mouse 3 context menu.
28824 `global-semantic-idle-local-symbol-highlight-mode' - Highlight references
28825 of the symbol under point.
28826 The following modes are more targeted at people who want to see
28827 some internal information of the semantic parser in action:
28828 `global-semantic-highlight-edits-mode' - Visualize incremental parser by
28829 highlighting not-yet parsed changes.
28830 `global-semantic-show-unmatched-syntax-mode' - Highlight unmatched lexical
28831 syntax tokens.
28832 `global-semantic-show-parser-state-mode' - Display the parser cache state.")
28834 (custom-autoload 'semantic-default-submodes "semantic" t)
28836 (defvar semantic-mode nil "\
28837 Non-nil if Semantic mode is enabled.
28838 See the `semantic-mode' command
28839 for a description of this minor mode.
28840 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
28841 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
28842 or call the function `semantic-mode'.")
28844 (custom-autoload 'semantic-mode "semantic" nil)
28846 (autoload 'semantic-mode "semantic" "\
28847 Toggle parser features (Semantic mode).
28848 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Semantic mode if ARG is
28849 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
28850 Semantic mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
28852 In Semantic mode, Emacs parses the buffers you visit for their
28853 semantic content. This information is used by a variety of
28854 auxiliary minor modes, listed in `semantic-default-submodes';
28855 all the minor modes in this list are also enabled when you enable
28856 Semantic mode.
28860 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
28862 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic" '("semantic-" "bovinate")))
28864 ;;;***
28865 \f
28866 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "semantic/analyze"
28867 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/analyze.el" (0 0 0 0))
28868 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/analyze.el
28870 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/analyze" '("semantic-a")))
28872 ;;;***
28873 \f
28874 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "semantic/analyze/complete"
28875 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/analyze/complete.el" (0 0 0 0))
28876 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/analyze/complete.el
28878 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/analyze/complete" '("semantic-analyze-")))
28880 ;;;***
28881 \f
28882 ;;;### (autoloads nil "semantic/analyze/debug" "cedet/semantic/analyze/debug.el"
28883 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
28884 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/analyze/debug.el
28886 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/analyze/debug" '("semantic-analyze")))
28888 ;;;***
28889 \f
28890 ;;;### (autoloads nil "semantic/analyze/fcn" "cedet/semantic/analyze/fcn.el"
28891 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
28892 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/analyze/fcn.el
28894 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/analyze/fcn" '("semantic-analyze-")))
28896 ;;;***
28897 \f
28898 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "semantic/analyze/refs"
28899 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/analyze/refs.el" (0 0 0 0))
28900 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/analyze/refs.el
28902 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/analyze/refs" '("semantic-")))
28904 ;;;***
28905 \f
28906 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "semantic/bovine"
28907 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/bovine.el" (0 0 0 0))
28908 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/bovine.el
28910 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/bovine" '("semantic-")))
28912 ;;;***
28913 \f
28914 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "semantic/bovine/c"
28915 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/bovine/c.el" (0 0 0 0))
28916 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/bovine/c.el
28918 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/bovine/c" '("semantic" "c++-mode" "c-mode")))
28920 ;;;***
28921 \f
28922 ;;;### (autoloads nil "semantic/bovine/debug" "cedet/semantic/bovine/debug.el"
28923 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
28924 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/bovine/debug.el
28926 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/bovine/debug" '("semantic-")))
28928 ;;;***
28929 \f
28930 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "semantic/bovine/el"
28931 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/bovine/el.el" (0 0 0 0))
28932 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/bovine/el.el
28934 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/bovine/el" '("lisp-mode" "emacs-lisp-mode" "semantic-")))
28936 ;;;***
28937 \f
28938 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "semantic/bovine/gcc"
28939 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/bovine/gcc.el" (0 0 0 0))
28940 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/bovine/gcc.el
28942 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/bovine/gcc" '("semantic-")))
28944 ;;;***
28945 \f
28946 ;;;### (autoloads nil "semantic/bovine/grammar" "cedet/semantic/bovine/grammar.el"
28947 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
28948 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/bovine/grammar.el
28950 (autoload 'bovine-grammar-mode "semantic/bovine/grammar" "\
28951 Major mode for editing Bovine grammars.
28953 \(fn)" t nil)
28955 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/bovine/grammar" '("bovine-")))
28957 ;;;***
28958 \f
28959 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "semantic/bovine/make"
28960 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/bovine/make.el" (0 0 0 0))
28961 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/bovine/make.el
28963 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/bovine/make" '("semantic-" "makefile-mode")))
28965 ;;;***
28966 \f
28967 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "semantic/bovine/scm"
28968 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/bovine/scm.el" (0 0 0 0))
28969 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/bovine/scm.el
28971 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/bovine/scm" '("semantic-")))
28973 ;;;***
28974 \f
28975 ;;;### (autoloads nil "semantic/chart" "cedet/semantic/chart.el"
28976 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
28977 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/chart.el
28979 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/chart" '("semantic-chart-")))
28981 ;;;***
28982 \f
28983 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "semantic/complete"
28984 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/complete.el" (0 0 0 0))
28985 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/complete.el
28987 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/complete" '("semantic-")))
28989 ;;;***
28990 \f
28991 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "semantic/ctxt"
28992 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/ctxt.el" (0 0 0 0))
28993 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/ctxt.el
28995 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/ctxt" '("semantic-")))
28997 ;;;***
28998 \f
28999 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "semantic/db"
29000 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/db.el" (0 0 0 0))
29001 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/db.el
29003 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/db" '("semanticdb-")))
29005 ;;;***
29006 \f
29007 ;;;### (autoloads nil "semantic/db-debug" "cedet/semantic/db-debug.el"
29008 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
29009 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/db-debug.el
29011 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/db-debug" '("semanticdb-")))
29013 ;;;***
29014 \f
29015 ;;;### (autoloads nil "semantic/db-ebrowse" "cedet/semantic/db-ebrowse.el"
29016 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
29017 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/db-ebrowse.el
29019 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/db-ebrowse" '("semanticdb-" "c++-mode")))
29021 ;;;***
29022 \f
29023 ;;;### (autoloads nil "semantic/db-el" "cedet/semantic/db-el.el"
29024 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
29025 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/db-el.el
29027 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/db-el" '("semanticdb-" "emacs-lisp-mode")))
29029 ;;;***
29030 \f
29031 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "semantic/db-file"
29032 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/db-file.el" (0 0 0 0))
29033 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/db-file.el
29035 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/db-file" '("semanticdb-")))
29037 ;;;***
29038 \f
29039 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "semantic/db-find"
29040 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/db-find.el" (0 0 0 0))
29041 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/db-find.el
29043 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/db-find" '("semanticdb-")))
29045 ;;;***
29046 \f
29047 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "semantic/db-global"
29048 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/db-global.el" (0 0 0 0))
29049 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/db-global.el
29051 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/db-global" '("semanticdb-")))
29053 ;;;***
29054 \f
29055 ;;;### (autoloads nil "semantic/db-javascript" "cedet/semantic/db-javascript.el"
29056 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
29057 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/db-javascript.el
29059 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/db-javascript" '("semanticdb-" "javascript-mode")))
29061 ;;;***
29062 \f
29063 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "semantic/db-mode"
29064 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/db-mode.el" (0 0 0 0))
29065 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/db-mode.el
29067 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/db-mode" '("semanticdb-")))
29069 ;;;***
29070 \f
29071 ;;;### (autoloads nil "semantic/db-ref" "cedet/semantic/db-ref.el"
29072 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
29073 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/db-ref.el
29075 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/db-ref" '("semanticdb-ref-")))
29077 ;;;***
29078 \f
29079 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "semantic/db-typecache"
29080 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/db-typecache.el" (0 0 0 0))
29081 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/db-typecache.el
29083 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/db-typecache" '("semanticdb-")))
29085 ;;;***
29086 \f
29087 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "semantic/debug"
29088 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/debug.el" (0 0 0 0))
29089 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/debug.el
29091 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/debug" '("semantic-debug-")))
29093 ;;;***
29094 \f
29095 ;;;### (autoloads nil "semantic/decorate" "cedet/semantic/decorate.el"
29096 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
29097 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/decorate.el
29099 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/decorate" '("semantic-")))
29101 ;;;***
29102 \f
29103 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "semantic/decorate/include"
29104 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/decorate/include.el" (0 0 0 0))
29105 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/decorate/include.el
29107 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/decorate/include" '("semantic-decoration-")))
29109 ;;;***
29110 \f
29111 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "semantic/decorate/mode"
29112 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/decorate/mode.el" (0 0 0 0))
29113 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/decorate/mode.el
29115 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/decorate/mode" '("semantic-" "define-semantic-decoration-style")))
29117 ;;;***
29118 \f
29119 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "semantic/dep"
29120 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/dep.el" (0 0 0 0))
29121 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/dep.el
29123 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/dep" '("semantic-" "defcustom-mode-local-semantic-dependency-system-include-path")))
29125 ;;;***
29126 \f
29127 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "semantic/doc"
29128 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/doc.el" (0 0 0 0))
29129 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/doc.el
29131 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/doc" '("semantic-doc")))
29133 ;;;***
29134 \f
29135 ;;;### (autoloads nil "semantic/ede-grammar" "cedet/semantic/ede-grammar.el"
29136 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
29137 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/ede-grammar.el
29139 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/ede-grammar" '("semantic-ede-")))
29141 ;;;***
29142 \f
29143 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "semantic/edit"
29144 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/edit.el" (0 0 0 0))
29145 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/edit.el
29147 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/edit" '("semantic-")))
29149 ;;;***
29150 \f
29151 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "semantic/find"
29152 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/find.el" (0 0 0 0))
29153 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/find.el
29155 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/find" '("semantic-")))
29157 ;;;***
29158 \f
29159 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "semantic/format"
29160 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/format.el" (0 0 0 0))
29161 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/format.el
29163 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/format" '("semantic-")))
29165 ;;;***
29166 \f
29167 ;;;### (autoloads nil "semantic/fw" "cedet/semantic/fw.el" (0 0 0
29168 ;;;;;; 0))
29169 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/fw.el
29171 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/fw" '("semantic")))
29173 ;;;***
29174 \f
29175 ;;;### (autoloads nil "semantic/grammar" "cedet/semantic/grammar.el"
29176 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
29177 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/grammar.el
29179 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/grammar" '("semantic-")))
29181 ;;;***
29182 \f
29183 ;;;### (autoloads nil "semantic/grammar-wy" "cedet/semantic/grammar-wy.el"
29184 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
29185 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/grammar-wy.el
29187 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/grammar-wy" '("semantic-grammar-wy--")))
29189 ;;;***
29190 \f
29191 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "semantic/html"
29192 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/html.el" (0 0 0 0))
29193 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/html.el
29195 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/html" '("html-helper-mode" "semantic-")))
29197 ;;;***
29198 \f
29199 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "semantic/ia"
29200 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/ia.el" (0 0 0 0))
29201 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/ia.el
29203 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/ia" '("semantic-ia-")))
29205 ;;;***
29206 \f
29207 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "semantic/ia-sb"
29208 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/ia-sb.el" (0 0 0 0))
29209 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/ia-sb.el
29211 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/ia-sb" '("semantic-ia-s")))
29213 ;;;***
29214 \f
29215 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "semantic/idle"
29216 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/idle.el" (0 0 0 0))
29217 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/idle.el
29219 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/idle" '("semantic-" "global-semantic-idle-summary-mode" "define-semantic-idle-service")))
29221 ;;;***
29222 \f
29223 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "semantic/imenu"
29224 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/imenu.el" (0 0 0 0))
29225 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/imenu.el
29227 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/imenu" '("semantic-")))
29229 ;;;***
29230 \f
29231 ;;;### (autoloads nil "semantic/java" "cedet/semantic/java.el" (0
29232 ;;;;;; 0 0 0))
29233 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/java.el
29235 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/java" '("semantic-")))
29237 ;;;***
29238 \f
29239 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "semantic/lex"
29240 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/lex.el" (0 0 0 0))
29241 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/lex.el
29243 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/lex" '("semantic-" "define-lex")))
29245 ;;;***
29246 \f
29247 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "semantic/lex-spp"
29248 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/lex-spp.el" (0 0 0 0))
29249 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/lex-spp.el
29251 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/lex-spp" '("semantic-lex-" "define-lex-spp-")))
29253 ;;;***
29254 \f
29255 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "semantic/mru-bookmark"
29256 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/mru-bookmark.el" (0 0 0 0))
29257 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/mru-bookmark.el
29259 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/mru-bookmark" '("semantic-" "global-semantic-mru-bookmark-mode")))
29261 ;;;***
29262 \f
29263 ;;;### (autoloads nil "semantic/sb" "cedet/semantic/sb.el" (0 0 0
29264 ;;;;;; 0))
29265 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/sb.el
29267 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/sb" '("semantic-sb-")))
29269 ;;;***
29270 \f
29271 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "semantic/scope"
29272 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/scope.el" (0 0 0 0))
29273 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/scope.el
29275 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/scope" '("semantic-")))
29277 ;;;***
29278 \f
29279 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "semantic/senator"
29280 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/senator.el" (0 0 0 0))
29281 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/senator.el
29283 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/senator" '("semantic-up-reference" "senator-")))
29285 ;;;***
29286 \f
29287 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "semantic/sort"
29288 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/sort.el" (0 0 0 0))
29289 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/sort.el
29291 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/sort" '("semantic-")))
29293 ;;;***
29294 \f
29295 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "semantic/symref"
29296 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/symref.el" (0 0 0 0))
29297 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/symref.el
29299 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/symref" '("semantic-symref-")))
29301 ;;;***
29302 \f
29303 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "semantic/symref/cscope"
29304 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/symref/cscope.el" (0 0 0 0))
29305 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/symref/cscope.el
29307 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/symref/cscope" '("semantic-symref-cscope--line-re")))
29309 ;;;***
29310 \f
29311 ;;;### (autoloads nil "semantic/symref/filter" "cedet/semantic/symref/filter.el"
29312 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
29313 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/symref/filter.el
29315 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/symref/filter" '("semantic-symref-")))
29317 ;;;***
29318 \f
29319 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "semantic/symref/global"
29320 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/symref/global.el" (0 0 0 0))
29321 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/symref/global.el
29323 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/symref/global" '("semantic-symref-global--line-re")))
29325 ;;;***
29326 \f
29327 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "semantic/symref/grep"
29328 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/symref/grep.el" (0 0 0 0))
29329 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/symref/grep.el
29331 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/symref/grep" '("semantic-symref-")))
29333 ;;;***
29334 \f
29335 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "semantic/symref/idutils"
29336 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/symref/idutils.el" (0 0 0 0))
29337 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/symref/idutils.el
29339 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/symref/idutils" '("semantic-symref-idutils--line-re")))
29341 ;;;***
29342 \f
29343 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "semantic/symref/list"
29344 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/symref/list.el" (0 0 0 0))
29345 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/symref/list.el
29347 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/symref/list" '("semantic-symref-")))
29349 ;;;***
29350 \f
29351 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "semantic/tag"
29352 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/tag.el" (0 0 0 0))
29353 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/tag.el
29355 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/tag" '("semantic-")))
29357 ;;;***
29358 \f
29359 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "semantic/tag-file"
29360 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/tag-file.el" (0 0 0 0))
29361 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/tag-file.el
29363 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/tag-file" '("semantic-prototype-file")))
29365 ;;;***
29366 \f
29367 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "semantic/tag-ls"
29368 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/tag-ls.el" (0 0 0 0))
29369 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/tag-ls.el
29371 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/tag-ls" '("semantic-")))
29373 ;;;***
29374 \f
29375 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "semantic/tag-write"
29376 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/tag-write.el" (0 0 0 0))
29377 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/tag-write.el
29379 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/tag-write" '("semantic-tag-write-")))
29381 ;;;***
29382 \f
29383 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "semantic/texi"
29384 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/texi.el" (0 0 0 0))
29385 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/texi.el
29387 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/texi" '("semantic-")))
29389 ;;;***
29390 \f
29391 ;;;### (autoloads nil "semantic/util" "cedet/semantic/util.el" (0
29392 ;;;;;; 0 0 0))
29393 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/util.el
29395 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/util" '("semantic-")))
29397 ;;;***
29398 \f
29399 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "semantic/util-modes"
29400 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/util-modes.el" (0 0 0 0))
29401 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/util-modes.el
29403 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/util-modes" '("semantic-")))
29405 ;;;***
29406 \f
29407 ;;;### (autoloads nil "semantic/wisent" "cedet/semantic/wisent.el"
29408 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
29409 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/wisent.el
29411 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/wisent" '("wisent-" "define-wisent-lexer")))
29413 ;;;***
29414 \f
29415 ;;;### (autoloads nil "semantic/wisent/comp" "cedet/semantic/wisent/comp.el"
29416 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
29417 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/wisent/comp.el
29419 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/wisent/comp" '("wisent-")))
29421 ;;;***
29422 \f
29423 ;;;### (autoloads nil "semantic/wisent/grammar" "cedet/semantic/wisent/grammar.el"
29424 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
29425 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/wisent/grammar.el
29427 (autoload 'wisent-grammar-mode "semantic/wisent/grammar" "\
29428 Major mode for editing Wisent grammars.
29430 \(fn)" t nil)
29432 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/wisent/grammar" '("wisent-")))
29434 ;;;***
29435 \f
29436 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "semantic/wisent/java-tags"
29437 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/wisent/java-tags.el" (0 0 0 0))
29438 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/wisent/java-tags.el
29440 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/wisent/java-tags" '("semantic-" "wisent-java-parse-error")))
29442 ;;;***
29443 \f
29444 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "semantic/wisent/javascript"
29445 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/wisent/javascript.el" (0 0 0 0))
29446 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/wisent/javascript.el
29448 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/wisent/javascript" '("js-mode" "semantic-" "wisent-javascript-jv-expand-tag")))
29450 ;;;***
29451 \f
29452 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "semantic/wisent/python"
29453 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/wisent/python.el" (0 0 0 0))
29454 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/wisent/python.el
29456 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/wisent/python" '("wisent-python-" "semantic-" "python-")))
29458 ;;;***
29459 \f
29460 ;;;### (autoloads nil "semantic/wisent/wisent" "cedet/semantic/wisent/wisent.el"
29461 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
29462 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/wisent/wisent.el
29464 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/wisent/wisent" '("wisent-" "$region" "$nterm" "$action")))
29466 ;;;***
29467 \f
29468 ;;;### (autoloads nil "sendmail" "mail/sendmail.el" (0 0 0 0))
29469 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/sendmail.el
29471 (defvar mail-from-style 'default "\
29474 If nil, they contain just the return address like:
29475 king@grassland.com
29476 If `parens', they look like:
29477 king@grassland.com (Elvis Parsley)
29478 If `angles', they look like:
29479 Elvis Parsley <king@grassland.com>
29481 Otherwise, most addresses look like `angles', but they look like
29482 `parens' if `angles' would need quoting and `parens' would not.")
29484 (custom-autoload 'mail-from-style "sendmail" t)
29486 (defvar mail-specify-envelope-from nil "\
29487 If non-nil, specify the envelope-from address when sending mail.
29488 The value used to specify it is whatever is found in
29489 the variable `mail-envelope-from', with `user-mail-address' as fallback.
29491 On most systems, specifying the envelope-from address is a
29492 privileged operation. This variable affects sendmail and
29493 smtpmail -- if you use feedmail to send mail, see instead the
29494 variable `feedmail-deduce-envelope-from'.")
29496 (custom-autoload 'mail-specify-envelope-from "sendmail" t)
29498 (defvar mail-self-blind nil "\
29499 Non-nil means insert BCC to self in messages to be sent.
29500 This is done when the message is initialized,
29501 so you can remove or alter the BCC field to override the default.")
29503 (custom-autoload 'mail-self-blind "sendmail" t)
29505 (defvar mail-interactive t "\
29506 Non-nil means when sending a message wait for and display errors.
29507 Otherwise, let mailer send back a message to report errors.")
29509 (custom-autoload 'mail-interactive "sendmail" t)
29511 (defvar send-mail-function (if (and (boundp 'smtpmail-smtp-server) smtpmail-smtp-server) 'smtpmail-send-it 'sendmail-query-once) "\
29512 Function to call to send the current buffer as mail.
29513 The headers should be delimited by a line which is
29514 not a valid RFC822 header or continuation line,
29515 that matches the variable `mail-header-separator'.
29516 This is used by the default mail-sending commands. See also
29517 `message-send-mail-function' for use with the Message package.")
29519 (custom-autoload 'send-mail-function "sendmail" t)
29521 (defvar mail-header-separator (purecopy "--text follows this line--") "\
29522 Line used to separate headers from text in messages being composed.")
29524 (custom-autoload 'mail-header-separator "sendmail" t)
29526 (defvar mail-archive-file-name nil "\
29527 Name of file to write all outgoing messages in, or nil for none.
29528 This is normally an mbox file, but for backwards compatibility may also
29529 be a Babyl file.")
29531 (custom-autoload 'mail-archive-file-name "sendmail" t)
29533 (defvar mail-default-reply-to nil "\
29534 Address to insert as default Reply-to field of outgoing messages.
29535 If nil, it will be initialized from the REPLYTO environment variable
29536 when you first send mail.")
29538 (custom-autoload 'mail-default-reply-to "sendmail" t)
29540 (defvar mail-personal-alias-file (purecopy "~/.mailrc") "\
29541 If non-nil, the name of the user's personal mail alias file.
29542 This file typically should be in same format as the `.mailrc' file used by
29543 the `Mail' or `mailx' program.
29544 This file need not actually exist.")
29546 (custom-autoload 'mail-personal-alias-file "sendmail" t)
29548 (defvar mail-setup-hook nil "\
29549 Normal hook, run each time a new outgoing message is initialized.")
29551 (custom-autoload 'mail-setup-hook "sendmail" t)
29553 (defvar mail-aliases t "\
29554 Alist of mail address aliases,
29555 or t meaning should be initialized from your mail aliases file.
29556 \(The file's name is normally `~/.mailrc', but `mail-personal-alias-file'
29557 can specify a different file name.)
29558 The alias definitions in the file have this form:
29559 alias ALIAS MEANING")
29561 (defvar mail-yank-prefix "> " "\
29562 Prefix insert on lines of yanked message being replied to.
29563 If this is nil, use indentation, as specified by `mail-indentation-spaces'.")
29565 (custom-autoload 'mail-yank-prefix "sendmail" t)
29567 (defvar mail-indentation-spaces 3 "\
29568 Number of spaces to insert at the beginning of each cited line.
29569 Used by `mail-yank-original' via `mail-indent-citation'.")
29571 (custom-autoload 'mail-indentation-spaces "sendmail" t)
29573 (defvar mail-citation-hook nil "\
29574 Hook for modifying a citation just inserted in the mail buffer.
29575 Each hook function can find the citation between (point) and (mark t),
29576 and should leave point and mark around the citation text as modified.
29577 The hook functions can find the header of the cited message
29578 in the variable `mail-citation-header', whether or not this is included
29579 in the cited portion of the message.
29581 If this hook is entirely empty (nil), a default action is taken
29582 instead of no action.")
29584 (custom-autoload 'mail-citation-hook "sendmail" t)
29586 (defvar mail-citation-prefix-regexp (purecopy "\\([ ]*\\(\\w\\|[_.]\\)+>+\\|[ ]*[]>|]\\)+") "\
29587 Regular expression to match a citation prefix plus whitespace.
29588 It should match whatever sort of citation prefixes you want to handle,
29589 with whitespace before and after; it should also match just whitespace.
29590 The default value matches citations like `foo-bar>' plus whitespace.")
29592 (custom-autoload 'mail-citation-prefix-regexp "sendmail" t)
29594 (defvar mail-signature t "\
29595 Text inserted at end of mail buffer when a message is initialized.
29596 If t, it means to insert the contents of the file `mail-signature-file'.
29597 If a string, that string is inserted.
29599 which is the standard way to delimit a signature in a message.)
29600 Otherwise, it should be an expression; it is evaluated
29601 and should insert whatever you want to insert.")
29603 (custom-autoload 'mail-signature "sendmail" t)
29605 (defvar mail-signature-file (purecopy "~/.signature") "\
29606 File containing the text inserted at end of mail buffer.")
29608 (custom-autoload 'mail-signature-file "sendmail" t)
29610 (defvar mail-default-directory (purecopy "~/") "\
29611 Value of `default-directory' for Mail mode buffers.
29612 This directory is used for auto-save files of Mail mode buffers.
29614 Note that Message mode does not use this variable; it auto-saves
29615 in `message-auto-save-directory'.")
29617 (custom-autoload 'mail-default-directory "sendmail" t)
29619 (defvar mail-default-headers nil "\
29620 A string containing header lines, to be inserted in outgoing messages.
29621 It can contain newlines, and should end in one. It is inserted
29622 before you edit the message, so you can edit or delete the lines.")
29624 (custom-autoload 'mail-default-headers "sendmail" t)
29626 (autoload 'sendmail-query-once "sendmail" "\
29627 Query for `send-mail-function' and send mail with it.
29628 This also saves the value of `send-mail-function' via Customize.
29630 \(fn)" nil nil)
29632 (define-mail-user-agent 'sendmail-user-agent 'sendmail-user-agent-compose 'mail-send-and-exit)
29634 (autoload 'sendmail-user-agent-compose "sendmail" "\
29637 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-FUNCTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS RETURN-ACTION &rest IGNORED)" nil nil)
29639 (autoload 'mail-mode "sendmail" "\
29640 Major mode for editing mail to be sent.
29641 Like Text Mode but with these additional commands:
29646 Here are commands that move to a header field (and create it if there isn't):
29658 Turning on Mail mode runs the normal hooks `text-mode-hook' and
29659 `mail-mode-hook' (in that order).
29661 \(fn)" t nil)
29663 (defvar mail-mailing-lists nil "\
29664 List of mailing list addresses the user is subscribed to.
29666 header when sending a message to a mailing list.")
29668 (custom-autoload 'mail-mailing-lists "sendmail" t)
29670 (defvar sendmail-coding-system nil "\
29671 Coding system for encoding the outgoing mail.
29672 This has higher priority than the default `buffer-file-coding-system'
29673 and `default-sendmail-coding-system',
29674 but lower priority than the local value of `buffer-file-coding-system'.
29675 See also the function `select-message-coding-system'.")
29677 (defvar default-sendmail-coding-system 'iso-latin-1 "\
29678 Default coding system for encoding the outgoing mail.
29679 This variable is used only when `sendmail-coding-system' is nil.
29681 This variable is set/changed by the command `set-language-environment'.
29682 User should not set this variable manually,
29683 instead use `sendmail-coding-system' to get a constant encoding
29684 of outgoing mails regardless of the current language environment.
29685 See also the function `select-message-coding-system'.")
29687 (autoload 'mail "sendmail" "\
29688 Edit a message to be sent. Prefix arg means resume editing (don't erase).
29689 When this function returns, the buffer `*mail*' is selected.
29690 The value is t if the message was newly initialized; otherwise, nil.
29692 Optionally, the signature file `mail-signature-file' can be inserted at the
29693 end; see the variable `mail-signature'.
29698 Various special commands starting with C-c are available in sendmail mode
29699 to move to message header fields:
29702 If `mail-self-blind' is non-nil, a BCC to yourself is inserted
29703 when the message is initialized.
29705 If `mail-default-reply-to' is non-nil, it should be an address (a string);
29706 a Reply-to: field with that address is inserted.
29708 If `mail-archive-file-name' is non-nil, an FCC field with that file name
29709 is inserted.
29711 The normal hook `mail-setup-hook' is run after the message is
29712 initialized. It can add more default fields to the message.
29714 The first argument, NOERASE, determines what to do when there is
29715 an existing modified `*mail*' buffer. If NOERASE is nil, the
29716 existing mail buffer is used, and the user is prompted whether to
29717 keep the old contents or to erase them. If NOERASE has the value
29718 `new', a new mail buffer will be created instead of using the old
29719 one. Any other non-nil value means to always select the old
29720 buffer without erasing the contents.
29722 The second through fifth arguments,
29723 TO, SUBJECT, IN-REPLY-TO and CC, specify if non-nil
29724 the initial contents of those header fields.
29725 These arguments should not have final newlines.
29726 The sixth argument REPLYBUFFER is a buffer which contains an
29727 original message being replied to, or else an action
29728 of the form (FUNCTION . ARGS) which says how to insert the original.
29729 Or it can be nil, if not replying to anything.
29730 The seventh argument ACTIONS is a list of actions to take
29731 if/when the message is sent. Each action looks like (FUNCTION . ARGS);
29732 when the message is sent, we apply FUNCTION to ARGS.
29733 This is how Rmail arranges to mark messages `answered'.
29735 \(fn &optional NOERASE TO SUBJECT IN-REPLY-TO CC REPLYBUFFER ACTIONS RETURN-ACTION)" t nil)
29737 (autoload 'mail-other-window "sendmail" "\
29738 Like `mail' command, but display mail buffer in another window.
29740 \(fn &optional NOERASE TO SUBJECT IN-REPLY-TO CC REPLYBUFFER SENDACTIONS)" t nil)
29742 (autoload 'mail-other-frame "sendmail" "\
29743 Like `mail' command, but display mail buffer in another frame.
29745 \(fn &optional NOERASE TO SUBJECT IN-REPLY-TO CC REPLYBUFFER SENDACTIONS)" t nil)
29747 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "sendmail" '("mail-" "sendmail-")))
29749 ;;;***
29750 \f
29751 ;;;### (autoloads nil "seq" "emacs-lisp/seq.el" (0 0 0 0))
29752 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/seq.el
29753 (push (purecopy '(seq 2 20)) package--builtin-versions)
29755 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "seq" '("seq-")))
29757 ;;;***
29758 \f
29759 ;;;### (autoloads nil "server" "server.el" (0 0 0 0))
29760 ;;; Generated autoloads from server.el
29762 (put 'server-host 'risky-local-variable t)
29764 (put 'server-port 'risky-local-variable t)
29766 (put 'server-auth-dir 'risky-local-variable t)
29768 (defvar server-name "server" "\
29769 The name of the Emacs server, if this Emacs process creates one.
29770 The command `server-start' makes use of this. It should not be
29771 changed while a server is running.")
29773 (custom-autoload 'server-name "server" t)
29775 (autoload 'server-start "server" "\
29776 Allow this Emacs process to be a server for client processes.
29777 This starts a server communications subprocess through which client
29779 To use the server, set up the program `emacsclient' in the Emacs
29782 Optional argument LEAVE-DEAD (interactively, a prefix arg) means just
29783 kill any existing server communications subprocess.
29785 If a server is already running, restart it. If clients are
29786 running, ask the user for confirmation first, unless optional
29787 argument INHIBIT-PROMPT is non-nil.
29792 \(fn &optional LEAVE-DEAD INHIBIT-PROMPT)" t nil)
29794 (autoload 'server-force-delete "server" "\
29795 Unconditionally delete connection file for server NAME.
29796 If server is running, it is first stopped.
29797 NAME defaults to `server-name'. With argument, ask for NAME.
29799 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
29801 (defvar server-mode nil "\
29802 Non-nil if Server mode is enabled.
29803 See the `server-mode' command
29804 for a description of this minor mode.
29805 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
29806 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
29807 or call the function `server-mode'.")
29809 (custom-autoload 'server-mode "server" nil)
29811 (autoload 'server-mode "server" "\
29812 Toggle Server mode.
29813 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Server mode if ARG is
29814 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
29815 Server mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
29817 Server mode runs a process that accepts commands from the
29818 `emacsclient' program. See Info node `Emacs server' and
29819 `server-start' for details.
29821 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
29823 (autoload 'server-save-buffers-kill-terminal "server" "\
29824 Offer to save each buffer, then kill the current client.
29825 With ARG non-nil, silently save all file-visiting buffers, then kill.
29827 If emacsclient was started with a list of filenames to edit, then
29828 only these files will be asked to be saved.
29830 \(fn ARG)" nil nil)
29832 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "server" '("server-")))
29834 ;;;***
29835 \f
29836 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ses" "ses.el" (0 0 0 0))
29837 ;;; Generated autoloads from ses.el
29839 (autoload 'ses-mode "ses" "\
29840 Major mode for Simple Emacs Spreadsheet.
29842 When you invoke SES in a new buffer, it is divided into cells
29843 that you can enter data into. You can navigate the cells with
29844 the arrow keys and add more cells with the tab key. The contents
29845 of these cells can be numbers, text, or Lisp expressions. (To
29846 enter text, enclose it in double quotes.)
29848 In an expression, you can use cell coordinates to refer to the
29849 contents of another cell. For example, you can sum a range of
29850 cells with `(+ A1 A2 A3)'. There are specialized functions like
29851 `ses+' (addition for ranges with empty cells), `ses-average' (for
29852 performing calculations on cells), and `ses-range' and `ses-select'
29853 \(for extracting ranges of cells).
29855 Each cell also has a print function that controls how it is
29856 displayed.
29858 Each SES buffer is divided into a print area and a data area.
29859 Normally, you can simply use SES to look at and manipulate the print
29860 area, and let SES manage the data area outside the visible region.
29863 spreadsheet, and the Info node `(ses)Top.'
29865 In the following, note the separate keymaps for cell editing mode
29866 and print mode specifications. Key definitions:
29869 These key definitions are active only in the print area (the visible
29870 part):
29872 These are active only in the minibuffer, when entering or editing a
29873 formula:
29876 \(fn)" t nil)
29878 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ses" '("ses" "noreturn" "1value")))
29880 ;;;***
29881 \f
29882 ;;;### (autoloads nil "sgml-mode" "textmodes/sgml-mode.el" (0 0 0
29883 ;;;;;; 0))
29884 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/sgml-mode.el
29886 (autoload 'sgml-mode "sgml-mode" "\
29887 Major mode for editing SGML documents.
29888 Makes > match <.
29890 `sgml-quick-keys'.
29892 An argument of N to a tag-inserting command means to wrap it around
29893 the next N words. In Transient Mark mode, when the mark is active,
29894 N defaults to -1, which means to wrap it around the current region.
29897 in your init file.
29905 \(fn)" t nil)
29907 (autoload 'html-mode "sgml-mode" "\
29908 Major mode based on SGML mode for editing HTML documents.
29909 This allows inserting skeleton constructs used in hypertext documents with
29910 completion. See below for an introduction to HTML. Use
29912 which this is based.
29914 Do \\[describe-variable] html- SPC and \\[describe-variable] sgml- SPC to see available variables.
29916 To write fairly well formatted pages you only need to know few things. Most
29917 browsers have a function to read the source code of the page being seen, so
29918 you can imitate various tricks. Here's a very short HTML primer which you
29919 can also view with a browser to see what happens:
29921 <title>A Title Describing Contents</title> should be on every page. Pages can
29922 have <h1>Very Major Headlines</h1> through <h6>Very Minor Headlines</h6>
29923 <hr> Parts can be separated with horizontal rules.
29925 <p>Paragraphs only need an opening tag. Line breaks and multiple spaces are
29926 ignored unless the text is <pre>preformatted.</pre> Text can be marked as
29927 <b>bold</b>, <i>italic</i> or <u>underlined</u> using the normal M-o or
29928 Edit/Text Properties/Face commands.
29933 directory, or absolute as in `http://www.cs.indiana.edu/elisp/w3/docs.html'.
29937 If you mainly create your own documents, `sgml-specials' might be
29938 interesting. But note that some HTML 2 browsers can't handle `''.
29939 To work around that, do:
29944 \(fn)" t nil)
29946 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "sgml-mode" '("html-" "sgml-")))
29948 ;;;***
29949 \f
29950 ;;;### (autoloads nil "sh-script" "progmodes/sh-script.el" (0 0 0
29951 ;;;;;; 0))
29952 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/sh-script.el
29953 (push (purecopy '(sh-script 2 0 6)) package--builtin-versions)
29954 (put 'sh-shell 'safe-local-variable 'symbolp)
29956 (autoload 'sh-mode "sh-script" "\
29957 Major mode for editing shell scripts.
29958 This mode works for many shells, since they all have roughly the same syntax,
29959 as far as commands, arguments, variables, pipes, comments etc. are concerned.
29960 Unless the file's magic number indicates the shell, your usual shell is
29961 assumed. Since filenames rarely give a clue, they are not further analyzed.
29963 This mode adapts to the variations between shells (see `sh-set-shell') by
29964 means of an inheritance based feature lookup (see `sh-feature'). This
29965 mechanism applies to all variables (including skeletons) that pertain to
29966 shell-specific features. Shell script files can use the `sh-shell' local
29967 variable to indicate the shell variant to be used for the file.
29969 The default style of this mode is that of Rosenblatt's Korn shell book.
29970 The syntax of the statements varies with the shell being used. The
29971 following commands are available, based on the current shell's syntax:
29984 For sh and rc shells indentation commands are:
29988 would indent to the way it currently is.
29990 buffer indents as it currently is indented.
29999 `sh-electric-here-document-mode' controls whether insertion of two
30000 unquoted < insert a here document. You can control this behavior by
30001 modifying `sh-mode-hook'.
30003 If you generally program a shell different from your login shell you can
30004 set `sh-shell-file' accordingly. If your shell's file name doesn't correctly
30005 indicate what shell it is use `sh-alias-alist' to translate.
30008 with your script for an edit-interpret-debug cycle.
30010 \(fn)" t nil)
30012 (defalias 'shell-script-mode 'sh-mode)
30014 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "sh-script" '("sh-")))
30016 ;;;***
30017 \f
30018 ;;;### (autoloads nil "shadow" "emacs-lisp/shadow.el" (0 0 0 0))
30019 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/shadow.el
30021 (autoload 'list-load-path-shadows "shadow" "\
30022 Display a list of Emacs Lisp files that shadow other files.
30024 If STRINGP is non-nil, returns any shadows as a string.
30025 Otherwise, if interactive shows any shadows in a `*Shadows*' buffer;
30026 else prints messages listing any shadows.
30028 This function lists potential load path problems. Directories in
30029 the `load-path' variable are searched, in order, for Emacs Lisp
30030 files. When a previously encountered file name is found again, a
30032 the earlier.
30034 For example, suppose `load-path' is set to
30038 and that each of these directories contains a file called XXX.el. Then
30039 XXX.el in the site-lisp directory is referred to by all of:
30042 The first XXX.el file prevents Emacs from seeing the second (unless
30043 the second is loaded explicitly via `load-file').
30045 When not intended, such shadowings can be the source of subtle
30046 problems. For example, the above situation may have arisen because the
30047 XXX package was not distributed with versions of Emacs prior to
30048 24.3. A system administrator downloaded XXX from elsewhere and installed
30049 it. Later, XXX was updated and included in the Emacs distribution.
30050 Unless the system administrator checks for this, the new version of XXX
30051 will be hidden behind the old (which may no longer work with the new
30052 Emacs version).
30054 This function performs these checks and flags all possible
30055 shadowings. Because a .el file may exist without a corresponding .elc
30056 \(or vice-versa), these suffixes are essentially ignored. A file
30057 XXX.elc in an early directory (that does not contain XXX.el) is
30058 considered to shadow a later file XXX.el, and vice-versa.
30060 Shadowings are located by calling the (non-interactive) companion
30061 function, `load-path-shadows-find'.
30063 \(fn &optional STRINGP)" t nil)
30065 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "shadow" '("load-path-shadows-")))
30067 ;;;***
30068 \f
30069 ;;;### (autoloads nil "shadowfile" "shadowfile.el" (0 0 0 0))
30070 ;;; Generated autoloads from shadowfile.el
30072 (autoload 'shadow-define-cluster "shadowfile" "\
30073 Edit (or create) the definition of a cluster NAME.
30074 This is a group of hosts that share directories, so that copying to or from
30075 one of them is sufficient to update the file on all of them. Clusters are
30076 defined by a name, the network address of a primary host (the one we copy
30077 files to), and a regular expression that matches the hostnames of all the
30078 sites in the cluster.
30080 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
30082 (autoload 'shadow-define-literal-group "shadowfile" "\
30083 Declare a single file to be shared between sites.
30084 It may have different filenames on each site. When this file is edited, the
30085 new version will be copied to each of the other locations. Sites can be
30086 specific hostnames, or names of clusters (see `shadow-define-cluster').
30088 \(fn)" t nil)
30090 (autoload 'shadow-define-regexp-group "shadowfile" "\
30091 Make each of a group of files be shared between hosts.
30092 Prompts for regular expression; files matching this are shared between a list
30093 of sites, which are also prompted for. The filenames must be identical on all
30094 hosts (if they aren't, use `shadow-define-literal-group' instead of this
30095 function). Each site can be either a hostname or the name of a cluster (see
30096 `shadow-define-cluster').
30098 \(fn)" t nil)
30100 (autoload 'shadow-initialize "shadowfile" "\
30101 Set up file shadowing.
30103 \(fn)" t nil)
30105 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "shadowfile" '("shadow")))
30107 ;;;***
30108 \f
30109 ;;;### (autoloads nil "shell" "shell.el" (0 0 0 0))
30110 ;;; Generated autoloads from shell.el
30113 Regexp to match shells that don't save their command history, and
30114 don't handle the backslash as a quote character. For shells that
30115 match this regexp, Emacs will write out the command history when the
30116 shell finishes, and won't remove backslashes when it unquotes shell
30117 arguments.")
30119 (custom-autoload 'shell-dumb-shell-regexp "shell" t)
30121 (autoload 'shell "shell" "\
30122 Run an inferior shell, with I/O through BUFFER (which defaults to `*shell*').
30123 Interactively, a prefix arg means to prompt for BUFFER.
30124 If `default-directory' is a remote file name, it is also prompted
30125 to change if called with a prefix arg.
30127 If BUFFER exists but shell process is not running, make new shell.
30128 If BUFFER exists and shell process is running, just switch to BUFFER.
30129 Program used comes from variable `explicit-shell-file-name',
30130 or (if that is nil) from the ESHELL environment variable,
30131 or (if that is nil) from `shell-file-name'.
30132 If a file `~/.emacs_SHELLNAME' exists, or `~/.emacs.d/init_SHELLNAME.sh',
30133 it is given as initial input (but this may be lost, due to a timing
30134 error, if the shell discards input when it starts up).
30135 The buffer is put in Shell mode, giving commands for sending input
30136 and controlling the subjobs of the shell. See `shell-mode'.
30137 See also the variable `shell-prompt-pattern'.
30139 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
30142 in the shell buffer, after you start the shell.
30143 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
30144 `default-process-coding-system'.
30146 The shell file name (sans directories) is used to make a symbol name
30147 such as `explicit-csh-args'. If that symbol is a variable,
30148 its value is used as a list of arguments when invoking the shell.
30149 Otherwise, one argument `-i' is passed to the shell.
30153 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
30155 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "shell" '("shell-" "dirs" "explicit-")))
30157 ;;;***
30158 \f
30159 ;;;### (autoloads nil "shr" "net/shr.el" (0 0 0 0))
30160 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/shr.el
30162 (autoload 'shr-render-region "shr" "\
30163 Display the HTML rendering of the region between BEGIN and END.
30165 \(fn BEGIN END &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
30167 (autoload 'shr-insert-document "shr" "\
30168 Render the parsed document DOM into the current buffer.
30169 DOM should be a parse tree as generated by
30170 `libxml-parse-html-region' or similar.
30172 \(fn DOM)" nil nil)
30174 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "shr" '("shr-")))
30176 ;;;***
30177 \f
30178 ;;;### (autoloads nil "shr-color" "net/shr-color.el" (0 0 0 0))
30179 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/shr-color.el
30181 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "shr-color" '("shr-color-")))
30183 ;;;***
30184 \f
30185 ;;;### (autoloads nil "sieve" "net/sieve.el" (0 0 0 0))
30186 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/sieve.el
30188 (autoload 'sieve-manage "sieve" "\
30191 \(fn SERVER &optional PORT)" t nil)
30193 (autoload 'sieve-upload "sieve" "\
30196 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
30198 (autoload 'sieve-upload-and-bury "sieve" "\
30201 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
30203 (autoload 'sieve-upload-and-kill "sieve" "\
30206 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
30208 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "sieve" '("sieve-")))
30210 ;;;***
30211 \f
30212 ;;;### (autoloads nil "sieve-manage" "net/sieve-manage.el" (0 0 0
30213 ;;;;;; 0))
30214 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/sieve-manage.el
30216 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "sieve-manage" '("sieve-")))
30218 ;;;***
30219 \f
30220 ;;;### (autoloads nil "sieve-mode" "net/sieve-mode.el" (0 0 0 0))
30221 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/sieve-mode.el
30223 (autoload 'sieve-mode "sieve-mode" "\
30224 Major mode for editing Sieve code.
30225 This is much like C mode except for the syntax of comments. Its keymap
30226 inherits from C mode's and it has the same variables for customizing
30227 indentation. It has its own abbrev table and its own syntax table.
30229 Turning on Sieve mode runs `sieve-mode-hook'.
30231 \(fn)" t nil)
30233 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "sieve-mode" '("sieve-")))
30235 ;;;***
30236 \f
30237 ;;;### (autoloads nil "simula" "progmodes/simula.el" (0 0 0 0))
30238 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/simula.el
30240 (autoload 'simula-mode "simula" "\
30241 Major mode for editing SIMULA code.
30243 Variables controlling indentation style:
30244 `simula-tab-always-indent'
30245 Non-nil means TAB in SIMULA mode should always reindent the current line,
30246 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
30247 `simula-indent-level'
30248 Indentation of SIMULA statements with respect to containing block.
30249 `simula-substatement-offset'
30250 Extra indentation after DO, THEN, ELSE, WHEN and OTHERWISE.
30251 `simula-continued-statement-offset' 3
30252 Extra indentation for lines not starting a statement or substatement,
30253 e.g. a nested FOR-loop. If value is a list, each line in a multiple-
30254 line continued statement will have the car of the list extra indentation
30255 with respect to the previous line of the statement.
30256 `simula-label-offset' -4711
30257 Offset of SIMULA label lines relative to usual indentation.
30258 `simula-if-indent' (0 . 0)
30259 Extra indentation of THEN and ELSE with respect to the starting IF.
30260 Value is a cons cell, the car is extra THEN indentation and the cdr
30261 extra ELSE indentation. IF after ELSE is indented as the starting IF.
30262 `simula-inspect-indent' (0 . 0)
30263 Extra indentation of WHEN and OTHERWISE with respect to the
30264 corresponding INSPECT. Value is a cons cell, the car is
30265 extra WHEN indentation and the cdr extra OTHERWISE indentation.
30266 `simula-electric-indent' nil
30267 If this variable is non-nil, `simula-indent-line'
30268 will check the previous line to see if it has to be reindented.
30269 `simula-abbrev-keyword' `upcase'
30270 Determine how SIMULA keywords will be expanded. Value is one of
30271 the symbols `upcase', `downcase', `capitalize', (as in) `abbrev-table',
30272 or nil if they should not be changed.
30273 `simula-abbrev-stdproc' `abbrev-table'
30274 Determine how standard SIMULA procedure and class names will be
30275 expanded. Value is one of the symbols `upcase', `downcase', `capitalize',
30276 (as in) `abbrev-table', or nil if they should not be changed.
30278 Turning on SIMULA mode calls the value of the variable simula-mode-hook
30279 with no arguments, if that value is non-nil.
30281 \(fn)" t nil)
30283 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "simula" '("simula-")))
30285 ;;;***
30286 \f
30287 ;;;### (autoloads nil "skeleton" "skeleton.el" (0 0 0 0))
30288 ;;; Generated autoloads from skeleton.el
30290 (defvar skeleton-filter-function 'identity "\
30291 Function for transforming a skeleton proxy's aliases' variable value.")
30293 (autoload 'define-skeleton "skeleton" "\
30294 Define a user-configurable COMMAND that enters a statement skeleton.
30295 DOCUMENTATION is that of the command.
30296 SKELETON is as defined under `skeleton-insert'.
30298 \(fn COMMAND DOCUMENTATION &rest SKELETON)" nil t)
30300 (function-put 'define-skeleton 'doc-string-elt '2)
30302 (autoload 'skeleton-proxy-new "skeleton" "\
30303 Insert SKELETON.
30304 Prefix ARG allows wrapping around words or regions (see `skeleton-insert').
30305 If no ARG was given, but the region is visible, ARG defaults to -1 depending
30306 on `skeleton-autowrap'. An ARG of M-0 will prevent this just for once.
30307 This command can also be an abbrev expansion (3rd and 4th columns in
30310 Optional second argument STR may also be a string which will be the value
30311 of `str' whereas the skeleton's interactor is then ignored.
30313 \(fn SKELETON &optional STR ARG)" nil nil)
30315 (autoload 'skeleton-insert "skeleton" "\
30316 Insert the complex statement skeleton SKELETON describes very concisely.
30318 With optional second argument REGIONS, wrap first interesting point
30319 \(`_') in skeleton around next REGIONS words, if REGIONS is positive.
30320 If REGIONS is negative, wrap REGIONS preceding interregions into first
30321 REGIONS interesting positions (successive `_'s) in skeleton.
30323 An interregion is the stretch of text between two contiguous marked
30324 points. If you marked A B C [] (where [] is the cursor) in
30325 alphabetical order, the 3 interregions are simply the last 3 regions.
30326 But if you marked B A [] C, the interregions are B-A, A-[], []-C.
30328 The optional third argument STR, if specified, is the value for the
30329 variable `str' within the skeleton. When this is non-nil, the
30330 interactor gets ignored, and this should be a valid skeleton element.
30332 When done with skeleton, but before going back to `_'-point, add
30333 a newline (unless `skeleton-end-newline' is nil) and run the hook
30334 `skeleton-end-hook'.
30336 SKELETON is made up as (INTERACTOR ELEMENT ...). INTERACTOR may be nil if
30337 not needed, a prompt-string or an expression for complex read functions.
30339 If ELEMENT is a string or a character it gets inserted (see also
30340 `skeleton-transformation-function'). Other possibilities are:
30343 this is the first/last element of a skeleton and point
30344 is at bol/eol
30345 _ interesting point, interregion here
30346 - interesting point, no interregion interaction, overrides
30347 interesting point set by _
30348 > indent line (or interregion if > _) according to major mode
30349 @ add position to `skeleton-positions'
30350 & do next ELEMENT if previous moved point
30351 | do next ELEMENT if previous didn't move point
30352 -NUM delete NUM preceding characters (see `skeleton-untabify')
30353 resume: skipped, continue here if quit is signaled
30354 nil skipped
30356 After termination, point will be positioned at the last occurrence of -
30357 or at the first occurrence of _ or at the end of the inserted text.
30360 newline if not at eol. If you want to unconditionally insert a newline
30362 as the first element when at bol.
30364 Further elements can be defined via `skeleton-further-elements'.
30365 ELEMENT may itself be a SKELETON with an INTERACTOR. The user is prompted
30366 repeatedly for different inputs. The SKELETON is processed as often as
30368 continues after `resume:' and positions at `_' if any. If INTERACTOR in
30370 formatted with `skeleton-subprompt'. Such an INTERACTOR may also be a list
30371 of strings with the subskeleton being repeated once for each string.
30373 Quoted Lisp expressions are evaluated for their side-effects.
30374 Other Lisp expressions are evaluated and the value treated as above.
30375 Note that expressions may not return t since this implies an
30376 endless loop. Modes can define other symbols by locally setting them
30377 to any valid skeleton element. The following local variables are
30378 available:
30380 str first time: read a string according to INTERACTOR
30381 then: insert previously read string once more
30382 help help-form during interaction with the user or nil
30383 input initial input (string or cons with index) while reading str
30384 v1, v2 local variables for memorizing anything you want
30386 \(fn SKELETON &optional REGIONS STR)" nil nil)
30388 (autoload 'skeleton-pair-insert-maybe "skeleton" "\
30389 Insert the character you type ARG times.
30391 With no ARG, if `skeleton-pair' is non-nil, pairing can occur. If the region
30392 is visible the pair is wrapped around it depending on `skeleton-autowrap'.
30393 Else, if `skeleton-pair-on-word' is non-nil or we are not before or inside a
30394 word, and if `skeleton-pair-filter-function' returns nil, pairing is performed.
30395 Pairing is also prohibited if we are right after a quoting character
30396 such as backslash.
30398 If a match is found in `skeleton-pair-alist', that is inserted, else
30399 the defaults are used. These are (), [], {}, <> and (grave
30400 accent, apostrophe) for the paired ones, and the same character
30401 twice for the others.
30403 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
30405 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "skeleton" '("skeleton-")))
30407 ;;;***
30408 \f
30409 ;;;### (autoloads nil "smerge-mode" "vc/smerge-mode.el" (0 0 0 0))
30410 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/smerge-mode.el
30412 (autoload 'smerge-refine-regions "smerge-mode" "\
30413 Show fine differences in the two regions BEG1..END1 and BEG2..END2.
30414 PROPS-C is an alist of properties to put (via overlays) on the changes.
30415 PROPS-R is an alist of properties to put on removed characters.
30416 PROPS-A is an alist of properties to put on added characters.
30417 If PROPS-R and PROPS-A are nil, put PROPS-C on all changes.
30418 If PROPS-C is nil, but PROPS-R and PROPS-A are non-nil,
30419 put PROPS-A on added characters, PROPS-R on removed characters.
30420 If PROPS-C, PROPS-R and PROPS-A are non-nil, put PROPS-C on changed characters,
30421 PROPS-A on added characters, and PROPS-R on removed characters.
30423 If non-nil, PREPROC is called with no argument in a buffer that contains
30424 a copy of a region, just before preparing it to for `diff'. It can be
30425 used to replace chars to try and eliminate some spurious differences.
30427 \(fn BEG1 END1 BEG2 END2 PROPS-C &optional PREPROC PROPS-R PROPS-A)" nil nil)
30429 (autoload 'smerge-ediff "smerge-mode" "\
30430 Invoke ediff to resolve the conflicts.
30431 NAME-UPPER, NAME-LOWER, and NAME-BASE, if non-nil, are used for the
30432 buffer names.
30434 \(fn &optional NAME-UPPER NAME-LOWER NAME-BASE)" t nil)
30436 (autoload 'smerge-mode "smerge-mode" "\
30437 Minor mode to simplify editing output from the diff3 program.
30438 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
30439 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
30440 if ARG is omitted or nil.
30443 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
30445 (autoload 'smerge-start-session "smerge-mode" "\
30446 Turn on `smerge-mode' and move point to first conflict marker.
30447 If no conflict maker is found, turn off `smerge-mode'.
30449 \(fn)" t nil)
30451 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "smerge-mode" '("smerge-")))
30453 ;;;***
30454 \f
30455 ;;;### (autoloads nil "smie" "emacs-lisp/smie.el" (0 0 0 0))
30456 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/smie.el
30458 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "smie" '("smie-")))
30460 ;;;***
30461 \f
30462 ;;;### (autoloads nil "smiley" "gnus/smiley.el" (0 0 0 0))
30463 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/smiley.el
30465 (autoload 'smiley-region "smiley" "\
30466 Replace in the region `smiley-regexp-alist' matches with corresponding images.
30467 A list of images is returned.
30469 \(fn START END)" t nil)
30471 (autoload 'smiley-buffer "smiley" "\
30472 Run `smiley-region' at the BUFFER, specified in the argument or
30473 interactively. If there's no argument, do it at the current buffer.
30475 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
30477 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "smiley" '("smiley-" "gnus-smiley-file-types")))
30479 ;;;***
30480 \f
30481 ;;;### (autoloads nil "smime" "gnus/smime.el" (0 0 0 0))
30482 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/smime.el
30484 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "smime" '("smime")))
30486 ;;;***
30487 \f
30488 ;;;### (autoloads nil "smtpmail" "mail/smtpmail.el" (0 0 0 0))
30489 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/smtpmail.el
30491 (autoload 'smtpmail-send-it "smtpmail" "\
30494 \(fn)" nil nil)
30496 (autoload 'smtpmail-send-queued-mail "smtpmail" "\
30497 Send mail that was queued as a result of setting `smtpmail-queue-mail'.
30499 \(fn)" t nil)
30501 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "smtpmail" '("smtpmail-")))
30503 ;;;***
30504 \f
30505 ;;;### (autoloads nil "snake" "play/snake.el" (0 0 0 0))
30506 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/snake.el
30508 (autoload 'snake "snake" "\
30509 Play the Snake game.
30510 Move the snake around without colliding with its tail or with the border.
30512 Eating dots causes the snake to get longer.
30514 Snake mode keybindings:
30524 \(fn)" t nil)
30526 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "snake" '("snake-")))
30528 ;;;***
30529 \f
30530 ;;;### (autoloads nil "snmp-mode" "net/snmp-mode.el" (0 0 0 0))
30531 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/snmp-mode.el
30533 (autoload 'snmp-mode "snmp-mode" "\
30534 Major mode for editing SNMP MIBs.
30535 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
30536 Tab indents for C code.
30537 Comments start with -- and end with newline or another --.
30538 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
30540 Turning on snmp-mode runs the hooks in `snmp-common-mode-hook', then
30541 `snmp-mode-hook'.
30543 \(fn)" t nil)
30545 (autoload 'snmpv2-mode "snmp-mode" "\
30546 Major mode for editing SNMPv2 MIBs.
30547 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
30548 Tab indents for C code.
30549 Comments start with -- and end with newline or another --.
30550 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
30552 Turning on snmp-mode runs the hooks in `snmp-common-mode-hook',
30553 then `snmpv2-mode-hook'.
30555 \(fn)" t nil)
30557 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "snmp-mode" '("snmp")))
30559 ;;;***
30560 \f
30561 ;;;### (autoloads nil "soap-client" "net/soap-client.el" (0 0 0 0))
30562 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/soap-client.el
30563 (push (purecopy '(soap-client 3 1 3)) package--builtin-versions)
30565 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "soap-client" '("soap-")))
30567 ;;;***
30568 \f
30569 ;;;### (autoloads nil "soap-inspect" "net/soap-inspect.el" (0 0 0
30570 ;;;;;; 0))
30571 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/soap-inspect.el
30573 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "soap-inspect" '("soap-")))
30575 ;;;***
30576 \f
30577 ;;;### (autoloads nil "socks" "net/socks.el" (0 0 0 0))
30578 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/socks.el
30580 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "socks" '("socks-")))
30582 ;;;***
30583 \f
30584 ;;;### (autoloads nil "solar" "calendar/solar.el" (0 0 0 0))
30585 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/solar.el
30587 (autoload 'sunrise-sunset "solar" "\
30588 Local time of sunrise and sunset for today. Accurate to a few seconds.
30589 If called with an optional prefix argument ARG, prompt for date.
30590 If called with an optional double prefix argument, prompt for
30591 longitude, latitude, time zone, and date, and always use standard time.
30593 This function is suitable for execution in an init file.
30595 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
30597 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "solar" '("solar-" "diary-sunrise-sunset" "calendar-")))
30599 ;;;***
30600 \f
30601 ;;;### (autoloads nil "solitaire" "play/solitaire.el" (0 0 0 0))
30602 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/solitaire.el
30604 (autoload 'solitaire "solitaire" "\
30605 Play Solitaire.
30609 Move around the board using the cursor keys.
30613 \(The variable `solitaire-auto-eval' controls whether to automatically
30614 check after each move or undo.)
30616 What is Solitaire?
30618 I don't know who invented this game, but it seems to be rather old and
30619 its origin seems to be northern Africa. Here's how to play:
30620 Initially, the board will look similar to this:
30622 Le Solitaire
30623 ============
30625 o o o
30627 o o o
30629 o o o o o o o
30631 o o o . o o o
30633 o o o o o o o
30635 o o o
30637 o o o
30639 Let's call the o's stones and the .'s holes. One stone fits into one
30640 hole. As you can see, all holes but one are occupied by stones. The
30641 aim of the game is to get rid of all but one stone, leaving that last
30642 one in the middle of the board if you're cool.
30644 A stone can be moved if there is another stone next to it, and a hole
30645 after that one. Thus there must be three fields in a row, either
30646 horizontally or vertically, up, down, left or right, which look like
30647 this: o o .
30649 Then the first stone is moved to the hole, jumping over the second,
30650 which therefore is taken away. The above thus `evaluates' to: . . o
30652 That's all. Here's the board after two moves:
30654 o o o
30656 . o o
30658 o o . o o o o
30660 o . o o o o o
30662 o o o o o o o
30664 o o o
30666 o o o
30668 Pick your favorite shortcuts:
30672 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
30674 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "solitaire" '("solitaire-")))
30676 ;;;***
30677 \f
30678 ;;;### (autoloads nil "sort" "sort.el" (0 0 0 0))
30679 ;;; Generated autoloads from sort.el
30680 (put 'sort-fold-case 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
30682 (autoload 'sort-subr "sort" "\
30683 General text sorting routine to divide buffer into records and sort them.
30685 We divide the accessible portion of the buffer into disjoint pieces
30686 called sort records. A portion of each sort record (perhaps all of
30687 it) is designated as the sort key. The records are rearranged in the
30688 buffer in order by their sort keys. The records may or may not be
30689 contiguous.
30691 Usually the records are rearranged in order of ascending sort key.
30692 If REVERSE is non-nil, they are rearranged in order of descending sort key.
30693 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
30694 the sort order.
30696 The next four arguments are functions to be called to move point
30697 across a sort record. They will be called many times from within sort-subr.
30699 NEXTRECFUN is called with point at the end of the previous record.
30700 It moves point to the start of the next record.
30701 It should move point to the end of the buffer if there are no more records.
30702 The first record is assumed to start at the position of point when sort-subr
30703 is called.
30705 ENDRECFUN is called with point within the record.
30706 It should move point to the end of the record.
30708 STARTKEYFUN moves from the start of the record to the start of the key.
30709 It may return either a non-nil value to be used as the key, or
30710 else the key is the substring between the values of point after
30711 STARTKEYFUN and ENDKEYFUN are called. If STARTKEYFUN is nil, the key
30712 starts at the beginning of the record.
30714 ENDKEYFUN moves from the start of the sort key to the end of the sort key.
30715 ENDKEYFUN may be nil if STARTKEYFUN returns a value or if it would be the
30716 same as ENDRECFUN.
30718 PREDICATE, if non-nil, is the predicate function for comparing
30719 keys; it is called with two arguments, the keys to compare, and
30720 should return non-nil if the first key should sort before the
30721 second key. If PREDICATE is nil, comparison is done with `<' if
30722 the keys are numbers, with `compare-buffer-substrings' if the
30723 keys are cons cells (the car and cdr of each cons cell are taken
30724 as start and end positions), and with `string<' otherwise.
30726 \(fn REVERSE NEXTRECFUN ENDRECFUN &optional STARTKEYFUN ENDKEYFUN PREDICATE)" nil nil)
30728 (autoload 'sort-lines "sort" "\
30729 Sort lines in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
30730 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
30731 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
30732 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
30733 the sort order.
30735 \(fn REVERSE BEG END)" t nil)
30737 (autoload 'sort-paragraphs "sort" "\
30738 Sort paragraphs in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
30739 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
30740 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
30741 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
30742 the sort order.
30744 \(fn REVERSE BEG END)" t nil)
30746 (autoload 'sort-pages "sort" "\
30747 Sort pages in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
30748 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
30749 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
30750 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
30751 the sort order.
30753 \(fn REVERSE BEG END)" t nil)
30754 (put 'sort-numeric-base 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
30756 (autoload 'sort-numeric-fields "sort" "\
30757 Sort lines in region numerically by the ARGth field of each line.
30758 Fields are separated by whitespace and numbered from 1 up.
30759 Specified field must contain a number in each line of the region,
30761 Otherwise, the number is interpreted according to sort-numeric-base.
30762 With a negative arg, sorts by the ARGth field counted from the right.
30763 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
30764 FIELD, BEG and END. BEG and END specify region to sort.
30766 \(fn FIELD BEG END)" t nil)
30768 (autoload 'sort-fields "sort" "\
30769 Sort lines in region lexicographically by the ARGth field of each line.
30770 Fields are separated by whitespace and numbered from 1 up.
30771 With a negative arg, sorts by the ARGth field counted from the right.
30772 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
30773 FIELD, BEG and END. BEG and END specify region to sort.
30774 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
30775 the sort order.
30777 \(fn FIELD BEG END)" t nil)
30779 (autoload 'sort-regexp-fields "sort" "\
30780 Sort the text in the region region lexicographically.
30781 If called interactively, prompt for two regular expressions,
30782 RECORD-REGEXP and KEY-REGEXP.
30784 RECORD-REGEXP specifies the textual units to be sorted.
30787 KEY-REGEXP specifies the part of each record (i.e. each match for
30788 RECORD-REGEXP) to be used for sorting.
30790 match field specified by RECORD-REGEXP.
30792 Otherwise, KEY-REGEXP should be a regular expression with which
30793 to search within the record. If a match for KEY-REGEXP is not
30794 found within a record, that record is ignored.
30796 With a negative prefix arg, sort in reverse order.
30798 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
30799 the sort order.
30801 For example: to sort lines in the region by the first word on each line
30805 \(fn REVERSE RECORD-REGEXP KEY-REGEXP BEG END)" t nil)
30807 (autoload 'sort-columns "sort" "\
30808 Sort lines in region alphabetically by a certain range of columns.
30809 For the purpose of this command, the region BEG...END includes
30810 the entire line that point is in and the entire line the mark is in.
30811 The column positions of point and mark bound the range of columns to sort on.
30812 A prefix argument means sort into REVERSE order.
30813 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
30814 the sort order.
30816 Note that `sort-columns' rejects text that contains tabs,
30817 because tabs could be split across the specified columns
30818 and it doesn't know how to handle that. Also, when possible,
30819 it uses the `sort' utility program, which doesn't understand tabs.
30822 \(fn REVERSE &optional BEG END)" t nil)
30824 (autoload 'reverse-region "sort" "\
30825 Reverse the order of lines in a region.
30826 From a program takes two point or marker arguments, BEG and END.
30828 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
30830 (autoload 'delete-duplicate-lines "sort" "\
30831 Delete all but one copy of any identical lines in the region.
30832 Non-interactively, arguments BEG and END delimit the region.
30833 Normally it searches forwards, keeping the first instance of
30834 each identical line. If REVERSE is non-nil (interactively, with
30835 a C-u prefix), it searches backwards and keeps the last instance of
30836 each repeated line.
30838 Identical lines need not be adjacent, unless the argument
30839 ADJACENT is non-nil (interactively, with a C-u C-u prefix).
30840 This is a more efficient mode of operation, and may be useful
30841 on large regions that have already been sorted.
30843 If the argument KEEP-BLANKS is non-nil (interactively, with a
30844 C-u C-u C-u prefix), it retains repeated blank lines.
30846 Returns the number of deleted lines. Interactively, or if INTERACTIVE
30847 is non-nil, it also prints a message describing the number of deletions.
30849 \(fn BEG END &optional REVERSE ADJACENT KEEP-BLANKS INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
30851 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "sort" '("sort-")))
30853 ;;;***
30854 \f
30855 ;;;### (autoloads nil "soundex" "soundex.el" (0 0 0 0))
30856 ;;; Generated autoloads from soundex.el
30858 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "soundex" '("soundex")))
30860 ;;;***
30861 \f
30862 ;;;### (autoloads nil "spam" "gnus/spam.el" (0 0 0 0))
30863 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/spam.el
30865 (autoload 'spam-initialize "spam" "\
30866 Install the spam.el hooks and do other initialization.
30867 When SYMBOLS is given, set those variables to t. This is so you
30868 can call `spam-initialize' before you set spam-use-* variables on
30869 explicitly, and matters only if you need the extra headers
30870 installed through `spam-necessary-extra-headers'.
30872 \(fn &rest SYMBOLS)" t nil)
30874 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "spam" '("spam-")))
30876 ;;;***
30877 \f
30878 ;;;### (autoloads nil "spam-report" "gnus/spam-report.el" (0 0 0
30879 ;;;;;; 0))
30880 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/spam-report.el
30882 (autoload 'spam-report-process-queue "spam-report" "\
30883 Report all queued requests from `spam-report-requests-file'.
30885 If FILE is given, use it instead of `spam-report-requests-file'.
30886 If KEEP is t, leave old requests in the file. If KEEP is the
30887 symbol `ask', query before flushing the queue file.
30889 \(fn &optional FILE KEEP)" t nil)
30891 (autoload 'spam-report-url-ping-mm-url "spam-report" "\
30892 Ping a host through HTTP, addressing a specific GET resource. Use
30893 the external program specified in `mm-url-program' to connect to
30894 server.
30896 \(fn HOST REPORT)" nil nil)
30898 (autoload 'spam-report-url-to-file "spam-report" "\
30899 Collect spam report requests in `spam-report-requests-file'.
30900 Customize `spam-report-url-ping-function' to use this function.
30902 \(fn HOST REPORT)" nil nil)
30904 (autoload 'spam-report-agentize "spam-report" "\
30905 Add spam-report support to the Agent.
30907 the Agent is unplugged, and will be submitted in a batch when the
30908 Agent is plugged.
30910 \(fn)" t nil)
30912 (autoload 'spam-report-deagentize "spam-report" "\
30913 Remove spam-report support from the Agent.
30914 Spam reports will be queued with the method used when
30917 \(fn)" t nil)
30919 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "spam-report" '("spam-report-")))
30921 ;;;***
30922 \f
30923 ;;;### (autoloads nil "spam-stat" "gnus/spam-stat.el" (0 0 0 0))
30924 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/spam-stat.el
30926 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "spam-stat" '("spam-stat" "with-spam-stat-max-buffer-size")))
30928 ;;;***
30929 \f
30930 ;;;### (autoloads nil "spam-wash" "gnus/spam-wash.el" (0 0 0 0))
30931 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/spam-wash.el
30933 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "spam-wash" '("spam-")))
30935 ;;;***
30936 \f
30937 ;;;### (autoloads nil "speedbar" "speedbar.el" (0 0 0 0))
30938 ;;; Generated autoloads from speedbar.el
30940 (defalias 'speedbar 'speedbar-frame-mode)
30942 (autoload 'speedbar-frame-mode "speedbar" "\
30943 Enable or disable speedbar. Positive ARG means turn on, negative turn off.
30944 A nil ARG means toggle. Once the speedbar frame is activated, a buffer in
30945 `speedbar-mode' will be displayed. Currently, only one speedbar is
30946 supported at a time.
30947 `speedbar-before-popup-hook' is called before popping up the speedbar frame.
30948 `speedbar-before-delete-hook' is called before the frame is deleted.
30950 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
30952 (autoload 'speedbar-get-focus "speedbar" "\
30953 Change frame focus to or from the speedbar frame.
30954 If the selected frame is not speedbar, then speedbar frame is
30955 selected. If the speedbar frame is active, then select the attached frame.
30957 \(fn)" t nil)
30959 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "speedbar" '("speedbar-")))
30961 ;;;***
30962 \f
30963 ;;;### (autoloads nil "spook" "play/spook.el" (0 0 0 0))
30964 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/spook.el
30966 (autoload 'spook "spook" "\
30967 Adds that special touch of class to your outgoing mail.
30969 \(fn)" t nil)
30971 (autoload 'snarf-spooks "spook" "\
30972 Return a vector containing the lines from `spook-phrases-file'.
30974 \(fn)" nil nil)
30976 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "spook" '("spook-phrase")))
30978 ;;;***
30979 \f
30980 ;;;### (autoloads nil "sql" "progmodes/sql.el" (0 0 0 0))
30981 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/sql.el
30982 (push (purecopy '(sql 3 5)) package--builtin-versions)
30984 (autoload 'sql-add-product-keywords "sql" "\
30985 Add highlighting KEYWORDS for SQL PRODUCT.
30987 PRODUCT should be a symbol, the name of a SQL product, such as
30988 `oracle'. KEYWORDS should be a list; see the variable
30989 `font-lock-keywords'. By default they are added at the beginning
30990 of the current highlighting list. If optional argument APPEND is
30991 `set', they are used to replace the current highlighting list.
30992 If APPEND is any other non-nil value, they are added at the end
30993 of the current highlighting list.
30995 For example:
31000 adds a fontification pattern to fontify identifiers ending in
31001 `_t' as data types.
31003 \(fn PRODUCT KEYWORDS &optional APPEND)" nil nil)
31005 (autoload 'sql-mode "sql" "\
31006 Major mode to edit SQL.
31008 You can send SQL statements to the SQLi buffer using
31010 See `sql-help' on how to create SQLi buffers.
31013 Customization: Entry to this mode runs the `sql-mode-hook'.
31015 When you put a buffer in SQL mode, the buffer stores the last SQLi
31016 buffer created as its destination in the variable `sql-buffer'. This
31019 determine where the strings should be sent to. You can set the
31022 For information on how to create multiple SQLi buffers, see
31023 `sql-interactive-mode'.
31025 Note that SQL doesn't have an escape character unless you specify
31026 one. If you specify backslash as escape character in SQL, you
31027 must tell Emacs. Here's how to do that in your init file:
31030 (lambda ()
31033 \(fn)" t nil)
31035 (autoload 'sql-connect "sql" "\
31036 Connect to an interactive session using CONNECTION settings.
31038 See `sql-connection-alist' to see how to define connections and
31039 their settings.
31041 The user will not be prompted for any login parameters if a value
31042 is specified in the connection settings.
31044 \(fn CONNECTION &optional NEW-NAME)" t nil)
31046 (autoload 'sql-product-interactive "sql" "\
31047 Run PRODUCT interpreter as an inferior process.
31049 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
31050 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer `*SQL*'.
31052 To specify the SQL product, prefix the call with
31059 \(fn &optional PRODUCT NEW-NAME)" t nil)
31061 (autoload 'sql-oracle "sql" "\
31062 Run sqlplus by Oracle as an inferior process.
31064 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
31065 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
31066 `*SQL*'.
31068 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-oracle-program'. Login uses
31069 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-database' as
31070 defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters can be stored in
31071 the list `sql-oracle-options'.
31073 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
31074 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
31079 buffer.
31081 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
31084 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
31085 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
31086 `default-process-coding-system'.
31090 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
31092 (autoload 'sql-sybase "sql" "\
31093 Run isql by Sybase as an inferior process.
31095 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
31096 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
31097 `*SQL*'.
31099 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-sybase-program'. Login uses
31100 the variables `sql-server', `sql-user', `sql-password', and
31101 `sql-database' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
31102 can be stored in the list `sql-sybase-options'.
31104 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
31105 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
31110 buffer.
31112 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
31115 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
31116 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
31117 `default-process-coding-system'.
31121 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
31123 (autoload 'sql-informix "sql" "\
31124 Run dbaccess by Informix as an inferior process.
31126 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
31127 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
31128 `*SQL*'.
31130 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-informix-program'. Login uses
31131 the variable `sql-database' as default, if set.
31133 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
31134 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
31139 buffer.
31141 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
31144 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
31145 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
31146 `default-process-coding-system'.
31150 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
31152 (autoload 'sql-sqlite "sql" "\
31153 Run sqlite as an inferior process.
31155 SQLite is free software.
31157 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
31158 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
31159 `*SQL*'.
31161 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-sqlite-program'. Login uses
31162 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and
31163 `sql-server' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
31164 can be stored in the list `sql-sqlite-options'.
31166 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
31167 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
31172 buffer.
31174 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
31177 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
31178 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
31179 `default-process-coding-system'.
31183 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
31185 (autoload 'sql-mysql "sql" "\
31186 Run mysql by TcX as an inferior process.
31188 Mysql versions 3.23 and up are free software.
31190 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
31191 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
31192 `*SQL*'.
31194 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-mysql-program'. Login uses
31195 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and
31196 `sql-server' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
31197 can be stored in the list `sql-mysql-options'.
31199 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
31200 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
31205 buffer.
31207 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
31210 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
31211 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
31212 `default-process-coding-system'.
31216 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
31218 (autoload 'sql-solid "sql" "\
31219 Run solsql by Solid as an inferior process.
31221 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
31222 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
31223 `*SQL*'.
31225 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-solid-program'. Login uses
31226 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-server' as
31227 defaults, if set.
31229 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
31230 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
31235 buffer.
31237 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
31240 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
31241 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
31242 `default-process-coding-system'.
31246 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
31248 (autoload 'sql-ingres "sql" "\
31249 Run sql by Ingres as an inferior process.
31251 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
31252 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
31253 `*SQL*'.
31255 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-ingres-program'. Login uses
31256 the variable `sql-database' as default, if set.
31258 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
31259 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
31264 buffer.
31266 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
31269 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
31270 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
31271 `default-process-coding-system'.
31275 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
31277 (autoload 'sql-ms "sql" "\
31278 Run osql by Microsoft as an inferior process.
31280 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
31281 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
31282 `*SQL*'.
31284 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-ms-program'. Login uses the
31285 variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and `sql-server'
31286 as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters can be stored
31287 in the list `sql-ms-options'.
31289 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
31290 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
31295 buffer.
31297 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
31300 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
31301 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
31302 `default-process-coding-system'.
31306 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
31308 (autoload 'sql-postgres "sql" "\
31309 Run psql by Postgres as an inferior process.
31311 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
31312 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
31313 `*SQL*'.
31315 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-postgres-program'. Login uses
31316 the variables `sql-database' and `sql-server' as default, if set.
31317 Additional command line parameters can be stored in the list
31318 `sql-postgres-options'.
31320 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
31321 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
31326 buffer.
31328 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
31331 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
31332 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
31333 `default-process-coding-system'. If your output lines end with ^M,
31334 your might try undecided-dos as a coding system. If this doesn't help,
31335 Try to set `comint-output-filter-functions' like this:
31337 \(setq comint-output-filter-functions (append comint-output-filter-functions
31342 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
31344 (autoload 'sql-interbase "sql" "\
31345 Run isql by Interbase as an inferior process.
31347 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
31348 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
31349 `*SQL*'.
31351 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-interbase-program'. Login
31352 uses the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-database' as
31353 defaults, if set.
31355 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
31356 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
31361 buffer.
31363 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
31366 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
31367 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
31368 `default-process-coding-system'.
31372 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
31374 (autoload 'sql-db2 "sql" "\
31375 Run db2 by IBM as an inferior process.
31377 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
31378 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
31379 `*SQL*'.
31381 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-db2-program'. There is not
31382 automatic login.
31384 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
31385 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
31388 db2, newlines will be escaped if necessary. If you don't want that, set
31389 `comint-input-sender' back to `comint-simple-send' by writing an after
31390 advice. See the elisp manual for more information.
31395 buffer.
31397 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
31400 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
31401 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
31402 `default-process-coding-system'.
31406 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
31408 (autoload 'sql-linter "sql" "\
31409 Run inl by RELEX as an inferior process.
31411 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
31412 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
31413 `*SQL*'.
31415 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-linter-program' - usually `inl'.
31416 Login uses the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database' and
31417 `sql-server' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
31418 can be stored in the list `sql-linter-options'. Run inl -h to get help on
31419 parameters.
31421 `sql-database' is used to set the LINTER_MBX environment variable for
31422 local connections, `sql-server' refers to the server name from the
31423 `nodetab' file for the network connection (dbc_tcp or friends must run
31424 for this to work). If `sql-password' is an empty string, inl will use
31425 an empty password.
31427 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
31428 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
31433 buffer.
31437 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
31439 (autoload 'sql-vertica "sql" "\
31440 Run vsql as an inferior process.
31442 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
31444 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "sql" '("sql-")))
31446 ;;;***
31447 \f
31448 ;;;### (autoloads nil "srecode" "cedet/srecode.el" (0 0 0 0))
31449 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/srecode.el
31450 (push (purecopy '(srecode 1 2)) package--builtin-versions)
31452 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "srecode" '("srecode-version")))
31454 ;;;***
31455 \f
31456 ;;;### (autoloads nil "srecode/args" "cedet/srecode/args.el" (0 0
31457 ;;;;;; 0 0))
31458 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/srecode/args.el
31460 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "srecode/args" '("srecode-")))
31462 ;;;***
31463 \f
31464 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "srecode/compile"
31465 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/compile.el" (0 0 0 0))
31466 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/srecode/compile.el
31468 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "srecode/compile" '("srecode-")))
31470 ;;;***
31471 \f
31472 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "srecode/cpp"
31473 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/cpp.el" (0 0 0 0))
31474 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/srecode/cpp.el
31476 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "srecode/cpp" '("srecode-")))
31478 ;;;***
31479 \f
31480 ;;;### (autoloads nil "srecode/ctxt" "cedet/srecode/ctxt.el" (0 0
31481 ;;;;;; 0 0))
31482 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/srecode/ctxt.el
31484 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "srecode/ctxt" '("srecode-")))
31486 ;;;***
31487 \f
31488 ;;;### (autoloads nil "srecode/dictionary" "cedet/srecode/dictionary.el"
31489 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
31490 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/srecode/dictionary.el
31492 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "srecode/dictionary" '("srecode-")))
31494 ;;;***
31495 \f
31496 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "srecode/document"
31497 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/document.el" (0 0 0 0))
31498 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/srecode/document.el
31500 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "srecode/document" '("srecode-document-")))
31502 ;;;***
31503 \f
31504 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "srecode/el" "cedet/srecode/el.el"
31505 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
31506 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/srecode/el.el
31508 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "srecode/el" '("srecode-semantic-apply-tag-to-dict")))
31510 ;;;***
31511 \f
31512 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "srecode/expandproto"
31513 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/expandproto.el" (0 0 0 0))
31514 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/srecode/expandproto.el
31516 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "srecode/expandproto" '("srecode-")))
31518 ;;;***
31519 \f
31520 ;;;### (autoloads nil "srecode/extract" "cedet/srecode/extract.el"
31521 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
31522 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/srecode/extract.el
31524 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "srecode/extract" '("srecode-extract")))
31526 ;;;***
31527 \f
31528 ;;;### (autoloads nil "srecode/fields" "cedet/srecode/fields.el"
31529 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
31530 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/srecode/fields.el
31532 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "srecode/fields" '("srecode-")))
31534 ;;;***
31535 \f
31536 ;;;### (autoloads nil "srecode/filters" "cedet/srecode/filters.el"
31537 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
31538 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/srecode/filters.el
31540 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "srecode/filters" '("srecode-comment-prefix")))
31542 ;;;***
31543 \f
31544 ;;;### (autoloads nil "srecode/find" "cedet/srecode/find.el" (0 0
31545 ;;;;;; 0 0))
31546 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/srecode/find.el
31548 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "srecode/find" '("srecode-")))
31550 ;;;***
31551 \f
31552 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "srecode/getset"
31553 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/getset.el" (0 0 0 0))
31554 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/srecode/getset.el
31556 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "srecode/getset" '("srecode-")))
31558 ;;;***
31559 \f
31560 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "srecode/insert"
31561 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/insert.el" (0 0 0 0))
31562 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/srecode/insert.el
31564 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "srecode/insert" '("srecode-")))
31566 ;;;***
31567 \f
31568 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "srecode/map"
31569 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/map.el" (0 0 0 0))
31570 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/srecode/map.el
31572 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "srecode/map" '("srecode-")))
31574 ;;;***
31575 \f
31576 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "srecode/mode"
31577 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/mode.el" (0 0 0 0))
31578 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/srecode/mode.el
31580 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "srecode/mode" '("srecode-")))
31582 ;;;***
31583 \f
31584 ;;;### (autoloads nil "srecode/semantic" "cedet/srecode/semantic.el"
31585 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
31586 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/srecode/semantic.el
31588 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "srecode/semantic" '("srecode-semantic-")))
31590 ;;;***
31591 \f
31592 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "srecode/srt"
31593 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/srt.el" (0 0 0 0))
31594 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/srecode/srt.el
31596 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "srecode/srt" '("srecode-read-")))
31598 ;;;***
31599 \f
31600 ;;;### (autoloads nil "srecode/srt-mode" "cedet/srecode/srt-mode.el"
31601 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
31602 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/srecode/srt-mode.el
31604 (autoload 'srecode-template-mode "srecode/srt-mode" "\
31605 Major-mode for writing SRecode macros.
31607 \(fn)" t nil)
31609 (defalias 'srt-mode 'srecode-template-mode)
31611 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "srecode/srt-mode" '("semantic-" "srecode-")))
31613 ;;;***
31614 \f
31615 ;;;### (autoloads nil "srecode/table" "cedet/srecode/table.el" (0
31616 ;;;;;; 0 0 0))
31617 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/srecode/table.el
31619 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "srecode/table" '("srecode-" "object-sort-list")))
31621 ;;;***
31622 \f
31623 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "srecode/template"
31624 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/template.el" (0 0 0 0))
31625 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/srecode/template.el
31627 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "srecode/template" '("semantic-tag-components")))
31629 ;;;***
31630 \f
31631 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "srecode/texi"
31632 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/texi.el" (0 0 0 0))
31633 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/srecode/texi.el
31635 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "srecode/texi" '("semantic-insert-foreign-tag" "srecode-texi-")))
31637 ;;;***
31638 \f
31639 ;;;### (autoloads nil "starttls" "net/starttls.el" (0 0 0 0))
31640 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/starttls.el
31642 (autoload 'starttls-open-stream "starttls" "\
31643 Open a TLS connection for a port to a host.
31644 Returns a subprocess object to represent the connection.
31645 Input and output work as for subprocesses; `delete-process' closes it.
31646 Args are NAME BUFFER HOST PORT.
31647 NAME is name for process. It is modified if necessary to make it unique.
31648 BUFFER is the buffer (or `buffer-name') to associate with the process.
31649 Process output goes at end of that buffer, unless you specify
31650 an output stream or filter function to handle the output.
31651 BUFFER may be also nil, meaning that this process is not associated
31652 with any buffer
31653 Third arg is name of the host to connect to, or its IP address.
31654 Fourth arg PORT is an integer specifying a port to connect to.
31655 If `starttls-use-gnutls' is nil, this may also be a service name, but
31656 GnuTLS requires a port number.
31658 \(fn NAME BUFFER HOST PORT)" nil nil)
31660 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "starttls" '("starttls-")))
31662 ;;;***
31663 \f
31664 ;;;### (autoloads nil "strokes" "strokes.el" (0 0 0 0))
31665 ;;; Generated autoloads from strokes.el
31667 (autoload 'strokes-global-set-stroke "strokes" "\
31668 Interactively give STROKE the global binding as COMMAND.
31669 Works just like `global-set-key', except for strokes. COMMAND is
31670 a symbol naming an interactively-callable function. STROKE is a
31671 list of sampled positions on the stroke grid as described in the
31672 documentation for the `strokes-define-stroke' function.
31674 See also `strokes-global-set-stroke-string'.
31676 \(fn STROKE COMMAND)" t nil)
31678 (autoload 'strokes-read-stroke "strokes" "\
31679 Read a simple stroke (interactively) and return the stroke.
31680 Optional PROMPT in minibuffer displays before and during stroke reading.
31681 This function will display the stroke interactively as it is being
31682 entered in the strokes buffer if the variable
31683 `strokes-use-strokes-buffer' is non-nil.
31684 Optional EVENT is acceptable as the starting event of the stroke.
31686 \(fn &optional PROMPT EVENT)" nil nil)
31688 (autoload 'strokes-read-complex-stroke "strokes" "\
31689 Read a complex stroke (interactively) and return the stroke.
31690 Optional PROMPT in minibuffer displays before and during stroke reading.
31691 Note that a complex stroke allows the user to pen-up and pen-down. This
31692 is implemented by allowing the user to paint with button 1 or button 2 and
31693 then complete the stroke with button 3.
31694 Optional EVENT is acceptable as the starting event of the stroke.
31696 \(fn &optional PROMPT EVENT)" nil nil)
31698 (autoload 'strokes-do-stroke "strokes" "\
31699 Read a simple stroke from the user and then execute its command.
31700 This must be bound to a mouse event.
31702 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
31704 (autoload 'strokes-do-complex-stroke "strokes" "\
31705 Read a complex stroke from the user and then execute its command.
31706 This must be bound to a mouse event.
31708 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
31710 (autoload 'strokes-describe-stroke "strokes" "\
31711 Displays the command which STROKE maps to, reading STROKE interactively.
31713 \(fn STROKE)" t nil)
31715 (autoload 'strokes-help "strokes" "\
31716 Get instruction on using the Strokes package.
31718 \(fn)" t nil)
31720 (autoload 'strokes-load-user-strokes "strokes" "\
31721 Load user-defined strokes from file named by `strokes-file'.
31723 \(fn)" t nil)
31725 (autoload 'strokes-list-strokes "strokes" "\
31726 Pop up a buffer containing an alphabetical listing of strokes in STROKES-MAP.
31728 by command name.
31729 If STROKES-MAP is not given, `strokes-global-map' will be used instead.
31731 \(fn &optional CHRONOLOGICAL STROKES-MAP)" t nil)
31733 (defvar strokes-mode nil "\
31734 Non-nil if Strokes mode is enabled.
31735 See the `strokes-mode' command
31736 for a description of this minor mode.
31737 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
31738 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
31739 or call the function `strokes-mode'.")
31741 (custom-autoload 'strokes-mode "strokes" nil)
31743 (autoload 'strokes-mode "strokes" "\
31744 Toggle Strokes mode, a global minor mode.
31745 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Strokes mode if ARG is
31746 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
31747 enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
31750 Strokes are pictographic mouse gestures which invoke commands.
31755 To use strokes for pictographic editing, such as Chinese/Japanese, use
31762 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31764 (autoload 'strokes-decode-buffer "strokes" "\
31765 Decode stroke strings in BUFFER and display their corresponding glyphs.
31766 Optional BUFFER defaults to the current buffer.
31767 Optional FORCE non-nil will ignore the buffer's read-only status.
31769 \(fn &optional BUFFER FORCE)" t nil)
31771 (autoload 'strokes-compose-complex-stroke "strokes" "\
31772 Read a complex stroke and insert its glyph into the current buffer.
31774 \(fn)" t nil)
31776 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "strokes" '("strokes-")))
31778 ;;;***
31779 \f
31780 ;;;### (autoloads nil "studly" "play/studly.el" (0 0 0 0))
31781 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/studly.el
31783 (autoload 'studlify-region "studly" "\
31784 Studlify-case the region.
31786 \(fn BEGIN END)" t nil)
31788 (autoload 'studlify-word "studly" "\
31789 Studlify-case the current word, or COUNT words if given an argument.
31791 \(fn COUNT)" t nil)
31793 (autoload 'studlify-buffer "studly" "\
31794 Studlify-case the current buffer.
31796 \(fn)" t nil)
31798 ;;;***
31799 \f
31800 ;;;### (autoloads nil "subr-x" "emacs-lisp/subr-x.el" (0 0 0 0))
31801 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/subr-x.el
31803 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "subr-x" '("read-multiple-choice" "string-" "hash-table-" "and-let*" "when-let" "internal--" "if-let" "thread-")))
31805 ;;;***
31806 \f
31807 ;;;### (autoloads nil "subword" "progmodes/subword.el" (0 0 0 0))
31808 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/subword.el
31810 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'capitalized-words-mode 'subword-mode "25.1")
31812 (autoload 'subword-mode "subword" "\
31813 Toggle subword movement and editing (Subword mode).
31814 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Subword mode if ARG is
31815 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
31816 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
31818 Subword mode is a buffer-local minor mode. Enabling it changes
31819 the definition of a word so that word-based commands stop inside
31820 symbols with mixed uppercase and lowercase letters,
31823 Here we call these mixed case symbols `nomenclatures'. Each
31824 capitalized (or completely uppercase) part of a nomenclature is
31825 called a `subword'. Here are some examples:
31827 Nomenclature Subwords
31828 ===========================================================
31833 This mode changes the definition of a word so that word commands
31834 treat nomenclature boundaries as word boundaries.
31838 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31840 (defvar global-subword-mode nil "\
31841 Non-nil if Global Subword mode is enabled.
31842 See the `global-subword-mode' command
31843 for a description of this minor mode.
31844 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
31845 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
31846 or call the function `global-subword-mode'.")
31848 (custom-autoload 'global-subword-mode "subword" nil)
31850 (autoload 'global-subword-mode "subword" "\
31851 Toggle Subword mode in all buffers.
31852 With prefix ARG, enable Global Subword mode if ARG is positive;
31853 otherwise, disable it. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if
31854 ARG is omitted or nil.
31856 Subword mode is enabled in all buffers where
31857 `(lambda nil (subword-mode 1))' would do it.
31858 See `subword-mode' for more information on Subword mode.
31860 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31862 (autoload 'superword-mode "subword" "\
31863 Toggle superword movement and editing (Superword mode).
31864 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Superword mode if ARG is
31865 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
31866 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
31868 Superword mode is a buffer-local minor mode. Enabling it changes
31869 the definition of words such that symbols characters are treated
31870 as parts of words: e.g., in `superword-mode',
31875 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31877 (defvar global-superword-mode nil "\
31878 Non-nil if Global Superword mode is enabled.
31879 See the `global-superword-mode' command
31880 for a description of this minor mode.
31881 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
31882 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
31883 or call the function `global-superword-mode'.")
31885 (custom-autoload 'global-superword-mode "subword" nil)
31887 (autoload 'global-superword-mode "subword" "\
31888 Toggle Superword mode in all buffers.
31889 With prefix ARG, enable Global Superword mode if ARG is positive;
31890 otherwise, disable it. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if
31891 ARG is omitted or nil.
31893 Superword mode is enabled in all buffers where
31894 `(lambda nil (superword-mode 1))' would do it.
31895 See `superword-mode' for more information on Superword mode.
31897 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31899 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "subword" '("superword-mode-map" "subword-")))
31901 ;;;***
31902 \f
31903 ;;;### (autoloads nil "supercite" "mail/supercite.el" (0 0 0 0))
31904 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/supercite.el
31906 (autoload 'sc-cite-original "supercite" "\
31907 Workhorse citing function which performs the initial citation.
31908 This is callable from the various mail and news readers' reply
31909 function according to the agreed upon standard. See the associated
31910 info node `(SC)Top' for more details.
31911 `sc-cite-original' does not do any yanking of the
31912 original message but it does require a few things:
31914 1) The reply buffer is the current buffer.
31916 2) The original message has been yanked and inserted into the
31917 reply buffer.
31919 3) Verbose mail headers from the original message have been
31920 inserted into the reply buffer directly before the text of the
31921 original message.
31923 4) Point is at the beginning of the verbose headers.
31925 5) Mark is at the end of the body of text to be cited.
31927 The region need not be active (and typically isn't when this
31928 function is called). Also, the hook `sc-pre-hook' is run before,
31929 and `sc-post-hook' is run after the guts of this function.
31931 \(fn)" nil nil)
31933 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "supercite" '("sc-")))
31935 ;;;***
31936 \f
31937 ;;;### (autoloads nil "svg" "svg.el" (0 0 0 0))
31938 ;;; Generated autoloads from svg.el
31940 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "svg" '("svg-")))
31942 ;;;***
31943 \f
31944 ;;;### (autoloads nil "t-mouse" "t-mouse.el" (0 0 0 0))
31945 ;;; Generated autoloads from t-mouse.el
31947 (define-obsolete-function-alias 't-mouse-mode 'gpm-mouse-mode "23.1")
31949 (defvar gpm-mouse-mode t "\
31950 Non-nil if Gpm-Mouse mode is enabled.
31951 See the `gpm-mouse-mode' command
31952 for a description of this minor mode.
31953 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
31954 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
31955 or call the function `gpm-mouse-mode'.")
31957 (custom-autoload 'gpm-mouse-mode "t-mouse" nil)
31959 (autoload 'gpm-mouse-mode "t-mouse" "\
31960 Toggle mouse support in GNU/Linux consoles (GPM Mouse mode).
31961 With a prefix argument ARG, enable GPM Mouse mode if ARG is
31962 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
31963 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
31965 This allows the use of the mouse when operating on a GNU/Linux console,
31966 in the same way as you can use the mouse under X11.
31967 It relies on the `gpm' daemon being activated.
31969 Note that when `gpm-mouse-mode' is enabled, you cannot use the
31970 mouse to transfer text between Emacs and other programs which use
31971 GPM. This is due to limitations in GPM and the Linux kernel.
31973 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31975 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "t-mouse" '("gpm-mouse-")))
31977 ;;;***
31978 \f
31979 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tabify" "tabify.el" (0 0 0 0))
31980 ;;; Generated autoloads from tabify.el
31982 (autoload 'untabify "tabify" "\
31983 Convert all tabs in region to multiple spaces, preserving columns.
31984 If called interactively with prefix ARG, convert for the entire
31985 buffer.
31987 Called non-interactively, the region is specified by arguments
31988 START and END, rather than by the position of point and mark.
31989 The variable `tab-width' controls the spacing of tab stops.
31991 \(fn START END &optional ARG)" t nil)
31993 (autoload 'tabify "tabify" "\
31994 Convert multiple spaces in region to tabs when possible.
31995 A group of spaces is partially replaced by tabs
31996 when this can be done without changing the column they end at.
31997 If called interactively with prefix ARG, convert for the entire
31998 buffer.
32000 Called non-interactively, the region is specified by arguments
32001 START and END, rather than by the position of point and mark.
32002 The variable `tab-width' controls the spacing of tab stops.
32004 \(fn START END &optional ARG)" t nil)
32006 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "tabify" '("tabify-regexp")))
32008 ;;;***
32009 \f
32010 ;;;### (autoloads nil "table" "textmodes/table.el" (0 0 0 0))
32011 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/table.el
32013 (autoload 'table-insert "table" "\
32014 Insert an editable text table.
32015 Insert a table of specified number of COLUMNS and ROWS. Optional
32016 parameter CELL-WIDTH and CELL-HEIGHT can specify the size of each
32017 cell. The cell size is uniform across the table if the specified size
32018 is a number. They can be a list of numbers to specify different size
32019 for each cell. When called interactively, the list of number is
32020 entered by simply listing all the numbers with space characters
32021 delimiting them.
32023 Examples:
32027 Suppose we have the following situation where `-!-' indicates the
32028 location of point.
32030 -!-
32033 specification, provide 3 for number of columns, 1 for number of rows,
32034 5 for cell width and 1 for cell height. Now you shall see the next
32035 table and the point is automatically moved to the beginning of the
32036 first cell.
32038 +-----+-----+-----+
32039 |-!- | | |
32040 +-----+-----+-----+
32044 M-9 \\[table-widen-cell] (or \\[universal-argument] 9 \\[table-widen-cell]) widens the first cell by 9 character
32045 width, which results as
32047 +--------------+-----+-----+
32048 |-!- | | |
32049 +--------------+-----+-----+
32051 Type TAB \\[table-widen-cell] then type TAB M-2 M-7 \\[table-widen-cell] (or \\[universal-argument] 2 7 \\[table-widen-cell]). Typing
32052 TAB moves the point forward by a cell. The result now looks like this:
32054 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
32055 | | |-!- |
32056 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
32058 If you knew each width of the columns prior to the table creation,
32059 what you could have done better was to have had given the complete
32060 width information to `table-insert'.
32062 Cell width(s): 14 6 32
32064 instead of
32066 Cell width(s): 5
32068 This would have eliminated the previously mentioned width adjustment
32069 work all together.
32071 If the point is in the last cell type S-TAB S-TAB to move it to the
32074 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
32075 |-!- | | |
32076 | | | |
32077 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
32081 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
32082 |-!- | | |
32083 | | | |
32084 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
32085 | | | |
32086 | | | |
32087 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
32089 Move the point under the table as shown below.
32091 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
32092 | | | |
32093 | | | |
32094 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
32095 | | | |
32096 | | | |
32097 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
32098 -!-
32100 Type M-x table-insert-row instead of \\[table-insert-row-column]. \\[table-insert-row-column] does not work
32101 when the point is outside of the table. This insertion at
32102 outside of the table effectively appends a row at the end.
32104 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
32105 | | | |
32106 | | | |
32107 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
32108 | | | |
32109 | | | |
32110 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
32111 |-!- | | |
32112 | | | |
32113 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
32115 Text editing inside the table cell produces reasonably expected
32116 results.
32118 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
32119 | | | |
32120 | | | |
32121 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
32122 | | |Text editing inside the table |
32123 | | |cell produces reasonably |
32124 | | |expected results.-!- |
32125 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
32126 | | | |
32127 | | | |
32128 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
32130 Inside a table cell has a special keymap.
32134 \(fn COLUMNS ROWS &optional CELL-WIDTH CELL-HEIGHT)" t nil)
32136 (autoload 'table-insert-row "table" "\
32137 Insert N table row(s).
32138 When point is in a table the newly inserted row(s) are placed above
32139 the current row. When point is outside of the table it must be below
32140 the table within the table width range, then the newly created row(s)
32141 are appended at the bottom of the table.
32143 \(fn N)" t nil)
32145 (autoload 'table-insert-column "table" "\
32146 Insert N table column(s).
32147 When point is in a table the newly inserted column(s) are placed left
32148 of the current column. When point is outside of the table it must be
32149 right side of the table within the table height range, then the newly
32150 created column(s) are appended at the right of the table.
32152 \(fn N)" t nil)
32154 (autoload 'table-insert-row-column "table" "\
32155 Insert row(s) or column(s).
32156 See `table-insert-row' and `table-insert-column'.
32158 \(fn ROW-COLUMN N)" t nil)
32160 (autoload 'table-recognize "table" "\
32161 Recognize all tables within the current buffer and activate them.
32162 Scans the entire buffer and recognizes valid table cells. If the
32163 optional numeric prefix argument ARG is negative the tables in the
32164 buffer become inactive, meaning the tables become plain text and loses
32165 all the table specific features.
32167 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
32169 (autoload 'table-unrecognize "table" "\
32172 \(fn)" t nil)
32174 (autoload 'table-recognize-region "table" "\
32175 Recognize all tables within region.
32176 BEG and END specify the region to work on. If the optional numeric
32177 prefix argument ARG is negative the tables in the region become
32178 inactive, meaning the tables become plain text and lose all the table
32179 specific features.
32181 \(fn BEG END &optional ARG)" t nil)
32183 (autoload 'table-unrecognize-region "table" "\
32186 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
32188 (autoload 'table-recognize-table "table" "\
32189 Recognize a table at point.
32190 If the optional numeric prefix argument ARG is negative the table
32191 becomes inactive, meaning the table becomes plain text and loses all
32192 the table specific features.
32194 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
32196 (autoload 'table-unrecognize-table "table" "\
32199 \(fn)" t nil)
32201 (autoload 'table-recognize-cell "table" "\
32202 Recognize a table cell that contains current point.
32203 Probe the cell dimension and prepare the cell information. The
32204 optional two arguments FORCE and NO-COPY are for internal use only and
32205 must not be specified. When the optional numeric prefix argument ARG
32206 is negative the cell becomes inactive, meaning that the cell becomes
32207 plain text and loses all the table specific features.
32209 \(fn &optional FORCE NO-COPY ARG)" t nil)
32211 (autoload 'table-unrecognize-cell "table" "\
32214 \(fn)" t nil)
32216 (autoload 'table-heighten-cell "table" "\
32217 Heighten the current cell by N lines by expanding the cell vertically.
32218 Heightening is done by adding blank lines at the bottom of the current
32219 cell. Other cells aligned horizontally with the current one are also
32220 heightened in order to keep the rectangular table structure. The
32221 optional argument NO-COPY is internal use only and must not be
32222 specified.
32224 \(fn N &optional NO-COPY NO-UPDATE)" t nil)
32226 (autoload 'table-shorten-cell "table" "\
32227 Shorten the current cell by N lines by shrinking the cell vertically.
32228 Shortening is done by removing blank lines from the bottom of the cell
32229 and possibly from the top of the cell as well. Therefore, the cell
32230 must have some bottom/top blank lines to be shorten effectively. This
32231 is applicable to all the cells aligned horizontally with the current
32232 one because they are also shortened in order to keep the rectangular
32233 table structure.
32235 \(fn N)" t nil)
32237 (autoload 'table-widen-cell "table" "\
32238 Widen the current cell by N columns and expand the cell horizontally.
32239 Some other cells in the same table are widen as well to keep the
32240 table's rectangle structure.
32242 \(fn N &optional NO-COPY NO-UPDATE)" t nil)
32244 (autoload 'table-narrow-cell "table" "\
32245 Narrow the current cell by N columns and shrink the cell horizontally.
32246 Some other cells in the same table are narrowed as well to keep the
32247 table's rectangle structure.
32249 \(fn N)" t nil)
32251 (autoload 'table-forward-cell "table" "\
32252 Move point forward to the beginning of the next cell.
32253 With argument ARG, do it ARG times;
32254 a negative argument ARG = -N means move backward N cells.
32255 Do not specify NO-RECOGNIZE and UNRECOGNIZE. They are for internal use only.
32257 Sample Cell Traveling Order (In Irregular Table Cases)
32259 You can actually try how it works in this buffer. Press
32263 +-----+--+ +--+-----+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +---------+ +--+---+--+
32264 |0 |1 | |0 |1 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 | |0 |1 |2 |
32265 +--+--+ | | +--+--+ +--+ | | | | +--+ +----+----+ +--+-+-+--+
32266 |2 |3 | | | |2 |3 | |3 +--+ | | +--+3 | |1 |2 | |3 |4 |
32267 | +--+--+ +--+--+ | +--+4 | | | |4 +--+ +--+-+-+--+ +----+----+
32268 | |4 | |4 | | |5 | | | | | |5 | |3 |4 |5 | |5 |
32269 +--+-----+ +-----+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+---+--+ +---------+
32271 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+
32272 |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 |
32273 | | | | | +--+ | | | | | +--+ +--+
32274 +--+ +--+ +--+3 +--+ | +--+ | |3 +--+4 |
32275 |3 | |4 | |4 +--+5 | | |3 | | +--+5 +--+
32276 | | | | | |6 | | | | | | |6 | |7 |
32277 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+
32279 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+--+ +--+-----+--+ +--+--+--+--+
32280 |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 |3 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 |3 |
32281 | +--+ | | +--+ | | +--+--+ | | | | | | +--+--+ |
32282 | |3 +--+ +--+3 | | +--+4 +--+ +--+ +--+ +--+4 +--+
32283 +--+ |4 | |4 | +--+ |5 +--+--+6 | |3 +--+--+4 | |5 | |6 |
32284 |5 +--+ | | +--+5 | | |7 |8 | | | |5 |6 | | | | | |
32285 | |6 | | | |6 | | +--+--+--+--+ +--+--+--+--+ +--+-----+--+
32286 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+
32288 \(fn &optional ARG NO-RECOGNIZE UNRECOGNIZE)" t nil)
32290 (autoload 'table-backward-cell "table" "\
32291 Move backward to the beginning of the previous cell.
32292 With argument ARG, do it ARG times;
32293 a negative argument ARG = -N means move forward N cells.
32295 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
32297 (autoload 'table-span-cell "table" "\
32298 Span current cell into adjacent cell in DIRECTION.
32299 DIRECTION is one of symbols; right, left, above or below.
32301 \(fn DIRECTION)" t nil)
32303 (autoload 'table-split-cell-vertically "table" "\
32304 Split current cell vertically.
32305 Creates a cell above and a cell below the current point location.
32307 \(fn)" t nil)
32309 (autoload 'table-split-cell-horizontally "table" "\
32310 Split current cell horizontally.
32311 Creates a cell on the left and a cell on the right of the current point location.
32313 \(fn)" t nil)
32315 (autoload 'table-split-cell "table" "\
32316 Split current cell in ORIENTATION.
32317 ORIENTATION is a symbol either horizontally or vertically.
32319 \(fn ORIENTATION)" t nil)
32321 (autoload 'table-justify "table" "\
32322 Justify contents of a cell, a row of cells or a column of cells.
32323 WHAT is a symbol `cell', `row' or `column'. JUSTIFY is a symbol
32324 `left', `center', `right', `top', `middle', `bottom' or `none'.
32326 \(fn WHAT JUSTIFY)" t nil)
32328 (autoload 'table-justify-cell "table" "\
32329 Justify cell contents.
32330 JUSTIFY is a symbol `left', `center' or `right' for horizontal, or `top',
32331 `middle', `bottom' or `none' for vertical. When optional PARAGRAPH is
32332 non-nil the justify operation is limited to the current paragraph,
32333 otherwise the entire cell contents is justified.
32335 \(fn JUSTIFY &optional PARAGRAPH)" t nil)
32337 (autoload 'table-justify-row "table" "\
32338 Justify cells of a row.
32339 JUSTIFY is a symbol `left', `center' or `right' for horizontal,
32340 or `top', `middle', `bottom' or `none' for vertical.
32342 \(fn JUSTIFY)" t nil)
32344 (autoload 'table-justify-column "table" "\
32345 Justify cells of a column.
32346 JUSTIFY is a symbol `left', `center' or `right' for horizontal,
32347 or `top', `middle', `bottom' or `none' for vertical.
32349 \(fn JUSTIFY)" t nil)
32351 (autoload 'table-fixed-width-mode "table" "\
32352 Cell width is fixed when this is non-nil.
32353 Normally it should be nil for allowing automatic cell width expansion
32354 that widens a cell when it is necessary. When non-nil, typing in a
32355 cell does not automatically expand the cell width. A word that is too
32356 long to fit in a cell is chopped into multiple lines. The chopped
32357 location is indicated by `table-word-continuation-char'. This
32359 run-time.
32361 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
32363 (autoload 'table-query-dimension "table" "\
32364 Return the dimension of the current cell and the current table.
32365 The result is a list (cw ch tw th c r cells) where cw is the cell
32366 width, ch is the cell height, tw is the table width, th is the table
32367 height, c is the number of columns, r is the number of rows and cells
32368 is the total number of cells. The cell dimension excludes the cell
32369 frame while the table dimension includes the table frame. The columns
32370 and the rows are counted by the number of cell boundaries. Therefore
32371 the number tends to be larger than it appears for the tables with
32372 non-uniform cell structure (heavily spanned and split). When optional
32373 WHERE is provided the cell and table at that location is reported.
32375 \(fn &optional WHERE)" t nil)
32377 (autoload 'table-generate-source "table" "\
32378 Generate source of the current table in the specified language.
32379 LANGUAGE is a symbol that specifies the language to describe the
32380 structure of the table. It must be either `html', `latex' or `cals'.
32381 The resulted source text is inserted into DEST-BUFFER and the buffer
32382 object is returned. When DEST-BUFFER is omitted or nil the default
32383 buffer specified in `table-dest-buffer-name' is used. In this case
32384 the content of the default buffer is erased prior to the generation.
32385 When DEST-BUFFER is non-nil it is expected to be either a destination
32386 buffer or a name of the destination buffer. In this case the
32387 generated result is inserted at the current point in the destination
32388 buffer and the previously existing contents in the buffer are
32389 untouched.
32391 References used for this implementation:
32393 HTML:
32394 URL `http://www.w3.org'
32396 LaTeX:
32397 URL `http://www.maths.tcd.ie/~dwilkins/LaTeXPrimer/Tables.html'
32399 CALS (DocBook DTD):
32400 URL `http://www.oasis-open.org/html/a502.htm'
32401 URL `http://www.oreilly.com/catalog/docbook/chapter/book/table.html#AEN114751'
32403 \(fn LANGUAGE &optional DEST-BUFFER CAPTION)" t nil)
32405 (autoload 'table-insert-sequence "table" "\
32406 Travel cells forward while inserting a specified sequence string in each cell.
32407 STR is the base string from which the sequence starts. When STR is an
32408 empty string then each cell content is erased. When STR ends with
32409 numerical characters (they may optionally be surrounded by a pair of
32410 parentheses) they are incremented as a decimal number. Otherwise the
32411 last character in STR is incremented in ASCII code order. N is the
32412 number of sequence elements to insert. When N is negative the cell
32413 traveling direction is backward. When N is zero it travels forward
32414 entire table. INCREMENT is the increment between adjacent sequence
32415 elements and can be a negative number for effectively decrementing.
32416 INTERVAL is the number of cells to travel between sequence element
32417 insertion which is normally 1. When zero or less is given for
32418 INTERVAL it is interpreted as number of cells per row so that sequence
32419 is placed straight down vertically as long as the table's cell
32420 structure is uniform. JUSTIFY is a symbol `left', `center' or
32421 `right' that specifies justification of the inserted string.
32423 Example:
32425 (progn
32426 (table-insert 16 3 5 1)
32427 (table-forward-cell 15)
32429 (table-forward-cell 16)
32431 (table-forward-cell 1)
32434 (progn
32435 (table-insert 16 8 5 1)
32437 (table-forward-cell 1)
32440 \(fn STR N INCREMENT INTERVAL JUSTIFY)" t nil)
32442 (autoload 'table-delete-row "table" "\
32443 Delete N row(s) of cells.
32444 Delete N rows of cells from current row. The current row is the row
32445 contains the current cell where point is located. Each row must
32446 consists from cells of same height.
32448 \(fn N)" t nil)
32450 (autoload 'table-delete-column "table" "\
32451 Delete N column(s) of cells.
32452 Delete N columns of cells from current column. The current column is
32453 the column contains the current cell where point is located. Each
32454 column must consists from cells of same width.
32456 \(fn N)" t nil)
32458 (autoload 'table-capture "table" "\
32459 Convert plain text into a table by capturing the text in the region.
32460 Create a table with the text in region as cell contents. BEG and END
32461 specify the region. The text in the region is replaced with a table.
32462 The removed text is inserted in the table. When optional
32463 COL-DELIM-REGEXP and ROW-DELIM-REGEXP are provided the region contents
32464 is parsed and separated into individual cell contents by using the
32465 delimiter regular expressions. This parsing determines the number of
32466 columns and rows of the table automatically. If COL-DELIM-REGEXP and
32467 ROW-DELIM-REGEXP are omitted the result table has only one cell and
32468 the entire region contents is placed in that cell. Optional JUSTIFY
32469 is one of `left', `center' or `right', which specifies the cell
32470 justification. Optional MIN-CELL-WIDTH specifies the minimum cell
32471 width. Optional COLUMNS specify the number of columns when
32472 ROW-DELIM-REGEXP is not specified.
32475 Example 1:
32477 1, 2, 3, 4
32478 5, 6, 7, 8
32479 , 9, 10
32481 Running `table-capture' on above 3 line region with COL-DELIM-REGEXP
32483 this example the cells are centered and minimum cell width is
32484 specified as 5.
32486 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
32487 | 1 | 2 | 3 | 4 |
32488 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
32489 | 5 | 6 | 7 | 8 |
32490 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
32491 | | 9 | 10 | |
32492 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
32494 Note:
32498 of each row is optional.
32501 Example 2:
32503 This example shows how a table can be used for text layout editing.
32504 Let `table-capture' capture the following region starting from
32505 -!- and ending at -*-, that contains three paragraphs and two item
32506 name headers. This time specify empty string for both
32507 COL-DELIM-REGEXP and ROW-DELIM-REGEXP.
32509 -!-`table-capture' is a powerful command however mastering its power
32510 requires some practice. Here is a list of items what it can do.
32512 Parse Cell Items By using column delimiter regular
32513 expression and raw delimiter regular
32514 expression, it parses the specified text
32515 area and extracts cell items from
32516 non-table text and then forms a table out
32517 of them.
32519 Capture Text Area When no delimiters are specified it
32520 creates a single cell table. The text in
32521 the specified region is placed in that
32522 cell.-*-
32524 Now the entire content is captured in a cell which is itself a table
32525 like this.
32527 +-----------------------------------------------------------------+
32528 |`table-capture' is a powerful command however mastering its power|
32529 |requires some practice. Here is a list of items what it can do. |
32530 | |
32531 |Parse Cell Items By using column delimiter regular |
32532 | expression and raw delimiter regular |
32533 | expression, it parses the specified text |
32534 | area and extracts cell items from |
32535 | non-table text and then forms a table out |
32536 | of them. |
32537 | |
32538 |Capture Text Area When no delimiters are specified it |
32539 | creates a single cell table. The text in |
32540 | the specified region is placed in that |
32541 | cell. |
32542 +-----------------------------------------------------------------+
32544 By splitting the cell appropriately we now have a table consisting of
32545 paragraphs occupying its own cell. Each cell can now be edited
32546 independently.
32548 +-----------------------------------------------------------------+
32549 |`table-capture' is a powerful command however mastering its power|
32550 |requires some practice. Here is a list of items what it can do. |
32551 +---------------------+-------------------------------------------+
32552 |Parse Cell Items |By using column delimiter regular |
32553 | |expression and raw delimiter regular |
32554 | |expression, it parses the specified text |
32555 | |area and extracts cell items from |
32556 | |non-table text and then forms a table out |
32557 | |of them. |
32558 +---------------------+-------------------------------------------+
32559 |Capture Text Area |When no delimiters are specified it |
32560 | |creates a single cell table. The text in |
32561 | |the specified region is placed in that |
32562 | |cell. |
32563 +---------------------+-------------------------------------------+
32565 By applying `table-release', which does the opposite process, the
32566 contents become once again plain text. `table-release' works as
32567 companion command to `table-capture' this way.
32569 \(fn BEG END &optional COL-DELIM-REGEXP ROW-DELIM-REGEXP JUSTIFY MIN-CELL-WIDTH COLUMNS)" t nil)
32571 (autoload 'table-release "table" "\
32572 Convert a table into plain text by removing the frame from a table.
32573 Remove the frame from a table and deactivate the table. This command
32574 converts a table into plain text without frames. It is a companion to
32575 `table-capture' which does the opposite process.
32577 \(fn)" t nil)
32579 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "table" '("table-" "*table--")))
32581 ;;;***
32582 \f
32583 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tabulated-list" "emacs-lisp/tabulated-list.el"
32584 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
32585 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/tabulated-list.el
32586 (push (purecopy '(tabulated-list 1 0)) package--builtin-versions)
32588 ;;;***
32589 \f
32590 ;;;### (autoloads nil "talk" "talk.el" (0 0 0 0))
32591 ;;; Generated autoloads from talk.el
32593 (autoload 'talk-connect "talk" "\
32594 Connect to display DISPLAY for the Emacs talk group.
32596 \(fn DISPLAY)" t nil)
32598 (autoload 'talk "talk" "\
32599 Connect to the Emacs talk group from the current X display or tty frame.
32601 \(fn)" t nil)
32603 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "talk" '("talk-")))
32605 ;;;***
32606 \f
32607 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tar-mode" "tar-mode.el" (0 0 0 0))
32608 ;;; Generated autoloads from tar-mode.el
32610 (autoload 'tar-mode "tar-mode" "\
32611 Major mode for viewing a tar file as a dired-like listing of its contents.
32612 You can move around using the usual cursor motion commands.
32613 Letters no longer insert themselves.
32614 Type `e' to pull a file out of the tar file and into its own buffer;
32615 or click mouse-2 on the file's line in the Tar mode buffer.
32616 Type `c' to copy an entry from the tar file into another file on disk.
32618 If you edit a sub-file of this archive (as with the `e' command) and
32620 saved back into the tar-file buffer; in this way you can edit a file
32621 inside of a tar archive without extracting it and re-archiving it.
32623 See also: variables `tar-update-datestamp' and `tar-anal-blocksize'.
32626 \(fn)" t nil)
32628 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "tar-mode" '("tar-")))
32630 ;;;***
32631 \f
32632 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tcl" "progmodes/tcl.el" (0 0 0 0))
32633 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/tcl.el
32635 (autoload 'tcl-mode "tcl" "\
32636 Major mode for editing Tcl code.
32637 Expression and list commands understand all Tcl brackets.
32638 Tab indents for Tcl code.
32639 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
32640 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
32642 Variables controlling indentation style:
32643 `tcl-indent-level'
32644 Indentation of Tcl statements within surrounding block.
32645 `tcl-continued-indent-level'
32646 Indentation of continuation line relative to first line of command.
32648 Variables controlling user interaction with mode (see variable
32649 documentation for details):
32650 `tcl-tab-always-indent'
32651 Controls action of TAB key.
32652 `tcl-auto-newline'
32653 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces, brackets,
32654 and semicolons inserted in Tcl code.
32655 `tcl-use-smart-word-finder'
32656 If not nil, use a smarter, Tcl-specific way to find the current
32657 word when looking up help on a Tcl command.
32659 Turning on Tcl mode runs `tcl-mode-hook'. Read the documentation for
32660 `tcl-mode-hook' to see what kinds of interesting hook functions
32661 already exist.
32663 \(fn)" t nil)
32665 (autoload 'inferior-tcl "tcl" "\
32666 Run inferior Tcl process.
32667 Prefix arg means enter program name interactively.
32668 See documentation for function `inferior-tcl-mode' for more information.
32670 \(fn CMD)" t nil)
32672 (autoload 'tcl-help-on-word "tcl" "\
32673 Get help on Tcl command. Default is word at point.
32674 Prefix argument means invert sense of `tcl-use-smart-word-finder'.
32676 \(fn COMMAND &optional ARG)" t nil)
32678 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "tcl" '("tcl-" "calculate-tcl-indent" "inferior-tcl-" "indent-tcl-exp" "add-log-tcl-defun" "run-tcl" "switch-to-tcl")))
32680 ;;;***
32681 \f
32682 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tcover-ses" "emacs-lisp/tcover-ses.el" (0
32683 ;;;;;; 0 0 0))
32684 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/tcover-ses.el
32686 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "tcover-ses" '("ses-exercise")))
32688 ;;;***
32689 \f
32690 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tcover-unsafep" "emacs-lisp/tcover-unsafep.el"
32691 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
32692 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/tcover-unsafep.el
32694 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "tcover-unsafep" '("testcover-unsafep")))
32696 ;;;***
32697 \f
32698 ;;;### (autoloads nil "telnet" "net/telnet.el" (0 0 0 0))
32699 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/telnet.el
32701 (autoload 'telnet "telnet" "\
32702 Open a network login connection to host named HOST (a string).
32703 Optional arg PORT specifies alternative port to connect to.
32706 Communication with HOST is recorded in a buffer `*PROGRAM-HOST*'
32707 where PROGRAM is the telnet program being used. This program
32708 is controlled by the contents of the global variable `telnet-host-properties',
32709 falling back on the value of the global variable `telnet-program'.
32710 Normally input is edited in Emacs and sent a line at a time.
32712 \(fn HOST &optional PORT)" t nil)
32714 (autoload 'rsh "telnet" "\
32715 Open a network login connection to host named HOST (a string).
32716 Communication with HOST is recorded in a buffer `*rsh-HOST*'.
32717 Normally input is edited in Emacs and sent a line at a time.
32719 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
32721 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "telnet" '("telnet-" "send-process-next-char")))
32723 ;;;***
32724 \f
32725 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tempo" "tempo.el" (0 0 0 0))
32726 ;;; Generated autoloads from tempo.el
32728 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "tempo" '("tempo-")))
32730 ;;;***
32731 \f
32732 ;;;### (autoloads nil "term" "term.el" (0 0 0 0))
32733 ;;; Generated autoloads from term.el
32735 (autoload 'make-term "term" "\
32736 Make a term process NAME in a buffer, running PROGRAM.
32737 The name of the buffer is made by surrounding NAME with `*'s.
32738 If there is already a running process in that buffer, it is not restarted.
32739 Optional third arg STARTFILE is the name of a file to send the contents of to
32740 the process. Any more args are arguments to PROGRAM.
32742 \(fn NAME PROGRAM &optional STARTFILE &rest SWITCHES)" nil nil)
32744 (autoload 'term "term" "\
32745 Start a terminal-emulator in a new buffer.
32746 The buffer is in Term mode; see `term-mode' for the
32747 commands to use in that buffer.
32751 \(fn PROGRAM)" t nil)
32753 (autoload 'ansi-term "term" "\
32754 Start a terminal-emulator in a new buffer.
32756 \(fn PROGRAM &optional NEW-BUFFER-NAME)" t nil)
32758 (autoload 'serial-term "term" "\
32759 Start a terminal-emulator for a serial port in a new buffer.
32760 PORT is the path or name of the serial port. For example, this
32763 SPEED is the speed of the serial port in bits per second. 9600
32764 is a common value. SPEED can be nil, see
32765 `serial-process-configure' for details.
32766 The buffer is in Term mode; see `term-mode' for the commands to
32767 use in that buffer.
32770 \(fn PORT SPEED)" t nil)
32772 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "term" '("serial-" "term-" "ansi-term-color-vector" "explicit-shell-file-name")))
32774 ;;;***
32775 \f
32776 ;;;### (autoloads nil "testcover" "emacs-lisp/testcover.el" (0 0
32777 ;;;;;; 0 0))
32778 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/testcover.el
32780 (autoload 'testcover-start "testcover" "\
32781 Uses edebug to instrument all macros and functions in FILENAME, then
32782 changes the instrumentation from edebug to testcover--much faster, no
32783 problems with type-ahead or post-command-hook, etc. If BYTE-COMPILE is
32784 non-nil, byte-compiles each function after instrumenting.
32786 \(fn FILENAME &optional BYTE-COMPILE)" t nil)
32788 (autoload 'testcover-this-defun "testcover" "\
32789 Start coverage on function under point.
32791 \(fn)" t nil)
32793 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "testcover" '("testcover-")))
32795 ;;;***
32796 \f
32797 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tetris" "play/tetris.el" (0 0 0 0))
32798 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/tetris.el
32799 (push (purecopy '(tetris 2 1)) package--builtin-versions)
32801 (autoload 'tetris "tetris" "\
32802 Play the Tetris game.
32803 Shapes drop from the top of the screen, and the user has to move and
32804 rotate the shape to fit in with those at the bottom of the screen so
32805 as to form complete rows.
32807 tetris-mode keybindings:
32818 \(fn)" t nil)
32820 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "tetris" '("tetris-")))
32822 ;;;***
32823 \f
32824 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tex-mode" "textmodes/tex-mode.el" (0 0 0 0))
32825 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/tex-mode.el
32827 (defvar tex-shell-file-name nil "\
32828 If non-nil, the shell file name to run in the subshell used to run TeX.")
32830 (custom-autoload 'tex-shell-file-name "tex-mode" t)
32832 (defvar tex-directory (purecopy ".") "\
32833 Directory in which temporary files are written.
32834 You can make this `/tmp' if your TEXINPUTS has no relative directories in it
32838 (custom-autoload 'tex-directory "tex-mode" t)
32840 (defvar tex-first-line-header-regexp nil "\
32841 Regexp for matching a first line which `tex-region' should include.
32842 If this is non-nil, it should be a regular expression string;
32843 if it matches the first line of the file,
32844 `tex-region' always includes the first line in the TeX run.")
32846 (custom-autoload 'tex-first-line-header-regexp "tex-mode" t)
32848 (defvar tex-main-file nil "\
32849 The main TeX source file which includes this buffer's file.
32850 The command `tex-file' runs TeX on the file specified by `tex-main-file'
32851 if the variable is non-nil.")
32853 (custom-autoload 'tex-main-file "tex-mode" t)
32855 (defvar tex-offer-save t "\
32858 (custom-autoload 'tex-offer-save "tex-mode" t)
32860 (defvar tex-run-command (purecopy "tex") "\
32861 Command used to run TeX subjob.
32862 TeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
32863 See the documentation of that variable.")
32865 (custom-autoload 'tex-run-command "tex-mode" t)
32867 (defvar latex-run-command (purecopy "latex") "\
32868 Command used to run LaTeX subjob.
32869 LaTeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
32870 See the documentation of that variable.")
32872 (custom-autoload 'latex-run-command "tex-mode" t)
32874 (defvar slitex-run-command (purecopy "slitex") "\
32875 Command used to run SliTeX subjob.
32876 SliTeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
32877 See the documentation of that variable.")
32879 (custom-autoload 'slitex-run-command "tex-mode" t)
32881 (defvar tex-start-options (purecopy "") "\
32882 TeX options to use when starting TeX.
32883 These immediately precede the commands in `tex-start-commands'
32884 and the input file name, with no separating space and are not shell-quoted.
32885 If nil, TeX runs with no options. See the documentation of `tex-command'.")
32887 (custom-autoload 'tex-start-options "tex-mode" t)
32890 TeX commands to use when starting TeX.
32891 They are shell-quoted and precede the input file name, with a separating space.
32892 If nil, no commands are used. See the documentation of `tex-command'.")
32894 (custom-autoload 'tex-start-commands "tex-mode" t)
32896 (defvar latex-block-names nil "\
32897 User defined LaTeX block names.
32898 Combined with `latex-standard-block-names' for minibuffer completion.")
32900 (custom-autoload 'latex-block-names "tex-mode" t)
32902 (defvar tex-bibtex-command (purecopy "bibtex") "\
32903 Command used by `tex-bibtex-file' to gather bibliographic data.
32904 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
32905 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.")
32907 (custom-autoload 'tex-bibtex-command "tex-mode" t)
32909 (defvar tex-dvi-print-command (purecopy "lpr -d") "\
32911 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
32912 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.")
32914 (custom-autoload 'tex-dvi-print-command "tex-mode" t)
32916 (defvar tex-alt-dvi-print-command (purecopy "lpr -d") "\
32918 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
32919 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.
32921 If two printers are not enough of a choice, you can set the variable
32922 `tex-alt-dvi-print-command' to an expression that asks what you want;
32923 for example,
32925 (setq tex-alt-dvi-print-command
32929 use.")
32931 (custom-autoload 'tex-alt-dvi-print-command "tex-mode" t)
32933 (defvar tex-dvi-view-command `(cond ((eq window-system 'x) ,(purecopy "xdvi")) ((eq window-system 'w32) ,(purecopy "yap")) (t ,(purecopy "dvi2tty * | cat -s"))) "\
32935 If it is a string, that specifies the command directly.
32936 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
32937 otherwise, the file name, preceded by a space, is added at the end.
32939 If the value is a form, it is evaluated to get the command to use.")
32941 (custom-autoload 'tex-dvi-view-command "tex-mode" t)
32943 (defvar tex-show-queue-command (purecopy "lpq") "\
32947 (custom-autoload 'tex-show-queue-command "tex-mode" t)
32949 (defvar tex-default-mode 'latex-mode "\
32950 Mode to enter for a new file that might be either TeX or LaTeX.
32951 This variable is used when it can't be determined whether the file
32952 is plain TeX or LaTeX or what because the file contains no commands.
32953 Normally set to either `plain-tex-mode' or `latex-mode'.")
32955 (custom-autoload 'tex-default-mode "tex-mode" t)
32957 (defvar tex-open-quote (purecopy "``") "\
32960 (custom-autoload 'tex-open-quote "tex-mode" t)
32962 (defvar tex-close-quote (purecopy "''") "\
32965 (custom-autoload 'tex-close-quote "tex-mode" t)
32967 (autoload 'tex-mode "tex-mode" "\
32968 Major mode for editing files of input for TeX, LaTeX, or SliTeX.
32969 Tries to determine (by looking at the beginning of the file) whether
32970 this file is for plain TeX, LaTeX, or SliTeX and calls `plain-tex-mode',
32971 `latex-mode', or `slitex-mode', respectively. If it cannot be determined,
32972 such as if there are no commands in the file, the value of `tex-default-mode'
32973 says which mode to use.
32975 \(fn)" t nil)
32977 (defalias 'TeX-mode 'tex-mode)
32979 (defalias 'plain-TeX-mode 'plain-tex-mode)
32981 (defalias 'LaTeX-mode 'latex-mode)
32983 (autoload 'plain-tex-mode "tex-mode" "\
32984 Major mode for editing files of input for plain TeX.
32985 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
32990 copied from the top of the file (containing macro definitions, etc.),
32998 mismatched $'s or braces.
33000 Special commands:
33003 Mode variables:
33004 tex-run-command
33006 tex-directory
33007 Directory in which to create temporary files for TeX jobs
33009 tex-dvi-print-command
33011 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
33013 argument) to print a .dvi file.
33014 tex-dvi-view-command
33016 tex-show-queue-command
33020 Entering Plain-tex mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then the hook
33021 `tex-mode-hook', and finally the hook `plain-tex-mode-hook'. When the
33022 special subshell is initiated, the hook `tex-shell-hook' is run.
33024 \(fn)" t nil)
33026 (autoload 'latex-mode "tex-mode" "\
33027 Major mode for editing files of input for LaTeX.
33028 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
33041 mismatched $'s or braces.
33043 Special commands:
33046 Mode variables:
33047 latex-run-command
33049 tex-directory
33050 Directory in which to create temporary files for LaTeX jobs
33052 tex-dvi-print-command
33054 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
33056 argument) to print a .dvi file.
33057 tex-dvi-view-command
33059 tex-show-queue-command
33063 Entering Latex mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then
33064 `tex-mode-hook', and finally `latex-mode-hook'. When the special
33065 subshell is initiated, `tex-shell-hook' is run.
33067 \(fn)" t nil)
33069 (autoload 'slitex-mode "tex-mode" "\
33070 Major mode for editing files of input for SliTeX.
33071 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
33084 mismatched $'s or braces.
33086 Special commands:
33089 Mode variables:
33090 slitex-run-command
33092 tex-directory
33093 Directory in which to create temporary files for SliTeX jobs
33095 tex-dvi-print-command
33097 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
33099 argument) to print a .dvi file.
33100 tex-dvi-view-command
33102 tex-show-queue-command
33106 Entering SliTeX mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then the hook
33107 `tex-mode-hook', then the hook `latex-mode-hook', and finally the hook
33108 `slitex-mode-hook'. When the special subshell is initiated, the hook
33109 `tex-shell-hook' is run.
33111 \(fn)" t nil)
33113 (autoload 'tex-start-shell "tex-mode" "\
33116 \(fn)" nil nil)
33118 (autoload 'doctex-mode "tex-mode" "\
33119 Major mode to edit DocTeX files.
33121 \(fn)" t nil)
33123 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "tex-mode" '("tex-" "doctex-font-lock-" "latex-" "plain-tex-mode-map")))
33125 ;;;***
33126 \f
33127 ;;;### (autoloads nil "texinfmt" "textmodes/texinfmt.el" (0 0 0 0))
33128 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/texinfmt.el
33130 (autoload 'texinfo-format-buffer "texinfmt" "\
33131 Process the current buffer as texinfo code, into an Info file.
33132 The Info file output is generated in a buffer visiting the Info file
33133 name specified in the @setfilename command.
33135 Non-nil argument (prefix, if interactive) means don't make tag table
33136 and don't split the file if large. You can use `Info-tagify' and
33137 `Info-split' to do these manually.
33139 \(fn &optional NOSPLIT)" t nil)
33141 (autoload 'texinfo-format-region "texinfmt" "\
33142 Convert the current region of the Texinfo file to Info format.
33143 This lets you see what that part of the file will look like in Info.
33145 converted to Info is stored in a temporary buffer.
33147 \(fn REGION-BEGINNING REGION-END)" t nil)
33149 (autoload 'texi2info "texinfmt" "\
33150 Convert the current buffer (written in Texinfo code) into an Info file.
33151 The Info file output is generated in a buffer visiting the Info file
33152 names specified in the @setfilename command.
33154 This function automatically updates all node pointers and menus, and
33155 creates a master menu. This work is done on a temporary buffer that
33156 is automatically removed when the Info file is created. The original
33157 Texinfo source buffer is not changed.
33159 Non-nil argument (prefix, if interactive) means don't split the file
33160 if large. You can use `Info-split' to do this manually.
33162 \(fn &optional NOSPLIT)" t nil)
33164 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "texinfmt" '("batch-texinfo-format" "texinf")))
33166 ;;;***
33167 \f
33168 ;;;### (autoloads nil "texinfo" "textmodes/texinfo.el" (0 0 0 0))
33169 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/texinfo.el
33171 (defvar texinfo-open-quote (purecopy "``") "\
33174 (custom-autoload 'texinfo-open-quote "texinfo" t)
33176 (defvar texinfo-close-quote (purecopy "''") "\
33179 (custom-autoload 'texinfo-close-quote "texinfo" t)
33181 (autoload 'texinfo-mode "texinfo" "\
33182 Major mode for editing Texinfo files.
33184 It has these extra commands:
33187 These are files that are used as input for TeX to make printed manuals
33189 the `makeinfo' program. These files must be written in a very restricted and
33190 modified version of TeX input format.
33192 Editing commands are like text-mode except that the syntax table is
33193 set up so expression commands skip Texinfo bracket groups. To see
33194 what the Info version of a region of the Texinfo file will look like,
33198 This command shows the structure of a Texinfo file by listing the
33199 lines with the @-sign commands for @chapter, @section, and the like.
33200 These lines are displayed in another window called the *Occur* window.
33201 In that window, you can position the cursor over one of the lines and
33203 in the Texinfo file.
33205 In addition, Texinfo mode provides commands that insert various
33206 frequently used @-sign commands into the buffer. You can use these
33207 commands to save keystrokes. And you can insert balanced braces with
33209 move forward past the closing brace.
33211 Also, Texinfo mode provides functions for automatically creating or
33212 updating menus and node pointers. These functions
33214 * insert the `Next', `Previous' and `Up' pointers of a node,
33215 * insert or update the menu for a section, and
33216 * create a master menu for a Texinfo source file.
33218 Here are the functions:
33222 texinfo-sequential-node-update
33226 texinfo-master-menu
33228 texinfo-indent-menu-description (column &optional region-p)
33230 The `texinfo-column-for-description' variable specifies the column to
33231 which menu descriptions are indented.
33233 Passed an argument (a prefix argument, if interactive), the
33234 `texinfo-update-node' and `texinfo-make-menu' functions do their jobs
33235 in the region.
33237 To use the updating commands, you must structure your Texinfo file
33238 hierarchically, such that each `@node' line, with the exception of the
33239 Top node, is accompanied by some kind of section line, such as an
33240 `@chapter' or `@section' line.
33242 If the file has a `top' node, it must be called `top' or `Top' and
33243 be the first node in the file.
33245 Entering Texinfo mode calls the value of `text-mode-hook', and then the
33246 value of `texinfo-mode-hook'.
33248 \(fn)" t nil)
33250 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "texinfo" '("texinfo-")))
33252 ;;;***
33253 \f
33254 ;;;### (autoloads nil "texnfo-upd" "textmodes/texnfo-upd.el" (0 0
33255 ;;;;;; 0 0))
33256 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/texnfo-upd.el
33258 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "texnfo-upd" '("texinfo-")))
33260 ;;;***
33261 \f
33262 ;;;### (autoloads nil "thai-util" "language/thai-util.el" (0 0 0
33263 ;;;;;; 0))
33264 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/thai-util.el
33266 (autoload 'thai-compose-region "thai-util" "\
33267 Compose Thai characters in the region.
33268 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
33269 positions (integers or markers) specifying the region.
33271 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
33273 (autoload 'thai-compose-string "thai-util" "\
33274 Compose Thai characters in STRING and return the resulting string.
33276 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
33278 (autoload 'thai-compose-buffer "thai-util" "\
33279 Compose Thai characters in the current buffer.
33281 \(fn)" t nil)
33283 (autoload 'thai-composition-function "thai-util" "\
33286 \(fn GSTRING)" nil nil)
33288 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "thai-util" '("exit-thai-language-environment-internal" "setup-thai-language-environment-internal" "thai-")))
33290 ;;;***
33291 \f
33292 ;;;### (autoloads nil "thai-word" "language/thai-word.el" (0 0 0
33293 ;;;;;; 0))
33294 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/thai-word.el
33296 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "thai-word" '("thai-")))
33298 ;;;***
33299 \f
33300 ;;;### (autoloads nil "thingatpt" "thingatpt.el" (0 0 0 0))
33301 ;;; Generated autoloads from thingatpt.el
33303 (autoload 'forward-thing "thingatpt" "\
33304 Move forward to the end of the Nth next THING.
33305 THING should be a symbol specifying a type of syntactic entity.
33306 Possibilities include `symbol', `list', `sexp', `defun',
33307 `filename', `url', `email', `word', `sentence', `whitespace',
33308 `line', and `page'.
33310 \(fn THING &optional N)" nil nil)
33312 (autoload 'bounds-of-thing-at-point "thingatpt" "\
33313 Determine the start and end buffer locations for the THING at point.
33314 THING should be a symbol specifying a type of syntactic entity.
33315 Possibilities include `symbol', `list', `sexp', `defun',
33316 `filename', `url', `email', `word', `sentence', `whitespace',
33317 `line', and `page'.
33319 See the file `thingatpt.el' for documentation on how to define a
33320 valid THING.
33322 Return a cons cell (START . END) giving the start and end
33323 positions of the thing found.
33325 \(fn THING)" nil nil)
33327 (autoload 'thing-at-point "thingatpt" "\
33328 Return the THING at point.
33329 THING should be a symbol specifying a type of syntactic entity.
33330 Possibilities include `symbol', `list', `sexp', `defun',
33331 `filename', `url', `email', `word', `sentence', `whitespace',
33332 `line', `number', and `page'.
33334 When the optional argument NO-PROPERTIES is non-nil,
33335 strip text properties from the return value.
33337 See the file `thingatpt.el' for documentation on how to define
33338 a symbol as a valid THING.
33340 \(fn THING &optional NO-PROPERTIES)" nil nil)
33342 (autoload 'sexp-at-point "thingatpt" "\
33343 Return the sexp at point, or nil if none is found.
33345 \(fn)" nil nil)
33347 (autoload 'symbol-at-point "thingatpt" "\
33348 Return the symbol at point, or nil if none is found.
33350 \(fn)" nil nil)
33352 (autoload 'number-at-point "thingatpt" "\
33353 Return the number at point, or nil if none is found.
33355 \(fn)" nil nil)
33357 (autoload 'list-at-point "thingatpt" "\
33358 Return the Lisp list at point, or nil if none is found.
33360 \(fn)" nil nil)
33362 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "thingatpt" '("form-at-point" "thing-at-point-" "sentence-at-point" "word-at-point" "in-string-p" "end-of-thing" "beginning-of-thing")))
33364 ;;;***
33365 \f
33366 ;;;### (autoloads nil "thumbs" "thumbs.el" (0 0 0 0))
33367 ;;; Generated autoloads from thumbs.el
33369 (autoload 'thumbs-find-thumb "thumbs" "\
33370 Display the thumbnail for IMG.
33372 \(fn IMG)" t nil)
33374 (autoload 'thumbs-show-from-dir "thumbs" "\
33375 Make a preview buffer for all images in DIR.
33376 Optional argument REG to select file matching a regexp,
33377 and SAME-WINDOW to show thumbs in the same window.
33379 \(fn DIR &optional REG SAME-WINDOW)" t nil)
33381 (autoload 'thumbs-dired-show-marked "thumbs" "\
33382 In dired, make a thumbs buffer with marked files.
33384 \(fn)" t nil)
33386 (autoload 'thumbs-dired-show "thumbs" "\
33387 In dired, make a thumbs buffer with all files in current directory.
33389 \(fn)" t nil)
33391 (defalias 'thumbs 'thumbs-show-from-dir)
33393 (autoload 'thumbs-dired-setroot "thumbs" "\
33394 In dired, call the setroot program on the image at point.
33396 \(fn)" t nil)
33398 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "thumbs" '("thumbs-")))
33400 ;;;***
33401 \f
33402 ;;;### (autoloads nil "thunk" "emacs-lisp/thunk.el" (0 0 0 0))
33403 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/thunk.el
33404 (push (purecopy '(thunk 1 0)) package--builtin-versions)
33406 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "thunk" '("thunk-")))
33408 ;;;***
33409 \f
33410 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tibet-util" "language/tibet-util.el" (0 0
33411 ;;;;;; 0 0))
33412 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/tibet-util.el
33414 (autoload 'tibetan-char-p "tibet-util" "\
33415 Check if char CH is Tibetan character.
33416 Returns non-nil if CH is Tibetan. Otherwise, returns nil.
33418 \(fn CH)" nil nil)
33420 (autoload 'tibetan-tibetan-to-transcription "tibet-util" "\
33421 Transcribe Tibetan string STR and return the corresponding Roman string.
33423 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
33425 (autoload 'tibetan-transcription-to-tibetan "tibet-util" "\
33426 Convert Tibetan Roman string STR to Tibetan character string.
33427 The returned string has no composition information.
33429 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
33431 (autoload 'tibetan-compose-string "tibet-util" "\
33432 Compose Tibetan string STR.
33434 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
33436 (autoload 'tibetan-compose-region "tibet-util" "\
33437 Compose Tibetan text the region BEG and END.
33439 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
33441 (autoload 'tibetan-decompose-region "tibet-util" "\
33442 Decompose Tibetan text in the region FROM and TO.
33443 This is different from decompose-region because precomposed Tibetan characters
33444 are decomposed into normal Tibetan character sequences.
33446 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
33448 (autoload 'tibetan-decompose-string "tibet-util" "\
33449 Decompose Tibetan string STR.
33450 This is different from decompose-string because precomposed Tibetan characters
33451 are decomposed into normal Tibetan character sequences.
33453 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
33455 (autoload 'tibetan-decompose-buffer "tibet-util" "\
33456 Decomposes Tibetan characters in the buffer into their components.
33457 See also the documentation of the function `tibetan-decompose-region'.
33459 \(fn)" t nil)
33461 (autoload 'tibetan-compose-buffer "tibet-util" "\
33462 Composes Tibetan character components in the buffer.
33463 See also docstring of the function tibetan-compose-region.
33465 \(fn)" t nil)
33467 (autoload 'tibetan-post-read-conversion "tibet-util" "\
33470 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
33472 (autoload 'tibetan-pre-write-conversion "tibet-util" "\
33475 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
33477 (autoload 'tibetan-pre-write-canonicalize-for-unicode "tibet-util" "\
33480 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
33482 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "tibet-util" '("tibetan-")))
33484 ;;;***
33485 \f
33486 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tildify" "textmodes/tildify.el" (0 0 0 0))
33487 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/tildify.el
33488 (push (purecopy '(tildify 4 6 1)) package--builtin-versions)
33490 (autoload 'tildify-region "tildify" "\
33491 Add hard spaces in the region between BEG and END.
33492 See variables `tildify-pattern', `tildify-space-string', and
33493 `tildify-ignored-environments-alist' for information about configuration
33494 parameters.
33495 This function performs no refilling of the changed text.
33496 If DONT-ASK is set, or called interactively with prefix argument, user
33497 won't be prompted for confirmation of each substitution.
33499 \(fn BEG END &optional DONT-ASK)" t nil)
33501 (autoload 'tildify-buffer "tildify" "\
33502 Add hard spaces in the current buffer.
33503 See variables `tildify-pattern', `tildify-space-string', and
33504 `tildify-ignored-environments-alist' for information about configuration
33505 parameters.
33506 This function performs no refilling of the changed text.
33507 If DONT-ASK is set, or called interactively with prefix argument, user
33508 won't be prompted for confirmation of each substitution.
33510 \(fn &optional DONT-ASK)" t nil)
33512 (autoload 'tildify-space "tildify" "\
33513 Convert space before point into a hard space if the context is right.
33515 If
33516 * character before point is a space character,
33518 constituent),
33519 * `tildify-space-pattern' matches when `looking-back' (no more than 10
33520 characters) from before the space character, and
33521 * all predicates in `tildify-space-predicates' return non-nil,
33522 replace the space character with value of `tildify-space-string' and
33523 return t.
33525 Otherwise, if
33526 * `tildify-double-space-undos' variable is non-nil,
33527 * character before point is a space character, and
33528 * text before that is a hard space as defined by
33529 `tildify-space-string' variable,
33530 remove the hard space and leave only the space character.
33532 This function is meant to be used as a `post-self-insert-hook'.
33534 \(fn)" t nil)
33536 (autoload 'tildify-mode "tildify" "\
33537 Adds electric behavior to space character.
33539 When space is inserted into a buffer in a position where hard space is required
33540 instead (determined by `tildify-space-pattern' and `tildify-space-predicates'),
33541 that space character is replaced by a hard space specified by
33542 `tildify-space-string'. Converting of the space is done by `tildify-space'.
33544 When `tildify-mode' is enabled, if `tildify-string-alist' specifies a hard space
33545 representation for current major mode, the `tildify-space-string' buffer-local
33546 variable will be set to the representation.
33548 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
33550 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "tildify" '("tildify-")))
33552 ;;;***
33553 \f
33554 ;;;### (autoloads nil "time" "time.el" (0 0 0 0))
33555 ;;; Generated autoloads from time.el
33557 (defvar display-time-day-and-date nil "\
33560 (custom-autoload 'display-time-day-and-date "time" t)
33561 (put 'display-time-string 'risky-local-variable t)
33563 (autoload 'display-time "time" "\
33564 Enable display of time, load level, and mail flag in mode lines.
33565 This display updates automatically every minute.
33566 If `display-time-day-and-date' is non-nil, the current day and date
33567 are displayed as well.
33568 This runs the normal hook `display-time-hook' after each update.
33570 \(fn)" t nil)
33572 (defvar display-time-mode nil "\
33573 Non-nil if Display-Time mode is enabled.
33574 See the `display-time-mode' command
33575 for a description of this minor mode.
33576 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
33577 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
33578 or call the function `display-time-mode'.")
33580 (custom-autoload 'display-time-mode "time" nil)
33582 (autoload 'display-time-mode "time" "\
33583 Toggle display of time, load level, and mail flag in mode lines.
33584 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Display Time mode if ARG is
33585 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
33586 it if ARG is omitted or nil.
33588 When Display Time mode is enabled, it updates every minute (you
33589 can control the number of seconds between updates by customizing
33590 `display-time-interval'). If `display-time-day-and-date' is
33591 non-nil, the current day and date are displayed as well. This
33592 runs the normal hook `display-time-hook' after each update.
33594 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
33596 (autoload 'display-time-world "time" "\
33597 Enable updating display of times in various time zones.
33598 `display-time-world-list' specifies the zones.
33599 To turn off the world time display, go to that window and type `q'.
33601 \(fn)" t nil)
33603 (autoload 'emacs-uptime "time" "\
33604 Return a string giving the uptime of this instance of Emacs.
33605 FORMAT is a string to format the result, using `format-seconds'.
33608 \(fn &optional FORMAT)" t nil)
33610 (autoload 'emacs-init-time "time" "\
33611 Return a string giving the duration of the Emacs initialization.
33613 \(fn)" t nil)
33615 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "time" '("display-time-" "legacy-style-world-list" "zoneinfo-style-world-list")))
33617 ;;;***
33618 \f
33619 ;;;### (autoloads nil "time-date" "calendar/time-date.el" (0 0 0
33620 ;;;;;; 0))
33621 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/time-date.el
33623 (autoload 'date-to-time "time-date" "\
33624 Parse a string DATE that represents a date-time and return a time value.
33625 If DATE lacks timezone information, GMT is assumed.
33627 \(fn DATE)" nil nil)
33629 (defalias 'time-to-seconds 'float-time)
33631 (autoload 'seconds-to-time "time-date" "\
33632 Convert SECONDS to a time value.
33634 \(fn SECONDS)" nil nil)
33636 (autoload 'days-to-time "time-date" "\
33637 Convert DAYS into a time value.
33639 \(fn DAYS)" nil nil)
33641 (autoload 'time-since "time-date" "\
33642 Return the time elapsed since TIME.
33643 TIME should be either a time value or a date-time string.
33645 \(fn TIME)" nil nil)
33647 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'subtract-time 'time-subtract "26.1")
33649 (autoload 'date-to-day "time-date" "\
33650 Return the number of days between year 1 and DATE.
33651 DATE should be a date-time string.
33653 \(fn DATE)" nil nil)
33655 (autoload 'days-between "time-date" "\
33656 Return the number of days between DATE1 and DATE2.
33657 DATE1 and DATE2 should be date-time strings.
33659 \(fn DATE1 DATE2)" nil nil)
33661 (autoload 'date-leap-year-p "time-date" "\
33662 Return t if YEAR is a leap year.
33664 \(fn YEAR)" nil nil)
33666 (autoload 'time-to-day-in-year "time-date" "\
33667 Return the day number within the year corresponding to TIME.
33669 \(fn TIME)" nil nil)
33671 (autoload 'time-to-days "time-date" "\
33672 The number of days between the Gregorian date 0001-12-31bce and TIME.
33673 TIME should be a time value.
33674 The Gregorian date Sunday, December 31, 1bce is imaginary.
33676 \(fn TIME)" nil nil)
33678 (autoload 'safe-date-to-time "time-date" "\
33679 Parse a string DATE that represents a date-time and return a time value.
33680 If DATE is malformed, return a time value of zeros.
33682 \(fn DATE)" nil nil)
33684 (autoload 'format-seconds "time-date" "\
33685 Use format control STRING to format the number SECONDS.
33686 The valid format specifiers are:
33687 %y is the number of (365-day) years.
33688 %d is the number of days.
33689 %h is the number of hours.
33690 %m is the number of minutes.
33691 %s is the number of seconds.
33692 %z is a non-printing control flag (see below).
33696 Lower-case specifiers return only the unit.
33704 is output until the first non-zero unit is encountered.
33706 This function does not work for SECONDS greater than `most-positive-fixnum'.
33708 \(fn STRING SECONDS)" nil nil)
33710 (autoload 'seconds-to-string "time-date" "\
33711 Convert the time interval in seconds to a short string.
33713 \(fn DELAY)" nil nil)
33715 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "time-date" '("seconds-to-string" "time-" "encode-time-value" "with-decoded-time-value")))
33717 ;;;***
33718 \f
33719 ;;;### (autoloads nil "time-stamp" "time-stamp.el" (0 0 0 0))
33720 ;;; Generated autoloads from time-stamp.el
33721 (put 'time-stamp-format 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
33722 (put 'time-stamp-time-zone 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
33723 (put 'time-stamp-line-limit 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
33724 (put 'time-stamp-start 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
33725 (put 'time-stamp-end 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
33726 (put 'time-stamp-inserts-lines 'safe-local-variable 'symbolp)
33727 (put 'time-stamp-count 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
33728 (put 'time-stamp-pattern 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
33730 (autoload 'time-stamp "time-stamp" "\
33731 Update the time stamp string(s) in the buffer.
33732 A template in a file can be automatically updated with a new time stamp
33733 every time you save the file. Add this line to your init file:
33735 or customize `before-save-hook' through Custom.
33736 Normally the template must appear in the first 8 lines of a file and
33737 look like one of the following:
33738 Time-stamp: <>
33740 The time stamp is written between the brackets or quotes:
33741 Time-stamp: <2001-02-18 10:20:51 gildea>
33742 The time stamp is updated only if the variable `time-stamp-active' is non-nil.
33743 The format of the time stamp is set by the variable `time-stamp-pattern' or
33744 `time-stamp-format'. The variables `time-stamp-pattern',
33745 `time-stamp-line-limit', `time-stamp-start', `time-stamp-end',
33746 `time-stamp-count', and `time-stamp-inserts-lines' control finding
33747 the template.
33749 \(fn)" t nil)
33751 (autoload 'time-stamp-toggle-active "time-stamp" "\
33753 With ARG, turn time stamping on if and only if arg is positive.
33755 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
33757 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "time-stamp" '("time-stamp-")))
33759 ;;;***
33760 \f
33761 ;;;### (autoloads nil "timeclock" "calendar/timeclock.el" (0 0 0
33762 ;;;;;; 0))
33763 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/timeclock.el
33764 (push (purecopy '(timeclock 2 6 1)) package--builtin-versions)
33766 (defvar timeclock-mode-line-display nil "\
33767 Non-nil if Timeclock-Mode-Line-Display mode is enabled.
33768 See the `timeclock-mode-line-display' command
33769 for a description of this minor mode.
33770 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
33771 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
33772 or call the function `timeclock-mode-line-display'.")
33774 (custom-autoload 'timeclock-mode-line-display "timeclock" nil)
33776 (autoload 'timeclock-mode-line-display "timeclock" "\
33777 Toggle display of the amount of time left today in the mode line.
33778 If `timeclock-use-display-time' is non-nil (the default), then
33779 the function `display-time-mode' must be active, and the mode line
33780 will be updated whenever the time display is updated. Otherwise,
33781 the timeclock will use its own sixty second timer to do its
33782 updating. With prefix ARG, turn mode line display on if and only
33783 if ARG is positive. Returns the new status of timeclock mode line
33784 display (non-nil means on).
33786 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
33788 (autoload 'timeclock-in "timeclock" "\
33789 Clock in, recording the current time moment in the timelog.
33790 With a numeric prefix ARG, record the fact that today has only that
33791 many hours in it to be worked. If ARG is a non-numeric prefix argument
33792 \(non-nil, but not a number), 0 is assumed (working on a holiday or
33793 weekend). *If not called interactively, ARG should be the number of
33794 _seconds_ worked today*. This feature only has effect the first time
33795 this function is called within a day.
33797 PROJECT is the project being clocked into. If PROJECT is nil, and
33798 FIND-PROJECT is non-nil -- or the user calls `timeclock-in'
33799 interactively -- call the function `timeclock-get-project-function' to
33800 discover the name of the project.
33802 \(fn &optional ARG PROJECT FIND-PROJECT)" t nil)
33804 (autoload 'timeclock-out "timeclock" "\
33805 Clock out, recording the current time moment in the timelog.
33806 If a prefix ARG is given, the user has completed the project that was
33807 begun during the last time segment.
33809 REASON is the user's reason for clocking out. If REASON is nil, and
33810 FIND-REASON is non-nil -- or the user calls `timeclock-out'
33811 interactively -- call the function `timeclock-get-reason-function' to
33812 discover the reason.
33814 \(fn &optional ARG REASON FIND-REASON)" t nil)
33816 (autoload 'timeclock-status-string "timeclock" "\
33817 Report the overall timeclock status at the present moment.
33818 If SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil, display second resolution.
33819 If TODAY-ONLY is non-nil, the display will be relative only to time
33820 worked today, ignoring the time worked on previous days.
33822 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS TODAY-ONLY)" t nil)
33824 (autoload 'timeclock-change "timeclock" "\
33825 Change to working on a different project.
33826 This clocks out of the current project, then clocks in on a new one.
33827 With a prefix ARG, consider the previous project as finished at the
33828 time of changeover. PROJECT is the name of the last project you were
33829 working on.
33831 \(fn &optional ARG PROJECT)" t nil)
33833 (autoload 'timeclock-query-out "timeclock" "\
33834 Ask the user whether to clock out.
33835 This is a useful function for adding to `kill-emacs-query-functions'.
33837 \(fn)" nil nil)
33839 (autoload 'timeclock-reread-log "timeclock" "\
33840 Re-read the timeclock, to account for external changes.
33841 Returns the new value of `timeclock-discrepancy'.
33843 \(fn)" t nil)
33845 (autoload 'timeclock-workday-remaining-string "timeclock" "\
33846 Return a string representing the amount of time left today.
33847 Display second resolution if SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil. If TODAY-ONLY
33848 is non-nil, the display will be relative only to time worked today.
33849 See `timeclock-relative' for more information about the meaning of
33852 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS TODAY-ONLY)" t nil)
33854 (autoload 'timeclock-workday-elapsed-string "timeclock" "\
33855 Return a string representing the amount of time worked today.
33856 Display seconds resolution if SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil. If RELATIVE is
33857 non-nil, the amount returned will be relative to past time worked.
33859 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS)" t nil)
33861 (autoload 'timeclock-when-to-leave-string "timeclock" "\
33862 Return a string representing the end of today's workday.
33863 This string is relative to the value of `timeclock-workday'. If
33864 SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil, the value printed/returned will include
33865 seconds. If TODAY-ONLY is non-nil, the value returned will be
33866 relative only to the time worked today, and not to past time.
33868 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS TODAY-ONLY)" t nil)
33870 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "timeclock" '("timeclock-")))
33872 ;;;***
33873 \f
33874 ;;;### (autoloads nil "timer-list" "emacs-lisp/timer-list.el" (0
33875 ;;;;;; 0 0 0))
33876 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/timer-list.el
33878 (autoload 'timer-list "timer-list" "\
33879 List all timers in a buffer.
33881 \(fn &optional IGNORE-AUTO NONCONFIRM)" t nil)
33882 (put 'timer-list 'disabled "Beware: manually canceling timers can ruin your Emacs session.")
33884 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "timer-list" '("timer-list-")))
33886 ;;;***
33887 \f
33888 ;;;### (autoloads nil "timezone" "timezone.el" (0 0 0 0))
33889 ;;; Generated autoloads from timezone.el
33891 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "timezone" '("timezone-")))
33893 ;;;***
33894 \f
33895 ;;;### (autoloads nil "titdic-cnv" "international/titdic-cnv.el"
33896 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
33897 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/titdic-cnv.el
33899 (autoload 'titdic-convert "titdic-cnv" "\
33900 Convert a TIT dictionary of FILENAME into a Quail package.
33901 Optional argument DIRNAME if specified is the directory name under which
33902 the generated Quail package is saved.
33904 \(fn FILENAME &optional DIRNAME)" t nil)
33906 (autoload 'batch-titdic-convert "titdic-cnv" "\
33907 Run `titdic-convert' on the files remaining on the command line.
33908 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
33909 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
33914 \(fn &optional FORCE)" nil nil)
33916 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "titdic-cnv" '("batch-miscdic-convert" "miscdic-convert" "ctlau-" "ziranma-converter" "py-converter" "quail-" "quick-" "tit-" "tsang-")))
33918 ;;;***
33919 \f
33920 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tls" "net/tls.el" (0 0 0 0))
33921 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/tls.el
33923 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "tls" '("open-tls-stream" "tls-")))
33925 ;;;***
33926 \f
33927 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tmm" "tmm.el" (0 0 0 0))
33928 ;;; Generated autoloads from tmm.el
33929 (define-key global-map "\M-`" 'tmm-menubar)
33930 (define-key global-map [menu-bar mouse-1] 'tmm-menubar-mouse)
33932 (autoload 'tmm-menubar "tmm" "\
33933 Text-mode emulation of looking and choosing from a menubar.
33934 See the documentation for `tmm-prompt'.
33935 X-POSITION, if non-nil, specifies a horizontal position within the menu bar;
33936 we make that menu bar item (the one at that position) the default choice.
33939 to invoke `tmm-menubar' instead, customize the variable
33940 `tty-menu-open-use-tmm' to a non-nil value.
33942 \(fn &optional X-POSITION)" t nil)
33944 (autoload 'tmm-menubar-mouse "tmm" "\
33945 Text-mode emulation of looking and choosing from a menubar.
33946 This command is used when you click the mouse in the menubar
33947 on a console which has no window system but does have a mouse.
33948 See the documentation for `tmm-prompt'.
33950 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
33952 (autoload 'tmm-prompt "tmm" "\
33953 Text-mode emulation of calling the bindings in keymap.
33954 Creates a text-mode menu of possible choices. You can access the elements
33955 in the menu in two ways:
33956 *) via history mechanism from minibuffer;
33957 *) Or via completion-buffer that is automatically shown.
33958 The last alternative is currently a hack, you cannot use mouse reliably.
33960 MENU is like the MENU argument to `x-popup-menu': either a
33961 keymap or an alist of alists.
33962 DEFAULT-ITEM, if non-nil, specifies an initial default choice.
33963 Its value should be an event that has a binding in MENU.
33965 \(fn MENU &optional IN-POPUP DEFAULT-ITEM)" nil nil)
33967 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "tmm" '("tmm-")))
33969 ;;;***
33970 \f
33971 ;;;### (autoloads nil "todo-mode" "calendar/todo-mode.el" (0 0 0
33972 ;;;;;; 0))
33973 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/todo-mode.el
33975 (autoload 'todo-show "todo-mode" "\
33976 Visit a todo file and display one of its categories.
33978 When invoked in Todo mode, Todo Archive mode or Todo Filtered
33979 Items mode, or when invoked anywhere else with a prefix argument,
33980 prompt for which todo file to visit. When invoked outside of a
33981 Todo mode buffer without a prefix argument, visit
33982 `todo-default-todo-file'. Subsequent invocations from outside of
33983 Todo mode revisit this file or, with option
33984 `todo-show-current-file' non-nil (the default), whichever todo
33985 file was last visited.
33987 If you call this command before you have created any todo file in
33988 the current format, and you have an todo file in old format, it
33989 will ask you whether to convert that file and show it.
33990 Otherwise, calling this command before any todo file exists
33991 prompts for a file name and an initial category (defaulting to
33992 `todo-initial-file' and `todo-initial-category'), creates both of
33993 these, visits the file and displays the category, and if option
33994 `todo-add-item-if-new-category' is non-nil (the default), prompts
33995 for the first item.
33997 The first invocation of this command on an existing todo file
33998 interacts with the option `todo-show-first': if its value is
33999 `first' (the default), show the first category in the file; if
34000 its value is `table', show the table of categories in the file;
34001 if its value is one of `top', `diary' or `regexp', show the
34002 corresponding saved top priorities, diary items, or regexp items
34003 file, if any. Subsequent invocations always show the file's
34004 current (i.e., last displayed) category.
34006 In Todo mode just the category's unfinished todo items are shown
34007 by default. The done items are hidden, but typing
34009 items. With non-nil user option `todo-show-with-done' both todo
34010 and done items are always shown on visiting a category.
34012 \(fn &optional SOLICIT-FILE INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
34014 (autoload 'todo-mode "todo-mode" "\
34015 Major mode for displaying, navigating and editing todo lists.
34019 \(fn)" t nil)
34021 (autoload 'todo-archive-mode "todo-mode" "\
34022 Major mode for archived todo categories.
34026 \(fn)" t nil)
34028 (autoload 'todo-filtered-items-mode "todo-mode" "\
34029 Mode for displaying and reprioritizing top priority Todo.
34033 \(fn)" t nil)
34035 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "todo-mode" '("todo-")))
34037 ;;;***
34038 \f
34039 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tool-bar" "tool-bar.el" (0 0 0 0))
34040 ;;; Generated autoloads from tool-bar.el
34042 (autoload 'toggle-tool-bar-mode-from-frame "tool-bar" "\
34043 Toggle tool bar on or off, based on the status of the current frame.
34044 See `tool-bar-mode' for more information.
34046 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
34048 (autoload 'tool-bar-add-item "tool-bar" "\
34049 Add an item to the tool bar.
34050 ICON names the image, DEF is the key definition and KEY is a symbol
34051 for the fake function key in the menu keymap. Remaining arguments
34052 PROPS are additional items to add to the menu item specification. See
34053 Info node `(elisp)Tool Bar'. Items are added from left to right.
34055 ICON is the base name of a file containing the image to use. The
34056 function will first try to use low-color/ICON.xpm if `display-color-cells'
34057 is less or equal to 256, then ICON.xpm, then ICON.pbm, and finally
34058 ICON.xbm, using `find-image'.
34060 Use this function only to make bindings in the global value of `tool-bar-map'.
34061 To define items in any other map, use `tool-bar-local-item'.
34063 \(fn ICON DEF KEY &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
34065 (autoload 'tool-bar-local-item "tool-bar" "\
34066 Add an item to the tool bar in map MAP.
34067 ICON names the image, DEF is the key definition and KEY is a symbol
34068 for the fake function key in the menu keymap. Remaining arguments
34069 PROPS are additional items to add to the menu item specification. See
34070 Info node `(elisp)Tool Bar'. Items are added from left to right.
34072 ICON is the base name of a file containing the image to use. The
34073 function will first try to use low-color/ICON.xpm if `display-color-cells'
34074 is less or equal to 256, then ICON.xpm, then ICON.pbm, and finally
34075 ICON.xbm, using `find-image'.
34077 \(fn ICON DEF KEY MAP &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
34079 (autoload 'tool-bar-add-item-from-menu "tool-bar" "\
34080 Define tool bar binding for COMMAND in keymap MAP using the given ICON.
34081 This makes a binding for COMMAND in `tool-bar-map', copying its
34082 binding from the menu bar in MAP (which defaults to `global-map'), but
34083 modifies the binding by adding an image specification for ICON. It
34084 finds ICON just like `tool-bar-add-item'. PROPS are additional
34085 properties to add to the binding.
34087 MAP must contain appropriate binding for `[menu-bar]' which holds a keymap.
34089 Use this function only to make bindings in the global value of `tool-bar-map'.
34090 To define items in any other map, use `tool-bar-local-item-from-menu'.
34092 \(fn COMMAND ICON &optional MAP &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
34094 (autoload 'tool-bar-local-item-from-menu "tool-bar" "\
34095 Define local tool bar binding for COMMAND using the given ICON.
34096 This makes a binding for COMMAND in IN-MAP, copying its binding from
34097 the menu bar in FROM-MAP (which defaults to `global-map'), but
34098 modifies the binding by adding an image specification for ICON. It
34099 finds ICON just like `tool-bar-add-item'. PROPS are additional
34100 properties to add to the binding.
34102 FROM-MAP must contain appropriate binding for `[menu-bar]' which
34103 holds a keymap.
34105 \(fn COMMAND ICON IN-MAP &optional FROM-MAP &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
34107 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "tool-bar" '("tool-bar-")))
34109 ;;;***
34110 \f
34111 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tooltip" "tooltip.el" (0 0 0 0))
34112 ;;; Generated autoloads from tooltip.el
34114 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "tooltip" '("tooltip-")))
34116 ;;;***
34117 \f
34118 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tq" "emacs-lisp/tq.el" (0 0 0 0))
34119 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/tq.el
34121 (autoload 'tq-create "tq" "\
34122 Create and return a transaction queue communicating with PROCESS.
34123 PROCESS should be a subprocess capable of sending and receiving
34124 streams of bytes. It may be a local process, or it may be connected
34125 to a tcp server on another machine.
34127 \(fn PROCESS)" nil nil)
34129 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "tq" '("tq-")))
34131 ;;;***
34132 \f
34133 ;;;### (autoloads nil "trace" "emacs-lisp/trace.el" (0 0 0 0))
34134 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/trace.el
34136 (defvar trace-buffer "*trace-output*" "\
34137 Trace output will by default go to that buffer.")
34139 (custom-autoload 'trace-buffer "trace" t)
34141 (autoload 'trace-values "trace" "\
34142 Helper function to get internal values.
34143 You can call this function to add internal values in the trace buffer.
34145 \(fn &rest VALUES)" nil nil)
34147 (autoload 'trace-function-foreground "trace" "\
34148 Trace calls to function FUNCTION.
34149 With a prefix argument, also prompt for the trace buffer (default
34150 `trace-buffer'), and a Lisp expression CONTEXT.
34152 Tracing a function causes every call to that function to insert
34153 into BUFFER Lisp-style trace messages that display the function's
34154 arguments and return values. It also evaluates CONTEXT, if that is
34155 non-nil, and inserts its value too. For example, you can use this
34156 to track the current buffer, or position of point.
34158 This function creates BUFFER if it does not exist. This buffer will
34159 popup whenever FUNCTION is called. Do not use this function to trace
34160 functions that switch buffers, or do any other display-oriented
34161 stuff - use `trace-function-background' instead.
34163 To stop tracing a function, use `untrace-function' or `untrace-all'.
34165 \(fn FUNCTION &optional BUFFER CONTEXT)" t nil)
34167 (autoload 'trace-function-background "trace" "\
34168 Trace calls to function FUNCTION, quietly.
34169 This is like `trace-function-foreground', but without popping up
34170 the output buffer or changing the window configuration.
34172 \(fn FUNCTION &optional BUFFER CONTEXT)" t nil)
34174 (defalias 'trace-function 'trace-function-foreground)
34176 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "trace" '("untrace-" "trace-" "inhibit-trace")))
34178 ;;;***
34179 \f
34180 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tramp" "net/tramp.el" (0 0 0 0))
34181 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/tramp.el
34183 (defvar tramp-mode t "\
34184 Whether Tramp is enabled.
34185 If it is set to nil, all remote file names are used literally.")
34187 (custom-autoload 'tramp-mode "tramp" t)
34189 (defvar tramp-syntax 'default "\
34190 Tramp filename syntax to be used.
34192 It can have the following values:
34194 `default' -- Default syntax
34195 `simplified' -- Ange-FTP like syntax
34196 `separate' -- Syntax as defined for XEmacs originally
34198 Do not change the value by `setq', it must be changed only by
34199 `custom-set-variables'. See also `tramp-change-syntax'.")
34201 (custom-autoload 'tramp-syntax "tramp" nil)
34204 Value for `tramp-file-name-regexp' for autoload.
34205 It must match the initial `tramp-syntax' settings.")
34207 (defvar tramp-file-name-regexp tramp-initial-file-name-regexp "\
34208 Value for `tramp-file-name-regexp' for autoload.
34209 It must match the initial `tramp-syntax' settings.")
34211 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-default (concat "\\`/\\(" "\\([^/|:]+:[^/|:]*|\\)*" (if (memq system-type '(cygwin windows-nt)) "\\(-\\|[^/|:]\\{2,\\}\\)" "[^/|:]+") "\\(:[^/|:]*\\)?" "\\)?\\'") "\
34212 Value for `tramp-completion-file-name-regexp' for default remoting.
34213 See `tramp-file-name-structure' for more explanations.
34215 On W32 systems, the volume letter must be ignored.")
34217 (defconst tramp-initial-completion-file-name-regexp tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-default "\
34218 Value for `tramp-completion-file-name-regexp' for autoload.
34219 It must match the initial `tramp-syntax' settings.")
34221 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-handler-alist '((file-name-all-completions . tramp-completion-handle-file-name-all-completions) (file-name-completion . tramp-completion-handle-file-name-completion)) "\
34222 Alist of completion handler functions.
34223 Used for file names matching `tramp-completion-file-name-regexp'.
34224 Operations not mentioned here will be handled by Tramp's file
34225 name handler functions, or the normal Emacs functions.")
34227 (autoload 'tramp-completion-file-name-handler "tramp" "\
34228 Invoke Tramp file name completion handler.
34229 Falls back to normal file name handler if no Tramp file name handler exists.
34231 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
34233 (defun tramp-autoload-file-name-handler (operation &rest args) "\
34234 Load Tramp file name handler, and perform OPERATION." (let ((default-directory temporary-file-directory)) (load "tramp" (quote noerror) (quote nomessage))) (apply operation args))
34236 (defun tramp-register-autoload-file-name-handlers nil "\
34237 Add Tramp file name handlers to `file-name-handler-alist' during autoload." (add-to-list (quote file-name-handler-alist) (cons tramp-initial-file-name-regexp (quote tramp-autoload-file-name-handler))) (put (quote tramp-autoload-file-name-handler) (quote safe-magic) t) (add-to-list (quote file-name-handler-alist) (cons tramp-initial-completion-file-name-regexp (quote tramp-completion-file-name-handler))) (put (quote tramp-completion-file-name-handler) (quote safe-magic) t) (put (quote tramp-completion-file-name-handler) (quote operations) (mapcar (quote car) tramp-completion-file-name-handler-alist)))
34239 (tramp-register-autoload-file-name-handlers)
34241 (autoload 'tramp-unload-file-name-handlers "tramp" "\
34242 Unload Tramp file name handlers from `file-name-handler-alist'.
34244 \(fn)" nil nil)
34246 (defvar tramp-completion-mode nil "\
34247 If non-nil, external packages signal that they are in file name completion.")
34249 (autoload 'tramp-unload-tramp "tramp" "\
34250 Discard Tramp from loading remote files.
34252 \(fn)" t nil)
34254 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "tramp" '("tramp-" "with-")))
34256 ;;;***
34257 \f
34258 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tramp-adb" "net/tramp-adb.el" (0 0 0 0))
34259 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/tramp-adb.el
34261 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "tramp-adb" '("tramp-")))
34263 ;;;***
34264 \f
34265 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tramp-cache" "net/tramp-cache.el" (0 0 0 0))
34266 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/tramp-cache.el
34268 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "tramp-cache" '("tramp-")))
34270 ;;;***
34271 \f
34272 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tramp-cmds" "net/tramp-cmds.el" (0 0 0 0))
34273 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/tramp-cmds.el
34275 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "tramp-cmds" '("tramp-")))
34277 ;;;***
34278 \f
34279 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tramp-compat" "net/tramp-compat.el" (0 0 0
34280 ;;;;;; 0))
34281 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/tramp-compat.el
34283 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "tramp-compat" '("tramp-")))
34285 ;;;***
34286 \f
34287 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tramp-ftp" "net/tramp-ftp.el" (0 0 0 0))
34288 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/tramp-ftp.el
34290 (autoload 'tramp-ftp-enable-ange-ftp "tramp-ftp" "\
34291 Reenable Ange-FTP, when Tramp is unloaded.
34293 \(fn)" nil nil)
34295 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "tramp-ftp" '("tramp-")))
34297 ;;;***
34298 \f
34299 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tramp-gvfs" "net/tramp-gvfs.el" (0 0 0 0))
34300 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/tramp-gvfs.el
34302 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "tramp-gvfs" '("tramp-" "with-tramp-dbus-call-method")))
34304 ;;;***
34305 \f
34306 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tramp-sh" "net/tramp-sh.el" (0 0 0 0))
34307 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/tramp-sh.el
34309 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "tramp-sh" '("tramp-")))
34311 ;;;***
34312 \f
34313 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tramp-smb" "net/tramp-smb.el" (0 0 0 0))
34314 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/tramp-smb.el
34316 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "tramp-smb" '("tramp-smb-")))
34318 ;;;***
34319 \f
34320 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tramp-uu" "net/tramp-uu.el" (0 0 0 0))
34321 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/tramp-uu.el
34323 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "tramp-uu" '("tramp-uu")))
34325 ;;;***
34326 \f
34327 ;;;### (autoloads nil "trampver" "net/trampver.el" (0 0 0 0))
34328 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/trampver.el
34329 (push (purecopy '(tramp 2 3 3 -1)) package--builtin-versions)
34331 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "trampver" '("tramp-")))
34333 ;;;***
34334 \f
34335 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tree-widget" "tree-widget.el" (0 0 0 0))
34336 ;;; Generated autoloads from tree-widget.el
34338 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "tree-widget" '("tree-widget-")))
34340 ;;;***
34341 \f
34342 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tutorial" "tutorial.el" (0 0 0 0))
34343 ;;; Generated autoloads from tutorial.el
34345 (autoload 'help-with-tutorial "tutorial" "\
34346 Select the Emacs learn-by-doing tutorial.
34347 If there is a tutorial version written in the language
34348 of the selected language environment, that version is used.
34349 If there's no tutorial in that language, `TUTORIAL' is selected.
34350 With ARG, you are asked to choose which language.
34351 If DONT-ASK-FOR-REVERT is non-nil the buffer is reverted without
34352 any question when restarting the tutorial.
34354 If any of the standard Emacs key bindings that are used in the
34355 tutorial have been changed then an explanatory note about this is
34356 shown in the beginning of the tutorial buffer.
34358 When the tutorial buffer is killed the content and the point
34359 position in the buffer is saved so that the tutorial may be
34360 resumed later.
34362 \(fn &optional ARG DONT-ASK-FOR-REVERT)" t nil)
34364 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "tutorial" '("get-lang-string" "lang-strings" "tutorial--")))
34366 ;;;***
34367 \f
34368 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tv-util" "language/tv-util.el" (0 0 0 0))
34369 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/tv-util.el
34371 (autoload 'tai-viet-composition-function "tv-util" "\
34374 \(fn FROM TO FONT-OBJECT STRING)" nil nil)
34376 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "tv-util" '("tai-viet-")))
34378 ;;;***
34379 \f
34380 ;;;### (autoloads nil "two-column" "textmodes/two-column.el" (0 0
34381 ;;;;;; 0 0))
34382 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/two-column.el
34383 (autoload '2C-command "two-column" () t 'keymap)
34384 (global-set-key "\C-x6" '2C-command)
34385 (global-set-key [f2] '2C-command)
34387 (autoload '2C-two-columns "two-column" "\
34388 Split current window vertically for two-column editing.
34391 for details.). It runs `2C-other-buffer-hook' in the new buffer.
34392 When called again, restores the screen layout with the current buffer
34393 first and the associated buffer to its right.
34395 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
34397 (autoload '2C-associate-buffer "two-column" "\
34398 Associate another buffer with this one in two-column minor mode.
34399 Can also be used to associate a just previously visited file, by
34400 accepting the proposed default buffer.
34404 \(fn)" t nil)
34406 (autoload '2C-split "two-column" "\
34407 Split a two-column text at point, into two buffers in two-column minor mode.
34408 Point becomes the local value of `2C-window-width'. Only lines that
34409 have the ARG same preceding characters at that column get split. The
34410 ARG preceding characters without any leading whitespace become the local
34411 value for `2C-separator'. This way lines that continue across both
34412 columns remain untouched in the first buffer.
34414 This function can be used with a prototype line, to set up things. You
34415 write the first line of each column and then split that line. E.g.:
34417 First column's text sSs Second column's text
34424 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
34426 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "two-column" '("2C-")))
34428 ;;;***
34429 \f
34430 ;;;### (autoloads nil "type-break" "type-break.el" (0 0 0 0))
34431 ;;; Generated autoloads from type-break.el
34433 (defvar type-break-mode nil "\
34434 Non-nil if Type-Break mode is enabled.
34435 See the `type-break-mode' command
34436 for a description of this minor mode.
34437 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
34438 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
34439 or call the function `type-break-mode'.")
34441 (custom-autoload 'type-break-mode "type-break" nil)
34443 (autoload 'type-break-mode "type-break" "\
34444 Enable or disable typing-break mode.
34445 This is a minor mode, but it is global to all buffers by default.
34447 When this mode is enabled, the user is encouraged to take typing breaks at
34448 appropriate intervals; either after a specified amount of time or when the
34449 user has exceeded a keystroke threshold. When the time arrives, the user
34450 is asked to take a break. If the user refuses at that time, Emacs will ask
34451 again in a short period of time. The idea is to give the user enough time
34452 to find a good breaking point in his or her work, but be sufficiently
34453 annoying to discourage putting typing breaks off indefinitely.
34455 A negative prefix argument disables this mode.
34456 No argument or any non-negative argument enables it.
34458 The user may enable or disable this mode by setting the variable of the
34459 same name, though setting it in that way doesn't reschedule a break or
34460 reset the keystroke counter.
34462 If the mode was previously disabled and is enabled as a consequence of
34463 calling this function, it schedules a break with `type-break-schedule' to
34464 make sure one occurs (the user can call that command to reschedule the
34465 break at any time). It also initializes the keystroke counter.
34467 The variable `type-break-interval' specifies the number of seconds to
34468 schedule between regular typing breaks. This variable doesn't directly
34469 affect the time schedule; it simply provides a default for the
34470 `type-break-schedule' command.
34472 If set, the variable `type-break-good-rest-interval' specifies the minimum
34473 amount of time which is considered a reasonable typing break. Whenever
34474 that time has elapsed, typing breaks are automatically rescheduled for
34475 later even if Emacs didn't prompt you to take one first. Also, if a break
34476 is ended before this much time has elapsed, the user will be asked whether
34477 or not to continue. A nil value for this variable prevents automatic
34478 break rescheduling, making `type-break-interval' an upper bound on the time
34479 between breaks. In this case breaks will be prompted for as usual before
34480 the upper bound if the keystroke threshold is reached.
34482 If `type-break-good-rest-interval' is nil and
34483 `type-break-good-break-interval' is set, then confirmation is required to
34484 interrupt a break before `type-break-good-break-interval' seconds
34485 have passed. This provides for an upper bound on the time between breaks
34486 together with confirmation of interruptions to these breaks.
34488 The variable `type-break-keystroke-threshold' is used to determine the
34489 thresholds at which typing breaks should be considered. You can use
34490 the command `type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold' to try to
34491 approximate good values for this.
34493 There are several variables that affect how or when warning messages about
34494 imminent typing breaks are displayed. They include:
34496 `type-break-mode-line-message-mode'
34497 `type-break-time-warning-intervals'
34498 `type-break-keystroke-warning-intervals'
34499 `type-break-warning-repeat'
34500 `type-break-warning-countdown-string'
34501 `type-break-warning-countdown-string-type'
34503 There are several variables that affect if, how, and when queries to begin
34504 a typing break occur. They include:
34506 `type-break-query-mode'
34507 `type-break-query-function'
34508 `type-break-query-interval'
34510 The command `type-break-statistics' prints interesting things.
34512 Finally, a file (named `type-break-file-name') is used to store information
34513 across Emacs sessions. This provides recovery of the break status between
34514 sessions and after a crash. Manual changes to the file may result in
34515 problems.
34517 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
34519 (autoload 'type-break "type-break" "\
34520 Take a typing break.
34522 During the break, a demo selected from the functions listed in
34523 `type-break-demo-functions' is run.
34525 After the typing break is finished, the next break is scheduled
34526 as per the function `type-break-schedule'.
34528 \(fn)" t nil)
34530 (autoload 'type-break-statistics "type-break" "\
34531 Print statistics about typing breaks in a temporary buffer.
34532 This includes the last time a typing break was taken, when the next one is
34533 scheduled, the keystroke thresholds and the current keystroke count, etc.
34535 \(fn)" t nil)
34537 (autoload 'type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold "type-break" "\
34538 Guess values for the minimum/maximum keystroke threshold for typing breaks.
34540 If called interactively, the user is prompted for their guess as to how
34541 many words per minute they usually type. This value should not be your
34542 maximum WPM, but your average. Of course, this is harder to gauge since it
34543 can vary considerably depending on what you are doing. For example, one
34544 tends to type less when debugging a program as opposed to writing
34545 documentation. (Perhaps a separate program should be written to estimate
34546 average typing speed.)
34548 From that, this command sets the values in `type-break-keystroke-threshold'
34549 based on a fairly simple algorithm involving assumptions about the average
34550 length of words (5). For the minimum threshold, it uses about a fifth of
34551 the computed maximum threshold.
34553 When called from Lisp programs, the optional args WORDLEN and FRAC can be
34554 used to override the default assumption about average word length and the
34555 fraction of the maximum threshold to which to set the minimum threshold.
34556 FRAC should be the inverse of the fractional value; for example, a value of
34557 2 would mean to use one half, a value of 4 would mean to use one quarter, etc.
34559 \(fn WPM &optional WORDLEN FRAC)" t nil)
34561 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "type-break" '("timep" "type-break-")))
34563 ;;;***
34564 \f
34565 ;;;### (autoloads nil "uce" "mail/uce.el" (0 0 0 0))
34566 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/uce.el
34568 (autoload 'uce-reply-to-uce "uce" "\
34569 Compose a reply to unsolicited commercial email (UCE).
34570 Sets up a reply buffer addressed to: the sender, his postmaster,
34571 his abuse@ address, and the postmaster of the mail relay used.
34572 You might need to set `uce-mail-reader' before using this.
34574 \(fn &optional IGNORED)" t nil)
34576 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "uce" '("uce-")))
34578 ;;;***
34579 \f
34580 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ucs-normalize" "international/ucs-normalize.el"
34581 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
34582 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/ucs-normalize.el
34584 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFD-region "ucs-normalize" "\
34585 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFD.
34587 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
34589 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFD-string "ucs-normalize" "\
34590 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFD.
34592 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
34594 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFC-region "ucs-normalize" "\
34595 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFC.
34597 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
34599 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFC-string "ucs-normalize" "\
34600 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFC.
34602 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
34604 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFKD-region "ucs-normalize" "\
34605 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFKD.
34607 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
34609 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFKD-string "ucs-normalize" "\
34610 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFKD.
34612 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
34614 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFKC-region "ucs-normalize" "\
34615 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFKC.
34617 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
34619 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFKC-string "ucs-normalize" "\
34620 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFKC.
34622 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
34624 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-HFS-NFD-region "ucs-normalize" "\
34625 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFD and Mac OS's HFS Plus.
34627 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
34629 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-HFS-NFD-string "ucs-normalize" "\
34630 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFD and Mac OS's HFS Plus.
34632 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
34634 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-HFS-NFC-region "ucs-normalize" "\
34635 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFC and Mac OS's HFS Plus.
34637 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
34639 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-HFS-NFC-string "ucs-normalize" "\
34640 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFC and Mac OS's HFS Plus.
34642 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
34644 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ucs-normalize" '("ucs-normalize-" "utf-8-hfs")))
34646 ;;;***
34647 \f
34648 ;;;### (autoloads nil "underline" "textmodes/underline.el" (0 0 0
34649 ;;;;;; 0))
34650 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/underline.el
34652 (autoload 'underline-region "underline" "\
34653 Underline all nonblank characters in the region.
34654 Works by overstriking underscores.
34655 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
34656 which specify the range to operate on.
34658 \(fn START END)" t nil)
34660 (autoload 'ununderline-region "underline" "\
34661 Remove all underlining (overstruck underscores) in the region.
34662 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
34663 which specify the range to operate on.
34665 \(fn START END)" t nil)
34667 ;;;***
34668 \f
34669 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "undigest" "mail/undigest.el"
34670 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
34671 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/undigest.el
34673 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "undigest" '("rmail-")))
34675 ;;;***
34676 \f
34677 ;;;### (autoloads nil "unrmail" "mail/unrmail.el" (0 0 0 0))
34678 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/unrmail.el
34680 (autoload 'batch-unrmail "unrmail" "\
34681 Convert old-style Rmail Babyl files to mbox format.
34682 Specify the input Rmail Babyl file names as command line arguments.
34683 For each Rmail file, the corresponding output file name
34684 is made by adding `.mail' at the end.
34685 For example, invoke `emacs -batch -f batch-unrmail RMAIL'.
34687 \(fn)" nil nil)
34689 (autoload 'unrmail "unrmail" "\
34690 Convert old-style Rmail Babyl file FILE to mbox format file TO-FILE.
34691 The variable `unrmail-mbox-format' controls which mbox format to use.
34693 \(fn FILE TO-FILE)" t nil)
34695 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "unrmail" '("unrmail-mbox-format")))
34697 ;;;***
34698 \f
34699 ;;;### (autoloads nil "unsafep" "emacs-lisp/unsafep.el" (0 0 0 0))
34700 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/unsafep.el
34702 (autoload 'unsafep "unsafep" "\
34703 Return nil if evaluating FORM couldn't possibly do any harm.
34704 Otherwise result is a reason why FORM is unsafe.
34705 UNSAFEP-VARS is a list of symbols with local bindings.
34707 \(fn FORM &optional UNSAFEP-VARS)" nil nil)
34709 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "unsafep" '("unsafep-" "safe-functions")))
34711 ;;;***
34712 \f
34713 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url" "url/url.el" (0 0 0 0))
34714 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url.el
34716 (autoload 'url-retrieve "url" "\
34717 Retrieve URL asynchronously and call CALLBACK with CBARGS when finished.
34718 URL is either a string or a parsed URL. If it is a string
34719 containing characters that are not valid in a URI, those
34720 characters are percent-encoded; see `url-encode-url'.
34722 CALLBACK is called when the object has been completely retrieved, with
34723 the current buffer containing the object, and any MIME headers associated
34724 with it. It is called as (apply CALLBACK STATUS CBARGS).
34725 STATUS is a plist representing what happened during the request,
34726 with most recent events first, or an empty list if no events have
34727 occurred. Each pair is one of:
34729 \(:redirect REDIRECTED-TO) - the request was redirected to this URL
34730 \(:error (ERROR-SYMBOL . DATA)) - an error occurred. The error can be
34731 signaled with (signal ERROR-SYMBOL DATA).
34733 Return the buffer URL will load into, or nil if the process has
34734 already completed (i.e. URL was a mailto URL or similar; in this case
34735 the callback is not called).
34737 The variables `url-request-data', `url-request-method' and
34738 `url-request-extra-headers' can be dynamically bound around the
34739 request; dynamic binding of other variables doesn't necessarily
34740 take effect.
34742 If SILENT, then don't message progress reports and the like.
34743 If INHIBIT-COOKIES, cookies will neither be stored nor sent to
34744 the server.
34745 If URL is a multibyte string, it will be encoded as utf-8 and
34746 URL-encoded before it's used.
34748 \(fn URL CALLBACK &optional CBARGS SILENT INHIBIT-COOKIES)" nil nil)
34750 (autoload 'url-retrieve-synchronously "url" "\
34751 Retrieve URL synchronously.
34752 Return the buffer containing the data, or nil if there are no data
34753 associated with it (the case for dired, info, or mailto URLs that need
34754 no further processing). URL is either a string or a parsed URL.
34756 If SILENT is non-nil, don't do any messaging while retrieving.
34757 If INHIBIT-COOKIES is non-nil, refuse to store cookies. If
34758 TIMEOUT is passed, it should be a number that says (in seconds)
34759 how long to wait for a response before giving up.
34761 \(fn URL &optional SILENT INHIBIT-COOKIES TIMEOUT)" nil nil)
34763 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "url" '("url-")))
34765 ;;;***
34766 \f
34767 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-about" "url/url-about.el" (0 0 0 0))
34768 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-about.el
34770 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "url-about" '("url-")))
34772 ;;;***
34773 \f
34774 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-auth" "url/url-auth.el" (0 0 0 0))
34775 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-auth.el
34777 (autoload 'url-get-authentication "url-auth" "\
34778 Return an authorization string suitable for use in the WWW-Authenticate
34779 header in an HTTP/1.0 request.
34781 URL is the url you are requesting authorization to. This can be either a
34782 string representing the URL, or the parsed representation returned by
34783 `url-generic-parse-url'
34784 REALM is the realm at a specific site we are looking for. This should be a
34785 string specifying the exact realm, or nil or the symbol `any' to
34786 specify that the filename portion of the URL should be used as the
34787 realm
34788 TYPE is the type of authentication to be returned. This is either a string
34789 representing the type (basic, digest, etc), or nil or the symbol `any'
34790 to specify that any authentication is acceptable. If requesting `any'
34791 the strongest matching authentication will be returned. If this is
34792 wrong, it's no big deal, the error from the server will specify exactly
34793 what type of auth to use
34794 PROMPT is boolean - specifies whether to ask the user for a username/password
34795 if one cannot be found in the cache
34797 \(fn URL REALM TYPE PROMPT &optional ARGS)" nil nil)
34799 (autoload 'url-register-auth-scheme "url-auth" "\
34800 Register an HTTP authentication method.
34802 TYPE is a string or symbol specifying the name of the method.
34803 This should be the same thing you expect to get returned in
34804 an Authenticate header in HTTP/1.0 - it will be downcased.
34805 FUNCTION is the function to call to get the authorization information.
34806 This defaults to `url-?-auth', where ? is TYPE.
34807 RATING a rating between 1 and 10 of the strength of the authentication.
34808 This is used when asking for the best authentication for a specific
34809 URL. The item with the highest rating is returned.
34811 \(fn TYPE &optional FUNCTION RATING)" nil nil)
34813 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "url-auth" '("url-")))
34815 ;;;***
34816 \f
34817 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-cache" "url/url-cache.el" (0 0 0 0))
34818 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-cache.el
34820 (autoload 'url-store-in-cache "url-cache" "\
34821 Store buffer BUFF in the cache.
34823 \(fn &optional BUFF)" nil nil)
34825 (autoload 'url-is-cached "url-cache" "\
34826 Return non-nil if the URL is cached.
34827 The actual return value is the last modification time of the cache file.
34829 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
34831 (autoload 'url-cache-extract "url-cache" "\
34832 Extract FNAM from the local disk cache.
34834 \(fn FNAM)" nil nil)
34836 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "url-cache" '("url-")))
34838 ;;;***
34839 \f
34840 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-cid" "url/url-cid.el" (0 0 0 0))
34841 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-cid.el
34843 (autoload 'url-cid "url-cid" "\
34846 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
34848 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "url-cid" '("url-cid-gnus")))
34850 ;;;***
34851 \f
34852 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-cookie" "url/url-cookie.el" (0 0 0 0))
34853 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-cookie.el
34855 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "url-cookie" '("url-cookie")))
34857 ;;;***
34858 \f
34859 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-dav" "url/url-dav.el" (0 0 0 0))
34860 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-dav.el
34862 (autoload 'url-dav-supported-p "url-dav" "\
34863 Return WebDAV protocol version supported by URL.
34864 Returns nil if WebDAV is not supported.
34866 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
34868 (autoload 'url-dav-request "url-dav" "\
34869 Perform WebDAV operation METHOD on URL. Return the parsed responses.
34870 Automatically creates an XML request body if TAG is non-nil.
34871 BODY is the XML document fragment to be enclosed by <TAG></TAG>.
34873 DEPTH is how deep the request should propagate. Default is 0, meaning
34874 it should apply only to URL. A negative number means to use
34875 `Infinity' for the depth. Not all WebDAV servers support this depth
34876 though.
34878 HEADERS is an assoc list of extra headers to send in the request.
34880 NAMESPACES is an assoc list of (NAMESPACE . EXPANSION), and these are
34881 added to the <TAG> element. The DAV=DAV: namespace is automatically
34882 added to this list, so most requests can just pass in nil.
34884 \(fn URL METHOD TAG BODY &optional DEPTH HEADERS NAMESPACES)" nil nil)
34886 (autoload 'url-dav-vc-registered "url-dav" "\
34889 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
34891 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "url-dav" '("url-")))
34893 ;;;***
34894 \f
34895 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-dired" "url/url-dired.el" (0 0 0 0))
34896 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-dired.el
34898 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "url-dired" '("url-")))
34900 ;;;***
34901 \f
34902 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-domsuf" "url/url-domsuf.el" (0 0 0 0))
34903 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-domsuf.el
34905 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "url-domsuf" '("url-domsuf-")))
34907 ;;;***
34908 \f
34909 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-expand" "url/url-expand.el" (0 0 0 0))
34910 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-expand.el
34912 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "url-expand" '("url-")))
34914 ;;;***
34915 \f
34916 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-file" "url/url-file.el" (0 0 0 0))
34917 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-file.el
34919 (autoload 'url-file "url-file" "\
34920 Handle file: and ftp: URLs.
34922 \(fn URL CALLBACK CBARGS)" nil nil)
34924 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "url-file" '("url-file-")))
34926 ;;;***
34927 \f
34928 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-ftp" "url/url-ftp.el" (0 0 0 0))
34929 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-ftp.el
34931 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "url-ftp" '("url-ftp")))
34933 ;;;***
34934 \f
34935 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-future" "url/url-future.el" (0 0 0 0))
34936 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-future.el
34938 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "url-future" '("url-future-")))
34940 ;;;***
34941 \f
34942 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-gw" "url/url-gw.el" (0 0 0 0))
34943 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-gw.el
34945 (autoload 'url-gateway-nslookup-host "url-gw" "\
34946 Attempt to resolve the given HOST using nslookup if possible.
34948 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
34950 (autoload 'url-open-stream "url-gw" "\
34951 Open a stream to HOST, possibly via a gateway.
34952 Args per `open-network-stream'.
34953 Will not make a connection if `url-gateway-unplugged' is non-nil.
34954 Might do a non-blocking connection; use `process-status' to check.
34956 Optional arg GATEWAY-METHOD specifies the gateway to be used,
34957 overriding the value of `url-gateway-method'.
34959 \(fn NAME BUFFER HOST SERVICE &optional GATEWAY-METHOD)" nil nil)
34961 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "url-gw" '("url-")))
34963 ;;;***
34964 \f
34965 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-handlers" "url/url-handlers.el" (0 0 0
34966 ;;;;;; 0))
34967 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-handlers.el
34969 (defvar url-handler-mode nil "\
34970 Non-nil if Url-Handler mode is enabled.
34971 See the `url-handler-mode' command
34972 for a description of this minor mode.
34973 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
34974 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
34975 or call the function `url-handler-mode'.")
34977 (custom-autoload 'url-handler-mode "url-handlers" nil)
34979 (autoload 'url-handler-mode "url-handlers" "\
34980 Toggle using `url' library for URL filenames (URL Handler mode).
34981 With a prefix argument ARG, enable URL Handler mode if ARG is
34982 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
34983 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
34985 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
34987 (autoload 'url-file-handler "url-handlers" "\
34988 Function called from the `file-name-handler-alist' routines.
34989 OPERATION is what needs to be done (`file-exists-p', etc). ARGS are
34990 the arguments that would have been passed to OPERATION.
34992 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
34994 (autoload 'url-copy-file "url-handlers" "\
34995 Copy URL to NEWNAME. Both args must be strings.
34996 Signals a `file-already-exists' error if file NEWNAME already exists,
34997 unless a third argument OK-IF-ALREADY-EXISTS is supplied and non-nil.
34998 A number as third arg means request confirmation if NEWNAME already exists.
34999 This is what happens in interactive use with M-x.
35000 Fourth arg KEEP-TIME non-nil means give the new file the same
35001 last-modified time as the old one. (This works on only some systems.)
35002 Fifth arg PRESERVE-UID-GID is ignored.
35003 A prefix arg makes KEEP-TIME non-nil.
35005 \(fn URL NEWNAME &optional OK-IF-ALREADY-EXISTS KEEP-TIME PRESERVE-UID-GID)" nil nil)
35007 (autoload 'url-file-local-copy "url-handlers" "\
35008 Copy URL into a temporary file on this machine.
35009 Returns the name of the local copy, or nil, if FILE is directly
35010 accessible.
35012 \(fn URL &rest IGNORED)" nil nil)
35014 (autoload 'url-insert-buffer-contents "url-handlers" "\
35015 Insert the contents of BUFFER into current buffer.
35016 This is like `url-insert', but also decodes the current buffer as
35017 if it had been inserted from a file named URL.
35019 \(fn BUFFER URL &optional VISIT BEG END REPLACE)" nil nil)
35021 (autoload 'url-insert-file-contents "url-handlers" "\
35024 \(fn URL &optional VISIT BEG END REPLACE)" nil nil)
35026 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "url-handlers" '("url-")))
35028 ;;;***
35029 \f
35030 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-history" "url/url-history.el" (0 0 0 0))
35031 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-history.el
35033 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "url-history" '("url-")))
35035 ;;;***
35036 \f
35037 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-http" "url/url-http.el" (0 0 0 0))
35038 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-http.el
35039 (autoload 'url-default-expander "url-expand")
35041 (defalias 'url-https-expand-file-name 'url-default-expander)
35042 (autoload 'url-https "url-http")
35043 (autoload 'url-https-file-exists-p "url-http")
35044 (autoload 'url-https-file-readable-p "url-http")
35045 (autoload 'url-https-file-attributes "url-http")
35047 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "url-http" '("url-h")))
35049 ;;;***
35050 \f
35051 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-imap" "url/url-imap.el" (0 0 0 0))
35052 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-imap.el
35054 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "url-imap" '("url-imap")))
35056 ;;;***
35057 \f
35058 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-irc" "url/url-irc.el" (0 0 0 0))
35059 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-irc.el
35061 (autoload 'url-irc "url-irc" "\
35064 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
35066 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "url-irc" '("url-irc-")))
35068 ;;;***
35069 \f
35070 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-ldap" "url/url-ldap.el" (0 0 0 0))
35071 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-ldap.el
35073 (autoload 'url-ldap "url-ldap" "\
35074 Perform an LDAP search specified by URL.
35075 The return value is a buffer displaying the search results in HTML.
35076 URL can be a URL string, or a URL record of the type returned by
35077 `url-generic-parse-url'.
35079 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
35081 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "url-ldap" '("url-ldap-")))
35083 ;;;***
35084 \f
35085 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-mailto" "url/url-mailto.el" (0 0 0 0))
35086 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-mailto.el
35088 (autoload 'url-mail "url-mailto" "\
35091 \(fn &rest ARGS)" t nil)
35093 (autoload 'url-mailto "url-mailto" "\
35094 Handle the mailto: URL syntax.
35096 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
35098 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "url-mailto" '("url-mail-goto-field")))
35100 ;;;***
35101 \f
35102 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-methods" "url/url-methods.el" (0 0 0 0))
35103 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-methods.el
35105 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "url-methods" '("url-scheme-")))
35107 ;;;***
35108 \f
35109 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-misc" "url/url-misc.el" (0 0 0 0))
35110 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-misc.el
35112 (autoload 'url-man "url-misc" "\
35113 Fetch a Unix manual page URL.
35115 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
35117 (autoload 'url-info "url-misc" "\
35118 Fetch a GNU Info URL.
35120 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
35122 (autoload 'url-generic-emulator-loader "url-misc" "\
35125 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
35127 (defalias 'url-rlogin 'url-generic-emulator-loader)
35129 (defalias 'url-telnet 'url-generic-emulator-loader)
35131 (defalias 'url-tn3270 'url-generic-emulator-loader)
35133 (autoload 'url-data "url-misc" "\
35134 Fetch a data URL (RFC 2397).
35136 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
35138 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "url-misc" '("url-do-terminal-emulator")))
35140 ;;;***
35141 \f
35142 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-news" "url/url-news.el" (0 0 0 0))
35143 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-news.el
35145 (autoload 'url-news "url-news" "\
35148 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
35150 (autoload 'url-snews "url-news" "\
35153 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
35155 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "url-news" '("url-news-")))
35157 ;;;***
35158 \f
35159 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-nfs" "url/url-nfs.el" (0 0 0 0))
35160 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-nfs.el
35162 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "url-nfs" '("url-nfs")))
35164 ;;;***
35165 \f
35166 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-ns" "url/url-ns.el" (0 0 0 0))
35167 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-ns.el
35169 (autoload 'isPlainHostName "url-ns" "\
35172 \(fn HOST)" nil nil)
35174 (autoload 'dnsDomainIs "url-ns" "\
35177 \(fn HOST DOM)" nil nil)
35179 (autoload 'dnsResolve "url-ns" "\
35182 \(fn HOST)" nil nil)
35184 (autoload 'isResolvable "url-ns" "\
35187 \(fn HOST)" nil nil)
35189 (autoload 'isInNet "url-ns" "\
35192 \(fn IP NET MASK)" nil nil)
35194 (autoload 'url-ns-prefs "url-ns" "\
35197 \(fn &optional FILE)" nil nil)
35199 (autoload 'url-ns-user-pref "url-ns" "\
35202 \(fn KEY &optional DEFAULT)" nil nil)
35204 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "url-ns" '("url-ns-")))
35206 ;;;***
35207 \f
35208 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-parse" "url/url-parse.el" (0 0 0 0))
35209 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-parse.el
35211 (autoload 'url-recreate-url "url-parse" "\
35212 Recreate a URL string from the parsed URLOBJ.
35214 \(fn URLOBJ)" nil nil)
35216 (autoload 'url-generic-parse-url "url-parse" "\
35217 Return an URL-struct of the parts of URL.
35218 The CL-style struct contains the following fields:
35220 TYPE is the URI scheme (string or nil).
35221 USER is the user name (string or nil).
35222 PASSWORD is the password (string [deprecated] or nil).
35223 HOST is the host (a registered name, IP literal in square
35224 brackets, or IPv4 address in dotted-decimal form).
35225 PORTSPEC is the specified port (a number), or nil.
35226 FILENAME is the path AND the query component of the URI.
35227 TARGET is the fragment identifier component (used to refer to a
35228 subordinate resource, e.g. a part of a webpage).
35229 ATTRIBUTES is nil; this slot originally stored the attribute and
35230 value alists for IMAP URIs, but this feature was removed
35231 since it conflicts with RFC 3986.
35232 FULLNESS is non-nil if the hierarchical sequence component of
35235 The parser follows RFC 3986, except that it also tries to handle
35236 URIs that are not fully specified (e.g. lacking TYPE), and it
35237 does not check for or perform %-encoding.
35239 Here is an example. The URL
35241 foo://bob:pass@example.com:42/a/b/c.dtb?type=animal&name=narwhal#nose
35243 parses to
35249 PORTSPEC = 42
35252 ATTRIBUTES = nil
35253 FULLNESS = t
35255 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
35257 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "url-parse" '("url-")))
35259 ;;;***
35260 \f
35261 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-privacy" "url/url-privacy.el" (0 0 0 0))
35262 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-privacy.el
35264 (autoload 'url-setup-privacy-info "url-privacy" "\
35265 Setup variables that expose info about you and your system.
35267 \(fn)" t nil)
35269 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "url-privacy" '("url-device-type")))
35271 ;;;***
35272 \f
35273 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-proxy" "url/url-proxy.el" (0 0 0 0))
35274 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-proxy.el
35276 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "url-proxy" '("url-")))
35278 ;;;***
35279 \f
35280 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-queue" "url/url-queue.el" (0 0 0 0))
35281 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-queue.el
35283 (autoload 'url-queue-retrieve "url-queue" "\
35284 Retrieve URL asynchronously and call CALLBACK with CBARGS when finished.
35285 This is like `url-retrieve' (which see for details of the arguments),
35286 but with limits on the degree of parallelism. The variable
35287 `url-queue-parallel-processes' sets the number of concurrent processes.
35288 The variable `url-queue-timeout' sets a timeout.
35290 \(fn URL CALLBACK &optional CBARGS SILENT INHIBIT-COOKIES)" nil nil)
35292 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "url-queue" '("url-queue")))
35294 ;;;***
35295 \f
35296 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-tramp" "url/url-tramp.el" (0 0 0 0))
35297 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-tramp.el
35299 (defvar url-tramp-protocols '("ftp" "ssh" "scp" "rsync" "telnet") "\
35300 List of URL protocols for which the work is handled by Tramp.
35301 They must also be covered by `url-handler-regexp'.")
35303 (custom-autoload 'url-tramp-protocols "url-tramp" t)
35305 (autoload 'url-tramp-file-handler "url-tramp" "\
35306 Function called from the `file-name-handler-alist' routines.
35307 OPERATION is what needs to be done. ARGS are the arguments that
35308 would have been passed to OPERATION.
35310 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
35312 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "url-tramp" '("url-tramp-convert-")))
35314 ;;;***
35315 \f
35316 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-util" "url/url-util.el" (0 0 0 0))
35317 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-util.el
35319 (defvar url-debug nil "\
35320 What types of debug messages from the URL library to show.
35321 Debug messages are logged to the *URL-DEBUG* buffer.
35323 If t, all messages will be logged.
35324 If a number, all messages will be logged, as well shown via `message'.
35325 If a list, it is a list of the types of messages to be logged.")
35327 (custom-autoload 'url-debug "url-util" t)
35329 (autoload 'url-debug "url-util" "\
35332 \(fn TAG &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
35334 (autoload 'url-parse-args "url-util" "\
35337 \(fn STR &optional NODOWNCASE)" nil nil)
35339 (autoload 'url-insert-entities-in-string "url-util" "\
35340 Convert HTML markup-start characters to entity references in STRING.
35342 an attribute value in a tag. Returns a new string with the result of the
35343 conversion. Replaces these characters as follows:
35344 & ==> &
35345 < ==> <
35346 > ==> >
35349 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
35351 (autoload 'url-normalize-url "url-util" "\
35353 Strips out default port numbers, etc.
35355 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
35357 (autoload 'url-lazy-message "url-util" "\
35358 Just like `message', but is a no-op if called more than once a second.
35359 Will not do anything if `url-show-status' is nil.
35361 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
35363 (autoload 'url-get-normalized-date "url-util" "\
35364 Return a date string that most HTTP servers can understand.
35366 \(fn &optional SPECIFIED-TIME)" nil nil)
35368 (autoload 'url-eat-trailing-space "url-util" "\
35369 Remove spaces/tabs at the end of a string.
35371 \(fn X)" nil nil)
35373 (autoload 'url-strip-leading-spaces "url-util" "\
35374 Remove spaces at the front of a string.
35376 \(fn X)" nil nil)
35378 (autoload 'url-display-percentage "url-util" "\
35381 \(fn FMT PERC &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
35383 (autoload 'url-percentage "url-util" "\
35386 \(fn X Y)" nil nil)
35388 (defalias 'url-basepath 'url-file-directory)
35390 (autoload 'url-file-directory "url-util" "\
35391 Return the directory part of FILE, for a URL.
35393 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
35395 (autoload 'url-file-nondirectory "url-util" "\
35396 Return the nondirectory part of FILE, for a URL.
35398 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
35400 (autoload 'url-parse-query-string "url-util" "\
35403 \(fn QUERY &optional DOWNCASE ALLOW-NEWLINES)" nil nil)
35405 (autoload 'url-build-query-string "url-util" "\
35406 Build a query-string.
35408 Given a QUERY in the form:
35409 ((key1 val1)
35410 (key2 val2)
35411 (key3 val1 val2)
35412 (key4)
35415 \(This is the same format as produced by `url-parse-query-string')
35417 This will return a string
35419 be strings or symbols; if they are symbols, the symbol name will
35420 be used.
35427 \(fn QUERY &optional SEMICOLONS KEEP-EMPTY)" nil nil)
35429 (autoload 'url-unhex-string "url-util" "\
35430 Remove %XX embedded spaces, etc in a URL.
35431 If optional second argument ALLOW-NEWLINES is non-nil, then allow the
35432 decoding of carriage returns and line feeds in the string, which is normally
35433 forbidden in URL encoding.
35435 \(fn STR &optional ALLOW-NEWLINES)" nil nil)
35437 (autoload 'url-hexify-string "url-util" "\
35438 URI-encode STRING and return the result.
35439 If STRING is multibyte, it is first converted to a utf-8 byte
35440 string. Each byte corresponding to an allowed character is left
35441 as-is, while all other bytes are converted to a three-character
35444 The allowed characters are specified by ALLOWED-CHARS. If this
35445 argument is nil, the list `url-unreserved-chars' determines the
35446 allowed characters. Otherwise, ALLOWED-CHARS should be a vector
35447 whose Nth element is non-nil if character N is allowed.
35449 \(fn STRING &optional ALLOWED-CHARS)" nil nil)
35451 (autoload 'url-encode-url "url-util" "\
35452 Return a properly URI-encoded version of URL.
35453 This function also performs URI normalization, e.g. converting
35454 the scheme to lowercase if it is uppercase. Apart from
35455 normalization, if URL is already URI-encoded, this function
35456 should return it unchanged.
35458 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
35460 (autoload 'url-file-extension "url-util" "\
35461 Return the filename extension of FNAME.
35462 If optional argument X is t, then return the basename
35463 of the file with the extension stripped off.
35465 \(fn FNAME &optional X)" nil nil)
35467 (autoload 'url-truncate-url-for-viewing "url-util" "\
35468 Return a shortened version of URL that is WIDTH characters wide or less.
35469 WIDTH defaults to the current frame width.
35471 \(fn URL &optional WIDTH)" nil nil)
35473 (autoload 'url-view-url "url-util" "\
35474 View the current document's URL.
35475 Optional argument NO-SHOW means just return the URL, don't show it in
35476 the minibuffer.
35478 This uses `url-current-object', set locally to the buffer.
35480 \(fn &optional NO-SHOW)" t nil)
35482 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "url-util" '("url-")))
35484 ;;;***
35485 \f
35486 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-vars" "url/url-vars.el" (0 0 0 0))
35487 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-vars.el
35489 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "url-vars" '("url-")))
35491 ;;;***
35492 \f
35493 ;;;### (autoloads nil "userlock" "userlock.el" (0 0 0 0))
35494 ;;; Generated autoloads from userlock.el
35496 (autoload 'ask-user-about-lock "userlock" "\
35497 Ask user what to do when he wants to edit FILE but it is locked by OPPONENT.
35498 This function has a choice of three things to do:
35500 to refrain from editing the file
35501 return t (grab the lock on the file)
35502 return nil (edit the file even though it is locked).
35503 You can redefine this function to choose among those three alternatives
35504 in any way you like.
35506 \(fn FILE OPPONENT)" nil nil)
35508 (autoload 'userlock--ask-user-about-supersession-threat "userlock" "\
35511 \(fn FN)" nil nil)
35513 (autoload 'ask-user-about-supersession-threat "userlock" "\
35514 Ask a user who is about to modify an obsolete buffer what to do.
35515 This function has two choices: it can return, in which case the modification
35517 in which case the proposed buffer modification will not be made.
35519 You can rewrite this to use any criterion you like to choose which one to do.
35520 The buffer in question is current when this function is called.
35522 \(fn FN)" nil nil)
35524 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "userlock" '("ask-user-about-" "userlock--check-content-unchanged" "file-")))
35526 ;;;***
35527 \f
35528 ;;;### (autoloads nil "utf-7" "international/utf-7.el" (0 0 0 0))
35529 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/utf-7.el
35531 (autoload 'utf-7-post-read-conversion "utf-7" "\
35534 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
35536 (autoload 'utf-7-imap-post-read-conversion "utf-7" "\
35539 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
35541 (autoload 'utf-7-pre-write-conversion "utf-7" "\
35544 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
35546 (autoload 'utf-7-imap-pre-write-conversion "utf-7" "\
35549 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
35551 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "utf-7" '("utf-7-")))
35553 ;;;***
35554 \f
35555 ;;;### (autoloads nil "utf7" "international/utf7.el" (0 0 0 0))
35556 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/utf7.el
35558 (autoload 'utf7-encode "utf7" "\
35559 Encode UTF-7 STRING. Use IMAP modification if FOR-IMAP is non-nil.
35561 \(fn STRING &optional FOR-IMAP)" nil nil)
35563 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "utf7" '("utf7-")))
35565 ;;;***
35566 \f
35567 ;;;### (autoloads nil "uudecode" "mail/uudecode.el" (0 0 0 0))
35568 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/uudecode.el
35570 (autoload 'uudecode-decode-region-external "uudecode" "\
35571 Uudecode region between START and END using external program.
35572 If FILE-NAME is non-nil, save the result to FILE-NAME. The program
35573 used is specified by `uudecode-decoder-program'.
35575 \(fn START END &optional FILE-NAME)" t nil)
35577 (autoload 'uudecode-decode-region-internal "uudecode" "\
35578 Uudecode region between START and END without using an external program.
35579 If FILE-NAME is non-nil, save the result to FILE-NAME.
35581 \(fn START END &optional FILE-NAME)" t nil)
35583 (autoload 'uudecode-decode-region "uudecode" "\
35584 Uudecode region between START and END.
35585 If FILE-NAME is non-nil, save the result to FILE-NAME.
35587 \(fn START END &optional FILE-NAME)" nil nil)
35589 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "uudecode" '("uudecode-")))
35591 ;;;***
35592 \f
35593 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc" "vc/vc.el" (0 0 0 0))
35594 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc.el
35596 (defvar vc-checkout-hook nil "\
35597 Normal hook (list of functions) run after checking out a file.
35598 See `run-hooks'.")
35600 (custom-autoload 'vc-checkout-hook "vc" t)
35602 (defvar vc-checkin-hook nil "\
35603 Normal hook (list of functions) run after commit or file checkin.
35604 See also `log-edit-done-hook'.")
35606 (custom-autoload 'vc-checkin-hook "vc" t)
35608 (defvar vc-before-checkin-hook nil "\
35609 Normal hook (list of functions) run before a commit or a file checkin.
35610 See `run-hooks'.")
35612 (custom-autoload 'vc-before-checkin-hook "vc" t)
35614 (autoload 'vc-responsible-backend "vc" "\
35615 Return the name of a backend system that is responsible for FILE.
35617 If FILE is already registered, return the
35618 backend of FILE. If FILE is not registered, then the
35619 first backend in `vc-handled-backends' that declares itself
35620 responsible for FILE is returned.
35622 Note that if FILE is a symbolic link, it will not be resolved --
35623 the responsible backend system for the symbolic link itself will
35624 be reported.
35626 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
35628 (autoload 'vc-next-action "vc" "\
35629 Do the next logical version control operation on the current fileset.
35630 This requires that all files in the current VC fileset be in the
35631 same state. If not, signal an error.
35633 For merging-based version control systems:
35634 If every file in the VC fileset is not registered for version
35635 control, register the fileset (but don't commit).
35636 If every work file in the VC fileset is added or changed, pop
35637 up a *vc-log* buffer to commit the fileset.
35638 For a centralized version control system, if any work file in
35639 the VC fileset is out of date, offer to update the fileset.
35641 For old-style locking-based version control systems, like RCS:
35642 If every file is not registered, register the file(s).
35643 If every file is registered and unlocked, check out (lock)
35644 the file(s) for editing.
35645 If every file is locked by you and has changes, pop up a
35646 *vc-log* buffer to check in the changes. Leave a
35647 read-only copy of each changed file after checking in.
35648 If every file is locked by you and unchanged, unlock them.
35649 If every file is locked by someone else, offer to steal the lock.
35651 \(fn VERBOSE)" t nil)
35653 (autoload 'vc-register "vc" "\
35654 Register into a version control system.
35655 If VC-FILESET is given, register the files in that fileset.
35656 Otherwise register the current file.
35657 If COMMENT is present, use that as an initial comment.
35659 The version control system to use is found by cycling through the list
35660 `vc-handled-backends'. The first backend in that list which declares
35661 itself responsible for the file (usually because other files in that
35662 directory are already registered under that backend) will be used to
35663 register the file. If no backend declares itself responsible, the
35664 first backend that could register the file is used.
35666 \(fn &optional VC-FILESET COMMENT)" t nil)
35668 (autoload 'vc-version-diff "vc" "\
35669 Report diffs between revisions of the fileset in the repository history.
35671 \(fn FILES REV1 REV2)" t nil)
35673 (autoload 'vc-diff "vc" "\
35674 Display diffs between file revisions.
35675 Normally this compares the currently selected fileset with their
35676 working revisions. With a prefix argument HISTORIC, it reads two revision
35677 designators specifying which revisions to compare.
35679 The optional argument NOT-URGENT non-nil means it is ok to say no to
35680 saving the buffer.
35682 \(fn &optional HISTORIC NOT-URGENT)" t nil)
35684 (autoload 'vc-version-ediff "vc" "\
35685 Show differences between revisions of the fileset in the
35686 repository history using ediff.
35688 \(fn FILES REV1 REV2)" t nil)
35690 (autoload 'vc-ediff "vc" "\
35691 Display diffs between file revisions using ediff.
35692 Normally this compares the currently selected fileset with their
35693 working revisions. With a prefix argument HISTORIC, it reads two revision
35694 designators specifying which revisions to compare.
35696 The optional argument NOT-URGENT non-nil means it is ok to say no to
35697 saving the buffer.
35699 \(fn HISTORIC &optional NOT-URGENT)" t nil)
35701 (autoload 'vc-root-diff "vc" "\
35702 Display diffs between VC-controlled whole tree revisions.
35703 Normally, this compares the tree corresponding to the current
35704 fileset with the working revision.
35705 With a prefix argument HISTORIC, prompt for two revision
35706 designators specifying which revisions to compare.
35708 The optional argument NOT-URGENT non-nil means it is ok to say no to
35709 saving the buffer.
35711 \(fn HISTORIC &optional NOT-URGENT)" t nil)
35713 (autoload 'vc-root-dir "vc" "\
35714 Return the root directory for the current VC tree.
35715 Return nil if the root directory cannot be identified.
35717 \(fn)" nil nil)
35719 (autoload 'vc-revision-other-window "vc" "\
35720 Visit revision REV of the current file in another window.
35721 If the current file is named `F', the revision is named `F.~REV~'.
35722 If `F.~REV~' already exists, use it instead of checking it out again.
35724 \(fn REV)" t nil)
35726 (autoload 'vc-insert-headers "vc" "\
35727 Insert headers into a file for use with a version control system.
35728 Headers desired are inserted at point, and are pulled from
35729 the variable `vc-BACKEND-header'.
35731 \(fn)" t nil)
35733 (autoload 'vc-merge "vc" "\
35734 Perform a version control merge operation.
35735 You must be visiting a version controlled file, or in a `vc-dir' buffer.
35737 operation to incorporate changes from another branch onto the
35738 current branch, prompting for an argument list.
35740 On a non-distributed version control system, this merges changes
35741 between two revisions into the current fileset. This asks for
35742 two revisions to merge from in the minibuffer. If the first
35743 revision is a branch number, then merge all changes from that
35744 branch. If the first revision is empty, merge the most recent
35745 changes from the current branch.
35747 \(fn)" t nil)
35749 (autoload 'vc-message-unresolved-conflicts "vc" "\
35750 Display a message indicating unresolved conflicts in FILENAME.
35752 \(fn FILENAME)" nil nil)
35754 (defalias 'vc-resolve-conflicts 'smerge-ediff)
35756 (autoload 'vc-create-tag "vc" "\
35757 Descending recursively from DIR, make a tag called NAME.
35758 For each registered file, the working revision becomes part of
35759 the named configuration. If the prefix argument BRANCHP is
35760 given, the tag is made as a new branch and the files are
35761 checked out in that new branch.
35763 \(fn DIR NAME BRANCHP)" t nil)
35765 (autoload 'vc-retrieve-tag "vc" "\
35766 For each file in or below DIR, retrieve their tagged version NAME.
35767 NAME can name a branch, in which case this command will switch to the
35768 named branch in the directory DIR.
35769 Interactively, prompt for DIR only for VCS that works at file level;
35770 otherwise use the repository root of the current buffer.
35771 If NAME is empty, it refers to the latest revisions of the current branch.
35772 If locking is used for the files in DIR, then there must not be any
35773 locked files at or below DIR (but if NAME is empty, locked files are
35774 allowed and simply skipped).
35776 \(fn DIR NAME)" t nil)
35778 (autoload 'vc-print-log "vc" "\
35779 List the change log of the current fileset in a window.
35780 If WORKING-REVISION is non-nil, leave point at that revision.
35781 If LIMIT is non-nil, it should be a number specifying the maximum
35782 number of revisions to show; the default is `vc-log-show-limit'.
35784 When called interactively with a prefix argument, prompt for
35785 WORKING-REVISION and LIMIT.
35787 \(fn &optional WORKING-REVISION LIMIT)" t nil)
35789 (autoload 'vc-print-root-log "vc" "\
35790 List the change log for the current VC controlled tree in a window.
35791 If LIMIT is non-nil, it should be a number specifying the maximum
35792 number of revisions to show; the default is `vc-log-show-limit'.
35793 When called interactively with a prefix argument, prompt for LIMIT.
35795 \(fn &optional LIMIT)" t nil)
35797 (autoload 'vc-print-branch-log "vc" "\
35800 \(fn BRANCH)" t nil)
35802 (autoload 'vc-log-incoming "vc" "\
35803 Show a log of changes that will be received with a pull operation from REMOTE-LOCATION.
35804 When called interactively with a prefix argument, prompt for REMOTE-LOCATION.
35806 \(fn &optional REMOTE-LOCATION)" t nil)
35808 (autoload 'vc-log-outgoing "vc" "\
35809 Show a log of changes that will be sent with a push operation to REMOTE-LOCATION.
35810 When called interactively with a prefix argument, prompt for REMOTE-LOCATION.
35812 \(fn &optional REMOTE-LOCATION)" t nil)
35814 (autoload 'vc-region-history "vc" "\
35815 Show the history of the region FROM..TO.
35817 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
35819 (autoload 'vc-revert "vc" "\
35820 Revert working copies of the selected fileset to their repository contents.
35821 This asks for confirmation if the buffer contents are not identical
35822 to the working revision (except for keyword expansion).
35824 \(fn)" t nil)
35826 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'vc-revert-buffer 'vc-revert "23.1")
35828 (autoload 'vc-pull "vc" "\
35829 Update the current fileset or branch.
35830 You must be visiting a version controlled file, or in a `vc-dir' buffer.
35832 operation to update the current branch, prompting for an argument
35833 list if required. Optional prefix ARG forces a prompt for the VCS
35834 command to run.
35836 On a non-distributed version control system, update the current
35837 fileset to the tip revisions. For each unchanged and unlocked
35838 file, this simply replaces the work file with the latest revision
35839 on its branch. If the file contains changes, any changes in the
35840 tip revision are merged into the working file.
35842 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
35844 (defalias 'vc-update 'vc-pull)
35846 (autoload 'vc-push "vc" "\
35847 Push the current branch.
35848 You must be visiting a version controlled file, or in a `vc-dir' buffer.
35850 operation on the current branch, prompting for the precise command
35851 if required. Optional prefix ARG non-nil forces a prompt for the
35852 VCS command to run.
35854 On a non-distributed version control system, this signals an error.
35855 It also signals an error in a Bazaar bound branch.
35857 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
35859 (autoload 'vc-switch-backend "vc" "\
35860 Make BACKEND the current version control system for FILE.
35861 FILE must already be registered in BACKEND. The change is not
35862 permanent, only for the current session. This function only changes
35863 VC's perspective on FILE, it does not register or unregister it.
35864 By default, this command cycles through the registered backends.
35865 To get a prompt, use a prefix argument.
35867 \(fn FILE BACKEND)" t nil)
35869 (autoload 'vc-transfer-file "vc" "\
35870 Transfer FILE to another version control system NEW-BACKEND.
35871 If NEW-BACKEND has a higher precedence than FILE's current backend
35872 \(i.e. it comes earlier in `vc-handled-backends'), then register FILE in
35873 NEW-BACKEND, using the revision number from the current backend as the
35874 base level. If NEW-BACKEND has a lower precedence than the current
35875 backend, then commit all changes that were made under the current
35876 backend to NEW-BACKEND, and unregister FILE from the current backend.
35877 \(If FILE is not yet registered under NEW-BACKEND, register it.)
35879 \(fn FILE NEW-BACKEND)" nil nil)
35881 (autoload 'vc-delete-file "vc" "\
35882 Delete file and mark it as such in the version control system.
35883 If called interactively, read FILE, defaulting to the current
35884 buffer's file name if it's under version control.
35886 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
35888 (autoload 'vc-rename-file "vc" "\
35889 Rename file OLD to NEW in both work area and repository.
35890 If called interactively, read OLD and NEW, defaulting OLD to the
35891 current buffer's file name if it's under version control.
35893 \(fn OLD NEW)" t nil)
35895 (autoload 'vc-update-change-log "vc" "\
35896 Find change log file and add entries from recent version control logs.
35897 Normally, find log entries for all registered files in the default
35898 directory.
35900 With prefix arg of \\[universal-argument], only find log entries for the current buffer's file.
35902 With any numeric prefix arg, find log entries for all currently visited
35903 files that are under version control. This puts all the entries in the
35904 log for the default directory, which may not be appropriate.
35906 From a program, any ARGS are assumed to be filenames for which
35907 log entries should be gathered.
35909 \(fn &rest ARGS)" t nil)
35911 (autoload 'vc-branch-part "vc" "\
35912 Return the branch part of a revision number REV.
35914 \(fn REV)" nil nil)
35916 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "vc" '("vc-" "with-vc-properties")))
35918 ;;;***
35919 \f
35920 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-annotate" "vc/vc-annotate.el" (0 0 0 0))
35921 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-annotate.el
35923 (autoload 'vc-annotate "vc-annotate" "\
35924 Display the edit history of the current FILE using colors.
35926 This command creates a buffer that shows, for each line of the current
35927 file, when it was last edited and by whom. Additionally, colors are
35928 used to show the age of each line--blue means oldest, red means
35929 youngest, and intermediate colors indicate intermediate ages. By
35930 default, the time scale stretches back one year into the past;
35931 everything that is older than that is shown in blue.
35933 With a prefix argument, this command asks two questions in the
35934 minibuffer. First, you may enter a revision number REV; then the buffer
35935 displays and annotates that revision instead of the working revision
35936 \(type RET in the minibuffer to leave that default unchanged). Then,
35937 you are prompted for the time span in days which the color range
35938 should cover. For example, a time span of 20 days means that changes
35939 over the past 20 days are shown in red to blue, according to their
35940 age, and everything that is older than that is shown in blue.
35942 If MOVE-POINT-TO is given, move the point to that line.
35944 If VC-BK is given used that VC backend.
35946 Customization variables:
35948 `vc-annotate-menu-elements' customizes the menu elements of the
35949 mode-specific menu. `vc-annotate-color-map' and
35950 `vc-annotate-very-old-color' define the mapping of time to colors.
35951 `vc-annotate-background' specifies the background color.
35952 `vc-annotate-background-mode' specifies whether the color map
35953 should be applied to the background or to the foreground.
35955 \(fn FILE REV &optional DISPLAY-MODE BUF MOVE-POINT-TO VC-BK)" t nil)
35957 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "vc-annotate" '("vc-")))
35959 ;;;***
35960 \f
35961 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-bzr" "vc/vc-bzr.el" (0 0 0 0))
35962 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-bzr.el
35964 (defconst vc-bzr-admin-dirname ".bzr" "\
35965 Name of the directory containing Bzr repository status files.")
35967 (defconst vc-bzr-admin-checkout-format-file (concat vc-bzr-admin-dirname "/checkout/format") "\
35968 Name of the format file in a .bzr directory.")
35969 (defun vc-bzr-registered (file)
35970 (if (vc-find-root file vc-bzr-admin-checkout-format-file)
35971 (progn
35972 (load "vc-bzr" nil t)
35973 (vc-bzr-registered file))))
35975 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "vc-bzr" '("vc-bzr-")))
35977 ;;;***
35978 \f
35979 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-cvs" "vc/vc-cvs.el" (0 0 0 0))
35980 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-cvs.el
35981 (defun vc-cvs-registered (f)
35982 "Return non-nil if file F is registered with CVS."
35983 (when (file-readable-p (expand-file-name
35984 "CVS/Entries" (file-name-directory f)))
35985 (load "vc-cvs" nil t)
35986 (vc-cvs-registered f)))
35988 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "vc-cvs" '("vc-cvs-")))
35990 ;;;***
35991 \f
35992 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-dav" "vc/vc-dav.el" (0 0 0 0))
35993 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-dav.el
35995 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "vc-dav" '("vc-dav-")))
35997 ;;;***
35998 \f
35999 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-dir" "vc/vc-dir.el" (0 0 0 0))
36000 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-dir.el
36002 (autoload 'vc-dir "vc-dir" "\
36004 This allows you to mark files and perform VC operations on them.
36005 The list omits files which are up to date, with no changes in your copy
36006 or the repository, if there is nothing in particular to say about them.
36008 Preparing the list of file status takes time; when the buffer
36009 first appears, it has only the first few lines of summary information.
36010 The file lines appear later.
36012 Optional second argument BACKEND specifies the VC backend to use.
36013 Interactively, a prefix argument means to ask for the backend.
36015 These are the commands available for use in the file status buffer:
36019 \(fn DIR &optional BACKEND)" t nil)
36021 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "vc-dir" '("vc-")))
36023 ;;;***
36024 \f
36025 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-dispatcher" "vc/vc-dispatcher.el" (0 0
36026 ;;;;;; 0 0))
36027 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-dispatcher.el
36029 (autoload 'vc-do-command "vc-dispatcher" "\
36030 Execute a slave command, notifying user and checking for errors.
36031 Output from COMMAND goes to BUFFER, or the current buffer if
36032 BUFFER is t. If the destination buffer is not already current,
36033 set it up properly and erase it. The command is considered
36034 successful if its exit status does not exceed OKSTATUS (if
36035 OKSTATUS is nil, that means to ignore error status, if it is
36036 `async', that means not to wait for termination of the
36037 subprocess; if it is t it means to ignore all execution errors).
36038 FILE-OR-LIST is the name of a working file; it may be a list of
36039 files or be nil (to execute commands that don't expect a file
36040 name or set of files). If an optional list of FLAGS is present,
36041 that is inserted into the command line before the filename.
36042 Return the return value of the slave command in the synchronous
36043 case, and the process object in the asynchronous case.
36045 \(fn BUFFER OKSTATUS COMMAND FILE-OR-LIST &rest FLAGS)" nil nil)
36047 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "vc-dispatcher" '("vc-")))
36049 ;;;***
36050 \f
36051 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-filewise" "vc/vc-filewise.el" (0 0 0 0))
36052 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-filewise.el
36054 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "vc-filewise" '("vc-")))
36056 ;;;***
36057 \f
36058 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-git" "vc/vc-git.el" (0 0 0 0))
36059 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-git.el
36060 (defun vc-git-registered (file)
36061 "Return non-nil if FILE is registered with git."
36062 (if (vc-find-root file ".git") ; Short cut.
36063 (progn
36064 (load "vc-git" nil t)
36065 (vc-git-registered file))))
36067 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "vc-git" '("vc-git-")))
36069 ;;;***
36070 \f
36071 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-hg" "vc/vc-hg.el" (0 0 0 0))
36072 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-hg.el
36073 (defun vc-hg-registered (file)
36074 "Return non-nil if FILE is registered with hg."
36075 (if (vc-find-root file ".hg") ; short cut
36076 (progn
36077 (load "vc-hg" nil t)
36078 (vc-hg-registered file))))
36080 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "vc-hg" '("vc-hg-")))
36082 ;;;***
36083 \f
36084 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-mtn" "vc/vc-mtn.el" (0 0 0 0))
36085 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-mtn.el
36087 (defconst vc-mtn-admin-dir "_MTN" "\
36088 Name of the monotone directory.")
36090 (defconst vc-mtn-admin-format (concat vc-mtn-admin-dir "/format") "\
36091 Name of the monotone directory's format file.")
36092 (defun vc-mtn-registered (file)
36093 (if (vc-find-root file vc-mtn-admin-format)
36094 (progn
36095 (load "vc-mtn" nil t)
36096 (vc-mtn-registered file))))
36098 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "vc-mtn" '("vc-mtn-")))
36100 ;;;***
36101 \f
36102 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-rcs" "vc/vc-rcs.el" (0 0 0 0))
36103 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-rcs.el
36105 (defvar vc-rcs-master-templates (purecopy '("%sRCS/%s,v" "%s%s,v" "%sRCS/%s")) "\
36106 Where to look for RCS master files.
36107 For a description of possible values, see `vc-check-master-templates'.")
36109 (custom-autoload 'vc-rcs-master-templates "vc-rcs" t)
36111 (defun vc-rcs-registered (f) (vc-default-registered 'RCS f))
36113 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "vc-rcs" '("vc-r")))
36115 ;;;***
36116 \f
36117 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-sccs" "vc/vc-sccs.el" (0 0 0 0))
36118 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-sccs.el
36120 (defvar vc-sccs-master-templates (purecopy '("%sSCCS/s.%s" "%ss.%s" vc-sccs-search-project-dir)) "\
36121 Where to look for SCCS master files.
36122 For a description of possible values, see `vc-check-master-templates'.")
36124 (custom-autoload 'vc-sccs-master-templates "vc-sccs" t)
36126 (defun vc-sccs-registered (f) (vc-default-registered 'SCCS f))
36128 (defun vc-sccs-search-project-dir (_dirname basename) "\
36129 Return the name of a master file in the SCCS project directory.
36130 Does not check whether the file exists but returns nil if it does not
36131 find any project directory." (let ((project-dir (getenv "PROJECTDIR")) dirs dir) (when project-dir (if (file-name-absolute-p project-dir) (setq dirs (quote ("SCCS" ""))) (setq dirs (quote ("src/SCCS" "src" "source/SCCS" "source"))) (setq project-dir (expand-file-name (concat "~" project-dir)))) (while (and (not dir) dirs) (setq dir (expand-file-name (car dirs) project-dir)) (unless (file-directory-p dir) (setq dir nil) (setq dirs (cdr dirs)))) (and dir (expand-file-name (concat "s." basename) dir)))))
36133 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "vc-sccs" '("vc-sccs-")))
36135 ;;;***
36136 \f
36137 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-src" "vc/vc-src.el" (0 0 0 0))
36138 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-src.el
36140 (defvar vc-src-master-templates (purecopy '("%s.src/%s,v")) "\
36141 Where to look for SRC master files.
36142 For a description of possible values, see `vc-check-master-templates'.")
36144 (custom-autoload 'vc-src-master-templates "vc-src" t)
36146 (defun vc-src-registered (f) (vc-default-registered 'src f))
36148 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "vc-src" '("vc-src-")))
36150 ;;;***
36151 \f
36152 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-svn" "vc/vc-svn.el" (0 0 0 0))
36153 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-svn.el
36154 (defun vc-svn-registered (f)
36155 (let ((admin-dir (cond ((and (eq system-type 'windows-nt)
36156 (getenv "SVN_ASP_DOT_NET_HACK"))
36157 "_svn")
36158 (t ".svn"))))
36159 (when (vc-find-root f admin-dir)
36160 (load "vc-svn" nil t)
36161 (vc-svn-registered f))))
36163 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "vc-svn" '("vc-svn-")))
36165 ;;;***
36166 \f
36167 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vcursor" "vcursor.el" (0 0 0 0))
36168 ;;; Generated autoloads from vcursor.el
36170 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "vcursor" '("vcursor-")))
36172 ;;;***
36173 \f
36174 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vera-mode" "progmodes/vera-mode.el" (0 0 0
36175 ;;;;;; 0))
36176 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/vera-mode.el
36177 (push (purecopy '(vera-mode 2 28)) package--builtin-versions)
36180 (autoload 'vera-mode "vera-mode" "\
36181 Major mode for editing Vera code.
36183 Usage:
36184 ------
36186 INDENTATION: Typing `TAB' at the beginning of a line indents the line.
36187 The amount of indentation is specified by option `vera-basic-offset'.
36189 `TAB' always indents the line if option `vera-intelligent-tab' is nil.
36191 WORD/COMMAND COMPLETION: Typing `TAB' after a (not completed) word looks
36192 for a word in the buffer or a Vera keyword that starts alike, inserts it
36193 and adjusts case. Re-typing `TAB' toggles through alternative word
36194 completions.
36196 Typing `TAB' after a non-word character inserts a tabulator stop (if not
36197 at the beginning of a line). `M-TAB' always inserts a tabulator stop.
36199 COMMENTS: `C-c C-c' comments out a region if not commented out, and
36200 uncomments a region if already commented out.
36202 HIGHLIGHTING (fontification): Vera keywords, predefined types and
36203 constants, function names, declaration names, directives, as well as
36204 comments and strings are highlighted using different colors.
36206 VERA VERSION: OpenVera 1.4 and Vera version 6.2.8.
36209 Maintenance:
36210 ------------
36212 To submit a bug report, use the corresponding menu entry within Vera Mode.
36213 Add a description of the problem and include a reproducible test case.
36215 Feel free to send questions and enhancement requests to <reto@gnu.org>.
36217 Official distribution is at
36218 URL `http://www.iis.ee.ethz.ch/~zimmi/emacs/vera-mode.html'
36221 The Vera Mode Maintainer
36222 Reto Zimmermann <reto@gnu.org>
36224 Key bindings:
36225 -------------
36229 \(fn)" t nil)
36231 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "vera-mode" '("vera-")))
36233 ;;;***
36234 \f
36235 ;;;### (autoloads nil "verilog-mode" "progmodes/verilog-mode.el"
36236 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
36237 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/verilog-mode.el
36239 (autoload 'verilog-mode "verilog-mode" "\
36240 Major mode for editing Verilog code.
36243 AUTOs can improve coding efficiency.
36247 NEWLINE, TAB indents for Verilog code.
36248 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
36250 Supports highlighting.
36252 Turning on Verilog mode calls the value of the variable `verilog-mode-hook'
36253 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
36255 Variables controlling indentation/edit style:
36257 variable `verilog-indent-level' (default 3)
36258 Indentation of Verilog statements with respect to containing block.
36259 `verilog-indent-level-module' (default 3)
36260 Absolute indentation of Module level Verilog statements.
36261 Set to 0 to get initial and always statements lined up
36262 on the left side of your screen.
36263 `verilog-indent-level-declaration' (default 3)
36264 Indentation of declarations with respect to containing block.
36265 Set to 0 to get them list right under containing block.
36266 `verilog-indent-level-behavioral' (default 3)
36267 Indentation of first begin in a task or function block
36268 Set to 0 to get such code to lined up underneath the task or
36269 function keyword.
36270 `verilog-indent-level-directive' (default 1)
36272 `verilog-cexp-indent' (default 1)
36273 Indentation of Verilog statements broken across lines i.e.:
36274 if (a)
36275 begin
36276 `verilog-case-indent' (default 2)
36277 Indentation for case statements.
36278 `verilog-auto-newline' (default nil)
36279 Non-nil means automatically newline after semicolons and the punctuation
36280 mark after an end.
36281 `verilog-auto-indent-on-newline' (default t)
36282 Non-nil means automatically indent line after newline.
36283 `verilog-tab-always-indent' (default t)
36284 Non-nil means TAB in Verilog mode should always reindent the current line,
36285 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
36286 `verilog-indent-begin-after-if' (default t)
36287 Non-nil means to indent begin statements following a preceding
36288 if, else, while, for and repeat statements, if any. Otherwise,
36289 the begin is lined up with the preceding token. If t, you get:
36290 if (a)
36291 begin // amount of indent based on `verilog-cexp-indent'
36292 otherwise you get:
36293 if (a)
36294 begin
36295 `verilog-auto-endcomments' (default t)
36296 Non-nil means a comment /* ... */ is set after the ends which ends
36297 cases, tasks, functions and modules.
36298 The type and name of the object will be set between the braces.
36299 `verilog-minimum-comment-distance' (default 10)
36300 Minimum distance (in lines) between begin and end required before a comment
36301 will be inserted. Setting this variable to zero results in every
36302 end acquiring a comment; the default avoids too many redundant
36303 comments in tight quarters.
36304 `verilog-auto-lineup' (default `declarations')
36305 List of contexts where auto lineup of code should be done.
36307 Variables controlling other actions:
36309 `verilog-linter' (default `surelint')
36310 Unix program to call to run the lint checker. This is the default
36315 AUTO expansion functions are, in part:
36321 Some other functions are:
36351 \\[verilog-sk-casex] Insert a casex (...) item: begin.. end endcase block, prompting for details.
36352 \\[verilog-sk-casez] Insert a casez (...) item: begin.. end endcase block, prompting for details.
36364 \\[verilog-sk-define-signal] Define signal under point as a register at the top of the module.
36367 Key bindings specific to `verilog-mode-map' are:
36371 \(fn)" t nil)
36373 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "verilog-mode" '("vl-" "verilog-" "electric-verilog-")))
36375 ;;;***
36376 \f
36377 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vhdl-mode" "progmodes/vhdl-mode.el" (0 0 0
36378 ;;;;;; 0))
36379 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/vhdl-mode.el
36381 (autoload 'vhdl-mode "vhdl-mode" "\
36382 Major mode for editing VHDL code.
36384 Usage:
36385 ------
36387 TEMPLATE INSERTION (electrification):
36388 After typing a VHDL keyword and entering `SPC', you are prompted for
36389 arguments while a template is generated for that VHDL construct. Typing
36390 `RET' or `C-g' at the first (mandatory) prompt aborts the current
36391 template generation. Optional arguments are indicated by square
36392 brackets and removed if the queried string is left empty. Prompts for
36393 mandatory arguments remain in the code if the queried string is left
36394 empty. They can be queried again by `C-c C-t C-q'. Enabled
36395 electrification is indicated by `/e' in the mode line.
36397 Typing `M-SPC' after a keyword inserts a space without calling the
36398 template generator. Automatic template generation (i.e.
36399 electrification) can be disabled (enabled) by typing `C-c C-m C-e' or by
36400 setting option `vhdl-electric-mode' (see OPTIONS).
36402 Template generators can be invoked from the VHDL menu, by key
36403 bindings, by typing `C-c C-i C-c' and choosing a construct, or by typing
36404 the keyword (i.e. first word of menu entry not in parenthesis) and
36405 `SPC'. The following abbreviations can also be used: arch, attr, cond,
36406 conf, comp, cons, func, inst, pack, sig, var.
36408 Template styles can be customized in customization group
36409 `vhdl-template' (see OPTIONS).
36412 HEADER INSERTION:
36413 A file header can be inserted by `C-c C-t C-h'. A file footer
36414 (template at the end of the file) can be inserted by `C-c C-t C-f'.
36415 See customization group `vhdl-header'.
36418 STUTTERING:
36419 Double striking of some keys inserts cumbersome VHDL syntax elements.
36420 Stuttering can be disabled (enabled) by typing `C-c C-m C-s' or by
36421 option `vhdl-stutter-mode'. Enabled stuttering is indicated by `/s' in
36422 the mode line. The stuttering keys and their effects are:
36431 WORD COMPLETION:
36432 Typing `TAB' after a (not completed) word looks for a VHDL keyword or a
36433 word in the buffer that starts alike, inserts it and adjusts case.
36434 Re-typing `TAB' toggles through alternative word completions. This also
36435 works in the minibuffer (i.e. in template generator prompts).
36437 Typing `TAB' after `(' looks for and inserts complete parenthesized
36438 expressions (e.g. for array index ranges). All keywords as well as
36439 standard types and subprograms of VHDL have predefined abbreviations
36443 Typing `TAB' after a non-word character indents the line if at the
36444 beginning of a line (i.e. no preceding non-blank characters), and
36445 inserts a tabulator stop otherwise. `M-TAB' always inserts a tabulator
36446 stop.
36449 COMMENTS:
36450 `--' puts a single comment.
36451 `---' draws a horizontal line for separating code segments.
36452 `----' inserts a display comment, i.e. two horizontal lines
36453 with a comment in between.
36454 `--CR' comments out code on that line. Re-hitting CR comments
36455 out following lines.
36456 `C-c C-c' comments out a region if not commented out,
36457 uncomments a region if already commented out. Option
36458 `comment-style' defines where the comment characters
36459 should be placed (beginning of line, indent, etc.).
36461 You are prompted for comments after object definitions (i.e. signals,
36462 variables, constants, ports) and after subprogram and process
36463 specifications if option `vhdl-prompt-for-comments' is non-nil.
36464 Comments are automatically inserted as additional labels (e.g. after
36465 begin statements) and as help comments if `vhdl-self-insert-comments' is
36466 non-nil.
36468 Inline comments (i.e. comments after a piece of code on the same line)
36469 are indented at least to `vhdl-inline-comment-column'. Comments go at
36470 maximum to `vhdl-end-comment-column'. `RET' after a space in a comment
36471 will open a new comment line. Typing beyond `vhdl-end-comment-column'
36472 in a comment automatically opens a new comment line. `M-q' re-fills
36473 multi-line comments.
36476 INDENTATION:
36477 `TAB' indents a line if at the beginning of the line. The amount of
36478 indentation is specified by option `vhdl-basic-offset'. `C-c C-i C-l'
36479 always indents the current line (is bound to `TAB' if option
36480 `vhdl-intelligent-tab' is nil). If a region is active, `TAB' indents
36481 the entire region.
36483 Indentation can be done for a group of lines (`C-c C-i C-g'), a region
36485 indented normally (nil) or relative to the opening parenthesis (non-nil)
36486 according to option `vhdl-argument-list-indent'.
36488 If option `vhdl-indent-tabs-mode' is nil, spaces are used instead of
36490 tabs and vice versa.
36492 Syntax-based indentation can be very slow in large files. Option
36493 `vhdl-indent-syntax-based' allows you to use faster but simpler indentation.
36495 Option `vhdl-indent-comment-like-next-code-line' controls whether
36496 comment lines are indented like the preceding or like the following code
36497 line.
36500 ALIGNMENT:
36501 The alignment functions align operators, keywords, and inline comments
36502 to beautify the code. `C-c C-a C-a' aligns a group of consecutive lines
36503 separated by blank lines, `C-c C-a C-i' a block of lines with same
36504 indent. `C-c C-a C-l' aligns all lines belonging to a list enclosed by
36505 a pair of parentheses (e.g. port clause/map, argument list), and `C-c
36506 C-a C-d' all lines within the declarative part of a design unit. `C-c
36507 C-a M-a' aligns an entire region. `C-c C-a C-c' aligns inline comments
36508 for a group of lines, and `C-c C-a M-c' for a region.
36510 If option `vhdl-align-groups' is non-nil, groups of code lines
36511 separated by special lines (see option `vhdl-align-group-separate') are
36512 aligned individually. If option `vhdl-align-same-indent' is non-nil,
36513 blocks of lines with same indent are aligned separately. Some templates
36514 are automatically aligned after generation if option `vhdl-auto-align'
36515 is non-nil.
36517 Alignment tries to align inline comments at
36518 `vhdl-inline-comment-column' and tries inline comment not to exceed
36519 `vhdl-end-comment-column'.
36521 `C-c C-x M-w' fixes up whitespace in a region. That is, operator
36522 symbols are surrounded by one space, and multiple spaces are eliminated.
36525 CODE FILLING:
36526 Code filling allows you to condense code (e.g. sensitivity lists or port
36527 maps) by removing comments and newlines and re-wrapping so that all
36528 lines are maximally filled (block filling). `C-c C-f C-f' fills a list
36529 enclosed by parenthesis, `C-c C-f C-g' a group of lines separated by
36530 blank lines, `C-c C-f C-i' a block of lines with same indent, and
36531 `C-c C-f M-f' an entire region.
36534 CODE BEAUTIFICATION:
36535 `C-c M-b' and `C-c C-b' beautify the code of a region or of the entire
36536 buffer respectively. This includes indentation, alignment, and case
36537 fixing. Code beautification can also be run non-interactively using the
36538 command:
36540 emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs filename.vhd -f vhdl-beautify-buffer
36543 PORT TRANSLATION:
36544 Generic and port clauses from entity or component declarations can be
36545 copied (`C-c C-p C-w') and pasted as entity and component declarations,
36546 as component instantiations and corresponding internal constants and
36547 signals, as a generic map with constants as actual generics, and as
36548 internal signal initializations (menu).
36550 To include formals in component instantiations, see option
36551 `vhdl-association-list-with-formals'. To include comments in pasting,
36552 see options `vhdl-include-...-comments'.
36554 A clause with several generic/port names on the same line can be
36555 flattened (`C-c C-p C-f') so that only one name per line exists. The
36556 direction of ports can be reversed (`C-c C-p C-r'), i.e., inputs become
36557 outputs and vice versa, which can be useful in testbenches. (This
36558 reversion is done on the internal data structure and is only reflected
36559 in subsequent paste operations.)
36561 Names for actual ports, instances, testbenches, and
36562 design-under-test instances can be derived from existing names according
36563 to options `vhdl-...-name'. See customization group `vhdl-port'.
36566 SUBPROGRAM TRANSLATION:
36567 Similar functionality exists for copying/pasting the interface of
36568 subprograms (function/procedure). A subprogram interface can be copied
36569 and then pasted as a subprogram declaration, body or call (uses
36570 association list with formals).
36573 TESTBENCH GENERATION:
36574 A copied port can also be pasted as a testbench. The generated
36575 testbench includes an entity, an architecture, and an optional
36576 configuration. The architecture contains the component declaration and
36577 instantiation of the DUT as well as internal constant and signal
36578 declarations. Additional user-defined templates can be inserted. The
36579 names used for entity/architecture/configuration/DUT as well as the file
36580 structure to be generated can be customized. See customization group
36581 `vhdl-testbench'.
36584 KEY BINDINGS:
36585 Key bindings (`C-c ...') exist for most commands (see in menu).
36588 VHDL MENU:
36589 All commands can be found in the VHDL menu including their key bindings.
36592 FILE BROWSER:
36593 The speedbar allows browsing of directories and file contents. It can
36594 be accessed from the VHDL menu and is automatically opened if option
36595 `vhdl-speedbar-auto-open' is non-nil.
36597 In speedbar, open files and directories with `mouse-2' on the name and
36598 browse/rescan their contents with `mouse-2'/`S-mouse-2' on the `+'.
36601 DESIGN HIERARCHY BROWSER:
36602 The speedbar can also be used for browsing the hierarchy of design units
36603 contained in the source files of the current directory or the specified
36604 projects (see option `vhdl-project-alist').
36606 The speedbar can be switched between file, directory hierarchy and
36607 project hierarchy browsing mode in the speedbar menu or by typing `f',
36608 `h' or `H' in speedbar.
36610 In speedbar, open design units with `mouse-2' on the name and browse
36611 their hierarchy with `mouse-2' on the `+'. Ports can directly be copied
36612 from entities and components (in packages). Individual design units and
36615 The hierarchy is automatically updated upon saving a modified source
36616 file when option `vhdl-speedbar-update-on-saving' is non-nil. The
36617 hierarchy is only updated for projects that have been opened once in the
36618 speedbar. The hierarchy is cached between Emacs sessions in a file (see
36619 options in group `vhdl-speedbar').
36621 Simple design consistency checks are done during scanning, such as
36622 multiple declarations of the same unit or missing primary units that are
36623 required by secondary units.
36626 STRUCTURAL COMPOSITION:
36627 Enables simple structural composition. `C-c C-m C-n' creates a skeleton
36628 for a new component. Subcomponents (i.e. component declaration and
36629 instantiation) can be automatically placed from a previously read port
36630 (`C-c C-m C-p') or directly from the hierarchy browser (`P'). Finally,
36631 all subcomponents can be automatically connected using internal signals
36632 and ports (`C-c C-m C-w') following these rules:
36633 - subcomponent actual ports with same name are considered to be
36634 connected by a signal (internal signal or port)
36635 - signals that are only inputs to subcomponents are considered as
36636 inputs to this component -> input port created
36637 - signals that are only outputs from subcomponents are considered as
36638 outputs from this component -> output port created
36639 - signals that are inputs to AND outputs from subcomponents are
36640 considered as internal connections -> internal signal created
36642 Purpose: With appropriate naming conventions it is possible to
36643 create higher design levels with only a few mouse clicks or key
36644 strokes. A new design level can be created by simply generating a new
36645 component, placing the required subcomponents from the hierarchy
36646 browser, and wiring everything automatically.
36648 Note: Automatic wiring only works reliably on templates of new
36649 components and component instantiations that were created by VHDL mode.
36651 Component declarations can be placed in a components package (option
36652 `vhdl-use-components-package') which can be automatically generated for
36653 an entire directory or project (`C-c C-m M-p'). The VHDL'93 direct
36654 component instantiation is also supported (option
36655 `vhdl-use-direct-instantiation').
36657 Configuration declarations can automatically be generated either from
36658 the menu (`C-c C-m C-f') (for the architecture the cursor is in) or from
36659 the speedbar menu (for the architecture under the cursor). The
36660 configurations can optionally be hierarchical (i.e. include all
36661 component levels of a hierarchical design, option
36662 `vhdl-compose-configuration-hierarchical') or include subconfigurations
36663 (option `vhdl-compose-configuration-use-subconfiguration'). For
36664 subcomponents in hierarchical configurations, the most-recently-analyzed
36665 (mra) architecture is selected. If another architecture is desired, it
36666 can be marked as most-recently-analyzed (speedbar menu) before
36667 generating the configuration.
36669 Note: Configurations of subcomponents (i.e. hierarchical configuration
36670 declarations) are currently not considered when displaying
36671 configurations in speedbar.
36673 See the options group `vhdl-compose' for all relevant user options.
36676 SOURCE FILE COMPILATION:
36677 The syntax of the current buffer can be analyzed by calling a VHDL
36678 compiler (menu, `C-c C-k'). The compiler to be used is specified by
36679 option `vhdl-compiler'. The available compilers are listed in option
36680 `vhdl-compiler-alist' including all required compilation command,
36681 command options, compilation directory, and error message syntax
36682 information. New compilers can be added.
36684 All the source files of an entire design can be compiled by the `make'
36685 command (menu, `C-c M-C-k') if an appropriate Makefile exists.
36688 MAKEFILE GENERATION:
36689 Makefiles can be generated automatically by an internal generation
36690 routine (`C-c M-k'). The library unit dependency information is
36691 obtained from the hierarchy browser. Makefile generation can be
36692 customized for each compiler in option `vhdl-compiler-alist'.
36694 Makefile generation can also be run non-interactively using the
36695 command:
36697 emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l vhdl-mode
36698 [-compiler compilername] [-project projectname]
36699 -f vhdl-generate-makefile
36703 library directory if not existent. These target names can be customized
36704 by option `vhdl-makefile-default-targets'. The Makefile also includes a
36705 target for each primary library unit which allows selective compilation
36706 of this unit, its secondary units and its subhierarchy (example:
36707 compilation of a design specified by a configuration). User specific
36708 parts can be inserted into a Makefile with option
36709 `vhdl-makefile-generation-hook'.
36711 Limitations:
36712 - Only library units and dependencies within the current library are
36713 considered. Makefiles for designs that span multiple libraries are
36714 not (yet) supported.
36715 - Only one-level configurations are supported (also hierarchical),
36716 but configurations that go down several levels are not.
36720 PROJECTS:
36721 Projects can be defined in option `vhdl-project-alist' and a current
36722 project be selected using option `vhdl-project' (permanently) or from
36723 the menu or speedbar (temporarily). For each project, title and
36724 description strings (for the file headers), source files/directories
36725 (for the hierarchy browser and Makefile generation), library name, and
36726 compiler-dependent options, exceptions and compilation directory can be
36727 specified. Compilation settings overwrite the settings of option
36728 `vhdl-compiler-alist'.
36730 Project setups can be exported (i.e. written to a file) and imported.
36731 Imported setups are not automatically saved in `vhdl-project-alist' but
36732 can be saved afterwards in its customization buffer. When starting
36735 automatically loaded and its project activated if option
36736 `vhdl-project-auto-load' is non-nil. Names/paths of the project setup
36737 files can be specified in option `vhdl-project-file-name'. Multiple
36738 project setups can be automatically loaded from global directories.
36739 This is an alternative to specifying project setups with option
36740 `vhdl-project-alist'.
36743 SPECIAL MENUES:
36744 As an alternative to the speedbar, an index menu can be added (set
36745 option `vhdl-index-menu' to non-nil) or made accessible as a mouse menu
36747 file) for browsing the file contents (is not populated if buffer is
36748 larger than 256000). Also, a source file menu can be
36749 added (set option `vhdl-source-file-menu' to non-nil) for browsing the
36750 current directory for VHDL source files.
36753 VHDL STANDARDS:
36754 The VHDL standards to be used are specified in option `vhdl-standard'.
36755 Available standards are: VHDL'87/'93(02)/'08, VHDL-AMS, and Math Packages.
36758 KEYWORD CASE:
36759 Lower and upper case for keywords and standardized types, attributes,
36760 and enumeration values is supported. If the option
36761 `vhdl-upper-case-keywords' is set to non-nil, keywords can be typed in
36762 lower case and are converted into upper case automatically (not for
36763 types, attributes, and enumeration values). The case of keywords,
36764 types, attributes,and enumeration values can be fixed for an entire
36765 region (menu) or buffer (`C-c C-x C-c') according to the options
36766 `vhdl-upper-case-{keywords,types,attributes,enum-values}'.
36769 HIGHLIGHTING (fontification):
36770 Keywords and standardized types, attributes, enumeration values, and
36771 function names (controlled by option `vhdl-highlight-keywords'), as well
36772 as comments, strings, and template prompts are highlighted using
36773 different colors. Unit, subprogram, signal, variable, constant,
36774 parameter and generic/port names in declarations as well as labels are
36775 highlighted if option `vhdl-highlight-names' is non-nil.
36777 Additional reserved words or words with a forbidden syntax (e.g. words
36778 that should be avoided) can be specified in option
36779 `vhdl-forbidden-words' or `vhdl-forbidden-syntax' and be highlighted in
36780 a warning color (option `vhdl-highlight-forbidden-words'). Verilog
36781 keywords are highlighted as forbidden words if option
36782 `vhdl-highlight-verilog-keywords' is non-nil.
36784 Words with special syntax can be highlighted by specifying their
36785 syntax and color in option `vhdl-special-syntax-alist' and by setting
36786 option `vhdl-highlight-special-words' to non-nil. This allows you to
36787 establish some naming conventions (e.g. to distinguish different kinds
36788 of signals or other objects by using name suffices) and to support them
36789 visually.
36791 Option `vhdl-highlight-case-sensitive' can be set to non-nil in order
36792 to support case-sensitive highlighting. However, keywords are then only
36793 highlighted if written in lower case.
36796 highlighted using a different background color if option
36797 `vhdl-highlight-translate-off' is non-nil.
36799 For documentation and customization of the used colors see
36801 highlighting of matching parenthesis, see customization group
36802 `paren-showing'. Automatic buffer highlighting is turned on/off by
36803 option `global-font-lock-mode' (`font-lock-auto-fontify' in XEmacs).
36806 USER MODELS:
36807 VHDL models (templates) can be specified by the user and made accessible
36808 in the menu, through key bindings (`C-c C-m ...'), or by keyword
36809 electrification. See option `vhdl-model-alist'.
36812 HIDE/SHOW:
36813 The code of blocks, processes, subprograms, component declarations and
36814 instantiations, generic/port clauses, and configuration declarations can
36815 be hidden using the `Hide/Show' menu or by pressing `S-mouse-2' within
36816 the code (see customization group `vhdl-menu'). XEmacs: limited
36817 functionality due to old `hideshow.el' package.
36820 CODE UPDATING:
36821 - Sensitivity List: `C-c C-u C-s' updates the sensitivity list of the
36822 current process, `C-c C-u M-s' of all processes in the current buffer.
36823 Limitations:
36824 - Only declared local signals (ports, signals declared in
36825 architecture and blocks) are automatically inserted.
36826 - Global signals declared in packages are not automatically inserted.
36827 Insert them once manually (will be kept afterwards).
36828 - Out parameters of procedures are considered to be read.
36829 Use option `vhdl-entity-file-name' to specify the entity file name
36830 (used to obtain the port names).
36831 Use option `vhdl-array-index-record-field-in-sensitivity-list' to
36832 specify whether to include array indices and record fields in
36833 sensitivity lists.
36836 CODE FIXING:
36837 `C-c C-x C-p' fixes the closing parenthesis of a generic/port clause
36838 (e.g., if the closing parenthesis is on the wrong line or is missing).
36841 PRINTING:
36842 PostScript printing with different faces (an optimized set of faces is
36843 used if `vhdl-print-customize-faces' is non-nil) or colors (if
36844 `ps-print-color-p' is non-nil) is possible using the standard Emacs
36845 PostScript printing commands. Option `vhdl-print-two-column' defines
36846 appropriate default settings for nice landscape two-column printing.
36847 The paper format can be set by option `ps-paper-type'. Do not forget to
36848 switch `ps-print-color-p' to nil for printing on black-and-white
36849 printers.
36852 OPTIONS:
36853 User options allow customization of VHDL Mode. All options are
36855 and choices) can directly be changed, while for complex options a
36856 customization buffer is opened. Changed options can be saved for future
36859 Options and their detailed descriptions can also be accessed by using
36862 after some action (read the NOTE in the option documentation).
36863 Customization can also be done globally (i.e. site-wide, read the
36864 INSTALL file).
36866 Not all options are described in this documentation, so go and see
36870 FILE EXTENSIONS:
36872 automatically recognized as VHDL source files. To add an extension
36878 HINTS:
36879 - To start Emacs with open VHDL hierarchy browser without having to load
36880 a VHDL file first, use the command:
36882 emacs -l vhdl-mode -f speedbar-frame-mode
36884 - Type `C-g C-g' to interrupt long operations or if Emacs hangs.
36886 - Some features only work on properly indented code.
36889 RELEASE NOTES:
36890 See also the release notes (menu) for added features in new releases.
36893 Maintenance:
36894 ------------
36897 Add a description of the problem and include a reproducible test case.
36899 Questions and enhancement requests can be sent to <reto@gnu.org>.
36901 The `vhdl-mode-announce' mailing list informs about new VHDL Mode releases.
36902 The `vhdl-mode-victims' mailing list informs about new VHDL Mode beta
36903 releases. You are kindly invited to participate in beta testing. Subscribe
36904 to above mailing lists by sending an email to <reto@gnu.org>.
36906 VHDL Mode is officially distributed at
36907 http://www.iis.ee.ethz.ch/~zimmi/emacs/vhdl-mode.html
36908 where the latest version can be found.
36911 Known problems:
36912 ---------------
36914 - XEmacs: Incorrect start-up when automatically opening speedbar.
36915 - XEmacs: Indentation in XEmacs 21.4 (and higher).
36916 - Indentation incorrect for new 'postponed' VHDL keyword.
36917 - Indentation incorrect for 'protected body' construct.
36920 The VHDL Mode Authors
36921 Reto Zimmermann and Rod Whitby
36923 Key bindings:
36924 -------------
36928 \(fn)" t nil)
36930 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "vhdl-mode" '("vhdl-")))
36932 ;;;***
36933 \f
36934 ;;;### (autoloads nil "viet-util" "language/viet-util.el" (0 0 0
36935 ;;;;;; 0))
36936 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/viet-util.el
36938 (autoload 'viet-encode-viscii-char "viet-util" "\
36939 Return VISCII character code of CHAR if appropriate.
36941 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
36943 (autoload 'viet-decode-viqr-region "viet-util" "\
36944 Convert `VIQR' mnemonics of the current region to Vietnamese characters.
36945 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
36946 positions (integers or markers) specifying the stretch of the region.
36948 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
36950 (autoload 'viet-decode-viqr-buffer "viet-util" "\
36951 Convert `VIQR' mnemonics of the current buffer to Vietnamese characters.
36953 \(fn)" t nil)
36955 (autoload 'viet-encode-viqr-region "viet-util" "\
36956 Convert Vietnamese characters of the current region to `VIQR' mnemonics.
36957 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
36958 positions (integers or markers) specifying the stretch of the region.
36960 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
36962 (autoload 'viet-encode-viqr-buffer "viet-util" "\
36963 Convert Vietnamese characters of the current buffer to `VIQR' mnemonics.
36965 \(fn)" t nil)
36967 (autoload 'viqr-post-read-conversion "viet-util" "\
36970 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
36972 (autoload 'viqr-pre-write-conversion "viet-util" "\
36975 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
36977 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "viet-util" '("viet-viqr-alist" "viqr-regexp")))
36979 ;;;***
36980 \f
36981 ;;;### (autoloads nil "view" "view.el" (0 0 0 0))
36982 ;;; Generated autoloads from view.el
36984 (defvar view-remove-frame-by-deleting t "\
36985 Determine how View mode removes a frame no longer needed.
36986 If nil, make an icon of the frame. If non-nil, delete the frame.")
36988 (custom-autoload 'view-remove-frame-by-deleting "view" t)
36990 (defvar view-mode nil "\
36991 Non-nil if View mode is enabled.
36992 Don't change this variable directly, you must change it by one of the
36993 functions that enable or disable view mode.")
36995 (make-variable-buffer-local 'view-mode)
36997 (autoload 'kill-buffer-if-not-modified "view" "\
36998 Like `kill-buffer', but does nothing if the buffer is modified.
37000 \(fn BUF)" nil nil)
37002 (autoload 'view-file "view" "\
37003 View FILE in View mode, returning to previous buffer when done.
37004 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead, a
37005 special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation) are defined for
37006 moving around in the buffer.
37007 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
37008 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
37010 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
37012 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
37014 (autoload 'view-file-other-window "view" "\
37015 View FILE in View mode in another window.
37016 When done, return that window to its previous buffer, and kill the
37017 buffer visiting FILE if unmodified and if it wasn't visited before.
37019 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
37020 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
37021 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
37022 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
37023 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
37025 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
37027 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
37029 (autoload 'view-file-other-frame "view" "\
37030 View FILE in View mode in another frame.
37031 When done, kill the buffer visiting FILE if unmodified and if it wasn't
37032 visited before; also, maybe delete other frame and/or return to previous
37033 buffer.
37035 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
37036 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
37037 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
37038 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
37039 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
37041 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
37043 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
37045 (autoload 'view-buffer "view" "\
37046 View BUFFER in View mode, returning to previous buffer when done.
37047 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead, a
37048 special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation) are defined for
37049 moving around in the buffer.
37050 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
37051 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
37053 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
37055 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
37056 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer. Use
37057 this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'.
37059 Do not set EXIT-ACTION to `kill-buffer' when BUFFER visits a
37060 file: Users may suspend viewing in order to modify the buffer.
37061 Exiting View mode will then discard the user's edits. Setting
37062 EXIT-ACTION to `kill-buffer-if-not-modified' avoids this.
37064 This function does not enable View mode if the buffer's major-mode
37065 has a `special' mode-class, because such modes usually have their
37066 own View-like bindings.
37068 \(fn BUFFER &optional EXIT-ACTION)" t nil)
37070 (autoload 'view-buffer-other-window "view" "\
37071 View BUFFER in View mode in another window.
37072 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available;
37073 instead, a special set of commands (mostly letters and
37074 punctuation) are defined for moving around in the buffer.
37075 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
37076 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
37078 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
37080 Optional argument NOT-RETURN is ignored.
37082 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
37083 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer. Use
37084 this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'.
37086 This function does not enable View mode if the buffer's major-mode
37087 has a `special' mode-class, because such modes usually have their
37088 own View-like bindings.
37090 \(fn BUFFER &optional NOT-RETURN EXIT-ACTION)" t nil)
37092 (autoload 'view-buffer-other-frame "view" "\
37093 View BUFFER in View mode in another frame.
37094 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available;
37095 instead, a special set of commands (mostly letters and
37096 punctuation) are defined for moving around in the buffer.
37097 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
37098 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
37100 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
37102 Optional argument NOT-RETURN is ignored.
37104 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
37105 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer. Use
37106 this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'.
37108 This function does not enable View mode if the buffer's major-mode
37109 has a `special' mode-class, because such modes usually have their
37110 own View-like bindings.
37112 \(fn BUFFER &optional NOT-RETURN EXIT-ACTION)" t nil)
37114 (autoload 'view-mode "view" "\
37115 Toggle View mode, a minor mode for viewing text but not editing it.
37116 With a prefix argument ARG, enable View mode if ARG is positive,
37117 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable View mode
37118 if ARG is omitted or nil.
37120 When View mode is enabled, commands that do not change the buffer
37121 contents are available as usual. Kill commands insert text in
37122 kill buffers but do not delete. Most other commands beep and
37123 tell the user that the buffer is read-only.
37127 The following additional commands are provided. Most commands
37129 lines which is almost a whole window, or number of lines set by
37132 which initially is half a window full. Search commands default
37133 to a repeat count of one.
37135 H, h, ? This message.
37136 Digits provide prefix arguments.
37139 > move to the end of buffer.
37142 With prefix scroll forward prefix lines.
37144 With prefix scroll backward prefix lines.
37145 \\[View-scroll-page-forward-set-page-size] like \\[View-scroll-page-forward] but with prefix sets \"page size\" to prefix.
37146 \\[View-scroll-page-backward-set-page-size] like \\[View-scroll-page-backward] but with prefix sets \"page size\" to prefix.
37149 \\[View-scroll-half-page-backward] scroll backward \"half page size\" lines. With prefix, sets
37151 RET, LFD scroll forward one line. With prefix scroll forward prefix line(s).
37152 y scroll backward one line. With prefix scroll backward prefix line(s).
37154 Use this to view a changing file.
37158 . set the mark.
37159 x exchanges point and mark.
37161 Mark ring is pushed at start of every successful search and when
37162 jump to line occurs. The mark is set on jump to buffer start or end.
37165 s do forward incremental search.
37166 r do reverse incremental search.
37167 \\[View-search-regexp-forward] searches forward for regular expression, starting after current page.
37168 ! and @ have a special meaning at the beginning of the regexp.
37169 ! means search for a line with no match for regexp. @ means start
37170 search at beginning (end for backward search) of buffer.
37173 p searches backward for last regular expression.
37177 viewing a buffer (file) and find out you want to edit it.
37178 This command restores the previous read-only status of the buffer.
37180 even if it was not editable before entry to View mode.
37185 The effect of \\[View-leave], \\[View-quit] and \\[View-kill-and-leave] depends on how view-mode was entered. If it was
37186 entered by view-file, view-file-other-window, view-file-other-frame, or
37195 Entry to view-mode runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
37197 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
37199 (autoload 'view-return-to-alist-update "view" "\
37200 Update `view-return-to-alist' of buffer BUFFER.
37201 Remove from `view-return-to-alist' all entries referencing dead
37202 windows. Optional argument ITEM non-nil means add ITEM to
37203 `view-return-to-alist' after purging. For a description of items
37204 that can be added see the RETURN-TO-ALIST argument of the
37205 function `view-mode-exit'. If `view-return-to-alist' contains an
37206 entry for the selected window, purge that entry from
37207 `view-return-to-alist' before adding ITEM.
37209 \(fn BUFFER &optional ITEM)" nil nil)
37211 (make-obsolete 'view-return-to-alist-update '"this function has no effect." '"24.1")
37213 (autoload 'view-mode-enter "view" "\
37214 Enter View mode and set up exit from view mode depending on optional arguments.
37215 Optional argument QUIT-RESTORE if non-nil must specify a valid
37216 entry for quitting and restoring any window showing the current
37217 buffer. This entry replaces any parameter installed by
37218 `display-buffer' and is used by `view-mode-exit'.
37220 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION, if non-nil, must specify a
37221 function that takes a buffer as argument. This function will be
37222 called by `view-mode-exit'.
37224 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
37226 This function runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
37228 \(fn &optional QUIT-RESTORE EXIT-ACTION)" nil nil)
37230 (autoload 'View-exit-and-edit "view" "\
37231 Exit View mode and make the current buffer editable.
37233 \(fn)" t nil)
37235 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "view" '("view-" "View-")))
37237 ;;;***
37238 \f
37239 ;;;### (autoloads nil "viper" "emulation/viper.el" (0 0 0 0))
37240 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/viper.el
37241 (push (purecopy '(viper 3 14 1)) package--builtin-versions)
37243 (autoload 'toggle-viper-mode "viper" "\
37244 Toggle Viper on/off.
37245 If Viper is enabled, turn it off. Otherwise, turn it on.
37247 \(fn)" t nil)
37249 (autoload 'viper-mode "viper" "\
37250 Turn on Viper emulation of Vi in Emacs. See Info node `(viper)Top'.
37252 \(fn)" t nil)
37254 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "viper" '("viper-" "set-viper-state-in-major-mode" "this-major-mode-requires-vi-state")))
37256 ;;;***
37257 \f
37258 ;;;### (autoloads nil "viper-cmd" "emulation/viper-cmd.el" (0 0 0
37259 ;;;;;; 0))
37260 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/viper-cmd.el
37262 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "viper-cmd" '("viper-")))
37264 ;;;***
37265 \f
37266 ;;;### (autoloads nil "viper-ex" "emulation/viper-ex.el" (0 0 0 0))
37267 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/viper-ex.el
37269 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "viper-ex" '("ex-" "viper-")))
37271 ;;;***
37272 \f
37273 ;;;### (autoloads nil "viper-init" "emulation/viper-init.el" (0 0
37274 ;;;;;; 0 0))
37275 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/viper-init.el
37277 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "viper-init" '("viper-")))
37279 ;;;***
37280 \f
37281 ;;;### (autoloads nil "viper-keym" "emulation/viper-keym.el" (0 0
37282 ;;;;;; 0 0))
37283 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/viper-keym.el
37285 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "viper-keym" '("viper-" "ex-read-filename-map")))
37287 ;;;***
37288 \f
37289 ;;;### (autoloads nil "viper-macs" "emulation/viper-macs.el" (0 0
37290 ;;;;;; 0 0))
37291 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/viper-macs.el
37293 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "viper-macs" '("viper-" "ex-")))
37295 ;;;***
37296 \f
37297 ;;;### (autoloads nil "viper-mous" "emulation/viper-mous.el" (0 0
37298 ;;;;;; 0 0))
37299 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/viper-mous.el
37301 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "viper-mous" '("viper-")))
37303 ;;;***
37304 \f
37305 ;;;### (autoloads nil "viper-util" "emulation/viper-util.el" (0 0
37306 ;;;;;; 0 0))
37307 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/viper-util.el
37309 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "viper-util" '("viper")))
37311 ;;;***
37312 \f
37313 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vt-control" "vt-control.el" (0 0 0 0))
37314 ;;; Generated autoloads from vt-control.el
37316 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "vt-control" '("vt-")))
37318 ;;;***
37319 \f
37320 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vt100-led" "vt100-led.el" (0 0 0 0))
37321 ;;; Generated autoloads from vt100-led.el
37323 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "vt100-led" '("led-")))
37325 ;;;***
37326 \f
37327 ;;;### (autoloads nil "w32-fns" "w32-fns.el" (0 0 0 0))
37328 ;;; Generated autoloads from w32-fns.el
37330 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "w32-fns" '("w32-")))
37332 ;;;***
37333 \f
37334 ;;;### (autoloads nil "w32-vars" "w32-vars.el" (0 0 0 0))
37335 ;;; Generated autoloads from w32-vars.el
37337 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "w32-vars" '("w32-")))
37339 ;;;***
37340 \f
37341 ;;;### (autoloads nil "warnings" "emacs-lisp/warnings.el" (0 0 0
37342 ;;;;;; 0))
37343 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/warnings.el
37345 (defvar warning-prefix-function nil "\
37346 Function to generate warning prefixes.
37347 This function, if non-nil, is called with two arguments,
37348 the severity level and its entry in `warning-levels',
37349 and should return the entry that should actually be used.
37350 The warnings buffer is current when this function is called
37351 and the function can insert text in it. This text becomes
37352 the beginning of the warning.")
37354 (defvar warning-series nil "\
37355 Non-nil means treat multiple `display-warning' calls as a series.
37356 A marker indicates a position in the warnings buffer
37357 which is the start of the current series; it means that
37358 additional warnings in the same buffer should not move point.
37359 If t, the next warning begins a series (and stores a marker here).
37360 A symbol with a function definition is like t, except
37361 also call that function before the next warning.")
37363 (defvar warning-fill-prefix nil "\
37364 Non-nil means fill each warning text using this string as `fill-prefix'.")
37366 (defvar warning-type-format (purecopy " (%s)") "\
37367 Format for displaying the warning type in the warning message.
37368 The result of formatting the type this way gets included in the
37369 message under the control of the string in `warning-levels'.")
37371 (autoload 'display-warning "warnings" "\
37372 Display a warning message, MESSAGE.
37373 TYPE is the warning type: either a custom group name (a symbol),
37374 or a list of symbols whose first element is a custom group name.
37375 \(The rest of the symbols represent subcategories, for warning purposes
37376 only, and you can use whatever symbols you like.)
37378 LEVEL should be either :debug, :warning, :error, or :emergency
37379 \(but see `warning-minimum-level' and `warning-minimum-log-level').
37380 Default is :warning.
37382 :emergency -- a problem that will seriously impair Emacs operation soon
37383 if you do not attend to it promptly.
37384 :error -- data or circumstances that are inherently wrong.
37385 :warning -- data or circumstances that are not inherently wrong,
37386 but raise suspicion of a possible problem.
37387 :debug -- info for debugging only.
37389 BUFFER-NAME, if specified, is the name of the buffer for logging
37390 the warning. By default, it is `*Warnings*'. If this function
37391 has to create the buffer, it disables undo in the buffer.
37393 See the `warnings' custom group for user customization features.
37395 See also `warning-series', `warning-prefix-function' and
37396 `warning-fill-prefix' for additional programming features.
37398 \(fn TYPE MESSAGE &optional LEVEL BUFFER-NAME)" nil nil)
37400 (autoload 'lwarn "warnings" "\
37401 Display a warning message made from (format-message MESSAGE ARGS...).
37403 Aside from generating the message with `format-message',
37404 this is equivalent to `display-warning'.
37406 TYPE is the warning type: either a custom group name (a symbol),
37407 or a list of symbols whose first element is a custom group name.
37408 \(The rest of the symbols represent subcategories and
37409 can be whatever you like.)
37411 LEVEL should be either :debug, :warning, :error, or :emergency
37412 \(but see `warning-minimum-level' and `warning-minimum-log-level').
37414 :emergency -- a problem that will seriously impair Emacs operation soon
37415 if you do not attend to it promptly.
37416 :error -- invalid data or circumstances.
37417 :warning -- suspicious data or circumstances.
37418 :debug -- info for debugging only.
37420 \(fn TYPE LEVEL MESSAGE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
37422 (autoload 'warn "warnings" "\
37423 Display a warning message made from (format-message MESSAGE ARGS...).
37424 Aside from generating the message with `format-message',
37425 this is equivalent to `display-warning', using
37426 `emacs' as the type and `:warning' as the level.
37428 \(fn MESSAGE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
37430 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "warnings" '("warning-" "log-warning-minimum-level" "display-warning-minimum-level")))
37432 ;;;***
37433 \f
37434 ;;;### (autoloads nil "wdired" "wdired.el" (0 0 0 0))
37435 ;;; Generated autoloads from wdired.el
37436 (push (purecopy '(wdired 2 0)) package--builtin-versions)
37438 (autoload 'wdired-change-to-wdired-mode "wdired" "\
37439 Put a Dired buffer in Writable Dired (WDired) mode.
37441 In WDired mode, you can edit the names of the files in the
37442 buffer, the target of the links, and the permission bits of the
37444 directories to reflect your edits.
37446 See `wdired-mode'.
37448 \(fn)" t nil)
37450 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "wdired" '("wdired-")))
37452 ;;;***
37453 \f
37454 ;;;### (autoloads nil "webjump" "net/webjump.el" (0 0 0 0))
37455 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/webjump.el
37457 (autoload 'webjump "webjump" "\
37458 Jumps to a Web site from a programmable hotlist.
37460 See the documentation for the `webjump-sites' variable for how to customize the
37461 hotlist.
37463 Please submit bug reports and other feedback to the author, Neil W. Van Dyke
37464 <nwv@acm.org>.
37466 \(fn)" t nil)
37468 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "webjump" '("webjump-")))
37470 ;;;***
37471 \f
37472 ;;;### (autoloads nil "which-func" "progmodes/which-func.el" (0 0
37473 ;;;;;; 0 0))
37474 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/which-func.el
37475 (put 'which-func-format 'risky-local-variable t)
37476 (put 'which-func-current 'risky-local-variable t)
37478 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'which-func-mode 'which-function-mode "24.1")
37480 (defvar which-function-mode nil "\
37481 Non-nil if Which-Function mode is enabled.
37482 See the `which-function-mode' command
37483 for a description of this minor mode.
37484 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
37485 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
37486 or call the function `which-function-mode'.")
37488 (custom-autoload 'which-function-mode "which-func" nil)
37490 (autoload 'which-function-mode "which-func" "\
37491 Toggle mode line display of current function (Which Function mode).
37492 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Which Function mode if ARG is
37493 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
37494 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
37496 Which Function mode is a global minor mode. When enabled, the
37497 current function name is continuously displayed in the mode line,
37498 in certain major modes.
37500 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
37502 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "which-func" '("which-func")))
37504 ;;;***
37505 \f
37506 ;;;### (autoloads nil "whitespace" "whitespace.el" (0 0 0 0))
37507 ;;; Generated autoloads from whitespace.el
37508 (push (purecopy '(whitespace 13 2 2)) package--builtin-versions)
37510 (autoload 'whitespace-mode "whitespace" "\
37511 Toggle whitespace visualization (Whitespace mode).
37512 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Whitespace mode if ARG is
37513 positive, and disable it otherwise.
37515 If called from Lisp, also enables the mode if ARG is omitted or nil,
37516 and toggles it if ARG is `toggle'.
37518 See also `whitespace-style', `whitespace-newline' and
37519 `whitespace-display-mappings'.
37521 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
37523 (autoload 'whitespace-newline-mode "whitespace" "\
37524 Toggle newline visualization (Whitespace Newline mode).
37525 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Whitespace Newline mode if ARG
37526 is positive, and disable it otherwise.
37528 If called from Lisp, also enables the mode if ARG is omitted or nil,
37529 and toggles it if ARG is `toggle'.
37531 Use `whitespace-newline-mode' only for NEWLINE visualization
37532 exclusively. For other visualizations, including NEWLINE
37533 visualization together with (HARD) SPACEs and/or TABs, please,
37534 use `whitespace-mode'.
37536 See also `whitespace-newline' and `whitespace-display-mappings'.
37538 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
37540 (defvar global-whitespace-mode nil "\
37541 Non-nil if Global Whitespace mode is enabled.
37542 See the `global-whitespace-mode' command
37543 for a description of this minor mode.
37544 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
37545 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
37546 or call the function `global-whitespace-mode'.")
37548 (custom-autoload 'global-whitespace-mode "whitespace" nil)
37550 (autoload 'global-whitespace-mode "whitespace" "\
37551 Toggle whitespace visualization globally (Global Whitespace mode).
37552 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Global Whitespace mode if ARG
37553 is positive, and disable it otherwise.
37555 If called from Lisp, also enables the mode if ARG is omitted or nil,
37556 and toggles it if ARG is `toggle'.
37558 See also `whitespace-style', `whitespace-newline' and
37559 `whitespace-display-mappings'.
37561 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
37563 (defvar global-whitespace-newline-mode nil "\
37564 Non-nil if Global Whitespace-Newline mode is enabled.
37565 See the `global-whitespace-newline-mode' command
37566 for a description of this minor mode.
37567 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
37568 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
37569 or call the function `global-whitespace-newline-mode'.")
37571 (custom-autoload 'global-whitespace-newline-mode "whitespace" nil)
37573 (autoload 'global-whitespace-newline-mode "whitespace" "\
37574 Toggle global newline visualization (Global Whitespace Newline mode).
37575 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Global Whitespace Newline mode
37576 if ARG is positive, and disable it otherwise.
37578 If called from Lisp, also enables the mode if ARG is omitted or nil,
37579 and toggles it if ARG is `toggle'.
37581 Use `global-whitespace-newline-mode' only for NEWLINE
37582 visualization exclusively. For other visualizations, including
37583 NEWLINE visualization together with (HARD) SPACEs and/or TABs,
37584 please use `global-whitespace-mode'.
37586 See also `whitespace-newline' and `whitespace-display-mappings'.
37588 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
37590 (autoload 'whitespace-toggle-options "whitespace" "\
37591 Toggle local `whitespace-mode' options.
37593 If local whitespace-mode is off, toggle the option given by ARG
37594 and turn on local whitespace-mode.
37596 If local whitespace-mode is on, toggle the option given by ARG
37597 and restart local whitespace-mode.
37599 Interactively, it reads one of the following chars:
37601 CHAR MEANING
37602 (VIA FACES)
37603 f toggle face visualization
37604 t toggle TAB visualization
37605 s toggle SPACE and HARD SPACE visualization
37606 r toggle trailing blanks visualization
37609 n toggle NEWLINE visualization
37610 e toggle empty line at bob and/or eob visualization
37611 C-i toggle indentation SPACEs visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
37612 I toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
37613 i toggle indentation TABs visualization
37614 C-t toggle big indentation visualization
37615 C-a toggle SPACEs after TAB visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
37616 A toggle SPACEs after TAB: SPACEs visualization
37617 a toggle SPACEs after TAB: TABs visualization
37618 C-b toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
37619 B toggle SPACEs before TAB: SPACEs visualization
37620 b toggle SPACEs before TAB: TABs visualization
37622 (VIA DISPLAY TABLE)
37623 T toggle TAB visualization
37624 S toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
37625 N toggle NEWLINE visualization
37627 x restore `whitespace-style' value
37628 ? display brief help
37630 Non-interactively, ARG should be a symbol or a list of symbols.
37631 The valid symbols are:
37633 face toggle face visualization
37634 tabs toggle TAB visualization
37635 spaces toggle SPACE and HARD SPACE visualization
37636 trailing toggle trailing blanks visualization
37639 newline toggle NEWLINE visualization
37640 empty toggle empty line at bob and/or eob visualization
37641 indentation toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
37642 indentation::tab toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
37643 indentation::space toggle indentation TABs visualization
37644 big-indent toggle big indentation visualization
37645 space-after-tab toggle SPACEs after TAB visualization
37646 space-after-tab::tab toggle SPACEs after TAB: SPACEs visualization
37647 space-after-tab::space toggle SPACEs after TAB: TABs visualization
37648 space-before-tab toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
37649 space-before-tab::tab toggle SPACEs before TAB: SPACEs visualization
37650 space-before-tab::space toggle SPACEs before TAB: TABs visualization
37652 tab-mark toggle TAB visualization
37653 space-mark toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
37654 newline-mark toggle NEWLINE visualization
37656 whitespace-style restore `whitespace-style' value
37658 See `whitespace-style' and `indent-tabs-mode' for documentation.
37660 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
37662 (autoload 'global-whitespace-toggle-options "whitespace" "\
37663 Toggle global `whitespace-mode' options.
37665 If global whitespace-mode is off, toggle the option given by ARG
37666 and turn on global whitespace-mode.
37668 If global whitespace-mode is on, toggle the option given by ARG
37669 and restart global whitespace-mode.
37671 Interactively, it accepts one of the following chars:
37673 CHAR MEANING
37674 (VIA FACES)
37675 f toggle face visualization
37676 t toggle TAB visualization
37677 s toggle SPACE and HARD SPACE visualization
37678 r toggle trailing blanks visualization
37681 n toggle NEWLINE visualization
37682 e toggle empty line at bob and/or eob visualization
37683 C-i toggle indentation SPACEs visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
37684 I toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
37685 i toggle indentation TABs visualization
37686 C-t toggle big indentation visualization
37687 C-a toggle SPACEs after TAB visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
37688 A toggle SPACEs after TAB: SPACEs visualization
37689 a toggle SPACEs after TAB: TABs visualization
37690 C-b toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
37691 B toggle SPACEs before TAB: SPACEs visualization
37692 b toggle SPACEs before TAB: TABs visualization
37694 (VIA DISPLAY TABLE)
37695 T toggle TAB visualization
37696 S toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
37697 N toggle NEWLINE visualization
37699 x restore `whitespace-style' value
37700 ? display brief help
37702 Non-interactively, ARG should be a symbol or a list of symbols.
37703 The valid symbols are:
37705 face toggle face visualization
37706 tabs toggle TAB visualization
37707 spaces toggle SPACE and HARD SPACE visualization
37708 trailing toggle trailing blanks visualization
37711 newline toggle NEWLINE visualization
37712 empty toggle empty line at bob and/or eob visualization
37713 indentation toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
37714 indentation::tab toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
37715 indentation::space toggle indentation TABs visualization
37716 big-indent toggle big indentation visualization
37717 space-after-tab toggle SPACEs after TAB visualization
37718 space-after-tab::tab toggle SPACEs after TAB: SPACEs visualization
37719 space-after-tab::space toggle SPACEs after TAB: TABs visualization
37720 space-before-tab toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
37721 space-before-tab::tab toggle SPACEs before TAB: SPACEs visualization
37722 space-before-tab::space toggle SPACEs before TAB: TABs visualization
37724 tab-mark toggle TAB visualization
37725 space-mark toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
37726 newline-mark toggle NEWLINE visualization
37728 whitespace-style restore `whitespace-style' value
37730 See `whitespace-style' and `indent-tabs-mode' for documentation.
37732 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
37734 (autoload 'whitespace-cleanup "whitespace" "\
37735 Cleanup some blank problems in all buffer or at region.
37737 It usually applies to the whole buffer, but in transient mark
37738 mode when the mark is active, it applies to the region. It also
37739 applies to the region when it is not in transient mark mode, the
37741 calling `whitespace-cleanup' interactively.
37743 See also `whitespace-cleanup-region'.
37745 The problems cleaned up are:
37747 1. empty lines at beginning of buffer.
37748 2. empty lines at end of buffer.
37749 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `empty', remove all
37750 empty lines at beginning and/or end of buffer.
37752 3. `tab-width' or more SPACEs at beginning of line.
37753 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation':
37754 replace `tab-width' or more SPACEs at beginning of line by
37755 TABs, if `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil; otherwise, replace TABs by
37756 SPACEs.
37757 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation::tab',
37758 replace `tab-width' or more SPACEs at beginning of line by TABs.
37759 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation::space',
37760 replace TABs by SPACEs.
37762 4. SPACEs before TAB.
37763 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `space-before-tab':
37764 replace SPACEs by TABs, if `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil;
37765 otherwise, replace TABs by SPACEs.
37766 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
37767 `space-before-tab::tab', replace SPACEs by TABs.
37768 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
37769 `space-before-tab::space', replace TABs by SPACEs.
37771 5. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
37772 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `trailing', remove
37773 all SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
37775 6. `tab-width' or more SPACEs after TAB.
37776 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `space-after-tab':
37777 replace SPACEs by TABs, if `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil;
37778 otherwise, replace TABs by SPACEs.
37779 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
37780 `space-after-tab::tab', replace SPACEs by TABs.
37781 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
37782 `space-after-tab::space', replace TABs by SPACEs.
37784 See `whitespace-style', `indent-tabs-mode' and `tab-width' for
37785 documentation.
37787 \(fn)" t nil)
37789 (autoload 'whitespace-cleanup-region "whitespace" "\
37790 Cleanup some blank problems at region.
37792 The problems cleaned up are:
37794 1. `tab-width' or more SPACEs at beginning of line.
37795 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation':
37796 replace `tab-width' or more SPACEs at beginning of line by TABs,
37797 if `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil; otherwise, replace TABs by
37798 SPACEs.
37799 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation::tab',
37800 replace `tab-width' or more SPACEs at beginning of line by TABs.
37801 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation::space',
37802 replace TABs by SPACEs.
37804 2. SPACEs before TAB.
37805 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `space-before-tab':
37806 replace SPACEs by TABs, if `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil;
37807 otherwise, replace TABs by SPACEs.
37808 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
37809 `space-before-tab::tab', replace SPACEs by TABs.
37810 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
37811 `space-before-tab::space', replace TABs by SPACEs.
37813 3. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
37814 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `trailing', remove
37815 all SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
37817 4. `tab-width' or more SPACEs after TAB.
37818 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `space-after-tab':
37819 replace SPACEs by TABs, if `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil;
37820 otherwise, replace TABs by SPACEs.
37821 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
37822 `space-after-tab::tab', replace SPACEs by TABs.
37823 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
37824 `space-after-tab::space', replace TABs by SPACEs.
37826 See `whitespace-style', `indent-tabs-mode' and `tab-width' for
37827 documentation.
37829 \(fn START END)" t nil)
37831 (autoload 'whitespace-report "whitespace" "\
37832 Report some whitespace problems in buffer.
37834 Perform `whitespace-report-region' on the current buffer.
37836 \(fn &optional FORCE REPORT-IF-BOGUS)" t nil)
37838 (autoload 'whitespace-report-region "whitespace" "\
37839 Report some whitespace problems in a region.
37841 Return nil if there is no whitespace problem; otherwise, return
37842 non-nil.
37845 before calling `whitespace-report-region' interactively, it
37846 forces all classes of whitespace problem to be considered
37847 significant.
37849 If REPORT-IF-BOGUS is t, it reports only when there are any
37850 whitespace problems in buffer; if it is `never', it does not
37851 report problems.
37853 Report if some of the following whitespace problems exist:
37855 * If `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil:
37856 empty 1. empty lines at beginning of buffer.
37857 empty 2. empty lines at end of buffer.
37858 trailing 3. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
37859 indentation 4. line starts with `tab-width' or more SPACEs.
37860 space-before-tab 5. SPACEs before TAB.
37861 space-after-tab 6. `tab-width' or more SPACEs after TAB.
37863 * If `indent-tabs-mode' is nil:
37864 empty 1. empty lines at beginning of buffer.
37865 empty 2. empty lines at end of buffer.
37866 trailing 3. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
37867 indentation 4. TABS at beginning of line.
37868 space-before-tab 5. SPACEs before TAB.
37869 space-after-tab 6. `tab-width' or more SPACEs after TAB.
37871 See `whitespace-style' for documentation.
37872 See also `whitespace-cleanup' and `whitespace-cleanup-region' for
37873 cleaning up these problems.
37875 \(fn START END &optional FORCE REPORT-IF-BOGUS)" t nil)
37877 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "whitespace" '("whitespace-")))
37879 ;;;***
37880 \f
37881 ;;;### (autoloads nil "wid-browse" "wid-browse.el" (0 0 0 0))
37882 ;;; Generated autoloads from wid-browse.el
37884 (autoload 'widget-browse-at "wid-browse" "\
37885 Browse the widget under point.
37887 \(fn POS)" t nil)
37889 (autoload 'widget-browse "wid-browse" "\
37890 Create a widget browser for WIDGET.
37892 \(fn WIDGET)" t nil)
37894 (autoload 'widget-browse-other-window "wid-browse" "\
37895 Show widget browser for WIDGET in other window.
37897 \(fn &optional WIDGET)" t nil)
37899 (autoload 'widget-minor-mode "wid-browse" "\
37900 Minor mode for traversing widgets.
37901 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
37902 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
37903 if ARG is omitted or nil.
37905 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
37907 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "wid-browse" '("widget-")))
37909 ;;;***
37910 \f
37911 ;;;### (autoloads nil "wid-edit" "wid-edit.el" (0 0 0 0))
37912 ;;; Generated autoloads from wid-edit.el
37914 (autoload 'widgetp "wid-edit" "\
37915 Return non-nil if WIDGET is a widget.
37917 \(fn WIDGET)" nil nil)
37919 (autoload 'widget-prompt-value "wid-edit" "\
37920 Prompt for a value matching WIDGET, using PROMPT.
37921 The current value is assumed to be VALUE, unless UNBOUND is non-nil.
37923 \(fn WIDGET PROMPT &optional VALUE UNBOUND)" nil nil)
37925 (autoload 'widget-create "wid-edit" "\
37926 Create widget of TYPE.
37927 The optional ARGS are additional keyword arguments.
37929 \(fn TYPE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
37931 (autoload 'widget-delete "wid-edit" "\
37932 Delete WIDGET.
37934 \(fn WIDGET)" nil nil)
37936 (autoload 'widget-insert "wid-edit" "\
37937 Call `insert' with ARGS even if surrounding text is read only.
37939 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
37941 (defvar widget-keymap (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap))) (define-key map " " 'widget-forward) (define-key map "\e " 'widget-backward) (define-key map [(shift tab)] 'widget-backward) (put 'widget-backward :advertised-binding [(shift tab)]) (define-key map [backtab] 'widget-backward) (define-key map [down-mouse-2] 'widget-button-click) (define-key map [down-mouse-1] 'widget-button-click) (define-key map [(control 109)] 'widget-button-press) map) "\
37942 Keymap containing useful binding for buffers containing widgets.
37943 Recommended as a parent keymap for modes using widgets.
37944 Note that such modes will need to require wid-edit.")
37946 (autoload 'widget-setup "wid-edit" "\
37947 Setup current buffer so editing string widgets works.
37949 \(fn)" nil nil)
37951 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "wid-edit" '("widget-")))
37953 ;;;***
37954 \f
37955 ;;;### (autoloads nil "windmove" "windmove.el" (0 0 0 0))
37956 ;;; Generated autoloads from windmove.el
37958 (autoload 'windmove-left "windmove" "\
37959 Select the window to the left of the current one.
37960 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
37962 it is relative to the top edge (for positive ARG) or the bottom edge
37963 \(for negative ARG) of the current window.
37964 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
37966 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
37968 (autoload 'windmove-up "windmove" "\
37969 Select the window above the current one.
37971 is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise it is
37972 relative to the left edge (for positive ARG) or the right edge (for
37973 negative ARG) of the current window.
37974 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
37976 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
37978 (autoload 'windmove-right "windmove" "\
37979 Select the window to the right of the current one.
37980 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
37982 otherwise it is relative to the top edge (for positive ARG) or the
37983 bottom edge (for negative ARG) of the current window.
37984 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
37986 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
37988 (autoload 'windmove-down "windmove" "\
37989 Select the window below the current one.
37990 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
37992 it is relative to the left edge (for positive ARG) or the right edge
37993 \(for negative ARG) of the current window.
37994 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
37996 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
37998 (autoload 'windmove-default-keybindings "windmove" "\
37999 Set up keybindings for `windmove'.
38000 Keybindings are of the form MODIFIER-{left,right,up,down}.
38001 Default MODIFIER is `shift'.
38003 \(fn &optional MODIFIER)" t nil)
38005 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "windmove" '("windmove-")))
38007 ;;;***
38008 \f
38009 ;;;### (autoloads nil "winner" "winner.el" (0 0 0 0))
38010 ;;; Generated autoloads from winner.el
38012 (defvar winner-mode nil "\
38013 Non-nil if Winner mode is enabled.
38014 See the `winner-mode' command
38015 for a description of this minor mode.
38016 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
38017 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
38018 or call the function `winner-mode'.")
38020 (custom-autoload 'winner-mode "winner" nil)
38022 (autoload 'winner-mode "winner" "\
38023 Toggle Winner mode on or off.
38024 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Winner mode if ARG is
38025 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
38026 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil, and toggle it if ARG is ‘toggle’.
38028 Winner mode is a global minor mode that records the changes in
38029 the window configuration (i.e. how the frames are partitioned
38031 command `winner-undo'. By default this one is bound to the key
38032 sequence `C-c <left>'. If you change your mind (while undoing),
38033 you can press `C-c <right>' (calling `winner-redo').
38035 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
38037 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "winner" '("winner-")))
38039 ;;;***
38040 \f
38041 ;;;### (autoloads nil "woman" "woman.el" (0 0 0 0))
38042 ;;; Generated autoloads from woman.el
38043 (push (purecopy '(woman 0 551)) package--builtin-versions)
38045 (defvar woman-locale nil "\
38046 String specifying a manual page locale, or nil.
38047 If a manual page is available in the specified locale
38049 default version. Normally, `set-locale-environment' sets this at startup.")
38051 (custom-autoload 'woman-locale "woman" t)
38053 (autoload 'woman "woman" "\
38054 Browse UN*X man page for TOPIC (Without using external Man program).
38055 The major browsing mode used is essentially the standard Man mode.
38056 Choose the filename for the man page using completion, based on the
38057 topic selected from the directories specified in `woman-manpath' and
38058 `woman-path'. The directory expansions and topics are cached for
38059 speed. With a prefix argument, force the caches to be
38060 updated (e.g. to re-interpret the current directory).
38062 Used non-interactively, arguments are optional: if given then TOPIC
38063 should be a topic string and non-nil RE-CACHE forces re-caching.
38065 \(fn &optional TOPIC RE-CACHE)" t nil)
38067 (autoload 'woman-dired-find-file "woman" "\
38068 In dired, run the WoMan man-page browser on this file.
38070 \(fn)" t nil)
38072 (autoload 'woman-find-file "woman" "\
38073 Find, decode and browse a specific UN*X man-page source file FILE-NAME.
38074 Use existing buffer if possible; reformat only if prefix arg given.
38075 When called interactively, optional argument REFORMAT forces reformatting
38076 of an existing WoMan buffer formatted earlier.
38077 No external programs are used, except that `gunzip' will be used to
38078 decompress the file if appropriate. See the documentation for the
38079 `woman' command for further details.
38081 \(fn FILE-NAME &optional REFORMAT)" t nil)
38083 (autoload 'woman-bookmark-jump "woman" "\
38084 Default bookmark handler for Woman buffers.
38086 \(fn BOOKMARK)" nil nil)
38088 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "woman" '("woman" "WoMan-" "menu-bar-manuals-menu" "set-woman-file-regexp")))
38090 ;;;***
38091 \f
38092 ;;;### (autoloads nil "x-dnd" "x-dnd.el" (0 0 0 0))
38093 ;;; Generated autoloads from x-dnd.el
38095 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "x-dnd" '("x-dnd-")))
38097 ;;;***
38098 \f
38099 ;;;### (autoloads nil "xdg" "xdg.el" (0 0 0 0))
38100 ;;; Generated autoloads from xdg.el
38102 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "xdg" '("xdg-")))
38104 ;;;***
38105 \f
38106 ;;;### (autoloads nil "xml" "xml.el" (0 0 0 0))
38107 ;;; Generated autoloads from xml.el
38109 (autoload 'xml-parse-file "xml" "\
38110 Parse the well-formed XML file FILE.
38111 Return the top node with all its children.
38112 If PARSE-DTD is non-nil, the DTD is parsed rather than skipped.
38114 If PARSE-NS is non-nil, then QNAMES are expanded. By default,
38115 the variable `xml-default-ns' is the mapping from namespaces to
38116 URIs, and expanded names will be returned as a cons
38120 If PARSE-NS is an alist, it will be used as the mapping from
38121 namespace to URIs instead.
38123 If it is the symbol `symbol-qnames', expanded names will be
38124 returned as a plain symbol `namespace:foo' instead of a cons.
38126 Both features can be combined by providing a cons cell
38128 (symbol-qnames . ALIST).
38130 \(fn FILE &optional PARSE-DTD PARSE-NS)" nil nil)
38132 (autoload 'xml-parse-region "xml" "\
38133 Parse the region from BEG to END in BUFFER.
38134 Return the XML parse tree, or raise an error if the region does
38135 not contain well-formed XML.
38137 If BEG is nil, it defaults to `point-min'.
38138 If END is nil, it defaults to `point-max'.
38139 If BUFFER is nil, it defaults to the current buffer.
38140 If PARSE-DTD is non-nil, parse the DTD and return it as the first
38141 element of the list.
38142 If PARSE-NS is non-nil, then QNAMES are expanded. By default,
38143 the variable `xml-default-ns' is the mapping from namespaces to
38144 URIs, and expanded names will be returned as a cons
38148 If PARSE-NS is an alist, it will be used as the mapping from
38149 namespace to URIs instead.
38151 If it is the symbol `symbol-qnames', expanded names will be
38152 returned as a plain symbol `namespace:foo' instead of a cons.
38154 Both features can be combined by providing a cons cell
38156 (symbol-qnames . ALIST).
38158 \(fn &optional BEG END BUFFER PARSE-DTD PARSE-NS)" nil nil)
38160 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "xml" '("xml-")))
38162 ;;;***
38163 \f
38164 ;;;### (autoloads nil "xmltok" "nxml/xmltok.el" (0 0 0 0))
38165 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/xmltok.el
38167 (autoload 'xmltok-get-declared-encoding-position "xmltok" "\
38168 Return the position of the encoding in the XML declaration at point.
38169 If there is a well-formed XML declaration starting at point and it
38170 contains an encoding declaration, then return (START . END)
38171 where START and END are the positions of the start and the end
38172 of the encoding name; if there is no encoding declaration return
38173 the position where and encoding declaration could be inserted.
38174 If there is XML that is not well-formed that looks like an XML
38175 declaration, return nil. Otherwise, return t.
38176 If LIMIT is non-nil, then do not consider characters beyond LIMIT.
38178 \(fn &optional LIMIT)" nil nil)
38180 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "xmltok" '("xmltok-")))
38182 ;;;***
38183 \f
38184 ;;;### (autoloads nil "xref" "progmodes/xref.el" (0 0 0 0))
38185 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/xref.el
38187 (autoload 'xref-find-backend "xref" "\
38190 \(fn)" nil nil)
38192 (autoload 'xref-pop-marker-stack "xref" "\
38195 \(fn)" t nil)
38197 (autoload 'xref-marker-stack-empty-p "xref" "\
38198 Return t if the marker stack is empty; nil otherwise.
38200 \(fn)" nil nil)
38202 (autoload 'xref-find-definitions "xref" "\
38203 Find the definition of the identifier at point.
38204 With prefix argument or when there's no identifier at point,
38205 prompt for it.
38207 If sufficient information is available to determine a unique
38208 definition for IDENTIFIER, display it in the selected window.
38209 Otherwise, display the list of the possible definitions in a
38210 buffer where the user can select from the list.
38212 \(fn IDENTIFIER)" t nil)
38214 (autoload 'xref-find-definitions-other-window "xref" "\
38215 Like `xref-find-definitions' but switch to the other window.
38217 \(fn IDENTIFIER)" t nil)
38219 (autoload 'xref-find-definitions-other-frame "xref" "\
38220 Like `xref-find-definitions' but switch to the other frame.
38222 \(fn IDENTIFIER)" t nil)
38224 (autoload 'xref-find-references "xref" "\
38225 Find references to the identifier at point.
38226 With prefix argument, prompt for the identifier.
38228 \(fn IDENTIFIER)" t nil)
38230 (autoload 'xref-find-apropos "xref" "\
38231 Find all meaningful symbols that match PATTERN.
38232 The argument has the same meaning as in `apropos'.
38234 \(fn PATTERN)" t nil)
38235 (define-key esc-map "." #'xref-find-definitions)
38236 (define-key esc-map "," #'xref-pop-marker-stack)
38237 (define-key esc-map "?" #'xref-find-references)
38238 (define-key esc-map [?\C-.] #'xref-find-apropos)
38239 (define-key ctl-x-4-map "." #'xref-find-definitions-other-window)
38240 (define-key ctl-x-5-map "." #'xref-find-definitions-other-frame)
38242 (autoload 'xref-collect-matches "xref" "\
38243 Collect matches for REGEXP inside FILES in DIR.
38244 FILES is a string with glob patterns separated by spaces.
38245 IGNORES is a list of glob patterns.
38247 \(fn REGEXP FILES DIR IGNORES)" nil nil)
38249 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "xref" '("xref-")))
38251 ;;;***
38252 \f
38253 ;;;### (autoloads nil "xscheme" "progmodes/xscheme.el" (0 0 0 0))
38254 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/xscheme.el
38256 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "xscheme" '("xscheme-" "start-scheme" "scheme-" "exit-scheme-interaction-mode" "verify-xscheme-buffer" "local-" "global-set-scheme-interaction-buffer" "run-scheme" "reset-scheme" "default-xscheme-runlight")))
38258 ;;;***
38259 \f
38260 ;;;### (autoloads nil "xsd-regexp" "nxml/xsd-regexp.el" (0 0 0 0))
38261 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/xsd-regexp.el
38263 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "xsd-regexp" '("xsdre-")))
38265 ;;;***
38266 \f
38267 ;;;### (autoloads nil "xt-mouse" "xt-mouse.el" (0 0 0 0))
38268 ;;; Generated autoloads from xt-mouse.el
38270 (defvar xterm-mouse-mode nil "\
38271 Non-nil if Xterm-Mouse mode is enabled.
38272 See the `xterm-mouse-mode' command
38273 for a description of this minor mode.
38274 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
38275 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
38276 or call the function `xterm-mouse-mode'.")
38278 (custom-autoload 'xterm-mouse-mode "xt-mouse" nil)
38280 (autoload 'xterm-mouse-mode "xt-mouse" "\
38281 Toggle XTerm mouse mode.
38282 With a prefix argument ARG, enable XTerm mouse mode if ARG is
38283 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
38284 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
38286 Turn it on to use Emacs mouse commands, and off to use xterm mouse commands.
38287 This works in terminal emulators compatible with xterm. It only
38288 works for simple uses of the mouse. Basically, only non-modified
38289 single clicks are supported. When turned on, the normal xterm
38290 mouse functionality for such clicks is still available by holding
38291 down the SHIFT key while pressing the mouse button.
38293 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
38295 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "xt-mouse" '("turn-o" "xt-mouse-epoch" "xterm-mouse-")))
38297 ;;;***
38298 \f
38299 ;;;### (autoloads nil "xwidget" "xwidget.el" (0 0 0 0))
38300 ;;; Generated autoloads from xwidget.el
38302 (autoload 'xwidget-webkit-browse-url "xwidget" "\
38303 Ask xwidget-webkit to browse URL.
38304 NEW-SESSION specifies whether to create a new xwidget-webkit session.
38305 Interactively, URL defaults to the string looking like a url around point.
38307 \(fn URL &optional NEW-SESSION)" t nil)
38309 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "xwidget" '("xwidget-")))
38311 ;;;***
38312 \f
38313 ;;;### (autoloads nil "yenc" "mail/yenc.el" (0 0 0 0))
38314 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/yenc.el
38316 (autoload 'yenc-decode-region "yenc" "\
38317 Yenc decode region between START and END using an internal decoder.
38319 \(fn START END)" t nil)
38321 (autoload 'yenc-extract-filename "yenc" "\
38322 Extract file name from an yenc header.
38324 \(fn)" nil nil)
38326 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "yenc" '("yenc-")))
38328 ;;;***
38329 \f
38330 ;;;### (autoloads nil "zeroconf" "net/zeroconf.el" (0 0 0 0))
38331 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/zeroconf.el
38333 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "zeroconf" '("zeroconf-")))
38335 ;;;***
38336 \f
38337 ;;;### (autoloads nil "zone" "play/zone.el" (0 0 0 0))
38338 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/zone.el
38340 (autoload 'zone "zone" "\
38341 Zone out, completely.
38343 \(fn)" t nil)
38345 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "zone" '("zone-")))
38347 ;;;***
38348 \f
38349 ;;;### (autoloads nil nil ("abbrev.el" "bindings.el" "buff-menu.el"
38350 ;;;;;; "button.el" "calc/calc-aent.el" "calc/calc-embed.el" "calc/calc-misc.el"
38351 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-yank.el" "calendar/cal-loaddefs.el" "calendar/diary-loaddefs.el"
38352 ;;;;;; "calendar/hol-loaddefs.el" "case-table.el" "cedet/ede/base.el"
38353 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/config.el" "cedet/ede/cpp-root.el" "cedet/ede/custom.el"
38354 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/dired.el" "cedet/ede/emacs.el" "cedet/ede/files.el"
38355 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/generic.el" "cedet/ede/linux.el" "cedet/ede/locate.el"
38356 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/make.el" "cedet/ede/shell.el" "cedet/ede/speedbar.el"
38357 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/system.el" "cedet/ede/util.el" "cedet/semantic/analyze.el"
38358 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/analyze/complete.el" "cedet/semantic/analyze/refs.el"
38359 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/bovine.el" "cedet/semantic/bovine/c-by.el"
38360 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/bovine/c.el" "cedet/semantic/bovine/el.el"
38361 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/bovine/gcc.el" "cedet/semantic/bovine/make-by.el"
38362 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/bovine/make.el" "cedet/semantic/bovine/scm-by.el"
38363 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/bovine/scm.el" "cedet/semantic/complete.el"
38364 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/ctxt.el" "cedet/semantic/db-file.el" "cedet/semantic/db-find.el"
38365 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/db-global.el" "cedet/semantic/db-mode.el"
38366 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/db-typecache.el" "cedet/semantic/db.el" "cedet/semantic/debug.el"
38367 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/decorate/include.el" "cedet/semantic/decorate/mode.el"
38368 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/dep.el" "cedet/semantic/doc.el" "cedet/semantic/edit.el"
38369 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/find.el" "cedet/semantic/format.el" "cedet/semantic/html.el"
38370 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/ia-sb.el" "cedet/semantic/ia.el" "cedet/semantic/idle.el"
38371 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/imenu.el" "cedet/semantic/lex-spp.el" "cedet/semantic/lex.el"
38372 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/mru-bookmark.el" "cedet/semantic/scope.el"
38373 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/senator.el" "cedet/semantic/sort.el" "cedet/semantic/symref.el"
38374 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/symref/cscope.el" "cedet/semantic/symref/global.el"
38375 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/symref/grep.el" "cedet/semantic/symref/idutils.el"
38376 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/symref/list.el" "cedet/semantic/tag-file.el"
38377 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/tag-ls.el" "cedet/semantic/tag-write.el"
38378 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/tag.el" "cedet/semantic/texi.el" "cedet/semantic/util-modes.el"
38379 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/wisent/java-tags.el" "cedet/semantic/wisent/javascript.el"
38380 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/wisent/javat-wy.el" "cedet/semantic/wisent/js-wy.el"
38381 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/wisent/python-wy.el" "cedet/semantic/wisent/python.el"
38382 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/compile.el" "cedet/srecode/cpp.el" "cedet/srecode/document.el"
38383 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/el.el" "cedet/srecode/expandproto.el" "cedet/srecode/getset.el"
38384 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/insert.el" "cedet/srecode/java.el" "cedet/srecode/map.el"
38385 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/mode.el" "cedet/srecode/srt-wy.el" "cedet/srecode/srt.el"
38386 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/template.el" "cedet/srecode/texi.el" "composite.el"
38387 ;;;;;; "cus-face.el" "cus-start.el" "custom.el" "dired-aux.el" "dired-x.el"
38388 ;;;;;; "electric.el" "emacs-lisp/backquote.el" "emacs-lisp/byte-run.el"
38389 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/cl-extra.el" "emacs-lisp/cl-macs.el" "emacs-lisp/cl-preloaded.el"
38390 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/cl-seq.el" "emacs-lisp/eieio-compat.el" "emacs-lisp/eieio-custom.el"
38391 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/eieio-opt.el" "emacs-lisp/eldoc.el" "emacs-lisp/float-sup.el"
38392 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/lisp-mode.el" "emacs-lisp/lisp.el" "emacs-lisp/macroexp.el"
38393 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/map-ynp.el" "emacs-lisp/nadvice.el" "emacs-lisp/syntax.el"
38394 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/timer.el" "env.el" "epa-hook.el" "eshell/em-alias.el"
38395 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-banner.el" "eshell/em-basic.el" "eshell/em-cmpl.el"
38396 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-dirs.el" "eshell/em-glob.el" "eshell/em-hist.el"
38397 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-ls.el" "eshell/em-pred.el" "eshell/em-prompt.el"
38398 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-rebind.el" "eshell/em-script.el" "eshell/em-smart.el"
38399 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-term.el" "eshell/em-tramp.el" "eshell/em-unix.el"
38400 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-xtra.el" "facemenu.el" "faces.el" "files.el" "font-core.el"
38401 ;;;;;; "font-lock.el" "format.el" "frame.el" "help.el" "hfy-cmap.el"
38402 ;;;;;; "ibuf-ext.el" "indent.el" "international/characters.el" "international/charprop.el"
38403 ;;;;;; "international/charscript.el" "international/cp51932.el"
38404 ;;;;;; "international/eucjp-ms.el" "international/mule-cmds.el"
38405 ;;;;;; "international/mule-conf.el" "international/mule.el" "international/uni-bidi.el"
38406 ;;;;;; "international/uni-brackets.el" "international/uni-category.el"
38407 ;;;;;; "international/uni-combining.el" "international/uni-comment.el"
38408 ;;;;;; "international/uni-decimal.el" "international/uni-decomposition.el"
38409 ;;;;;; "international/uni-digit.el" "international/uni-lowercase.el"
38410 ;;;;;; "international/uni-mirrored.el" "international/uni-name.el"
38411 ;;;;;; "international/uni-numeric.el" "international/uni-old-name.el"
38412 ;;;;;; "international/uni-titlecase.el" "international/uni-uppercase.el"
38413 ;;;;;; "isearch.el" "jit-lock.el" "jka-cmpr-hook.el" "language/burmese.el"
38414 ;;;;;; "language/cham.el" "language/chinese.el" "language/cyrillic.el"
38415 ;;;;;; "language/czech.el" "language/english.el" "language/ethiopic.el"
38416 ;;;;;; "language/european.el" "language/georgian.el" "language/greek.el"
38417 ;;;;;; "language/hebrew.el" "language/indian.el" "language/japanese.el"
38418 ;;;;;; "language/khmer.el" "language/korean.el" "language/lao.el"
38419 ;;;;;; "language/misc-lang.el" "language/romanian.el" "language/sinhala.el"
38420 ;;;;;; "language/slovak.el" "language/tai-viet.el" "language/thai.el"
38421 ;;;;;; "language/tibetan.el" "language/utf-8-lang.el" "language/vietnamese.el"
38422 ;;;;;; "ldefs-boot.el" "leim/ja-dic/ja-dic.el" "leim/leim-list.el"
38423 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/4Corner.el" "leim/quail/ARRAY30.el" "leim/quail/CCDOSPY.el"
38424 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/CTLau-b5.el" "leim/quail/CTLau.el" "leim/quail/ECDICT.el"
38425 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/ETZY.el" "leim/quail/PY-b5.el" "leim/quail/PY.el"
38426 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/Punct-b5.el" "leim/quail/Punct.el" "leim/quail/QJ-b5.el"
38427 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/QJ.el" "leim/quail/SW.el" "leim/quail/TONEPY.el"
38428 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/ZIRANMA.el" "leim/quail/ZOZY.el" "leim/quail/arabic.el"
38429 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/croatian.el" "leim/quail/cyril-jis.el" "leim/quail/cyrillic.el"
38430 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/czech.el" "leim/quail/georgian.el" "leim/quail/greek.el"
38431 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/hanja-jis.el" "leim/quail/hanja.el" "leim/quail/hanja3.el"
38432 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/hebrew.el" "leim/quail/ipa-praat.el" "leim/quail/latin-alt.el"
38433 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/latin-ltx.el" "leim/quail/latin-post.el" "leim/quail/latin-pre.el"
38434 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/persian.el" "leim/quail/programmer-dvorak.el"
38435 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/py-punct.el" "leim/quail/pypunct-b5.el" "leim/quail/quick-b5.el"
38436 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/quick-cns.el" "leim/quail/rfc1345.el" "leim/quail/sgml-input.el"
38437 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/slovak.el" "leim/quail/symbol-ksc.el" "leim/quail/tamil-dvorak.el"
38438 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/tsang-b5.el" "leim/quail/tsang-cns.el" "leim/quail/vntelex.el"
38439 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/vnvni.el" "leim/quail/welsh.el" "loadup.el" "mail/blessmail.el"
38440 ;;;;;; "mail/rmailedit.el" "mail/rmailkwd.el" "mail/rmailmm.el"
38441 ;;;;;; "mail/rmailmsc.el" "mail/rmailsort.el" "mail/rmailsum.el"
38442 ;;;;;; "mail/undigest.el" "menu-bar.el" "mh-e/mh-gnus.el" "mh-e/mh-loaddefs.el"
38443 ;;;;;; "minibuffer.el" "mouse.el" "net/tramp-loaddefs.el" "newcomment.el"
38444 ;;;;;; "obarray.el" "org/ob-core.el" "org/ob-keys.el" "org/ob-lob.el"
38445 ;;;;;; "org/ob-matlab.el" "org/ob-tangle.el" "org/ob.el" "org/org-archive.el"
38446 ;;;;;; "org/org-attach.el" "org/org-bbdb.el" "org/org-clock.el"
38447 ;;;;;; "org/org-datetree.el" "org/org-element.el" "org/org-feed.el"
38448 ;;;;;; "org/org-footnote.el" "org/org-id.el" "org/org-indent.el"
38449 ;;;;;; "org/org-install.el" "org/org-irc.el" "org/org-mobile.el"
38450 ;;;;;; "org/org-plot.el" "org/org-table.el" "org/org-timer.el" "org/ox-ascii.el"
38451 ;;;;;; "org/ox-beamer.el" "org/ox-html.el" "org/ox-icalendar.el"
38452 ;;;;;; "org/ox-latex.el" "org/ox-man.el" "org/ox-md.el" "org/ox-odt.el"
38453 ;;;;;; "org/ox-org.el" "org/ox-publish.el" "org/ox-texinfo.el" "org/ox.el"
38454 ;;;;;; "progmodes/elisp-mode.el" "progmodes/prog-mode.el" "ps-def.el"
38455 ;;;;;; "ps-mule.el" "register.el" "replace.el" "rfn-eshadow.el"
38456 ;;;;;; "select.el" "simple.el" "startup.el" "subdirs.el" "subr.el"
38457 ;;;;;; "textmodes/fill.el" "textmodes/page.el" "textmodes/paragraphs.el"
38458 ;;;;;; "textmodes/reftex-auc.el" "textmodes/reftex-cite.el" "textmodes/reftex-dcr.el"
38459 ;;;;;; "textmodes/reftex-global.el" "textmodes/reftex-index.el"
38460 ;;;;;; "textmodes/reftex-parse.el" "textmodes/reftex-ref.el" "textmodes/reftex-sel.el"
38461 ;;;;;; "textmodes/reftex-toc.el" "textmodes/text-mode.el" "uniquify.el"
38462 ;;;;;; "vc/ediff-hook.el" "vc/vc-hooks.el" "version.el" "widget.el"
38463 ;;;;;; "window.el") (0 0 0 0))
38465 ;;;***
38466 \f
38467 (provide 'loaddefs)
38468 ;; Local Variables:
38469 ;; version-control: never
38470 ;; no-byte-compile: t
38471 ;; no-update-autoloads: t
38472 ;; coding: utf-8
38473 ;; End:
38474 ;;; loaddefs.el ends here